Baker CAC 1984-1985 Catalog

1984-85 CATALOG
SYSTEMS
APPLICATIONS
PIPELINE AND PROCESS ACTUATORS

PILOTS, RELAYS, AND COMPONENTS
PARTS AND SERVICE
•394
BAKER
a baker oil tools company

BAKER CAC
World leader in safety systems and products
Recognized as the world's leader in safety systems. controls. After in-house laboratory work has been
Baker CAC offers an innovative line of control completed on a new product, it is field tested and
products for wellhead, process, pipeline, and proven under actual environmental conditions—
refinery applications. These products are conceived, anywhere in the world where the proper conditions
designed, and manufactured by our own staff in our are found.
own plants to bring a high degree of integrity,
Look to Baker CAC for leadership in safety
responsibility, and responsiveness to the field.
systems and control products. Our solutions are
Our plants specialize in precision manufacture backed by a package of engineering expertise,
and fabrication of safety systems, valve control, and production know-how, and worldwide experience
logic devices. Our experience ranges from that add up to assured competence.
hydraulics to pneumatics to electrical and electronic
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MANUFACTURING 396 Ordering eiample 419 HELIX I DJAL-ADJUSTABLE PILOT. .. .431
Product manufacturing 396 WIRE-CUTTING ACTUATOR 420 Specifications .. .431
Systems manufacturing . 397 Speclllcatlons 420 MODEL HL-2 PILOT .. .432
QUALITY ASSURANCE 39B Ordering eiample .. .420 Speciticallons 432
SPPE-1 qualification 398 MODEL H DOUBLE-ACTING Manllold version 432
OCS valves 398 ACTUATOR ...421 HYDRAULIC PILOT... 433
INSTALLATION SERVICE 399 Specifications 421 Specifications 433
AFTER-SALE SUPPORT 400 Ordering e«ample 421 Low hydraulic pilot ...433
Repair service 4QQ Mechanical over-ride 421 High hydraulic pilot 433
TRAINING FOR SERVICE LINE-CONTROLLED ACTUATOR . 421 High-low hydraulic pilot 433
OPERATIONS 401 In-line acluator 421 VENT AND BYPASS RELAY 434
PARTS AND TUBING PRODUCTS . 401 Model C aclualor—hydraulic pilot ModelPHV 434
TECHNICAL TRAINING SCHOOL 402 combination. 421 Specifications 434
Basic certification training 402 BONNET DESIGN 422 SUBSEA HYDRAULIC QUICK-
ACTUATOH ACCESSORIES . 423 EXHAUST ..434
Mechanical opener . 423 Specilications . .434
SY5TEMS 403
Hydraulic opener 423 MODEL PH UNIVERSAL VALVE . .434
SAFETY AND CONTROL SYSTEMS . 404 Screw |ack 423 Specifications . 434
Automated wellhead conlrol 404 Clear stem protector 423 SAND PROBE ASSEMBLY 435
Specifications 405 Heat-sensitive lock open device! .423 Specificalions 435
MULTI-WELL CONTROL SYSTEMS 406 Vent and bypass relay 424 Probes available . 435
SINGLE-WELL PANELS 406 Model PRV ... 424 CONTROL LINE BLOWOUT
CONTROL SYSTEMS 408 Limit switches .. 424 PREVENTER ... 435
Process conlrols 40B Pneumatic 424 Specification! 435
Conlrols far reciprocating engines Electrical .424 HYDRAULIC-PNEUMATIC INTERFACE
and pumps .40B Electrical (for pnoumalic aclualors) . 424 VALVE 436
Electrical conlrol syslems 409 Specifications 436
Solnr powered controls 410 PIPELINE AND PROCESS
PORTABLE HYDRAULIC TEST UNIT .436
Fire and gas detection 410 ACTUATORS 425 Specillcatlons ,,, 43s
Installation ..410 HIGH-LOW PRESSURE FLOWLINE
SURE-TORK ROTARY VALVE
Turnkey responsibility 410 SCRUBBER 436
ACTUATOR 426
HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC FIRE DETECTION DEVICES .437
High and low pressure lusiole plug 437
APPLICATIONS 411 SURE-TORK ACTUATOR 427
Pneumatic models 427
Slack and oloed plug 437
Selection guide 437
WELLHEAD AND PRODUCTION Hydraulic models 427
Specifications 427 Fire sately value 437
ACTUATORS 415 Manually operated remote E5D
AUTOMATIC CONTROL FOR PIPELINE
slatlon 437
GATE VALVE ACTUATOR. . 416 ACTUATOR 438
Actuator maintenance 416 CONTROL LINE TUBING AND
DUBL-LATCH ACTUATOR 428
FITTINGS 438
Value maintenance 416 The latching concept 428
Actuator features 41E Speculations 42a Tubing—coll or stick 43B
Tubing lies . . ..43B
PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR ...417
Specifications ...417 Stainless steel gang clnmps 438
PILOTS, RELAYS, AND FITTINGS AND COMPONENTS 439
Accessory chart 417
COMPONENTS 429 Tubing connectors 439
SLIM-HOLE ACTUATOR 418
Caps and plugs 439
Specifications — 410 DIRECT-DIAL PILOT 430
Pipe fillings 439
Special opener 418 Options .430
Instrument valves and flow conlrols ... 439
DIA-FLEX ACTUATOR 41B Specifications 430
Specifications 41B
INDEX .440
Model SDA 431
Alphabetical 440
Ordering eiample 41B ModelSDE 431
Producl number 441
HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR 419 Model DT and DTP.. .431
WORLDWIDE SERVICE Back cover
Specifications 419 ModelSOEP 431
395
FACILITIES
Baker CAC's main plan! at Belle

Chasse, La., has complete facili
ties for engineering, development,
testing, and manufacture of both
syslems and conlrol component
products. Administrative offices
are also located here.
Baker CAC. Lid., manufactures

control systems and warehouses
control products in this modern
facility located in
Great Yarmouth. England.
2102 Belle Chasse Hwy., South

Belle Chasse, La. 70037 USA
CAC (504) 394-4900 Telex 58-4258 (CACBCHA)
4 BAHEfl ftt. TOOLS COMPANY
396
MANUFACTURING CAPABILITY
PRODUCT MANUFACTURING FACILITIES
With manufacturing facilities located in Belle

Chasse, La., Rockaway, N. J., and Houston, Tex.,
Baker CAC retains in-house control over the manu
facture of control system components, from actua
tors and bonnets to fire detectors and instrument
blowout preventers.
Emphasis of the manufacturing operations is on
quality. To this end, there is a continual program of
worker upgrading through on-the-job training,
combined with the introduction of the latest tech
nology in equipment for greater efficiency and pre
cision of manufacture.
Both traditional manual lathes and the latest
computer numerical control lathes are in use in the
Belle Chasse plant. Dedicated machines are utilized
Control products installed on wellhead include Model SDA wherever possible to insure that efficiency in pro
pilot, pneumatic wing valve actuator, and pneumatic mas duction, delivery, and continued quality are
ter valve actuator. obtained from every operation.
Baker CAC's computerized control of raw mate
rials and work flow scheduling are responsible for
our success in simultaneously increasing produc
tion and maintaining the highest quality standards,
as well as reducing the customer's average waiting
time for delivery of specialized products.
With a total of more than 100,000 square feet ded
icated to product manufacture, we are totally com
mitted to on-time deliveries, and the production of
products of the highest quality.
Both traditional and computerized numerical control

equipment are used to best advantage in the Belle Chasse
products plant. The same exacting tolerances are
observed whatever the method.
MANUFACTURING CAPABILITY
SYSTEMS FABRICATION AREAS
Two complete plants are fully dedicated to the

assembly of a wide variety of safety and control sys
tems. Plants are located in Belle Chasse, La. and
Great Yarmouth, England.
In each, highly trained control system technicians
carefully craft pneumatic, hydraulic, and electrical
control systems from the highest quality materials to
the stringent standards of the petroleum industry.
Many of the logic components used in these sys
tems are those manufactured in our own plant.
Vendor components are subjected to the same rigor
ous in-house testing that Baker CAC components
receive, to assure that they meet our high standards.
A typical "panel" or control system console is fabri
cated of stainless steel cabinetry, with stainless tub
ing, fittings, and components. This insures both reli
ability and resistance to environmental stress.
Power skids, pump units, and other ancillary
equipment for control systems are also fabricated in
our own shops. All welding is done by certified
welders, and pressure vessels are rigorously tested to
prove their integrity.
Final testing of all systems insures functional relia-
bilty, conformance to specifications, and the ultimate
safety of each system manufactured and shipped. Complete panels (above) awail final testing in the Belle
Chasse plant. Below, a corner of the Great Yarmouth plant
shows a modular multi-well panel in fabrication.
398
QUALITY ASSURANCE
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Quality is the watchword at Baker CAC's manufac

turing plants. A stringent program of quality assu
rance, administered through a functionally and
organizationally independent QA Department, is
designed to assure every user of the company's
products that each product delivered actually meets
published specifications.
Over and beyond the normal quality assurance
procedures used for the bulk of the company's pro
ducts, there is a special program of traceability and
testing that is designed specially for SPPE products.
Technician operates dead-weight tester to check calibra
tion ol laboratory standard gauge. Baker CAC SPPE surface safety valve actuators
and bonnets are manufactured under a special QA
program accredited by the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers (ASME). The products meet
the requirements of API 14D, and are thus qualified
for use on the Outer Continental Shelf and under the
provisions of ANSI/ASME SPPE-1.
All bonnets and actuators produced for OCS use
are rigidly inspected by the QA Department. The
inspection verifies that the materials used meet
design criteria, possessing the required physical
and chemical properties. The product is carefully
inspected and tested to insure that it meets design
specifications, structural integrity, and functional
standards. Testing is done by highly qualified per
sonnel, using specially qualified equipment.
Brinnell hardness tost is performed on stock prior to
machining. All OCS-qualilied products are carefully
checked before, during, and alter manufacture
THE AMERICAN SltdfTT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
BULK CA17i CMC.

J1QJ 1QJ.E CHlit liutr
HEltE CTW,iÊd UraiUJU 70017
D ijp "it OCS of THf

Sxiew of M«:*win,ta^ ;s /Of
II OtCcdnncr ml^ Cir cppiiczble ruin of Itj ifcndjrrf |in

AWt'Oncr lu< ia^fl1.1 j id I f - fiî Frriefil on J qu pn°in I ubfd m
Oi' ami Cai Cprraf,ooi oj Hit Amm:an .Soc fl. pj W,." !■ ■ r ,.-^ I £
Jlir uie cf llie nmoo,' anJ fir ajlhonJ^ argnl^J fiv "il* *"f
aifrnDnlGfjan nmuojftrJiU'ifDio.i^.oni -/ibr jyrrtmt"I W 1'i
O-ring groove on base plate of hydraulic actuator is rou cppi.c^lion Any fqujpn'fnd mailriT imJIi |h,i lynvbul ina/J ^Q
nKmu|aclur&[ aiuintl«t nind mrrd Jn Qrcwdortt U/llh |l»# COt
tinely measured as a part of the on-going quality assu [fi« a/ar*m*nl'|in*d EJamtjrJ of Ih* 4nflKgA S-W,*fU of M
rance program.
HIE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL F.WGTNEEHS

399
SERVICE
FULL INSTALLATION SERVICE AVAILABLE
Our world-wide control system installation service

is at your call. Trained technicians are available to
install everything from a valve actuator or logic
device to an entire platform control system com
plete with fire detection system, process control,
remote wellhead control, and telemetry devices.
While safety systems and line control products
are the specialties of Baker CAC, our service crew
specializes in service—regardless of the type sys
tem, its maker, or its application.
Our crews are available for rework, repair and
upgrading projects on systems of all kinds—and of
all manufacturers. They are available to work on-
site, world-wide.
You can depend upon our API RPT-2 qualified
crews for the installation of the following equipment
and systems:
• Safety control systems

• Wellhead and production actuators
• Gate valves
• Valve bonnets {to adapt valves to Baker CAC
actuators)
• Rotary valve actuators (pipeline and refinery
applications)
• Fire detection systems
• Production process control systems
• Compressor and pump control systems
World map shows the wide distribution ol Baker CAC systems installed. Our crews are available to go anywhere and
perform any installation, repair, or service task.
400
SERVICE
AFTER-SALE SUPPORT
You won't be left "high and dry" after your Baker

CAC equipment has been installed. For it's our pol
icy to support you with available service, parts, and
engineering data.
Your Baker CAC system, valve actuator, or logic
component has been designed and manufactured
with the utmost care and precision. It should last for
a long time, giving trouble-free service. But in the
event of a need for service, our crews are available
worldwide to repair, adjust, calibrate, install,
replace, update, or adapt both equipment and
systems.
Engineering data are still available for older com

ponents, and in many cases our crews can restore
most to "best ever" working condition.
Warranty service is available on the same "do it
now" basis as all our other field services. This means
you'll be able to get repairs and adjustments within
the warranty period on a high priority basis-
regardless of where the equipment is installed.
Repair work at remote offshore loca
tions is no problem (or Baker CAC's
team of technicians
REPAIR SERVICE
Our repair service "covers the waterfront"— not only
our own equipment, but that of other system and
control product makers as well. Our service techni
cians have been trained in all systems, and work
conscientiously to make any system perform at its
best.
Needless to say, our repair service is available on

a worldwide basis, on contract or "time and mate
rial" basis, as you wish.
Stock-room worker pulls an exact

replacement hydraulic pump lor a sys
tems installation
Technician rapidly re-seals Baker CAC

actuator at offshore site. Because
bonne! and actuator are separate, the
actuator may be disassembled without
depressurizing body
PARTS AND SERVICE
CONTINUOUS TRAINING FOR SERVICE OPERATIONS
Training for field service crews is not a sometime

thing at Baker CAC. Our full-time training depart
ment and service operation work closely together to
keep service technicians abreast of the latest devel
opments in our equipment and that of other makers.
Refresher courses supplement regular formal initial
[raining, and informal feedback (rom field experien
ces keeps the entire crew well-informed about the
latest developments in the field.
Each field technician, first class, is fully qualified
in accordance with API RPT-2 (as required by OCS
Order 5) to install or repair any surface safety valve
anywhere.
You can be sure that Baker CAC crews will deliver
I
what they promise—fast service that's guaranteed
effective.
EXTENSIVE PARTS AND TUBING PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Baker CAC offers a complete line of replacement parts,

accessories, components, and tubing for all kinds of oil field
control systems.
Our special Parts & Tubing catalog outlines 24 pages of the
most often ordered supplies and components.
Here is a partial listing of the types of items that we keep in
stock lor immediate delivery:
■ Air-driven hydraulic ■ Emergency shutdown • Pneumatic pilots
pumps station • Quick disconnect
• Air fillers • Flow control valves fittings
■ Anti-freeze pressure ■ Gauges • Belays, all lypes
regulators • Hand valves • Relief valves
• Ball valves • Hydraulic pumps • Safety fieads
• Block anO Bleed • Hydraulic pilots • Sand probe
fusible plugs • Hydraulic test unit • Seleclor valves
• Blow-out preventers ■ Indicating relays •Slick tubing
• Check valves • Instrument lubing • Tubing benders
• Clamps lor tubing and • Interface valves • Tubing cuttDIE
conduit • Needle valves • Tubing fittings
■ Coiled tubing • O-ring lubricant • Valves,
• Direct dial pilots ■O-ring lools • Volume bottles
To receive your personal copy of the new Baker CAC Parts & Tubing
catalog, write to Baker CAC, P O. Box 336, Belle Chasse. La 70Q37.
402
TRAINING
T-SCHOOL OFFERS OPERATOR CERTIFICATION
Baker CAC Technical School (T-School), a fully

staffed and equipped inplant facility, offers certified
training in a number of areas relating to wellhead
safety and shutdown control.
Operating under the premise that small classes,
complete course outlines, and full workroom facili
ties are as important as promised certification, the
school is an outgrowth of this company's very suc
cessful training of its own personnel and customer
employees.
T-School is certified in every area where a certify
ing authority operates—from Red Cross courses to
USGS operator safety training. Certifications or
diplomas are awarded where applicable; other suit
able recognition is awarded in non-certifiable
disciplines.
Each student is given the maximum "hands-on"

time with the actual equipment under the watchful
BASIC CERTIFIED COURSES eye of an experienced instructor and oil field service
• Red Cross first aid technician. Students will work on a variety of control
equipment from a representative cross-section of
• Red Cross CPR
manufacturers. Just as Baker CAC service techni
(Red Cross courses are taught by a Red Cross volun
teer, and are offered as a service to students taking cians are qualified to work on competitive equip
other certified courses.| ment, students will learn to cope with real life situa
• H?S Safely (OSHA and NIOSH) tions where a safety system may be composed of
• Anti-Pollution Device Safety Training equipment from many manufacturers.
(OCS Order 5, 7. 9 and API RP 14C— Classes are limited, and each student is given
USGS-approved) maximum attention by the instructor.
Prerequisite courses for Anti-Pollution
Write or call for class schedules.
Device Safety Training Program:
• Offshore Orientation (API RP T-1)
• Surface Safety Control Equipment for
Subsurface Safety Valves
• Actuator and valve school
• Pressure sensor school
• Level sensor schoo)
• Basic controllers Complete classroom laboratory con
• Pressure relief valves, check valves, shut tains individual work stations, lecture
room, and complete audiovisual equip
down valves temperature sensors, and gas
ment Students are given practical
detectors instruction, and fully tested to confirm
learning.
SYSTEMS
SYSTEMS
SAFETY AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
Long a specialist in systems for all kinds of processes, Baker CAC has
become known in the petroleum industry as the most respected name in
systems.
Wellhead, process control, fire sures that are crafted to withstand

and gas detection, and pump and the elements are common factors
engine control systems are rou
in all BakerCAC systems, regard
tinely designed, manufactured,
less of application or control
and installed by our experienced
teams of engineers, craftsmen, medium. Electrical, pneumatic,
and service personnel. hydraulic, and hybrid systems are
Precision engineering and care offered to suit the most exacting

fully designed circuits in enclo applicafion or situation.
AUTOMATED WELLHEAD CONTROL
The failsafe control of flowing oil Whether for single-well applica

and gas wells, accomplished tion, or centralized management
through the use of a specialized of an entire field, the systems on
central console, yields a high the following pages are adaptable
measure of safety combined with to a wide variety of functions, from
complete management of produc simple shut-in of a master valve
tion from a central point. upon high or low pressure condi
Because the panels are available tions, to complete fire detection
with a wide selection of options, or and flowline control.
in complete custom designs, meet Baker CAC pilots monitor the
ing exact application is possible in flow line to detect either exces
Single-well panel is a compact unit

every instance. The common ele sively high or low pressures.
that contains all essential functions ment in Baker CAC automated Automatic shut-in takes place
for complete safety shut-in control wellhead controls is exceptional when the systems detect fire, line
ot the wellhead and the downhole quality and reliability. rupture, or any number of alarm
safety value.
Multi-well panel permits centralized management of 16 wells from a single point. Note the
use of direct-dial pilots on each well control. This simplifies setting of high and low sensed
pressures to accomodate the characteristics of each individual well.
405
BAKER
SYSTEMS
conditions that have been pro

grammed. Sensors may monitor
any portion of the system for out-
of-tolerance pressures. Signals
from the pilots trigger carefully
programmed automatic shut-in
procedures that close wing, mas
ter, and subsurface valves in
sequence with appropriately timed
intervals.
The versatile safety valve con

trol panels are available to control Single-well panel is con-
hydraulic systems, pneumatic siructed to the same high
systems, or combined hydraulic- standards as the large

units.
pneumaticsystems. Forinstance,
a single panel or portion of a
multi-well panel may control a
pneumatic wing valve, a hydraulic
master valve, and hydraulic sub
surface safety valve. The Baker
CAC control panel can be manu
factured to suit the situation.
Baker CAC's safety valve con
trol panels are particularly suita
ble for use in remote areas, on
offshore platforms where space is
at a premium, in corrosive envir
Construction of mulli-
onments, near high population
well panel is of 316 stain
areas, and in areas vulnerable to less steel, housed in a 316
manmade or natural hazards. stainless cabinet.
TYPICAL SAFETY SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

Standard service HiS-C0; service Arctic service
Enclosure 316 stainless steel
Reservoir 31G stainless steel
instrument tubing and piping 31G stainless steel
Instrument fittings 316 stainless steel
Instrument controf valves 316 stainless steel
Pneumatic instrument control and

Inslrumont air, sweet gas. or Nj Inslrumont air. gas, or Nj" Instrument air, sweet gas, or Nj
Operating media
Pneumatic control pressura 50-60 PSI (2. 5-4,0 bars)
Pneumatic operating piessure 100-250 PSI (6,9-17,3 bars}
Hydraulic operating control medium Hydraulic fluid
Hydraulic operating pressure' 6.000-10.000 PSI (414-690 bars)
-40°F to 250°F -40" F to 250° F -65° F to 350° F

Operating temperatures
-40°C to 1S1"C -40*Cto 121°C -54°Cto 121°C
Operation modes Manual and automatic
'Higher operating pressures are available upon roquast. "Or low-concontration HrS-C0>
406
SYSTEMS
SINGLE-WELL PANELS OFFER FLEXIBILITY AND CONTROL
Offering full wellhead control from a single compact package,
I
-
the Baker CAC single-well control panel features high quality

stainless steel construction throughout, an impressive optional
feature list, and standard features and specifications that are 1
usually found only on large installations. r
A pneumatically powered hydraulic pump provides internal

hydraulic power for hydraulic surfaces and sub-surface safety
valve operation. Surface safety valve controls may also be
miS
designed to operate utilizing platform air or gas. Panel logic is
designed to insure correct opening and closing sequence dur
1
ing panel manual or automatic operation. Time delays between
individual valve closure are field adjustable to conform to each * ■t ■ fl
well's particular characteristic. h' T ^H
i
Baker CAC single well control panels have continuously satis "flJTI 1
fied oilfield requirements for a safe, reliable, and compact sys cei: ^
tem for production management, especially on offshore plat
forms where space is at a premium.
Baker CAC field technician places a
newly installed single well in service.
MULTI-WELL CONTROL SYSTEMS
Multiple-well panels that extend automatic control OPTIONS AVAILABLE

to a number of wells from a single location are
essentially clusters of single-well control panels
, arctic, or standard environ
housed together and designed to function in a par
mental construction
ticular manner and in a specific environment. All ■ Extra high pressure hydraulic compo
system operating controls, pumps, and control nents (1 2,000 PSI-480 bars)
logic may be centrally located within the multiple • Methane detection
• Flood valve control
well panel.
• Gauge calibration in PSI, bars, or PSI
These custom-designed panels can accomodate and bars
five wells, 10 wells, or20 or more —depending upon • Name plates in any language
■ Hydraulic leak detection with pump
specifications and requirements.
shutdown control
All the features of the single-well panel are offered • Manual open-close well control from
in the basic design. This includes sequential valve panel
opening and closing, emergency shutdown, manual • Visual and/or audible alarm signals
■ Injector valve control
override, fire safety shutdown, and any required
• Circuit for testing instruments and
combination of hydraulic and/or pneumatic valve valves valves without shutting down
actuator control. production
The emergency shutdown control initiates total

platform shutdown from a signal provided by fusible
plug loops, gas detection loops, remote or telemetry
controls, or a manual control.
High and low pilots monitor both flowline and
hydraulic lines for abnormal pressures, and to main Baker CAC multi-well safety control systems are
tain optimum pumping pressures. designed with ease of servceability in mind. Panel
In the event of power failure, the panel may be enclosures, constructed of 316 stainless steel
manually operated through the use of manual incorporate removeable rear doors on modular and
hydraulic pumps and pneumatic connection. non-modular designs.
407
SYSTEMS
MULTI-WELL CONTROL SYSTEMS
to 1*1 "■■ ll
"Walk in" type mulliwell control system.
Interiorview walk in-lype multiwell control system.
Hydraulic power generating system.
Modular designs emphasize serviceability by utiliz

ing a "single well works in a drawer" concept. If a
malfunction occurs, the module is isolated, discon
nected and removed. A new module is installed with a
minimum loss of production due to downtime. This
concept is especially beneficial on remote locations
where qualified service technicians are not readily
available.
The ultimate in panel construction is the Baker

CAC "walk in" type enclosure. This design concept is
utilized in panels controlling more than 20 wells.
Optional features may include explosion proof flo-
rescent lighting, segregation of hydraulic circuitry
within a sub-enclosure incorporating an integral drip
pan, modular construction, remote individual well
status and control via telemetry interface, local "first
out" indication, and panel mounted high and low
pressure pilots. This concept allows ample space for
servicing to be carried out within the enclosure itself.
Baker CAC specializes in providing electrical com
ponents and design for remote telemetry unit and
alarm capability which are certified and approved to
international electric standards. These include certi
fying authorities such as U.L., BASEEFA, C.S.A. and
P.T.B. for typical explosion proof applications to
(Ex)d and (Ex)e service and intrinsically safe applica
tions to (Ex)i service.
408
SYSTEMS
PROCESS CONTROLS
Our engineers can design control systems that

bring a new measure of safety and control to a va
riety of processes.
Reliable Baker CAC components are used
throughout to insure long life, accuracy, and safety.
Monitoring, control, and shutdown functions are
typically provided in process panels forsuch as the
following:
• Master platform process control

• Separator controls • Generator controls
• Gas scrubber controls • Fuel gas controls
• Pipeline controls • Glycol control units
• Wellhead controls • Pump controls
CONTROLS FOR
RECIPROCATING
Electro-hydraulic control system tor wellhead ENGINES AND PUMPS
applications.
Designed to control compressors, engines, and aux

iliary equipment in a wide variety of applications in
hydrocarbon process and related industries, our
pneumatic control panel provide automatic control,
monitoring of functions, positive indication of "first
out" malfunctions, and the flexibility needed to
insure an economical and trouble-free operation.
Pneumatic control allows these quality-built pan
els to be employed in remote offshore locations
without the necessity for providing auxiliary electri
cal or pneumatic power for operation. Natural gas
pressure may be easily substituted for air pressure
where this is convenient and desirable.
Baker CAC pneumatic control panels are in full
command of engine-driven equipment and related
functions through one of three levels of controls.
Any one of the three classes of functions is capable
of triggering system shutdown through the panel.
Class A functions — those which must be normal
at all times, even when the equipment is at rest— are
monitored constantly.
Class B lunctions — those that become normal
soon after engine start-up — are monitored after a
pre-set time interval.
Class C lunctions — those that usually become
normal only after the compressor is loaded — do not
trip shutdown unless the function has first reached a
normal value and drops into an unsuitable range.
Compressor conlrol panel provides complete control with
annunciators providing "first out" indication to assist
(rouble-shooting operations.
409
SYSTEMS
ELECTRICAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
Custom designed and fabricated electrical control We have designed and manufactured custom
systems by Baker CAC provide your requirements electronic control systems for the following:
for control in one sophisticated package. • Offshore platform controls
Because each system is engineered from the • Telemetry controlled systems
ground up to the customer's specific requirements, • Automatic data acquisition systems
any number of logic and control solutions may be • Process control systems
incorporated in a single unit. • Compressor controls
Typical electrical control master panels may • Pump controls

include computer control, programmable con • Valve sequencing systems
• Well controls
trollers, solid state logic, or conventional relay logic,
• Communications systems
as required.
44:
Pipeline control panel has graphic display that facilitates control

functions and operator efficiency Both local and remote control of
pipeline functions may be performed from this unit.
SYSTEMS
CONTROLS
Solar energy supplies power for these closed-loop

hydraulic control systems. Because they operate
independently of external power sources or process
pressure, this type system is suitable for a wide
variety of remote sites, particularly those where
process gases or fluids may be contaminated.
Electric alarm and shutdown panel interfaces well controls

Flexible in design and application, Baker CAC's
with remote telemetry (or offshore platform solar-powered control systems are ideal for single-
well control, multi-well control, and monitoring.
The system includes a solar collector that powers
a rechargeable battery pack, DC-motor driven
hydraulic pump, microprocessor control system,
and radio interface for remote control.
FIRE AND GAS DETECTION
Baker CAC produces systems for the detection of

combustible gases, noxious fumes, heat, and
flames. These systems, usually integrated into cen
tral alarm facilities, provide audible and visible
alarms, and can be designed to automatically per
form a safe shutdown of a process or platform when
an unsafe condition is detected.
INSTALLATION
Our experienced field installation technicians work

ing under the direction of a qualified engineer
assures you of the finest in quality workmanship
and the best in installation techniques, On-site
supervision by an experienced field engineer min
imizes delays and guarantees that all work wili con
form to appropriate codes and regulations.
Remote end-device junction box provides TURNKEY RESPONSIBILITY

an interface to platform control room
Extensive experience with all phases of control and

automation enables Baker CAC to offer a compre
hensive total design package that begins as func
tion definition and ends with training of operators in
a completely fabricated facility.
Consult us for details on how that large automa
tion or control project can be handled by a single
source that has demonstrated capability in all
phases, from investigation through construction to
onsite training.
APPLICATIONS
412
APPLICATIONS
WIDE APPLICATION FOR BAKER CAC SYSTEMS
Diagrams on these pages show the scope of Baker form to your specifications, or innovatively advance
CAC's control systems and products in real-life situa solutions to unique production requirements.
tions, solving typical production automation
Each system makes use of proven ofl-the-shelf
problems.
Baker CAC control and logic components, teamed
The systems shown here are the most basic ones— with standard hardware and quality fabrication tech
those that are applicable to the widest variety of pro niques. The result is a system that is rugged, reliable,
duction situations. But they are not indicative of the long-lived, and easily maintained.
scope of our capabilities. Our Engineering Depart
Let one o( our trained representatives show you
ment specializes in the design of systems that con how our systems and products can work for you.
PNEUMATIC PRESSURE TO
PNEUMATIC
SUPPLV
HL-2
PRESSURE
PILOT
VAN I FOLD
ASSEMBLY
Fig. 1: Basic conlrol syslems, using Model III-? and SDA pilots.
These basic systems, shown above and below, are typically used
for land-based remote wells that are not always supervised. They
incorporate a high and low pilot monitoring system on the How-
line. A Baker CAC failsafe pneumatic actuator operates trie wing
valve. The actuator closes the valve on overpressure or under
pressure indication, but may also be manually operated. Alter an
automatic shutdown, it may be "locked out", if desired. Gauges
on pilot sense lines (integral to the Model SDA pilot below)
permit determination ol high or low pilot trip point after a shut
down has occurcd. An air or gas supply is required.
PNEUMATIC PHES^LflE TO
VALVE [25OP5m'A« >
413
APPLICATIONS
Fig. 2: Line-powered surface saley valve systems. Hydraulic pilot the left system, a Baker CAC in-line actuator has both a hydraulic
and hydraulic actuator combinations in each of the two systems high-low pilot and a failsafe actuator. At right, an identically
aboue permit a surface safety valve to be operated without exter functioning system is assembled from a Baker CAC hydraulic
nal power on flowlines, production wells, or injection wells. In pilot and a Baker CAC failsafe hydraulic actuator.
both cases, line pressure is used as the opening energy source. In
FUSIBLE PLUG ESD PRESSURE r30-EO
Fig. 3: Pneumatic wing,

pneumatic master, and hydrau
lic downhole valve system. A
full three-valve system is
under automatic logic con
trol with full emergency
manual shutdown capability
and automatic override fea
tures. Logic provides full
sequential operation of wing,
master, and SCSSSV on both
opening and closing. Flow-
line scrubber assembly per
mits use of pneumatic pres
sure liom flowline when
GOR is greater than 500
scf/bbl.
APPLICATIONS
HliiULEPLUfiS ESD PJ1E55UPE <M-

MECHANICAL
OPENEB
MYDHMJLIC PRESSURE TO
WING VALVE (1500 PSI U»X )
Fig. 1; Hydraulic wing and

downhole valve system. This
HIGH PILOT SIGNAL
plan makes use of a hy
draulic actuator (or the wing
,-> -- _"■ ■ -.-.-.
surface safety valve. The
hydraulic actuator is smaller
lhan Ihe corresponding
pneumatic, permitting its use
when space is at a premium.
The precise and convenient HYDRAULIC/
PNEUMATIC
Model SDA direcl-dial pilot CONTROL MANUAL ii m I
nEUQTE I -a
replaces the spool-valve pilot PANEL
EMERGENCY l~ H
manifold used for high and SHUTDOWN
low pressure sensing in the

basic two-valve version. The
"o"
panel logic insures proper se
quence and timing for both
opening and closing actions
of the two controlled values.
A 100 PSI air supply is re
quired. Hydraulic pressure
tor valve operation is pro
vided by the air-operated
pump in the panel.
FUSIBLE PLLIGS FSD PRESSURE f]O SO PSI)
HVDPAULIC PRESSUOE TO
WING VALVE 17500 PSI M** I
PILOT BIOMAL
Fig. 5: Hydraulic wing, mas

ter, and downhole valve sys
tem. A hydraulically oper
ated master valve has been
added to the basic hydraulic
plan shown above. In addi
tion, (lowline gas is used (or
pneumatic pressure when
llowline GOR is greater than
500 scf/bbl. This layout
makes use of a spool pilot
manifold to monitor (lowline
pressure. Logic in the panel
assures sequential opening
and closing for the three con
trolled valves.
WELLHEAD AND PRODUCTION ACTUATORS
416
GATE VALVE ACTUATORS FOR WIDE APPLICATION
Wellhead-type actuators by Baker CAC are avail

able in both hydraulic and pneumatic models, in a
variety of sizes, and for most sizes of valves and
pressure ratings. Use of the exclusive Baker CAC
bonnet and actuator system makes it possible lo
adapt to the valves of any major manufacturer.
Failsafe models feature precise spring return sys
tems that assure valve closure independent of valve
body pressure.
ACTUATOR MAINTENANCE
Baker CAC wellhead actuators are easily main

tained, as the actuator is quickly removed from the
bonnet—without having to depressurize the valve
body. This makes it quite simple to interchange
actuators of compatible size—or even substitute
hydraulic for pneumatic models, or vice versa. This
facilitates in-shop maintenance and repair in hostile
environments, and assures minimum shut-in time
for the well.
A patented" T-slot quick-connect feature that
requires no critical alignments or calibrations per
mits the actuator to be removed and installed in
minutes. In addition, our pneumatic actuator mod
els may be rapidly rebuilt on the valve, using a
quick-opening lock-ring to expose the piston and
major seals.
ACTUATOR FEATURES
Failsale design: Upon loss of control pres
sure, the gate valve is returned to its prede VALVE MAINTENANCE
termined safe position.
SIMPLIFIED
Universal adaptability: Use of a Baker
CAC bonnet permits adaptation to most
gate valves with minimum parts changeout.
Wide range of sizes: Numerous piston
sizes and strokes permit a close match to
valve size, actual line pressure, and avail
able control pressure.
Parts interchangeability: Maximum parts
interchangeability means fewer mainte
nance problems and minimum spare parts
inventories. DONNET
SI EM ACTUAtOn
Fire safety: A proven metal-to-metal seal SHAFT
in each Baker CAC bonnet protects

against packing blowouts in the event of
fire.
The Baker CAC quick-disconnecl system permits

easy access to the valve for gate maintenance, as
the actuator may be removed without disassembly.
■Patent No. 4.135.547.

PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS
For opening and closing any of the popular direct or

reverse-acting gate valves, this actuator supplies a
downward thrust on application of pneumatic pres
sure from an external source. When gas pressure is
CONTROL PRESSURE
relieved, a compression spring, aided by pressure in

the valve body, returns the piston to its normal, or
"up" position. This causes the actuator to act as a
failsafe closed device when applied to reverse act
ing gate valves.
An external safety head relieves pressure in the
event of accidental overpressurization.
Actuators are available in piston sizes 8 inches to
30 inches, with strokes for valves 1-13/16 inches to
16 inches, for all valve pressures and ratings, and for
all services.
ILfCTPiCAJ.
nun
TYPICAL PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR
TYPICAL TRIMS AND SPECIFICATIONS
IIACE MR-01-7!)
Full Arctic H.S-CO, Standard

SvrvlCfl Standard H,S-CO, ll. 311 -75° F low temp. Towlgmp.
(H,S-CO,) (-60'C) (-50'F) {-40° F)
Prod. No. {85-06 8B5-O7 sss-oa 6B5-W eas-29 3S5-: ■
Maximum operating prni*. 150 PSI IB Dan
Production leii preuum 375 PSI 26 bin

AH API ED rCH C*lL VALVC
i'hv u * hut* c l uk n i
I ■■ , ■ ■ ' S ' - i ■ . OATH. Standard
STCJD5 NLJI5 SEAL F»Wj5
-20 = F,o25r, •T -29 C to 121 =c
Temperature and H.S-CO,
Range ■to °Cto«' c
Arctic -7S •F to 120 •F
ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE
A wide variety of accessories is available for use with this actua
tor. They are shown (Ungrammatically.
SLIM-HOLE ACTUATORS
With specifications and applications essentially like
the pneumatic actuators on the preceding page, the
slim-hole model features an extremely narrow pro
file that permits its application in multiple well situa
tions where Christmas tree spacing is as close as
five-foot centers. This close spacing is possible
because this specialized actuator has been
designed for a very compact profile, and entirely
eliminates the rising stem.
Slim-hole models are fully interchangeable with
our other wellhead actuators, as they share the pat
ented Baker CAC quick-disconnect system. This
permits rapid removal and replacement of the actua
tor without the necessity for depressurizing the
valve.
8B5-35 (or standard service
SPECIAL HYDRAULIC OPENER

Exclusively for the slim-hole pneumatic actuator,
SPECIFICATIONS this hydraulic opener is an essential accessory that
may be used to operate the valve when no
Service Standard pneumatic pressure is available, and without
Maximum operating press. 250 PSI 18 bars removing the actuator from the valve. A hand
Production test pressure 375 PSI 26 bars operated pneumatic pump may be used to power
Operating temp, range -20°F to250°F -29°Clo121°C
the opener.
877-70 lor standard and HjS-COi service
Designed to the industry's highest standards, Baker

DIA-FLEX ACTUATOR CAC's new Dia-Flex diaphragm type actuator
incorporates the exclusive interchangeability, ease
of maintenance, and durability that are built into our
other actuators. Dia-Flex is lighter in weight than a
piston-type actuator. It will accept most of the same
accessories as other Baker CAC pneumatic
actuators.
The first diaphragm-type actuator to eliminate the

old-fashioned O-ring from moving surfaces, the
Dia-Flex features an easily renewed PolyPak seal
around the rising stem. No actuator disassembly is
needed for seal maintenance.
Dia-Flex may be used interchangeably with Baker

CAC pneumatic or hydraulic actuators of compara
ble rating, with no need for bonnet parts changeout
or adapter kits.
88S-92-12Q3 12-ln. diaphragm. Ior3-in. valve
885-92-1204 12-ln. diaphragm, Ior4-tn. valve
8B5-92-1403 14-ln. diaphragm, lor 3-ln. valve
8B5-92-1404 14-ln. diaphragm, (or 4-in. valve
885-92-2004 20-ln. diaphragm, Ior4-ln. valve
SPECIFICATIONS
Service Standard (Class 1)
ORDERING EXAMPLE: Baker CAC Dia-Flexdiaphragm-
Maximum operating pressure 150 PSI 10.4 bars lype pneumatic actuator for slandard (Class 1) service, product
Production test pressure 225 PSI 15.5 bars No. 885-92-1403: lor 105 PSI available control pressure and 5.000
PSI maximum line pressure; complete with Baker CAC bonnet
Operating temperature range -20aFto 250" F -29°C 1 o121°C
ana mounted on a McEvoy Model C,S-inch, API 5,000 PSI. RM-12
trim valve. Fig. 129, with HTJ ends
419
HYDRAULIC ACTUATORS FOR SPECIALIZED APPLICATIONS
1
t
*
1
1
t o {
MODEL E
MODEL C MODEL K MODEL J MODEL L
Five specialized models of gate valve actuators

TRIMS AND SPECIFICATIONS employing a high pressure control fluid make it pos
Model C
sible to select the correct actuator for every need.
Maximum
operating Tempcratutv range Baker CAC's hydraulic actuators are conservatively
Product pressure
rated and feature powerful return springs to insure
No. Sen Ice CIS!) (PSI) t°F> TC) Meets'
885-10 Standard 1-1 7,500 • 20 la 250 -29 to 121 —

complete reverse gate closure upon loss of control
885-11 H,S-CO, 1-3S-3C 7.500 -30 to 250 ■29 to 121 NACEMH-01-7S pressure—even if gates are sticky and valve body
885-11 Arcllc 1-3S-1 7.S00 -75 to 120 -SO to 49 NACEMH-01-75
Charpy Impact pressure is zero.
15 ll-lbat-75 F
All these actuators feature Baker CAC's patented
Model E
Mulmum
quick disconnect design, which assures quick inter-
operating Temperature range changeability of actuators, premanent drift adjust
Product pressure
No. Service Clan (PS)> <°F) (•0) Meets:

ment, and ease of maintenance.
865-79 Standard 1-2 6.0Q0 ■20 to 250 -29 to 121 Model C is the workhorse of the team. It operates
895-80 H,S-CO, 1-2-3S-4 6.0 DO -20 to 250 -29 10 121 NACEMR-01-75
valves to 6% inches, accomodating pressures to
Model J
r.'.minurn
10,000 PSI, with contro! pressures to 7,500 PSI.
operating Temperature ranqe
Model E is a shorter profile actuator intended for
Product pressure
No. Service Clnss (PSI) (°F) (•C) Meets: valves to 6% inches and line pressures up to 10,000
JIH'i II I .I.iihI.ik- 1 I l,. 0(1(1 -20 to 250 ■29 to 121 —
PSI. This actuator permits the use of lower control
085-04 H,S-CO, 1-2-3S-4 6.000 -20 to 250 ■29 10 121 NACEMR-01-7S
BB5-05 Arcllc 1-1-38-4 6.000 ■75 to 120 -60 (o 49 NACE MR-0I-7S pressures than Model C. Control pressures of up to
Charpy Impacl
6,000 PSI are accepted.
15ll-lbat-75°F
Modol K Model J is intended for valves from 8 inches to 16

Maximum inches. Its translating cylinder design results in a
operating Temperature rancje
Product pressure
shorter actuator than is customarily found for long
No. Service Clan (PSI) 18F) l=C) Meeti: stroke units. Control pressures to 6,000 PSI are
885-35 Standard 1-2-3EM 6.000 -20 to 250 ■29lo1!l NACEMR-01-75
accepted.
H,SCO,
B85-81 Arctic 1-2-3S-4 6.000 ■75 to 120 -60 to 49 NACE MR-01-75 Model K operates valves with conventional non-
Charpy JmpBCI
15 (t-lb at -7S= F metallic seals up lo a body pressure to 20,000 PSI in
Model L sizes to 4 inches. It accepts control pressure to 6,000
Maximum PSI.
operating Temperature range
Producl pr*uure Model L is designed for high pressure valves to
No. Service Clms (PSI) (■F) PC) Meets:
20,000 PSI and those having high-friction metal stem
Mo delL
seals. It incorporates high strength disc springs to
885-% Standard 1-2-3S-4 6.Q00 -20 to 250 ■2910 121 NACEMR-01-75
II.S-CO. insure valve closure under the most severe drag con
ditions. It accepts control pressure to 6,000 PSI.
ORDERING EXAMPLE
Baker CAC Model C hydraulic actuator tor standard service, Class 1-2, product commodity No. 885-10-0403. with a 4-inch piston fora
3-inch valve. OCS certification (is) (is nol) required.
420
WIRE-CUTTING ACTUATORS PROVIDE WIRELINE SAFETY
MODEL CWC MODEL HWC MODELSWC
Designed primarily for use on wellhead valves to pro

TRIMS AND SPECIFICATIONS vide failsafe shut-in during the event of a wireline
accident. Baker CAC wire-cutting actuators employ a
Extremely
Corrosive unique disc-spring return package that assures sev
Service Standard corrosive
atmosphere erance of the wireline in most gate valves.
atmosphere
Model CWC Three models are offered to fit the exact needs of a
— 884-60 684-61
Product No. wide variety of applications.
Model HWC Models CWC and HWC are fully interchangeable
884-62 — —
Product No.
with other Baker CAC actuators because they
Model SWC
— 8B5-82 — employ the patented Baker CAC quick-disconnect
Product No.
system and common interchangeable bonnets. For
certain wireline operations, a Model CWC or HWC
Product No. 084-60 08-1-61 084-G2 885-82
actuator could directly replace a Baker CAC hydrau
Return force 3" & 4" 6,000 6,000 6,000 —
lic actuator (such as a model C) on the master valve.
at closure
point (Ib.) 6" 7,000 7,000 7,500 8,000 This would provide wire-cutting safety without valve
modification or interference with operations.
Maximum operating pressure Model CWC employs springs that are immersed in
6,000 PSI 414 bars
(typical) the control media, thus qualifying it for service in a
Production lest pressure 9,000 PSI 621 bars corrosive atmosphere. It closes with a force of 6,000
Operating temperature range -20°Fto 250° F -29°Cto121°C to 7,000 pounds, depending on actuator size.
Model HWC delivers 6,000 to 7,500 pounds of
return force, depending on actuator size. Shorter
than Model CWC, its springs are enclosed but not
immersed in oil.
Model SWC is a short profile actuator, intended for
ORDERING EXAMPLES
use in ciose quarters on 5 inch to 6% inch valves. It
Baker CAC Model CWC wire-cutting hydraulic actuator for
incorporates an intergral fire shield on the bonnet,
extremely corrosive atmosphere, Class 1-2-3S-4. product com
modity No. 884-60-0506, with a 5-inch piston for a 6-inch value. and cuts wireline with a closing force of 8,000
OCS certification (is) (is not) required. pounds.
MODEL H DOUBLE-ACTING HYDRAULIC ACTUATORS
Used for abrasive service such as mud maniiolds

and choke-and-kill manifolds, this improved
double-acting actuator supplies the force to open
and close critical gale valves under the most severe
operating conditions.
Powered by hydraulic pressure to 3,000 PSI,
CONTROL PRESSURE
Model H is essentially similar in operation to the
Model C, except (or the double-acting feature and
the absence of return force springs. In the event of
loss of control pressure, the valve body pressure
CONTROL PRESSURE aids the return of the piston to the "up" position.
Each Model H actuator is supplied with integral
bonnet. The mechanical over-ride (shown installed)
is designed especially for this product, and features
a sliding crossbar handle that permits increased
leverage without having to resort to "cheater" bars.
Product No. Service Application
877-17 Standard and 5-ln. piston:

HiS-COi 2.75-ln. accessory thread
5-ln. piston:
877-18 A relic
SPECIFICATIONS 2.75-in. accessory thread
677-21 Mechanical over-ride

Service Standarc andHiS-CO:
ORDERING EXAMPLE
Maximum operating press. 3 000 PSI 517 bars
One Baker CAC Model H double-acting hydraulic actuator, pro
Production lest pressure 4 500 PSI 776 bars
duct commodity number 877-17-WFM5. complete with bonnet
Operating temp, range -20° Flo 2501 F -29°Cto121°C and mechanical override (or WKM 3 'Ac-inch valve. Model M, API
5.00D PSI valve
LINE CONTROLLED ACTUATORS

Use of Baker CAC's patented hydraulic pilot makes
possible two unique line controlled actuators that
permit monitoring and controlling flowlines in
remote areas where external power is not available.
IN-LINE ACTUATOR
Incorporating a high-low hydraulic pilot similar to
877-51 on page 433, this patented" spring-assisted
return actuator utilizes line pressure to maintain an
open valve as long as neither high or low limits are
violated.
885-60 (or standard service
B85-61 (or HjS-COj service
HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR
AND PILOT
Three products—the Model C hydraulic wellhead
actuator and our hydraulic high and low pilots are
assembled to provide a function that is nearly iden
tical to that of the line-controlled actuator described
above.
■U.S. Patent 4,157,167.

422
PATENTED BONNET DESIGN—KEY TO INTERCHANG ABILITY
Baker CAC's unique (U.S. patent No. 4,135.547}

bonnet and actuator quick-disconnect design
totally isolates the actuator from the bonnet without
any compromise of safety.
Since the bonnet and the actuator are two distinct
products, it is possible to remove the actuator from
Actuator the bonnet without depressurizing or isolating the
valve. A substitute actuator may be installed on the
bonnet while the original actuator is being serviced.
Or a larger or smaller actuator may be installed to
accomodate the change in production pressures or
schedule. It is even possible to substitute a hydrau
lic actuator for a pneumatic, providing adequate
control pressure is available.
The bonnet itself is designed and rated for the
valve. We can fit any of the popular gate valves. The
actuator and the bonnet share a common interface
design that extends to all devices within a pressure
range, making bonnet choice entirely a matter of
valve mating, and actuator choice entirely a matter
of available control pressure and desired
characteristics.
The bonnet features both a metal-to-metal back
seal and a state of the art sealing system. The seal
ing system is designed for the pressure range and
service of the valve, and is interchangeable with
others in its size and pressure range.
Because of their individual, completely self-
contained sealing systems, a sour service bonnet
may be used in conjunction wilh a standard service
actuator, providing the control medium is
acceptable.
Actuator connector
Typical Baker CAC gate valve and actuator installation, showing

Mounting bolts
Ihe actuator removed from the bonnet. T-slot arrangement per
mits rapid connection with the bonnet stem. Bolts hold actuator
Sealing cartridge
housing to bonnet ring.
Drift adjustment spacers
Mounting flange
Cutaway of typical Baker CAC gate valve bonnet. The sealing

system in this model is a cartridge which features T-seals for the
principal dynamic seats. O-rings for static seals, and a secondary
seal on the stem above the primay seal pack. This bonnet serves a
wide variety ol hydraulic and pneumatic actuators.
Gate attachment (typical)

423
ACTUATOR ACCESSORIES
MECHANICAL OPENER HYDRAULIC OPENER
Typically employed to open When a mechanical opener

low pressure gate valves is insufficient to do the work,
when no actuator control this hydraulic opener will
pressure is available, this open pressurized gate valves
acccessory is offered in when the actuator is out of
sizes suitable for valves to commission or normal con
seven inches. For high pres trol pressure is not available.
sure valves, and for valves Mounted on top of the actua
four inches and larger with tor, this unit opens valves
any body pressure, use the from two inches to 16 inches,
hydraulic opener described with as much as 5,000 PSI
below. pressure in the valve body. A
B85-13-0003. , . FoM-13/16 valves maximum 5,000 PSI control
with pressures to 10.000 PSI, pressure is required. Con
and 2, 2-'/:, and 3-Inch valves trol pressure may be ob
(with pressures lo 5,000 PSI)
tained from a hand pump.
B85-13-0006. . . For 4, 6, 6-'/., and
7-Inch valves 885-14 For standard service
(with no valve body pressure) 885-23 For arctic service
SCREW JACK CLEAR STEM PROTECTOR
Used to mechanically stroke Protects the rising stem of a

a valve before the actuator is Baker CAC actuator from
installed, this device mounts damage, while allowing vis
directly on a Baker CAC ual indication of position.
bonnet assembly. Small (2 Specify actuator type, size,
to 4-inch) valves may be piston size, and nominal
operated while pressurized. valve size.
885-62-0103 For 2, 2-V*, and Product No. 885-38
3-inch valves (to 3,000 P51)
885-62-0004 .... For 4-inch valve
(to 2,000 PSI)
HEAT-SENSITIVE LOCK-OPEN DEVICES
Holding a reverse-acting
gate valve open, these devi
ces permit the actuator to
close the valve only in the
event of fire.
885-37-4283 (with 4.656-Inch acme
thread)
8B5-37-2283 (with 2.75-Inch N
thread)
886-22-0212 (wilh2.75-lnchlhread;
low IhrusI model)
8B5-39-2000 (lor standard model
actuators; 200° eutectic)
GB5-37 885-39 886-22
424
ACTUATOR ACCESSORIES
VENT AND BYPASS LIMIT SWITCHES
MODEL PRV PNEUMATIC
A pilot-operated three-way, This pneumatically oper

two-position pneumatic relay ated device supplies a posi
with spring return and snap tion indicating signal to a
action, Model PRV features a remote control unit. Two
manual detent for start-up switches are required for
and an internal pilot latch each actuator. For valves to
that prevents automatic reset. 16 inches, and pneumatic
It may be used as a normally actuators to 30-inch piston
open or normally closed diameters
valve in a logic system. 895-63 .... Please stale valve and
Model PRV's compact actuator size when ordering.
design makes it easy to panel

mount. It may also be mount
ed on an actuator, pilot, or ELECTRICAL
other device.
Simplicity, reliability, and For use with either hydraulic
ease of operation were de or pneumatic actuators, this
signed into this product. switch senses shaft position
Field maintenance is fast and through the use of magneti
easy, with no special tools or cally sensitive electrical
skills being required. reed switches. Suitable for
B77-36-1000 .... For standard and all environments.
H,S-COi service 885-G6 . . . Please stale actuator
B77-37-1000 For arctic and model and valve size
HjS-COj service when ordering.
SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL
Producl commodity No. 877-36-1000 877-37-1000 (FOR PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR)
Standard and Arctic and
Service
HiS-CO, H,S-COS
Ideal for limited space instal
Temperature range -20°Fto25Q°F -75°Fto 120sF
lations, upper and lower
-29°Cto12-PC -60°C to49°C
switches are necessary for a
Maximum working pressure 250 PSI 17,25 bars
complete installation. Spec
Maximum pilot pressure 250 PSI 17,25 bars
ify exact actuator size when
Minimum required pilot press. 2.5 PSI 1,7 bars ordering. Heavy duty mod
316 stainless steel els and SPDT switches are
Body materials
(NACE MH-01-75)
also available on special
Spring material Inconel (NACE MR-01-75) request.
Seals VMon Fluoreslllcone
8BS-64 For all services
426
SURE-TORK™ ROTARY VALVE ACTUATOR
Baker CAC's patented" Sure-Tork"1 rotary valve flange. They may be mounted in any desired atti
actuator offers a unique system for converting lin tude. Control pressures of 250 to 5,000 PSI can be
ear motion to rotary motion. The result is a highly accomodated, depending upon the model selected.
efficient device that is capable of producing a con- Wear problems are virtually non-existant, as the
slant torque throughout its operating cycle. unique design eliminates side-loading, thus min
Extremely small for the high forces it delivers, the imizing piston seal wear and cylinder wall wear.
Baker CAC Sure-Tork actuator is simple and easily
External rotation stops permits fine adjustment of
maintained.
±5 degrees to assure efficient valve operation and
Available in many sizes and in both double-acting exact alignment of the valve rotor.
and failsafe models, these actuators deliver up to
The mechanism is completely immersed in a
2.000.000 inch-pounds of torque for opening and
sealed oil bath that lubricates and protects from
closing ball or plug valves requiring 90 degrees of
external contamination.
rotation.
These actuators have been proof-tested to twice
High torque is achieved through the use of a pair
their rated pressures to assure design and structural
of hydraulic or pneumatic cylinders (or a power
integrity. Every production actuator has been tested
cylinder and a spring return device in some models)
to one and one-half times its working pressure.
that are linked to the central shaft through the use of
a flexible band, push rod, and rotor system. The All versions of the rotary valve actuator are field
action of the device is entirely symmetrical, deliver repairable while mounted on the valve. Only a Cres
ing rated torque throughout the entire action. cent wrench and screwdriver are necessary for this
work.
Adaptable to any popular ball or plug valve, these
actuators mount directly to the supplied valve
■U.S. Patent 4,225.110
TM
HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC SURE-TORK ACTUATORS
The double-acting version of the Sure-Tork"1 actua verves energy, especially in applications where
tor requires two control pressures—one for "valve there is no need for failsafe action. Both pneumatic
open" and another for "valve closed". The rotor is and hydraulic models are available in a number of
stationary when all control pressure is removed. sizes for a wide variety of applications.
This simplifies control system design, and con-
PNEUMATIC MODELS
With control pressure of up lo 250 PSI.

the pneumatic versions of the double-
acting Sure-Tork™ actuator deliver full
rated torque and all the advantages of
the proven flexible band and central
rotor design.
Even these low-pressure models are
exceptionally small for their output, as
only cylinder diameter and stroke must
be considered to compensate for low
pneumatic pressures.
The pneumatic model is especially
well adapted for situations where there
is only limited air or gas pressure avail
able, as the actuator may be sized to
deliver the required torque from con
trol pressure far lower than the max
imum rated pressure.
886-03 for standard
and HjS-CO2 service
SPECIFICATIONS
Service Standard* H,S-CO, HYDRAULIC MODELS
Ur Men meets NSCE MR.-O1-75 standards
< 3 n raling Ir-mp range -I0*Flo25O°F -39>C lo IS1°C Compact is the word for the hydraulic
Pmriunt No 336 01 aas-oa S 96-3 5 version of Baker CAC's Sure-Tork1"
Maximum oDeraling press 3.00(1 PSI 211 ban 2^0 PSI 17.3 Bars 5.000 PSI 145 ban actuator. A package 18 by 7-3/4 by 5-
Production I«t pressure a wa psi 316 bars 175 PSI 26 bars 7500 PSI 517 ban
3/4 inches produces 25,000 inch-
pounds of torque using only 3.000 PSI
control pressure. The same control
pressure produces 630,000 inch-
pounds of torque in a unit 41 by 22 by
14-3/4 inches.
Rugged reliability is built-in—just as
with other Sure-Tork'" rotary valve
actuator models.
In production platform applications

where there is no pneumatic pressure
available, or where it is desireable to
avoid the installation of compressor
units, the hydraulic Sure-Tork'" actua
tor can operate from the hydraulic
source normally installed for the SSSV.
886-01 for 3,000 PSI con
trol pressure, H=S-COj service
886-35 for 5.000 PSI con
trol pressure, H;S-CO2 service
428
AUTOMATIC CONTROL FOR PIPELINE ACTUATORS
Using only a minimum of compo q>-Ko
nents, this unique self-contained

control system provides com
plete automatic control of a Baker
CACSure-Tork rotary valve actu
ator without the use of process
fluids for power or control.
A reversible electric motor
operates a bi-directional hydrau
lic pump to supply pressure for
opening and closing operations.
Make-up hydraulic fluid is con
tained in the body cavity of the
actuator.
The pump motor may be either

AC or DC powered, depending
upon availability of local power. A
solar cell array and rechargeable
battery pack are sufficient to
supply the DC motor.
A DC-powered version that
employs remote control through
a radio-telemetry link is also
available.
An optional pre-charged ac
cumulator may be used to insure
failsafe operation.
DUBL-LATCH™ ACTUATORS FOR ORBIT ROTARY VALVES
THE LATCHING CONCEPT

Positive, patented* latching devices in these actua of the actuator—top, bottom, or both locations,
tors insure that the piston does not travel at all once depending upon the model. Latching action is
the latching mechanism has been activated. The automatic as the piston reaches the end of its travel.
latches are mechanical; no control pressure is The latch is released only with the application of
required to maintain their hold. control pressure for the reverse travel.
The latching mechanisms are located at the ends ■U.S. Patent 4.248.138
TRIMS AND SPECIFICATIONS
NACE MR-01-75
Arctic -75°F
Service Standard H,S-CO,
(60°F)
Product No.
(Hydraulic) B85-70 8S5-74 00b-75
(Pneumatic) 885-76 885-77 885-7B
Typical (Hydraulic) 3,000 PSI 207 bars

operating pressure
(Pneumatic) 250 PSI 17,2 bars
Typical (Hydraulic) 4,500 PSI 310 bars
test pressure
(Pneumatic) 375 PSI 25,8 bars
Operating Standard
-20°Fto250°F -29°Cto 121°C
Temperature and HjS-COs
Range
Arctic -75°Flo120DF -60°C to49°C
430
PILOTS. RELAYS. AND COMPONENTS
DIRECT DIAL PILOTS
DIAL-ADJUSTABLE PILOTS
FOR ACCURACY, FLEXIBILITY
Baker CAC's new stainless steel direct-dial pilots

are accurate, easy-to-use pressure sensing devices
that feature calibrated, instantly adjustable sensing
levels. Full instrument models have face-mounted
gauges and weathertight fiberglass cases.
Both high and low sensed pressure limits may be
directly dialed from an easy to read face plate. Var
ious models sense one high and one low pressure,
two high or low pressures, or a single pressure-
high or low.
When operated within their rated temperature
range, they are not subject to temperature effects.
Models are available to sense a wide range of
pressures, from 0 PSI to 10,000 PSI. Supply and
output pressure is 25 PSI.
OPTIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal supply pressure 25 PSI 1.72 bars

MOUNTING—Can be mounted on either verti
Repeatability ot low sel point 1 percent, lull scale
cal or horizontal pipe. Brackets are available
Repeatability of high sei point
for any standard pipe sizes.
1 per cent, lull scale
Per cent, PORTING—The base plate can be supplied

Model
Hysteresis -dead band" lull scale with center sensed connection (standard),
(trip oi reset)
D-1.000 and/or separate output connection. NOTE:
3
whon output signal D-2.000 Specify when ordering.
restored automatically D-4.000
4 MANUAL RESET—Mechanical lock out on
D-10.000
either high or low setting, or both is available
Operating Standard
-20°F1o 1B01 F -29°C tofl2°C on special request. This feature allows the
Tempor.n lu ro andH*S-CO,
Range operator to check the cause of abnormal pres
Arctic -75"F lo 100' F -60°C to82°C
sure conditions.
PRESSURE GAUGES—Dual-scale PSI-bars,
available in PSI KPa on special order.
SETTING DIALS—Standard dual-scale gra
duations correspond to pressure sensor
ranges as shown on the selection guide table.
PRESSURE SENSING RANGES—From 6 to
10,000 PSI (0,4 to 690 bars) within model
designations as specified in the selection
guide.
Model SDA features two independently Model SDE may be ordered as a high pilot Model DT and Model DTP bleed-type
operating pilots—one for high pressures, or low pilot funciion. This instrument is pilots provide accurate throttle control for
and one for low pressures. A fully fully instrumented with gauges for sensed back-pressure regulating or pressure-
instrumented panel is standard, showing pressure and output pressure. Manual reducing regulator applications. Available
sensed pressure and output pressure. reset is available. as a modular panel-mountable unit, or
Two separate dials select high and low B76-41 ... lor standard and H,S-CO> service complete with gauges and mounted in a
pressure trip points. Manual or automatic 876-42 lor arcilc service weatherproof case.
resel may be specified. 876-50 Model DTP throttling pilot
876-32 ... for standard and HjS-CO, service module lor standard service
876-33 tor arcllc service 876-51 . . . Model DT throttling pilot complete
with gauges, mounted on a face plate;
weatherproof case optional.
Model SDEP is an "unpackaged" module that may be incorporated in a control system to
provide the benefits of a direct-dial pilot. No shuttle valve or case is provided—only the
basic sensing element and its calibrated dial on a sturdy face plate. Specify high or low
pilot function.
H76-45 for standard and H,S-COj service
B76-46 for arctic service.
HELIX I DIAL-ADJUSTABLE PILOT
A coiled stainless steel Bourdon tube in this

pilot opens and closes a snap-acting block-and- \
bleed valve in reponse to fluctuating line
pressures.
Set point control is through an external dial.

This model may be field-converted from high
pilot to low, or vice versa, through the simple
interchange of parts.
This compact pilot is easily installed, insensi
tive to harsh environment and vibration, and
available in pressure ranges to 15,000 PSI.
876-47 Stale range and service desired.
SPECIFICATIONS
Sensing element const. 316 stainless steel Accuracy of dial setting ± 3 per cent
Body construction Stainless steel

0-150 0-2,500
Temperature range -20=Fto250°F Pressure ranges (PSI) 0-250 0-5,000
Repeatability 1 per cent, full scale* 0-500 0-10,000
Deadband 4 per cent, full scale* 0-15,000

432
MODEL HL-2 HIGH OR LOW PRESSURE PILOT
The new Model HL-2 is an advanced spool-type high or low pressure

pilot that offers an extremely wide pressure range of 5 PSI to 15,000 PSi
with minimum dead-band and maximum repeatability.
Either hydraulic or pneumatic The sensing heads each feature
pressures may be sensed and a captured piston that prevents
controlled using this pilot. personal injury in the event the
When operated as a low pilot, pilot body is removed from the
Model HL-2 functions as a nor head while it is under pressure.
mally open, block-and-bleed An optional spool seal config
device. As a high pilot, it is nor uration permits a dangerous
mally closed, block-and-bleed vented control fluid to be ducted
instrument. In either mode, dead to a remote location for collection
band and repeatability are optimum. or venting.
OUT Five interchangeable sensing Each seal, with the exception of
IN
heads provide a total of 11 pres the sensing pislon, may be ser
(1.OWPILOT1 sure ranges, each of which may viced while in the sensing line.
be adjusted with a screw to 876-70 For standard and
increase or decrease spring pres HiS-CO] service
sure against the spool valve and 876-71 For arctic service
piston.
MODEL HL-2 MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY

SENSED PRESSURE
Two Model HL-2 pilots mounted on a manifold function as high and low
pilots to protect personnel and equipment from abnormally high and
low pressures. Stainless steel tubing and manifold provide simpfe one-
HIGH PILOT LOW PILOT
point connections for both supply and sensed pressures.
876-63 For standard service and
HjS-CO, service
876-64 For arctic and service
SPECIFICATIONS
Repeatability ol set polnl ± 1% of set pressure

OUT Control pressure 25-200 PSI 172.4kPA-1378.8kPA
Standard and
Operating -200Flo250°F -29°C to 121SC
H,S-CO, models
temperature
range
Arctic -75°Flo120°F -59°Cto«0C
H,S-COj models NACE MB-01-75 standards
Design NACE MR-01-7S standards;

meets Arctic models Charpy Impact value exceeds
15 ft.-lb. at -75"P (-60-C)
SENSED PRESSURE
433
HYDRAULIC PILOTS FOR HIGH

INSTRUMENT PRESSURE
The unique pressure-handling capability of Baker CAC hydraulic pilots

permits direct control over high-pressure control fluids, making it pos
sible to minimize the size and complexity of a high pressure control
system while at the same time entire safety system from a
achieving an improvement in charged accumulator—orinsome OUT
reliability. cases, from unregulated flowline

The patented* hydraulic pilot media. BLEED PORT
monitors pressures from 100 PSI Direct manual control, auto-
to 9,000 PSI (69 to 620 bars), matic lockout on trip conditions,
automatically blocking and bleed- automatic clearing bypass for
ing control pressure to 7,500 PSI low-pilot start-up, and the capa-
(525 bars) when pressure limits bility for being tripped by afusible
are exceeded. plug field are features that con-
Because these pilots work tribute to the versatility of these
directly from high pressure sourc- pilots.
es, there is no need for field gas High-low, high, and low pilot
separators and scrubbers, pres- configurations are offered in
sure regulators, pneumatic-pow- standard — H2S-CO2 and arctic
ered pumps, pneumatic-hydraulic —H2S-CO2 services.
interface valves, or pneumatic
pilots. It is possible to power an -u.s. Patent 4,160,463.
LOW HYDRAULIC PILOT

877-52 For standard and H8S-CO8 service
877-60 For arcilc and HiS-CO* service
HIGH HYDRAULIC PILOT

877-53 For standard and HjS-COj service
877-61 For arctic and HjS-COi service
LOW HYDRAULIC PILOT

HIGH-LOW HYDRAULIC PILOT
PILOI
877-51 For standard and HjS-COi service S EC I I ON
877-62 For arctic and HiS-CO, service VENT SUPPLY
HYDRAULIC PILOT SPECIFICATIONS

SENSED PflESSUBE
PSI BARS PSI BARS

PILOT VALVE
20- 50 1.4-3.51 750-2,000 53-140 SECTION SECTION
SENSING PRESSURE RANGES 50-100 3.5-7 1,900-5,500 133-385 VENT SUPPLY
100-300 7-21 3,300-9,000 231-630
250- 900 1B-G3
Repeatability of set point Less than i 3% ol sel pressure t OUT

SENSED PRESSURE
Maximum control pressure 7,500 PSI 525 bars
Proof test 18,000 PSI 1,260 bars
PILOT V1LVE
Production lest 11,250 PSI 776 bars SECTION SECTION
Standard and VENT SUPPLY

Operating -40°Fto250°F -40"Cto121°C
HjS-CO, models
temperature
range Arctic and
-75°Fto100!>F -60"C lo38°C
H;S-CO, models
Standard, H^S-CO? SENSED PRESSURE

NACE MR-01-75 standards
Design and Arctic models
meets
Charpy Impact value exceeds
Arctic models
15 It.-lb. at-75°F(-60°C)
MODEL PRV VENT AND BYPASS RELAY
A pilot-operated three-way, two-position pneumatic relay with spring

return and snap action, Model PRV features a manual detent for start-up
and an internal pilot latch that prevents automatic reset. It may be used as a
normally open or normally closed valve in a logic system.
877-36-1000 For standard and HiS-COi service
877-37-1000 For arcllc and HjS-COi service
SPECIFICATIONS
Product commodity No. 877-36-1000 877-37-1000
Service Standard and HiS-CO, Arctic and H,S-COj
Temperature range -20°F lo250°F -75°Fto120°F

-29°C to121°C -60°Cto49°C
Maximum working pressure 250 PSI 17,25 bars
Maximum pilot pressure 250 PSI 17,25 bars
Minimum required pilot press. 2.5 PSI 1,7 bars
Body materials 316 slalnless Steel (NACE MH-01-7SJ

Spring material lnconel(NACEMR-01-75)
Seats VltOfl Fluoroslllcone
SUBSEA HYDRAULIC QUICK-EXHAUST VALVE
Used with a failsafe gate valve actuator, the subsea hydraulic quick-
exhaust is mounted directly on the actuator in the control umbilical. A
special spring and poppet valve combination permits the umbilical to act
as an accumulator, which assists in rapid valve opening. This rugged,
compact device features a snap action in both directions, thus preventing
undesirable modulation found in conventional quick-exhausts.
877-39-1000 For marine environment
SPECIFICATIONS
Environment Marine
Working pressure 6,000 PSI 414 bars
Temperature range -20°Flo250°F -29=Clo12rC
Maximum operating depth 3,000 ft. 914 meters
Working liuld High water base hydraulic fluids
MODEL PH UNIVERSAL VALVE
Designed for the most used ranges and

applications, these compliant, shuttle
action valves are corrosion resistant for
either standard or corrosive environ
—■*
) ment service. Construction is of high-
grade stainless steel, with Viton seals.
SPECIFICATIONS
Leakage (internal and external) is nil;
Typical control pressure 50 PSI 3,5 bars
rate of flow is greater than comparable
Body working pressure 250 PSI 17,25 bars
competitive models.
Body lesl pressure 375 PSI 26 bars
Each valve is shipped with kit for
Body burst pressure test 500 PSI 3S bars adaptation to two-way, three-way, nor
Operating environment: mally open, or normally closed opera
•40°F to250°F -40°Cto121°C
Temperature range tion, to function as pilot or relay. A 50
Standard and HiS-COj PSI signal is required for operation.
Service
(Meeis NACE MR-01-75 standards)
877-09 .... For standard and HiS-COj service
435
SAND PROBE ASSEMBLY
Continuous monitoring of the effects ot an abrasive product on flowline

and valves is possible with the use of this Baker CAC sand probe. A
sensing probe of a predetermined thickness extends into the flow path
of the abrasive product. When the probe has been cut, indicating a
known degree of erosion to lines, valves, and fittings, a spool valve in the
body of the sand probe assembly is permitted to shift, blocking and
bleeding a control pressure. This signa! may be used to either close a
valve or trigger an alarm system.
The sand probe assembly is avail able for use with either low pressure
pneumatic or high pressure (to 7,500 PSI) hydraulic control systems. A
variety of probe lengths and thicknesses is also available.
877-47 For standard and HjS-COj service, pneumatic systems
877-64 For standard and HjS-CO* service, high pressure systems
077-65 Foi arctic and HiS-COi service, high pressure systems
SPECIFICATIONS
Maximum sensing pres. 10,000 PSI 700 bars
Maximum cont. pres. 250 PSI 17 bars
Operating temperature -20°Fto250°F -29°C to 121°C
To insure correct probe selection, please furnish the following Informallon: 1) line
O.D., 2) line schedule. 3) line pressure, 4) probe wall thickness.
CHOICE OF PROBES
Probes are available in four standard wall thicknesses: .028: .035: .049;
and .065. Each is notched with a coded pattern that insures recognition
even after the probe has been cut by stream flow.
CONTROL LINE BLOWOUT PREVENTER
This patented* device acts as an automatic valve that will shut off any welf
fluids flowing through the SCSSSV control line due to downhole seal
failure. Hazardous situations and pollution of the environment are
eliminated.
This product incorporates both a volume delay and velocity check
valve, the volume delay of 35 cubic inches allows sufficient volume to
return up the control tubing for the downhole safety valve to close, yet
permits the velocity check valve to close in the event a safety valve seal
failure keeps the line charged. A visual trip indicator is incorporated.
When control line pressure is reestablished, the control line blowout
preventer resets automatically and does not hinder the opening of the
SCSSSV.
8B5-21-0002 For standard and HiS-CO, service
SPECIFICATIONS
Maximum line control pressure 10, 000 PSI 700 bars
Operating temperature range -2D°Fto 250°F -29°Cto 121°C
Standard and MiS-COi

Service
(Meets NACE MH-01-75 standards)
U.S. Patent No. 4,202.368
436
HYDRAULIC-PNEUMATIC INTERFACE VALVE
A low-pressure pneumatic
signal from a pilot controls a
high pressure hydraulic
power fluid in a safety con
trol system. This patented" PILOT SECTION V*LV£ SECTION
unit is compact, occupying ■ Air er hydraulic rkjId • Hydraulic Mulder dhaia1
about one-third the space 1 O pa rating
prill Lira
• to PSI l).ibari)alrprai-
■ ur. lor 5.000 PSI |]L0

I. ... • no praamr, .10.0C0PSI (700 ban)
1 Prodi prmura . 15.DCOPSI 11054 bin,

required by conventional bin} hydraulic prattura
4 II ii-i : 'JU.OOOPSI (1400bir»>
diaphragm operated inter ■ 80 PSI (S>bari)il>pni-
aurtlor Irj.ooo PSI {7W
face valves. The pilot section can) hydraulic pitiiiira -JO'C Id Ill'C
will accomodate pressure to 3. Mai. wortlng

i ■.
■ I.000 PSI llObiraj
■]BQI'WATS,rjfJOPSI
1,000 PSI; the hydraulic sec 4. Proof prtiaura • l.SQO Pfll I1FJ& Dan] 1119) Ulan pirmln al(
tion will handle pressures to .1.000 PSI 1110 Dan]

A. Inltrrial Italitgt «i«ro
10,000 PSI.
877-41-0001 For slandard
service
B77-41-0002 For H^S-CO,
service
877-41-0003 .... For arcllc service
•U.S. Patent 4,188.011
PORTABLE HYDRAULIC TEST UNIT
Baker CAC's portable hydraulic test unit is a fully

instrumented source of regulated hydraulic
pressure.
Housed in a stainless sieel enclosure, it features

stainless steel tubing, fittings, valves, and gauges,
and an internal pneumatically driven hydraulic
pump that may be operated manually if no
pneumatic supply is available. The unit is designed
to produce a maximum pressure of 10,000 PSI with
an input pneumatic pressure of 100 PSI.
734-23-0549 lor standard and H,S-CO, service
HIGH-LOW PRESSURE
FLOWLINE SCRUBBER
Designed to provide a regulated instrument
supply from a high GOR well, this assembly
combines a high pressure scrubber and a low
pressure scrubber connected by a pressure
regulator. Connectors are 316 stainless steel;
an automatic drain is provided.
875-23 For standard and HjS-COi service
SPECIFICATIONS
Hydraulic Iluld capacity 1.2S U.S. gallon*
Slit 19 v. i 1S V. i 11 Inches
Wolgfil (wel) 45 pound*
Pronure rellsl 10.500 PGl (taciorysBt)

FIRE DETECTION DEVICES
HIGH AND LOW PRESSURE | "

FUSIBLE PLUGS
Specifically designed to act as fire sensors in a
complete Baker CAC fire safety system, these plugs I1
contain a low-melting alloy that vents control pres
1
I
sure when ambient temperatures exceed a specified
value.
B85-15 For control lines to 300 PSI. Specify bras* 885-15
or stainless steel.
B85-16 For control lines to 10,000 PSI. Stainless
steel only.
BLOCK AND BLEED FUSIBLE 885-16
PLUGS FOR HIGH PRESSURE

Designed for an extra measure of safety on high 5
pressure (to 10,000 PSI) control lines, the fusible -if
alloy in these plugs will melt at fire temperatures and
bleed control pressure downstream, while at the
same time blocking upstream pressure. Body con
struction is of stainless steel.
885-30 Block and bleed fusible plug
SELECTION GUIDE
FOR FUSIBLEPLUGS
111
Melting Thread Low High Block &
polnl size pressure pressure bfeed
(°F> CO (In.-NPT) 885-15 885-16 865-30 885-17 and

8B5-18
1/4 ■ ■
162 72 3/8 * *
1/2 •
8B5-30
1/4 • ■ *
205 96 3/8 * •
1/2 »
MANUALLY OPERATED
1/4 * ■
REMOTE ESD STATION
2B1 138 3/B ■ •
1/2 *
449 231 1/4 •
FIRE SAFETY VALVE

In the event of fire, this patented' fire protection
device blocks control pressure to close the down-
hole SSSV, vents downhole control line volume,
then blocks the downhole control line in order to
prevent the flow of formation fluids up the control
line.
This valve operates completely independent of all A high visibility panel and valve for
other fire detection systems, control systems, and quickly shutting down operations from
outside power sources. It operates in hydraulic sys a safe location, this assembly features
tems having control pressures from 150 PSI to a two-way manually operated block-
10,000 PSI. and-bleed bait valve constructed of
885-17 For standard and H,S-CO! service stainless steel.
885-18 For arctic H.S-COj service 876-19-1000 For standard and
H,S-COi service
•U.S. Patent 4,069,834
CONTROL LINE
TUBING AND FITTINGS
TUBING—COIL OR STICK
Highest quality stainless steel tubing, available in
both stick and coil, is stocked for immediate delivery
from all our locations, as well as from our Belle
Chasse, La. warehouse.
816-95 Specify coll or stick product and size from
table opposite
TUBING TIES
Both standard duty and heavy duty nylon self- ASTM A269-T-316 WELDED,
ANNEALED & HOT DRAWN COIL TUBING
locking tubing ties are available for attaching con
trol lines to rigid pipe or structural members. May be COILTUBING
hand or tool-installed. Pressure Conlmuous

O.D. Wall 1.0. Weight W.P.' Lengths
GR-Ofl-015-00 Extra heavy, V.-lnch x 1! inch, black i nches) (inches) [Ibs/lll PSI Our', lleell
GR-OB-016-00 Regular weigh!, V.-lnch x 6 inch, clear Unfler 450"

.035 .0B04 5906 422 4531to6a91
escio iooo1
STAINLESS STEEL UriIor5DO
.049 .1052 8700 eoa
50C 10 1000
GANG CLAMPS
3/8" 035 1271 376 fl ;-f>3 UD1O3001
Gang clamps are used to secure single or multiple
(up to 12) runs of tubing. Available in sizes for Winch
ASTM A269-T-316 WELDED
or % inch tubing, they are supplied complete with ANNEALED & COLD DRAWN STICK TUBING
stainless steel mounting screws. STICK TUBING
B75-24 Specily complete product number Pres sure
from table opposite O.D, Walll.D. Weighi j »
Lengths
(inches) (Incties) (IDs/1!) PSI bur:. (loet)
035 0804 5906 A?? 20-

1/4" 049 .ifWJ a: mi fi 10 _.. ^
Ofis 12S-1 11 718 1 1 20-
03i JS71 17i.u SO'
a/e* 045 i706 3d? JO1

Ofii 215i 7537 538 20'
035 1738 2775 1W wr
i
1/2" .049 Ti£Q i'j7i 278 20'
CSS 3020 f,.'. J7 368 20
■W.P.l Calculaled bursl pressure (or bom coil end stick luBmg is
4 limas mamrrnim recommenaea working pressure snown.
Mlnlrtium ultlmale lensile strenglri 75.000 PSi — lor metal lam-
peraturosnotloexceea-20olo100''F (-29°C to3B°C)
GANG CLAMP SIZES AVAILABLE

Instrument Inslrument
Product Tubiriq Product Tubma
Com mod i ly No. ol Commodity NO.Ot
Number O.D. Lines Number G D Lines
875-24-0125 1/4" 1 875-24-0138 ;s.H 1
H75-24-0225 1/4" 2 875-24-0238 3/8" 2
875-24-0325 1/4" 3 875-24-0338 3/8" 3
675-24-0425 1/4" 4 orf)-?-'. 0438 3/8" 4
1/4" 5 B75-24-053B 3/8- b
875 -2A-0625 6 B75-24-063B 3/B" 6
875-24-0725 1/4" 7 675-24-0738 3/8" 7
B7E-2'!-0825 1/4" e B75-24-083S 8
B7 5-2 4-09 25 1/4" 9 675-24-0938 3/8" 9
675-24- 103B 3/8" 10
875-24-1125 1/4" 11 675-24-1138 3/fl" :i
875-24-1225 1/411 12 875-2.1-1238 3/8" 12

439
FITTINGS AND COMPONENTS
Baker CAC, your uncommon parts place, stocks a TUBING-TO-PIPE CONNECTORS

wide variety of the most-needed parts and compo (Available In Ihe mos(-wan(ed TuQinq O.D andplpplhiead ilrei and c
nents for pneumatic and hydraulic instrumentation. ofi;1 3/B and 1/?-ln I
On this page, we show representative samples of MALE ELBOW FEMALE ELBOW MALE FEMALE
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
unusual tubing fittings, adapters, and valves for
instrument work. All are of stainless steel construc
a
tion, and are rated for H?S-C0? and arctic service. In
all cases, the seal pressures exceed the burst pres
m
sure of the tubing. n/.l.l lilt AHCH TEE FEMALE DRAHCH TEE
The following showing is representative—but cer MALE ADAPTER
tainly not comprehensive. See your Baker CAC

representative for additional information, or call our
ANYTIME number (504) 394-4900 and ask for FEMALE HUH TEE
FEMALE ADAPTER
"parts".
TUBING-TO-TUBING CONNECTORS
[All riMlnqJ shown a re available In the matt wanted 1I101 of \'4r 1'2. and 3'B-In )
MALE BULKHEAD COHHECTOR FEMALE BULKHEAD COHHECTOR

,,„,-„ UHIOH ELBOW
'"I REDUCING UHIOH INSTRUMENT VALVES AND FLOW CONTROLS
BULKHEAD UHIOH
LOW PRESSURE.
; 'r r a -■ TWO WAV

BALLUALVES
MIHIATURE
TWO WAV
HEEDLEVALVE
CAPS AND PLUGS
4Available In t/4.an '.. and 1/?-ln)

CAP PLUG H1QH PRESSUfiE.
TWO-HAV
30 Q
VALVES
SPARE PARTS FOR TUBING FITTINGS
C
PRESSURE t-
(A,allahlelm/a.3'B.and CAUGES H
FHOHTFERRULE BACK FERRULE

HIGH PRESSURE,
THREE WAV
BALL VALVES
PIPE FITTINGS AND ADAPTERS PNEUMATIC

{Their common pipe Nlllngi are manu'aclured of 316 ilaflnlEt* Heel, and are FLOW CONTROL
available In Ihread t\ies Irom ', i0 '.-In A lull iclrellon of lypes \s available J
REDUCIHG
PIPE NIPPLE
COHHECTOR
CHECK
VALVES PNEUMATIC
OUICK-EXHAUST
PIPE
-, . x .
THREAD REQULATORS
MALE RIGHT AHOLE

BRAHCH FEMALE RELIEF VALVES
HOLLOW
TEE PIPE TEE
HEX PLUG
ALPHABETICAL AND PRODUCT NUMBER INDEX
INDEX
AANSI/ASME SPPE-1 398 Emergency shutdown station 437 Lock-open device, heat sensitive 423
Accessories, actuator.... 417. 423-424 Low pilot, dial-adjustable 430-431
Actuator, Dia-Flex 418 F Facilities 395-397
Low pilol, hydraulic 433
Actuator, double acting 427-428 Failsafe actuators 417-421, 428
Low pilot, pneumatic 432.434
Actuator, Dubl-Latch 428 Features, actuator 416
Low pressure fusible plug 437
Actuator features 416 Fire and gas detectors 410
Actuator, gate valve 416-422 Fire detection devices 437 MMaintenance, actuator 416
Actuator, hydraulic 419-422, 427-428 Fire safety valve 437 Maintenance, valve 416
Actuator, in-line 421 Fire sensors 437 Manifold pilot 432
Actuator installation service 399 Fittings and components 401, 438-439 Manual operated ESD 437
Actuator, integral pilot 421 Flowline scrubber 436 Manufacturing capability 396-397
Actuator, latching 428 Fusible plugs 437 Mechanical opener 423
Actuator, line controlled 421 Mechanical over-ride 421, 423
GGang clamps 438
Actuator maintenance 416 Model C hydraulic actuator 419. 421
Gate-valve actuators 416-422
Actuator, pneumatic 417-418, 427-428 Model CWC hydraulic actuator 420
Gauges 439
Actuator, rotary 426-427 Model DT throttling pilot 431
Actuator, slim hole 418 HH hydraulic double-acting Model DTP throttling pilot 431
Actuator, Sure-Tork 426-427 actuator 421 Model E hydraulic actuator 419
Actuator, Sure-Tork hydraulic 427 HL-2 manifold 432 Model H double-acting hydraulic
Actuator, Sure-Tork pneumatic 427 HL-2 pilot 432 actuator 421
Actuator, wellhead 416-422 HWC hydraulic actuator 420 Model HL-2 manifold 432
Actuator, wire-cutting 420 Hand-operated ESD station 437 Model HL-2 pilol 432
Adapters and pipe fittings 439 Heat-sensitive lock-open device 423 Model HWC hydraulic actuator 420
After-sale support 400 Helix I pilot 431 Model J hydraulic actuator 419
Applications, systems 411-414 High hydraulic pilot 433 Model K hydraulic actuator 419
Automated wellhead control 404-410 High-low pilot 421,433 Model L hydraulic actuator 419
Automatic control (or pipeline High-low pressure flowline scrubber .. 436 Model PH universal valve 434
actuators 428 High or low pilot 431-432,434 Model PRV relay 424,434
High pilot, dial adjustable 431 Mode! SDA pilot 431

(Basic technical training 402 Model SDE pilot 431
High pilot, hydraulic 433
Block-and-bleed fusible plugs 437 Model SDEP pilot 431
High pilot, pneumatic 431-432, 434
Blowout preventers, instrument 435 Model SWC hydraulic acluator 420
High pressure fusible plug 437
Bonnet design 422 Multi-well systems 406-407
Hydraulic actuator 419-422, 427-428
Bonnet, integral 421
Hydraulic control systems 404-407, OOCS training 402
Bypass relay 424. 434
413-414
Offshore platform controls 409
CC hydraulic actuators 419.421 Hydraulic double-acting actuator 421
Offshore training 402
Certified training 402 Hydraulic double-acting roiary
Opener, hydraulic 418, 423
actuator 427
Chart, actuator accessories 417 Opener, mechanical 423
Clamps, gang 438 Hydraulic latching actuator 428
Hydraulic opener 418. 423 PPH universal valve 434
Clear stem protector 423
Hydraulic pilot 421,433 PRV relay 417. 424, 434
Coil tubing 438
Hydraulic pipeline actuator 427-428 Parts 401,439
Common parts 401, 439
Hydraulic-pneumatic interface valve... 436 Parts and tubing catalog 401
Communication systems 409
Pilot, DT throttling 431
Compressor control system Hydraulic process actuator 427-428
Hydraulic quick-exhaust 434 Pilot, DTP throttling 431
installation 399
Hydraulic rotary actuator 427 Pilot, direct dial 430-431
Compressor controls, electrical 409
Hydraulic Sure-Tork actuator 427 Pilot, Helix I 431
Connectors 439
Hydraulic test unit 436 Pilot, high-low 421,432, 433.434
Control line blowout preventer 435
Hydraulic wellhead actuator 419-421 Pilot, high-low manifold 432
Control line tubing 438
Pilot, hydraulic 421, 433
Control systems 404-410
I In-line actuator 421 Pilot, manifold 432
Control systems. Sure-Tork
Installation service 399,410 Pilot, Model SDA 431
actuator 428
Instrument blowout preventer 435 Pilol, Model SDE 431
Controls, installation 399
Instrument valves 439 Pilot, Model SDEP 431
Custom-designed systems 406
Integral bonnet 421 Pilol, Model HL-2 432
Customer training 402 Integral pilol actuator 421 Pilol, pneumatic 432. 434
CWC hydraulic actuator 420
Interface valve 436 Pilot, universal 434
DDT throttling pilot 431 International representatives ... back cover Pilots, relays, and components ...,429-439
DTP throttling pilot 431 Pipe fittings ..401.439
Detectors, fire 410.437 Pipeline actuator 426-428
UJ hydraulic actuator 419 Pipeline and process actuators ...425-428
Detectors, gas 410
Dia-flex actuator 418 Plugs and caps 439
Diaphragm actuator 418 Plugs, fusible 437
hydraulic actuator 419 Pneumatic acluator 417-418, 427-428
Direct dial pilot 430-431
Dubl-Latch actuator 428 Pneumatic actuator accessories 417.
LL hydraulic actuator 419 423-424
Double-acting actuator 421, 427-428
Latching actuator 428 Pneumatic actuator limit switch 424
EE hydraulic actuator 419 Limit switch, electrical 424 Pneumatic actuator limit switch
Electrical control systems 409 Limit switch for pneumatic and hydraulic (electric) 424
Electrical limit switch 424 actuators 424 Pneumatic control systems 404, 408
Electrical limit switch lor pneumatic Limit switch, pneumatic 424 Pneumatic double-acting rotary
actuator 424 Line-controlled actuator 421 actuator 427
441
BAKER
ALPHABETICAL AND PRODUCT NUMBER INDEX
Pneumatic gate valve actuator 417-418 Service training 401

Pneumatic-hydraulic interface valve ... 436 Shutdown station, emergency , 437
Pneumatic latching actuator 428 Single-well control panel 406 PRODUCT
Pneumatic limit switch 424 Slim-hole actuator 418
Pneumatic pilot 432. 434 Solar-powered control system 410 NUMBER INDEX
Pneumatic process actuator 427-428 Special hydraulic opener, 41B
Pneumatic Sure-Tork actuator 427-428 Spool pilots 432,434 GR-08-015-00 . 438 885-08 417
Pneumatic wellhead actuator 417-418 Stainless steel gang clamps 438 GR-08-016-00 . 438 885-09 417
Portable hydraulic test unit 436 Stainless steel tubing 438 734-23 436 885-10 419
Probe, sand 435 Stem protector 423 816-95 438 885-11 419
Pressure gauges 439 Stick pilots 432,433 875-23 436 885-12 419
Pressure regulators 439 Stick tubing 438 875-24 438 885-13 417,423
Preventer, blowout 435 Subsea hydraulic quick-exhaust 434 876-19 437 885-14 417,423
Process actuator 435-428 Sure-Tork actuator 426-427 876-32 431 885-15 417,437
Process controls 408 Sure-Tork actuator control system.. .. 428 876-33 431 885-16 437
Process controls, electrical 409 Surface safety valve actuator QA 876-41 431 885-17 437
Production actuator 415-422 program 398 876-42 431 885-18 437
Production control systems, Systems 403-410 876-45 431 885-21 435
installation 399 Systems fabrication areas 397 876-46 431 885-23 417,423
Product manufacturing capabilities .... 396 Systems installation 399 876-47 431 885-28 417
Protector, stem 423 876-50 431 885-29 417
Pump controls, electrical 409 TT-school 402 876-51 431 885-30 437
Technical school 402 876-63 432 885-35 418
QQuality assurance program 398
Telemetry controlled systems 409 876-64 432 885-37 417. 423
Quick-exhaust, subsea
Test unit, portable hydraulic 436 876-70 432 885-38 417,423
hydraulic 434
Throttling pilot 431 876-71 432 885-39 417,423
RReciprocating engine control Training 402 877-02 417 885-60 421
systems 408
Training, service 401 877-09 434 885-61 421
Red Cross training 402 Tubing, coil 438 677-17 421 885-62 417,423
Regulators 439 Tubing, stick ..438 877-18 421 885-63 .. ..417,424
Tubing fittings ,. 439 877-21 421 885-64 417,424
Relay, Model PH 434
Relay. Model PRV 417,424,434 Turnkey responsibility 410 877-36 417, 885-66 417,424
Relay, universal 434 Twenty-four hour service Back cover 424, 434 B85-70 428
Repair service 400 877-37 417, 885-74 428
UUSGS approved training 402 432, 434 885-75 428
Rotary valve actuator 426-427
Rotary valve actuator control system .. 428 Uncommon parts 439 877-39 434 885-76 428
Universal valve 434 877-41 436 885-77 428
SSDA pilot 431 877-47 435 885-78 428
SDE pilot 431 VValve bonnets 422 877-51 421,433 885-79 419
SDEP pilot 431 Valve, fire safety 437 877-52 433 885-80 419
SPPE training.,.. 402 Valve, instrument 439 877-53 433 885-81 419
SWC hydraulic actuator 420 Valve, interface 436 877-60 433 885-82 420
Safety and control systems 404 Valve maintenance 416 877-61 433 885-83 419
Safety system installation 399 Valve sequencing systems 409 877-62 433 885-84 419
Safety system specificalions 405 Valve, universal 434 877-64 435 885-85 419
Safety training 402 Vent and bypass relay 417, 424,434 877-65 435 885-92 418
Safety valve, fire 437 Vent, hydraulic : 434 877-69 417 885-95 419
Sales and service points back cover 877-70 418 885-96 419
Sand probe assembly 435 WWell controls 406-407.409 884-60 420 886-01 427
Screw jack 423 Wellhead actuator 415-422 884-61 420 886-03 427
Scrubber, flowline 436 Wellhead actuator accessories 423 884-62 420 886-22 423
Sensors, fire 437 Wire-cutting actuator 420 885-06 417 886-35 427
Service 399-400 World-wide service 399 885-07 417
442
ENGINEERING DATA
CONVERSION TABLE
PSI TO KILOGRAMS-FORCE PER SQUARE CENTIMETER AND TO BARS
psi kgl.'cm* bars psi kgf/cm? bars psi kgi/cm1 bars psi kgf/cm; bars
1 0.070 0.069 26 1,828 1.793 51 3.586 3.516 76 5.343 5.240

2 0.141 0.138 27 1.898 1.852 52 3.656 3.585 77 5.414 5.309
3 0.211 0.207 23 1.969 1.331 53 3.726 3.654 73 5.484 5.378
4 0.281 0.276 29 2.039 1.999 54 3.797 3.723 79 5.554 5.447
5 0.352 0.345 30 2.109 2.068 55 3.B67 3.792 80 5,625 5,516

6 0.422 0414 31 2.180 3.137 56 3,937 3.861 81 5.695 5.5B5
7 0.492 0.483 32 2.250 2.205 57 4,007 3.930 82 5.765 5.654
8 0.562 0,552 33 2.320 2.275 58 4.078 3.999 83 5.835 5.723
9 0.633 0.621 34 2.390 2.344 59 4,148 4.068 84 5.906 5.792
10 0,703 0.689 35 2.461 2.413 60 4.218 4.137 85 5.976 5.361

11 0.773 0.758 36 2.531 2,482 61 4.289 4,206 86 6.046 5.929
12 0.S44 0,827 37 2.601 2.551 62 4.359 4.275 87 6.117 5,993
13 0.914 0.896 33 2.672 2.620 63 4.429 4.344 88 6.187 6.067
14 0.9S4 0.965 33 2.742 2.689 64 4.500 4.413 89 6.257 6.136
15 1.055 1.034 40 2.812 2,758 65 4 570 4.482 90 6.328 6.205
16 1.125 1.103 41 2.883 2.827 66 4.640 4,551 91 6.398 6.274
17 1.195 1.172 42 2.953 2.896 67 4.711 4.619 92 6.468 6.343
18 1.266 1.241 43 3.023 2.965 68 4.781 4.688 93 6.539 6.412
19 1.336 1.310 44 3.094 3.034 69 4.851 4.757 94 6,609 6.481
20 1.406 1,379 45 3.164 3,103 70 4,921 4.326 95 6.679 6.550
21 1.476 1.448 46 3.234 3.172 71 4.992 4.895 96 6,749 6.619
22 1.547 1.517 47 3.304 3.241 72 5.062 4.964 97 6.820 6.688
23 1.617 1.586 43 3.375 3.309 73 5.132 5.033 98 6,890 6.757
24 1.687 1.655 49 3.445 3.378 74 5.203 5.102 99 6.960 6.826
25 1.758 1.724 50 3,515 3.447 75 5,273 5.171 100 7,031 6.895
psi kgf/cm* bars psi kgl/cm" bars psi kgf/cm? bars psi kgf/cm! bars
100 7.031 6.895 2 600 182 798 179.264 5 100 35B.566 351.S33 7 600 534.333 524.002
200 14.061 13,790 2 700 189.829 186.159 5 200 365,596 353.528 7 700 541,364 530,897
300 21.092 20.684 2 BOO 196.860 193.053 5 300 372.627 365.422 7 800 548.394 537.791
400 28.123 27.579 2 900 203.890 199.948 5 400 379,658 372.317 7 900 555.425 544.686
500 35.153 34,474 3 000 210.921 206.843 5 500 386.688 379.212 8 000 562.456 551.581
600 42.184 41.369 3 100 217.952 213.738 5 600 393,719 386.107 8 100 569.487 558.476
700 49.215 48,263 3 200 224,982 220.632 5 700 400.750 393,001 8 200 576,517 565.370
300 56.246 55.158 3 300 232.013 227.527 5 800 407,781 399.896 8 300 583.548 572.265
900 63.276 62.053 3 400 239.044 234.422 5 900 414.811 406.791 8 400 590,579 579.160
1 000 70.307 68.948 3 500 246.074 241.317 6 000 421,842 413,686 8 500 597.609 5B6.055
1 100 77,333 75.842 3 600 253.105 248,211 6 100 428.873 420,580 8 600 604.640 592.949
1 200 84.368 82.737 3 700 260.136 255,106 6 200 435,903 427.475 8 700 611.671 599,S44
1 300 91.399 B9.632 3 800 267.167 262.001 6 300 442.934 434.370 8 800 616.701 606.739
1 400 98.430 96.527 3 900 274.197 268.896 6 400 449.965 441.265 8 900 625,732 613.634
1 500 105.460 103.421 4 000 281.228 275.790 6 500 456.995 44B.159 9 000 632.763 620.528
1 600 112.491 110.316 4 100 288.259 282.685 6 600 464.026 455.054 9 100 639.794 627.423
1 700 119.522 117,211 4 200 295.289 289.580 6 700 471.057 461.949 9 200 646.624 634.318
1 800 126.553 124.106 4 300 302.320 296.475 6 800 478.088 468.844 9 300 653.855 641.213
1 900 133.583 131.000 4 400 309.351 303.369 6 900 485,118 475.738 9 400 660.886 648.107
2 000 140.614 137.895 4 500 316.381 310.264 7 000 492.149 482.633 9 500 667,916 655.002
2 100 147.645 144,790 4 600 323.412 317.159 7 100 499.180 489,528 9 600 674.947 661.897
2 200 154.675 151.6B5 4 700 330.443 324.054 7 200 506.210 496.423 9 700 681.978 668.792
2 300 161,706 158.579 4 800 337.474 330.948 7 300 513.241 503.317 9 800 689.008 675.685
2 400 168.737 165,474 4 900 344.504 337 843 7 400 520.272 510.212 9 900 696.039 682.581
2 500 175.767 1 72.369 5 000 351 535 344.738 7 500 527.302 517.107 10 000 703.070 639.476
443
*■
ENGINEERING DATA
CONVERSION OF ENGLISH UNITS

TO METRIC UNITS
To convert !o Multiply the number of By
0.0393701 Millimeters Inches in 25.4
3.28084 Meters Feet ft 0.3048
1.09361 Meters Yards yd 0.9144
0.621373 Kilometers Statute miles — 1.60934
0.539613 Kilometers Nautical miles (UK) — 1.85318
0.539957 Kilometers Nautical miles (others) — 1.852
0.155 Square centimeters Square inches inz, sq. in. 6.4516
10.7639 Square meters Square feet ft2, sq. It. 0.0929

2.47105 Hectares Acres — 0.404686
0.386102 Square kilometers Square miles sq. mile 2.58999
0.0610236 Cubic centimeters Cubic inches in3, cu. ft. 16.3871
0.0353147 Cubic decimeters Cubic feet ft3, cu. ft. 28.3168
0.264178 Cubic decimeters Gallons (US) gal (US) 3.78533
0.219976 Cubic decimeters Gallons (UK) gal (UK) 4.54596

35.3147 Cubic meters Cubic feel ft3, cu. It. 0.0283168
6.28994 Cubic meters Barrels (U.S.) bbl 0.158984
150.959 Cubic meters per hour Barrels per day bbl/day 0.00662433
15.4324 Grams-force Grains-lorce gn 0.0647989
0.035274 Grams-force Ounces-force ozf 28.3495
2.20462 Kilograms-force Pounds-force Ibf 0.453592
0.224809 Newions Pounds-force Ibf 4.44822
1.10231 Tons-force Short tons-lorce (USA) sh tonf 0.907185

0.984204 Tons-force Long Ions-force — 1.01605
0.671971 Kilograms-force per meter Pounds-force per loot Ibf/ft 1.48816
8.34523 Kilograms-force per cubic decimeter Pounds-force per gallon (US) Ibf/gal 0.119829
62.4278 Kilo grams-force per cubic decimeter Pounds-force per cubic loot lbf/ft3 0.0160185
0.3505 Kilograms-force per cubic meter Pounds-force per barrel Ibf/bbl 2.85307
0 0805214 Liters per meter Gallons (US) per loot gal/ft 12.4191
14.5038 Bars Pounds-force per square inch lbf/inz, psi 0.0689476
14.2233 Kilograms-force per square centimeter Pounds-force per square inch Ibf/in2, psi 0.070307
0.711167 Kilograms-force per square millimeter Short tons-lorce per square inch tonf/in2 1.40614
102.408 Kilograms-force per square millimeter Short tons-lorce per square foot tonf/ft2 0.00976486
0.737561 Joules Foot-Pounds-lorce ft Ibf 1.35582
7.23301 Kilogrammeters Foot-Pounds-lorce It Ibf 0.138255
0.737562 Newton-Meters Foot-Pounds-lorce ft Ibf 1.35582
0.684944 Tons-force-kilometers Short tons-iorce-miles —
1.45997
O.OQ134102 Watts Horsepower hp 745.7
0.98632 Horsepower Horsepower hp 1.01387
0.00094 7313 Joules British thermal units B.t.u. 1055.06
3.96707 Kilocalories British thermal units B.t.u. 0.252076
0.368553 Kilocalories per square meter British thermal units per square foot B.t.u./ft2 2.71331
1.79943 Kilocalories per kilogram British thermal units per pound B.t.u./lb 0.55573
0.112335 Kilocalories per cubic meter British thermal units per cubic foot B.t.u./ft.3 8.90196
0Cxi + 32 Degrees Celsius Degrees Fahrenheit "F (°F-32)5_

5 g
5.61448 Cubic meters per cubic meter Cubic feet per barrel (US) ft3/bbl 0.178111
0.042 Liters per cubic meter Gallons (US] per barrel (US) gal/Obi 23.8095
By Multiply the number of To convert to
CONVERSION OF METRIC
UNITS TO ENGLISH UNITS
WORLDWIDE
SALES AND SERVICE POINTS
PASADENA, CALIFORNIA SHREVEPORT, LOUISIANA DALLAS, TEXAS EVANSTON, WYOMING

P.O. Box 2119 332 Albert Avenue Mid-Continent Regional Office P.O Box 1478
Alascadero. California 93423 Shreveport, Louisiana 71105 311 Ferris Avenue. Suite A Evanston. Wyoming 82930
(213) 799-5508 (318)865-9996 Waxahachie, Texas 75165 (307) 789-5394
DENVER, COLORADO OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLAHOMA (214) 937-4015 LONDON,ENGLAND
628 Midland Savings Bldg. 100 North Rockwell Avenue HOUSTON, TEXAS 89 Clarence Street
Denver. Colorado 80202 Suile94 7051 Portwest, Suite 160 Kingston-Upon-Thames
(303) 534-4172 Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73127 Houston. Texas 77024 Surrey, England
LAFAYETTE, LOUISIANA (<IO5) 789-4770 (713) 880-0357 (44-01) 549-8961
P.O. Box 320 CORPUS CHRIST!, TEXAS TYLER, TEXAS Telex: 8954511
Youngsville, Louisiana 70592 548 Lantana Routes, Box 689 ENGLAND
(318) 237-5370 Corpus Chnsti. Texas 78408 Tyler, Texas 75703 Admiralty Road
(512) 289-0226 (214)581-2391 Great Yarmouth
Norfoid NR30 3NR, England
(44-493)57126
Telex: 97297 BACASO G
INTERNATIONAL REPRESENTATIVES
ARGENTINA FRANCE JAPAN NIQEFIIA UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

Baker Transworid. Inc. 301 Bureau. He la Collmp Kyokuto Boeki Kaisda LtrJ PO BoidOn Baker Easlern S/A
Buenos Aires Si Cloud 92213, France 71h Floor. Now OntGmacln Bldg Lago^, Nigeria P.O Hoi 1673
Paraguay 755-P.50 Tel. (33-1) 6U24455 2-1 2 Chome Tel 610473 Dubai, u A E
1057 Buenos Aires. Argentina Telei 270546 FETROSOC Ohlemacrii. Chiyoda-KU Telei 21543 BEKBEK NG Tel 334138.324129,224120
Tokyo, 100-91, Japan Telei 45583 BACAS EM
BRAZIL GABON
Tel 244-3511 SAUDI ARABIA
Baker Transworld, Inc. P O. Boi B03
Telei J 32440 AL Rushairf General Trading
Rio de Janeiro Port Genlil, Gabon Corporation
Alcmdo Guanabara 24 Sala 1704 Tel. 73519 KUWAIT Bafcer Production Services
Alhammod Streel
Rio de Janeiro, 20031 Brasil Tele* 823B BACASO GO Baker Eastern SA P O Boi 7663
Alhhabar. Dhahran
Tel 231-0450,333-0513 P.O. Boi 33129 Saudi Arabia Abu Dhabi. U A E.
Tclei 031-21061 HUTB BR INDIA
DahiyalAbdullaSalcm, Kuwait Tel. (966) (3) 664-7320 Tel 833349
Miraksha Associates Tel 533803 Telei 23077 BACOSO EM
Telei SA 670733
BRUNEI 1S-B Atmaran House
Telei 2070 R6ZAYAT KWT
Baker SarK] Conlrol 1 Tfllsloy Marg VENEZUELA
SCOTLAND
Lol4085, JLNJayaNegara Mew Delhi. India LIBYA BaVerCAC Lid Baker Transworld, Inc
P O Boi 833 Tnlr< KHUSH NO 4411 Bdker Eastern SrP. Wollrie.ids Road Aparlado 1070
Kuala Belait, Brunei PO. Bo< 70350 Farburn Industrial Estale. Dyce Maracaibo. Venezuela
Tel 3274.1 INDONESIA
Tripoli. Libya Aberdeen. Scotland Tel. 911228. 911430
Telei 3335 PT Khrisna Dula Mangijala-JKT Tel. 74332 Tele* 61344 BACASO
Tel. (0224) 724681
Arthaloka Bldg . lain Floor
Telei 2067S Telei 7392S6
CANADA 2, Jalan Jcnd Sudjrman WEST GERMANY
MovflC. Inc Jakarta Pusat MALAYSIA D-31OO Celle
SINGAPORE
Toronto Indonesia Transtool SDN BHD Baker CAC. Inc. Postfach 375
13 Leswyn RoarJ Tel. 583661 5B3662 584138 13th Floor. Angkasa flaya Maschweg. West Germany
273. Jalan Ahmad Ibrahim
Toronto, Ontario, Canada Telei 46441 Artha JKT Jalan Ampar-g Singapore 3262 Tnl (49-5141)83031
Tel (416)781-5286 46329 Loka JKT Kuale Lumpur, Malaysia Telei 625120 BAKERO
Tel. 2680455
Telei 06-219532 Tel. 4S3433. 484524 Telei BAKERS RS 31973
INDONESIA -BAUKPAPAN Telci31317BACASOMA
CHILE PT KriSIM Dula Man^gala TAIWAN
Baker Transworld. Inc. JL K.S Tutiun 51 PO Boi 324 MEXICO LeeTai Enterprises
Calld Lgutaro Navarro lOOfi Balikpapan. Easl Kalimantan Gianluca Desio 39Kai Feng St 1st Sec.
Olicma#404 Tel. 21909 Ave Chapullopec 596 P.O So> 3335
Punla Arenas, Chile Telei 37138 PT PSIBPP Odcina 801 Taipei. Taiwan
Tel. 23004 Coloma Condesa Tel 3117793, 3G17093
ITALY
Mexico 11DF Wenco Cable WTEELTaipKi
EGYPT BakorOil Tools (llalia) Tel S53-1439
Drexel Oilfield Equipment Strada Slalalc 802 TRINIDAD
P.O. Boi 459 KM 5 • 170 Baker Transworlrf, Inc.
13. Ibrahim Nageeb St Santa Teresa Prince Charles Stjeel
5lli Floor 65010 Spollore (Pescara), Italy Cross Crossing
Garden City.Caiio Tel (39) (65)209390 San Fernando. Trinidad
Tel 3062031374 Tel 707J6
Tele- 92391 ATWOOD UN
RAKER
21 02 Belle Chasse Hwy., South
Belle Chasse, La. 70037 USA
(504) 394-4900 Telex 58-4258 (CACBCHA)
BAKER
13 PACKERS
A DIVISION OF BAKCROiL TOOLS. INC
Work! NeadquartcrE, Manufacturing Plant & Engineering Teil Ldbaidlory, ffouslonr Lo* Angcfc*. California Manufacturing Pljnl
Aberdeen, ScutLnd MsnurdCiufing I'l.in
'
447
PACKERS
A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC.
INTRODUCTION ^ Models "E" & "L"

PAGE
541
NEW PRODUCT SECTION 451-461 Packer Milling Tools 542-543
TRAINING SERVICES 462 Whipstock Anchor/Packer
ENGINEERING SERVICES 463 Model "DW-1" 544-545
COMPLETION CONSULTING SERVICES 464-469 Hostile Environment Packing Element System 512
COMPLETION DESIGN DRAWINGS
RETRIEVABLE PACKER SYSTEMS 549-584
46 Hook-up Illustrations 470-492
Retrievable Packers Illustrated Index 550-553
PERMANENT PACKER SYSTEMS 493-548
SINGLE STRING RETRIEVABLE PACKERS
Seal Bore Packer Technology 494-497
Lok-Set Retrievable Casing Packer,
Seal Bore Packers Illustrated Index 498-499
"Retrieva-D" & "DB" 554-555
Seal Bore Packer Selection Guide—Maximum
Model "A" Retrieva-D" & "DB" 556
Available Bore Through Seal Assembly 500-501
Model "BL-1" Retrieva "DB" & "DAB" 557
COMPOSITE SPECIFICATION GUIDE Single String Retrievable Packer, Model "R-3" 558-559
Retainer Production Packers, Lok-Set Retrievable Casing Packer,
Models D, DA, DB, FA, F-l, FA-1, FB-1, N, Models "A-3" & "AL-2" ; 560-561
SB-3, SAB-3 and SABL-3 502-503 Retrievable Casing Packer, Model "G";
SEAL BORE PACKERS Unloading Sub, Model "S";
Retainer Production Packers, Single Grip Invertible Packer, Model "C-1" 562-563
Models "D" & "DB" 504-505 Snap-Set Compression Packers,
Retainer Production Packers, Models "MR-1" & "AR-1" S64-565
Models "DA" & "DAB" 506-507 Hydrostatic Single-String Packers,
Retainer Production Packers, Models "FH", "FHL", "FHS", & "FHSL" 566-568
Models "F-l" & "FB-1" 508-509 Single String Retrievable Hydraulic
Retainer Production Packers, Packer "HYDRA-PAK"1" 570-571
Models "FA", "FAB", "FA-1" & "FAB-1" 510-511 DUAL STRING RETRIEVABLE PACKERS
Retainer Production Packer, Double-Grip Hydrostatic Dual Packers,
Model "HE" 512 Models "A-5", "AL-5", "ALS-5" & "ALP-5" 572-575
Packer Extensions Selection Guide 513 Snap-Set Dual Packers,
Hydro-set Retainer Production Packer, Models "J" & "K" 576-577
Model "SB-3" 514-515
Hydro-set Retainer Production Packer,
ACCESSORIES
Hydro-trip Pressure Sub, Model "E" .569
Model "SAB-3" & "SABL-3" 516-517
Differential Displacing Valve, Model "E" ,. .569
Mechanically Set Retainer Production Packer,
Tubing Testing Sub, Model "C",
Model "N" 518-519
Unloaders, Models "U-1" & "W-1" 578
Parallel Retainer Production Packer
Short String Seal Nipples, Models "S" & "K";
with Seal Bore Extension
Selective Head; Selective Rock Seal Nipple,
Model "DE-1" 520-521
Model "C" 579
Model "DEH," Hydraulic Set 520-521
Adjustable Sub with Rotational Lock; Telescoping
Casing Seal Receptacle 522
Swivel Sub 580
Retrievable Packer Bore Receptacle 522
Whipstock Anchor/Packer, Model "DW-1" 544-545 Left-Hand Safety Connector & Safety Joint 581
Shear-Out Safety Joints 582
SETTING TOOLS Rotationally Locked Shear-Out Safety
Electric Line Joint Model "C" & Blast Joint 583
Wireline Pressure Setting Assembly, Tubing Seal Grease & Bakerseal
Model "E-4" 523 Thread Sealing Compound 584
Model "L" Hi-Temp 523
Adapter Kit, Model "B" 523 FLOW CONTROL SYSTEMS 585-624
Wireline Feeler and Junk Catcher, Model "H" 523 Nomenclature & Principles 586-587
PRODUCTS
Tubing/Drillpipe Setting Sliding Sleeve, Model "L" 588-589
Hydraulic Setting Assembly, Model "|" 524 Separation Sleeves for Sliding Sleeves 590-591
Tubing Setting Tools, Models "B", "B-1" & "B-2" 524 Shining Tool for Sliding Sleeves, Model "D-2" 592
Setting Tools Selection Guide 525
Ported Bypass Nipple, Model "D" 593
ACCESSORIES Bypass Sliding Sleeve, Model "H-1" 594
Tubing-to-Packer Seal Technology 526 Choke Check Valve, Model "HZJ" 595
Locator Tubing Seal Assembly, Model "L" 527 Seating Nipple
Anchor Tubing Seal Assembly, Model "M" 527 Model "F" 596
Anchor Tubing Seal Assembly, Model "N" 527 Model "W" 597
Locator Tubing Seal Assembly, Model "G" 528 Tubing Disconnect Sub, Model "JS" 597
Anchor Tubing Seal Assembly, Model "E" 528 Seating Nipple, Model "R" 598
Locator Tubing Seal Nipple, Model "K" 528 Polished Nipples & Flow Couplings 599
Anchor Tubing Seal Nipple, Model "K" 528 Equalizing Check Valves,
Tubing Seal Nipple, Model "E" 529 Models "FB-2" & "RB-2" 600
Seal Units, Spacer Seal Units and Bottom Subs Models "FWA-20" & "WB" 601
for Seal Assemblies 529 Blanking Plugs 602-604
Tubing Seal Grease 529 Chokes, Models "FGD" & "RRD" 605
Seal Bore Extensions and Accessory Equipment 546 Choke Checks, Models "RLK" & "LGU" 605
Millout Extensions and Accessory Equipment 547 Straddle Packoff, Models "K-3" & "K-2";
Production Tubes 548 Removable Seating Nipple, Model "K";
Spacer Tubes and Perforated Spacer Tubes 548 Packoff Equalizing Check Valve, Model "K" 608-609
Wireline Entry Guide 548 Low Pressure Packoff Plug,
Parallel Flow Tubes & Accessories 530-531 Models "K-2" & "K-3" 610
Packer Plugs, Models "DR", "B" & "C" 532-533 Seating Nipple Inserts, Instrument Hanger,
Expanda Joint 536-537 Model "RZB" 611-612
Extenda Joint, Models "A" & "AH" 538
RUNNING & PULLING TOOLS
Extra Long Tubing Seal Receptacles 534 Running & Pulling Tools—
Tubing Seal Receptacles 535
Flow Control Equipment 606-607
On-Off Sealing Connectors,
Running & Pulling Tools—Packoff Equipment 611
Models "FL" & "FR" 540
Running & Pulling Tools Specification Guide 613
Expansion Joints
Model "M" 539 "SUR-SET" WIRELINE LOCKING SYSTEM 614-624
Introduction 614
Model "N" Splined 539
Nipple & Lock Compatibility .!...615
448
PACKERS TABLE OF CONTENTS 1984-1985 CATALOG (CONTINUED)

PAGE PAGE
Seating Nipples Selective,
Models "A", "H" & "V": 616 Single String Subsurface Tubing Hanger 680-681
Top No-Go, Model "C" Dual String Subsurface Hanger 682-683
Models"AF", "HF"& "VF" 617 Adjustable Spacer joint with Rotational Lock 684
Bottom No-Go, Model "D" Shear-Out Safety Joint 684
Models "AR", "HR" & "VR" 618 Auto-Loc Expansion Joint 685
"SUR-SET" Locks Selective, SUBSURFACE PACK-OFF TUBING
Models "A", "H" & "V" 619 HANGER SYSTEMS AND
Top No-Go, ACCESSORIES 686-690
Models "AF", "HF" & "VF" 620 Model "D" Pack-Off Tubing Hanger
Bottom No-Go, Safety System 686-687
Models "AR," "HR" & "VR" 620 Model "VR" Vent/Recirculating Valve 686-687
Blanking Plugs Model "B" Single String Pack-Off Tubing
Model "M" 621 Hanger System 688
Model "H" 622 Model "E" Annulus Safety Valve 688
High Pressure Check Valves, Model "RC" Pack-Off Tubing Hanger with
Models "HFT-1" & "HRT-1" 623 Integral Annulus Safety Valve 690
"SUR-SET" Running & Pulling Tools 624
WATERFLOOP SYSTEMS 691-710
SAFETY SYSTEMS 625-690 Walerflood Systems Illustrated Index 692-693
Safety Systems Facilities 627-629 PRODUCTS
General Terminology and Definitions 630 Downhole Shutoff Valve System 694-695
Literature and Brochures 631 Tension Packers, Models "AD-1" & "ADL-1" 696-697
Completion Illustrations 632-638 Tandem Tension Packers, Models "C-1" & "D" 698
TUBING RETRIEVABLE SAFETY "JJ" Lok Tension Packer, Model "B" 699
VALVES AND ACCESSORIES 639-657 Snap-Set Dual Tension Packer, Model "B" 700
Control Line Tubing, Protectors, Finings 639 Cup Type Packer and Accessory Equipment 701
"FV" Series Tubing Retrievable Flapper Flow Regulators Introduction 702-704
Safety Valves 640 Downhole Flow Regulators, Side-Pocket Mandrel Type,
Selection of Features and Options 640-641 Models "BF" & "CF" 705
Models "FVL" and "FVH" 642-643 Downhole Flow Regulators,
Models "FVLD" and "FVHD" Deep-Set 644-645 Models "DSI" & "DSL" 706-707
Models "FVLE" and "FVHE" Bypass Downhole Flow Regulators,
Self-Equalizing 646 Models "BE" & "BF" 708
Model "FVLS" Slimline 647 Full Opening Downhole Flow Regulators,
Accessories for "FV" Series Safety Valves 648-651 Models "BE" & "BF" 709
Temporary Lock Open Tool 648 Surface Flow Regulators,
Permanent Lock Open Tool 648 Models "BE" & "BF" 710
Flapper Lock Open Tool 649 THERMAL SYSTEMS 711-728
Control Pressure Communication Tool 649
Thermal Systems Technology 712
"V" Series Wireline "Insert" Safety Valves 650
Thermal Systems Illustrated Index 712-713
"K" Series Separation Sleeves 651
Thermal Systems Completion Drawings 714-715
"M" Series Tubing Retrievable Ball
Safety Valves 652 PRODUCTS
Accessories for "M" Series Safety Valves 653 Single-Grip Thermoseal Packers,
"SL" Series Tubing Retrievable Models "HB-1" & "HBD-1" 716
Ball Safety Valves 654 Double-Grip Thermoseal Packer,
Accessories for "SL" Series Safety Valves 655 Model "DGT" 717
"UL" Series Tubing Retrievable Lok-Set Thermoseal Packers,
Ball Safety Valves .656 Models "C-2", CL-2" & "C-2" w/lntegral
Accessories for "UL" Series Safety Valves 657 Expansion Joint 718
Lok-Set Thermoseal Packer,
WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE SAFETY
Model "C-2" w/PBR & Flapper Valve 719
VALVES AND ACCESSORIES 658-678
Compression Set Thermoseal Packer,
"V" Series Wireline Retrievable Flapper
Model "G-T" 720
Safety Valves 658
Thermoseal Expansion Joint, Model "D" 720
Selection of Features and Options 658
Thermoseal Expansion Joints,
Models "V" and "VH" 660-661
Models "S" & "TO 721
Models "VE" and "VHE" Self-Equalizing 662-663
Therma-Perm Packers, Models "FA-T" & "DA-T" 722
"L" Series Wireline Retrievable Ball
Thermoseal Anchor Seal Assembly,
Safety Valves 664
Model "PT-22" 723
"X" Series Wireline Retrievable
Thermoseal Locator Seal Assembly,
Ball Safety Valves 665
Model "NT-22" 723
"B" Series Safety Valve Seating Nipples 666
Thermoseal Anchor Latch/Expansion Joint,
"BA" Series Safety Valve Seating Nipples 666
Model "AL" 723
Control Line Tubing, Protectors, Fittings 667
"Heatsaver" Insulated Tubing 724-725
"SA" Series Safety Valve Locks 668-669
Shoot-Off Sub, Model "B" 726
Models "G" and "F" Safety Valve Lock 670
Thermoseal Blanking Plugs,
Model "F-1" Safety Valve Locks : 671
Models "FWPT" & "RZPT" 726
Model "B" Safety Valve Lock 672
Thermoseal 2 High Temperature Thread
"G" Series Separation Sleeves 673
Sealing Compound 726
Model "D-2" Wireline Retrievable
Thermoseal Ported By-Pass Seating Nipple,
Pressure Operated Safety Valve 674
Model "T" w/Model "TZE" Thermoseal
Model "A-3" Wireline Retrievable Velocity
Separation Sleeve 727
Safety Valve 675 Retrievable Thermal Packer Selection Chart 727
Model "I" Wireline Retrievable Injection Valve 676
Properties of Saturated Steam 727
Model "C-1" Annulus Safety Valve ■ 677
Thermal Expansion Chart 728
Model "C" Well Control Valve. 678
ENGINEERING DATA 729-748
SUBSURFACE HANGER SYSTEMS
AND ACCESSORIES 679-685 SALES & SERVICE LOCATIONS
Baker One-Trip Subsurface Hanger Systems 679 U.S. & Canadian 749
Model "E" Anchor Seal Assemblies 680
International 750-751
449
PRODUCT NUMBER INDEX PACKERS

Pro* Prod.
No. Description Pg. No. Description Pg.
40946 "SS-l"Hydn>Sa Retainer Production Packet 514 616-11 "AR-1" Snap-Set Compression Packer with Hold Down 564
409-07 "SAB-1" Hydro-Set Retainer Production Packer 516 641-01 "R-3" Single Grip Retrievable Casing Packer 558
4094)3 "S^L-3"Hvdro-Set Retainer Production Packer 516 642-01 "R-3" Double-Crip Retrievable Casing Packer 5SB
409-92 "D" Shew Release Seal Assembrywith 10 Seals S15 646-16 "Retrieva-OB" Lok-Set Retrievable Casing Packer with "DB" Guide S54
409-83 "D" Shear Release Seal Assembly with 20 Seals S15 646-18 "Retrieva-D" Ink-Set RetricvableCasingPackerwithBlankGuide SS4
409-84 "D" Sheai Release Snap Oul Seal Assembly with 10 Seals 515 646-19 -Retrieva-D" lok-Sel Retrievable Casing Packer with Flapper Valve Guide 5S4
409-85 -O-Sheai Release Snap Out Seal Assembly with 20 Seals 515 646-22 -Relrieva-DAB" lok-Set Retrievable Casing Packer with 'DB1-Guide 554
4114)2 "FA" Retainer Production Packer 510 646-25 "Retrleva-DA" lok-Sel Retrievable Casing Packerwith Blank Guide 554
411-05 "FAB~ Relainef Production Packet 510 646-28 "Al-2" Urge Bore lok-Set Retrievable Casing Packer 560
41J-06 -f-r Retainer Production Packer SOS 646-10 "A-l" lok-Set Retrievable Casing Packer 560
411-07 "FA-1" Retainer Production Packer 510 646-45 "BL-rRetrceva-DABlBk-SetRarievableCasingPacker SS7
41J-O8 *FB-1" Retainer Production Packer SOS 646-<6 ■BL-1" Retriera-DB lok-Sel Retrievable Casing Packer 557
411-09 "FAB-1" Retainer Production Packer 510 646-47 "BL-t" RetrievaDB Hydraulic Set lok-Set Retrievable Casing Packer SS7
411-71 ")" Hydraulic Setting Assembly 524 646-48 "Bl-I" Retrieva-DAB Hydraulic Set Lok-Set Retrievable Casing Packer 557
415-01 "D" Retainer Production Packer with Flapper Valve Guide SO4 646-75 "A" Retrieva-DB lok-Set Packerwith "08" Guide (or Tailpipe 556
415-03 -DA" Retainer Production Packer with Flapper Valve Guide S06 646-76 "A" Retrieva-DAB lok-Set Packer with enlarged upper Seal Bore and "DB"
415-05 'WRetainet Production Packer 504 Guide for tailpipe 556
415-03 "DAB" Retainer Production Packer 506 646-77 "A" Retrieva-D lok-Sel Packer with Blank Guide 5S6
415-11 "D'ReUiner Production Packer 504 646-78 "A" Relrieva-DA lok-Sel Packer with enlanjed upper Seal Bore and
415-14 "DA" Retainer Production Packer 506 Blank Guide 556
415-15 "DM "Parallel Retainer Production Packer with Seal Bore Extensions 520 646-79 "A" Retrieva-D lok-Set Packer with Flapper Vrfve 556
415-16 -DEH" Hydraulic Set Parallel Retainer Production Packer with Seal 665-01 "DR" Locator Type Packet Plug 512
Bore Extensions 520 66S-01 "DR" latching Type Packer Plug 512
415-21 "DWrWhlpstock Anchor Packer 544 665-40 "B" Expendable Plug S32
415-70 -B" Satins Tool 524 665-41 ■^"Expendable Plug 532
415-72 "B-1" Sating Tool 524 671-11 "S" Unloading Sub 562
415-74 "B-2" Sating Tool ; 524 675-07 Cup Type Packet with Model "W-l" Upstrain Unloading Sub 701
4164)1 "N"Mechanical-S«RelainerProductionPackerwithFlapp«VilveCuide 518 675-07 "W-rUpstrain Unloading Sub 578
416-07 "N* Mechanical-Set Retainer Production Packer with Blank Guide 518 675-10 "U-1" Upslrain Unloading Sub S78
416-81 "D" Rolo-Set Seal Assembly "Stinjer Type" with 10 Seals SI9 683-XX Tubing Seal Receptacles 535
416-82 "D"Roto-S« Seal Assembly "Stinger Type" with 20 Seals 519 681-XX X-lia long Tubing Seal Receptacles 534
416-81 "D"Roto-SelSea1Assembly"AnchorType"with10Seals S19 681-14 WOnOffSealingConnector 540
416-84 "D-Roto-Sel Seal Assembly "Anchor Type" with 20 Seals 519 681-15 "Fl"0n-0ff Sealing Connector 540
417-07 "FA-r-Therma-Perm Packer 722 681-19 Retrievable Packer Bore Receptacle 522
417-03 "DA-T"Thetma-Perm Packer 722 681-20 Casing Seal Receptacle. 522
417-35 "C-2-lok-SetThermoseal Packer 718 681-40 "K" Extra-Long Tubing Seal Receptacle S37
417-37 "HB-rSirtgWIripThermoseal Packer 716 681-41 Expanda-Ioim Shear Release Type ■. 536
417-3B "Cl-2" Urge Bore Lok-SBThermoseal Packer 718 681-57 "A" Extenda loinl 538
417-39 "C-2" Luk-Set Thermoseal Packer with Integral expansion loint 718 683-58 "AH" Extensa Joint 538
417-40 "DOT" Double-Grip Themoseal Packer 717 681-96 Retrieving Tool for Retrievable Packer Bore Receptacle S22
417-45 "HBD-rSingleGripThennosealPacker 716 684-10 Model "B" Two WayDownhote Shut-Off Valve 451,694
417-46 "G-T" Compression Set Thermoseal Packet 720 685-60 "C" Well Control Valve 678
42O4U "G" Retrievable Casing Packer 562 70*01 "A" Full Opening Parallel Flow Tube 530
421-01 "HE" Retainer Production Packer 512 700-10 "A" Full Opening Anchor Parallel Flow Tube 510
417-02 "E-4" Wireline Pressure Setting Assembly S23 702-02 "F" Parallel locator Seal Nipple 530
417-12 1" Hi-Temp Wireline Pressure Setting Assembly 523 70J-0I "A" Parallel Anchor Seal Nipple 530
418-09 ~B" Wireline Adapter Kil 523 703-11 "K" Parallel Anchor Seal Nipple S79
419-01 -H-Wireline Feeler and lunk Catcher 523 701-71 ~C" Selective Rock Seal Nipple 579
441-01 Safetyloint 581 707-01 "F" Parallel Snap-Utch Seal Nipple 530
441-20 Telescoping Swivel Sub 580 707-03 "S" Snap-Lalch Seal Nipple 579
441-25 Adjustable Spacer Sub with Rotational lack 5410 707-04 "SA" Snap Latch Seal Nipple S79
441-30 Shear-Out Safety (oint 582 707-05 "SAM" Snap latch Seal Nipple 579
441-31 "B" Shear-Out Safely Joint 582 707-09 "SD" Snap Latch Seal Nipple 579
441-12 "C'RoBlionally locked Shear-Out Safety (oinl S81 714-12 "C-l" Annulus Safety Valve 677
441-34 "D"Shear-OulSafay|ointforSlandardandH2SService 684 714-41 "E" Annulus Safety Valve ■.. 688
441-44 "D" Thermoseal Expansion loint 720 714-81 Full Opening Shut-Off Plug 677
441-45 "E" Tubing Expansion Joint 541 719-08 "AD-I" Tension Packer 696
441-49 -D" Shear-Out Safety loint (orhjS-COj Service 684 719-12 "ADL-1" Urge Bore Tension Packer 696
441-50 "TC" Thetmoseal Expansion Join! 721 719-30 "C-1" Single Grip Invertibli! Packer 562
441-52 Auto-Loc Expansion joint 685 719-41 "B"Hlok Tension Packet 699
441-SS "Al'Themuseal Anchor Utch/E«pansion loinl 721 747-01 "CC" Packer Milling Tool 542
441-56 "S"Themwsea!Expansion|oinl 721 747-06
"CJ" Packer Milling Tool 542
441-60 "L" Tubing Expansion Joint S41 747-0B "CK" Packer Milling Tool 542
441-62 -M" Expansion loint 539 753-03 "B-Snap Set Dual Tension Packer TOO
441-63 "N" Splined Expansion loinl 539 754-01 "K" Single-CHp Snap-Set Dual Packer 576
441-65 "A" Positioning Tool 541 7S5-OI "K" Double-Grip Snap-Set Dual Packer 576
442-XX locatorTubingSealAssembliaandNipples 528 756-01 T Single-Grip Snap-Set Dual Packer.' 576
442-34 "C" locator Tubing Seal Assembly 528 757-01 "I" Double-Crip Snap-Set Dual Packet 576
442-51 "K" locator Tubing Seal Nipple 528 759-17 "E" Differential Displacing Valve 569
442-S9 "NT-22'Thermoseal locator Seal Assembly 723 78148 "FH" Hydrostatic Single String Packer 566
441-XX Anchor Tubing Seal Assemblies and Nipples 528 781-10 "FHS" Selective Hydrostatic Single Suing Packer 56*
443-38 "K" Anchor Tubing Seal Nipple 528- 781-20 "FHl" Hydrostatic Single Suing Packet 566
443-44 "E" Anchor Tubing Seal Assembly 528 781-25 "FHSl" Selective Hydrostatic Single String Packer 566
443-80 "PT-22-Theimoseal Anchor Seal Assembly 723 781-58 "D" Subsurface Pack-Off Tubing Hanger with Cable By-Pass 686
4464)1 "1-22" locator Tubing Seal Assembly 527 783.16 "A-5" Double-Grip Hydrostatic Dual Packer 572
447-01 -M-22" Anchor Tubing Seal Assembly 527 793-10 "AL-S" Double-Grip Hydrostatic Dual Packer. 573
447-51 "N-22" Anchor Tubing Seal Assembly 527 783-31 "AIS-5" Double-Grip Hydrostatic Dual Packet 573
449-XX Tubing Seal Nipples 529 783-13 "AlP-S" Split Receptacle Double Crip Hydrostatic Dual Packer 573
4494» "E" Tubing Seal Nipple 529 781-51 Selective Head 579
450-XX locator Tubing Seal Assemblies and Nipples S28 784-01 "Hydra-Pak" Single String Retrievable Hydraulic Packer. 570
451-XX Anchor Tubing Seal Assemblies and Nipples S28 784-02 •■Hydra-Pak-SingleStimgUrge Bore Retrievable Hydraulic Packer 570
452-W Tubing Seal Nipples 529 78S4H T Dual Suing Hydraulic Packer 453
453-XX locator Tubing Seal Assemblies and Nipples S28 799-21 left Hand Safety Connector 581
4S4-XX Anchor Tubing Seal Assemblies and Nipples 528 799-28 "E" Hydro-Trip Pressure Sub 569
457-04 Type-E" Full Opening Non-Perforated Production Tube S48 800-40 "T" Theimoseat Ported By-Pass Seating Nipple 727
457-40 Spacer Tube 54a 800-50
"D" Ported Bypass Seating Nipple 591.706
4S7-43 Perforated Spacer Tube 548 900-56 "BA" Safety Valve Nipple 666
457-50 Blauloi.it 58j ja,.^)
T Non-Ported Seating NIpplesAlloy Steel 596
469-21 Wireline Entry Guide 548 801-51 "F" Non-Ported Seating Nipple-Stainless Steel 596
499-26 Formula "B" Tubing Seal Crease 529.584 601-12 "A" Polished Nipple 599
449-34 "W-2"Whipstock Anchor Assembly 544 901-55 "R" Bottom No-Co Non-Ported Sealing Nipple—Alloy Steel S98
499-40 Seal Bore Extension S46 801-56 "R" Bottom No-Co Non-Ported Sealing Nipple—Stainless Steel 598
499-41 Millout Extension 546 801 70
"YV Seating Nipple for H,S Service 597
599-21 X" Tubing Testing Sub 578 goi-74
-W" Seating Nipple (or HjS-CO, Service 597
600-07 "BE" Surface Flow Regulator 710 801-77 Type "A" Selective Seating Nipple 616
6004)8 "Bf" Surface Flow Regulator 710 801-78 Type "AR"Btt'£ffi No-Co f^Mtiig Nipple 618
600-10 "BE" Bypass Flow Regulator 709 801-79 Type ~H" Selective Seating Nipple 616
600-32 "BE" Full-Opening Downhole Flow Regulator 709 801-80 Type "KR" Bottom No-Go Seating Nipple 618
600-33 "BF' Bypass Flow Regulator 708 801-81 Type "V" Selective Seating Nipple 616
600-14 "BF" Full-Opening Downhole Flow Regulator 709 801-82 Type "VR" Bottom NfrGo Seating Nipple 618
602-26 "OrTlndemTensionPacker 698 801-91 Type "VF" Selective Top No-Go Sealing Nipple 617
602-27 "D" Tandem Tension Packer 698 801-84
Type "HF" Top No-Co Seating Nipple 617
602-30 Cup-Type Packer 701 801-85 Type "AF" Top No-Go Sealing Nipple 617
615-21 -MR-I" Single-Crip Snap-Sa Packer 564 801-90 Nipple Insert 611
635-lh "AR-1" Snap Set Compression Packer 564 801-91 "B" Sealing Insert 455
636-21 "MR-1"Double-Grip$napSelPackef 564 803-25 "RZB" instrument Hanger. 611
450
A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS, INC.
Prod. Prod.
No. Description Pg. No. Description Pj.
6OS-4I "ISE" Separation Sleeve 590 817-66 "C" Dual String Subsurface Hanger with Latching Assembly for H2S and
805-42 "LWE" Separation Sleeve 590 COj Service 682
80S-45 "LME" Separation Sleeve 590 817-77 "B" Pack-Ofl Tubing Hanger 668
805-50 "LCE" Separation Sleeve S90 816-04 "L" Equalizing Wireline Retrievable Ball Safety Valve 664
805*1 "TZE" Thermoseal Separation Sleeve 727 818-05 "BGL" Wireline Retrievable Salely Valve 664
80646 "FSR" Bypassing Blanking Plug 602 81647 "SI" Equalizing Tubing Retrievable Safely Valve for Sundard Service 654
806-16 "WMH-21" By-Pass Blinking Plug with Removable Mandrel 604 818-08 "MGl" Wireline Retrievable Insert Safety valve 6S1
806-87 "FSG" Bypass Blanking Plus wilh Removable Mandrel 602 816-17 "SI" Equalizing Tubing Retrievable Safely Valve for H2S Service 654
'FWC* Bypass Blanking Plug wilh Removable Mandrel 603 818-20 "SMX" Wireline Retrievable Insert Safely Valve 655
-RZC" Bypass Blanking Plug wilh Removable Mandrel 60) 818-23 "SI" Equalizing Tubing Retrievable Safely Valve (or CO; Service 654
806-90 "FMH-Bvpa» Blanking Plugwith Removable Mandrel 604 818-24 "SI" Non-Equalizing Tubing Retrievable Safety Valw
806-91 "RKH" Bypass Blanking Plug wilh Removable Mandrel 604 Standard Service 654
807-73 "FGD'Choke 605 818-30 "Ml-2" Tubing Retrievable Equalizing Safely Valve for Standard
807-78 "RRD-Choke 605 & H2S Service , 652
807-90 -HZJ-22" Choke 595 816-11 "Mli-2" Tubing Retrievable Equalizing Safety Valve (or Sundard Service 652
607-92 "ICU" Bypass Choke 605 818-13 "ML-2" Tubing Retrievable Non-Equalizing Safely Valve (or Sundard
607-93 "RLK" Equalizing Check Valve Choke with Ceramic Bean 60S 4 HjSService 652
807-95 "FVYA-20" Pump Through Equalizing Chetk Valve 601 816-41 "XI I" Equalizing Wireline Retrievable Ball Safety Valve (or Standard
808-14 "FMA" Wireline Retrievable velocity Safely Valve 675 and HjS Service .: 665
808-19 "FNA" Wireline Retrievable Velocity Safely Valve 675 816-44 "XH" Equalizing Wireline Retrievable Ball Safely Valve (or tI2S and
808-24 "RKA" Wireline Retrievable velocity Safely Valve 675 COj Service 66S
608-40 T Wireline Retrievable Injection valve 676 818-46 "X" Equalizing Wireline Retrievable Ball Safely Valve for Standard and
608-41 -O-2" Lo-Charge Wireline Retrievable Pressure Operated Safety Valve 674 HjS Service 665
609-35 "FB-2"Equa!izingCheckVatve 600 818-47 "X" Equalizing Wireline Retrievable Ball Safely valve (or I IjS-COj Service 665
609-36 "RB-2" Cqiuliiing Check Valve 600 816-49 Permanent lock-Open Tool (or "UL" Safety Valve 657
809-37 "WB'Hish Pressure Equalizing Check Valve 601 818-50 "UL"Non.EqualizingTubingRetrievableSafetyValveforSlandardServ)ce 656
809-41 "IT Pack-Off Equalizing Check Valve 609 816-51 "III" Non-Equalizing Tubing Retrievable Safety Valve lor H2S Service 656
809-41 -HFT-rHijhPrevsureCheckValve 623 818-53 "UMC" Separation Sleeve 657
609-44 "tIRT-l" High PressurcCheck Valve 62} 816-54 "UMX" Wireline Retrievable Insert Safety Valve 657
810-04 "I" Sliding Sleeve (or Standard Service 588 818-65 "SML-10" Separation Sleeve 65S
810-12 "I" SlidingSteevefo»H2S Service 588 819-20 FlowCoupling 599
810-14 "I" Sliding Sleeve for H2S<O2 Service 588 819-21 "K" Removable Sealing Nipple 608
810-31 "ll-l- Bypass Sliding Sleeve 594 819-23 "K" Locator Seal Assembly 60S
810-69 -IS" Tubin8 Disconnect Sub 597 819-52 "K-2" Straddle Pack-Off (or Sundard Service 608
810-72 -D-2- Shifting Tool 592 819-55 "K-3" Straddle Pack-Off (or Standard Service 608
810-77 -C- Shifting Tool 455 819-56 "K-3" Straddle Pack-Off (or H2S-CO2 Service 608
811-04 "B- Running Tod 611 819-57 "K-2" Straddle Pack-Off (or HjS-COj Service 608
811-O6 "C-l" Running Tool 607 819-58 "K-3" Straddle Pack-Off (or HjS-COj Service 608
811-07 "D" Running Tool 611 819-59 "K-2"SlraddlePack-O(f(orHjSService MM
811-08 "G" Running Tool 606 82041 "FVl" Tubing Retrievable Safety Valve 642
811-17 "E" Selective Running Tool 606 82044 "FMK" & "FFK" Separation Sleeves ..-. 651
811-40 Soft Release Running Tool 606 820-08 "FVH" Tubing Retrievable Safely Valve for HjS&CO2 Service 642
811-41 -CR-Type Pulling Tool 669 B20-1S "B" Safely Valve Nipple IK-500Monell 666
811-42 "GS-Type" Running/Pulling Tool 669 820-41 "BFV" Wireline Retrievable Flapper-Type Safely Valve for Sundard
811-50 "M" Running/Pulling Tool 606 & H2S Service 660
811-51 "SA" Pulling Tool 669 B2O-41 "BFV" Wireline Retrievable Flapper-Type Safety Valve (or M2S* COj Service 660
811 -54 -SA" Running Tool 669 820-44 "BFV-IO" Wireline Retrievable flapper-Type Safely Vilve
811-55 "A" Running Tool 624 for Standard SH2S Service 660
811-56 "O" Probe Extension 624 820-45 "BFV-10" Wireline Retrievable Flapper-Type Safely Valve
811 -70 "A" Prong 607 (or H2S t CO2 Service 660
811-71 "A" Guide 607 820-57 "FMV" Wireline Retrievable Insert Safety Valve 650
811-72 "B" Prong 607 82O80 Permanent lock Open Tool (or "FVl" Tubing Retrievable Safety Valves 648
811-71 "C" Prong : 607 820-81 Temporary lock-Open Tool lot "FVL" Safety Valves 648
811-78 "FG" Prong 669 820-90 "VR" Vertt/Recirculaling Safely Valve 686
611-80 "A" Shank 607 821-01 "FWPT" Thermoseal Blanking Plug. Non By-passing 726
Bll-81 -X" Prong 669 821-02 "RZPT" Thermoseal Blanking Plug, Non By-passing 726
811-65 "N-I-Snank 607 822-41 "BFVE" Self-Equalizing Flapper Type Wireline Safely Valve 662
811-88 EquaiizingPtong(orModel"M"By-PassBlankingPlu8 624 822-60 "FVLD'TubingMounledDeep-SelSafetyValve 644
812-06 "A" Probe 607 822-80 Flapper Lock Open Tool for "FV. "FVID". t, "FVI ID" Safety Valves 649
812-07 "B" Probe 607 822-81 Control Pressure Communication Tool for "FV", "FVIO" S "FVIID"
81211 "M" Probe M>7 Flapper Safely Valves 649
812-11 -N-r Probe 607 828-39 "RLA" Wireline Retrievable velocity Safely Valve 675
812-14 -M-l" Probe 607 810-01 "Heatsaver I" Insulated Tubing 724
812-17 "A"Spear 611 81042 "Heatsaver II" Insulated Tubing 724
812-18 -MA" Adjustable Probe 607 B10-01 "Heatsavei III" Insulated Tubing 724
812-54 "MH" Positioning Tool 624 830-61 "B'Shoot-Off Sub for Insulated Tubing 726
81344 -BF" Downhole Flow Regulator 705 815-13 "SA" Safety Valve lock 668
813-65 "CF" Downhote Flow Regulator 705 815-16 "SH" Safely Valve lock : 668
813-66 "BF" Downhole Flow Regulator wilh Check Valve 705 815-17 "SVSafay Valve lock 668
813*7 "CF" Downhole Flow Regulator wilh Check Valve 705 B1S-30 Model "AM" Selective Blanking Plug 621
813-68 "DS|" Downhole Flow Regulator 706 835-31 Model "AH" Selective Blanking Plug 622
813-70 "DSl"Downho!e Flow Regulator 706 81S-5O Model "A" Selective "Sur-Set" Wireline lock 619
816-07 Permanent Lock-Open Tool foi "SI" Safely Valves 655 81601 Model "AR" Bottom No-Co "Sur-Set" Wireline lock 620
816-20 Temporary Lock-Open Tool for "SI" Safety Valves 655 83642 Model "AF" Top No-Go "Sur-Set" Wirdcne Lock 620
816-22 "B"SafelyValve(9chrome-1Mory) 666 816-10 Model "AFM" Top No-Go Blanking Plug 621
816-34 -BFX-OI" Safely Valve 6SB 816-20 Model "AFI I" Top No-Go Blanking Plug 622
816-42 "P" Safety Valve Nipple with Dual Control line Outlets 816-30 Model "ARM" Bottom No-Go Blanking Plug 621
816-49 "B" Safely Valve Nipple (Alloy Steel Heat Treated to K-22max.l 666 816-11 Model "ARH" Bottom No-Co Blanking Plug 622
816^8 -MCK" Separation Sleeve 651 837-01 Model "H" Selective "Sur-Set" Wireline Lock 619
816-90 "BFG" Separation Sleeve 673 817-10 Model "HH" Selective Blanking Plug 622
816-91 "BGC" Separation Sleeve 673 837-31 Model "HM" Selective Blanking Plug 621
816-95 Control Line Tubing 6)9.667 83641 Model "HR" Bottom No-Go "Sur-Sel" Wireline Lock 620
816-96 Stainless Steel Control line Protector ; 619.66? 61642 Model "HF" Top No-Go "Sur-Sel" Wireline lock 620
816-97 Permanent lock-Open Tool (or "UL" Tubing Retrievable Safely Valve 657 838-10 Model "HFM" Top No-Go Blanking Plug 621
816-98 Stainless Steel Banding Sttap wilh Clip (or Control line Prolector 639.667 838-20 Model "HFH" Top No-Go Blanking Plug 622
817-20 Single String Subsurface Tubing Hanger 660 836-30 Model "HRM" Bottom No-Co Blanking Plug 621
817-21 Anchor Seal Assembly for H>S Service.....'. 660 838-31 Model "HRH" Bottom No-Go Blanking Plug 622
817-26 "E-36" Anchor Seal Asswnbft (or Standard Service 680 83941 Model "V" Selective "Sur-Sel" Wireline lock 619
817-29 Adjustable Spacer lolnl wilh Rotational Lock (or Standard and HjS Service 684 83942 Model "VR" Bottom No-Go "Sur-Set" Wireline lock 620
817-30 LatchAssemblyfor'-C-22"DulSuingSubiurfaceHanger 682 83943 Model "VF" Top No-Go "Sur-SeT Wireline lock 620
817-34 "C-22" Dual String Subsurface Hanger 682 839-10 Model "VFM" Top No-Go Blanking Plug 621
817-19 ~C" Dual Siring Subsurface Hanger with Latching Assembly (or Standard and 819-20 Model "VFH" Top No-CoBUnling Plug 622
H^Servke 682 819-10 Model "VM" Selective Blanking Plug '21
817-42 -£.32" Anchor Seal Assembly (or HjSiCOj Service 660 819-11 Model "VII" Selective Blanking Plug 622
617-41 AdiusilbleSpacerlantwilhRolationallockforlljSandCOjService 684 639-32 Model "VRM" Bottom No-Go Blanking Hug 621
317-45 Single String Hanger for H2S & CO; Service 680 839-33 Model "VRH" Bottom No-Go Blanking Plug 622
899-20 Bakerseal Thread Sealing Compound .* 584
899-29 Thermoseal 2 High Temperature Thread Seating Compound 726
451
PACKERS
"HYDRAPAK" SINGLE STRING "DEH" HYDRAULIC SET

RETRIEVABLE HYDRAULIC PARALLEL RETAINER
PACKER PRODUCTION PACKER
(p. 570) (p. 520)
The "Hydrapak" Packer is designed This double bore packer is a hydrau
and built for use in sour service. lic set version of the Model "DE-1".
Short overall body length of the The packer is run into the hole on the
"Hydrapak" facilitates running large string tubing. The small string
through casing which is not straight, tubing can either be run simultane
or when lubricating in on snubbing ously with its seal assembly floating
jobs. Hydraulic setting force is in the packer bore or it can be run
locked into the packer. Set by apply separately after the packer is at set
ing a differential pressure to the tub ting depth. After setting the packer by
ing at the packer; released by straight pressure on the large string tubing, a
pull or rotating the tubing. New dou strain of 20,000# releases the string
ble action opposed slips eliminate to float in the packer seal bore. Seal
the need for a hold-down system bores up to forty feet in length can be
above the packing elements. furnished for both tubing strings.
ANNULUS KILL VALVE

Baker's Annulus Kill Valve is a one
shot tool designed for use during well
testing to enable killing a well It''
quickly through the large circulating
port area of the valve. Annulus pres
sure acts on a cartridge designed to
shear at a predetermined pressure
against atmospheric pressure
trapped behind it. Annulus pressure
is then applied to the opening sleeve,
shifting it to expose the circulation
ports and locking it in the open posi
tion. Tubing pressure acts to hold the
sleeve in its closed position until the
valve is actuated.
452
15 PACKERS
A DIVISION OF BAKER OILTOOLS. INC.
hi:
"RETRIEVA-BORE" K-RYTE® SEAL SYSTEM

RETRIEVABLE SEAL BORE (p. 526)
PACKER The Baker K-RYTE Seal System
This general purpose packer com was developed for use in ex
bines the advantages of retrievability tremely hostile well
and wireline setting, but can also be environments. The
run and set on tubing. The Packer Seal System can
accepts all standard Baker withstand:
permanent-type packer accessories, • High percentages
including conversion to temporary ofCO,andH2S.
bridge plug. Suitable for H2S service • Pressure differen
in most sizes and a wide scope of tial of 15,000 psi
applications (conventional produc (lOSSkgf/cm1).
tion completion, gravel pack com • Temperature of
pletion, zone testing, injection and 475°F (246°Q.
zone isolation). The "DB" version of The Baker K-RYTE
this packer carries tailpipe load Seal System is the
through body. Tested for use at 7500 "state of the art" in
psi pressure differential above and tubing sealing tech
below, at 250°F. nology.
-.?
MODEL "F" PREMIUM IIV-RYTE®

EXPENDABLE PLUG SEAL SYSTEM
The Baker Model "F" Expendable (p. 526)
Plug is used with the standard Model The Baker V-RYTE® Seal Sys
"R" or "F" Seating Nipple to convert tem will be used to replace the
a packer to a Bridge Plug, or to tem present premium seal stack.
porarily plug the tubing string. Re The system will use viton,
tains formation pressure from below, teflon and ryton elastomers.
after packer is set, so that tubing can The stainless steel
be run and annular/tubing fluids may back-up rings of the
be displaced before stabbing in. Also premium seal stack
holds pressure from above, up to have been replaced
limit of shear screws selected. The by ryton back-up
Expendable Plug can be released me rings, plus ryton
chanically or hydraulically after the front-up rings have
well is flanged up and, once re been added. Config
leased, will pass on through nor uration of the viton
mally restrictive seating nipple and teflon parts have
profiles. been changed to im
prove reliability and
lengthen life of these
components.
453
PACKERS
CASING BORE RECEPTACLE

AND SEAL ASSEMBLY
(p. 472)
Intended for use in high-pressure
wells that require stimulation and
where considerable tubing move
ment due to thermal and pressure
changes in the tubing string is antici MODEL "T" DUAL STRING
pated. All seals are retrievable; no HYDRAULIC PACKER
seals are required to move in or out of Product No. 785-01
containment, even when tubing
This dual string packer design pro
movement occurs. Full opening for
vides an extremely short tool which
large diameter tubing can be accom
can be run in highly deviated holes
modated. Slick Joints can be sized
that cannot accommodate the usual
to minimize "buckling" and "piston
long dual packer. The slip design an
effect."
chors the packer in both directions
which eliminates the need for hold
down pistons. Packing element loca
tion at top of packer minimizes
chances of packer becoming stuck.
Hydraulic setting mechanism in cen
ter of packer eliminates relative mo
tion between long string and body of
packer which makes packer adapt
able to running electrical cable
through short string side in submer-
gible pump installations. Large pis
ton area permits packer setting with
minimum hydraulic pressure.
MODEL "B" TWO-WAY

DOWNHOLE SHUT-OFF
VALVE
Product No. 684-10 (p. 694)
A new and improved version of the
highly successful original. This tool
when closed will hold pressure dif
ferentials from both directions. A
larger ID is provided with no change
in pressure ratings. Transmits more
torque and operates with less fric
tion, the result of a redesigned actu
ating mechanism. Other features of
the original are retained such as all
parts made from corrosion resistant
materials, tool can be left in tension,
compression or neutral, smooth flow
path for fluid when ball is open.
454
PACKERS
PUMP-THROUGH
EQUALIZING CHECK
VALVE
Primarily designed for use in

intermittent gas lift wells
MODEL"A"EXTENDA where there is a need to peri
JOINT odically batch fresh water
(p. 538)
down the tubing to dissolve
precipitated salts. Also for
An improved extra long tub use in hot oil treatments to
ing seal receptacle, easier clean tubing in cases of par
and simpler to redress. It has affin build-up. Conventional
metal to metal seals in hous type ball and seat allow pro
ing and slick joint, no o- duction through the valve
rings. K-RYTE Seal and no back flow, but will
Assemblies and debris barri open at a pressure substan
ers can be furnished as well tially above intermittent gas
as other types of seals. Built pressure to allow fluid pas
in test capability permits full sage down the valve and
working pressure test in as into the formation.
sembled condition. Has
shear ring release but is also
available as Model "AH"
with hydraulic annulus pres
sure release module. A one
piece housing accommo
dates both of the two work
ing seal stacks providing
adequate redundancy with
short overall tool length. TUBING DISCONNECT
SUB
Two seating nipples, sepa

rated by a pup joint, are gen-
erally provided below a
permanent packer for
blanking-off the producing
MODEL "N"SPLINED zone during successive
EXPANSION JOINT workovers. Fallen debris of
ten makes retrieval of the
(p. 539)
blanking plug seated in the
An expansion joint provid lower nipple impossible;
ing ten feet of travel, splined therefore cutting it off was
to transmit torque in any po required. Baker's new Tub
sition. Easy access to shear ing Disconnect Sub provides
screws to change shear a simple method of dropping
value. Shear screws can be the lower landing nipple by
installed to lock Expansion wireline manipulation. The
joint in fully extended, fully rugged and reliable Tubing
closed or mid-stroke posi Disconnect Sub is shifted by
Model "N"
Spfined tion for running in hole. the Baker "D-2" Shifting
Model "A"
Extenda-lolnt Expansion Rated for H2S service in ac Tool and contains the upper
Joint
Product No. cordance with NACE MR- landing nipple in its upper
683-57 Product No.
441-63 01-75. sub.
455
PACKERS
MODELS "A", "H" AND "V" MODELS "A", "H" AND "V"
SELECTIVE SEATING NIPPLES WIRELINE LOCKS
These downhole tubing nipples are These selective locks offer the opera
used to locate, seal and retain Baker tor the choice of locating in any one
Flow Control Accessories which uti of the Models "A", "H" or "V" Nip
lize the Type "A", "H" or "V" Selec ples previously installed in the tubing
tive Locks. The design of these string. The large straight through
nipples will allow any number of the bore affords maximum production
nipples to be installed in the tubing rates with minimal pressure loss. The
string without any reduction of seal unmatched simplicity of design elim
bores, (see page 616) inates complicated and expensive
running tools, (see page 619)
BAKER MODEL "B" SEALING

INSERT
Product No. 801-91
The Model "B" Insert is a wireline
retrievable device which has been
designed to seal off in an existing
MODEL "G" SHIFTING TOOL
seating nipple and provide the opera
Product No. 810-77
tor a smaller seal bore. The insert can
be set in either "F" or "R" profiles Provides a selective method of open
and provide an "F" or "R" profile. ing and closing Baker Model "L"
The Model "B" Insert is primarily Sliding Sleeves. The lower dogs are
used with wireline retrievable safety always run in the trailing mode and
valves. It is set in a nipple before the act as both a locator and shifting dog
safety valve is run above it. Thus, the when opening the sleeve. When
insert provides a smaller seal bore for closing the sleeve, the lower dogs act
equipment run through the safety as a locator while the upper dogs
valve. serve as the shifting dogs. Its design
allows the same shifting tool to be
FEATURES/BENEFITS used for a complete range of sealing
profiles, within a given tubing size,
• Permits running bottom hole pres
without parts changes or any critical
sure instruments or wireline plugs
adjustments being made.
through open wireline safety valve
and landing assembly in the "B"
Insert
• Nipple inserts may be run in place
with the production tubing
• Run and retrieved on wireline
• Full seating nipple ID when re
trieved to permit the running of
large wireline tools
• Large smooth ID through insert af
fords maximum production rates
with minimal pressure loss
456
PACKERS
MODEL "T" SLIDING SLEEVE

Similar in design to Baker's depend
able Model "L" Sliding Sleeve, ex
cept the closing sleeve of the Model
"T" shifts down to open, and up to
MODEL "U" SLIDING SLEEVE close. It also has a small equalizing
port to lessen the pressure surge. The
Model "T" Sleeve has upper and
able Model "L" Sliding Sleeve. Con
lower seals of the same integrally
trols flow between the tubing-casing
mold-bonded proven seals that are
annulus. Used for killing the well,
used on the lower seal of the "L"
injection of corrosion inhibitors and
Sleeve. Note: This sleeve can be
producing alternate zones by means
swabbed through.
of opening and closing by standard
wireline methods. Rated for 10,000
psi, HjS and CO2 service and 450°F
temperature. Has Kalrez seals for
high temperature. The upper sub of
the Model "U" Sliding Sleeve has an
"F" Seating Nipple with a honed
bore bottom sub for Flow Control
devices.
MODEL "V" SLIDING SLEEVE

able Model "L" Sliding Sleeve. Con
trols flow betwen the tubing-casing
annulus. Used for killing the well,
injection of corrosion inhibitors and
producing alternate zones by means
of opening and closing by standard
wireline methods. Rated for 5000
psi, H2S and CO2 service and 35O°F
temperature. Has Viton seals for high
temperature. The upper sub of the
Model "V" Sliding Sleeve has an "F"
Seating Nipple with a honed bore
bottom for Flow Control devices.
457
a dvision of baker oil tools, inc
MODEL "S" THERMOSEAL

MODEL "B" SHOOT-OFF® EXPANSION JOINT
SUB FOR INSULATED (p. 721)
TUBING The Model "S" Thermoseal Expan
(p. 726) sion joint compensates for expansion
The Model "B" Shoot-Off Sub has a and contraction of the tubing string
six foot long inner tube that can be caused by temperature changes in
n severed using a standard mechanical thermal operations. The tubing
or chemical cutter. A slight upstrain movement is taken at the surface
then separates the Shoot-Off Sub's which allows for the retrieval and re
outer housing, allowing emergency placement of the mandrel seal with
retrieval of the insulated tubing out disturbing the packer or tubing
string. string. Because the Model "S" is run
just below the wellhead, it is safely
contained within the wellbore.
MODEL "G-T"
COMPRESSION SET
BAKER HEATSAVER® THERMOSEAL PACKER
INSULATED TUBING (p. 720)
(p. 724) The Model "G-T" Thermoseal
— the only "oilfield" insulated tub Packer is a compact, set down
ing tailored to meet your needs; de packer designed to be a simple and
signed and built by oilfield people. economical, high temperature seal
Heatsaver Insulated Tubing will ing system featuring a full bore body.
take the abuse of oilfield handling at This packer utilizes tubing weight to
the surface, and downhole, and still constantly energize the packing ele
deliver the superior insulating quality ment system.
needed to minimize heat loss, mini
mize casing thermal stress and maxi
mize steam quality.
VZA
458
BAKER
13 PACKERS NEW PRODUCTS
A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. ING
MODEL "FVLD" DEEP-SET MODEL "BASAVDE"

A A
TUBING RETRIEVABLE SAFETY WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE
VALVE EQUALIZING FLAPPER SAFETY
(See page 644) VALVE
(See page 658)
A Single Dynamic Seal in conjunc
tion with a power spring and adjusta A single dynamic seal and adjustable
ble spacers allow this valve to be set power spring allow this valve to be
at variable depths below 2000 ft. The set at variable depths below 2000 ft.
piston is self-aligning and not sub The piston is self-aligning and not
jected to any spring-induced torque. subjected to any spring induced
A unique Baker-Only Flapper Lock torque.
Open Tool permits independent con The flapper design is wedge-
trol of permanent lock-open of the shaped for strength and performance
flapper, and communication of the - capable of withstanding 40
control fluid. Flapper closure mecha slam closures with flow velocities oi
nism is identical to that of the "FVL". 200 ft. per second — along wilh
other extensive in-house tests, and
testing performed at independent
laboratories.
The Thru-The-Flapper Equalizing
System puts the equalizing path in
the flow stream and not thru the
valves interior. The system makes for
a simpler valve; makes conversion
easier from non-equalizing to equal
izing, or vice-versa; and increases
valve working life through reduction
of elastomeric components.
Dynamic sealing is accomplished
with one seal, further reducing com
ponents. A bearing T-Seal configura
tion reduces seal friction and
increases the working life of the seal.
FIG.1 FIG. 2
Shear Sleeve (FIC.1)
The Ported Shear Plug Vents control

fluid to the tubing for operation of an
Insert Valve when the shear is actu
ated. Since this is an independent
operation, the operator has the
choice of whether he wants com
munication or not.
Lock-Open Sleeve (FIG. 2)
A Baker-Only Flapper Lock Open

Tool deposits a sleeve in the flapper
cavity lo permanently lock open the
flapper. The I.D. of the valve remains
full opening. Valve cost reduced as
lock-out parts are not part of valve
assembly.
459
BAKER
NEW PRODUCTS 13 PACKERS
A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC
Fig.1 MODEL "BASAVE" WIRELINE

RETRIEVABLE, SELF—EQUALIZING,
SURFACE-CONTROLLED FLAPPER
SAFETY VALVE
(See pages 662-663)
The "SA" Lock has design features to prove

that it has been properly set in the correct
nipple. Once set, only the "SA" Pulling Tool
will release the lock. The locks minimum
rating is 10,000 PSI, for Standard, HjS or
CO; Service.
Equalizing Feature - - Baker's Thru-The-

Flapperdesign puts the equalizing path in the
flow path, and not in the valves interior. The
design has been proven by extensive in-house
testing, as well as thru independent testing
facilities — capable of withstanding 40 slam
closures with flow rates of 200 ft. per second
— qualified for sandy service.
Fig. 2
FIG. 1: Flapper valve and equalizing plunger

in the closed position. Flapper valve sealing is
both resilient and metal-to-metal. Plunger
sealing is metal-to-metal.
FIG. 2: Equalizing position; control line pres

sure forces flow tube to move plunger down,
allowing pressure from below the flapper to
pass thru the ports of the plunger. Once equal
ization has occurred, the same control pres
sure forces continued downward movement
of the flow tube to the fully open position.
FIG. 3: Valve fully open: The flapper assem

Rg.3 bly is completely out of the flow tube and
equalizing plunger is again in the closed posi
tion, due to its side-mounted location, it's no
longer in contact with the flow tube.
460
BAICKR
13 PACKERS NEW PRODUCTS
A DIVISION OF BAKEROIL TOOLS. INC
MODEL "RC" PACK-OFF TUBING

HANGER WITH INTEGRAL
ANNULUS SAFETY VALVE
(See page 690)
This Pack-Off Tubing Hanger provides full-

open flow through [he tubing while providing
additional flow in the annulus. Well control is
maintained by a pack-off system between the
tubing and casing which incorporates an Inte
gral Surface Controlled Annulus Safety Valve.
Operation of the Annulus Safety Valve is com
patible with Tubing Safety Valves, and flow
areas provided through the tubing and annu
lus are greater than comparable conventional
Dual String Packers.
MODEL "D" PACK-OFF TUBING
y HANGER SAFETY SYSTEM WITH

CABLE BY-PASS AND MODEL "VR"
-■
VENT/RECIRCULATING SAFETY
VALVE
[See page 686)
This Pack-off Tubing Hanger is designed spe

cifically for submersible pump completions.
One port through the hanger is dedicated to
the passage of and pack-off around electric
cable of ail commonly available cable types.
Another separate port through the hanger is
available to accommodate passage of exter
nal control line or for manipulation of subsur
face chemical injection. An additional port
through the hanger is provided to allow vent
ing of annulus gas which accumulates due to
normal operation of the submersible pump.
When the hanger is used in conjunction with
the Model "VR" Surface Controlled Safety
Valve, gas venting is controlled in conjunc
tion with the Tubing Safety Valve. The op
tional recirculating feature which prevents
"Dead-Heading" the submersible pump
when closing the Subsurface Safety Valves is
Q* provided by normal operation of the Model
"VR" Safety Valve.
461
PACKERS
A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS, INC
ONE TRIP SHEAR-OUT SAFETY JOINT

The Shear-Out Safety Joint is located in the
tubing string above the subsurface safety
valve and subsurface tubing hanger and as
sures that the tubing will part above the sub
surface safety system in the event of extreme
disaster at the wellhead. The Shear-Out Safety
Joint is run with one tubing trip at full tubing
strength, once in position, it is armed by wire
line manipulation to a predetermined shear
value. Disarming the tool by wireline restores
full tubing tensile strength,
MODEL "SA" WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE

SAFETY VALVE LOCK
(See page 668)
Designed to hold a Wireline Retrievable

Safety Valve in its Landing Nipple— regard
less of any forces trying to unseat it. This lock
has design features that tell an operator when
it is properly landed in the correct nipple.
Once landed, only the "SA" Pulling Tool can
release the lock.
It is designed for applications with safety
valves where the operator must be absolutely
assured that a "Failure to Hold" will not
occur.
Minimum working pressure is 10,000 PSI

ranging upward to 20,000 PSI — in Standard
HjS and CO2 environments. Debris barriers
protect the interior of the lock from fouling
due to sand and other fines. The Sta-Set Ring
and Lock Ring are in unstressed states when in
the locked position.
462
BAKER
PACKERS TRAINING
A DIVISION OP BAKEH OIL TOOLS. INC
The new turning center Includes computer assisted training, a waiehouseftvorkshon and [wo "backyard"
training wells for "hands-on" experience.
Classes are limited lo ten persons so detailed individual Instruction is Operation oi the tools is taught in the laboratory.
insured. This environ mem is ide.il for learning the theory ui lools arid Under close supervision, the sludents learn how
completions. the tools work.
BAKER COMPLETION New Training Center International Attendance

TRAINING PROGRAM In early 1982, Baker opened its newly Training programs enroll students from
constructed training center off Interstate around the world. Since our training con
In-house, "hands-on" training for the
45 near Houston's Intercontinental Air cept is "to do is to understand," classes
application of downhole production
port. Special facilities include compuler- are limited in size to no more than (en
equipment puts Baker field hands in a
assisted training, a warehouse/workshop persons. Detailed individual instruction
better position to specify tools and advise
and two "backyard" training wells for is assured. Our training programs are
on well completions.
"hands-on" experience. also available for the customer's com
The Baker Packers Completion Sys
When Baker Packers' products go into pany personnel. For more information,
tems Training Program teaches in three
the field, so does a Baker man. Through contact:
phases: academic, workshop (lab), and
advanced training, the Baker representa Baker Packers Completion Systems
training wells. The theory behind com
tive you call is up-to-date on the latest Training Department
pletion tools is applied in controlled situ
equipment and newest applications of P.O. Box 3048, Houston, TX 77253
ations to everyday oilfield completions
the equipment. Baker field representa
and workover operations. Classroom
tives go through rigid training to insure
work is also enhanced by actual opera 2520 W.W. Thome Dr.
that the best working knowledge of our Houston, TX 7707B
tions in the field under the close supervi
equipment is always available to you.
sion of Baker training personnel. orcall(713)821-6838
(Telex: 762833).
463
BAKER
ENGINEERING 13 PACKERS
New Materials Lab.

Houston Test Laboratory — test cells {right), test
well (left).
Instillation oi Seal A55enibly [n H^S dynamic lest
fixture.
Test rell pumps and control panels.
Computer Modeling — Permit product design in be
Optimized before building prototype.
BAKER ENGINEERING • to perform temperature and pressure cycle tests to

The hundreds of innovative products presented in this simulate actual downhole conditions
catalog are the result of over seventy years of "state-of- • to subject seal accessory equipment to seal movement
the-art" technology and practical oilfield know-how. at temperature and with pressure differential applied
Baker Engineering maintains this focus on practical solu
tions to problems — solutions that reduce costs and MATERIALS TESTING
enhance the recovery of oil and gas. Baker's philosophy of thorough product testing also car
ries over to material testing and selection. Both elasto
STATE-OF-THE-ART IN SEALING mers and metals must pass design and testing criteria
TECHNOLOGY before approval for field applications. This thoroughness
True pioneers in sealing technology and applied elasto assures our customers that material selection is an inte
mer research, Baker Engineering continues to supply an gral part of our design efforts — not an afterthought.
swers to sealing problems in today's wells, including
those with hot, hostile environments, along with the
mechanical and hydraulic systems required to apply this COMPUTER MODELING
technology, downhole, surely and dependably when and State of the art computer techniques are used to optimize
where it is needed. product design. Many design changes can be made be
fore the first part is built.
EXTENSIVE LABORATORY TESTING
CAPABILITY BAKER ENGINEERING IS READY WITH
An important part of Baker Engineering is its extensive BETTER IDEAS IN COMPLETION SYSTEMS
testing capabilities with facilities that are able to recreate All of the products in this catalog resulted from operators
nearly any downhole environment. Baker pioneered the who needed better answers to completion problems.
idea of comprehensive laboratory testing at a time when Over the years, Baker Engineering has supplied those
other suppliers were content to risk an operator's well as a answers with innovative equipment which is proven de
testing laboratory. pendable. The tradition continues today. Baker Engineer
Baker was the first: ing is always ready and available with better ideas in
• to perform a hot test on a packer completion systems.
464
BAKER
13 PACKERS COMPLETION CONSULTING SERVICES
A DIVISIOM OF BAKER OILTOOLS. INC
COMPLETION CONSULTING HEAVIEST casing through which the occur in your tubing string during
SERVICES equipment must pass. The packer to subsequent producing or treating op
Baker Packers maintains a staff of run through 7" - 35 lbs/ft, casing and erations. Excessive stresses can result
highly skilled technical personnel to set in 7" - 32 lbs/ft, is not necessarily in the permanent deformation or col
assist you in the design of your well the same packer to run through 32 lapse of your tubing string.
completion. This service is available lbs/ft, for lighter] casing and set in Due to intentional or accidental
world wide through strategically 7" - 32 lbs/ft, casing. hole deviation, a significant differ
based field engineers. Years of expe Additionally, information con ence in Measured Depth and True
cerning any CHANGE in casing size, Vertical Depth may exist in your
rience in all phases of well comple
tion and completion design work as with a liner or liners, is required. well. In order to provide the best
This may not directly affect the completion design possible, we need
combined with the most up-to-date
information on product and material equipment that we might supply but both Measured and True Vertical
developments and current field prac does directly affect stresses that will Depth for the casing strings.
tices enables these personnel to
provide you with a completion de EXAMPLE OF CASING INFORMATION
sign to meet your most demanding Measured True Vertical
Size Weight Grade
requirements. Depth Depth
The technique of designing a suc
cessful well completion is similar to 9-5/8" 47 Ib/ft N-80 0 to 8650 ft. OtO 8500 ft.
working a jigsaw puzzle. Many 7" 35 Ib/ft 8400 to 11300 ft.
H-80 8150 to 10950 ft.
pieces of information are sorted out
and fitted together to provide the r 32 Ib/ft P-105 11300 to 12250 ft. 10950 to 11850 ft.
final design. Inaccurate or missing
KICKOFF DEPTH — 2,000 ft.
information results in less than the
MAXIMUM HOLE DEVIATION (DEG.) ■ 35°
best design.
The necessity of certain items of
information is obvious, others, not so
obvious. In the succeeding para
graphs, each item of required infor
mation is discussed followed by a
summarizing Completion Design In
formation Sheet. Give this informa
tion to your nearest Baker
Representative and let us help you
design your next completion.
REQUIRED COMPLETION
DESIGN INFORMATION
1) TYPE WELL
The type well you are completing
(single, selective single, dual, etc.I
and the number of completion zones
involved determines the type equip
ment required. Equipment used in in
jection wells may differ from
equipment used in producing wells.
Also, the number of wells to be
completed can affect delivery time of
the recommended equipment.
2) CASING
This is one of the more obvious
items of information required. In or
der to supply the correct size equip
ment it is necessary that we know the
SIZE and WEIGHT (or Wall Thick
ness) of the casing in which the
equipment will be set. But we also
need to know the weight of the
465
BAKER
COMPLETION CONSULTING SERVICES PACKERS
A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL IDOLS. INC
3) TUBING EXAMPLE DF TUBING INFORMATION

As with the casing, the require Measured True Vertical
ment for this information is obvious, Size Weight Grade Thread Depth Depth
buf in addition to SIZE and WEIGHT
(or Wall Thickness), GRADE and 3-1/2" 10.2 Ih/ft P-105 VAM 0 to 8350 ft. 0 to 8150 ft.
THREAD are also required. Addi
2-7/8" 9.2 Ib/ft P-105 VAM 8350 to 11700 ft. 815Oto 11325 ft.
tionally, any CHANGE in the tubing
size, weight, grade and Ihread are 2-7/8" 10.7 Ib/fl N-80 VAM 11700 to 12100 ft. 11325to 11725 ft.
required. This information allows us
to not only provide the correct size
strings. The effects of these changes will be exposed must be known in
equipment for your tubing string, but
are further discussed under Para order to provide the correctly rated
to assure that your tubing string will
graph 8, Tubing Movement. equipment. Obtaining and maintain
not be permanently deformed during
ing a seal at low temperatures usually
subsequent operations.
6) SURFACE PRESSURES calls for the use of relatively soft elas
For multiple completions, this in
The surface pressure on the tubing tomers while higher temperatures re
formation is required for each tubing
and tubing-casing annulus are not quire the use of harder elastomers.
string. As with casing, both
constant throughout the life of your The amount of temperature change
Measured and True Vertical Depths
well. Consequently, more than one that this equipment will experience
are required.
pressure must be considered to pro can also weigh heavily on the type
4) WELLHEAD vide equipment with the correct elastomers selected. So, as with pres
In most completions the wellhead pressure rating. As with fluid sure, more than one temperature
equipment is compatible with the weights, changes in surface pres must be considered in completion
lulling string and the vertical run in sures also affect downhole forces. design.
the wellhead offers no restriction for These effects are further discussed Because temperature changes
the running of wireline or other tools under Paragraph 8. generally have a significant effect on
into the tubing. If such a restriction downhole forces, it is important that
does exist Ihis information is critical 7) TEMPERATURES the best information possible be ob
for the correct sizing of downhole The maximum temperature to tained. These effects are further dis
equipment. which the completion equipment cussed under Paragraph 8.
The type wellhead equipment uti
lized may also affect the manner in
which certain well completion oper
ations are conducted. With this in-
formalion we can recommend
a completion procedure to as
sure complete safety during all
operations.
EXAMPLE OF WELLHEAD INFORMATION

Manufacturer: ABC Tool Company
Tubing Hanger: Type ER-3, Size 6 x 2-7/8
Minimum ID of Vertical Run: 2-9/16"
5) FLUID WEIGHTS
The weight of the fluids in the tub
ing and tubing-casing annulus exert a
pressure due to iheir weight (hydro
static pressure) on all equipment in-
slalled in your well. In order to
provide equipment with the correct
pressure rating, fluid weight informa
tion is required. If more than one
weight fluid is present then the
weight and depth of each fluid musl
be known.
Additionally, changes in fluid
weights thai occur during the life of
your well affect the forces acting on
completion equipment and tubing
466
BAKER
13 PACKERS COMPLETION CONSULTING SERVICES
A DIVISION OP BAKEftOIL TOOLS, INC.
8) TUBING MOVEMENT
The effects of changes in pressure
(including fluid weights) and tem
perature on tubing strings sealed in
packers is an accepted and well
known phenomenon.* These
changes result in either changes in
(he length of the tubing siring if the
packer permits movement or
changes in forces if the packer does
not permit movemenl.
In order to determine the effects of
these changes on our completion de
sign it is required that we know:
(1) the condition of the tubing in
your installation at some starting
point, and
(2) the various pressure and tem
perature changes that will oc
cur during the life of your nected to the wel!. This is the conditions of the well producing,
"Landed" condition and is not the being shut-in or perhaps being
completion.
same as the "Spaced-Out" treated or stimulated are common
The only time we accurately know condition. occurrences resulting in changes in
the condition of your installation is at Consider now a hydraulic set temperatures, pressures and fluid
the lime of completion when the tub Packer run in a well on the produc weights. These changes result in
ing string is "Spaced-Out". At that tion tubing with the same weight changes in the tubing length or
time we know: fluid in the tubing and tubing-casing changes in the tubing forces or both.
(1) the weight of the fluids in the annulus. The wellhead is installed With the temperature, pressure,
tubing; and connected to the well. Fluid in fluid weight information provided by
(2) the weight of the fluids in the the tubing may then be displaced you, Baker Packers utilizes the most
with a lighter fluid with an accom up-to-date computer assisted
annulus;
panying increase in the tubing methods and techniques to predict
(3) the surface pressure on the
pressure. This is the "Spaced-Out" the movement, forces and stresses
tubing;
condition concerning temperature, generated in your tubing string.
(4) the surface pressure on the pressure and flu id weight. The tubing Frequently, it is necessary to alter
annulus; is then plugged below the packer and certain procedures or to utilize
(5) the mean surface temperature of additional pressure applied to the higher strength materials in your
the tubing; tubing to set the packer. The completion in order to provide a
(6) the bottom-hole temperature of additional pressure results in a tensile satisfactory design. Without this
the tubing; and, load on the packer. This tension is thorough investigation your
(7) the amount of compression set also considered a part of the expensive well completion may
"Spaced-Out" condition with the result in more expensive workover
(or tension pulled) on the packer.
Tensile Force Pulled (in pounds) operations or worse.
This "Spaced-Oul" condition would Below is an example of the Tem
equal to 400 x area of tubing ID (in
be our starting point.
square inches). This assumes 1000 perature, Pressure and Fluid-weight
It is important that the "Spaced- PSI actuating pressure. information required. A sample of
Out" condition be fully understood After a well is completed, the our Tubing Movement Program com
and not confused with the "Landed" temperatures, pressures and fluid puter output information is shown on
condition. weights change frequently as page 4 (>'_).
Consider the case of a Locator operational conditions change. The
Type Seal Assembly sealed in a Re
tainer Production Packer. With the EXAMPLE OF FLUID WEIGHT PRESSURE TEMPERATURE INFORMATION
same fluid in the tubing and tubing- Fluid Weight Surface Pressure Tempe rature
casing annulus, the final position of PPG PSI
0
the tubing and the weight setting on Bottom

Condition Tubing Casing Tubing Casing Surface
the packer aredetermined. This islhe Hole
"Spaced-Out" condition, our start When Spaced-Out 11.5 11.5 0 0 60 275
ing point. The tubing is then eie-
When Producing 5.9 10 1200 0 195 275
vated, the wellhead installed on the
tubing, fluid in the tubing may be When Shut-In 6.2 10 2600 0 60 275
displaced with a lighter fluid (with an
When Treating 10.3 10 7000 2000 70 125
accompanying increase in tubing
pressure) and the wellhead ton- Other (Specify)
'SPE Paper No. 5143

467
BAKER
COMPLETION CONSULTING SERVICES PACKERS
9) ENVIRONMENT 11) SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS special requirements and prefer

The selection of the proper mate Just as there is more than one type ences will enable us to meet all your
rials for completion equipment is packer, there is more than one way to requirements in our completion
based on chemical as well as physi equip and complete a well. Certain design.
cal considerations. The presence of items of equipment essential for one For your convenience a partial list
hydrogen sulfide and/or carbon diox completion may be considered as of special requirements is listed
ide in produced fluids may have det- optional for another. Knowing your below.
rimental effects on standard
elastomers and metal goods. Also, in Special Materials (specify)
many cases, the chemical inhibitors
used to protect metal goods have det Safety Valve, Wireline Retrievable. _, Tubing Mounted.
rimental effects on elastomers. Fre
quently, environmental problems Surface Controlled— ., Velocity Type
may be solved through the use of
plastic coatings or nickel plating.
Tubing Hanger.
Other problems require the use of
special metals such as stainless steel
or monel. In order to make the best Sliding Sleeve-
materials selection possible, we
need to know the environment in Landing Nipp!es_
which these materials will be uti
lized. And, although it is not always Type Packer
required, it is frequently convenient
to know the volume of fluids being Tailpipe Assembly.
produced.
EXAMPLE OF ENVIRONMENT Tubing Anchored— .. Not Anchored-
INFORMATION
Producing Rate. Oil 5,000 BPD Sand Control Required.
Gas-Oil Ratio 2,000 CU FT/BBL
Gas Rate, Gas 10,000 MCFD Special Completion Procedure (explain)
%H2S 2,5
%C02 5.0 Other
% Water 10
% Dther (specify) —
Chemical Inhibitor Cmnox 150 (10%

iiiixiii! with iliesel oil)
10) WELL TREATMENT OR

STIMULATION
The bottomhole temperature dur
ing well treatment is probably the
least accessible item of information
required for completion design. Be
cause temperature change is a signif
icant factor in tubing movement
calculations, it is important that the
best possible temperature change in
formation be used. The information
requested below enables us to verify
with reasonable accuracy the tem
perature data you provide.
EXAMPLE OF WELL TREATMENT

INFORMATION
Type Treatment Acidize
Treatment Vol. 100,000 Gat.
Treatment Rale 500 GPM
Treatment Time 200 minutes plus displacemen) lime
468
PACKERS
TUBING MOVEMENT PROGRAM

LINE 10
Is data in English or Metric Units? (English = 1, Metric = 0)
Is output to be in English or Metric Units? (English = 1, Metric = 0)
Do you want the long or short form? (Short = 1, Long = 0)
LINE 100
LINE 110
CONDITION CONDITION CONDITION ENGLISH METRIC

ONE TWO THREE UNITS UNITS
LINE 120
Total number of sections
DegF DegC Mean yearly temperature
DegF DegC Bottom hole temperature when landed
DegF DegC Temperature at surface final
DegF DegC Bottom hole temperature final
Psi Kgs/Sq.cm. Pressure in tubing at surface when spaced-out
Psi Kgs/Sq.cm. Pressure in tubing at surface final
Psi Kgs/Sq.cm. Pressure in annulus at surface when spaced-out
Psi Kgs/Sq.cm. Pressure in annulus at surface final
LINE 130
In. mm. Inside diameter of Packer
Ft. m: Packer setting depth
Is tubing anchored? (Yes = 1, No = 0)
Lbs. Kgs. Weight slacked off when spaced-out
Lbs. Kgs. Tension pulled when spaced-out
In. mm. Maximum wireline tool OD
LINE 140 TOP SECTION

Lbs./Gal. Sp.Gr. Weight of fluid in tubing when spaced-out
Lbs./Gal. Sp.Gr. Weight of fluid in tubing final
Lbs./Gal. Sp.Gr. Weight of fluid in annulus when spaced-out
Lbs./Gal. Sp.Gr. Weight of fluid in annulus final
In. mm. Outside diameter of tubing
In. mm. Inside diameter of tubing
Lbs./Ft. Kgs./M. Weight of tubing
In. mm. Inside diameter of casing
Ft. M. Length of section
LINE 150 NEXT SECTION

Lbs./Gal. Sp.Gr. Weight of fluid in tubing when spaced-out
Lbs./Gal. Sp.Gr. Weight of fluid in tubing final
Lbs./Gal. Sp.Gr. Weight of fluid in annulus when spaced-out
Lbs./Gal. Sp.Gr. Weight of fluid in annulus final
In. mm. Outside diameter of tubing
In. mm. Inside diameter of tubing
Lbs./Ft. Kgs./M. Weight of tubing
In. mm. Inside diameter of casing
Ft. M. Length of section
NOTE: Beginning with Line 140, this program can be run with as many as 10 sections. If you require more
sections, complete data on reverse side. Three additional sections can be added in this form if required:
Line 210, Line 220 and Line 230.
469
COMPLETION CONSULTING SERVICES A DIVISION OF BAKER OILTOOLS. INC.
COMPUTER xxixxxxxxx xxxx XX X XXXXX XXXXX

X X X X X X X X X X
AIDED DESIGN X
XX
XXXXXX
X x
xxxxx
x xxxxxx
X
XXX
X xxxx
X
XXXXX
X X
XIX X
Baker Packers' representatives
X X X X X X X X
XXXXX X X X XXXXX X
throughout the world have at their

disposal a large library of up-to-date
XXXXX XX X X XXXXX XXXXXX XXXI
X X X X X X X X X XX
computer programs to assist them in

X I X X X X X xxxx xxxxxx xxxx
XXIXXI X XXX X XX X
preparing the optimum completion xxxxxxxxxx

X
xxxx XXXXX
XX
X X XXII
X
for your wells. All programs reflect BAKER PACKERS
the latest in industry accepted

TUSINO MOVEMENT PROGRAM (REVISION II 11/11/03)
YOUR OIL COMPANY
methods and techniques. Some of ACID STIMULATION
the programs contained within the 40. DEO F

TOTAL NUKSER OF SECTIONS
MEAN YEARLY TEMPERATURE
library are for:

273. DEO F BOTTOM HOLE TEMPERATURE WHEN SPACED-OUT
70. DEO F TEMPERATURE AT SURFACE FINAL
• CALCULATING TUBING 0. PSI PRESSURE IN TUBINO AT SURFACE UHEN SPACED-OUT

700O. PSt PRESSURE IN TUBING AT SURFACE FINAL
MOVEMENT* o.
2000.
rsi
PSI
PRESSURE IN ANNULUS AT SURFACE UKEN SPACED-OUT
PRESSURE IN ANNULUS AT SURFACE FINAL
Input
From
• Sizing Velocity Safety Valves 3.250 IN. INSIDE DIAMETER OF PACKER - Data
• Single and Two Phase Flow 10000.
0.
FT. PACKER SETT 1 NO DEPTH
IS TUBINO ANCHORED? (YES-1 NO-0) Sheet
• Commingled Production 8000.
0.
LBS.
LBS.
HEIGHT SLACKED OFF MEN SPACED-OUT
TENSION PULLED UHEN SPACED-OUT
(p. 468)
1.683 IN. MAXIMUM WIRELINE TOOL OD
• Determining Pressure Traverses in
Gas Wells 11.900 LBS/GAL
10.300 LBS/CAL
TUBINO FLUID UEIOIT UKEN SPACED-OUT
TUSINO FLUID HEIGHT FINAL
11.500 LBS/OAL ANNULUS FLUID HEIGHT UHEN SPACED-OUT
Your Baker Representative will be 10.000 LBS/CAL ANNULUS FLUID HEIGHT FINAL
3.900 IN. OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF THE TUBINO
happy to discuss these programs and 2.992 IN. INSIDE DIAMETER OF THE TUSINO
9.300 LBS/FT. UEIOHT Of THE TUBINO
their application with you. 6.094 IN. INSIDE DIAMETER OF CASINO
SOOO. FT. LENOTII OF THE SECTION
•Due to extremely heavy utilization

114. DEO F TEMPERATURE AT BOTTOM OF SECTION FINAL
of our tubing movement program

11.500 LBS/OAL TUBINO FLUID UEIOHT UHEN SPACED-OUT
1O.3O0 LBS/OAL TUBINO FLUID HEIGHT FINAL
ll.SOO LBS/OAL ANNULUS FLUID HEIGHT WEN SPACED'OUT
TUBMOV we can now offer you 10.000 LBS/OAL ANNULUS FLUID HEIGHT FINAL
direct access to it for processing 2.873

2.441
IN.
IN.
0UT3IDE DIAMETER OF THE TUBINO
INSIDE DIAMETER OF THE TUBING
your calculations in-house. For de

4.500 LBS/FT. HEIGHT Or THE TUBINO
6.094 IN. INSIDE DIAMETER OF CASING
tails concerning in-house use of 2000.

12S.
FT.
DEO F
LENOTH OF THE SECTION
TEMPERATURE AT BOTTOM OF SECTION FINAL
TUBMOV, contact your local Baker

Packers Representative or
the Completions Consulting Group BAKER PACKERS
TUBIKO MOVEMENT PROGRAM (REVISION II 11/11/021
in Houston. YOUR OIL COMPANY
ACID STIMULATION
SECTIONS ARE NUMBERED FROM SURFACE

NEGATIVE LENGTH CHANGES REFER TO UTVARD TUBING MOVEMENT
POSITIVE LENOTH CHANCES RETER TO DOUNUARD TUBING KOVEKFNT
NEGATIVE FORCES REFER TO TENSILE LOADS
POSITIVE F0RCE3 REFER TO COMPRESSION LOADS
INITIAL LANDING CONDITIONS «••••••

SECTION CHANCE IN LENOTH
NUMBER (INCHES I
1 10.
2
TOTAL LENGTH CHANGE 14.
MAXIMUM FORCE MAXIMUM STRESS
<LBS.> (LBS/SO.IN)
TOP JOINT -6*030. 25037.
BOTTOM OF SECTION 1 9550. 1094.
2 16830. 10160.
PKR-TO-TBO SOOO.
HELIX ANGLE 9.2 DEC/100TT

Output/
MAX LENOTH OF 1.688 IN. 00 GUN 212.68 IN. "gesults
....••«.. FINAL DOWN HOLE CONDITIONS .........

SECTION PISTON BUCKLINO BALLOONING TEMPERATURE
NUMBER (INCHES) (INCHES) (INCICS) (INCHES)
1 -12. -3. -23. -36.
2 -9. -12. -6. -22.
TOTALS -21. -15. -29. -38.
TOTAL LENOTH CHANGE (INCKFS) -123.
NET SEAL MOVEMENT
IF MOVEMENT IS PERHITTED -109.(INCKFS)
MAXIMUM FOriCE MAXIMUM STRESS
(LBS.) (LBS/SO.IN)
TOP JOINT -62973. 34599.
BOTTOM OF SECTION 1 11427. 39129.
2 31685. 59094.
PKR-TO-TBO 0.
HELIX ANCLE 48.9 DCC/100TT

MAX LENOTH OF 1.683 IN. OD GUN 92.05 IN
470
This packerless completion rep

resents the simplest, lowest cost
hook-up available utilizing a tub
ing string. The production can flow
up the annulus, the tubing, or
both. The. tubing can be used to
run downhole pressure and tem
perature recorders under flowing
conditions. The tubing string can
also be used to inject inhibitors
and/or to kill the well. The tubing
should be landed in a donut-type
hanger as the tubing may eventu
ally be retrieved under pressure.
Casing corrosion and/or leaks are
difficult to detect and recording of
bottomhole static pressures are
lengthy. Fewer and fewer wells are
completed in this manner.
Retrievable
■Packer
(p. 558)
This is one of the simplest com

pletions with the most versatile of
retrievable packers. The Model
"R-3" Double Grip Packer holds
pressure from above or below with
set-down weight furnishing the ini
tial pack-off. It is mechanically set
with a 1/4 turn on the tubing and
Sealing Nipple
releases by simply picking up on
Perforated Spacer Tube
the tubing string. A by-pass and
(p. 548) unloader are built into this packer
NoCo Seating Nipple, for operator convenience. It per
(p. 598) forms reliably in production, stim
Spacer Tube, ulation, and testing operations.
(p. 548)
Packer completions protect the
Wireline Entry Cuii casing from corrosion and signifi
<p. 548)
cantly increase the flowing life of
the well.
471
_ PACKERS
Permits completion with the

well flanged-up. Fluids can be cir
culated around the packer and the
packer set with low tubing pressure
due to its hydrostatic setting fea
ture. This retrievable packer uti
lizes straight-pull (or optional
rotational) release with a wide va
riety of shear ring values to meet
specific requirements. Once the
packer is set, all wireline proce
dures desired can be performed,
from circulation above the packer
through the Sliding Sleeve to
through-tubing perforation where
size permits. The tailpipe assembly
also makes it possible to install
pressure and temperature record
ing instruments (run and retrieved
on wireline). These instruments
may be installed in the No Go Seat
ing Nipple located beneath the
Perforated Spacer Tube under pro
ducing conditions without interfer
ence to the flow stream. Instrument
protection (from flow turbulence)
is provided by the Spacer Tube be
low the No Go Seating Nipple.
FlowCoupling-
(p. 599)
Sliding Steeve-
(p. 588) I
FlowCoupling-
(p. 599)
On-Off Sealing
Hydrostatic,- Connector
Retrievable Packer (p. 540)
(p. 566)
-Anchor Tubing Seal
Assembly
(p. 528)
Flow Coupling This completion contains a Seal-
(p. 599)" Seal-Bore Packer
Bore Packer which can be set on (p. 498)
Seating Nipple either electric-line or tubing. Use
(p. 596)" of the Anchor Tubing Seal Assem
Spacer Tube Spacer Tube
(p. 548f bly permits retrieval of the tubing (p. 548)
Hydro-Trip Pressure. string by disconnecting at the On- Seating Nipple
Sub Off Sealing Connector. A wireline (p. 596)
(p. 569) ■ Perforated Spacer Tube
plug may be set in the seating nip (p. 548)
(p. 548) ple profile of the On-Off Sealing
■ NoGo Sealing Nipple
NoGo Seating Nipple
Connector thus blanking-off the (p. 598)
(p. 5981 formation prior to tubing retrieval.
The tailpipe assembly is also re
trievable as it is attached to the tub Wireline Entry Guide
Wireline Entry Guide" (p. 548)
ing string.
472
Utilization of packer-attached
tailpipe permits blanked-off re
trieval of tubing, eliminating possi
ble formation damage due to kill
fluids. "DAB" or "FAB"-Type Seal-
Bore Packers permit large, fullbore
flow passages. This completion
permits through-tubing perforation
under pressure for safety, and
flanged-up displacement of well
fluid through the Sliding Sleeve.
Pressure and temperature record
ing instruments can be set in the
bottom Seating Nipple without re
stricting the flow path yet protect
ing the instruments from flow
turbulence and vibration. Flow
Couplings in this and the other
completion drawings are recom Seal Assembly
mended based on individual con

ditions. The Block and Kill System
facilitates killing high pressure,
high-volume gas or oil wells and
serves as a safety valve sensitive to
increase in annulus pressure.
Annulus Kill Valve ■

(p. 451)
Sliding Sleeve
(p. 588)
This design utilizes a seal assem
Anchor Tubing Seal .
Nipple bly locked and sealed in a casing
(p. 528) bore receptacle. The receptacle is — Casing Bore
Receptacle
run as part of the casing string and
'DAB' or 'FAB'-Type . the seal assembly is located into it.
Seal-Bore Packer
(p. 498) The Seal Assembly can take pres
sure from above or below with
Milloul Extension
pressure acting only on a relatively
(p. 546) small seal area. Once the assembly
has located, continued downward
Crossover Sub
motion of the tubing shears the col
lets free from the collet locking de
Flow Coupling
vice, locking the assembly in
(p. 599) ' place. Stimulation of the zone be
Sealing Nipple
low the seal assembly can occur at
(p. 596) • this point. Tubing movement is
Spacer Tube provided for by the slick joint in the
(p. 548) ' seal assembly. The Slick Joint is
Flow Coupling - cleaned during movement by
(p. 599)
wipers located above and below
NoCo Sealing Nipple
(p. 598)
the seal assembly, which protects
Perforated Spacer Tube ' the seals. The seal assembly can be
(p. 548) retrieved and the seals redressed
Crossover Sub by pulling the tubing string, which
releases and locks the collet.
Seating Nipple Should it be impossible to release ■', ' ' :.'■, '
(p. 596)
and retrieve the seal assembly,
Wireline Entry Guide •
pulling enough tension to shear a
(p. 548)
shear ring will permit retrieval of
the slick joint and tubing string.
473
PACKERS
I
Extra tubing seal units below a
Locator Tubing Seal Assembly
compensate for tubing movement
by travel through the packer bore
and the Seal Bore Extension. The
lower zone can be blanked-off at
the Seating Nipple above the Per
forated Spacer Tube. This comple-
tion also affords large,
non-restricted flow passages,
through-tubing perforation under
pressure, and circulation of well-
fluid through the Sliding Sleeve
with the wellhead in place.
Flow Coupling
(p. 5991"
Sliding Sleeve
(p. 588)"
Flow Coupling
(p. 599)"
Locator Tubing Seal
Assembly -
(p. 528)
Seal Bore Packer
(p. 498)
This completion contains a per

Seal Spacer Tube
(p. 548)
manent seal bore packer. The extra K-RYTE®
long locator tubing seal assembly - Locator Tubing Seal
Assembly
(L.T.S.A.) compensates for tubing
(p. 527)
movement by travel through the
Seal Bore Packer
Seal Bore Extension, packer bore and the seal bore ex (p. 498)
(p. 546)
tension. The packer and tailpipe
Tubing Seal Nipples, assembly are run in and set either
(p. 529)
on wireline or tubing. The forma
.Seal Bore Extension
Production Tube tion can be blanked off at the seat (p. 824)
(p. 548)" ing nipple above the perforated
Crossover Sub. spacing tube. Pressure and tem
perature recording instruments
Spacer, Tube can be installed in the No-Co seat
(p. 548C
ing nipple below the perforated
Flow Coupling - Crossover Sub
(p. 599)" spacer tube under producing con
Seating Nipple ditions without interference to the Spacer Tube
(p. 596)" " (p. 548)
flow stream. Instrument protection
Flow Coupling Seating Nipple
(from flow turbulence) is provided
(p. 599) - ~(p. 596)
by the spacer tube below the No-
Go seating nipple. Equipment _ Perforated Spacer Tube
(p. 548)" (p. 548)
NoGo Seating Nipple shown is for extremely hostile
(p. 598)' NoGo Seating Nipple
downhole conditions with K-Ryte -(p. 598)
seals but this type of completion is Wireline Entry Guide
Wireline Entry Guide
(p. 548)- applicable to any downhole con -(p. 548)
dition with a wide selection of
elastomeric seals.
474
This hook-up utilizes a Model

"SAB-3" Hydro-Set Permanent
Packer which permits a single trip
flanged-up completion. The re
trievable packer bore receptacle
(PBR) allows for tubing movement
when necessary, at which time the
shear screws are sheared freeing
the seal assembly to move in the
PBR. The PBR and anchor seal nip
ple can be pulled with a retrieving
tool. The shearout ball seat sub
holds pressure to set the packer.
Locator Tubing Seal -

Assembly
(p. 528)
-Extra Long Tubing

Retrievable - Seal Receptacle
Packer Bore (p. 534)
Receptacle
(p. 522)
,. Anchor Tubing Seal

Anchor Tubing Seal -
Nipple
Nipple
Ip. S28)
(p. 528)
This is a Single Trip Flanged-Up , Hydraulic Set,
Hydraulic Set, ■
Seal Bore Packer completion that provides for tub Seal Bore Packer
(p. 498)
(p. 498) ing movement with an extra long
tubing seal receptacle (ELTSR). .Millout Extension
Millojt Extension ■ When tubing movement is neces (p. 546)
(p. 546)
sary the shear ring in the ELTSR
Crossover Sub. -Crossover Sub
shears, providing for required
movement. A seating nipple
Spacer Tube - within the ELTSR allows for -Spacer Tube
(p. 548) (p. 548)
blanking-off the formation with a
Shear-Out ■ wireline plug before pulling the - Shear-Out
Ball Seat Sub Ball Seat Sub
(p. 515)
tubing. The shear-out ball seat sub
(p. 5151
is used to set the packer hydrauli-
□I
cally, giving full opening after use.
475
BAKER
SPECIAL REMEDIAL COMPLETION 12 PACKERS
A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. IMC
This sequence porlrays isolation

of a damaged section of casing or a
depleted zone. The lower produc
ing zone is isolated during the re
medial process. A blanking plug is
set in the seating nipple profile of
the On-Off Sealing Conneclor
above Ihe production packer prior
to disconnecting and retrieval of
the tubing string. The two hydrauli-
Drill J'ipeorTubing — cally set Seal Bore Packers and the Tubing
scab liner are run and set in a single
trip by applying pressure to the
running string. Use of the circulat
Running Tool ing sub aids in retrieval of the run
ning siring. The production string
is then re-run, the blanking plug
retrieved and production is
Hydraulic Set, Seal resumed.
Bore P.icker lUnsel) Hydrauiic Sel, Seal
Ip. 516) Bore Canker (Sell
(p. 516)
Drill Pipe or Tubing

Scab Linur Scab Liner
Perforations or—
Damaged Casing to be — Isolated Perforations or
Isolated Damaged Casing

Ip. 548)
Hydraulic Sel.
Modified Seal Bore -Hydraulic Set
P.icker (UnseO Modified Seal Bore
In. 516) Packer (Sell
Tubing Seal Nipples (p. 5161
(p. 529)
"Polished Nipple
Polished Nipple (p. S99)
(p. 595]
Circulating Ball Seat

Sub
(p. 569)
On-Off Sealing
Connector Nipple
W/Blanking Plug in 3n-Off Sealing
[Ion sector
(p. 5-10)
Anchor Tubing Seal 'Anchor Tubing Seal

Nipple Nipple
(p. 528) (p. 52B)
DAB or rAB-Type Seal -DABorFAH-TypeSe.il

Bore Packet Bore Packer
I p. -1981 !p.498j
Crossover Suit
Crossover 5ub
-Seating Nipple
Sealing Nipple
Ip. 5%)
Ip. 5961
"Perforated Spacer Tube
Perforated Spacer Tube (p. 540)
(p. 548)
NoGo Scaling Nipple
NoCo Sealing Nipple (p. 398)
(p. 5981
"Spacer Tube
Spacer Tube ' (p. 548)
(p. 54BI
"Wireline Enlry Guide
Wireline Enlry Guide -
(p. 548)
(p. 548)
□ -0
476
BAKER
B PACKERS MULTIPLE ZONE COMPLETIONS
A DIVISION OF BAKEROIL TOOLS 1NC
This compielion permits sepa

rate production of the upper zone
Locator TubiriR Seal through the annulus, or com
mingled with the lower zone
(p. S28)
through the tubing. The tubing
Seal Bore Packer may be blanked-off at either the
lp.498)
NoGo Seating Nipple below the
packer, or al the sealing nipple pro
Mi 11 out Extension file in the On-Off Sealing Connec
Ip. 54<i|-
tor. The tubing string may then be
retrieved (with the bottom zone
Crossnver Suli.
isolated) by disconnecting at the —FJovv Coupling
Seal Bore Extension On-Off Sealing Connector. Wire (p. 599)
[p. 54f>r line seating/polished nipples are —Sliding Sleeve
located above and lielow the Blast [p. 58H)
Joint to facilitate straddling in the —Locator Tubing Seal

event of Blast Joint deterioration. Assembly (p. 52fi)
Crossover Sub-
Circulation above the packer is ac 1—Seal Bore Packer
Simcit, Tjlii' complished ihrough the Sliding (p. 498)
(p. 5481"
Sleeve or the On-Off Seal ing Con —Seal Bore Extension
Sealing Nipple. nector. (p. 5-16)
(p. 596}
-— Seal Spacer Tube
(p. 5481
' Tubing Seal Nipples
IP, 548) ■
Ip. 5291
J3--7 r-c4
Flow Coupling
(p. 5991
'Seating Nipple
(p. 596)
Se.il Bore Packer,
(p. 49BI - Blast|oinl
Ip. 583)
"Polished Nipple
Ip. 599)
Millout Eilension
[p. 546)
Crossover Sub ■
' Flow Coupling
Ip. 599)
Sealing Nip[ili; Sliding Sleeve

(p. 596)" Ip. 588)
' Tubing ScjI Nipples

(p. 529)
Seal Bore Packer

(p, 49IM
" Seal Bore Extension

(p. 5461
Seal Spacer Tube

[p. 54B)
Tubing Seal Nipples

(p. 823)
Seal Bore Packer
ip. 498)"
Spacer Tube
This completion allows selective tp. 5481
production of either zone or com

Mi I lout titeniion- mingled production of both zones ' NoCo Seating Nipple
Ip. 546) (p. 598)
through the tubing. Tubing move
Production Tube
Crossover Sub" ment is provided for through use of
(p. 548)
Tubing Seal Assemblies which seal
R pp in the packer bores and Seal Bore
[p. S'Jft) Extensions. Circulation of well
fluid is accomplished through the
upper Sliding Sleeve.
477
MULTIPLE ZONE COMPLETIONS 13 BAKER

PACKERS
Flow Couplings
This completion offers the same (p. 5991
advantages as found in other one- -i— Scaling isipples

1 Ip. 596)
packer, two-zone completions
Flow Couplings
plus the capability of pumping the (p. 399)
F Inw Coupling - upper zone initially or al a Liter
date when it ceases to flow. Use of
Salting Nipple ■
(p. 596)
a packer requiring no set-down il Flow Coupling
weight or tension permits tubing [p. 599)
FltnvCoupling-
(|), 5991 retrieval by disconnecting at the — Sliding Sleeve
On-Off Sealing Connector. (p. 588)
" FlowCoupling
Ip. 599)
-Short String Seal

Pump Sc.ilinK Nipple —
Nipple
(p. 579)
Dual I lydrasiatic
I'jr.illul Siring Anchor Retrievable
WAMcnlng Sub Packer (p. 572)
- Flow Coupling
(p. 599)
-Seating Nipple
(p. 596)
Flow Coupling
Ip. 599)
Hydro-Trip Pressure
Sub
(p. 5691
Wireline Eniry Guide
(p. SJfll - Perforated Spacer Tube
Ip. S4B)
' NoGo Seating Nipple
ip. 590)
Pinned Collar
Sealing Nipple
(p. 596)
- Blast |omt
(p. SB3)
"Polished Nipple
(p. 599)
" Sliding Sleeve

(p 588)
Hydrostalic Retrievable
Packer
(p. 566)
Slid ins Sleeve
I p. 5B8J Permits independent production
Space Tube of each zone through tubing.
Ip. 5-181 Flanged-up completion for safely.
Sealing Nipple
On-Ofi Sealing" No wireline work required during I p. 596)
Connector
completion. Through-lulling per
(p. 5-11)1
foration of the lower zone is possi
ble alter the well is completed, "Hydro-Trip Pressure
Sub
avoiding communication with the Ip. S69)
Reiriev.ihle Packer"
(p. 550)
upper zone. Both packers are re " Perforated Spacer Tube
trievable, with a wide range of [p. 548)
shear-ring values to meet specific " NoGo Sealing Nipple

Ip. 598)
requirements. Pressure and tem-
Spacer Tube
J
ipple peralure recording instruments can . (p. 546)
I p. 5%) he run without restricting ihe flow Wireline Entry Guide
path for vibration-free recording. (p. 548)
478
13 BAUER
PACKERS MULTIPLE ZONE COMPLETIONS
A DIVISION OF BAKEROIL TOOLS, INC
This completion permits pro

duction of the lower zone through
the annulus and (lie upper zone
through the tubing. Wireline ac
cess lo both zones. The lower zone
can be perforated through the tub
ing. The upper packer can be re
Dual, Hydrostatic trieved without interzonal
Retrievable Packer communication. Tubing move
(p. 572)
ment between packers is provided ■ On-Oil Sealing
for through use of the Expansion Connector
Joint. (p. 540)
Seating Nipple
(p. 596)
Perforated Spacer Tube -

-Retrieiaule Packer
Ip. 54B)
(p. 56<>)
Sealing Nipple-
w/Blankinp Plug
(p. 596)
Telescoping Swivel Sub'
(p. 5B0I
Crossover-
Nipple
vpass Sliding Sleeve

J_ (p. 594)
1 —VWChoke/Check Valve
in Place
(p. 595)
-Retrievable Packer
Ip. 566)
Sealing Nipple
(p. 596)
Blasi Joint ■
(p. 5B.1)
Polished Nipple -
(p. 599)
Sliding Stove
ip. S8B}
Spacer Tube'
Ip. 54!!)
Expansion Joint ■
(p. 541) ■BypassSliding Sleeve
(p. 594)
M ychoke/Clieck Vjlve
in Place
(p. 595)
Retriev.ilile P.ickt-
(p. 550)
This type of completion permits
production of several zones "Retrievable Packer
Ip. 5(j6)
through a single tubing string. (fa
gas zone of sufficient pressure ex
Sealing Nipple
Ip. 596) ists, it can be used to artificially lift
the other zones. The Bypass Slid
(p. 54B) ing Sleeves are designed to open
NoCo Seating Nipple
and close automatically when ~NoGo Sealing Nipple
(p. 598) landing or retrieving the Choke/ Ip. 598)
Check Valves, thus eliminating -"W/ChokeCheck Valve

in Place
zonal communications at any (p. 605)
Wireline Enlry Guide
(p. 540) time. Up to five zones have been
produced by this method.
479
MULTIPLE ZONE COMPLETIONS PACKERS

A D VISION OF BAKER Oil. TOOLS. IMC
Sealing Nipple _ This hook-up permits selective

Ip. S')(>l
-Seating Nipple
production of tour zones, two at a
Sliding Sk^ve — [p. 596)
time, with the lower two /ones al
(p. 5HHI
ternating or commingled through \ Locator Tubing
Short String Seal - "Seal Assembly
Nipple the long string. The upper zone is (p. 528)
Ip. 57'JI produced through the short string
-Parallel Localor
Dual String, while the remaining zone can be Head
Retrievable Packer
produced through either string.
(p. 5721
TelescopiriB Swivel Sub — -

In. SBO)
Shear-Out Safety lolnti -

Ip. 502) -Seal Bore Extension
(p. 54f>)
Seating Nipples
(p. 5%)
, I
Blast joints
(p. 5831
Polished Nipples -
Ip. 5'J'il
---Crossover Sub
Sliding Sleeve -
ip. 588)
Left-Ha ml Safety
Connector
[p. 5HI1 Lett-Hand Safely
- Connector
Dual Siring. (p. 581)
Retrievable Packer
(p. 572)
Dual String. Hydrostatic
Packer Ip. 572)
Shear-Out S*fel> loin!

ip. 582)
NoGo Seating Nipple i rim-Trip Pressure Sub

Ip 598] Ip. 569)
Seal ins Nipple

(p, 596)
Blast hunt
ip. 5H3I
Polished Nipple
Ip. 5<J9)
Sliding Sleeve 'Sliding Sleeve

(p. r.HII) (p. 50H1
loeatOf lulling Seal

Assembly
Ip. 528)
- Locator Tubing Seal
Seal Bine Packer Assembly (p. 528)
(p. 4')8) This design utilizes a dual-
string, retrievable and a seal bore -Seal Rore Packer
(p. 498)
lype packer to treat and produce
Seating Nipple both zones. The seal bore packer is
Ip. 5'J6I
run and set first, then the retriev
BI.W loint
able packer is run on the long -Seal Here £n tension
Ip. 5031 Ip. 541,1
string and the seal assembly
Polished Nipple
(p. 599)
landed in the lower packer. The
lower zone is then treated with al
Spacer Tutu? or TubmH
Ip. 5181 lowance for tubing movement in
Sliding Sleeve -
the packer seal bore extension.
Ip. 5Bfil The short string tubing is then run
Tubing Seal Nipples - and the seal assembly landed. The
(p. 521) retrievable packer is set and the -NoCo Seating Nipple
(p. 598)
Sail Bore Packer upper zone treated with the antici
(p. 49 B)
pated tubing movement accom ' Production Tube
Ip. 5481
modated in the short string seal
NuCo SealinR Nipple -
bore extension. Both zones are
(p, S98)
then ready for production.
480
BAKER
RACKERS
This completion illustrates the

simplest liner-type hook-up. The
Tubing Seal Nipples seal in the Cas
ing Seal Receptacle (CSR). Circula
tion of well fluid above the Liner
Hanger is accomplished through
the Sliding Sleeve. Wireline seat
ing nipples are attached to the tub
ing string and thus retrievable.
-Sliding Sleeve
(p. 566)
.Locator Tubing Seal
Assembly
(p. 528)
.Seal Bore Packer

(p. 498)
-Seal Bore Extension

(p. 546)
-Seal Spacer Tube

(p. 548)
-Tubing Seal Nipples
Sliding Sleeve, \ /
(p. S88)
Fluted Locator Sub ■
-Liner Hanger
Bakerline .
Liner Hanger
- Tubing Seal Nipples

Tubing Seal Nipples
(p. 529)
Casing Seal Receptacle

(p. 522) -Casing Seal Receptacle
-Production Tube
(p. 548)
Seating Nipple
Spacer Tube This completion provides for

(p. 548)
isolation of the liner top when the
NoCo Seating Nipple
(p. 598)
tubing string and Seal Nipples are -Liner
Production Tube
landed. When the tubing is pulled,
(p. 548) a full opening down to and through
Liner the liner is provided for passage of
tools required during remedial
work inside the liner.
481
R/4KKR
\1*\ PACKERS
A DIVISION OF- BAKER OILTOOLS. INC
This liner top isolation hook-up

is a permanent single string com
pletion. A retrievable packer bore
receptacle (PBR) provides for tub
ing movement, thus maintaining
the tubing ID through the packer.
Tho extension below tho packer is
adapted to a locator tubing seal
assembly, which seals into the cas
ing seal receptacle when the
packer is run in and set. The loca
tor tubing seal assembly shear
pinned into the PBR and the an
chor tubing seal assembly are
stabbed into the packer. The isola
Loc.itor Tubing Seal tion of the liner and the packer can
Assembly"" be tested from above and below.
(p. 528)
Prior to retrieving the tubing, the
producing formation can be
Retrievable Packer Bore blanked-off with a wireline plug
Receptacle" preventing possible damage to the
(P- -122}
formation by annulus fluid. The
PBR and anchor assembly can also
be retrieved at which lime there is
full opening access to the liner for
K-RVTE
remedial work.
or -Locator Tubing Seal
Assembly
(p. 5271
_Dua1 Seal Bate Packer

(p. 498)
Anchor Tubing Seal
Assemblv
(p. 528]
Seal Bore Extension

Seal Bore Packer "(p. 546)
(p. .t98f
-Cruiiover Sub
Sealing Nipple
(p. 5%r
Spscer Tube_
(p. 548) Tubing Sea! Nipples
Wireline tntry_
"(p. 529)
C]uiclp
(p. 54B)
Locator Tubing
Se.il Assembly-
(p. 528)
This permanent liner isolation

hook-up adapts the seal bore ex
tensions of a Model "DE" Dual
e.mE Receptacle Seal Bore Permanent Packer to a ..Production Tube
(p. 522)" (p. 54 8)
large diameter tubing seal nipple.
This seal nipple isolates the top of
the liner when the packer is set.
The dual string hook-up provides
for injecting inhibitors, venting
gas, killing the well, and flanged-
up displacement of well fluids. The
long tailpipe guarantees undiluted
flow of inhibitor around the top of
the liner and down to the
perforations.
482
BAKER
c PACKERS LINER COMPLETIONS
A DIVISION OF SAKEROIL TOOLS, IMC
This hook-up provides for move

ment in both the tubing and the tie- -Sliding Sleeve
back string through use of the Ip. 588)
tubing mounted Expansion Joint, -Locator Tubing Seal

and a retrievable Packer Bore Re
(p. 528)
ceptacle located above the liner
Parallel Head
lianger. The upper zone may be
produced separately through the — Seal Bnre Extension
(p. 546)
annulus or commingled with the
- Parallel Head
lower zone through the tubing as Extension
Tubing —■ shown.
Liner Tie-Back — -Produt don Tube
(p. 540)
Crossover Sub
^ Pertor.itL'd Spacer Tube

(p. 540)
" No Go Seating Nipple

(p. 598)
Locator Tubing Seal"

Assembly ■ Wireline Entry Guide
Ip. 520) (p. 54B)
Locator Tubing Se.il

Assembly
(p. 528)
Retrievable Packer Bore-
Receptacle " Retrievable Casing Seal
Receptacle
(p. 522)
(p. 522)
Slie.ir-Out Anchor Seal-

Assembly
"" Shear-Out Anchor Sea
Assembly
Liner Hanger-
Liner 11 anger
Rlnstloinl-
(p. 563) BLisl Join!
(p. 583)
SlidlngSieeve- Sliding Sleeve
(p. 588) (p 588)
Spacer Tube- " Space! Tube
(p, 548) (p 5-18)
Expansion Jolnl- Expansion fomt

(p. 541) (p. 541)
Hydraulic Set. - Hydraulic Set

Retrievable Packer Relriev.ible Packer
[p 566) {p. W,)
Lincr-
Sealing Nipple
SeatitiR Nipple-
Ip. S96) This completion involves pro (p. 596)
duction from two packer-sepa Hydro-Trip Pressure

Hydro-Trip Pressure-
Sub Sub
rated zones through separate (p. 569)
(p. 569)
tubing strings, with provision for ' Perforated Spacer Tuhe
Perfouipd Sp.icer Hjbe"
(p. 540) tubing movement in the short Ip. 548)
string at the Parallel Head and in NoGo Sealing Nipple

NoCo SealiriK Nippie-
Ip. 598)
(p. 590) the long string at the Expansion
Joint and the retrievable Packer
Bore Receptacle. Anticipated tub Wireline Entry Guide
Wireline tntry Guider
ip. 54B) JH^ ing movement is due lo future in
Ip. 548)
Liner
jection of low temperalure fluids.
483
BAKER
INHIBITOR INJECTION COMPLETIONS PACKERS
A CIVISIOW OF 8AKFRCC TOOLS. IUC
This completion permits injec

tion of inhibitor into the tubing
siring above the packer. The inhib
itor is pumped down the annulus.
Introduction of the inhibitor into
the lubing string is controlled by
the wireline retrievable Injection
Valve in the Side-pocket Mandrel.
Inhibitor enters the Side-pocket
Mandrel, passes through the Injec
tion Valve at the design rate, and
then enters the tubing flow stream.
Stainless Steel Inieclion

Line
SitJe-PockL'l M.inilrcl
W/lnjectinn Valve
This completion contains a Hydrostatic

- Retrievable Packer
modified FH-1 Hydrostatic Packer (p. 551)
Sp.ictr Tutx: or Tuning which provides for the circulation
(p. 548)
of inhibitor. This not only protects
the tubing string, but also proiects
Anchor Tubing Seal ■
the equipment below the packer Sealing Nipple
Assembly (p. 5<J(;)
(p. 520) from the environment. The injec
tion of the inhibitor is controlled — Spacer Tube
Seal Bore Packer - (p. 5181
Ip. 4'Jfl) with surface equipment rather than
downhole equipment. A check No-Go Seating Nipple
(p. 598)
Production Tube valve on top of the packer protects
Sp.icer Tube
(p, S4R) the inhibitor line from back flow (p. 543)
when the inhibitor injection is not
Wire Line
in operation. The tailpipe assem Enrry Guide
bly makes it possible to set the (p. 5481
packer with a standing valve and to

hang pressure recording instru
ments or corrosion coupons.
484
PACKERS INHIBITOR INJECTION COMPLETIONS

A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS INC
This completion features intro

duction of inhibitor below <i Re
trievable Bypass Packer. Inhibitor
injection is again controlled by the
wireline retrievable Injection Valve
mounted in the Sidepocket Man
drel, prior to passage through the
packer and into the production
zone.
— Short Siring Seal

Nipple
(p. 575!
— Kill Block
SIde-Pockei Mandrel
WVInjeciion Valve
■ Lot win Tubing Seal

Assembly
(p. 528i
Small Diamutcr Tubing Seal Bore Packer

Ip. 4<W)
(p. GM1
■ Seal Bore Extension

Retrievable tlypa« (p. 54 b I
Packet
Spacer Tube
Ip. 5-IBI
In this hook-up, inhibitor is in
jected down the shorl string for in liinKSejl Nipples
(p. 529)
troduction into the long string
through the Kill Block. Use of the
Kill Block also facilitates introduc Prod uc lion Tube
{p. 548)
tion of well killing fluid when
necessary.
_ o D
485
BAKER
INHIBITOR INJECTION COMPLETIONS 13 PACKERS
A DIVISION OF BAKEROIL TOOLS. IMC
In this completion a Wye Block

is used to accommodate two
tubing strings in a single bore
"DB" or "FB" type Permanent
Packer. The inhibitor is pumped
down one of the strings while the
other string is used for production,
injection of inhibitors by ihis Spedal K-RYTE
-Locator TubinsSe.il
method accomplishes protection Assembly
of tubing. Both strings will accom (p. 5271
modate wire line tools while either

producing or shut-in. This comple l Head
tion also provides for circulating
kill fluid before pulling the tubing
strings. _Seal Bore Extension
I)]. 5461
Wve Block
Production Tube
"■p. 54R)
Casing
Section" Parallel Crossover
He.iri
Parallel Crossover
" Head Extension
_5pacer Tube
Ip. 54U)
Special K-RYTE
-Locator Tubing Seal
Assembly
(p. 527)
_Seal Boro Packer

(p. 4!J*J>
Crossover Sub—
Locator Tubinp Se<il_ 5e.il Bore Extension

"(p. 5-16!
Assembly
(p. 52U)
Se.il Bore Packer_

This completion is for extremely
hostile well conditions. Designed
around our K-RYTE Seal System,
Seal Bore Extension
<[). 546)" this hook-up provides for exlreme
tubing movement in both strings.
Once again, inhibitor is injected
Production Tube
down the "short" string in order to
"Ip. 54B)
maximize exposure of downhole
equipment to undiluted inhibitor.
Kill fluid is easily and effectively
circulated down either string for
well control prior to worknver.
486
In this completion a Parallel

Flow Tube is used to accommodate
two tubing strings in a single bore
"DA" or "FA"-type Seal Bore
Packer. The inhibitor is pumped
down the "short" string. Injection
of inhibitor by this method accom
plishes protection of all of the
downhole equipment exposed to
the production fluid, as the inhibi
tor must flow downward after leav
ing the "short" string prior to
entering the production stream.
Use of the Reverse Flow Check
Valve is optional as flow is con
trolled at the surface.
K-RYTE
r Locator Tubing Seal
Assemblies
(p. 527)
Dual Seal Bore

-Packer
(p. 498)
-Seal Bore Extension

(p. 546)
Sliding Sleeve .
(p. 588) -Crossover Sub
Reverse Flow Check.

Valve
(p. 600)
Parallel Seal Nipple.

(p. 530)
Anchor Parallel Flow -

Tube
(p. 530) This completion utilizes a
Model "DE" Dual Seal Bore Per
manent Packer. While producing .Production Tube
through the long string, the short (p. 548)
"DA" or "FA" Type • string can be used for injecting
Seal Bore Packer
(p. 498) chemicals, venting gas, or killing
the well. This completion also
makes it possible to displace well
Spacer Tube or Tubing ■ fluid after flanging up. Each string
(p. 548)
can be equipped with up to 60 feet
of seal bore to provide for extreme
tubing movement. The tail pipe in
sures undiluted flow of inhibitor
from the bottom of the packer to
Production Tube - the perforations. This is a particu
(p. 548)
larly good completion for deep
hostile gas wells.
487
BAKER
WATERFLOOD COMPLETIONS 13 PACKERS
Surface
Flow-
The retrievable packer holds
Regulalor
[p. 710) pressure from above or below with
out setdown weight or tubing ten
sion. The tubing is retrieved without
disturbing Ihe packer by the discon
nect function of the On-Off Sealing
Conneclor. While the On-Off Seal
ing Connector contains a standard
sealing nipple profile no wireline
work is required to shut the well in.
Just one-half turn of the tubing to the
left closes the Shut-off-Valve and
converts the system into a tempo
rary check valve. To unjay the "FL"
On-Off Sealing Connector, main
tain left-hand torque, slack-off and
then slowly pick-up on the tubing.
When running tubing back in with
On-Off Sealing connector it auto
matically jays in and also opens the
clownhole shut-oft valve. The sur
face flow regulator provides a
means of controlling injection rates
without constant manual
adjustment.
On-Off Seating
Connector"
(p. 5
Down ho lo
Shut-Off
Valve ~
(p. 6941
Relrievable Packer
(p. 550)"
This completion floods two zones
utilizing two Surface Flow Regula
tors; one regulator controls annulus
flow to the upper zone and the other
controls tubing flow to the lower
zone.
488
BAKER
PACKERS WATERFLOOD COMPLETIONS
A DIVISION OF BAKER OrL TOOLS. INC
Surface Flow Regulator Surface Huw Regulator

Ip.710)
Ip. 71 [))
This completion floods two

zones through the tubing only. The
Surface Flow Regulator controls to-
i<il flow into the tubing, while flow
into the lower zone is controlled by
the Downhnle Flow Regulator.
This type of completion is used
when the upper zone requires
flooding at a higher pressure than
the lower zone.
Reirievable Packer
Retrievable Packer
. 5501
Pcrfnr.ite.il Spacer Tube -
[p. 54B)
Dawn hole Flow

Rcjjul.ilnr
Ip. 693)
inev.iblc Packer
Ip. 550)
Three zones injected with three
Down hole Flow regulators. A Surface Flow Regula . Oawnhole Flow
Regulator Rtrjiultitor
Ip. 6931
tor is utilized to control annulus
Ip. f.SJl
flow from which the top zone is
flooded. Injection of the lower two ling Flug
zones is controlled downhole.
489
PACKERS
Thick zones can sometimes be

flooded more efficiently through
the technique of multiple-point in-
jection, using packers and
downhole regulators as shown
at left. Downhole regulation helps
prevent premature break-through Aimorcd Cable
between intrazonal sections.
Ported Seating Nipple

(p. 593)
Cable Packoff
Tandem Tension Packer
(p. 698)
Downhole Flow
Regulator Dual String, Hydraulic,
(p. 693) Retrievable Packer
(Long String Set)
(p. 572)
Armored Cable
Tandem Tension Packer

(p. 698)-
Downhole Flow Sliding Sleeve

Regulator- (p. 588)
(p. 693)
Spacer Tube
(p. 548)
NoCo Seating Nipple

(p. 598)
Submersible Pump
Assembly
Tension Packer
(p. 696)'
The submersible pump draws

Downhole Flow
Regulator"
water from the lower zone and in
(p. 693) jects it directly into the upper zone.
The short string side of the dual
packer accommodates the power
cable for the submersible pump.
490
In this gas lift completion a cor

roded section of casing has been
Side-Pocket
isolated between two dual string
Gas Lift - packers. This permits lift gas in the
Mandrels annulus to reach the lowermost
gas lift valves. Obviously, the
length of the isolated section of
casing must be compatible with
the spacing of the gas lift valves.
Dual, Hydrostatic
Retrievable Pack
(p. 572)
-Side-Pocket
Cas Lift
Mandrel
Telescoping -
Swivel Sub
(p. 5B0)
-"C" By-Pass
Compression
Packer
Left-Hartd Safety-
Connector
(p. 581)
Dual, Hydrostatic
Retrievable Packer-
(p. 572)
Side-Pocket -Snap-Set
Gas Lift Retrievable Packer
Mandrels (p. 551)
- Standing Valve
(p. 600)
" Seating Nipple

(p. 596)
Locator Tubing Seal

Assembly (p. 528) -
Permanent Packer - S~\ Locator Tubing Seal

(p. 498) j-rrH Assembly (p. 528)
/«
H Permanent Packer
Millout Extension -
H (p. 498)
(p. 546) This chamber lift completion
provides for periodic cleanout of
. Millout Extension
Crossover Sub- the perforations with mud acid. Af (p. 546)
ter pulling the standing valve, acid
Spacer Tube-
(p. 548) can be pumped to the perforated ■ Crossover Sub
interval and the hydraulic hold
Seating Nipple"
(p. 596) down buttons on the bypass
packer prevent pump pressure
NoCo Seating Nipple-
(p. 598) from unseating the packer. This
completion also includes a varia
Wireline Entry Guide- tion on the normal chamber lift in
(p. 548) stallation with the addition of the ' Wireline Entry Guide
(p. 5481
snapset compression packer to iso
r late a section of bad casing.
491
PACKERS
This single string completion il

lustrates two uses for the tubing
hanger other than with safety
valves. In extremely deep wells
where a string of tubing cannot
support its own weight without re
sorting to a tapered string, a hanger
can be run on drill pipe with the
lower half of the tubing string. The
upper half can then be run and
Anchor Tubing Seal
Assembly- latched into the hanger to com
(p. 680) plete the well.
In other wells where a tubing
corrosion problem exists above a
certain depth, the placing of a
Tubing Hanger,
Ha
( 680)
(p. hanger below this depth will per
mit pulling the upper section of
tubing for inspection/replacement
without having to pull the entire
tubing string.
Seating Nipple-
(p. S96)
— Fiberglass
Casing
Locator Tubing Seal-

Assembly (p. S28)
Seal Bore Packer-
(p. 498)
The "J-J" Lok Tension Packer

Seal Bore Extension-
used in this injection/disposal
(p. 546)
completion was developed to an
chor in a string of fiberglass casing
without using wickered slips
which would bite into and damage
the fiberglass. The Collet Fingers of
Crossover Sub- this packer latch under the pin end -")-)" Lok
of a joint of casing without damag Tension
Packer
Seating Nipple, ing or weakening the casing. This (p. 699)
(p. 596) latching method works equally
well with T & C or with integral
NoGo Seating Nipple- joint casing. The metal parts of this
packer are made of 316 stainless
steel for corrosion resistance, the
Wireline Entry Guide packing element can be furnished
(p. 548)" with whatever elastomer is indicat
ed by the fluids encountered
downhole.
492
BAKER
PACKERS PUMPING COMPLETIONS
a Division of baker oil ioolS inc
Armorpd Cable
This Electric Submersible Pump
completion is designed for use
when the well will flow at low vol
ume without the pump. When il is
necessary to pull the pump, the
producing formation is closed in
downhole to avoid the need to
snub the tubing in and out or to use
kill fluid which can damage the
producing formation, A sleeve
valve is opened by pump pressure
when the electric pump is operat
ing Sleeve
ing and is closed by spring aclion
when the pump is shut off. This
action shuts in the formation and
Electric Cable
allows pulling the seal assembly
and the Flapper Valve Saver from
ihe packer, and the closing of the
Pump Flapper Valve. The formation is
■ DujI Siring, Hydrostatic
now effectively shut in and tlie tub Packer (Modified)
ing and pump can be brought out
of the hole. When the pump is run
Pump Inlet.
again, the Flapper Valve Saver
equalizes pressure across the Flap
per Valve before opening it hy-
draulically to avoid damage to the
Flapper Valve as can occur when
one is opened mechanically
MntOI
against pressure from below.
I'ri-.su ri' Lint
Sleeve Wilve
■Sliding Sleeve
[p. 5B0I
■ NiiCo Staliny Nippk'
Seal Bom Packer.
This pumping completion em

ploys a conventional dual-string _Subme/sible Pump
hydrostatic packer and electric Aiwmbiv
submersible pump assembly. The

short string packer bore is fitted
Flapper Valve Saver.
with a cable packoff device and
\ accommodates passage of the

power cable. This completion can
be made with a gas vent thru the
packer for use where pressure
build-up in the pumping zone is a
Oil
problem. A simpler completion
can be made without the gas vent
when it is not needed. Circulation
above the packer is accomplished
thru the sliding sleeve.
PACKERS
A WISSON OF BAKEROiL TOOLS. INC
494
BAKER
13 PACKERS PERMANENT PACKER SYSTEMS
THE WORLD'S FIRST AND FINEST
PERMANENT PACKER
The Baker Model "D" Retainer Production Packer—set
the standard for the industry. This "Seal Bore Packer"
concept enabled Baker to record several industry firsts.
Among them were first packer to hold pressure from both
above and below; the first io slay packed-off without
constant set down weight or lension, and the first to
accommodate tubing movement. The Model "D" made
it possible to complete a well from two zones and was
used in the first dual completion.
Baker's present "family" of dependable "Seal Bore
Packers" has been developed through these years of
experience. Minor changes nol apparent to most con
tinue to be made to enhance the performance of the
Model "D".
THE PACKER-TO-CASING SEAL
Packer Sealing-Element Principles Alf packers hold
differential pressure as the resul! of their packing element-
to-casing wall force. This force is generated during [he
setting process and is most commonly the result of com-
pressivc forces caused by the packer's setting mecha
nism. This compressive force is applied to and stored in
the packing element as internal pressure. As long as this
pressure remains in the packing element and the resulting
element-lo-casing force is greater than the differential
force across this seal the packer will hold pressure. How
ever, the natural tendency of any elastomer with an inter
nal pressure is to expand, or extrude and fill the void into
which it's being forced. In the case of the packing ele
ment, this void is the gap between the packer OD and the
casing ID. Over time this extrusion results in both a
physical breakdown (deterioration] of the elastomer and
a decrease in the stored internal pressure. Since a perma
nent packer has no mechanical means of replenishing
this pressure, the packer will eventually begin to leak.
Exclusive Extrusion Barrier System Baker's Retainer
Production Packers incorporate a unique system of in
terlocking, metallic back-up rings located above and
below the packing element that expand during the selling
process to contact the casing wall. These back-up rings
bridge the void between the packer OD and the casing ID
preventing any loss of internal pressure or mechanical
breakdown due to extrusion. Thus, a reliable seal is
established and maintained throughout the life of your
completion.
THE PACKER-TO-TUBING SEAL
Baker has also devoted a great deal of design and testing
effort over the years in the development of our tubing-to-
packer seal systems that are also the standard of the
industry. Using our extensive test lab facilities and years
of field experience we find that the many different well
environments and completion practices require different
tubing-to-packer seal systems. No single seal system
works best under all conditions. All will work their best if
seal movement is prevented. If movement cannot be
prevented, avoid allowing the primary seals to leave the
seal bore. If the seals must leave the seal bore, use of
bonded seals is highly recommended. For those deep,
Packut-To-Tubmg Seal hot wells with H.S, CO.,, or inhibitors use Baker's new
K-RYTE seal system.
495
PACKERS
BAKER PRESENTS
THE NEW COMPLETION TECHNIQUE
Movement of the working seals in and out of the sealing
bore of a permanent packer system is the major cause of
Model "L-22"
tubing seal damage. Locator Tubing Seal Assembly
Baker presents a new completion technique using a ' with 1 Debris Barrier Unit
tubing sealing system that eliminates or greatly reduces and 1 K-RYTE Packing Unit
the incidence of tubing seal failure. This system is based

on recent successful high pressure, high temperature
completions and our new developments in sealing Retainer Production
technology. Packer with 2
Seal Bore Extensions
In order to successfully complete a well having high
bottom hole temperature, pressure, and corrosive fluids,
the downhole equipment must be carefully selected. The
completion packer and tubing seal system must be resis
tant to not only the damaging effects of the environment
. Seal Spacer Tube
(temperature, pressure, fluids), but also the physical
stresses imposed by the completion technique, i.e. unre
strained tubing movement, build up of corrosion prod
ucts in sealing area, etc.
The materials used in Baker's new K-RYTE sealing sys
tem offer superior resistance to the well fluids, tempera
ture, etc. However, the seal units must be protected from
mechanical damage which might occur if the tubing
movement is excessive. Our completion technique offers
that protection.
The completion shown to the right is proposed as the
preferred method of handling the various producing, shut
in and treating events likely to occur in the life of the well.
The working seals (lowermost on seal assembly) are
spaced down in the seal bore extension low enough so
that they do not exit the bore during treatment. One
debris barrier unit and one back-up K-RYTE seal unit just
below the locator will seal in the packer and prevent
debris from entering the seal bore and also supply a back
up system for the working seals.
It is recommended that the tubing seals be landed with Special Seal Sub
. With 1 Debris Barrier
sufficient set down weight on the packer to prevent seal
and 1 K-RYTE Packing unit
movement except during the treatment phase.
Note: . Seal Connector

• Special seal bore extension connectors incorporating a
Kalrez O-ring and back-up system are used in this
Special Seal Sub
completion.
■ with 1 K-RYTE Packing
• Premium Metal-to-Metal seals on all threaded connec and 1 Debris Barrier unit
tions in seal assembly.
• Void spaces are eliminated between packer body and
Half Mule Shoe
seal bore extensions and between seal bore exten ' Bottom Sub
sions, thus preventing unloading and damage to seals
as they move past these areas.
RECOMMENDED
COMPLETION TECHNIQUE
I USING BAKER'S NEW

K-RYTE SEAL SYSTEM
496
BAKER
PACKERS PERMANENT PACKER SYSTEMS
A DIVISION OF BAKER OILTOOLS. INC
SOPHISTICATED BAKER TEST FACILITY

HANDLES 30,000 PSI, 600°F, CO2, H,S AND SEAL
MOVEMENT
The Baker tesl facility has the capability to test sea! sys
tems designed for high pressure, high temperature wells
with any concentration of H.S and/or CO, under simu
lated downhole conditions, ll is the only facility that
permits tests involving seal movement in a sour or corro
sive gas environment.
Baker's test facility eliminates the use of an operator's
well as a tesl lab. Now it is possible to know that the seal
system selected will withstand the exact conditions for a
given well.
Baker has tested all of its many seal systems under
various simulated environments. An ongoing research
and testing program insures that the latest developments
in seal technology will be available for Baker's
customers.
An example of Baker research is the K-RYTE® Seal
System. A coordinated program has shown that the
K-RYTE® Seal System will exhibit extraordinary resist
ance to hostile environments while providing extremely
low break-out friction.
Heart of the Baker K-RYTE® Seal System is Kalrez*
Kalrez* perfluoroelastomer parts resist temperatures up to
600T (316DC), sour gas, CO, and the effects of amines
and highly corrosive well treatment fluids. Kalrez* seais
have also withstood differential pressures to 16,000 psi
(1100 kg/cm-) across a 5 mil gap without extrusion at
450°F(232°C).
■Baker Packers ReRi sirred Trademark
•ftegjadfix! irMiitm.irJ, I'm FJuPuni perilLicuoel.utorriLT.
akcr's Hostile Environment Ti?st Facility
A Baker K-Ryle Sli«iI Unit h lowered inlu lilt? environmental test chamber Tusls are safely monitored irom tht? Control
497
PACKERS
K-RYTE SEAL STACKS ARE TESTED TO ENSURE BAKER MODEL "HE"

THAT THE SEALS WILL NOT BE DAMAGED RETAINER PRODUCTION PACKER
WHEN THEY ARE STABBED INTO A SEAL BORE As the perfect companion for the K-RYTE seal system we
MORE THAN ONCE DURING NORMAL SPAC developed the "HE" Retainer Production Packer, starting
ING OUT OPERATIONS. with the field proven design of the Baker Model "D"
In our Testing Laboratory, K-Ryte Seals must not only pass Packer. We worked out a pack-off system that is highly
dynamic cycling within the seal bore at working tempera resistant to H2S, to CO,, to amine based inhibitors, to
ture and pressure, but they must also pass multiple stab-in anything that could reasonably be expected to be found
cycles at downhole temperatures. downhole in today's wells — and probably in tomorrow's
as well. This pack-off system can also contain and control
K-RYTE SEAL UNITS
extremely high pressures and temperatures. For further
Armed with this knowledge, we tested numerous sealing
control of and resistance to hostile environments
materials for corrosive, high temperature wells and chose
downhole, the metal components of the "HE" packer can
Dupont's KALREZ* for our new K-RYTE® Seal Units
be made of one of the duplex stainless steels, one of the
(p. 526):
nickel-base alloys or whatever material is considered to
give optimum performance under expected downhole
conditions. More detailed information on the Hostile
Environment Model "HE" Retainer Production Packer
will be found on page 512.
Photo shows potential Unretouched photo

damage which can oc shows final design of seal
cur with an unsuitable stack which has under
design when seals are gone the same multiple
stabbed into a seal bore stab-in test at elevated
at elevated temperature. temperature.
Model "HE"
Retainer Production Packer
Product No. 421-01
498
MODEL "M"
MODEL "D" Product No. 413-01
Product No. 415-13 Variation of Model "D" with larger
The most widely used permanent continuous sealing bore. Used
packer in the world. Has continuous wherever extra-large-bore permanent
diameter sealing bore to accept many packer is required,
accessories, (p. 508)
(p. 504)
MODEL "FA-1"
Product No. 413-02
Related to "F" as the "DA" is to the
"D", it has the largest ID sealing
bore of any permanent packer.
(p. 510)
MODEL "DA"
Product No. 415-14
Variation of "D" with larger ID
upper seal bore.
(p. 506)
MODEL "N"
Product No. 41647
Tubing set and ready for production
in one-half round trip. Same bore
size as Model "D" and can use same
accessories.
(p. 518)
MODEL "SB-3"
Product No. 409-06
Hydraulically set, one-trip permanent
packer, ideal anywhere; unbeatable
in high-angle, deviated wells. Setting
assembly acts as seal nipple or
packer accepts "D" Packer seal
accessories,
(p. 514)
MODEL "DE-1"
Product No. 415-15
A double bore permanent packer
having the reliable performance of
the basic Model "D" design. Set
MODEL "SAB-3" on electric line, tubing or drill
AND"SABL-3" pipe. The parallel bores provide a
Product Nos. 409-07 hook-up whereby the second string
and 409-08 can be used to inject chemicals,
Variation of "SB-3" with larger ID vent gas, or kill the well. The
upper sealing bore and threaded packer accepts Model "D" packer
lower guide for extensions below seal accessories,
the packer. (p. 520)
(p. 516)
499
BAKER
PACKERS
Tubing Seal
Nipples
(p. 528)
Tubing Seal
Parallel Receptacles Packer Plugs
Flow Tubes (p. 534) (p. 532)
(p. 530)
Tubing Seal
Assemblies
(p. 528)
IS 1 =
I i
1■ 1
I
Polished Bore Tubing On-Off Packer Packer

Production Tubes Tubing
Receptacles Sealing Connectors Setting Tools Milling Tools
(p. 548) Expansion
(p. 522) (p. 540) (p. 523) (p. 542)
Joints
(p. 541)
500

A OMSION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC
SEAL BORE PACKER SELECTION

GUIDE
LARGEST TUBING SEAL ASSEMBLY ID

AVAILABLE
This chart portrays for any given casing OD and

Weight or Wall Thickness, the largest tubing
seal assembly ID available for the various Seal
Bore Packer Models.
Casing
OD Weight Wall ThlchiMs

Jto
In. In. mm In.
2-3/8 60.3 4.7 .190 4,83
2-7/8 73.0 6.5 .217 5,51 Model "N" Model "D" Model "SB-3" "Relrieva-D" Model "F-1"
3-1/2 5.7-13.3 Page 518 Page 504 Page 514 Page 554 Page 508
.125 3.18 .358 9.35
101,6 9.5-14 .226 5.74 .330 8.38 In. In.
17.7-19.8 .402 10.20 .430 10,92
1.875 47.63
15.1-16.6 .337 8,56 .380 9,65
4-1/2 114.3 9.5-13.5 .205 5.21 .290 7.37 49.99
12.6-16.6 .271 6.88 .373 9.47
1.312 33.32 1.312 33.32 1.807 45.90
15-11.6 .205 5.21 .250 6.35 1.807 | 45.90
21 .423 10,74
1.963 49.99 1.312 33.32
127.0 15-18 .296 7.52 .360 9.19 1.865 47.37
1.807 45.90
11.5-13 .220 5.59 .253 6.43 1.312 33.32
26 .476 12.01 1.865 47.37 .984 24.99 1.807 45.90
5-1/2 139.7 20-23 .361 9,17 .415 10.54
1.937 49.20 1.968 49.99 1.968 49.99 1.968 49.99 2.375 60.33
13-17 .228 5.79 .304 7.72
152.4 14-26 .224 .434 11.02 2.000 50.80 2.375 60.33 1.968 49.99
26-32 .417 10.59 .475 12.06
24 .352 8.94
6-5/8 168,3 2.406 61,11 2.406 61.11 2.406 61.11
20 .288 7.32 2.875 73,03
2.406 61.11
17 .245 6.22
38 .540 13.72
32-35 .453 11.51 .498 12.65
2.985 75.82
177.8 26-29 .362 9.19 .408 10.36 2.406 61,11 2.375 60.33 2.406 61.11
2.406 61.11
20-23 .272 6.91 .317 8.05
17 .231 5.87 3.500 83.90
29.7-39 .375 9.52 .500 12.70
2.406 61.11 2.375 60.33 2.406 61.11 2.985 75.82
7-5/8 193.7 24-26.4 .300 7.62 .328 8.33 2.406 61.11
20 ■250 6.35
40-49 .450 11,43 .557 14.15
8-5/8 219.1 2.468 62,69 2.468 62.69 2.468 62.69
24-36 .284 6.71 .400 10.16
53.5 .545 13,84
4M7 .395 10,03 ,472 11,99 4.875 123,83
3.000 76.20 3.875 98.43 3.875 98,43
9-5/8 244.5 36-38 .352 8.94 .370 9,40 3.875 93.43
32.3 .312 7.92
29.3 ■261 7.14
55.5-81 .495 12.57 .750 19.05
10-3/4 273.0 3.875 98.43
32.75-51 .279 7.09 .450 11.43
11-374 298.5 3M0 .300 7.62 .439 12.42 3.675 98,43
48-72 .330 8.38 .514 13.06 4.875 123.83
13-3/8 339.7
102 .743 18.87 7.995 1 2O3.oT
501
PACKERS
A (DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC.
3.000" 76,20 mm
Model "FA"
2.780" 70,61 mm
Model "SAB-3"
Model "FA"
•2.688" 68,28 mm
"fA-1"
Page 510
"Relrieva DA"
In. mm
.750 19.05
Model "OA" "Retrieva-DA" Model "SAB-3" 1.250 31,75
Page 506 Page 554 Page 516 1.375 34.93
In. In. 1.875 47.63
2.500" 63,50 mm
1.368 49,99 2.330 60,71 Model "DA"

2.380 | 60.71
1.96S 49,99 2.390 60,71
2.390 60.71
2.390 60,71
2.780 70.61
2.500 63.50 2.688* 68,28 3.000 76.20
2.500 63.50
2.375" 60,33 mm
3.010 76.20 2.m
Model "F-1"
3.250 82.55
3.250 82,55
4.000 101,60
3.250 82.55
4.000 101.60
3.250 82.55
4.000 101,60
1.968" 49,99 mm
3.250 82,55 4.000 101,60
3.250 82,55
3.250 82.55
[Models "D","SB-3"/
4.400 111.76 &"Retrieva-D"
4.421 112.29
3.250 82.55 4.400 111,76
3.250 82,55 4.000 101.60
3.875 98.43
3.875 98,43 3.875 98.43
4.865 123,57
6.000 152,40
4.750 120.65 6.000 152,40
4.750 120.65 4.750 120,65
This example (highlighted in the chart) graphi

cally portrays the largest ID's available through
6.000 | 152U0 the tubing seal assemblies of the various packer
models for 5-1/2" OD 20-23 Ib./ft. casing.
*2.6M Mat It I.D. ol Ptekw tody. Tto sail assembly has an I.D. ol 3JK0 In.
502
B PACKERS PERMANENT PACKER SYSTEMS

COMPOSITE SPECIFICATION BUIOE

Baker Models 0, DA, DB, FA, F-1, FA-1, FB-1, N, SB-3. SAB-3 and SABL-3
Retainer Production Pac lara
Castn Pteker
ID Rings
[owned Olantstfir
ffrfirnitfm SaiUni BftffllHUini
Pwkerllii
Bontbni Borefu Dtratltn Ptclur
Ba Ron
lie rtcklf Sail toga, Sill Ho.
KISHTOM Kb. Mu. Hodc) Sin «IO3lM 00
2-M 4.7 liOl 1.9M 021FA-I2 0.150 U50 020FA-I2 1/4 1.750
IJ75 020FA-19 1-1/4
1-7/1 U 2447 2.510 02iFA-ll U50 2420
1.250 020FA-12 1/4
2JS2 OJIFA-20 \-vt
94— 114 2.700 1025 M OHFA-20 2.552
1J11 OJOfA-15 1
t-m IJ1I
i.en OMFA-20 1-1/9
S.7—7.7 3.033 1250 035FA-20 2.765
1-5JI OJOfA-15 1
4 12.8—14 1291 3.409 11FA-25 JjJSJ

1.975 2.500 1IFA-25 1.975
9.5—11.6 1.406 1.591 1SFA-25 1.111
17.7—20 1.515 1.997 19-25 1.475
0 2.500 2.5C0 20-25 1.965
15.1-17.1 3.S29 1.929 21-25 1562
20-21 1.701
F-1 22-21 2.110 2.1(0
21-21 U07
11.6-15.5 3.7SI 4.080 DA 22DA-25 1.1S9 2.5(10 2OOA-25 1.155 1.591
Ft 22FA-W 2JtO 3JKO 20FA-10 2.190
22-19 1JM 1J89 20-19 .994
15—11.5 1)20 4.M0 0 21-26 itu rut 40-26 1J69 1750
4-1/7
Ft 24FA-30 uto 1000 2IFA-J0 24S0 1716
DA 24DA-2S lit! 2i00 200A-2S 1.665 1112
15—11.5 4.003
20-21 1.701
4.124 F-1 24-21 24£0 24J0 1.119
21-23 IJ07
0 24-19 20-19 J64 1912
1.SS1
9.5—16.6 1.929 II 29-19 1.999 21-19 IJI2 15J3
SAB-1 12SAB-30
3.D00 20FA10 i.190
FA-1 32FA-30 2.100
0 12-26 2.911 2.696 40-26 I.S66
5 15—21 4.125 4.439 DorN 12-25 2.500 2.500 20-25 \xa 1591
0 20-19 .994
12-19 1.969 1.999
SB-3 21-19 1412
0 34-29 2.919 2.699 40-26 1.966
11.5—13
4.437 4.970 OorM 14-25 2.500 2.500 20-25 i ess 4.250
21—28 0 34-19 1.969 1.969 20-19 .994
DA 420A-32 MS) 4GDA-H 2i00

tut
O.lorS-2 42-29 2J1! 40-28 \su 4.129
20—H 4.525 4.911
0 42-19 \m 1ill 40-19 Mi
FA 43FA-U 1925 40FA-I1 im
1009 40-10 wt 4.417
F-1 43-30 1000
42-30 2475
SB-3 4418-25 2.500 20-25 UI5
2.501
SAB-1 44SU-12
5-W 3.250 4C0A-12 2.500 4.500
DA 44DA-12
13—17 5.044 2.969
O,KorS-2 44-26 2.661 40-26 uso
4.912 0 44-19 1.i69 1.969 40-19 .994
FA-1 45FA-19 3.925 40FA-19 3.000
14—17 5.012 40-30 1.970 4.552
F-1 45-30 1000
42-30 2.175
FA-1 47FA-1S 1089 1625 40FA-18 1.000
11—14 4.979 5.124 40-30 I.J70 4.750
F-1 47-30 1000
42-30 1175
DA 640A-19 1625 600A-I6 1000
6 14—26 5.140 5.552 40-10 IJ70 4.917
Owl 64-10 1000
42-10 24)5
6-W 24-M 60-12 or (60) 1408 or
1540 5921 0 91-12 1450 61-12 (91)1.990 5450
7 is—494
SAB 92SAB-40
4JE0O I00A-40 USO
OA 92U-40
I-S/I 17—J2
OarN 1450
60-12 or (60) 2.405 or
92-12
1.250 91-12 Ml) 1.SS0
5.675 9.I3S 9.466
SAB-1 B2SAB-40 4.CJ0 60DA-40 1450
90-32 or (10) 2.406 or
S9-3 92-12 1.250
7 32—44 91-12 (91)1.990
Dor II 92-28 26)1 2.(91 10-26 1.969
9IFA-47n 1979
141 20—24 5.975 6.094 FA-1 91FA-47 4.000 4.750
92FA47 4.B00
7 12—IS F-1 awo 60-40 2.915
4JBJ0
6-5/1 17-29 M 94DA4O 600A-40 1250
6418 (90) 2.409 or 5J1)
7 22—12 DorH 10-12 cr (11)1.910
94-12 uso 1450 91-12 (SO) 2.409 or
6-VI 17—20 SS-3
(91) I.9S)
U49 9.459
J 20—12 SA9-3 4.000 IODA-40 1250
6-M 17—20
6.355 Dtrl 94-29 lit* 2iM 60-28 III!
7 21—12
503
PACKERS
COMPOSITE SPECIFICATION GUIDE (Continued)

Baker Models D, DA, DB, FA. F-1. FA-1, FB-1, N, SB-3, SAB-3 and SABL-3
Retainer Production Pac e«
CBtM Packer
DBi DUntsttr
lilt SoaQoi
Ptcku Bontttra Btnlor BOfStbfTJ Pttko
m Ptcjur
FA-1 I5FA47 4.750

82FA47 4400
6 VI 17 4400
F-1 9540 4.0110 6040 2.985
6.035 6.276 I1FA470T (61)1475 or 5475
26-21 SABL-1 95SAB147 1.175 4.750
I2FA47 (82)4.000
7
20-29
45J-52I
6.164 6.456 0 86-32 1.250 1.250 wae
181) 3.875 or
FA-1 87FA47 4.750
62FA47 (82) 4400
20-21 6.277 6.456 4.000 640.
7 F-1 8740 4.000 8040 2.915
17—20 FA-1 19FA-52 4.400 5.250 80FA-52 4.462

6.456 6.765 6.250
7-W 11.7—19 F-1 1940 4.000 4400 8040 2.995
SAB-1 USAB40
4400 80DA40 3.250
DA UDA40
7 17-20 1.250
6.456 1.765 SB-3 MSB-32 6.187
88-12
1.250 war
Dor! 80-26 1.968
33.7—39 88-26 2.669 2.661
29.7—39 6.825 6.875 SAB I9SAB-52 4.000 80SA-52 6.175
5.250 4.462
FA-1 91FA-52 4.400 60FA-52
24—33.7 6.706 F-1 9140 4.000 4400 1040 2.985 6.50J
SABl-3 9ISAB147 4400 4.750 82FA47 1875 or 4.000
7-5/1 SAB-1 92SAB40
7.025 4400 600A40 USO
DA 920*40 3.250
24-31 6J25 6J75
(60) 1406 or
O.HorS-1 92-12 3.250 10-12 or 81-32
Ml) 1-SS>
Oorl 92-26 2.668 2681 60-26 1417
6IFA47 or (ID 3.815 or
OA I26DA47 4.000 4.750 7.125
It—49 7J00 7425 12FA47
0 12640 4400 6040 2.9J5
SAN.-1 128SA6140 4.750 6400 I90OA40 4J75
6-M SAB-1 12SSAB47
24—36 7JI2 8.150
OA 1280A47
4.750 •ffiST war
4JJO0 7.509
SB-3 I26SB40
4400 8040 2.985
Oorl 12140
40-564 9.415 9.935 F-1 19240 8J11
6.000 19040 4475
F-1 19440
36-47 1.681 8.921 6.000 8.411
FA-1 I94FA-75
7.500 ISOFA-75 6431
SABL-1 I94SABI-75
1-5/1 SAB-1 194SAB40
s.ooo 190DA40 4465
DA 194DA-60
32.1—514 1.495 9.001
4.750 19047 (190) 1400 or
6.125
0. II or SB-J 19447 4.750 19147 or (191) 2.500 or
19247 (192)1675
80-32 or (10) 2.406 or
D 194-12 3.250 1.250 81-12 (81) 1.990
(0-12 or (60) 2.406 or
212-12 3.250 1.250
11-12 (61) 1.990
60.7—61 9.250 9.660 19047 (13011000 9400
21247 4.750 4.750 19147 or (191) 2.500 or
19247 (192)1475
10-1/4® 0
80-12 or (10)2.«S
214-12 32.50 3.250
61-32 (81)1.991
12.75-10.7 9.6S0 10.192 19047 (190) 14S0 9.417
21447 4.750 4.750 19147 or (lll)2JO0a
19247 (192)1.675
SABl-1 2I4SABI-75 6.000 7.500 UOFA-75 6411
60-32 or (10) 2.405 or
220-12 USO USO (91) 1.999
61-32
11-M'J 31—60 10.772 11.150 19047 (ISD)IOCO 10.437
22047 4.750 4.750 19147 or (l91)2J00or
19247 (182)1815
80-32 or (60) 2.406 or
210-12 U5O USO
61-12 (81)liS3
19047 (19HIOCO
61—102 11JI9 12.464 21047 4.750 4.750 19147 or (131) 2.500 OJ «
19247 (192)1915
0
23040 6-000 6400 19040 4J75
60-12 or (60) 2.406 or
240-12 1250 USO
11-12 (61)1491
11-M* 19047 (190) LOU
24047 4.750 4.750 19147 or (1ll)2J00or 12400
46—72 12.175 12.715
11247 (192)1475
24040 6400 6400 19040 4475
99-10! 11.111 11.937 F-1 240-91 9J75 9J75 240-93 6400 1MB
For QnltsttBss tnd otlttf bfonstttofi ntvdtati tor paftindaf Mtdnr. $c* tte spsc gcAte sod cotas for tliat sptttflc Paduf. lacatctf oo foUowtng pages.
© Ptcfcm far thttt tbtt o) t«fc( vt atsa rreMUwfttcmrtwl bam aatpttUJ order.
504
13 RAKER
PACKERS
MODELS "D"AND"DB" • A packing element that resists

RETAINER PRODUCTION swaboff but packs off securely
PACKERS when the packer is set
Baker's Models "D" and "DB" re • A smooth, continuous ID sealing
tainer production packers are the
bore
• Unique Interlocked Expandable
most widely used, most versatile,
high performance permanent pro Metal Back-Up Rings that contact
the casing creating a positive
duction packers available. They are
frequently used as a high- packing element extrusion barrier
performance squeeze or testing PACKER SETTING:
packer or as a permanent or tempo Electric Line (p. 523)
rary bridge plug. Tubing (p. 524)
The Model "DB" Packer is distin —Setting procedures and equipment
guished from the Model "D" by the are the same for both Model "D" and
"DB's" threaded (Box or Pin) bottom "DB"
guide. This "DB" Guide can be spec
PACKER REMOVAL:
ified for acceptance of a Millout Ex
Milling Tools (p. 542)
tension, a Seal-Bore Extension,
or virtually any component desired. PACKER ACCESSORIES:
Tubing Seal Assemblies (p. 528)
Seal Bore Extensions (p. 546)
FEATURES/BENEFITS Millout Extensions (p. 546)
• Proven reliability Packer Plugs (p. 532)
• Slim lined Expansion Joints (p. 541)
• Solid construction that makes pos Parallel Flow Systems (p. 530)
sible a significant savings in rig Adjustable Spacer Subs (p. 580)
time by providing a 50% faster
run-in (compared to former per ORDERING EXAMPLE:
manent packers) without fear of PRODUCT NO. 415-01
impact damage or premature SIZE: 82-32 (7" OD 32-44 Ibslft Casing) MODEL
"D" retainer PRODUCTION packer (Specify thread
setting down when ordering "DB"Packers.)
• Two opposed sets of full-circle, NOTE: Millout Extensions, Seal Bore Extensions, etc.
should be ordered separately by commodity number.
full-strength slips
Product No. 415-13

Product No. 415-01
Product No. 415-05 Product No. 415-05
Model *D" Retainer Model "D" Retainer
Production Packer Model "DB" Retainer Model "DB" Retainer Production Packer with
with Blank Guide Production Packer Production Packer Flapper Valve Guide
This guide serves only as a bot with *B" Guide with "B" Guide This guide serves as a back
tom sub and does not accom For Millout Extension For Seal Bore Extension pressure valve and does not
modate tailpipe. accommodate tailpipe.
505
BAKER
PACKERS
as:
3 s
S 1
i 2
ifi 111 Si s
5 *
flO
f I
§i ii II
S3
Hi III
s
3
?i 3*
S9999 9 ©SO
sis •IS
II
—3
!i li
!l
506
PACKERS
MODEL "DA" • Unique interlocked, expandable

AND "DAB" RETAINER metal back-up rings contact the
PRODUCTION PACKERS casing and create a positive barrier
to packing element extrusion
The Model "DA" Retainer Produc
tion Packer provides all the versatility PACKER SETTING
and high performance characteristics Electric Line (p. 523)
of the Model "D", with the difference Tubing (p. 524)
being that the "DA" has a larger seal —Setting procedures and equipment
ing bore at the upper end. The "DA" are the same for both Model "DA"
type packer is frequently used in and "DAB" packers.
complex multiple-string completions
or when large tubing is run and it is PACKER REMOVAL
necessary to maintain clearance Milling Tools (p. 542)
through the packer or seal nipple
compatible with the tubing I.D. PACKER ACCESSORIES:
FEATURES/BENEFITS Tubing Seal Assemblies (p. 528)
• Solid, slim-lined construction and Seal Bore Extensions (p. 546)
a packing element system that re Millout Extensions (p. 546)
sists swab-off. This provides a 50% Packer Plugs (p. 532)
faster run-in time (compared to Tubing Expansion Joints (p. 541)
earlier model permanent packers) Parallel Flow Systems (p. 530)
without fear of impact damage or
premature setting, yet packs off se ORDERING EXAMPLE:
curely and permanently when the PRODUCT NO.-// 5-08
packer is set SIZE: 82DA40 (7" OD 32--H Ibslft Casing)
• Two opposed sets of full-circle, full MODEL "DAB" RETAINER PRODUCTION PACKER
wl5" OD LT&C Box Down for Millout
strength slips assure that the Extension
packer will stay where it is set
-<£_.
Product No. 415-14 Product No. 415-08 Product No. 415-03

Model "DA" Retainer Production Model "DAB" Retainer Production Model "DA" Retainer Production
Packer with Blank Guide Packer with "DB" Guide Packer with Flapper Valve Guide
This guide serves only as a bottom sub For Mitlout Extension This guide serves as a back pressure valve and
and does not accommodate tailpipe. does not accommodate tailpipe.
507
PACKERS
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Packer Sealing Bore
Casing Packer®©
Upper lower*
(D Range In wtticb
Packer may to run Seal Hin.Bore Seal Min. Bore
OD Weight ^ 00 Set! Sell Thru Seals
Bere Thru Seals Bore®
Hln. Mix. Sin? Assembly Assembly
She? SlHK
In. In In. In. In. In. In. In.
mm UuJfl mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
1.312
3.781 4.100 3.593 21-19
11.6—16.6 96.04 101.6 91.26 220*25 33.32
4-1/2 * 2.500 1.865 1.968
200*25
or
114.30 63.50 47,37 49.99
4.000 4.124 3.812
9.5—11.6 240*25 .984
101,6 104.7 96.82 20/40-19 24.99
4.625 4.811 4.328

20—23 420*32
5-1/2 117.5 122.2 109.93 3.250 2.500 mi 1.969
40D*tt*32 40/90-26
139.70 5.044 4.500 82.55 63.50 66.28 49.99
13—17
m 128.1 114.30 440*32
3.000 2.375
600*36 76.20 42/62-30 60.33
5.552 4.937 3.625 3.000
152.40 14—26 m 141.0 125.40 640*36 92.08 or
76.20 or
2.875 1.968
610*36 73.03 40/60-30 49.99
5.675 6.135 5.468

17—32 144.1 155.8 138.89 82DM0
6-5/8
168.28 6.049 6.366 5.687
17—20 153.6 161.7 144.45 84DM0
2.406
60/80-32
?5538S
5.675 5.468 61.11
32-44 144.1 138,89 820*40 4.000 3.250 3.250
7 B0DI/S*40 or
101.60 82,55 82.55
117.80 23-32 m m m 840*40
61/81-32
1.990
50.55
17—20 6.456 6.765 6.187
880*40
33.7-39 164.0 171.8 157.15
7-5/8
193.68 6.625 7.025 6.375
24—39 92DM0
168.3 178,4 161.93
7.500 7.825 7.125 4.000

36—49 1260*47 82FM73 101.60
190.5 198.7 180.98
8-5/8 4.750 4.000 3iS0
or 80-40
219.08 120,65 101.6 82.55
7.812 8.150 7.500
24-36 1280*47 3.875
198.8 207,0 190.50 81FM7
98.43
3.875
192-47 93,43
9-5/8 8.435 9,001 B.125 6.000 4.865 4.750 3.000
32.3—58.4 1940*60 1900*60 190-47
244,48 214,2 22B.6 206.38 152.40 123,57 120,65 76.20
2.510
191-47 63.50
® In 4-1/2 "1114,3 mm 00 11.6 Ib and heavier easing the size 20 wireline © The mailmum OD (Including tolerance) of any part run through a Baker
pressure jetting assembly is too Urge and the size 10 WIPSA MUST BE production packer should be at least 1/I67/.5J mm smaller than the
USED. In 4-1/2 V114.3 mm 9.5 and 10.5 Ib. casing, either the size 10 or minimum bore through the packer body. This may occasionally require that
20 WIPSA may be used. the coupling OD's be timed down.
® Includes some drill pipe and line pipe mights. © Tubing seal assemblies, tubing seal and spacer nipples.
© When proposed for use in other than the casing weight range shown ® Lower bore can be utilized as a seal bore, HOWEVER, strict dimensional
contact your Baker Representative. analysis far compatibility of packer bore/sealing accessory configuration
® For information on packer or accessory sizes not found In this specification is required to assure desired performance. Compatibility is based on lower
guide refer to Baker Technical Manual or your Baker Representative. bore/seal nipple diametrical dimensions only. Final seating position of
locating shoulder will vary between packer sizes. Anchor mechanisms are
© The flapper valve should be removed from model "DA" packers whan the
not recommended.
intended installation does not require tubing to eitend through and below
the packer. ® Accessory size 82FA47 replaces both previous sizes 80FA47 and 120DA47.
508
c PACKERS PERMANENT PACKER SYSTEMS

MODEL "F-1" AND • Unique interlocked, expandable

"FB-1" RETAINER metal back-up rings contact the
casing and create a positive barrier
PRODUCTION PACKERS
to packing element extrusion
Baker Models "F-1" and "FB-1" Re
• The largest possible opening
tainer Production Packers are the
through a drillable packer
"big bore" versions of the popular
Model "D" Retainer Production PACKER SETTING:
Packer. They combine the features of Electric Line (p. 523)
the "D" with the largest bore through Tubing (p. 524)
any drillable packer. In the "FB-1" —Setting procedures and equipment
version, a millout extension, seal are the same for both "F-1" and
bore extension or other component "FB-1" Packers.
can be run below the packer.
PACKER REMOVAL:
PACKER ACCESSORIES:
FEATURES/BENEFITS: Seal Bore Extensions (p. 546)
• Solid, slim-lined construction and Millout Extensions (p. 546)
a packing element system that re Packer Plugs (p. 532)
sists swab-off. This provides a Tubing Expansion Joints (p. 541)
faster run-in time (compared to Parallel Flow Systems (p. 530)
earlier model packers) without
fear of impact damage or prema
ture setting, yet packs off securely ORDERING EXAMPLE: n
and permanently when the packer PRODUCT NO. 413-08

is set SIZE: 85-40 (7" OD 26-29 Ibslft Casing) model
"FB-1" RETAINER PRODUCTION PACKER Ul/5" OD
• Two opposed sets of full-circle, full LT&C Box Down for J-55, 11.5 Ibslft tubing
strength slips assure that the (Specify thread down when orderitig "FB-1
packer will stay where it is set Packers)
Model *M" Retainer Production Model -FB-1- Retainer Production Model -FB-1- Retainer Production
Packer with Blank Guide. Packer with "FB* Guide lor Packer with 'FB* Guide (or
This guide serves only as a bottom sub Mitlout Extension. Seal Bore Extension.
and does not accommodate tailpipe.
509
PERMANENT PACKER SYSTEMS PACKERS

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casint Packer®© Seal Assembly©
I.D. Range in which
Packer may be run Seal Min. Bore
OD
OD Weight® Bore© Thru Seals
Min. Max.
Size© Size
In. In. In. In.
In. In.
Lbs./ft. mm mm mm
3.781 4.000 3.593 1.703

22-23 20-23
11.6—16.6 91,26 2.390 43,26
4-1/2® 96,04 101,6
60.71
114.30
4.124 3.718 1.807
4.000 24-23 21-23
9.5—11.6 104,7 99.44 45,90
4.811 4.437 2.375

4.625 42/62-30
20—23 43-30 60.33
117.5 122.2 112,70
4.812 5.012 4.562 3.000

5-1/2 45-30 or
14—17 127.3 115.87 76,20
139.70 122.2
1.970
4.976 5.124 4.750 40/60-30
13—14 47-30 50.04
5.875 6.094 5.687

20—24 83-40
149,2 154.8 144,45
6-5/8
168,28 6.276 5.875 /
6.095
17 85-40
154.8 159,4 149,23
5.875 6.094 5.687

32—38 83-40
149.2 154.8 144.45
6.095 6.276 5.875

26—29 85-40 2.985
154,8 159,4 149,23 4.000
7 80-40
101.60 75.82
177.80 6.456 6.000
6.277
20—23 87-40
159,4 164,0 152,40
17—20 6.765 6.250

6.456
89-40'
164,0 171.8 158,75
33.7—39
7-5/8
193.68 7.025 6.500
6.706
24—33.7 91-40
170.3 178,4 165,10
8.435 8.835 8.218

40—58.4 192-60
214,2 224,4 208.74 6.000 4.875
9-5/8 190-60
152,40 123.83
244.48 8.921 8.438
8.681
36—47 194-60
220.5 226,6 214.33
11.783 11.937 11.625 9.373 7.995

13-3/8 240-93 240-93
98-102 295.28 238,07 203.07
339.70 299.3 303.2
Includes some drill pips and line pipe weights. © For information on packer or accessory sizes not found in this specification
"F-1" Packers do not contain a flapper valve. guide refer to Baker Technical Manual or your Baker Representative.
© When proposed for use in other than the casing weight range shown contact
In 4-1/2" 114,3 mm 0D 11.6 lbs/ft and heavier casing the size 20 wireline
pressure setting assembly is too large and the size 10 WLPSA MUST BE USED. The maximum OD (including tolerance) of any part run through a Baker
In 4-1/2" /14,3 mm OD 9.5 and 10.5 lbs/ft heavier casing, either the size 10 or production packer should be at least 1/16" 1,59 mm smaller than the
20 WLPSA may be used. minimum bore through the packer body. This may occasionally require that
the coupting OD's be turned down.
510
PACKERS PE
MODEL "FA", "FAB", "FA-1" • Unique interlocked, expandable

AND "FAB-1" RETAINER metal back-up rings contact the
PRODUCTION PACKERS casing and create a positive barrier
Baker's Model "FA-1" Retainer Pro to packing element extrusion
duction Packer is the "big bore" ver • Largest possible bore through the
sion of the popular and time-tested packer with accessory installed
Baker Model "D" Packer. In addi PACKER SETTING:
tion, the "FA-1" features an extended Electric Line (p. 523)
upper body to make room for a still Tubing (p. 524)
larger upper seal bore. This results in — Setting procedures and equipment
the largest possible ID through the are the same for all four packers.
accessory and the packer. In its
smaller sizes (see specifications PACKER REMOVAL:
guide), this packer is available as the Milling Tools (p. 542)
Model "FA", which has the body
lock ring and setting sleeve on the PACKER ACCESSORIES:
lower end of the packer. Tubing Seal Assemblies (p. 528)
The Model "FAB" and "FAB-1" Seal Bore Extensions (p. 546)
Retainer Production Packers provide Millout Extensions (p. 546)
a threaded bottom guide for attach Packer Plugs (p. 532)
ment of a millout extension, seal Tubing Expansion Joints (p. 534-541)
bore extension or other component Parallel Flow Systems (p. 530)
below the packer.
PRODUCT NO.
FEATURES/BENEFITS SELECTION GUIDE
• Solid, slim-lined construction and Bottom Guide
a packing element system that re Packer *B* Guide ■B* Guide
Model
sists swab-off. This provides a fast Blank For Millout For Seal
Exttntion Bore Extension
run-in time (compared to earlier
Prod. No. Prod. No.
model permanent packers) with ■fivr
41347 41349
out fear of impact damage or pre Pred.No. Prod. No.
•a*
mature setting, yet packs off 413-02 41345
securely and permanently when ORDERING EXAMPLE:

the packer is set PRODUCT NO. 413-02
• Two opposed sets of full-circle, full <xa-.22FA30(4-lirOD 11.6-16.6 UulflCas-
strength slips assure that the ing) MODEL "FA" RETAINER PRODUCTION PACKER
(Specify thread down when ordering "FAB" or
packer will stay where it is set ■FAB-r Packers).
Model "FA-1" Retainer Model -FAB-1" Retainer Model -FAB-r Retainer

Production Packer with Production Packer with Production Packer with
Blank Guide *B" Guide for Millout -B* Guide for Seal Bore
This guide serves only as a Extension. Extension.
bottom sub and does not
accommodate tailpipe.
MODELS "SPECIFICATION GUIDE MODa "FA-1" SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Packer1-** Packer Sealiit Bare
Packer! : Patta Stales Ben
IDRaojeloWliitti Opjw lower- ID Range In

Which Packer Upper lower®
Packer tty Be Run
Seal Kin. Bore Sul Hli. Ban May Be Run
00 WeijM* Sue. 00 Seal Weight®
Km Bora ihraSeilt Bonr iccetHiy Tluv Seals 00 Seal Min.8ore Seal Min.Bore
Kin. Size® 00
Seal Seal
Sint. KJn. Max. Bore Thru Seals Borec:
Assembly Thru Seals
In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. Assembly
Slit <.
Lbi/lt.
In. $iie@® In. In. Siie®® In.
nun mm mm mm mm mm mm mm In. In. In. In.
Lbs./ft. mm mm mm mm mm
2-1/8 1.901 1.995 1.750 1.250 .750 SeeM odsl "FA" Specification Guide
4.7 023FA12 O2OFAI2 - - -
60 3) 48.25 53.67 44.43 31.75 19.09 ForSU es 4-1/2" (114,30) and Smaller
1.250 1.250 .750 S 4.125 4.436 3.9B8 3.000 2.390 2.500 1.865
2-7/8 2.M7 2.510 2.220 1875
20FA/SA30 20-25
65 028f»18 020FA16 020F«12 15—21 32FA30 60,71 63.50 47.37
56.39 47.63 31.75 31.75 19.05 100.79 76.20
13.03 59 61 64.26
2.700 1X25 2.562

WFA/SA36
3.000 2.375 70
93-13 3 011FA20 4.812 5.012 4.562 or 42/62-30
66.56 76.83 65.07 2.052 1.375 1.531 1.000 14—17 4SFA36 76.20 60.33
1-1/2 OWFAIS 115,87
U0FA20 122.2 127.3 60DA36
86.90 52.37 14.93 18.89 25.40 3.000
3.625
5-1/2
>
3XS3 1.250 2.765 or Or
5.7—7.7 015F«20 92.08 76.20
77.80 62.55 70.21 139.70
41FA/SA36 1.970
S.124 4.750 2.675 40760-30
3.2S1 1.40E 1.062 4.976 47FA36
50.04
13FA251
13—14 73.03
12.6—14 126.4 130.1 120.65 610A36
4 83.34 86.51 77.77 2.500 1.875 1.875 1.009
I1FU5 11-16
101.60 63.50 47.63 47.63 25.40
3.406 3.561 3187 5.875 6.094 5.687
9.5-11.6 I5FA2SC 83FA47
86.51 90.50 80.95 20—24 149.2 154.8 144.45
6-5/8
1.761 4.000 1.591 1.607 168.28
11.6—16.6 22FM0 21-21 6.095 6.276 5.875 4.000
82FA47®
5
45.90 17 85FA47
4-1/2/ 9B.04 101.6 91.26 1.010 2.350 2.390 101.60
20FI7SU0 or 154.8 159.4 149.23
114.30 76.20 60.71 60.71
4.010 4.124 3 718 5.687 4.750
5.875 6.094 or
9.5—11.6 24FU0 [J(MJ 1 43.26 | 32—38 B3FA47
n
101.6 104.7 94.44 149.2 154.8 144.45 120.65
Stt Haiti -F«-r Sstcfficatiim twit 7 6.095 6.276 5.875 3.875 4.000 2.985
S 81FA47 80-40
26—23 85FM7 75.82
177.80 154.8 159.4 149.23 98.43 101.60
121.00
2.375 6.277 6.4SS 6.010 m

4252-30 20—23 87FA47
4CFASA15 60.33 159.4 164.0 152.40
5-1/2 4.625 4.111 4.417 1625 3.000 1.000
20-21 41FUS or
139.10 m.5 122.2 112.70 92.08 76.20 76.20 1.970 17—20 6.45S 6.765 6.250
C0DUS 40/B0-I0 89FA52
50.04 164.0 171.8 158.75 5.250 4.462 4.400 3.500
33.7—39 80-44
7-5/8 133,35 80FA/SAS2 113,33 111.76 88.9
See Msdtl "FA-I" Specification Guide 193.68 6.706 7.025 6.50D
24—33.7 91FA52
Foi Slies r (121.00115-21 IMt and litter. ID Caslnt 170.3 1784 165.10
8.921 8.438 7.500 6.031 6.000 4.B75

9-5/8 8.6B1 190FA75 190-60
35—47 194FA75© 152.40 123.83
214.33 19050 153,19
(t> Includes tome drill pips and line pipe mishit. 244.48 ??05 776 6 m
«> FcrWenraltaranaeliOT or icwjicitlimited fa Ofc ® Includes some drill pipe wefctrt*.

Rtpmntallra. When proposed forwe In other than the casing wt range stama, contact your Baker Representathe.
i, ■FA'Paskmito rat csntab a flapper »atre. TbamaiimroOD(foetHdi]*UtoraDeeiolanypartrun^
nan stnaDer than tin minimum bora through the packer beiJy.iT&mayoMJitenallyreiiBimthattfiecoapIingOO'sl>e
turned doro.
TaWng seal assemblies, taking seal and spacer nipples.
lower bore can be utilized as a seal tore. HDW£¥£R. strict OBnenslonal analysis fw eonpatibility of packer bore/
east* jeilmiawessiiTywrjfigdrafonlsrcq^
t< ll»iiuitanBD(tatad!ijto!erance)eia^Rart^ nipple diametrical dimensions only. Final seating position of locating shoulder win vary between packer sizes. Anchor
the obtain ben ttrcqb toe packer toil. Tbb mar etcaitauDj re^ttotheecnifl^Cirsbetunitdftiwii. mechanisms are not recommended.
^ itisiiii sen asuiosuas. uiotBg seal ana spacer uppies. ® Accessory size 82FA47 replaces both previous sizes 81FA47 and 120DA47.
a Uwir Dtn on to united as a seal tore. HDWEYFJI. itrltt iimtmbnal anahjsls j lor eompatltUitT
p oi packer tore/seallDl accessny Size 194FA75 is limited to 4,010 pt\l28U26 kgf/cm* of pressure differentials.
codlnrata It required to a desir p . Compatlillity Is based on lower bun/seall olpile
ll diaaetrical dlnenltn l l
only. "FA" Packers do not contain a flapper valve.
Flul Martini pssHon oJ btatlnj shnilder trill «aiy batattn Packer slits. Anchor mechanisms an not recenmioJeJ. CD For information on packer or accessory sizes not found in this specification guide refer to Baker Technical Manual or
|D4-1/r/r>4lJan0llt1.6aaiQllieail»caili«tlieste20inreliniPressBn$clttr«Assesar|istss your Baker Representative.
K DSEO. la4-W/ll* JooOD 95 and 105 B caitaj. ettbar On sin 10or 20 WIFSA maj be nsel
512
13 BACKERS PERMANENT PACKER SYSTEMS

A OWIStON OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC
MODEL "HE" RETAINER PRODUCTION

PACKER
Product No. 421-01
The Baker Model "HE" (Hostile Environment) Retainer
Production Packer is a premium product designed to
withstand the corrosive effects of hostile well environ
ments. These environments include H..S, COj and inhibi
tors in combination with high temperatures and
differential pressures.
FEATURES/BENEFITS:
• Maximum operating temperature is 55O°F (288°C)
• Maximum operating pressure differential is normally
15,000 psi (1,055 kg/cm3). Note however, some
packer sizes may be restricted to lower pressure differ
entials, others may be rated higher
• Chemically inert to hostile well environments (H,S,
CO., inhibitors)
• Unaffected by temperature cycling
• Packer body will be steel or special alloy as
required
• No O-ring seals.
TO SET PACKER: The packer may be set on electric

line or on tubing. Wireline setting is accomplished using
the Model "L" Hi-Temp Wireline Pressure Setting Assem
bly (p. 523). Tubing setting requires either the Model
"B-2" Hydraulic Setting Tool (p. 524) or the Model "J"
Hydraulic Setting Assembly (p. 524).
TO REMOVE PACKER:
Packer milling tools (p. 543)
PACKER ACCESSORIES:
Mil lout Extensions (p. 546)
Packer Plugs (p. 532)
Tubing Expansion Joints (p. 536)
Parallel Flow Systems (p. 530)
Contact your Baker Packers Representative for

availability.
513
PERMANENT PACKER SYSTEM PACKERS

PACKER EXTENSIONS SELECTION GUIDE

THESE COMMODITY NUMBERS ARE FOR PARTS MADE FROM AUOY STEEL AND HEAT TREATED PER NACE MR-OI -75 FOR HjS SERVICE.
OTHER MATERIALS AND HEAT TREAT AVAILABLE AS ORDERED.
Concentric
Seal Bore
Coupling-Seal Crossover Sub
Millout Extension Crossover Sob Extension
Packer Bore Extension Seal Bore Extension to
Product No. 499-41 Millout Extension to: Product No.
To Seal Tail Pipe (Tbj.orCig.)
49940
Bore Extension
Tailpipe® Seal Bore
Series® Coininodity No. (Tbg.orCsg.) Extension Commodity No. Commodity No.® Commodity No.® Standard Pint
Model Thread® Thread Sown
Cominodity No. Commodity No.
20-19 01-84640-06 2-7/8 NU 024875640
30-19 02-08757-00
024325340 024325540 024325640
40-19 2-3/8 EU
469-10-t )l
30-25 01-84641-07 3-1/2 NU 02-4320741 0243204-00 0243206-00 024320740
"IB" 2030-26 024394040 0243941-00 024394340 0243939-00
& 40-25 & 40-26 024327741
024747041 024327640 024327740 3-1/2 EU
Product No. 415-05 80/90-26 01-84643-06 4-1/2 Sht Csg. 299-69-( ) 024353340
"SB-3" 60-30 02-06516-00 4NU 469-1IH ) 024321841 024747141 0243217-00 024321840 2-7/8 EU
Product Ho. 409-06 80*90-32 01-84643-06 4-1/2 SM.CJJ. 024330042
024746942 024329940 024330040 3-1/2 EU
190-32 01-84645-30 7l«.Csi. 024331240
299-69-f. )
20-38 & 120-40 01-8464+06 5ShLCs{. 0243310-01 024330740 024330940 024331040 4-1/2 Lg. Csg.
190-47 01-64645-30 7U-CS*. 0243320-01 024331740 0243319-00 024840541 5-1/2 Ig-Csi.
22-23 0243398-00® 2-7/8 EU 024320040
024319740 024319940 0243200-02 2-3/8 EU
24-23 02-43399-00© 3-1/2 NU 469-W )® 024320041
"FB-r 40-30 02-0651640 4NU 024321841 024747141 024321740 024321840 2-7/8 EU
Product No. 413-08 80-90-40 02-06517-02 5lg.Csg. 024323041 024747242 024322940 0243230-10 3-1/2 EU
299-69-1 )®
190-60 02-0692041 7-5/8 ig.Csg. 024324241 024323940 024324140 024324240 5-1/2 Lj.Cs&
240-93 — — — — 024695540 _ — _
20DA25 01-8464046 2-7/6 NU

®Baor Pin Until down is entered. When ordering sptcHy flitt ire dffttS is tedtoted pto ffireti n^mi.
40DA32 01-8464147 3-1/2 NU 469-10-1 )
S Serin ramlerij [uitcq iToid p^CwCT sizs fflmd En ottf) dscut i atttt SptctBettEsn Guide. Hi bd tffjt dtfct
•DAB" 60DA36 024651640 4NU CD-related onto deuMtktrjlHbecoTirtrito'fl'tjimn d picker Serin Dmtcr,i.e.pickir tin 82-32
SOSODJMO 01-8464346 4-1/2 SiltCsg. ^picker Series SO-32, picker tin 126-38 = picker Sirin 20-38.
Product No. 41548
© Threads stioinib tow ire in ill cues Pin x Pin wftti the uctptic id ihou item fa Prod. Ra.413-03 in Series
120DA47 01-8464446 5SM.CSJ. 299-69-( )
20-23, packer ti m 22124-23. Ihete execptteos htn a Boi x Box configuntfto. These partfcdltr Mifloat
190DA60 01-84645-30 7K.CSB- UKBLiHSM ouB w KDn luBCu} U DIS BKrh DOOJ, tQO hW nil 1 ftx a 'D3- fuMt it elimiiuted.
30FA30 01-8464147 3-1/2 NU '^ When ocdering pi use specify Coototodity N9. of puticolv ertealion vttn whidi ttieso ttens ve to be Btel
469-KM >© S Forc&tt anilitl i uuBtss ipscny urn unn oigm n ranm. n i. sfcswD plus tnretds desired vAeo oidiriflf.
"fAB-1" 40FA36 024651640 4NU
©SniM30-IM dlOD
Product No. 413-09 80FA47 024651742 5Lg.Csg.
© fdlffirfrtf picluH tins reqnira special el«an«eioli:32fA3O— 3-3l/32"DaiaD;43^0-4-7/ie>CW.IIII;45-
B0/90FA52 024651842 5-1/2 Lj.Csj. 299-69-1 ) 3On3S—4-9/t rmu.00
Sfdlnring ptckis tini require tpcciil ctemnce sak 92-60 t I94SU75 x 6O-B-7/3T em.
1S0FA75 024692041 7-5/8 Lj.Csj.
SD
30SA30I19 ® Cttcck sob mpili A to bs cdUin (hit OD dfltt rut exceed picktr ID* Ed soflto cish snn OD flsty dito to do turcod
01-6464147 3-1/2 NU 469-10-I )'J down.
40SA32x25
® Seal ton eittnsE on listed ne 1D B. losj tod m pin x pin exct]A for si» 240-93. Product Ko.413-OSirtdc{i is
80SA40X32 01-8464346 4-1/2 SltLCsf.
"SAB-3" pm x bunk md c
60SA47I38 024651842 5-1/2 Ig-Clj. ® Millastnttflsfoa rncrodtt tuEdi1 ss enttenj put En tfiwft ^qî,
Product No. 409-07
120SA47X40 024651742 5lg.Csg. KOTfc AnO-Rmf si u ind sct'tCEWBd Ecint is tciBiOTCd ci w\ ct mttcbofis irnrflhfiiTj 9 stnftfrt Qinid ilo* Sou
&. Bon Extent NtSi Ku cttif wTOssovfir soos tod Concentric Eaipltop, tnd fits Guidt-to-Packer BodfJ The
90SA52I40 024651842 5-1/2 Ig.Csg. 299-69-1 )S® ISCtSSIiyi 'ils 2do ssiBScrews sEtoolo bo roflt&stcd ^s sb VfQ ED fltO pOftlQlM OfQIIulft OttWtf9%t COUwCl
"SABl-3" jour Biker I (pnscstithrQ (or sptciil procwhifw required q th^ CQfllSlfiuflO fll ififiSfi lOUlijSa
190SA60I47
Product No. 409-08 01-84645-30 7Lg.Csg.
120SA60I47 WtoaoTdifi n|BactofofawwtttiB»Ui!pipitcc«soriM boYi) tns *B* vcntQQ puktf witti pntjtcrtttittd
sso ututn i mun es speciots. H Sell Bds Fnl^nilftH is 1 i B0 itBcEted difoctn to tnfr Ovtckiff ctt picut
190SA75X6O
024692041 7-5/8 lg-Csg. trtnmnti pcciri "vrilh StuIjU Thrttd Box Dovri for Se 1 Bon Etftntion." [f MUloct Edtnsloa is to bo
210SA75x6O HUCMO fll tctly ts Htc ptektrf tits picker older aost ] ttcjiy Qttttd tppotffflg Id "Millost bttDttoo
Thrnd" cobimi time, Le., "wilti 4-1/2 If. CtLTImtd B) i Doiffl for Wfflout Citti llOfl.
514
PACKERS
MODEL "SB-3" HYDRO-SET PACKER SETTING:

■-.=■■ J
RETAINER PRODUCTION The Model "D" Shear Release Seal
PACKER Assembly or the Model "D" Shear
Product No. 409-06 Release Snap Out Seal Assembly is
used to set the Model "SB-3" Packer
Baker's Model "SB-3" Retainer Pro with tubing pressure (See selection
duction Packer is the hydraulically guide p. 515). A pump out ball seat
set version of the Model "DB" near the bottom of the tubing pro
Packer. The "SB-3" is a development vides a means of applying setting
of the "S-2" Packer (which was de pressure. After the packer is set and
signed specifically as a hydrauli the ball and seat are pumped out the
w. cally set one-trip completion packer) Model "D" Seal Assembly functions
redesigned for maximum strength, as a tubing seal assembly. If some
uniformity of setting pressure and time later the Shear Release Seal As
standardization of all alloy materials sembly is removed from the packer,
for H2S service. standard locator seal assemblies can
then be used. The setting nut is left in
FEATURES/BENEFITS the packer threads. A Shear Release
• Solid, slim-lined construction and Snap Out Seal Assembly, however,
a packing element system that re leaves the packer threads clear so
sists swab-off. This provides fast that either anchor or locator type seal
run-in time (when compared to assemblies can be used after it is
earlier model permanent packers) removed.
without fear of impact damage or Pressure required to set and pack-off:
premature setting, yet packs off 2500 psi tubing pressure will fully
securely and permanently when pack-off all sizes of the "SB-3"
the packer is set. Packer.
• Two opposed sets of full-circle,
full strength slips assure that the PACKER REMOVAL:
packer will stay where it is set. Milling Tools (p. 543)
• Unique interlocked, expandable PACKER ACCESSORIES:
metal back-up rings contact the Tubing Seal Assemblies (p. 528)
casing and create a positive barrier Millout Extensions (p. 546)
to packing element extrusion. Packer Plugs (p. 532)
• Safety of flanged-up completions Tubing Expansion Joints (p. 534-541)
• Setting requires no rotation or re
ciprocation, thereby eliminating
ORDERING EXAMPUl
the problems of spacing out, land
ing, etc. PRODUCT NO. 409-06
SIZE: 128 SB38 (8>h" OD 24-36 Ibslft Casing)
• All O-rings supported by two MODEL "SB-3" HYDRO-SET RETAINER PRODUCTION
back-up rings to improve long PACKER WITH A'/l 8 RO LONC CSG BOX DOWN
term seal integrity.
• All "SB-3" Packers are designed to
withstand pressure differentials up
to 10,000 psi.
• "B" guide furnished standard al
lowing attaching of a millout ex
tension or other component below
the Packer. A blank bottom guide
can be furnished if required.
• All alloy materials within the
Packer are suitable f/H2S service.
• The shear release seal assembly on
which the packer is run serves as a
seal nipple after the packer is set.
Product No. 40946
Model *SB-3" Retainer Production

Packer with "B* Guide for Millout
Extension.
515
PERMANENT PACKER SYSTEMS

A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOO1S INC.
SEAL ASSEMBLY PRODUCT NUMBER SELECTION GUIDE
These product numbers Include a ball seat subassembly 10 Seals 20 Seals
Model MD" Shear Release Seal Assembly 409-82 409-83
Model "D" Shear Release Snap Out Seal Assembly 409-84 409-85
MODEL SB-3 SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Model "D"Shear
Casing Packers Standard Seal Assembly
Release Seal Assemblies
I.D. Range in Which
Packer May Be Run Seal Min. Bore Min. Bore o
0.0. Weights O.D. Thru Seals Thru Ball Sub
Bore
Min. Mai. Size s Size Size
In. In. In In. In. In. In.

Lbs./tt.
mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm.
1.312
21-19
3.968 1.968 33,32 1.005
5 4.125 4.436 30-19
15-21 32-19
127,0 104,8 112,7 100,8 49.99 .984 25,53
20-19
24.99
5-1/2 4.812 5.044 4.500 2.500 1.875 1.875

13-17 44-25 20-25 40-25
139.7 122.2 128.1 114.3 63.50 47.63 47.63
5.675 6.135 5.468

17-32 82-32
6-5/8 144,1 155.8 138.9
168,3 6.049 6.456 5.687
17-20 84-32
153.6 164,0 144,4 2.406 2.375
80-32 80-32
5.675 6.135 5.468 61,11 60,33
32-38 82-32
7 144.1 155,8 138.9 3.250 or or
177,8 6.049 6.456 5.687 82,55

20-32 84-32 1.990 1.938
153.6 164,0 144.4 81-32 81-32
50.55 49.23
17-20 6.456 6.765 6.187
88-32
33.7-39 164,0 171,8 157,1
7-5/8
193.7 6.625 7.025 6.375
24-39 92-32
168.3 178.4 161,9
8-5/8 7.812 6.150 7.500 4.000 3.000 2.932

24-36 128-40 80/120-40 120-40
219 198.4 207.0 190,5 101.6 76.20 74.47
3.000 2.932
190-47 190-47
76,20 74.47
9-5/8 8.438 9.001 8.125 4.750 2.500
32.3-53.5 194-47 191-47 or
244,5 214.3 228.6 206.4 120,6 63,50
3.875 2.375
192-47 191-47
98,43 60.33
® Includes some drill pipe and line pipe weights.

® When proposed for use in other than the casing weight range shown contact your Baker Representative.
© For Information on packer or accessory siies not found in this specification guide refer to Baker Technical Manual or your
® Bore through ball seat sub after ball and seat are pumped out Model -D-
Shear Release
Seal Assembly
Ball Seat
Sub Assembly
516
15 PACKERS
MODEL "SAB-3"& "SABL-3" ble bore through combined packer • All "SABL-3" Packers are de
HYDRO-SET RETAINER and seal accessory. The "SAB" signed to withstand pressure dif
PRODUCTION PACKER Packer is run in place on the tubing ferentials up to 7,500 psi*
Prod. No. 409-07 & 409-08 string, connected to the tubing by • "B" guide furnished as standard
means of a Model K-22 Anchor Seal . allowing attachment of a millout
Baker's Model "SAB-3" and "SABL-
Assembly, and is set by means of extension, seal bore extension or
3" Retainer Production Packers are
tubing pressure. This makes the other component, below the
the hydraulically set versions of
packer ideal for use in high angle Packer.
Baker's Model "DAB" and "FAB"
deviated wells common in offshore • One piece alloy steel body heat
packers respectively. These "SAB
operations. treated in accordance with
Type" Packers feature the enlarged
The "SAB-3" Packers and "SABL-3" N.A.C.E. specifications for H2S
upper seal bore of the "DA" or "FA"
Packers are developments of the service.
Packers, resulting in the largest possi-
popular "SAB" Packers, which have
PACKER SETTING:
been redesigned to give maximum
Using a Model "K-22" Anchor Seal
strength, uniformity of setting pres
Nipple (p. 528) the packer is made
sure and standardization of all alloy
up to the tubing string and run to
materials for H^S service.
depth. Tubing pressure is applied
The "SAB-3"" Packers offer bores against a tubing plugging device in
comparable to the "DA" Packers in stalled as close to the bottom of the
their corresponding sizes.
tubing string as possible. The follow
The "SABL-3" (large bore) Packers
ing plugging devices are suggested:
offer larger bores more comparable
to the "FA" Packers and as a result • Baker Shearout Ball Seat Sub
carry a lower pressure rating than the Product No. 799-27
• Baker Model "E" Hydro-Trip
"SAB-3" Packer. The "SABL-3"
Pressure Sub - Product No. 799-28
Packers are only available in certain
popular sizes at this time. • A wireline blanking plug seated in
a nipple.
Setting pressure is held for one
FEATURES/BENEFITS minute to set packer and then the
• Solid, slim-lined construction and plugging device is either pumped
a packing element system that re out or retrieved.
sists swab-off. This provides a fast PRESSURE REQUIRED
run-in (when compared to earlier TO SET AND PACK OFF "SAB-3"
model permanent packers) with & "SABL-3" PACKERS
out fear of impact damage or pre
2,500 psi Tubing Pressure is required
mature setting, yet packs off
to fully pack off all sizes except
securely and permanently when
32SAB30 which requires 4500 psi.
the packer is set
• Two opposed sets of full-circle, PACKER REMOVAL:
full strength slips assure that the Milling Tools (p. 543)
packer will stay where it is set PACKER ACCESSORIES:
• Unique interlocked, expandable Tubing Seal Assemblies (p. 528)
metal back-up rings contact the Millout Extensions (p. 546)
casing and create a positive barrier Tubing Expansion Joints (p. 534-541)
to packing element extrusion Parallel Flow Systems (p. 530)
• Safety of flanged-up completions
• Setting requires no rotation or re
ORDERING EXAMPU:
ciprocation, thereby eliminating
PRODUCT NO. 409-07
the problems of spacing out, land
SIZE: 44SAB 32 (5'hn OD 13-17 Ibslft Cas
ing, etc. ing) MODEL "SAB-3" HYDRO-SET RETAINER PRO
• Packer is run in with Model "K" DUCTION PACKER w/3ih" OD 9.2 Ibslft Vam
Box Down
Anchor Seal Nipple anchored in
upper bore PRODUCT NO. 409-08
• All pressure sensing O-rings are size: 194SABL 75 (9%"OD32.3-53.5 Ibslft
Casing) MODEL "SABL-3" HYDRO-SET RETAINER
supported by two back-up rings to
PRODUCTION packer w/7'k" 8 RD Short Cas
Prod. No. 409-07 & 409-08 improve long-term seal integrity ing Box Down
Model SAB-3 & SABL-3 Hydro-Set • All "SAB-3" Packers are designed
Retainer Production Packer with to withstand pressure differentials ♦The 194 "SABL 75" and 214 "SABL 75"
"B" Guide up to 10,000 psi are both rated to 5,000 psi.
517

MODEL "SAB-3" SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Cuing Pu*er£ PitktrSealniiBen
to Rao|t is IKttto U«tr Loweri
OD WelfMR PtckuMif(tllgti 00 Kin. Ben Seal Min.Bu>

Sul
Hlo. Mil Bora Sal Tnra Still Bon Seal Dim Sells
AiMRibly AMcmblj
In. In. In. In. In. Sin
In. In. Sin la.
nun.
mm rcnt cnm mn mm mm mrn men
1.000
20-19
4.12S 4.416 issa MOO 2JM 1.9S8 25.4
15-21 12SU10i19 20H19
127.0 104,3 112.7 1013 76.2 60.7 50.0 1J12
21-11
13.3
J-l/2 4JI2 1044 4.530 uso 2.530 2J00 U75

11-17 44Ua»l25 40DU2 20-25
139.7 122.2 128.1 114.3 82.6 63.5 63.5 47.6
5J7S (.115 5.469

1732 S2SIB49ll2
M/l 144,1 155.9 138.9
1E8.3 6.049 6.456 5.617
17-20 94SU4DI12
153.S 164.0 144.4
5.675 6.115 5.469

12-44 92SU40I12
144.1 155.S 139.9
4.000 3.250 M$0 2.406
7 5.617
NIM0 10-12
L049 6.456 101.6 92.6 92.6 Sl.l
177.9 20-12 94SU40I12
153.6 164.9 144.4
17-20 6.458 6.755 6.117

ISUB49I12
13.7-11 164.0 171.8 157.1
7-5/1
6.125 7.025 6.3)5
193.7 24-11 92UW0112
161.3 178.4 161.9
I-S/I 7.112 9.150 7.SD0 4.751 1.875 4.000 1.000

24-1S l2(S«B47l40 91FM7 90/120-40
219.8 111.4 207.D IS0.5 120.6 S9.4 101.6 76.2
2.500
191-47
63.5
!■» 8.415 9JWI 1.U5 6.000 4675 4.750 3.000

32*51.4 !94UBt0l47 uaoito 190-47
244.4 211.2 223.S 2054 152.4 123.3 120.6 76.2
U7S
197-47
98.4
MODEL "SABL-3" SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Calat Pttku.'. Picker SeiliajBtn

BtapalTticti Upper Uwtrs
00 WeWiU Pitta lijti to 00 Setl ttLBon Setl Kin. Bon
Ha. Ha. Sttl B«e Sell niraSeib Ben Sell Dm Sub
Awnttfy Asstntbfy
In. h. In. la. la.
Sin
In. In.
Sin In.
am.
nun mm mm mm mm mm mm
5-1/2
4.125 4.911 4.450 1.625 2.710 2.7(0 J)
20-21 41$ABUJl27») 41SM0 - -
117.5 122.2 IU.0 92.1 70.6 70.6
8-W
17
168.1 6.035 SJ76 5.975
95SUU7I1B
154.8 159.4 149.2
7 4.750 M75 3J75 2JS0
26-21 (1FM7 120-11
177.3 120.6 iB.4 99.4 63.5
7-W 6.706 7JT25 1500
24-JJ.7 IISUU7I19
191.7 170.1 178.4 165.1
IM 7.912 9.ISI 7.500 6.000 4J75 4.750 1.000
2446 129SU160I47 160M60 160-47
219.8 191.4 207.0 190.5 152.4 123.8 120.6 76.2
(-5/1 6.4JS 9.001 8250
12.1-59.4 1MSABL»X6O
244.4 214.2 229.6 209.5 7.500 6.011 6.000 4.(75
IS0FM5 190-60
10-1/4 9.6S0 10.192 9.437 190.5 153.2 152.4 123.8
12.7540.7 2I4SUU5I60
213.0 245.4 258.9 239.7
® For infonnation on packer or accessory sizes not found in this spec tion is required to assure desired performance. Compatibility is based
ification guide, refer to Baker Technical Manual or your Baker on lower bore/seal nipple diametrical dimensions only. Final seating
Representative. position of locating shoulder will vary between packer sizes. Anchor
mechanisms are not recommended.
® Includes some drill pipe and line pipe weights.
® When proposed for use in other than the casing weight range shown,
© lower bore can be utilized as a seal bore; HOWEVER, strict dimensional contact your Baker Representative.
analysis for compatibility of packer bore/sealing accessory configura © This is not a honed seal bore.
® 43SABL36 x 27 Packer requires 4500 psi Tubing Pressure to fully set
and pack off.
518
15 PACKERS
MODEL "N" run-in times compared to earlier

MECHANICAL-SET RETAINER model packers without fear of im
PRODUCTION PACKER pact damage or premature setting,
The Baker Model "N" Mechanical- yet packs off securely and perma
Set Retainer Production Packer is a nently when the packer is
one-trip, mechanically actuated, mechanically set
high-performance packer used in ei • Two opposed sets of full-circle, full
ther single or dual packer installa strength slips assure that the packer
tions. The Model "N" is economical, will stay where it is set
since it can be set and the well com • Interlocked, expandable metal
pleted with a single trip into the hole. back-up rings contact the casing
In low-fluid wells, since the need for and create a positive barrier to
packing element extrusion
filling the tubing is eliminated, the
mechanical setting of this packer is PACKER SETTING
an advantage. From the packing ele Used with the Baker Model "D"
ment down, the Model "N" is identi Roto-Set Seal Assembly. The packer,
cal to the Model "D" Retainer plus seal assembly, is run to setting
Production Packer and all Model depth. The upper slips are released
"D" packer accessories may be by right-hand rotation of the tubing
used. The packer is available with a (seven to 10 turns at the tool). Up-
flapper-valve guide or a blank guide. strain of 20,000 lbs minimum and
"B" guides threaded for millout ex 30,000 lbs maximum will set packing
tensions, seal bore extensions and element and lower slips. An equal
other tailpipe are also available as set-down weight will check the set of
Product No. 416-01. the lower slips.
FEATURES/BENEFITS ORDERING EXAMPU:
PRODUCT NO. 416-01
• Solid, trim-lined construction and
sat: 32-25 (5" OD15-21 lbs/ft Casing) model
a packing element system that re "NB" MECHANICAL-SET RETAINER PRODUCTION
sists swab-off. This provides fast packer w/3-1/2 NU 10 Rd Box Down for
Millout Extension.

f
Model "N" Mechanical-Set Model "N" Mechanical-Set
Retainer Production Packer Retainer Production Packer
with Blank Guide with Flapper Valve Guide
This guide serves only as a bottom This guide serves as a back pres Run In Right Lower Upstrain Upstrain
sub and does not accommodate sure valve and does not accom hand tool sets right
tailpipe. modate tailpipe. packing hand
turns to insure
release slip element turns
upper release and releases
slips lower setting
slips tool
519
PACKERS
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
PACKER REMOVAL Cating Pwktri
Urn. Bon t
CD Yltftlt' Hiy Eta ftuti Si»J 00 Sltt=
sera nm suit
PACKER ACCESSORIES Ha. Ka.
Tubing Seal Assemblies (p. 528) en

la. la.
en
la.
on
to. la.
GO
la.
Seal Bore Extensions (p. 546) 4-1/} 1J2I

U—1M 91.11
4.124 un
21-19 91.26
IJtl
21-19
U12
1H.30 04.7 49.99 33.32
Mill-out Extensions (p. 546) 4115 4 411 MM
IS—21 3225
Packer Plugs (p. 532) 121.00
(4.8 12.7 00.79
2.500 1.965
I1.S-I3 1025
Tubing Expansion Joints (p. 534-541) 3*15
us 63.50 47.37
441? 4.170
23-11
I2.J 18.S
« 29-23 42-21
m
1.NT
40-K
4JI2 U44 4.&Q3 49.29
11—11 44-21
122.2 123.1 114.13
VS low
5.140 5.552
14-21 MM tO-30
151.40 l.'QS 141.9
2.401
80-12
61.11
If—32
51)5 6.115
82-12
5.4M tig 81-12
2.000
144.1 155.B 138.99 50.80
MODEL "D" ROTO-SET SEAL
tilt
12-21 US 10-21
ia
ASSEMBLY IE!.!!
tO-32
2Mt
61.11
Product No. 416-81, 82, 83, IM9 8.ISS
94-12
5.M7
USD
9X55 IJSGH
17-20 1112
and 84 151.1 144.45 53.60
IS! 6
M28
I® 80-29
«v»
The Model "D" Roto-Set Seal Assem 80-12
2.401
61.11
bly features a ratchet device to SMS HIS
12-12
S.4M
3.250
32.55 2.000
U-44 1112
144.1 155.8 139.99 50.80
prevent the packer from being pre Mil 1.938
92-21 10-28
maturely backed-off of the setting as 88.28 49.2]
2.401
10-32
sembly while running in. This 61.11
6JH9 Mil
M-12
5187 tig 2-0S0
assures setting tool release only after 177.80 23—11 I53.B 1S1.7 144.45
81-32
50.B0
completion of the setting sequence. 84-26

as H16
US
2.406
A slight upstrain with right-hand rota M-32
61.11
9J-32
tion unscrews a left-hand square 11-20
MM
IMS
ins
171.9
81-12
2.CQ3
59.99
thread and converts the Roto-Set Seal M-K 19-21

1.939
49.23
1191
Assembly to a conventional locator- 157.15
10-12
2.401
61.11
1.210
type tubing seal nipple. 11.1-19
M-32
32.55
81-12
2 fiOO
50.90
The stinger type now operates as a U-2B
28*8
10-75 1.9M
88.29 49.23
locator seal assembly because the T-S/9
I93.C3 2.4tS
(0-12 61.11
square thread nut will not snap back 1125 was
92-12
UTS
ma
32.55 2£S9
24—11.? 11-12
into the packer. The anchor type IS9.3 178.4 181.9) S9.eo
2411 Wit 1.911
92-2!
however, will function as a conven 69.28 49.23
7.SI0 T.US T.12S
IB—49 is5Ts 128-3
tional anchor seal assembly and can 199.8 180.9!
MI5
m Till I.1S0 UN 93.43
120-18
HS
be rotated out and snapped back into 24—11 19S.4 207.0
121-3
193.50
4.750
the packer as required. J-Vl 1435 9OI
194-4
9.129 120.65
IS3-47
15.20
24449 iu—u. 211.2 229.6 1259 2.4SJ
194-3 10-12
82.55 61.11
® lottcdos sons Drin Pipe tnd lino Pips weights.

® Wbsn proposed (or use In cihtr thin (ho cistng wtEght rinse shown
conttct your Biker RoprasootttiYO.
© (nfonnttton shown below ptttalm to Utt Motftl "0" Roto-$et Setting
Toot, Product Mo. 41S-S0. tsd tfto tocttOf'typo utd stiossr-typs Hodel
•V tetn-Sat Setl toenMei ProtUct Km. 4IM1. tt M. ad M. H
tttoso fa^Hinw tmesrott tfo KnTffB troci tfto ptckcr ooro vtcr sdtiQL
PRODUCT NUMBER SELECTION GUIDE
Tbe 184 ilm btra a different type tett-bindiqutnttriMdindtoaot
MODEL "0" ROTO-SET SEAl ASSEMBLIES
tccest a Model "IT Tips Aocttsr Soil JUumbty. H Hodel "0" iceeuo-
rtos ire roo In picker site 32/34-15 » steo 20-25 Kceuory must fai
Type 10 Seals 20 Seals
(3; ibj nuifnufw OD (loctcduis totsntco) of vn put run ttrotrgh i Biker
Anchor Drotfocttoo picker Snotno fas *it ypj^t 1/iSr 9±$9 co stutter phu fito
416-83 416-84 Product No. 416-81
QnQfjRfTfls Don fflfQ4jflij tftfl QsckBjT booir Tff^^ out ocdstooiajv f
tttlt BtO COGSUm Dut 00 (DfCtQ OOVIl*

Stinger 416-81 416-82 Model "D" Roto-Set
Fof EntonnitlOQ 63 pttkofs of iccossoty sins tot found to tftH
Seal Assembly
igectitejUan |oife refer to Baker Tettmteal Huail or your Bikir
Rfipnttntttlro.
520
PACKERS
MODEL "DE-1" PARALLEL FEATURES/BENEFITS

RETAINER PRODUCTION • Proven reliability—basic Model
PACKER WITH SEAL BORE "D" design
EXTENSIONS • Flanged-up displacement
Product No. 415-15
• Uses conventional dual head; no
The Baker Model "DE-1" Parallel Re concentric strings
tainer Production Packer with Seal • Safety valves can be installed in
Bore Extensions is a double bore both strings (not possible with con
packer that can be equipped with up centric strings)
to 20 feet of seal bore extensions on
• Solid construction that makes pos
both bores. Seal bore extensions
sible a significant savings in rig
have the same ID as the packer bore
time by providing 50% faster run-
and are used in conjunction with
in (compared to former permanent
long tubing seal assemblies to pro
packers) without fear of impact
vide for tubing movement without
damage or premature setting.
the working seals leaving the seal
• Two opposed sets of full-circle,
bore. This design insures a longer
full-strength slips.
seal life. The parallel bores permit
hook-up whereby a second string • A packing element that resists
can be used to inject chemicals, vent swab-off but packs-off securely
gas or kill the well. when the packer is set.
• "Auto-Locate" parallel head de
sign with dual track system routes
MODEL "DEH" HYDRAULIC
each seal assembly into its proper
SET PARALLEL RETAINER seal bore, even in a high-angle de
PRODUCTION PACKER WITH viated well.
SEAL BORE EXTENSIONS • Two smooth, continuous ID seal
Product No. 415-16 ing bores.
The Baker Model "DEH" Packer is a • Unique Interlocked Expandable
one trip hydraulic set version of the Metal Back-Up Rings that contact
Model "DE-1" Parallel Retainer Pro the casing creating a positive pack
duction Packer. It has the same fea ing element extrusion barrier.
tures and benefits as the Model • Seal bore extensions are adaptable
"DE-1" plus the added advantage of to a large diameter seal nipple for
being run in on the production tubing liner top isolation hook-ups (see
with seals in place. page 481).
• Short string is provided with a
blow-out plug to allow testing of
the long string.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 415-12

SIZE: 83 X ),5 x 2.5 (7" OD 32-38 Ibslft
Casing) model "DE" parallel retainer pro
duction PACKER with 20feel ofseal bore exten
sions on both bores.
Section through
upper end of Packer
showing Seal Bores
and track that guides
seals into proper bore.
Model "DE-1"
Parallel Retainer Production
Packer
521
BAKER
PACKER SETTING — MODEL ously. Run packer in hole to setting

"DE-1": Run and set the "DE-1" Par depth, space out tubing strings and
allel Retainer Production Packer on install hangers. Drop tripping ball
wireline or tubing, using Baker Pack and circulate or allow to gravitate to
ers setting tools (page 523). Run the ball seat below packer. Apply setting
long string first, using Baker Model pressure of 3000 psi and hold for five
"L" Locator Tubing Seal Assembly minutes. Follow by pressure of 4000
(Product No. 446-01). Test the long psi to blow out ball seat, then bleed
string seal and packer, if desired. Run off pressure. Release larger seal as
the short string, using Baker Model sembly to float in packer by pulling
"L" Parallel Locator Tubing Seal As 20,000# to shear release lugs, then
sembly (Product No. 702-25). Blow land hangers. Packer can be tested
out the Plug through the bottom of by pressuring annulus.
the short string by applying 600-700
psi (42,2-49,2 Kg/cm2) tubing pres PACKER ACCESSORIES:
sure.
Baker Model "L-22" Locator Tubing
Note: The Model "DE-1" Packer Seal Assembly (larger seals on the
is equipped with a Blow-Out Plug, Model "DE-1 "Packer)
located on the bottom of the short
string bore, to allow pressure testing Baker Model "HEET" Locator Tubing
the long string prior to running the Seal Assembly (larger seals on the
short string. Model "DEH" Packer)
PACKER SETTING — MODEL Baker Model "L-22" Parallel Locator

"DEH" Make up packer on larger Seal Assembly (smaller seals on both
seal assembly, Baker Model "HEET" models packers)
Locator Tubing Seal Assembly, Prod K-Ryte Seals are used in hostile envi
uct No. 446-05. Smaller seal assem ronment completions.
bly, either Model "HEET" or Model
"L-22", can also be installed at this When well conditions do not call for
time to float in packer if it is desired to K-Ryte Seals, V-Ryte Seals are availa
run both strings of tubing simultane ble for use (page 526).
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
CASING Range ot Casing ID in Packer Seal Assembly
Which Packer May Be Run Sage Min. 1 OFB
OD Weight Ring Seal Bore Thru S eals
Min. Max.
Size 00
Production Injection Production Injection
In. In. In. In.
lbs/ft In. In. In. In.
mm mm mm mm
mm mm mm mm
5.875 6.094 83x1.5x2.5 5.687

20—24
6-5/8 149,2 154.8 144.5
168,3 6.095 5.875
17 85x1.5x2.5
154.8 149,2
5.875 6.094 5.687

32—38 83x1.5x2.5
149.2 154,8 144.5
7 6.095 6.276 5.875 2.500 1.500 1.730 0.75

26—29 85x1.5x2.5
177.8 154.8 159.4 149,2 63.5 38.1 43,9 19.1
6.277 6.456 6.000
20—23 87x1.5x2.5
159.4 164.0 152,4
6.456 6.765
17—20
1E4.0 171.8 6.250
89x1.5x2.5
6.456 6.765 158.8
33.7—39
7-5/8 164,0 171,8
193.7 6.625 7.025 6.500
24—33.7 91x1.5x2.5
1E8.3 178.4 1E5.1
Model "DEH" Hydraulic Set
3-5/8 8.435 8.835 8.218 3.000 2.500 2.375 1.865 Parallel Retainer Production
40—58.4 192x2.5x3.0
244.5 214.2 224.4 208.7 76.2 63.5 60.3 47.4 Packer
522
15 PACKERS
CASING SEAL RECEPTACLE RETRIEVABLE PACKER BORE RECEPTACLE

The Baker Casing Seal Receptacle is a casing sub RETRIEVING TOOL FOR RETRIEVABLE PACKER BORE
containing a seal bore and left-hand square thread RECEPTACLE
both of which are compatible with standard Baker Product No. 683-96
Packers tubing seal assemblies. It is run as an inte
gral part of the casing string usually as a crossover The Baker Retrievable Packer Bore Receptacle is designed to be
between casing sizes. When cementing or doing anchored into the top of a retainer production packer or a liner
remedial work inside the casing, a sleeve can be hanger by means of an anchor tubing seal assembly. The PBR Seal
inserted in the Polished Bore Receptacle to protect Assembly can be shear-screwed in place in the PBR. The PBR
the bore. assembly with its anchor seal assembly can then be
latched into the hydraulically set packer and the entire comple
FEATURES/BENEFITS tion is run in and set on the tubing string in one trip. A retrieving
• Large ID through seal assem tool is used to retrieve the PBR.
bly FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Bore diameter compatible • Full liner ID through seal assembly
with standard permanent • Accepts standard seal assemblies
packer seal assemblies • High strength
• Strength equal to or greater • Retrievable
than casing and liner • Allows tubing movement
• Provides a tubing anchor Contact BAKER PACKERS for availability of these products.
• Lengths as ordered
Vl
Retrieving
Tool(or
Casing Seal Retrievable
Receptacle Packer Bore
Receptacle
The Retrievable Packer

Run in as an integral part
Bore Receptacle and the
of the casing string, the Cas
standard anchor seal assem-
ing Seal Receptacle con bly onto which it is
tains a polished sealing bore
threaded, are landed in a
for acceptance of a standard
compatible seal bore
tubing seal assembly. In this
packer. All components are
completion, the Casing Seal
sized such that a full open
Receptacle also serves as a
ing into the lower liner is
casing crossover sub. The
maintained. Tubing move
tubing string is run with
ment is accommodated in
standard sealing and wire
the Retrievable PBR and its
line accessories attached. locator-type Seal Assembly.
The Shear-Out Anchor Tub
Note that the entire assem
ing Seal Assembly is re bly above the packer is
leased by either tubing
retrievable.
rotation or sufficient pull to
This system used in con
shear loose. If heavy mud is
junction with a hydrau
left in the annulus, a Locator lically set packer permits
Tubing Seal Assembly may Retrievable
PBR Seal a single-trip, flanged-up
be required. Packer Bore
D D Assembly completion.
Receptacle
523
BAKER
A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS INC
ELECTRIC WIRELINE MODEL "L" HI-TEMP

WIRELINE
PACKER SETTING PRESSURE SETTING
ASSEMBLY
MODEL "E-4" WIRELINE
Product No. 437-12
PRESSURE SETTING
ASSEMBLY The Hi-Temp Setting Tool is designed
Product No. 437-02 to perform the same function as the
Model "E-4" Wireline Pressure Set
This tool is used for selling Baker
ting Assembly in wells which are too
Models "D", "DA", "F", "F-l",
hot for the "E-4". To accommodate
"FA-1" and "FA" Retainer Produc Product No. 437-02
some of the packers being made for
tion Packers and "Retrieva-D" and Model 14"
high temperatures, this setting tool Wireline Pressure
Retricva "DA" Lok-Set Retrievable
can apply up lo 90,000 ibs. force. II 'iclljuj; Asst-iiihiv
Casing Packers. Also required is the For selling Baker
also has a metering device which can Models "D", "DA",
Model "B" Wireline Adaptor Kit and
slow the setting action, variable from ■pyw,"F-ror
the equipment and skilled services of "FA-l" and Models
almost instantaneous to over one "Rt'tneva-D" and
a licensed wireline perforating and/
hour. The tool is made in two ver "Retrieva-DA" Lnk-
or logging service company. Sei Packer!
sions, a two stage and a three stage.
OPERATION: The proper size wire The three stage version is for applica
line adapter kit is installed in the tions where there is not enough hy
packer. The packer and adapter kit drostatic pressure to operate the two
are then connected to the pressure stage tool. The primary power source
setting assembly. These are run to set for both versions is hydrostatic pres
ting depth on the electric wireline. sure acting against atmospheric pres
A small charge of electrical current, sure. An igniter and a small power
transmitted through the electric wire charge are used to shear off the end of
line, ignites the power charge in the a plug and open a port to the well
setting assembly, gradually building fluid which provides the controlled
up gas pressure. This pressure pro force to set the packer and part the Product No. 438-09
vides the controlled force necessary release stud. The igniter and charge Model "B" Wireline
to set the packer. When the pre are rated to operate to a maximum Adapter Kit
Used with Model "£-■!'
scribed setting force has been ap temperature of GOOT. Wireline Pressure
plied to the packer, the release stud in The same Model "B" Wireline Selling Assembly ant)
Models "H" and "J"
(he wireline adapter kit parts thus Adapter Kits used with the Model "E- Hydraulic Setting
freeing the setting equipment from 4" are used with the Model "L" Pres Assemblies
the packer, allowing it to then be re sure Setting Assembly. The OD of this

trieved. The proper release stud is tool is 3.625 inches and it can be
shipped with each packer at export. used to run and set packers in 4W
OD and larger casing.
Product No. 437-12
Model "L" Hi-Temp

MODEL "H" WIRELINE FEELER Wiietine Ptetsure
AND JUNK CATCHER Setting Asse ml ily
Product No. 439-01 For selling Hakcf

Models "D",
This tool is rim inlo [he well on electric line prior to running the packer "DA", :'F", "FA",
lo assure that the well bore is large enough to permit subsequent passage "F-rwFA-r
of the packer. The too! also serves lo clean the well of debris that might and Models
"Retrieva-D" and
foul the packer and cause premature setting, ll is .ilso suggested that in "Relriev,i-DA"
well conditions involving high downhole temperatures, thai the firing Packets
head o( the setting assembly be run on top of the ]unk Catcher lo assure
mat the sftiinK assembly will nol prematurely detonate on the subse-
que;il packer run.
524
PACKERS
TUBING AND DRILL PIPE

PACKER SETTING
Baker Models "D" & "DA", "F-1" &
"FA-1", "Retrieva-D" & "Retrieva-
DA", "KB" and their respective "B"
versions ("DB", "DAB", etc.) can be
set on tubing or drill pipe using a
Model "B" Wireline Adapter Kit
(shown on previous page) and a
Model ")" Hydraulic Setting Assem
bly. These setting assemblies are par
ticularly useful for setting permanent
packers in high-angle, deviated wells
such as those drilled offshore.
The packer is run to setting depth
on the tubing string and a ball is
dropped to the ball seat, in the setting
assembly. Sufficient tubing pressure
is then applied to set and pack off the
packer. Trie pressure, or combined
pressure ana tubing tension, then
parts the release stud in the adapter
kit and frees the setting assembly
from the packer for retrieval.
In addition, the Models "D",
"DA", "F-1" and "FA-1" Packers can
be set using a Model "B" Setting Tool
for Sizes 80 and larger. For sizes 20
through 60, the Model "B-1" Setting
Tool is used. The "B-1" is a modifica
tion of the "B" requiring a lower set
ting pressure.
After the Packer (run in on tubing)
reaches setting depth, a tripping ball
(shipped with every packer going ex
port) is dropped to seat in the setting
tool. Tubing pressure sufficient to set
the upper slips is then applied. After
the upper slips are set, tension is ap
plied to set the lower slips and pack
off the tool. The setting tool is then
disengaged by right hand rotation.
Models "D/(, "DA", "F-1", "FA-1"
and "HE" Packers in sizes 23 and
larger can also be set using the Model
"B-2" Setting Tool. This Setting Tool
is designed to withstand high tensile
loads and may be run with nigh tem
perature seals rated at 550° F. After
the Packer is run to setting depth, a
tripping ball is dropped to seat in the
Setting Tool. A combination of pres
sure and tension may be used to set
the Packer. After reaching a predeter
mined setting pressure, the ball seat
Product No. 415-74
shifts causing a pressure drop and an
Model "|" Hydraulic Model "B" Setting Tool Model "B-2" indication that setting is complete.
Setting Assembly For use with Model Hydraulic Setting Tool Prior to disengaging the Setting Tool
For use with Model
Used lor setting Baker "D". "DA", "F-l" and
"D". •DA". "F-l",
from the Packer, the annulus may be
Packers on tubing. A "FA-1" packers in sizes
two or three cylinder 80 and larger. "FA-1" and "HE" pressurized to confirm a successful
assembly is available. Packers in sizes 23 and setting of the Packer. Right hand rota
Product No. 415-72 larger. Used in
Does not include
atmospheric chamber. Model "B-1" Setting Tool conjunction with tion disengages the Setting Tool from
For use with Model Model "B-2" Hydraulic the Packer.
"D", "DA", "F-1"and Set Adapter Kit, Product
"FA-1" packers in sizes No. 415-75
20 through 60.
COMPOSITE PACKER SETTING TOOLS SELECTION GUIDE
Pates aaSgea
Wtttea Fitter •seea Seng Watba Fctkt
FJtctretatSKtcI
Packer
Pacts lljdtjJttB
Fndb 439-01 14- it<i>i-er Prea«o41t-t •Mr|-(*
■mm
Wrote
FYasscra •Wit Uiflir
Ulf.tr StWq SMUt
III Bl Ill4otl7
(HI S«K, la KtM-r It llttCtll
Sin Sin
Prtllto.
43W1
Prrib.
413-11
Fted.u.
431-01
freJ.ni.
411-70
FraLU.
415-72 Sin Sin ^00 fret la tua
Mb
413-11
Pred-b.
431-09
PnoMa.
415-10 1IS-71
417-02 117 07
b Sin Sin Sin b. ea Sot Sin Sin Sin Sin Sin
3-11 119 11-25 11-21 (37UI 5-2112 KITS ■SMI (DM) (3FHI
21-25 3-1112 11 711 21-25 21-25 (5F14) 5-15/11 159 11
22-11 3-11/11 9)71 22-11 22-11 tMIFM) (517F14)
10 22-11 I7F14) III! isin
2171 12512 9! 11 23-21 -
23-H IIF152 (-11/12 urn
74-11 lit IO«»i 34-11 I91IF4S7 I91IF15! I11IF152
KM \ta70 * 24-19 74-11 IIFU2 (-1(12 III4I
32-11 1211 32-19 32-11 H4F1IS (-1/2 211.91 IMFI15 II4F1)9 IMF171
32-21 10cj20 4-1/12 12-2S
H3
102.19 32-21 32-25
021F1I2 19-21 i: 1.7(1 > 45 74 DI1F4I1.
12-21 32-21 32-21 32-21 C2(F11I C5-2lt 2.219 » 91.7) 09 02IF1K •
34-11 34-11 34-11 34-11 OllfUO 05-33 r 7S97. isn IU115F120 ■
-
m
34-2J 4-5/11 10S.S4 34-15 3425 34-25 03SFU0 OS-IS [ tmt 7112 031F120I T 039fl») - -
34-21 34-K 34-21 M7I
I3F12S H1J 7151
42-1! 42-11 42-11 42-11 1SFI25
Ull! 111.92 3-7/12 tl7i
4! 71 47-a 42-21 4!-7t
Z2FU0 mil III)
>
44-11 41-11 41-11 2C7139) 20130 i
•e- 44-11
4-2112 lit!) 14F115 171 U47
t
44-21 44-21 44-71 14-21 43F1K 20 4-1/2 IK 13 20 4CJUI. 20 4tJUt- _ _
■tr (4-10 5 177 M (3-30 (0-39

131 171 U4!
(1-32 3-1112 117 31 11-32 111! 11-32
411 4 SI!
an
Sill! 14049
n-a
20
12-21 l!!l
Ut llvtl 4S1I
1059!
109 94
10 240123 10 240125
m
(2-32 12-12 12-3! 12-32
4312 4-17/32 11909
(4-2( SHI! 14 21 (4-21 1171
14814 4114 4-4314 11161
14-32 14-32 14-32 Nil
4S1 20 4-13/11 177 74 41II 44-21
U-32 1 1574 (1-32 n-12 (t-32
45t 5-132 171)1
O-2J
5
It97 71 u/nn itn-n
(-1112 iei.il ttnan 450 Ull lit 71
18-1! UH-32 UK 3! U171? -
f 4114 5-2132 1414)
12-21 n un-» U17 7I U97 7I
(-15.12 16411 Ick-Sal 41(2 1 ISHC
1317 Uttl!
- -
n
uvu UO-32
1 41(4 (-I'd
12f-3t ISSII
7-11/12 lit 51
120-31 ITO-JI 17011 ■nntn 4IC2 (-11(4 HIM HI! 14-12
in-ii HIT! 194 47
tr 47C4 1)114 114 ID
194-3! 1t3-S2 113-32 113-32
1-1/2 215.90 lat-Slt 4)02 (-45(4 170 78
194-11 1(3-47
4)04 29 (-21/32 1)111
m
1-11/11 . n.ti 10 12U2S 10 220125 220179 4(12 7-11/32 111 SI
24U25 3-)/l I0»20> 240125 10 a 20 • !«»!5 240125 1114 7-1/11 19! 09 120-31 120-1)
42U32 4-1342 11197 42013! 420132 420132
- 491 71111 19144
44U32 4-21/12 11177 4411132 440112 440U2
n 511 lilt 111.14
MUM 5 17? E0 (tUli BUM (C913S 51(2 117 215(9 I1W7 193-4)
t»Mi 5-171! 140 49 I2BM I7CJU0 120140
C/)
t
SIM Ml (4 2194)
•sir HOMO 5-2512 14! 14 (40U0 (40140 (40140
20 20 431 3-1 ( 9141
(SOW (-1112 1(113
taut UVOMt U12DU0 Ut2M4S 43) 4-512 IMS) 10 M 10 40-2S
(-I512
12(0141 Ml*
11411
lit 51
lit IBnlS 4511 109 54 m
I2CO14I I20U4! I200U1 49U 4-1)12 11509
I2UM7 I-2I/S2 19447
4914 4-41(4 mi)
U4BM0 (I/2 21519 ICCMt
451 20 4 1)11 122.24 (00131 (0D13(
22-23 l-ll/ll 9)71 10 10
20-23 20-23 45C 511! 1711!
24-23 171 20-23
U.41 10«20 ■ 0«20 »
■alrina 490 9-3/K 111.11
43-30 4-1/2 11410
■W 1114 5-27/32 Kill
45-30 20 4-54 11749 40-30 40-30 40-30 iclStt 4712 1 ISMG
47-31 4-1311 1!!!4 ( 47(4 1714 mil
13-40 5-2112 115»
Kill ill! 4IC2 11114 159 94 (40140
13M" 15-10 J-1HI ISO II U 15.17-41 UISI7-U (3(517-49 20
20 21 -BIT 41C4 H114 114 70
n-a 11:11 15199
Ul-SM not (-4114 I7S-7S
n-4o (-1112 mil
I11I-4J (111-40 4)04 25 (-2712 17)1)
91-40 III17 111 4|
4(12 1-11/12 mil
I97-4J im 71014 19! It 197-M 19140 4114 7111 117.09 12CSM1 1213147
194-B II7 715 S3 IKII 1(440 1*4 (C
in 711II 11144
240-13 121/32 135.59 240-13
511 ISII 211.14
■F«-r S2FB0 IOwTO 4-1* IBIH 10 I2F1I0 10 32FU0 32F130 1112 111 715 S3 INU4! I930M1
1 45F1M 4-51 11741
20 mm 20 4cnii - 4IHUI 1114 1-41.(4 119.47
■Fu-r _mfih
• mtmtn tta HI ef Ox Wattat F«tlti a ten Ctttttf at tt»ia t»l tut a ca n=sfe) a nsgotu pp it»
ujtenDta4-1/Jci (illlfcaMCjjn.eiKj.Tltititiairtuil.tc.twr.itaU&rejiliilw.t a to* CjHttf Frctel to. 431-0T.
ucm (4 PrateiiD.4a.il
to»aiUihtat
526
PACKERS
TUBING SEAL SYSTEMS SEAL SELECTION:

To select the proper tubing seal as STANDARD SEAL STACK—Made
sembly for any well completion, up of Nitrile chevron seals and steel
careful consideration must be given spacer rings. Used for non-H2S en
to present and future well condi vironments not exceeding 325°F
tions. Factors which must be consid (163°C). Not recommended for low
ered are: temperature (less than 120°F (49°C))
• Maximum pressure differential gas applications. Should not be al
• Maximum and minimum lowed to leave seal bore in service.
temperatures
V-RYTE® SEAL STACK—Made up of
• Well fluids (H2S, CO2 or other cor Viton chevron seals with Teflon* and
STANDARD SEAL
rosives and inhibitors)
STACK Ryton back-up rings, and Ryton
• Seal movement
front-up rings. For any well fluids ex
These environmental consider cept amine based inhibitors. These
ations will determine the best com seals have been tested at 400°F
bination of seal (elastomer),
(204°C) with 10,000 psi (703 kg/cm2)
accessory material (steel) and acces differential under dynamic condi
I Ryton Backrup Ring sory type (locator, anchor or other) tions and 15,000 psi (1054 kg/cm2)
—Teflon Back-up Ring for use in each case. under static conditions. Should not
be allowed to leave seal bore in
STEEL SELECTION:
Wton Chevron Seal service.
"22"—Alloy steel heat-treated to a
maximum hardness of 22 Re. All BONDED SEAL STACK—Two Ni-
metal parts subjected to a tensile load tri le or Viton seals are bonded to each
conform to NACE standard MR-01- metal insert and these inserts are
75 for H2S service. Differential pres separated by spacers. Used where
sure should not exceed 10,000 psi® seal movement out of the seal bore
(703 kg/cm2). cannot be prevented. Nitrile
V-RYTE™
SEAL STACK "36"—Alloy steel heat-treated to a units are serviceable in non-H2S en
maximum hardness of 36 Re. For vironments of less than 350°F
pressure differentials not exceeding (176°C). Viton is used for H2S service
15,000 psi® (1054 kg/cm2). and in all well fluids except amine
mded "22S" — Stainless steel and other based inhibitors up to 250°F (121 °C).
Seal Ring alloys commonly used for COj serv
ice and sometimes HjS service. Fer- K-RYTE® SEAL STACK — A Baker
ritic alloys in this classification are Packers development consisting of
heat treated to a maximum hardness Kalrez' chevron seals backed-up by
of 22 R, to conform to NACE standard Teflon* and Ryton' back-up rings, and
MR-01-75 for H2S service. High Ryton' front-up rings. Resists the ef
nickel alloys in this classification are fects of HjS, CO2, amine inhibitors
suitable for H2S and CO2 service at and highly corrosive treatment flu
BONDED SEAL hardnesses greater than 22 R<. Pres ids. Baker has tested these seals at
STACK sure ratings will be determined based 450°F (232°C) and 15,000 psi (1054
upon the alloy selected. kg/cm2) differential under static con
ditions and 450°F (232°C) and
QSome sizes are rated at lest than 10,000 psi (703 kg/cm1). 10,000 psi (703 kg/cm2) differential
See your Baler Representative for Ihese exceptions. under dynamic conditions. Seal
J Ryton
Back-Up Ring
•Some lUei are rated at less than 15,000 psi (10S4 kg/cm2). movement should be kept to a mini
See your Baker Representative (or these exception*.
mum and seals should never leave
3 Teflon
Back-Up Ring
the seal bore.
a A Registered Trademark of Baker Packers
I Kalrez * A Registered Trademark of the Du Font Co.
,, Chevron Seal * A Registered Trademark of Phillips Petroleum Co.
Q Ryton
Front-Up Ring
K-RYTE" SEAL
STACK
527
PACKERS
MODEL "L-22" LOCATOR

TUBING SEAL ASSEMBLY
Product No. 446-01
This seal assembly was designed
specifically for use with the new
K-RYTE® Seal System. Like all loca
tor seal assemblies, it should be
landed with sufficient set down
weight to prevent seal movement.
Used in a properly designed system,
however, this unique seal assembly
will give long service even if move
ment occurs. This system is normally
used with Baker Models "DB" and
"FB-1" Retainer Production Packers
and Seal Bore Extensions. Also avail
able as a Model "L-36" Loca
tor Tubing Seal Assembly, Product
No. 446-02.
MODEL "N-22" K-RYTE MODEL "M-22" K-RYTE

ANCHOR SEAL ASSEMBLY ANCHOR SEAL ASSEMBLY
Used where well conditions require Used where well conditions require
that the tubing be landed in tension that the tubing be landed in tension
or where there is insufficient tubing or where there is insufficient tubing
weight available to keep the seal as weight available to keep the seal as
sembly in the packer bore. This seal sembly in the packer bore. This seal
assembly was specially designed to assembly was specially designed to
accommodate the new K-RYTE® accommodate the new K-RYTE®
Seal System. Can be used to seal the Seal System. Can be used with Baker
upper bore of the Models "DA", Models "D" and "F-1" Retainer Pro
"FA" and "SAB" Seal Bore Packers. duction Packers (with or without
Supplied with Blank Bottom Sub "B" guide).
which will not accommodate tail
BAKER PACKERS can design a system
pipe or production tubes.
to your requirements. Contact your
Baker Packers representative.
"BAKER PACKERS TRADEMARK

528

PACKER SYSTEMS
MODEL "G" LOCATOR TUBING SEAL ASSEMBLY MODEL "K" LOCATOR TUBING SEAL NIPPLE
Designed for limiting downward move Used for landing and sealing in the upper
ment of the seals in the packer bore. Nor- bore of Models "DA", "FA","SAB" and
mally landed with the tubing in "Retrieva-DA" Seal Bore Packers. One
compression sufficient to prevent seal seal stack is used on this seal nipple so no
movement upward. Any number of seal upward movement can be tolerated, there
units can be added for increased length. fore, sufficient set down weight must be
Basic assembly includes two seal stacks. available to prevent movement. Supplied
Designed for use in Models "D", with blank or half mule shoe bottom sub
"F-1", "N", "S-2","KB" and "Retrieva-D" which will not accommodate tail pipe or
Seal Bore Packers. Although not com production tubes.
monly used in this way, they are also com
ORDERING EXAMPU:
patible with the lower seal bore in most
PRODUCT NO. 442-51
sizes of "DA","FA", "SAB" and "Retrieva- SIZE: 40FA36 MODEL "K-221' LOCATOR TUBING SEAL
DA" Packers. Production tubes, tail pipe or H\miwl3-1I2'ODNU 10 Rd Box,for C-75 9.2
other accessories with OD's compatible lbs/ft tubing
with packer bore can be run below.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 442-34
SIZE: 40-26 MODEL "C-22" LOCATOR TUBING SEAL
ASSEMBLY w/TWO SEAL UNITS V)I2-3I8~OD EU 8 Rd
BmforC-75 4.7 Ibslft tubing x2-3I8 OD NU10
Rd Pin for C-75 4.6 Ibslft tubing
NOTE; Additional Seal Units should be ordered separately as
required.
PRODUCT HO. SELECTION GUIDE

"S* Ut£Cf Tc£i| tttl tatctft Tlca&T&qfalE^ll t" Lcccz tctizi fat bsciMfy ta
fab
rfOFJCt ItIi'imHT
SUBltrt i-as S-22 MB tit I-2H 1-22 tits lit t-22 c-:t
442-31 442-34 442-tt 442-19 442-41 442-51 442-SS 442-SI 442-U 442-11
t-m (22 I-IB t!i I-22S 1-22 IMS US 1-22 (•It
M]t»
4S3-0I 4SM2 4S3JI 4S1-S2 »5J10 tun
mm tIB-22 ssi-us ua-ii DU-22S BS-22 DH-ltS ua-n
EtrSi 4HW1 45MI 4H-U 45WS 455-11 4SM! 4S9-14 4SMt
- _
tstti mm tn-22 cms; inn m-m BI-22 BY IK dmi

4SW4 45H2 48-B 4SWJ 03-1! 48-13 459-1S 4S3-1B - -
MODEL "E" ANCHOR TUBING SEAL ASSEMBLY MODEL "K" ANCHOR TUBING SEAL NIPPLE
Designed for anchoring the tubing string to Anchors the tubing string to the Models
the packer. Used where well conditions "DA", "FA", "SAB" and "Retrieva-DA" I
require the tubing to be landed in tension Seal Bore Packers. The seal is made in the
or where insufficient tubing weight is upper seal bore. Used where well condi
available to prevent seal movement. Stan tions require that the tubing be landed in
dard assembly is supplied with two seal tension or where available tubing weight
j.
stacks. Intended for use with Models "D", will not keep the seals in the packer bore.
"F-1", "N", "S-2", "KB" and "Retrieva-D" Supplied with blank bottom sub which will \■
Seal Bore Packers. Production tubes, tail not accomodate tail pipe or production
i
pipe or other accessories can be run be tubes.
low. ORDERING EXAMPLE:
ORDERING EXAMPLEt PRODUCT NO. 443-38 I ■

SIZE: 80FA47 MODEL "K-22" ANCHOR TUBING SEAl
PRODUCT NO. 443-44
SIZE: 80-40 MODEL "E-22" ANCHOR TUBING SEAL
nipple w/4-112' OD NU 10 Rd Box for N-80
12.6 Ibslft tubing
ASSEMBLY w/TWO SEAL UNITS w/3-112" OD EU 8
E
Bmx3-ll2'NU10Rd Pin for C-75 9.2 Ibslft
tubing
toms Additional Seal Units should be ordered separately as
required.
PRODUCT NO. SELECTION GUIDE

"£* Jtachof Ttibing Sul AttttnUr X techei Tutiia Sul Hiptli
Sub Moati uMJgniuon mow mMgiaiion
Piodnct Numbtf PfQfflict Huntbcf
E-22S E-22 E-36S E-J6 K-22S K-22 K-36S K-36

W-56 443-44 441-58 44M13 44M0 441-33 44342 443-19
up
c-as E-22 E-3BS E-38 (-22$ K-22 K-3SS K-JS
45441 45442 454-51 454-52
E9H-22S EBH-22 EBHÊS [BH-33 IBH-22S OH-22 KBH-36
Nitrite 451-44 451-01 451-46 451-01 451-48 451-40 451-50 45142
EBV-22S EBV-22 EBY-38S EBV-K KBV-22S KBV-22 KBV-36S KBV-36
Vtton 451-45 451-02 451-47 451-04 45149 45141 451-51 45143
Ii?tt irt tftftftticttf fty ftftcnfan ta tptriftttftei ptrttf c»Jtf fttl totfftfy
529
PACKERS
SEAL UNITS MODEL "E" TUBING

Seal Units are used to add additional seal SEAL NIPPLE
stacks to Model "C" Locator Tubing Seal Intended for use as the lower seal assembly
Assemblies and Model "E" Tubing Seal or assemblies in multiple packer installa
Nipples. Any number can be used to ac tions. With sufficient seal units, mis-
commodate expected tubing movement. measurement or tubing movement can be
accommodated. Compatible with Models
ORDERING EXAMPLE "D", "F-1", "N", "S-2", "KB" and "Re-
SIZE: 40-26 SEAL UNIT (COMPLETE WITH O-RINC IN trieva-D" Seal Bore Packers. Can also be
BOX THREAOI FOR MODEL "C-22" SEAL ASSEMBLY used in the lower bore of most sizes of
PRODUCT NO.442-34 (DUE TO INTERCHANCEABILITY.
"DA", "FA", "SAB" and "Retrieva-DA"
SPECIFY SEAL ASSY. BEING USED)
Packers. Production tubes, tail pipe or
other accessories can be run below.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 449-09
SIZE: 80-32 MODEL "E-22" TUBING SEAL NIPPLE
w/ONE SEAL UNIT wI2-7I8' OD NU 10 Rd Box x
SPACER SEAL UNITS Pin for C-75 6.4 Ibslft tubing
Spacer Seal Units are used to add length NOTE: Additional Seal Unit should be ordered separately as
and additional seal stacks to Model "G" required.
Locator Tubing Seal Assemblies and Model

"E" Tubing Seal Nipples. These units allow
PRODUCT NO. SELECTION GUIDE FOR
assembly of long seal lengths without MODEL ■E-TUBIN8 SEAL NIFFLE
building up excessive seal friction. Modi) DMliiutton
tells Product Number
E-22S E-22 E-16S E-16
Studud 449-1S 449-03
449-11 449-09
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
¥-Bj& E-22S E-22 E-3SS E-IS
SIZE: 80-32 SPACER SEAL UNIT WITH PREMIUM PACK
EBH-2B EBH-22 EBH-1BS EBH-W
ING (COMPLETE WITH O-RING IN BOX THREAD) FOR 452-01 452-07 452-OJ
Wtrile 452-05
MODEL "G-36" LOCATOR TUBING SEAL ASSEMBLY PROD
BfiCOfiQ EBV-22S EBV-U EBV-3BS E8V-36
UCT NO. 442-27 (DUE TO INTERCHANGEABILITY, SPECIFY YHra 452-M 452-02 4S2-0S 4S244
SEAL ASSY. BEING USED) Sat m tmraieid b» rttoitni U mutltattM inttt fw «wro-
pW» pdur mdtr Sol ItuemMj Sta catena.
St* pip S27 to comjitle tofonnittcn ta Mite Suit ud Sttl
THREADED PIN DOWN BLANK & CHAMFERED HALF MULE SHOE

BOTTOM SUB BOTTOM SUB BOTTOM SUB
Used to accommodate Used where tailpipe, a This bottom sub facili
tail pipe, a production production tube or other tates guiding the seal as
tube or other accessory accessory is not required sembly or nipple into the
below the tubing seal as below the tubing seal as packer bore and is rec
sembly. Available to fit sembly. These subs are ommended in most in
Model "G" Locator Seal available for all seal stances. Available for all
Assembly, Model "E" assemblies and seal seal assemblies and
Anchor Seal Assembly or nipples. Model "E" seal nipples.
Model "E" Tubing Seal
Nipple.
These bottom subs are not ordered separately. They should be specified when ordering seal assemblies or seal nipples.
If not specified for a Model "K" Seal Nipple, a blank and chamfered bottom sub will be supplied.
FORMULA "B"
TUBING SEAL GREASE
Product No. 499-26
Tubing Seal Grease should be applied to
the seal areas of packer accessories to fill
the spaces between the accessory and the TUBING
packer bore to keep out particles that might
SEAL
interfere with the seal or with removal of
the accessory.
GREASE:
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 499-26
SIZE: 8 Ol. FORMULA "B" TUBING SEAL GREASE
530
13 PACKERS
MODEL "A" FULL OPENING MODEL "F" PARALLEL

PARALLEL FLOW TUBE LOCATOR SEAL NIPPLE
The Model "A" Full Opening Parallel Used to land the short string in the
Flow Tube is a locator type tubing parallel flow tube. Incorporates only
seal assembly containing two paral one seal stack so sufficient tubing
lel flow paths. It is used in the upper weight must be applied to prevent
packer of a two packer parallel string seal movement.
installation or in single zone single
packer production with an injection
string. It can also be used in a single
packer installation with a gas vent
string. The long string side is MODEL "A" PARALLEL
threaded both up and down, and the
ANCHOR SEAL NIPPLE
short string side contains a seal bore.
Product No. 703-01
The head is machined to a funnel
shape with the axis in line with the Anchors and seals the short string in
Product No. 702-02
seal bore to guide the parallel seal the parallel flow tube. Used when
nipple into the bore. Since any seal well conditions require that the short
movement would cause the seal to string be landed in tension or where
leave the bore, sufficient set down insufficient tubing weight is available
weight must be available to prevent to keep the seals in the seal bore.
movement of the parallel flow tube.
MODEL "A" FULL OPENING

ANCHOR PARALLEL
FLOW TUBE
Product No. 700-10 MODEL "F" PARALLEL
SNAP-LATCH
The Model "A" Anchor Parallel Flow
SEAL NIPPLE
Tube is intended for the same use as
the locator type parallel flow tube but Product No. 707-01
is used where well conditions require This Seal Nipple, when landed in the
the tubing to be landed in tension or short string side of the Flow Tube, will
where insufficient tubing weight is snap past a shoulder in the lower end
available to prevent movement. of the bore. The Snap-Latch will hold
sufficiently to allow for a slight up-
ORDERING [XAMPUl
strain in order to provide an indica
PRODUCT NO. 700-01 tion that the Seal N ipple is positioned Product No. 703-01
size: 40DA32 4-112 x 2-1116x1.25 model -a- in the sealing bore. When used in
FULL OPENING PARALLEL FLOW TUBE wl2.062 Hy-
dril CS Box UpflC-75 3.25 lbs/ft Tubing x
conjunction with set-down weight, it
1.900 Hydril CS Pin DownflC-75 2.90 lbs/ft provides an extra measure of safety
Tubing wISlandard Seal Assembly but does not, however, secure an ac
tual anchoring of the seal nipple to
the Flow Tube. A set-down weight of
OROEBING EXAMPU:
2,000 to 4,000 lbs. is required to
PRODUCT NO. 707-01
SIZE: 1.25 MODEL "F" PARALLEL SNAP-LATCH SEAL latch the Seal Nipple and a 6,000 to
nipple id// .315 Hydril CS Box flJ-55 1.80 8,000 Ib. pull will remove it from the
lbs/ft Tubing
flow tube.
SEAL NIPPLE SIZE AVAIUBILITY GUIDE

Short String Seal Bore
in
Product
Model Type mm
Number 1.25 1.96 2.28 2.50

31.75 49,78 57,91 63,50
Product No. 700-01 F 702-02 Locator X X X
Model "A" Full
Opening Parallel A 703-01 Anchor X X
Row Tube F 707-01 Snap-Latch X X X X Product No. 707-01

531
PARALLEL FLOW TUBE SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Row lobe
long String Ni pie Minimum (D Thru:
Packer Upwri lowers
long Short
Size Silts Standard Thd. Sp«ct. Standard Hid. Specs.
String String
Box UpX Pin Down Pin Down
In. In. In. In.
mm mm mm mm
24FA-30 Any 1.660(40,64) ODx Any 1.375

24fA-3O
3-13/16i1.68O>1.25 1.660(40.64) 00 HU10 RD 1.660(40.64)00 34.93
32FA-30 Any 1.900(48.26) 001 1.625
32FA-3O
4-1/16x1.900x1.25 1.900(48.26) 00 NU tO RD 41.28
40FA-36 Any 1.900(48.26) ODx Any
4-1/2x1.90011.25 1.900(48.26) ODEU 10 RD 1.900(48,26)00 1.719
43FA-36 40FA-36 Any 2-1/16(52,39) ODx 43,66
4-1/2 x 2-1/16 «1.25 1.900(48,26) ODEU 10 RO
40FA-36 Any2-3/8!6O.32)00i Any 1.938
4-1/212-3/8x1.25 2-3/8(60.32) ODNU10 RD 2-3/8(60,32) OD 49.23
40DA-32 Any 1.900(48,26) 00 x
420A-32 4-1/2 x 1.900 xU5 1.900(48.26) 00 EU10 RD
40DA-32 Any2-1/IE(52.39)00l
4-1/2 x 2-1/16 xU5 1.900(48.26) 00 EUIORD Any 1.719
40FA-36 Any 1.900(48,26) 001 1.900(48,26)00 43,66
4-1/211.900i U5 1.900(48.26) ODEUIORO
45FA-36 40FA-36 Any 2-1/16(52.39) ODx .750
4-1/2x2-1/16x1.25 1.900(48.26) ODtU 10 RD 19.05
40FA-36 An* 2-3/8(60,32) 00 x Any 1.938
4-1/2 x 2-3/8x1.25 2-31(60.32) ODNU 10 RD 2-3/8(60.32) OD 49,23
40DA-32 Any 1.900(48,26) ODx
44DA-32 4-1/2x1.900x1.25 1.90X48,26) ObEU 10 RO
40DA-32 Any 2-1/16(52.39) ODx Any 1.719
4-1/2x2-1/16x1.25 1.900(48.26) ODEUIORO 1.900(48,26)00 43,66
40FA-36 Any 1.800(48.26) ODx
4-1/2x1.900x1.25 1.900(48,26) ODEU 10 RD
40FA-38 Any 2-1/16(52.39)001
47FA-38 4-1/2x2-1/161 U5 1.900(48.26) ODEUIORO
40FA-36 Any 2-3/8160,32) 00 x Any 1.938
4-1/2x2-3/8x1.25 2-3J8(60.32)0bNU10RD 2-3/8(60.32)00 49.23
630A-36 Any 1.900(48,26) 00 x
5x1.900x1.25 1.900(48,26) ODEU10 RD Any 1.719
640A-36
630A-36 Any 2-1/16(52,39) ODx 1.800(48.26)00 43,66
5x2-1/16x1.25 1.900(48.26) ODEUIORO
83FA-47 63FA-47
5-11/16x2-3/8x1.98
820A-40 820A-40
5-11/16x2-3/8x1.96
85FA-47 85-87FA-47 1.313

5-15/16x2-3/8x1.98 33,35
84DA-40 84-86DA-40
5-15/16x2-3/8x1.96
85-87FA-47 Any 2-3/8(60,32)001 Any 2.000
87FA-47
5-15/16i2-3/8x1.86 2-3/8(60,321 ODNU 10 RD 2-3/8(60.32) OD 50,80
89FA-52 89-91FA-52
6-7/16x2-3/8x2.28
6BDA-40 89-9IDA-40
6-7/16x2-3/8x2.28
91FA-52 89-91FA-52 1.625
6-7/16x2-3/8x218 41,27
92DA-40 89-91DA-40
6-7/1612-1312.28
1260A-47 Any 2-3/8(60.321 ODx

2-3W6O.32)tiDEU8RD
127-125DA-47 Any 2-7/6(73.03)00 x Any 2.500 1.313
1280A-47
7-1/4x2-7/8x1.96 2-7/6(73.03) ODEU 8 RD 2-7/8(73.03) OD 63 50 33 35
194DA-60 Any 2-3/8(60,32) ODx Any 2.000
1940A-60 8-1/8 x 2-3/8 x 2.50 2-378(60,32) do EU 8 RD 2-3/8(60,33) OD 50 80
1.625
194DA-60 Any 2-7/8(73.03)001 Any 2.375 41.27
8-1/8x2-7/8x2.50 2-7*3,03) ODEU 8 RO 2-7/8(73,03)00 60.33
JtU B«. lor Start Sdinj— 1.23-1.250In. I.86-I.S68 2.28= 2.281

(J1,7Sssn) (49,99) (57.94)
Ulto 4-1/15=4.062 4-l/2»4iJI 5=1000 S-1I/1S-17I8

(9a85xQ) (103.17) (115,03) (127.00) (14SJ4)
5-1S/I8-5.S68 6-7/16=6.468 7W-7^0 8-1.3=1125
(15139) (164,29) 1184.15) 1203.33)
532
BAKER
PACKERS
MODEL "DR" LOCATOR TYPE MODEL "B" EXPENDABLE PLUG

PACKER PLUG Product No. 665-40
Product No. 665-01 . The Model "B" Expendable Plug is
The Model "DR" Locator Type Packer used to convert a Model "D", "DA",
Plug is used to convert a Model "D", "F-1" or "FA-1" Retainer Production
"DA", "F-1", "FA-1", "N", "S-2", Packer into a temporary Bridge Plug,
"SAB" or "KB" Retainer Production thereby permitting frac, acidizing and/
Packer, that has been previously set, or testing work above the Packer. It is
into a temporary bridge plug. It permits installed in the packer before running
the performance of pressuring opera in the hole. Upon completion of this
tion above the packer without affecting work, the Expendable Plug may be
the zones below. It is attached with pushed out of the Packer either with
shear screws to a shear sub which is the Production Tube, if a Model "D" or
made up on the bottom of the work "F-1" Retainer Production Packer is
string or a retrievable squeeze tool. Set used, or with a sinker bar on a sandline
down weight shears the screws and if a Model "DA" or "FA-1" Retainer
leaves the plug in the packer. It is re Production Packer is used. Series
trieved with a conventional overshot. 30 — 19, 40 — 19, 80 — 26, and size
MODEL "DR" LATCHING TYPE 194—32 Models "D" and "DA" Pack
ers require an adapter to accommodate
PACKER PLUG
the Model "B" Plug.
Product No. 665-03
The Model "DR" Latching Type Packer MODEL "C" EXPENDABLE PLUG
Plug is used for the same purpose and Product No. 665-41
in the same way as the locator type but The Model "C" Expendable Plug has
will hold pressure in both directions. It been designed to convert a Model "F"
is run in the same way but is retrieved or "FA" (bottom setting types) Retainer
by holding a slight upstrain and turning Production Packer into a temporary
to the right 15 turns after engaging with bridge plug. It is run and removed in
a conventional overshot. the same manner as the Model "B" but
requires a Product No. 438-11 Wire
line Adapter Kit to connect the packer
to the pressure setting assembly or hy
draulic setting tool.
. \
Upper
Zone
Perforations III U I
Baker "DR"
Packer Plug
Product No.
665-01
Plug In Place Removing Plug

Product No. Product No. w/ Sinker Bar
665-03 665-01 Product No. 665-40
533

Model "Bn Expendable Plug Prod. No. 665-40 Model "DR" Packer Plugs
SELECTION GUIDE SELECTION GUIDE
Packer Packer Packer Plug Size
Series Plug Size Locator Latching

Model Model Series
Prod. 665-01 Prod. 665-03
20-19
20-19
D 30-19
19 30-19 20-19 20-19
40-19 D
40-19
DA 20DA25
F-1 20-23 20-23 20-23
F-1 20-23 23
0, N 30-25 20-25 20-25
D 30-25
25 D 30-25
FA-1 30FA30
20DA25 20DA25
DA 20DA25
20-26
20FA30
30-26 FA-1
D 30FA30 20FA30 20FA30
40-26 26
D 40-24 40-24 40-24
80-26
D, N, S-2 40-26 40-26 40-26
DA 40DA32
40-30
D 60-30 D, N, F-1 60-30 60-30
DA 60DA36 60-30
30 80-26
F-1 40-30
0, N
FA-1 40FA36 90-26
80-32 210-26 80-26® 80-26®

D KB 220-26
190-32 32
240-26
DA 80DA40
80-32
D 120-38
38 90-32
DA 120DA47 D, N, S-2
190-32
80-40
F-1 80-32 80-32
210-32
90-40
40 220-32
80FA47 KB
FA-1 240-32
90FA47
D 1S0-47 80-40
47 F-1 90-40 80-40 80-40
DA 190DA-60
F-1 80DA40
190-60 DA 80DA40 80DA40
60 90DA40
FA-1 190FA75
FA-1 80FA47
80FA47 80FA47
DA 120DA47
Model "C" Expendable Plug Prod. No. 665-41 D,N 120-38
for Model "FA" Ret. Prod. Packers 210-38
SELECTION GUIDE 120-38 120-38
KB 220-38
Packer Plug Wireline Adapter 240-38
Series Size Kit Size® D,N 190-47
020FA18 12 020FA1B 210-47

190-47 190-47
030FA20 15 030FA20 KB 220-47
10FA25 18 11FA25 240-47
20FA30 23 20FA30 F-1 190-60 190-60 190-60
30FA30 25 32FA30 © Sin 40-28 should ba uted II OD sf nib is not critical. 40-26 tub OD < 3.750 65,25).
80-26 tub OD = 3.082 07.77).
® Wireline Adapter Kit, Prod. No. 438-11, ttiown below it requited.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
ORDERING EXAMPLE!
PRODUCT NO. 665-03
PRODUCT NO. 665-40 SIZE: 40-26 LATCHING TYPE "DR" PACKER PLUG COMPLETE W/SHEAR NIPPLE
SIZE: 32 MODa."B"tXPtUDMBilPUJCLessAdapterflSize84-32Model "D" w/2-3/8' ODEU8RD Pin UpforJ-55 4.7 lbs/ft tubingfsize 42-26
Retainer Production Packer—Product 415-01 Model "D" Retainer Production Packer—Product 415-01
534
1*J PACKERS
X-TRA LONG TUBING SEAL RECEPTACLES

The X-Tra Long Tubing Seal Receptacle is used whenever extreme tubing
movement is expected because of temperature and pressure changes
during treatment and production. It is available with all J-slot configura
tions shown on the opposite page including the blank overshot. This Model "L"
tool is normally run above and anchored into a Seal Bore Packer, Sliding
Sleeve
however it can be run on any type packer which will remain set without
applied tubing tension or weight. Tools with blank receptacles are
recovered with an X-Tra Long Tubing Seal Receptacle Retrieving Tool,
Product No. 683-90. Tools with J-slots may be retrieved by reengaging One
the J-pins. Tubing
Joint
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• 20,30 or 40 ft. (6,10; 9,14 or 12,20 m) long slick joints available
• 7 ft. (2,13 m) long seal stack
• Optional debris barrier completely surrounds the slick joint
I • BFC Model "F" Seating Nipple profile at top of slick joint. Provides
minimum debris build up on top of blanking plug -X-Tra Long
Tubing Seal
• Meets NACE Standard MR-01-75 for H2S service Receptacle
MODEL AND PRODUCT NO. SELECTION GUIDE

Shear Left-Hand Right-Hand
Release J-Slot Release J-Slot Release
Witt) Model *EBA-r Model "ELA-r Model "ERA-11

Debris Barrier Prod. No. 683-36 Prod. No. 663-35 Prod. No. 663-34 ■Anchor
Tubing Seal
Without Model "EB-r Model "EL-I" Model "ER-r Nipple
Debris Barrier Prod. No. 6B3-37 Prod. No. 683-33 Prod. No. 663-32
-Retainer
Production
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
Packer
PRODUCT NO. 683-34
size- 3330 (5-314 x 22) model "era-i " extra long tubing seal receptacle with debris barrier
wI30' Slick Joint wl2-7/8" OD Hydril XS' Box x Pin for N-80 6.5 Iblft tubing wIT of
Premium Seals wl2.25 *F' Profile wlAuto In Right Hand Release
|-Slot disengaged
Completion in place Tubing spaced out
Anchor Seal Latched for flanging up well
into Packer
Typical Installation of Baker

X-Tra Long Tubing Seal Receptacle
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Wtnalt
MM
4 Eitnstl
InlcS&Gk |fE
O9cf) fid b I: Sil fTtHBt

IdSun CdACO tattn
ti TUKttltt lac,;
Ku. -to.) oo
now CO b. b. cm b. b. ca pi >ico>
4-1/2 11430 9.5-1J4

1.920 4J01 26-13-IWU-l 1469 93.68 25I24M) 2-H 60.3
99.57 113.90
g 114—194 147 47,50
127 00
n-innu-) 290466) 2-M 60.3
5-1/2 139.70 14—21 4470 113.62 1X95 112.73
O-44-7/tSj—1 mum
29—32 5J90 11115 9475 149 23 jj_<Si—) i.nm

127 00 naiiii 2.31 53.87 2-71 73.0
5-11 16823 3.920 105 37 9461 in; 70 33(5-Wi—) mull)

20-24
two 15240 5.62S iMJa 4<-<54i4>-l 4W.B25) 149 9347 4-1/2 114.3 7J00 527.5C
17-31 S420 15037 9461 its 70 41-a-Ml-l 5.7S0 146.05 4J14.375) 241 71,37 3-1/2 88.9 10J000 103 07
7 177.CO
17-15
6400 152.40 5425 168.28 «-«■»>-)
39 Witt!) 149 93,47 7^00 527.30
7-SI <B 16-1/21—) 114,3
193.63
20-13.7 6.750 171.45 IXlt 197.33 165.10
4J—(5-I/7I—)
24-49 7400 190.50 1125 20638 45—a-IMl—) 7J30 18415

1,000 562.4S
219.03
24-32 1406 200.31 9415 216 79 S-a-21/Sl-) 7455 194.46
warn 4ja 115.32 5-1/2 139.7
?<<4ft 324-J3J 1400 21590 9.123 231 78 55-*l*-l J.25O 209.55
9 NstaBi dadb prnm bt ea beL Wta ta iftk Idd b itaiA Mum pan
rSb| if ptif, itlck d| hi bvn Cm Osc wlwi itra>
® Meat B mtt b aUck tn bd ui tn no. 1U tktmm a pnU» idqati nnkf
ptoMsrotiiUclblatoutT-iaW*1
IK taSqH^pîln, cobra iianMpnam IBM. tula IK
!)ntMiiti|teiktipHt|
M Ctti (f t9 mat. Emqle 2«40 U-l in$ i 111 tat • 1*1 In.
535
A DIVISION OF BAKERO1LTOOLS. INC.
TUBING SEAL RECEPTACLES

J-Slot configurations The Model "ER-2" and "EL-2" Tubing Seal Receptacles are
available on all Tubing Seal used to provide a simple and reliable means of retrieving the
Receptacles
production string while maintaining control of the producing
zone. It is normally run immediately above and anchored into a
permanent production packer. However, it can be run on any
type of packer which will remain set without applied tubing
tension or weight. This tool is not recommended for use as an
expansion joint. Any of the J-slot configurations shown at left
are available. The various "auto" designs and the blank over
shot model provide for situations in which turning of the tubing
during releasing or re-engaging is undesirable, as in deviated
Easy-Out RH Easy-Out IH wells. The blank overshot model can be assembled to shear up
or down. A BFC seating nipple profile in the top of the slick joint
provides a means of plugging the lower zone while the tubing is
pulled. This location of the blanking plug provides for mini
mum debris build-up on top of blanking plug.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• J-Slot release - shear pinned for safety
• Blank overshot with straight shear release requiring no turn
ing is available
• BFC seating nipple profile in top of slick joint
Auto-ln RH Auto-ln LH • Meets NACE Standard MR-01-75 for H2S service
• Greater load capacity and higher pressure rating than FL/FR
On-Off Connector
MODEL AND PRODUCT NO. SELECTION GUIDE
J-Slot Corfiflintioii
Blank
Easy-Out Auto-Out Auto-ln
Ovtnhot
Uft-Hand Model 'EL?
Release Product No. 683-23
Model *ER-2*
Product No. 683-22
Model
Auto-Out RH Airto-OutlH 5uZtff1n*dltctr •EB-2'
Relent Product Ho.
683-24 Pin Sheared Retrieving
Ready to Tubing
ORDDUNC EXAMPLE: Retrieve
PRODUCT NO. 683-22
sai-.5-l 1116x33x22 MOoa-ER-2" tubing seal receptacle unit wI2-7I8'ODEU
8RdBmx Pin for N-80 6.5 Ibslfi tubing wl2J25 T Profile wlAuto-In Right
Hand Release
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
tai-J1 nu Untlt
Idnul
bait SIM IK Ttttot
Dlnti* Csttim itn
Blank Overshot mx Kb. —01) 03
IL 1=1 0*1 k. C3 h d ii d tv b. pi H ca*
4-11 II4J0 U-113

UM 9JS7 4JO 115.90 !-ll;ttiai_ 3-11/11 9159 aami 14* eos
i 127,00 II4-1U IJ7 47.50
4-7111211—
5-111 119.70 i«-a 4*70 118 62 UI3 134.95 4-7/19 112.73
73.0
«'"■»- JJI 53 67
2-71
JK33IJI
S-I1/I6 144.44
it» 150.37 I.M3 166.70 5-l1/11rt3>- 4K4J75) Ml 7U7
7 177 CO 17—M natrn IJ7 47.50 S99

1-1/1
UOO 152.40 ua 163.23 U4i4fis— ottos
Ml 33.47
17-21 UN 151.70 1719 171.90 M1«Kt>- Ml/11 151.61 4M442S) 4-11 114.3 IOuOOO 70107
US 150,17 uo 166 73 S-lllll 144 44

5-II1£i43i- 4S4J7SI 241 7IJ7
3-11 MS
24-4U U* 3347
UX1 153.70 ITO 171.90 SrlllOMIl— HI/32 15161 <«4425l 4-19 114.1
7-St 19168 t-MtOU- 3*3.3111 2J1 5SS7 271 71.0

UH 161.70 un 177.00 Ml 155.57
8 Iffriti 4K4.37S1 H« S8.9
Ml
6*1/3x433— 4*4.1751
24-31.7 1750 171.45 7J71 197.33 t-lfl 16510 4-1/2 114.1
9-1/2i4«i— 4S4I7SI Ml 98.77 1.000 562.45
(Ml 151M I.7H 171.03 MiltWil— Mill 151.61 48HJ1S) Ml 93.47
»-4. MOrtli— 4IS4J73) Ml 71.17 4-17 114.1
Ml 213 03 1750 171.45 7J7) 187J2 t-l/1 165.10
S-K3MIK— 4K4J7D Ml 96.77
tooo »;«
H-n 7*» 200.91 US 218.79 7<11J12jda»— 7-31.12 I944S S9O900} AM 115.92
4XU7SI ill /IJI iuoo '(U 07
4U-SU UOO 215.90 1125 231.77 I-U 203^5
t-1<093»— 9MJ0B) IJ9.7
9-11 24449
JU-40 1.750 222.25 USO 237.50 i-i/anii— H/2 21590 SSCUOO) 4.51 115.92 tXOOO 562*S
40-47 u» 219.10 MOO 22360 141 212.72 UCU00)
i jjTin
*»a 100 Mt* «wkj in 1 tut tgtM CntB M • 117 lit (nth itg rmt
* MeaM D Mti k ilfct *• M mt to m. IK tMmm 0 pmHn Mquti nxki 4-7/ltlSll*.
d(WMCMttCtBtttfadfe>B|«B
(Mi 00 n* la Ik* |M la nq tMbfT pnffiti My tt hft'ltfi-l ti rtynt
MnkttgmMtpn»itee«
atki rf ftai, itict By H bur 0m t* oho
536

EXPANDA-JOINT
SHEAR RELEASE TYPE
Product No. 683-41
The Baker Expanda-Joint is a tubing Should it become necessary to re
expansion joint which accommo move the mandrel and seal nipple
dates extreme tubing movement dur from the packer, a retrieving tool is
ing treating or production, due to run on tubing to latch on to the man
temperature or pressure changes. It is drel. Slight upstrain and right-hand
available with a 10, 15 or 20 foot rotation will unthread the anchor
(3,05; 4,58 or 6,10 m) stroke. Nor seal nipple from the packer.
mally run on an anchor type seal nip
ple and landed in a permanent
production packer, it can also be FEATURES/BENEFITS:
used with any type packer that will • Available in either 10, 15 or 20
stay set and packed off without tub foot stroke.
ing tension or weight. Expansion • Seal stack at upper end of station
joints provide a means for allowing ary inner mandrel protects seal
tubing movement without restricting bore from debris
the bore through the packer. The • Short seal stack [12"J (304,8 mm)
seals on the Expanda-Joint are availa reduces friction
ble in bonded, V-RYTE or K-RYTE • Seating nipple profile for blanking
type (page 526) and are located on plug in upper bore of stationary
the top of the inner mandrel, thereby inner mandrel
preventing foreign material from en • Seals and seal bore can be pulled
tering the sealing area. The moving for inspection/replacement while
seal surface is the polished bore in maintaining well control
the receptacle where it is best pro • Only short static seal surface re
tected from damage. mains in well when tubing is
A seating nipple profile is also pro pulled
vided in the upper end of the mandrel
bore to accommodate a blanking
plug should the tubing string require
removal.
A unique feature of the Expanda-
Joint provides that the seal assembly
is removed from the well along with
the polished seal bore in the recepta
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
cle anytime the tubing is pulled. This
PRODUCT NO. 683-41
means that the seals can be replaced
size: 3620 (4-7116 x 23) expanda joint
and the polished bore can be exam wI20,000# shear release wistandard bonded
ined, and replaced if necessary, seals wi20ft stroke—wl2.31 'BFC 'F Profile,
w/2-718 EV8RD Box x Pin for C-75 6.5 lbs/ft
while the blanked off mandrel re tubing.
mains in place to control the well.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
ta.
fat**. Stitisf Nipptt Prafiltt Anilstlt
Sttl
00
led Sin ton 1.43 1.56 1.78 1.81 1.87 2.06 225 2.31 2.75 281 3.12 3.31 3.68 175 331 400 4.12 4.31 4.56 4.75
ha b. ta. 36.32 39.62 45.21 45,97 47.50 52.32 57.15 58.67 69.S5 71.37 79.25 84.07 93.47 95.25 9b.l) 101.60 104.65 109.47 115.82 120.65
168 3000
ii/t 30-O-II/18*-1 X X X X X X
93.47 76.20
4.43 3.625
2-7/B JS-44-7/I6X-) X X X X X X
112.52 92.08
5.68 4.750
I
3-11 47—(S-11'ISx—} X X X
144.27 120,65
UO
4-1/2 165.10
7.SS
s-i/2 I X X X
194.31
•ttaldahlhttitret^bttimltatttintiCrKffliclipttiCO x IRprs&I*tanjInsfit:30150-11(16 x 151—34X0tul ton itt) 15 tot Acb(3-11/16|cK«CD x 1.58

9fw QQftJ SfltCifl tQQsQi v*w Dflrt fiO aJDiEU IrJUtf LS8S % Fflf WnfH OnrtnFlf■
537
PERMANENT PACKER SYSTEMS 13 BAKER

PACKERS
a Division of baker o;l tools inc
EXPANDA-IOINT SEQUENTIAL OPERATIONS
Collet Lock
— Receptacle
Receptacle
Mandrel
OPERATING RECEPTACLE AND SEAL STACK RETRIEVAL MANDREL RETRIEVAL

Receptacle is released When the tubing string As the collel leases the A special retrieving
and F\juni!,i-li iisit is is pulled, the pick-up mandrel, the collet tool is rim in on the
accommodating lubing jhnultJcr inside the luck moves under the tubing string to retrieve
movement. extreme lower end of Collel to lock it into the mandrel. It con
the receptacle contacts the- groove in the re tains a latch .incl clutch
the seal slack as the ceptacle. The seal so that a slight strain
grnoi'C m the lecepta- stack is now contained and right hand turns
cfe is (Her the collet. in the bore of the can be applied lu re
Continued upward receptacle. move the anchor seal
movement snaps the nipple from the packer.
collet Oul of the groove
in [he mandrel.
MODEL "K" EXTRA-LONG TUBING SEAL RECEPTACLE

Product No. 683-40
The Model "K" Extra-Long Tubing Seal Receptacle is designed with an annu
lar hydraulic pressure-release mechanism. The Model "K" Tubing Seal Re
ceptacle is suited for use with a Hydraulic Packer such as the Baker Model
"SAB-3". Us design eliminates the need for tubing manipulation to space out
the seals; therefore the well can be flanged-up prior to setting the packer.
When the packer beneath the Model "K" has been set, an annulus pressure of
1500—2500 psi (105-1 76 Kg/cm2) will cause the release mechanism to trip,
allowing the Tubing Seal Receptacle's housing to stroke over the inner Slick
iotnt.
Three sizes are currently available. Size 43 for 3-1/2" OD tubing, Size 46
for 4-1/2" OD, and Size 55 for 5-1/2" OD. (Normally furnished with 6 ft.
down-stroke and 10 or 20 ft. up-stroke, as ordered.)
FEATURES/BENEFITS: I I
• The Model "K" Extra-Long Tubing Seal Receptacle eliminates need for
tubing manipulation to space out seals Outer Housing
• Hydraulic release permits a one-trip, flanged-up completion Assembly
• Remains in "partially stroked" condition prior to release Model "K"

Extra Lonji Tubing
• Rotation can be effected through the tool (while in the locked position) to Seal Receptacle
allow emergency release of an Anchor Seal Assembly below 683-40
• Lock-mechanism also facilitates surface pressure-testing
538

MODEL "A" EXTENDA-JOINT FEATURES/BENEFITS

Product No. 683-57
• Metal-to-metal seal connections
The Model "A" Extenda-Joint is a in outer housing and inner slick
high performance tubing expansion joint assemblies eliminate need
joint used when tubing movement is for O-rings.
expected because of temperature • Seating nipple profile in upper end
and/or pressure changes during treat of inner slick joint.
ment and production. It is used with • Up-shear rings secure slick joint to
a seal assembly anchored into a per housing for running in
manent packer. The commodity • Built in capability for testing to full
number description of these tools de working pressure in assembled
fines their major dimensions, e.g. condition.
5515 (8.25 x 31) indicates a size 55 • One piece seal housing accom
tool with 15 foot useable stroke with modates both sets of working seals
8.25 inch OD Guide with 3.12 seat for extra strength and for ease
ing nipple profile. and speed of re-dressing V-RYTE,
K-RYTE or standard nitrite seals
MODEL "AH" available, simple to change out.
EXTENDA-JOINT • Adequate seal redundancy in
Product No. 683-58 short length lessens chances of
frozen seals.
The Model "AH" Extenda Joint is • Teflon/Ryton debris barriers above
identical to the Model "A" but with and below working seals to pro
a pressure release mechanism re tect seals.
placing the shear ring which secures • Suitable for HjS service per NACE
the slick joint to the housing. The MR-01 -75 standards.
release mechanism is actuated by an
increase in annulus pressure over ORDERING EXAMPLE:
tubing pressure. The pressure re
PRODUCT NO. 683-57
quired for release can be adjusted by size: 5515 [825 x 31) modei "a- extenda-
the addition or removal of shear \O\Kiwl4.yOJ). HydrilPH-4 Box x Pinfor
Model "AH" Model "A"
Extenda-Jolnt Extenda-|olnl screws. Other features and benefits L-80 21.6 LBSIFT Tubing.
Product No. Product No. are the same as for the Model "A".
683-58 683-57
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Slick Maximum Minimum

Tubing Minimum Casing BFC Pressure
Joint Housing
Tool OD Rating
0D Profile 00
Size OD WT. ID
In. In. In. In. In. In. PSI

Lbs/Ft.
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/cm!
2-3/6 4-1/2 3.920 2.688 1.87 3.690 10000

26* 13.5
60.3 114.3 99,57 68,27 47.50 93,73 703,07
2-3/6 5 4.276 2.688 1.87 4.000 10000

26 18.0
60,3 127 108,61 68,27 47,50 101,6 703.07
2-7/8 6 5.132 3.313 2.31 4.867 10000

33 26
73.0 152.4 130,35 84.15 58,67 124,13 703,07
3-1/2 6.150 4.375 2.81 5.900 10000

43
88,9 156,21 111.12 71,37 149.86 703,07
4 6.150 4.375 3.31 5.900 10000

43
101,6 156,21 111,12 84,07 149,86 703.07
4-1/2 7 6.004 4.625 3.68 5.750 7500

46 35
114,3 177,8 152.50 117,47 93.47 146,05 527.30
4-1/2 7-5/8 6.875 4.625 3.68 6.625 9000
46 29.7
114,3 195,7 174.62 117.47 93.47 168.27 632,76
5 7.276 4.925 3.81 7.026 8000

49
127 184.81 125.09 96,77 178,46 562.45
5-1/2 7.906 5.500 4.56 7.656 8000

55
139,7 200,81 139.7 115,82 194,46 562,45
'Special Slim Line version.

539
PACKERS
MODEL "M" EXPANSION MODEL "N"SPUNED

JOINT EXPANSION JOINT
The Model "M" Expansion Joint is a The Baker Model "N" Splined Ex
slim-line tool designed primarily for pansion Joint is designed for use in
use in dual string completions. The both single and multiple string com
main feature of the tool is the thin pletions to compensate for tubing j
walled design, combined with opti movement.
mized pressure and tensile rating. The tool provides 10 feet of move
The Model "M" Expansion Joint ment, and utilizes rugged bonded
incorporates a 14 inch Premium Seal seals for reliable continuous service.
Unit and short Teflon Debris Barrier The telescoping action permits the
above the seals. The standard tool tool to be used as a bumper sub or jar
has a ten foot stroke. when retrieving the installation.
Shear screws may be installed to
initially position the expansion joint
FEATURES/BENEFITS
in its extended, collapsed or mid-
• ID of tool compatible with tubing position.
ID
A rotation lock lets the operator
• OD of tool compatible with dual
rotate through the expansion joint
string applications
in any position. The Model "N" is
• 5000 psi or greater rating in burst
currently available in 2-3/8", 2-7/8",
and collapse
3-1/2" and 4-1/2" tubing sizes.
• Length of stroke optional to ten
foot maximum
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Maximized tension carrying capa
• Shear screws easily added or re
bility
moved to adjust shear value
• Suitable for H2S service
• Tool can be locked in fully ex
• Premium seals standard, other
tended, fully collapsed or mid-
types of seals available on request
stroke position with shear screws
• Other features available on
• Full length keys provide transmis
request include rotational lock in
sion of torque through full length
extended position, conversion to
of travel
Model "L" type Expansion Joint
• Metal goods suitable for H2S
with positioning profiles add shear
service
screw release.
• Pressure rating of 10,000 psi
TENSILE PRESSURE LIMITATIONS

ORDERINC EXAMPLE! Product No. 441-62 Product No. 441-63
Tubing Pfftisre Rtttog HnliTmtn TsotUs PRODUCT NO. HI-63 Model "M" Model "N"
$l» Batlm Wttti 2aro SIZE: 3-112 BAKER MODEL "N" SPLINED EXPAN- Expansion Joint Splined
Butt
Prssmro Oittcftsttsl SlON ioint w/J-l/2" El' 8rd Box x Pin, Expansion Joint
In. PSI PSI Lbl 20,000 Ib.nheur.
nun kjcral kg cm! k|>
2-1/1 1.500 !,SM 70.000 MODEL "N" EXPANSION JOINT SPECIFICATION GUIDE
6033 599 598 31752
2-llt 7,500 7.500 100,000 Standard
73.03 52) 527 45350 Fully
Tubing Mai. Min. Thread Specs. Extended Pressure Tensile Torque
3-1/7 t.000 MOO Collapsed
aa.sa 472 352 45360 Size 00 ID (Box Up & length Rating Rating Rating
length
4-1/7 urn U» 120^000 Pin Down)
114.3 422 352 54432
In. In. In. In. In. In. PSI Lbs. FULbs.
mm mm mm mm cm cm kg/cm! kgs. kg-m
2-3/8 3.68B 1.930 2-3/8 E.U. 273 157 10,000 30.000 2,000
CAUTION 60.33 93,68 49.02 60,33 693.4 398.7 703,07 13.608 277
At no time should the above figures
2-7/8 4.S31 2.441 A.R. 2-7/8 E.U. 283 162 10.000 120.000 2.500
be exceeded.
73.03 115.09 62.00 73,03 718,8 411,5 703.07 54432 346
3-1/2 4.90S 2.875 3-1/2 E.U. 276 156 10,000 130.000 3.500
ORDERING EXAMPLE: 88.90 124,61 73,03 88,90 701,0 396,2 703.07 58967 484
PRODUCT NO. HI-62
SIZE: 2-718 MODEL "M" EXPANSION |OINT with 4-1/2 6.S31 3.875 4-1/2 E.U. 278 158 10.000 170,000 5,000
2-71STODEUSrd Box x Pin. 114.3 165.89 98,43 114,3 706.1 401.3 703,07 77112 691
540
PACKERS
MODEL "FR" ON-OFF OFF POSITION
SEALING CONNECTOR,
RIGHT-HAND OFF
Product No. 683-14
MODEL "FL" ON-OFF
SEALING CONNECTOR,
LEFT-HAND OFF
Product No. 683-15
Baker's "FR" and "FL" On-Off Seal
ing Connectors are tubing seal recep
tacles which accommodate isolation ON POSITION
of a lower zone by means of a wire

line blanking plug and disconnection
of the tubing from the packer by right
or left-hand J-slot release.
Although designed for use with the
Baker Lok-Set Retrievable Casing
Packer, Product No. 646-30, (Model
"FL" is recommended), they can be
used with any packer that will stay set
without applied tubing tension or
weight. When used with an anchor
seal assembly to land in a retainer
production packer, an Extension
Sub, Product No. 457-30, must be
used to put the washover shoe above
the top of the packer.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• BFC seating nipple in top of seal • J-slot can be shearpinned for safety
nipple. This location provides • Can be dressed to shear down
minimum chance of debris build or up
up on top of the blanking plug • Receptacle design permits

while tubing is removed washover down to top of packer
• Molded seals allow multiple dis ORDERING EXAMPLE:
connects and reconnects, as well
PRODUCT NO. 683-14
as washing over, without seal SIZE: 4-112 X 2-318 X 1.81 MODEL FR" ON-Off
damage SEALING CONNECTOR w/2-318" OD EU 8 ltd Box
• Right-hand or left-hand release x Pin flN-80 4.7 lbs/ft Tubiu/r wll.81 T
Profile
J-slot
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
PmSETtll&|
CtVEl Sin Wtstsnf HatfC
kt SsnCO fnatUn btcrml ttu 091 Pa Osinl
itcSijrtrttJi
b.
i/?.,
b. to. b. la
on
MCPrtHstat) nirt
4-lfJ
111]
1-141 Ml I'
ill 111) ill oo [j ■ en
i;i.o O62
Ji'J 111
13! 1 63 J
4-1/21 Mil '
419
ISM 111.13
41.11 M.I ■ ' Mil iiteotuio
lit 710 U12 no
H!)
yjeaBiis
w M?i2>1i ' JfB
2-MisotCn
110 Mil Mil '
SM
139.10 U',5
tea
411 HS 11JC3IUIH
3-UtioaCt> Mil 1-1-lOOlUIIO

1)9 Hiii-lii « 11.41 119
M.litwita
Illillil '
iUIo M.J0DEOI.0
110 m
M4lM1l •'
111
119,1
HJillIi '
Ml CO CUI10
MliMli '
:i!«
■ feitDj WC fttat tat tact o Tin. OT Prcat ten" «a ctt=i Sn crtot| nc#
> »ta otcj J-W b. ma =) USti »itt i Sn «lt»-SU Pk»«t. erf e» C»tfl fcd li a t» tcSri ilitcfli b tt« pctar tsft i
541
PACKERS
MODEL "E" TUBING EXPANSION JOINT

Product No. 441-45
The Model "E" Tubing Expansion Joint differs from the
Model "D" (page 720) in that it contains standard chev
ron seals or bonded seals which can be furnished in either
nitrileor viton. See page 526 for discussion of elastomers.
Also, the Model "E" is a swivel joint until extended to the
full stroke when a clutch engages and allows torque to be
transmitted through the joint. Standard stroke length is
nine feet with other lengths available on request. This tool
is also available in 2-3/8 and 2-7/8 tubing sizes.*
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 441-45

SIZE: 3-112" OD with 9ft. Expansion baker model ■(." tubing expansion
IQINT wl3-U2" OD EU 8 Rd Box and Pin for C-75 9.3 lbs/ft tubing
MODEL "L" TUBING EXPANSION JOINT

Product No. 441-60
MODEL "A" POSITIONING TOOL
Product No. 441-65
The Model "L" Tubing Expansion Joint is a slimline ex
pansion joint with a provision for run-in in a semi-stroked
condition. The Model "L" Expansion Joint has an OD
suitable for use in dual string completions and a full-
opening ID which makes it ideal for use above a Dual
String Packer such as the Baker Model "A-5". The pri
mary advantage of the Model "I" Tubing Expansion Joint
is the pre-spacing feature, which facilitates a one-trip,
flanged-up dual completion under conditions where ex
treme tubing movement is anticipated.
The Model "A" Positioning Tool can be ordered with
the necessary length to position the Model "L" Expansion
Joint at any point within the 16 feet of standard stroke
length. The expansion joint's inner Slick Joint and outer
housing are designed with engagement profiles to accept
the retrievable wireline Positioning Tool, which locks the
expansion joint in a semi-stroked position during run-in.
Once the packer has been set, the Model "A" Positioning
Tool can be retrieved on wireline, allowing the expansion
joint to stroke out.
The Model "L" Tubing Expansion Joint is also a Swivel
Joint until stroked out to its full length, at which pint the
torque transmitting clutch is engaged. The Model "L" is
available in 2-3/8, 2-7/8 and 3-1/2" tubing sizes. (Note:
Tensile rating is limited, e.g., 100,000 lbs. in 3-1/2" size.)
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Unique positioning feature provides full-opening ID
through Expansion Joint, making it ideal for use above a
Dual String Packer
• Pre-spacing feature facilitates a one-trip, flanged-up
dual completion under conditions where extreme tub
ing movement is anticipated
• Functions as a Swivel Joint until stroked out
• Rated for H2S service and 5000 psi (352 Kg/cm2) max
imum differential pressure twm
• Premium or standard seals available

• Model "A" Positioning Tool can be used to run any
number of Expansion Joints
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 441-60 Model "A" Model "L" Model *E'

SIZE: 3-112° BAKER MODEL "L" TUBING EXPANSION JOINT w/3-1/2" OD EU 8 Positioning Expansion Joint Expansion Joint
RD Box and Pin for Lr80 9.3 lbs/ft tubing w/16' Stroke. Tool For
PRODUCT NO. 441-65 Model "I"

Expansion 'Contact Baker Packers for availability of sizes
SIZE: 3-112° BAKER MODEL "A" POSITIONING TOOL for 6' Dovm-Stroke. 10' and stroke lengths not given.
loint
Up-Stroke.
542
15 PACKERS
MODELS "C|" AND "CC" MODEL "CK" PACKER

PACKER MILLING TOOLS MILLING TOOL
Product No. 747-06 and 747-03 Product No. 747-08
The "CJ" Packer Milling Tool is The "CK" Packer Milling Tool uses a
designed to mill over and retrieve a spear to latch into and retrieve the
retainer production packer from the body of a packer instead of the long
well bore. Because only a very small inner mandrel and catch sleeve of the
portion of the packer needs to be Model "CJ". This feature eliminates
milled up, the milling shoes have the need for running a mill out exten
been designed to remove only the sion below the packer. The milling
necessary sections. Mill out time is shoes are identical to the shoes used
greatly reduced. with the Models "CC" and "CJ" Mill
This tool contains an inner man ing Tools. The spear used is a standard
drel, with a catch sleeve on the lower oilfield fishing tool, field proven for
end, which extends through and be many years.
low the packer body during the mill
FEATURES/BENEFITS:
ing operation. After the slips and
• Fast mill out
packing element have been milled
• Efficient tungsten-carbide tipped
up, the catch sleeve will catch the
milling shoe can mill out the largest Product No. 747-03
packer body and it will be removed
packer in a single trip
with the milling tool. When a seal Model -CC- Packer
• Models "CJ" and "CK" are stabi Milling Tool
bore extension or tail pipe is run be
lized by mandrel in packer body
low the packer, a mill-out extension
• Models "CJ" and "CK" retrieve the
must be included to accommodate
packer body and all lower exten
the catch sleeve.
sions
The "CC" Packer Milling Tool is
• Models "CJ" and "CK" feature a
essentially a "CJ" tool with the man
safety release from the packer if the
drel removed. It is used to mill over a
packer cannot be retrieved
permanent packer and push it to the
bottom of the well. ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 747-06

SIZE: 40-26 MODEL "C|" PACKER MILLING TOOL
w/2-718 API Reg Tool Joint wISize 42 Shoe
JI42-26 model -D" packer m 5-1IT 23 Iblfl
Casing
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Baker
I link FOR "CC" MILLING TOOL
Basket tiling
Hilling
Product No.
00 Pttker too)
428-02 Weight
In.
Model Sin Sin
mm
2-38
4.7 Ft 073FA12 23
60.3
j-n
5.5 Ft 02IFII8
130 28
13-13.3 Ft 033FI20
Baker 3-1/2
Packer 38.9
Baker 5.7—7.7 Ft 03SFU0 35
Milling 12.6—14 Ft 13FU5
Retainer 4 IIFt2S
Tool 1 Milling Retrieved
Production 101 6 9 5—11.6 Ft 1SFUS
Product No. JShoe Portion
Packer
747-06 of Packer
Product No.
747-06
Product No. 747-08
Model "CC
Model "CK" Packer Packer Milling
Catch Milling Tool Tool
J Sleeve
How Baker Model "C|" Packer Milting Tool

mills over and retrieves packer.
543

MODEL "CC". "CJ" ANO UCK" PACKER MILLING TOOLS

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Ctli=t PKUI PtCttt tbll]^ ImI
Cunt ficta
tt«t a IkiD ISC ■an teilO
lit
^^
a tod.
HMD to Ha. ■n. ■>. nut ■ma SEC* Ku ■u Urn
Mt
Sa Sui Sut u a
flu
ti B. tl h b. ttttd
k. ami u«n
ItLA
nil 64 KC143
Ull ua US Ull
ii tt II SI uu M2I 0 nu
21 1 HU it ■ III ins ISM
. ,n WHO Ull ita MM 1
mil
20-21 n ISISt III1C
11 tt IISl IIII 11(9 0
M 111!
H H2I »n
1.111 in 1JS0
IM-IM a ii n n-n a Till ii-n s? Mil sin Sill HIS IVX
g ii.ii 111! ui S4UI-40 1311 14
141 It ■ so to mil hub
mi Ull Ull lilt till
u !«u-n n-n » in WM1
11.92 I'll uu K71 »43
IS-III n 14-11 (-11 f' IM0
n mm-h USI ua UK mi III] Ul ISUI41
n-n ii mi 1SH »u
H 14-21 Utt 1 •SUU-41 1003 1HI 4» III!
Ull im ua Ull
ISI 4-41 IS! It ma IIII! 122 21
M-tU It-It 19-11 a
iin
im 111! 1313
f-i ISO
W ntu-n 13-Clll Ml IB
Ul 1SUMI
B41I1I
J, nit
uni IUU1-4I
U-ll 1 fi-i •lfl-41 IA1 Sill 4131 IIII
tH 232! M 11-13 1S1SI IS4 II Illll 12! 21
ii u« mi lilt IIII
11-11 HH nui» III
1021! mi.ii 13 IS mi
0 It 11-44 1044
1 u-n mi
(•' II im till till S1IS
M n-« 1940
14-1 mu3 111 nil
(f n-n n-n ii n Ull UUI-40 nil
, 0 14-11 13.11
111 SU1SJ
a an in till tilt an un 111! 1411 SITS
O44 n 111111
0 101 IS 31 SI UIS mi 112 It tit SI I11IC IIIS2
M-2S B-n l-l n-<o P4J
■
ISI u nn la
nn
n 14-11
111! 0 nu
0 im 111? 1I7S II n-u
n n IHI 13-lt 91
ISMS '01.W 13 IS 1UI 0
M nit
H-n H-n (103 till tilt 4S0O
(11 uuih 43-n 0 II. iso a; ISIS4 mil lino
I nil 41-11 Ull
I
B 4111 1414 1100 1411 ii n g
Mill UI3 11.13 till ton
S-l 4in IllU nu
M II 4>n
u nun
na-n m n-n
11, 1414 un US ii in iil'l nn lit) Ull 1411 an
Ull ltUI-13 11
41-13 13-tJ inn inn I1IS 1U1I IK SI 111 13 IUS!
ni-n Ul nuts? C3 tl>43
o 44-11 M-ll
hi nn-n
ff-t 44-n ii II-U M40 (HI till sin
1-11 uu
•» 14111 Ti 11-43 U43 itiu Itlll 111 It IKS!
Ull Ul ut^.f
ins um IIII SlUltJI milll
nil g
44
moi 120.11 11.13 till III I0SIH0
I •4 21 111.1 Cl I2gi-4O
S-l llllfl 0 1143 IHI 4121 1S33
n
N HI It Illll mil 11113
M 4S-S nn K12
1114
is™
un SI
14-11 4MJ « 1111
fM «»-a mill not
»1
g 44-11 43-11 ISO)A
Ull MUW3
g
g
(.* IK B2 ISI SI mil no:
VL 44»n a in 1193 1411
■ tin nn
Ul 4IUH1 49-n IIUI 11141 U13 VD
11-14 u in«M?
44-n 0 1111 ITU Silt MS
n Ull mil mil m Kill 111 SI 111 IS
1 IIS II
M 11-13 4m nil 11S0 112S
Ul inui-4?
HI IIUH mn inn IS IS 1231
I1K0 120 40 1143 1(31 S1IS S1S9
1033 IIM till 1H3 Ull inui-41
ii n (4-13 mes 11121 tit SI tins
A « Ul inuisi intMi
ISM mil 111
u uat-a un-i i nun to I29K14I 7143 in
1111 tni sin
Ul •o-n iia inuMa in itiii IU01 Hill
U-UM3
«H on 01 I»UMI
g mil 1(49 ltd lilt S7M
H I7M-B
met tun 111 SI tins
121 U
g
%-
i
t3-n 1*4 Sill 4111
IIII ,„
M
n-n
n 149.1? inn ibis as 13 SIS
Ul iHuin IO2M0
2IL12
ijn
m i? mn
HIS
11IR7
n-ii M II2M
ii IMIO into •in 1211 lit! IIII
na o-n 1141 211.11 219 II II! 31 111 S3
g in IStll-lS
un-i 1UUSI-1S ItO IliW
M mm
ISI Ul 1 IIUI tO IH4CHI
n-n HIS IKCl-IO
■
HI n-n im int mi (no
1 nso-49 111UI ■ 211 SI HIM ISI IS
n-u t*H n ins IM 4tn IM4I inn
II1H 111.41 1I4U
si
n-n
fH Ul-1 II4UI49
I u-a en
1 mil ion
Ml
2311
•M IH4-4I
ni-a »>a
1U1 11 n-40 m
12IS 1P14 4111 mi! 23311 ■ HI 1114 HIS 1100
k.i 111441
1 inn HIM 12111 112.12 117-11 10311 2211! 211II IllU U3S3
1111
IIII ri n-49 1IMI 20341
u 1404-43 13-14 114» mn

2111 114-11 S4H 1(51 ins 1S33
nrsui M
ma sou 24311 21111 IllU U3S3
S-l H-tt Oil 114-11 20041
HI
1123 ins tm 119
Ul tun HIM IllU 11413 23) IlitO till 1431 ifTS lisa
HU1-C 11 IS US Ul niuin
Ml 2« n 11311 IllU 113 Si
g no a 220 a lc«
• n-n n-n mi m-ii 11311 iota 10141 I4U I4K
211S 220-11 inn 2M1I 2t21l lisa) 1I1SI
111 1411
23-11 210-1) 12311
14141-40
113 21 113 n
H MM) B-ll
H uu till II2S ISX
1 0 239-U 21311
ISI5! 11141 11113 IIS1I IllU IHI Sill
III! 1 nin TOM mil
m
212II 21111 ISI II lilu
g H3-41 0341
■ un n-a 21343 713(3
11-11
1111 243 71 bin
iis-n 110 U
11CU till till
4111 249-41 110-M
Isllf 13111 71301 11IU
243-41 21011
24MO NW
11.111 11 Id till 1111
101 II 14011 11311 113
21211 nut ism urn
544
13 BAKER
A DIVISION' OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC
MODEL "DW-1" WHIPSTOCK ume of cuttings. Complete accuracy

PACKER AND MODEL "W-2" is difficult to achieve because the
WHIPSTOCK ANCHOR whipstock must be oriented 30 to 60
ASSEMBLY feet above where it will be set.
The Baker Whipstock Anchor/
Product Nos. 415-21
Packer was designed to eliminate
and 499-34
these problems. It makes it possible
The Baker Whipstock Anchor/Packer to mill just a window rather than an
is used lo permanently and reliably entire section of casing, which re
place a whipstock in the desired lo duces the amount of cuttings and
cation in a cased hole (o permit also saves on rig time and trips. This
a side-track operation. The Model system securely prevents rotational
"W-2" Whipstock Anchor is the first or vertical movement of the whip-
system designed to allow whipstock stock with double-grip opposing
orientation on the rig floor after the slips, even under severe drilling
packer has been set in the casing. conditions.
The Whipstock Packer (Product Because orientation is adjusted
No. 415-21) is a modified version of and locked into the anciior on the rig
the reliable Baker Model "D" Re floor, after the packer is set, direc
tainer Production Packer, which can tional accuracy of the whipstock is
be wireline set or tubing set. The assured. The Whipstock Anchor/
packer contains a guide key which Packer system forms a permanent
accepts standard survey instruments, bridge plug, shutting off downhole
allowing it to be wireline set with no pressure and eliminating the need for
orientation required. a cement plug.
The Whipstock Anchor (Product
FEATURES/BENEFITS
No. 499-34) is a tried and proven
• Packer need not be oriented even if
Baker Anchor Seal Assembly that has
orientation of whipstock is re
been modified lo properly align the quired, therefore can be wireline
whipstock in the required direction, set
isolate the zone below and positively • Only one directional survey
prevent any movement of the required
whipstock. • Packer bore is open prior lo land
BAKER'S BETTER METHOD ing anchor allowing debris to fall
through
Most casing sidetracks have been ac
• Whipstock will not move even un
complished by milling a complete
der severe drilling operations
section of casing and then drilling off
• Packer provides isolation of zone
a section whipstock. Section milling
below—no cement plug ever
requires expensive rig time and at
needed
least two trips to change knives on
• Orientation guide key in packer
the cutter, and results in a large vol
accepts standard survey
instruments
Compjii Card
For Oricnlailun u(
Anchor Assembly
545
BAKER
PERMANENT PACKER SYSTEMS 13 PACKERS
A DIVISION Of BAKER OIL TOOLS INC
SETTING PROCEDURE:
The Model "DW-1" Packer is run into the hole and set on
wireline (no orientation required.) The directional survey
is then made to determine the alignment of the guide key
in the packer, using standard survey instruments.
The Anchor Assembly is made up to the whipstock and
secured. The key slot in the Anchor Assembly is then
adjusted to the desired orientation, using the supplied
compass card, and is locked in place. (No welding
required.)
The Whipstock Anchor assembly, guided by a mule
shoe bottom, is usually run into the hole with the pilot
mill and whipstock and landed in the packer. When the
key slot on ihe anchor stinger engages the |>uide key in the
packer bore, an anchor latch locks the anchor inlo place.
Pulling up on the string not only shears the stud between
(he whipstock and mill but also positively indicates the
whipstock is securely anchored in tiie packer.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
Packer Sul Survey To
PRODUCING -115-21 Find
Orienlaiion
SIZE- HS-32 (V OP 17-20 lbs/ft Casing model ■vw-v whipstock- packik
Of Key
ORDtRING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. V99-3!
SOE-,80'32 MODEL-W-2" WHIPSTUtK ANCHOR A5SEMBLY/»r MODEL "DW-l"

WHIPSTOCK PACKER w/2-7/8" EU 8 HD Box
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Culm DW 1 Picker
ID Singe In
[..-,-:;■-,■ HlniLUjn
on
Wn ch Picker DW-I
Kiiht Ol 0D
Hi) 6c Run Whinsuck
Sin Sell Iwe inthst
Win Hn Sue
In In 1.1 In In
in n
4JH 4 111 4 328

20-33 42-26
s-ia 111 S 1??? 2E!1 1033
10-26
1397 111? 5.0(4 G9.2I 4 500
11-11 14-26
1?!' "HI IIJ1
5 675 6 135 uu
17-)? Il-K
(51 lit 1 1551 13S5
wj 17 20
U49 6 36E 64-32
S661
in i liii
5 SIS 6135 5 461

31-31 S2-32
111 1 1555 ra.i
1
B.049 6.3G6 5 66)
117.1 23-3? 1442
1111 161 7 1111
17-20 MM 6 165 3 25) 6 111 10-32
S3-31
11JM 171 1 12.55 157.1
741 tSB 7 025 6 355

H-B.1 92-31
:;i l 111 1
5-5 ( !13! 9 001 1125
313-53 5 IM-32
711 S a:
9 25(1 sit; 9 ODD Milling Of
601-11 712-32
ID-3.1 2350 2151 229 E
Window
1711 9E60 ID HI 9.417
3I75EO7 211-32
7AM 7111
11 31 1017! 11 150 10 431
31 90 220-32
Mil
II 119 l!461 11562
13-3 1 El-102 210-32
mi 12 175 12 715 12 000
11-12 210-12
Ml Bl n 111 R
546

TYPICAL HOOKUP WITH TYPICAL HOOKUP WITH

MILLOUT EXTENSION AND SEAL BORE EXTENSIONS
SEAL BORE EXTENSION
-ANY SEAL BORE PACKER -
Baker permanent packers are generally available for threading extensions below
the packer and are designated with the model letter "B" added to the packer model,
as"DB", "FAB-1", etc.
"b" guide for "B" GUIDE FOR SEAL

/millout extension BORE EXTENSION\ ;
"B" Guides are threaded bottom subs for seal bore packers, and should be ordered
as an integral part of the packer, i.e. "DB", "DAB", "FAB-1", etc. They are
available as box thread down to accommodate Millout Extensions or Seal Bore
Extensions, or as pin thread down to crossover to other tailpipe. Standard millout
extensions utilize API tapered thread connections as designated by packer series
on page 826. Other threads are available on request. Seal Bore Extension connec
tions utilize a Baker Straight Thread and need not be specified.
MILLOUT EXTENSION SEAL BORE EXTENSION.
Product No. 499-41 Product No. 499-40 \
For packers that will eventually be A Seal Bore Extension is used to pro
milled out, the Millout Extension is vide additional sealing bore when a
used to provide the length and inside long seal assembly is run to accom
diameter necessary to accommodate modate tubing movement. The Seal
the mandrel and catch sleeve of a Bore Extension has the same ID as the
standard Baker Milling Tool. packer.
CONNECTOR SUB — MILLOUT CONCENTRIC COUPLING

EXTENSION-TO-SEAL BORE Seal bore extensions are available in
EXTENSION ten foot lengths and can be joined
using this coupling to achieve any
length required.
SEAL BORE EXTENSION

Product No. 499-40
SEAL BORE EXTENSION WITH
BLANK BOTTOM
Product No. 499-40
CROSSOVER SUB — SEAL

BORE EXTENSION-TO-TAILPIPE
Using this sub tailpipe or other acces
sories can be run below seal bore
extensions as required.
547
PACKERS
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
TYPICAL HOOKUP WITH
COMMODITY NO. 02-08492-01 SIZE 80-40 MILLOUT EXTENSION AND
CONNECTOR SUB FOR USE WITH 80-40 MILLOUT FLOW CONTROL ACCESSORIES
EXTENSION TO 80-40 SEAL BORE EXTENSION
ANY SEAL BORE PACKER
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
Baker permanent packers are gener
PRODUCT NO. 499-40
ally available for threading exten
COMMODITY NUMBER 02-08343-01 Series
80-32 SEAL BORE EXTENSION FOR USE WITH 84-32 sions below the packer and are
MODEL DB RETAINER PRODUCTION PACKER designated with the model letter "B"
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
added to the packer model, as "DB",
"FAB-1", etc.
COMMODITY NUMBER 02-08344-01 Series
80-32 CONCENTRIC COUPLING FOR USE WITH
"B" GUIDE FOR MILLOUT
80-32 SEAL BORE extensions — Include Set
Screws and '0' Ring Seals EXTENSION
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
The "B" versions of these packers are
commodity number 02-08346-05 Series
in all cases the same basic packers as
80-32 CROSSOVER SUB FOR USE WITH 80-32 SEAL the regular versions as far as con
BORE EXTENSION to 3-112' OD EU Pin Down struction, running and setting, hold
ORDERING EXAMPLE: ing characteristics, etc., are
PRODUCT NO. 499-41 concerned. The only difference is the
commodity number 02-06517-02 Series lower guide, which in the "B" ver
80-40 BAKER MILLOUT EXTENSION FOR USE WITH sions is threaded to accept the vari
85-40 MODEL FB-I RETAINER PRODUCTION PACKER
w/5"0D LT&C Pin x PinforJ-55 11.5 Ibs/ft ous extensions.
ORDERING1EXAMPL
EXAMPLE: MILLOUT EXTENSION'
PRODUCT NO. 299-69 Product No. 499-41
sa£:5"OpLT&CBoxx4-U2"OD12.6lb.ilft For packers that will eventually be
ST&C PinJ-55 CROSSOVER SUB FOR USE WITH
milled out, the Millout Extension is
80-40 MIllOUT EXTENSION
used to provide the length and inside
diameter necessary to accommodate
the mandrel and catch sleeve of a
standard Baker Milling Tool.
CROSSOVER SUB — MILLOUT EXTENSION-TO-TAILPIPE Product No. 299-69 or 469-10
TUBING COUPLING Product No. 457-60'

SPACER TUBE Product No. 457-40 (P. 548)
MODEL "F" SEATING NIPPLE Product No. 801-50 (p. 596)
PERFORATED SPACER TUBE Product No. 457-43 (p. 548)
MODEL "R" SEATING NIPPLE Product No. 801-55 (p. 598)-
SPACER TUBE Product No. 457-40-
WIRELINE ENTRY GUIDE Product No. 469-21 (p. 548)-

/ \
548
PACKERS
PERFORATED SPACER TUBE TYPE "E" FULL OPENING

The Baker Perforated Spacer Tube is NON-PERFORATED
used at the end of a Tubing String to PRODUCTION TUBE
provide an alternate flow path in The Baker Type "E" Full Opening
cases where Wireline measuring de Non-Perforated Production Tube is
vices are used. made-up at the bottom of the produc
The perforated Spacer Tube is tion string. Its basic purpose is to act
made of low grade material and its as a stinger (or extension) to keep the
assembly consists of a perforated packer flapper valve open when pro
Nipple with standard Tubing Thread, ducing or when working below the
a Crossover Coupling up, and a packer.
Crossover Sub down. Available in This assembly consists of the pro
tubing size 1.660 through 4-1/2 and duction tube (with muleshoe guide)
casing sizes 4-1/2 through 7-5/8". and a coupling. Available in tubing
The standard length of all perforated sizes 1.660 through 4". Standard
Spacer Tubes is ten feet with the ex length is 5 feet. Ten feet length is
ception of Tubing size 1.660. (This available on special order. Coupling
size will have a standard length of ODs are turned to clear packer
five feet). Specify box thread up and bores. Specify thread when ordering.
pin thread down when ordering.
WIRELINE ENTRY GUIDE

The Baker Wireline Entry Guide is designed to be run on the bottom of the tubing
string. It will aid wireline tools that have passed out the bottom of the tubing to
re-enter without hanging up. Specify tubing size and thread.
ORDERING EXAMPU:
PRODUCT NO. 457-43

SIZE: 2-318" X 10 ft PERFORATED SPACER TUBE
w/2-318" OD NU 10 Rd Box x Pin for j-55
4.6 Ibslft Tubing '
ORDERING EXAMPU:
PRODUCT NO. 457-04

SIZE: 2-318" X V TYPE "E" FUU OPENINC NON-
PERFORATED PRODUCTION TUBE W/l/2 MULE SHOE
u'12-318" OD NU 10 Rd BoxforJ-55 4.6 Ibslft
Tubing
ORDERING EXAMPui
PRODUCT NO. 469-21

SIZE: 2-718" ODEU8Rd BoxforJ-5 5 6.5 ibslfl
Tubing WIRELINE ENTRY GUIDE
Product No. 469-21
Product No. 457-43
Product No. 457-04 Perforated

Spacer Tube
Type -I" Full
Product No. 457-40
Opening Non-Perforated
Spacer Tube
Production Tube
(Non-Perforated)
BAKER
13 PACKERS
550
13 PACKERS
MODEL "FL"ON-OFF
SEALING CONNECTOR
Product No. 683-15
(p. 540) MODEL "S"
UNLOADING SUB
Product No. 671-11
(p. 562)
MODEL "R-3" DOUBLE-CRIP LOK-SET MODEL "G"

"RETRIEVA-D" SERIES Product No. 642-01 Product No. 646-30 COMPRESSION-SET
Strength and performance of a For single or dual-zone comple Holds pressure from above PACKER
permanent packer: economics of a tions or in combination produc and below without set- Product No. 420-03
retrievable. Set on electric line, tion, well stimulation operations. down weight, tension or One of the shortest, most
tubing or drill pipe. Accepts Model A long-stroke packer with simple holddowns. Acts as tubing compact setdown retriev
"D" accessories: retrieved with one-turn-right jay-pin setting and anchor in tension. In wa- able packers. Ideal for light
straight pull. automatic bottom, (p. 558) terfloods, permits tubing to or medium duty produc
Retrieva-D & DB (p. 554-555) be in neutral, eliminating tion, (p. 562)
Model "A" Retrieva-D & DB MODEL "R-3" SINGLE-GRIP contraction and elongation
p. 556) Product No. 641-01 problems, (p. 560)
Mode/ "BL-1" Retrieva-DB & Single-grip version without hold-
DAB (p. 557) down (p. 558)
551
PACKERS
II
MODEL "C-1"
TANDEM TENSION PACKER
Product No. 602-26
Tension set; use above a Lck-Set,
tension or permanent packer in
single-string, multiple-zone injec
tion wells, (p. 698)
■ i
D
HYDRAPAK
MODEL "AD-1" SNAP-SET, SINGLE MODEL "FH" Product No. 784-01
TENSION PACKER STRING PACKERS Product No. 781-08 Hydraulically set single
Product No. 739-08 For use above Baker permanent Hydrostatically set single string packer for use as a single
Short, high-performance tension and retrievable packers in single string packer for use in flanged packer, as a lower packer in
packer; ideal for economical string, two-packer hookups for up completions and deviated multiple packer hook-ups using
waterflooding; rugged enough for zone isolation, injection or or crooked holes where other dual or triple string packers,
high-pressure fracturing or acidiz production, (p. 564) types of setting are not suitable, or as an upper packer in selective
ing, (p. 696) (p. 566) single string completions, (p. 570)
552
MODEL "A-5" MODEL "AL-5" MODEL "ALS-5" MODEL "K" MODEL "|"
Product No. 783-16 Product No. 783-30 Product No. 783-31 Product No. 755-01 Product No. 756-01
Hydrostatically set Variation of Model Variation of "AL-5" but Dual packer used as Dual packer similar
dual (no high tubing "A-5" but actuated via with selective setting se upper of two-packer to Model "K" but set by
pressure) for safety long instead of short quence feature, parallel installation; weight on long string;
and convenience of string, (p. 573) (p. 573) short string run sepa also available as
buttoned up well rately; set by weight double-grip with
control during on short string; also button-type hydraulic
completion. Packoff available as single- holddown. (p. 576)
maintained regardless grip without button-
of well conditions, type hydraulic hold-
(p. 572) down, (p. 576)
553
PACKERS
HYDRAULIC SETTING
DUAL PACKER ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES
(p. 579 & 581)
(p. 569)
LEFT-HAND
SAFETY
CONNECTOR
Product
No. 799-21
MODEL "S" SELECTIVE HEAD MODEL "C

MODEL "E" MODEL "E"
PARALLEL Product SELECTIVE J-LOCK
DIFFERENTIAL HYDRO-TRIP
SNAP-LATCH No. 783*51 SEAL NIPPLE
DISPLACING PRESSURE SUB
SEAL NIPPLE Product
VALVE Product
Product No. 703-73
Product No. 799-28
No. 707-03
No. 759-17
ADJUSTABLE SUBS SHEAR-OUT BLAST JOINTS

(p. 580) SAFETY-JOINTS (p. 583)
(p. 582)
T\ \
TELESCOPING ADIUSTABLE SHEAR-OUT

SWIVEL SUB BLAST JOINT
SPACER SUB WITH SAFETY IOINT
Product Product
ROTATIONAL LOCK Product
No. 441-20 No. 457-50
Product No. 441-30
No. 441-25
554
PACKERS
"RETRIEVA-D" AND FEATURES/BENEFITS

"RETRIEVA-DB" LOK-SET • Sets and performs like the Model
RETRIEVABLE CASING "D" permanent packer, yet is
PACKERS retrievable
• Like the Model "D", the "Re
The "Retrieva-D" Lok-Set Retriev
trieva-D" comes in three versions:
able Casing Packer is a reliable and
with Blank Guide; with "DB"
versatile packer for production, in
threaded Bottom Guide, and with
jection, testing, fracturing or cement
a Flapper Valve Guide
ing operations. It provides the
• A dual lock ring system, in con
flexibility of the Model "D" Retainer
junction with non-transferring
Production Packer with the depend
slips, maintains positive set
ability and retrievability of the Lok-
• Puts 50% more setting power into
Set Retrievable Casing Packer. All
the packing element than the
accessories for the Model "D" can
Model "D"
be used with the "Retrieva-D".
• Because the entire setting force
The "Retrieva-DB" version has a
can be delivered to the packing
threaded bottom sub to accept seal
elements, they can be made of ex
bore extensions or tailpipe.
tremely hard rubber
These packers can be run and set
• Tubing or tubing seals can be re
on electric line, slick line or tubing
moved without accidental unset-
with the same setting tools used with
ting of the packer
the Model "D" Retainer Production
• The packer is not affected by tub
Packer.
ing expansion or contraction
All models of the "Retrieva-D"
• Retrieves easily because movable
Packers are retrieved using the Prod slips, cones and releasing mecha
uct Number 646-17 Retrieving Tool
nism are located below the pack
on tubing or drill pipe, or the Product
ing elements
Number 646-35 Retrieving Tool on
sand line. Retrieval is accomplished
with a straight pull — no rotation is
required. Retrieving tool sizes are
specified as the packer size. Thus a ORDERING EXAMPLE:
Size 47 "Retrieva-D" Retrieving Tool PRODUCT NO. 646-16
is used to retrieve a size 47B4 "Re- SIZE: 45A4 (5-112" OD 15.5-20 Ibsljt Casing)
trieva-DA" Lok-Set Retrievable Cas RETRIEVA-DB LOK-SET R\CKER U'I3-II2 OD EU 8
RD Pin Down.
ing Packer.
Product No. 646-18 Product No. 646-16 Product No. 646-19 Product No. 646-22 Product No. 646-25
"Retrieva-D* Lok-Set "Retrieva-DB" Lok-Set "Retrieva-D* Lok-Set "Retrieva-DAB" Lok-Set "Retrieva-DA" Lok-Set
Retrievable Packer with Retrievable Packer with Retrievable Packer with Retrievable Packer with Retrievable Packer with
Blank Guide "DB" Guide Flapper Valve Guide "DB" Guide Blank Guide
This guide serves only as a For tailpipe This guide serves as a back For tailpipe This guide serves only as a
bottom sub and does not pressure valve and does not bottom sub and does not
accommodate tailpipe accommodate tailpipe accommodate tailpipe
555
RETRIEVABLE PACKER SYSTEMS A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC.
MODEL "RETRIEVA-D," "DB" AND "RETRIEVA-DA," "DAB" PACKER SETTING:

SPECIFICATION GUIDE Electric Line (p. 523)
Citing Picker* Picker Seillnj Bore Ptcktr Tubing (p. 524)
IDRjngsti Slickline (p. 523)
"ReWMi-Or •R«tri«TI-O-l-|t«trtetl-O»-
WltiebPtcter Gttt (Unrer)'
00 Wifghtx UlTBaRci (Uoj
PiaTtsd. PACKER ACCESSORIES
00
Wo. Nu.
Sin® Sell Kin Ben Seal His. Ben
Down
COB")
Bore Thru But® Itau Still
(cceusry
Sail!
tCCMUr) Seal Bore Extensions (p. 546)
Slie'B Site')
tlL la. to. la. In. la. la. In. Packer Plugs (p. 532)
lt/tt ma
(IU31 mm ClIQ mm an
3.9(0 4.090 3.812

114.30
9.5-11.6
101.3 103.9
43>
9S.82
1.807
21-21
4.250 4.408 4.12S 45.S0
11-18 438
J
108.0 112.0 104.73
3.000 2JS0 usa IT 2-7/B00 BAKER "RETRIEVA-DA"
20FMU0
60.71 60.71 EU8RD
127.00
I1.J-I5
76.20
20-23
1.703 AND "DAB" LOK-SET
43.26
4.403 4.560 41C 4.2S0 RETRIEVABLE PACKERS
112.0 115.8 107.85
»
The Baker "Retrieva-DA" and
4625 4.778 4.500
20-23
111.5 121.4
4SA2
114.30
"DAB" Lok-Set Retrievable Packers
5-1/2
139.70 4.778 4.550 4.641 are the same as the "Retrieva-D", ex
15.5-20 4U4 1.S8S
121.4 125.7 117.88 4040-21
49.99 cept that the "DA" and "DAB" units
1J-15.5
40FUU1S
a have an enlarged seal bore at the up
1-1/200
4.950
125.7
5.190
131.8
4S9
4.781
121.44
3.625
92.08
or 3.000
76.20
2.UB
68.28 1.750 EU8RD
per end. This feature makes it possi
800136 41/81-16
26 4445 ble to have a larger bore through the
packer with accessories in place than
6 5.191 5330 5JK2
152.40
20-21
131.9 136.9
4SC
128.57 is possible with the "Retrieva-D" and
15-18
5.391 S.S60
450
S.1S6 "DB" packers.
136.9 141.2 130.96
4JB)
82FM7 ^ ORDERING EXAMPLE!
101.60
7.511 7.6a; 7.112
44-49 4M2 3.B7S PRODUCT NO. 646-25
190.8 195.2 I8S.72 81FM7
98.43 SIZE: 45A4 (5-1/2" OD 15.5-20 Ibslft Casing)
4.0110 RETRIEVA-DA LOK-SET PACKER w/BLANK GUIDE
ttmr
8-5/8 ltU 7.921 7.531 4.750 191.60 38)5 2.468 4-1/200
32-40 4U4 120-36
219.07 195.3 201.2 191.29 120.65 99.43 62.69 (SO
3.875
81FM7 SM.CS(.
99.43
4.000
82FM7"
7.822 8.191 7.781 101.60
20-28 490
201.2 209.1 197.64
187S
I1FM7
93.43
For Information on packer or accessory sizes © The maximum 0D (including tolerance) of any
not found in this specification guide, refer to part ran through a Baker production packer
Baker Technical Manual or your Baker Repre should be at least 1/16"/1,59 mm smaller than
sentative. the minimum bore through the packer body.
Lower bore can be utilized as a seal bore, This may occasionally require that the coupling
HOWEVER, strict dimensional analysis for com OB's be turned down.
patibility of packer bore/sealing accessory con © Tubing seal assemblies, tubing seal and spacer
figuration is required to assure desired per nipples.
formance. Compatibility is based on lower bore/ © In 4-1/2" 114,30mm OB 11.6 Ib and heavier
seal nipple diametrical dimensions only. Final casing, the size 20 wireline pressure setting
seating position of locating shoulder will vary assembly is too large and the size 10 WIPSA
between packer sizes. Anchor mechanisms are MUST BE USEB. In 4-1/2" 114,3mm OB 9.5 and
not recommended. 10.5 Ib casing, either the size 10 or 20 WLPSA
© may he used.
When proposed for use in other than the casing ® Accessory size B2FA47 replaces both previous
weight range shown, contact your Baker Repre sizes 80FA47 and 1200A47.
sentative.
556
PACKERS RETRIEVABLE PACKER SYSTEMS

MODEL "A" "RETRIEVA-D" Product No. 646-77 Model "A" Re-

AND MODEL "A" trieva D Lok Set Packer with
"RETRIEVA-DB" blank guide.
LOK-SET RETRIEVABLE Product No. 646-78 Model "A" Re-
CASING PACKERS trieva DA Lok Set Packer with
enlarged upper seal bore and
Similar in features and function to the
blank guide.
standard "Retrieva-D" and
"Retrieva-DB" packers, the Model Product No. 646-79 Model "A" Re-
"A" versions provide increased tail trieva D Lok Set Packer with
pipe load carrying capacity and a Flapper valve.
modified releasing mechanism. PACKER SETTING:
Available in sizes for 6-5/8, 7, 7-5/8 Electric Line (p. 523)
and 9-5/8 casings. Uses the same set Tubing (p. 524)
ting tools and accessory equipment Slickline (p. 523)
as the standard models. Uses the
PACKER ACCESSORIES
Model "A" Retrieving Tool (Product
No. 646-85) for retrieving on tubing
by straight pull.
Product No. 646-75 Model "A" Re- Tubing Expansion joints (p. 541)
trieva DB Lok Set Packer with Parallel Flow Systems (p. 530)
"DB" Guide for tailpipe.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
Product No. 646-76 Model "A" Re- PRODUCT NO. 6-/I5-75

trieva DAB Lok Set Packer with SIZE: 47B2 tr O.D. 26-29 Ibsljt rasing)
enlarged upper seal bore and MODEL "A" RETRIEVA DB LOK SET PACKER wl
4-112" O.D. Long Casing Pin Douw.
"DB" Guide for tailpipe.
MODEL "A" "RETRIEVA-D" AND "RETRIEVA-DA"

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Packer' Packer Sealing Bore Patter
IDRangeinWhltti ••Retrie?a-0»" "Retrieta 0" and "Itetnen 0»"

Packer May Be Run Gift (Upper) (lower)' Pin Thread
OD Weight Ring Dmn
Seal MinBore Seal Min. Bore
Kin. Mai. Sine 0D ("OB")
Born" Accessory Thru Seals Bore Accessory Thru Seals
Size" Size
In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In.
Uttft mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
mm
V
5.791 5.855 SiOS
26-23 46B 142.39
147.1 149.7
n S-S/8
168.28 20-24
5921
150.4
6.049
153.6
46C
5.718
145.24
-
17-20 5.812
5.918 6.135
47M
150.8 155.8 147.62 4-1/200
32-35 2.406
60 60-32 61.11
S.136 (.278 5.968
26-29 47B2 151.59
7 155.9 159.4 or
177.60 6078
6-275 6JS6 1.938
21-26 47M 6131-3!
159.4 161.7 154.3S 54.55
6.266 4.000 1.250 1.250
6.45S 6.578 80M40
17-20 47C2 159.16 191.60 82.55 82.55
164.0 167.1
S.579 8.797 6.451

13.7-19 47C4
167.1 172.6 163.91
7-5/8 6.798 7.025 6.672
24-29.7 4702 169.41
193.68 172.7 178.4
7.025 7.125 6.812

20-24 4704
179 4 191.0 173.02
1.175
8343 8.681 8.281 192-47 9843
47-51.5 SIU 210.34
211.9 220.5
er
6-5-8 OD
6.000 4.865 4.750 1.000
9-5/8 8.681 8.835 8.440 190DAG0 190-47 Short Casint
40-47 51*4 152.40 123.57 120.65 16.20
244.4S 220.5 224.4 214.33 168.28
or
2.500
8.816 9061 6.608 191-47 63.50
29.1-16 5IB
224.4 230.2 218.64
UnrerBarecaabatfltadttiSMlbmHOWimstrtciaimem^wtysisfsrcra^
required to assure desired perferainet CompaWllitf It based on lower bare/seal nljats diametrical oTmensions only. Final seating pasitian ol
locating shoulder will nry tatmeo picker sizes. Anchor nncnanltm are not recomntnded.
When proposed lor use In other than the casing weight range shorn, contact reur Baktr Ropresantatrie.
Model"A" The mailmum 0D (including tolerance) ol any part run through a Baker production packer should to at least M6"/1.59 nun smaller Uian the
"Retrieva-D" minimum ten tcroiigti the packer tody. This nay occasionally require that tne coupling OD's be turned dmrn.
Packer lotting seal atseoMJes. tuWnj sul and spacer nlnptes.
557
RETRIEVABLE PACKER SYSTEMS l»J PACKERS A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC.
MODEL "BL-1" RETRIEVA-DB

AND MODEL "BL-1" RETRIEVA-DAB
LOK-SET RETRIEVABLE CASING PACKERS
The Model "BL-1" versions of the Retrieva-DB and Retrieva-DAB Lok Set
Packers offer the largest seal bore diameter available in a retrievable packer.
The threaded bottom guide can be utilized for running tailpipe to meet specific
applications. To provide for tubing movement the Retrievable Packer Bore
Receptacle can be run above the packer as shown on page 522.
The Model "BL-1" Retrieva-DB (Product No. 646-46) and Model "BL-1"
Retrieva-DAB (Product No. 646-45) packers are run and set on electric wireline
or on tubing with the Model "B", "B-2"or"J" Hydraulic Setting Tool.
The Model "BL-1" Retrieva-DB Hydraulic Set (Product No. 646-47) and
Model "BL-1" Retrieva-DAB Hydraulic Set (Product No. 646-48) packers are
run on an Anchor Tubing Seal Assembly and provide a one-trip flanged up
completion similar to completions using the Model "SB-3" or Model "SAB-3"
Packers.
The packers are retrieved on tubing by straight pull using the Product No.
646-17 Retrieving Tool.
PACKER SETTING:
Electric Line (p. 523)
Tubing (p. 524)
Slickline(p. 523)
PACKER ACCESSORIES
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 646-25

SIZE: 45A4 (5-112" OD 15.5-20 lbs/ft Casing)
RETRIEVA-OAIOK-SET PACKER w/Bl ANK CUIDE
Model "BL-1" RetrievaDB
Lok Set Retrievable
Casing Packer
MODEL "BL-1" "RETRIEVA-DB" AND "RETRIEVA-DAB"

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Packer® Packer Sealing Bore Packer
10 Range in
Which Packer "RetriBva-"OAB" "Retrie*a-"OB" t "«etrSeva-"DAB"
Gage
00 (Upper) (Lower)©
Weight May Ba Run Ring
PinThd.
Size© 0D Seal Min.Bore
Mia. Mai. Seal Min.Bore Down
Bore Accessory Thru Seals Bore© Accessary Thru Seals ("DB")
In. In. In. In. In. Size© In. In. Size©
lt/ft In.
mm mm mm mm mm
7 6.276 6.366 6.050 4.7S0 4.000 4.000

4-1/2 00
23-26 4784x4.10 82FM7 2.98S
177.8 159.4 161.7 153.92 120.65 60-40 long Casing
101,60 101,60 75,82
114.30
to Information on packer or «us$err slza* cat laand In Utit spetHlcatlca guide, refer 1o Baker lechnicil When proposed for use In olhor Hun the casing might range stnwn, contact your Baker SeBresentatlto.
Manual or your Biker Reprasentatln. Tha maxlmain 0D (including tolerance) ol any part fun tbrougli a Baker production packer should bo at least
Uwer tare can bs utoiad as a setl bare. HOWEVER, strict dimensional analysis In compitllllitj ol pitkor 1/1571,5J on smaller thn the mltunoin bore through the packer bed). This may occasionally require that
tore/sealing acceise? ctnftgoratioo Is required to assure desired performance. Compatibility Is based en Hie coupling OD's be turned down.
lower tore/seal nlppM diametrical dimensions offly. Ftaal seating potttltn el locating sneakier will vary
between packer sizes!taefcer mechanisms are not recommended.
558
PACKERS
MODEL "R-3" DOUBLE-GRIP MODEL "R-3" DOUBLE-GRIP

RETRIEVABLE CASING PACKER PACKER OPERATION
PRODUCT NO. 642-01
The "R-3 Double-Crip" is a truly versatile
setdown-type packer. Proven by its world
wide use, it performs reliably in produc
tion, stimulation and testing operations.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Hydraulic button-type hold down loca
ted below the bypass valve
Bypass
• Unique, built-in, "differential lock" .Valve
Seal
helps keep the bypass valve closed
• Effective bypass design speeds equaliza
tion and resists swab-off
. Mandrel
• Field-proven, three-element packing
system and rocker-type slips
.VaT
Seat
Differential
MODEL "R-3" SINGLE-GRIP Lock
RETRIEVABLE CASING PACKER (unlocked)
PRODUCT NO. 641-01 ' Spring
In wells where excessive bottom-hole pres

sure is not expected, the "Single-Grip R-3"
is the answer to your needs for a setdown,
retrievable packer. From the packing ele
ments down, the "R-3 Single-Grip" is iden Button-type
Hold-Down
tical to the Double-Grip Model. Running,
setting and releasing procedures are the
same for both packers.
3-Element
TO SET THE PACKER: The "R-3" is set by Packing
picking up, rotating to the right and then , System
(uses no
slacking off on the tubing. Setdown weight backup
closes and seals the bypass valve, sets the rings)
slips and packs-off the packing elements.
TO RELEASE THE PACKER: Picking up the

tubing releases the packer (no rotation re
quired). When the tubing is raised, the by
pass valve opens to permit circulation \ Cone
through and around the packer. Rocker-type

When the tubing string is raised the full Slips
length of the packer, the J-pins (on the bot

tom sub) are oriented for automatic
reengagement. By then lowering the tub
ing slightly, the J-pin engages the J-slot thus Control-Pin
assuring complete release and preventing Actuated
Automatic
accidental resetting while retrieving the Bottom
packer.
ORDERING EXAMPU:
PRODUCT NO. 642-01

SIZE. 47B4 (7" OD 20-26 Ibslft casing)
MODEL "R-3" DOUBLE-GRIP RETRIEVABLE CASING PACKER
Model "R-3" Double-Grip, (left) w/2-718" OD EU Slid Box x Pin, for
and Single Crip (right) J-55, 6.5 Ibslft tubing
Retrievable Casing Packers.
Running In Producing
SPECIFICATION GUIDE SPECIFICATION GUIDE (Cont'd.)
Castai Picker Casing Packer
ID Range In Which ID Range In Which Thread Specifications^

Weights Packer May Be Run
Norn. GazetGutt Thread Specifications© Rom
00 00 Weight.*) Packer May Be Run Boi Dp I Pin Don
ID Ring 00 Boi Dp t Pin Dnm ID RingOD
Bin. Mil Steel: Slies
MM. Mai.
In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In.
UuAt. ihjTtL
mm nun in m mm mm mm Rim mm mm mm mm
2.234 1.96 5.484 2-3/8 00 EUtRO

28> 45EF
2.347 2.441 5E.74 49.78 139.29 60.33
6.4—6.5 5.791 5.921
59.62 62.00 24—26
2-7/8 28»® .75 2.330 1.315 00 EU 10 RD 147.1 150.4 5.5BS
Hi-Temp 46A4
73.02 19.05 59.19 33.40 141.94
2.442 2.563 2.357 5.630 5.937 2.41 5656 2-7/B OD EU I RD
4.7-5.6 28B 24 4712
62.03 65.10 59.87 148.1 150,8 61.21 143.6E 73.02
2.834 2.922 2.782 6-5/8
10.2 35> 5.938 6.135 5.812
71.98 74.22 7O.E6 168.28 17—20 47*4
147.62
150.8 I55.S
3-1/2 2.923 3.058 1.38 2.144 1.900 00 ED 10 RD 5.919 6.094 5.812
7.7—9.2 35B
20 47*4 x 3
88.90 74.24 77.93 35.05 72.24 48.26 152.1 154.8 3.00 147.62 3-1/2 00 EU 8 RD
5.75
3.0S9 3.188
35C
3.031 6.135 6.276
76.20
5.969
8S.90
m
77.95 80.99 17 47B2 x 3
77.17 155.8 159.4 151.59
4 3.428 3.54! 3303 5.791 5.921 5.58B
22
9.5—11.6 41» 46*4
101.60 87.07 90.12 83.90 147.1 150.4 141.94
1.50 38
3.754 3.625 38.10 3.620 5.830 5.937 5.656
15.1 41B 47*2
95.35
4-1/2
97.18 91.95 148.1 150,8 2.41
61.21
143.66 2-7/B 0D EU 8 R0
73,02
m
114.30
9.5—13.5 3.910 4.030 43A
3.771 5.922 5.791
99.31 103.9 95.76 469 146.84
150.4 6.135
4.250 4.401 4.125
2-3/80DEU8RD 155,8
15—18 43B 1.69 5.938
5 107.9 112.0 60.33 32—35 47*4
104.78 150.8 5.812
127.01
11.5—15 4.409 4.550
48.01
4.250 5.989 6.094
47*4 x 3
3.00
147.62
3-1/2 00 EU 8 RD 00
112.0 115.8 43C 107.95 7 152.1 154.8 76.20 98.90
26
177.80 2.41 2-7/8 0D EU 6 RD
45*2
1.65
49.78 6.136 6.276
47B2
61.21 5.96S 73.02 m
4.625 4.777 4.500 155.8 159.4 151.59
20—23 26—29 3.00 3-1/2 OD EUtRD
117.5 121.3 2.3B 114.30 2-7/80DEU8RD 47B2 x 3
45*2 x 2-34 76.20 88.90
60.45 73.02
S-l/2 4.778 2.41 2-7/8 00 EUiRD
15.5—20 4.950 45M 1.96 2-3/8ODEU8RD 47B4
6.276 6.459 61.21 6.071 73.02
139.70 121.4 125.7 49.78 60.33
n
4.641 20—26 154.38
159.4 164.0 3-1/2 00 EU 8 RD
4.771 4.892 2.36 117.88 2-7/80DEU8RD 3X10
17-20 45*4 x 2-3/8 47B4x3 88.90
121.4 124.25 60.45 73.02 76.20
4.950 5.190 1.96 2-3/8 00 EU 8 RD 2.41 2-7/8 0D EU t RD

45B 47C2
61.21 6.266 73.02
13-15.5
125.7 131.8 49.78 60.33 17—20
6.456
164.0
6.578
167.1 159.16 m
2-7/80DEU8RD 3.00 3-1/2 OD EU 8 RS
73
4.893 5.044 2.36 47C2 x 3
45B x 2-3/1 76.20 88,90
124.3 128.1 60.45 73.02
6.797 2.41 2-7/B 00 EUtRD
4.950 5.190 458 1.96 2-3/800EU8RD 47C4
5-3/4
22.5
125.7 131.8 49.78
4.781
60.33 33.7—39
6.579
167.1
172.6 61.21 6.453
163,91
73.02
C/5
146.05 5.044 2.38 121.44 2-7/8 00 EU 8 RO 6.765 3.00 3-W0DEU8RD
4.893 45B x 2-3/8 47C4 xl
60.45 171.83 76.20 68.90
124.3 128.1 73.02
6.791 2.41 2-7/8 0D EU B RD
4.950 5.190 45B 1.96 2-3/8 00 EUtRD 4702
7-54 172,7 7.025 61.21 6.672 73.02
6 125.7 131.8 49.78 60.33
26 24—29.7 178.4
152,40 193.69 6.766 100 169.47 3-1/2 00 EU B RD
4.893 5.044 2.38 2-7/8 00 EU I RD 4702 x 3
458 x 2-3/8
124.3 128.1 60.45 73.02 171,9 76.20 88.90 m
5.191 5.3SD S.0S2 2.41 2-7/8 0D EU 8 RD
20—23 45C 47D4 73,02
128.57 61.21 6.812
m
131.8 136.9 7.125
6 20—24
181.0 173.02 3-1/2 0D EUtRD
152.40 5.391 5.5S0 5.156 3X10
15—18 450 47D4x3 88,90
136.9 14U 130.9E 76.20
1.95 2-3/8 0D EUtRD 7.312
5.561 5.609 S.4DG 7.511 7.687
34 45E2 49.78 60.33 44—49 49«2 185.72
141.2 142.5 137.31 130,8 195.2
E-5/g 5.610 5.484 8-5/1 7.688 7.921 3.00 7.531
45E4 32—40 49M 191.29
168.26 142.5 5.791 139,29 219.08 195.3 201.2 76.20
2t-32
147,1 7.922 8.191 7.781
5.610 2.41 5.475 2-7/8 0D EU 8 RD 49B2 3-1/2 0D EU 8 RD
46*2 20—28 197.64
142.2 61.21 139.07 73.02. 201.2 20B.1 88,90
8J43 B.6B1 8.218
WhnselectlinapactaforacaslngwelEMconraontotmwelgMnftges^ 47—53.5 51*2 208.74
211.9 220.S
«elgntranra7EninBle:For7'20ll&/H. casing use packer sia47C2. Under certain drcunstances the other packer stnmafta ran. such as
when nSftg In mted casing strings. 9-51 8.681 8.835
SIM
3.96 6.437
40—47 224.4 100.58 214.30
<S> Sim 28,35 and 41 are anOaUa in tills model as slngte-frlp packers. Prod. Do. Hl-01. For dssbla-grlp nrsion, contact your Baker 244.48 220.5
Reprennlathe abort Die Model "RC" Hydro-Grip Ceoenter, Prod. Ro. 407-20. 9.636 9X153 6.593
29.3—36 51B 218.26
© Threads (horn bilow are "standard" lor the respective packer sizes. Other threads are nailaile on request. Phase speeHj threads when 224.4 230.2
orderfog.
© For use iiten anticipated conditions eiceed 2S1* F (93,33%) or 3100 PSI (267,167 kgl/coi) differentia! across tnL
Repair Kits. Including such Kens as packing elements. seal rings, etc. are available tor redressing Baker ntrienlila packers. Contact lour Baker 3
ResresentatJn. Use orfj Baker repair parts. CO
560
IS PACKERS RETRIEVABLE PACKER SYSTEMS

MODEL "A-3" LOK-SET TO RELEASE THE PACKER: Apply an upstrain

RETRIEVABLE CASING PACKER of 3,000 lbs (1,36t) to 6,000 lbs (2,72t) and
rotate the tubing to the right from eight to ten
Product No. 646-30
turns at the tool, until the tool moves up the
The "Lok-Set" combines features of both per
hole. Continue to rotate to the right several
manent and retrievable packers in one general
times while moving up the hole to be certain the
purpose packer for production, injection, zone
slips are fully retracted.
isolation and remedial operations.
MODEL "AL-2" LARGE-BORE ORDERING EXAMFUJ:

PRODUCT NO. 646-30
LOK-SET RETRIEVABLE
SIZE: 45A4 (5-112" OD 15.5-20 Ibslfl casing) MODEL
CASING PACKER "A-3" LOK-SET RETRIEVABLE CASING PACKER U>l2-j/8° OD
Product No. 646-28 EU SRdBoxx Pin, for 1-55, 4.7 Ibslfl tubing
The "AL-2 Lok-Set" is similar to the "A-3" and is
recommended when a larger-than-normal bore
through the packer is required.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• "Lok-Set" holds pressure from above and be
low without requiring any setdown weight,
tubing tension or hydraulic hold downs to
maintain its pack-off
• May be used to isolate bad casing and can
serve as a tubing anchor when tension is
applied as in pumping wells. In water-flood
applications where seasonal temperature
changes in injection water can cause m
problems for conventional packers, the

"Lok-Set" permits the tubing to be set in a
neutral condition
• Opposed, non-transferring, dovetail slips B
prevent movement of the packer in either Release:
Run in Slack off, Pickup, pick up
direction due to pressure differentials, while rotate engage
and rotate
allowing the landing of the tubing in tension, right, lower Setdown ,jght
engage slips complete
compression or neutral
packoff
ftf
upper
• Right-hand tubing rotation controls setting slips and
and releasing lock-set
• Releasable lock ring provides a no-return,
MODEL "FL" ON-OFF
ratchet takeup for holding compression of
packing elements after pack-off. The lock SEALING CONNECTOR
can be released only by right-hand rotation Product No. 683-15
of the mandrel. Left and right-hand multiple Use of an On-Off Sealing Connector above a
threads on the mandrel engage the "Lok-Set" Packer is a very effective and popular
segmented lock ring and permit movement combination. This hook-up permits retrieval of
of the mandrel in one direction only, relative the tubing string with the formation blanked-off
to the lock ring. Movement in the opposite at the packer by setting a BFC Blanking Plug in
direction is possible only by rotating to the the On-Off tools standard seating nipple pro
right file. The On-Off tool also facilitates circulation
• Ratchet takeups of 1/8-inch in the packer of well fluids above the packer. Due to right-
threads assure a complete pack-off hand operation of the "Lok-Set" Packer, the
ACCESSORIES "FL" Model (left-hand off) On-Off tool is
On-Off Sealing Connector (p. 540) recommended (p. 540).
Downhole Shut-Off Valve (p. 694)
TO SET THE PACKER: Slackingoff during right-
hand rotation of the tubing causes the mandrel
to move downward to free the slips and initiate
setting. An initial 6,000 lbs (2,72t) setdown
weight sets the upper slips and begins compres
sion of the packing element. Then, 10,000
(4,54t) to 12,000 lbs (5,44t) of upstrain engages
the lower slips. Setting down 6,000 lbs (2,72t)
to 10,000 lbs (4,54t) moves the mandrel
through the lock ring to complete and lock-in
the pack-off. If sufficient setdown weight is not
Model "A-3"
available, left-hand rotation or spudding can be
"Lok-Set" Retrievable
Casing Packer used to attain required pack-off force.
561
RETRIEVABLE PACKER SYSTEMS A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC.
MODEL "A-3" LOK-SET RETRIEVABLE CASING PACKER PROD. NO. 646-30

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Ctttni Pltllf
JO Rue* In Wblcti Sludiftf Tbnttf
CD Wtliitt
Ptcktr Hit It Run 10 Sptdtlotlon «llu 0»i ffa ton)
Mia. Uu. Sin
to. In. In. Ii. In. In.
IBJfl.
1110 4.BC9
Ut-IU 43*2
4-14 99JI 101.5
1771
II4.JJ 15-115
*sn 4314 95.78
101,8 103.9
4.4M 4.125 2M09DIMIKJHB)
15-11 411
ira.o 112.0 104.76 C043
I27.H
IU-1S
4.401 4JC9 4JS0
112J0 1118
4K
101.15
a
4J2I 4.771 4J30

»-n 4SU
S-1/I 117.5 121.4 1I4.J0
119.10 4.771 4JSQ I.M 4141
1U-29 121.4 125.7
45*4
59.29 117.99
ij—iu
MM tin 4.711
4»
129.7 131.9 121.44
21
2-3/100 EUIM
5.111 mso S.0H (0.13
1S2.4J 20-J1 1)1.9 135.S
4SC
12857
tsi
S.S60 5118
15-11
141.2
4S0
13098
14
1M1 uot
ttt
S.4U
14U 1415 11711
1119 5.121 9.414
24-11 4V
I4U 1M.4 US-IS
I-M sjm SJ37 144 UM i-7/i co to i in
14 47*2
166.26 144.1 153.3 61.99 14165 11.03
un IJt 1711 211 tO CU119
1J-14 1S9.4 Ll»
4St
5029 14584 sail
15S.J
un 5J12
17-20 lM.a
47*4
14762
H u» 5.J31
47*2 ust
148.1 iM.a 141.66
n-u
MM S.115
47*4 UI2
isa.s 1U.9 147.62
l&
1.271 IMt
171.M It—21 159.4
4712
1S1.59
1.2)4 un 244 Mil 2-7/1 COD) HO
21—21 4714
1S9.4 161.7 61.99 154.38 11.01
MM (.571 MM
17—20 47C2
1(4.0 167.1 159.16
I.S7I i.4a
11.7—11 4)C4
167,1 172.6 163.91
•vt&
im 7.025 M12
24—217 4702
172,7 1714 169.47
JJOT 7.12S U12
20-24 1)8,4 1JI.0
47M
17302
7JI7 7J12
44-41 4U2
isat 145.2 165.12
im 7J21 7ill
12-40 4U4
219.69 IM.3 20U 1S1J9
1.172 1111 7.711
20-21 411
201,2 2E11 19! M
uo 4C0HIIH
U4J Ull M.W Ull
47-SU 51U tei.sa
111.9 mi JDJ.J4
HI Mil 1415 1417
244.49 49-47 ilM
220.5 224.4 214.10
2U-H Mlt IH1 un

224,4 Sll
230 2 716^6
MODEL "AL-2" LARGE BORE LOK-SET RETRIEVABLE CASING PACKER PROD. NO. 646-28
C PKklf
00 SUadifd Tluvsd
10 Rbt'o SfftciHcsttass® (Box Up i Pto Dsn)
Hta. tin
In. la. ta. la. In. In
It* cat
20—21 4512 *3B

11M 111.4 1119
5-1/1 4.771 4.959 4*41
115-25 45*4
139.70 121.4 1217 2J* 117.18 2-7,-8C90)8BO
60.45 71.03
11—IU I.IH S.140
4SS 4.711
I 125.7 130.6 121.44
157.40
21
21-21 1.111 U76 54B

4112
1519 1594 1S1.S9
1271 i.lli un
21—21 4784
177.80 159.4 161.77 154.18
I.4H 6.571 3X0 t.ISt
17—10 47C2
1640 167 1 76.20 15316
3-1/2 00 HI HI)
117-11 Ull 1.117 8.453
47C4 M.JO
167.1 112.6 163.91
7-S/l 24-217 I.7U 7.025 M72
1U.U 4702
172,7 171.4 169.47
20—24 7J72S 7.125 M12

1184
4704
1810 173 02
® Threads shown below are 'Standard" for the respective packer sizes. Other threads are available on request Please specify threads when ordering.
7° 26 IbsJft caslns use packer size 47B4. Under certiln circumstances the other packer size may be run. such as when running in mixed casing stjings.
Tr Kits. Inctudlni "
r repair parts.
562
PACKERS RETRBEVABLE PACKER SYSTEMS

MODEL "G" RETRIEVABLE J-pin in the top of the J-slot before trying
CASING PACKER to set the packer. Rotate the tubing 1/4
Product No. 420-03 turn to the left at the tool and pick up
The Baker Model "G" is a compact, the tubing string. About 1,500 lbs
economical setdown packer that can
(0,68t) of tension is needed to set and
pack-off the tool.
be used by itself for production appli
cations, or with a companion unloader
TO RELEASE AS A TENSION
and hold down it can be used for well
PACKER: Lower the tubing at least one
stimulation, testing and other pres
foot more than is necessary to remove
suring operations and then left in the
the applied tension to move the j-pin to
well as a production packer.
the top of the J-slot. Rotate 1/4 turn to
FEATURES/BENEFITS the right at the tool.
• Rugged rocker-type slips and one
piece packing element TO SET AS A SETDOWN PACKER:
• Full-opening bore through the Run the packer about one foot below
packer setting depth. Raise the tubing one foot
• Economical to buy and maintain to position the J-pin. Rotate the string to
Model "S" • Easy to set and release the right 1/4 turn at the tool and set-
Unloading Sub
• Safety joint for emergency down on the tubing string. About 1,500
disconnection lbs (0,68t) is required to set and pack-
• Can be run upside down as a tension off the tool.
packer (without the emergency re
lease feature) TO RELEASE AS A SETDOWN
• System functions above 250°F PACKER: Simply pick up the tubing to
(120°C) with an alternate packing release the packer. If the packer is to be
element system moved downhole and reset, rotate the
• Short and compact for ease of stor tubing 1/4 turn to the left at the tool.
age, shipping and handling
TO RELEASE PACKER IN EMER
TO SET THE PACKER: Run the packer
GENCY: Apply tension and rotate to
to a position about one foot below the
the right at least seven turns. The bot
setting depth, then pick up to the set
tom or top sub will unscrew from the
ting point. Rotate the tubing to the right
body allowing the tubing to be pulled.
1/4 turn at the tool. Apply setdown
weight to set and pack-off the tool.
MODEL "S" UNLOADING SUB
TO RELEASE THE PACKER: Simply
pick up the tubing to release. If the
Product No. 671-11
packer is to be moved downhole and The Unloading Sub, Model "S", pro
reset, rotate the tubing to the left 1/4 vides a means of equalizing tubing and
turn at the tool after release. annulus pressures. It is designed for use
above a setdown packer and is a rela
MODEL "C-1" SINGLE-GRIP
tively simple but effective device that
INVERTIBLE PACKER uses a shear screw arrangement to hold
Product No. 739-30 the sub in either the open or closed
The Single-Grip Invertible Packer, position. Setdown weight is needed to
Model "C-1", is designed for use either close the unloader or, if it is run closed,
as a conventional tension packer or, upstrain is required to open it.
when run upside down, as a set-
down packer for testing, pressuring or ORDERING EXAMPLES:
production. PRODUCT NO. -120-03

SIZE: 45A4 (5-lir OD 15.5-20 Ibslft cosine)
FEATURES/BENEFITS MODEL "G" RETRIEVABLE CASING PACKER U'l2-3ltT
• Easy to set and release OD EU 8 lid Box x Pin, far J-55, 4.7 Ibslft
• Emergency releases are provided tubing
for both tension and setdown
PRODUCT NO. 739-30
operations
SIZE: 35B (3-1/2" OD 7.7-9.3 Ibs/fl tubing)
• A shear-type bottom sub is avail MODEL "C-l" SINGLE-GRIP INVERTIBIE PACKER
able for use with the tension packer, wll.900° OD EU 10 Rd Box x PinjorJ-55,
in sizes 35 and 41 2.9 lbs/ft tubing
Model "C"
Retrievable TO SET AS A TENSION PACKER: Run PRODUCT NO. 671-11
Casing Packer the packer to the setting depth, making SIZE: 2-718 MODEL "S" UNLOADING SUB
sure the last movement of the tubing u'12-7/8" ODEU8 Rd Box x Pin,farJ-53. 6.5
string is down in order to position the Ibslft tubing
MODEL "G" RETRIEVABLE CASING PACKER. PROD. NO. 420-03 MODEL "G" RETRIEVABLE CASING PACKER. PROD. NO. 420-03
SPECIFICATION GUIDE SPECIFICATION GUIDE (CONTD.)
total
ID Run InWHch SttEtortltami
raduMloWblcb Ttntd KOEL Coat
Ptdccf hit Bo Rco
Km Const 00 Wtljtt® y Be Bra UbRkgOO
OB WriibtS m
Sta IS Mk Stag 00 BnllptPbDsn BDa. Stas
Us. Hu.
In. to. In. In. In.
In. to. In. In. In. to.
In. UUtL itm. nun mm mm mm nun
mm mm mm mm mm
nun
4-1/1
11433
IS—l»
1910
S3 31
4XSQ
103.3
41*
3.771
93.76
47-515
m 8SI 51*2 m
15—18
*xa
103.0
4.4CJ
112.0
4IB
IX)
4.125
104.76 « 40—47 22?f 51*4 m
127.60
11.5—15
4401 4JS0
46.01
4J50
29.3-36
m
9.0S3
2301 51B m m
41C 107.95 4-1/2 OOBROUCStBOXx
«8
112,0 115.8
a Ifelol 12.75-513 51* 114.30 an ess ra
20—a
*m
117.5
4.770
121.4
4502
4.590
114.10
38—60 264? 53B 26C%
9-1/2
139.70
115-20
4.771
121.4
4.SS0
125.7
45M
AMI
117.68 2-M 00 EU 8 ID
41-53
IMP 55* m m
11—115
61.11
m 48—72 î'o* 559 m
S-S/4 4,950 5.110 4.761
22J 4SB 121.44
146,115 125.7 131.8
1.97
21 58.04
6 5.191 1390 urn

152,40
20-23
131.9 136.9
45C 128.57 m
1391 ism 1159 r RejmomtlTt. Da oft Bator reprir ptrls.
15-11 450 110.65
13S.9 141.2
1511 15H MOS
34 4512 117.31
141.2 142.1
5JSt 1791 1464
21-12
142.1 147.1
4SE4 119.23 MODEL "C-1" SINGLE-GRIP INVERTIBLE PACKER. PROD. NO. 739-30
ieue U5S
U30 U21
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
24
148.1 150,4
4712 141.69 7Z
17-20
1922
150,4
1.133
155.8
47M
1112
147.62
TuUmyCulH
DRunbWHcti StudiTd Tbfc^d
m
2-7/8 OS EU 8 10
70
2.41 Ism. CacCdde
U39 5521 6U1 1656 71X1 01 PaduiSn Be Run erttD.SK) OS
a 4712 IS BaOptPbDsm
146.1 150.4 141.66 ■a.
Un. Sit
5J22 6.135 1112 In. In. In. In.
12—15 47M In. In.
150.4 155.8 147.62 mm mm mm mm
47B2
21—29
tin U7I uo 3-1/2 OS EU 8 DO 4.6—11 18? 21 15775 It'll
155.8 159.4 4782x100 76.20 15US 68.5D
177JO
141 2-7/9 00 ED 8 RO B4-U h!8S 28* IJISOgEUIORD
6.278 6.459
47B4 61.21 8X76 73,03 a isti]
20—26 159.4 164.0
4764x100
1X0
I54.3S 1-1/2 00 EU 8 US 4.7—16 m ii5?? 2BB
76.20 86.90
17—20
M55 tsu
47C2
tat 10J m m 15* HH
164.0 166.1 159.16
33.7—39
Bin 6.765
47C4
(451 7.7—94 m 35B
1J1 1.900 0D EU 10 RO
166.1
6.766
171.8
7J25
141
6U1
161.91
6J72
2.7*00.r» 115 m m 15C
3ST6 48,26
«
7-5/1 47D2
24—217 171.9 176.4 169.47
20—24
im 7.125
47D4
6.612
4
1170® m m 310
178.4 161.0 173.02 101.60
40-49
7J11
1SI.8
7.725
19U
49*2
7J12
I6S.72
15— Hi its m 41*
b-s/b
12—40
7.725 7.S21
49*4
too 7J11 1-1/2 OB EU 8 RI 1tB—111® mi m 41B m
219,0! 19E.2 201.2 76.20 191.29 68.90
7.922 1.191 7.181
20—21 49B 197.64
FWB Eot 14JJ Bo.
2012 208.1
PWBEo<t1t24-I4J8DO.
toed torn is patUn ctaont, ml ibp, ett. m mSWt br rtdmstai Biter reWmteiattan. Cental pair
listr rtpib puit.
564
MODEL "MR-1" SINGLE-GRIP TO SET PACKER ABOVE A BAKER

SNAP-SET PACKER SEAL BORE PACKER ("MR-1" and
Product No. 635-21 "AR-1"): Run and set a Baker Seal
Bore Packer. Make up the Snap-Set
MODEL "MR-1" DOUBLE-GRIP
Packer at the desired location in the
SNAP-SET PACKER
tubing string above the tubing seal
Product No. 636-21 assembly. Run the string in the hole
The Snap-Set Packer, Model until the locator sub on the tubing
"MR-1", is used above the Baker Seal seal assembly is landed in the Seal
Bore Packers in single-string, two Bore Packer. Apply set-down weight
packer installations. The double-grip of 6,000 lbs (2,72t) to 8,000 lbs
version has both slips and hydraulic (3,63t), depending on packing ele
hold downs while the single-grip ment hardness, to set and pack-off
model has slips only. the packer. The set-down weight trips
the snap-latch mechanism and
packs-off the packing elements.
•HS
MODEL "AR-1" SNAP-SET
COMPRESSION PACKER
Product No. 635-31
MODEL "AR-1" SNAP-SET TO SET PACKER ABOVE A BAKER
RETRIEVABLE PACKER ("AR-1"
COMPRESSION PACKER
only): Make up both packers in the
WITH HOLD DOWN
tubing string and run them in the
Product No. 636-31 well. Rotate the tubing to prepare the
The Snap-Set Compression Packer, lower packer for setting. Apply 6,000
Model "AR-1", is used where no se lbs (2,72t) to 8,000 lbs (3,63t) set-
vere differentials from above are ex down weight, depending on packing
pected. It is recommended as a lower element hardness, to set and pack-off
cost alternative in these applications. both packers.
The Model "AR-1" Packers are used
above either Seal Bore Packers or
compatible Retrievable Packers.
FEATURES/BENEFITS: TO RELEASE THE PACKER: Simply

• Multiple packing element system pick up the tubing string. If the
proven on the Model "R-3" weight of the string below the packer
• Operation of the packer is simple. is greater than 1,500 lbs (0,68t), the
No tubing rotation is required snap-latch will recock to the run-
• A collet-type snap-latch prevents ning-in position. The packer can
the packer from setting before then be raised or lowered during the
landing the seal assembly or be retrieving operation.
fore setting a lower retrievable If the weight of the string below the
packer. Lower portion of the tool is packer is less than 1,500 lbs (0,68t),
rotationally locked to deliver the snap-latch will not recock, so the
torque in either direction through assembly must be brought to the sur
the packer face before attempting to run it again.
• The Model "MR-1" Double-Grip
Snap-Set Packer will support high
differentials from either direction
while supporting the load in the ORDERING EXAMPU:
annulus. The Model "MR-1" Sin PRODUCT NO. 636-31
gle-Grip Snap-Set Packer does not SIZE: 45A4 (5-1/2° OD 15.5-20 Ibslfl easing)
have the hold down and can be MODEL "AR-1" SNAP-SET COMPRESSION PACKERW1TH
hold DOWN WI2-318" OD EU 8 RD Box x Pin,
Model "MR-1" Double- used when no high differentials forJ-55, 4.7 Ibslfl lubing
Crip Snap-Set Packer are expected from below
565
RETRIEVABLE PACKER SYSTEMS

SINGLE STRING SNAP-SET PACKERS

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Packer
Preferred Range Standard Thread
of Casing ID'S Norn. Gage & Guide
OD Weight® Size Specifications©
ID Ring OD
Min. Max. (Box Up S Pin Down)
In. In. In. In. In. In.

lbs/ft.
mm mm mm mm mm mm
4-1/2 3.910 4.090 3.771

9.5—13.5 43A
114,30 99,31 103,9 95,78
4.250 4.408 4.125
15—18 43B
5 108,0 112,0 104,78
127,00
11.5—15
4.408 4.560 4.250
43C
112,0 115.8 107.95
26
4.625 4.778 4.500

20—23 45A2
5-1/2 117,5 121.4 114.30
139,70 4.778 4.950 4.641
15.5—20 45A4
121,4 125.7 117,88
1.97 2-3/8 0D EU 8 RD
13—15.5
50.04 60.33
5-3/4 4.950 5.190 4.781
22.5 45B
146,05 125,7 131,8 121,44
26
6 5.191 5.390 5.062

20—23 45C
152,40 131,9 136,9 128,57
5.391 5.560 5.156
15—18 45D
136,9 141,2 130.96
5.561 5.609 5.406
34 45E2
141,2 142,5 137,31
5.610 5.791 5.484
28—32 45E4
6-5/8 142,5 147,1 139,29
168.28 5.830 5.937 5.656
24 47A2
148,1 150.8 143,66
5.938 6.135 5.812
17—20 47A4
150,8 155.8 147.62
5.830 5.937 5.656
38 47A2
148,1 150,8 143,66
5.938 6.135 5.812
32—35 47A4
150,8 155.8 147,62
7 6.136 6.276 2.41 5.968
26—29 47B2
177,80 155,9 159,4 61,21 151,59 2-7/8 OD EU 8 RD
6.276 6.456 6.078 73,03
20—26 47B4
159.4 164,0 154,38
6.456 6.578 6.266
17—20 47C2
164.0 167,1 159,16
6.579 6.797 6.453
33.7—39 47C4
167,1 172,6 163.91
7-5/8 6.798 7.025 6.672
24—29.7 47D2
193.68 172,7 178.4 169,47
7.025 7.125 6.812
20—24 47D4
178.4 181,0 173.02
® Vflien selecting a packer for a casing weight common to two weight ranges (same 00), choose the packer size shown for the lighter of the two weight ranges. Example: For
V 26 flisJtt casing use packer size 47B4. Under certain circumstances the other packer size may be run, such as when running in mixed casing strings.
® Threads shown below are "standard" for the respective packer sizes. Other threads are available on request Please specify threads when ordering.
Repair kits, Including such Herns as packing elements, seal rings, etc. are available for redressing Baker retrievable packers. Contact your Baker Representative. Use
only Baker repair parts.
566
PACKERS
MODEL "FH" FEATURES/BENEFITS:

HYDROSTATIC • Flanged up completion/no tubing
SINGLE-STRING PACKER manipulation required
Product No. 781-08 • Hydrostatic/hydraulic setting
• Pack-off is mechanically
This packer brings to single-string re
locked in
trievable packers the same rugged
• Standard hydraulic hold downs
construction and dependable hydro
• Simple upstrain shear-release or
static setting that have proven out
optional rotational-release
standingly successful with the Model
• Multiple packing element system
"A-5" Hydrostatic Dual Packer.
The "FH" can be run in single- OPERATION: The Model "FH" Hy
packer installations, as the lower drostatic Packer is actuated by pres
packer in multiple-string hookups us suring the tubing, and this is
ing hydrostatic duals, or in tandem in generally done in one of three ways:
single-string selective zone or multi (1) Dropping a ball to seat in a Baker
ple-zone production wells. In addi Hydro-Trip Pressure Sub (p. 569) lo
tion to applications where displacing cated below the packer.
and setting after the well is flanged up (2) Use of a Baker Differential Dis
are desirable, the hydrostatic single placing Valve (p. 569) provided oper
is ideal for deviated or crooked holes ations will not require pressuring the
where conditions are not suitable for tubing before the displacing valve is
mechanically set packers. to be opened.
(3) Landing a BFC Blanking Plug in a
MODEL "FHL"
BFC Seating Nipple or Sliding Sleeve
HYDROSTATIC below the packer (p. 602 and 588).
SINGLE-STRING PACKER In most cases, the plug can be run,
Product No. 781-20 the packer set, and the plug retrieved
The Model "FHL" Hydrostatic all in one trip.
Packer is a large bore version of the Where more than one Model "FH"
"FH" Packer. Features, advantages, Packer is to be run, only one of these
and operational procedures are basi plugging devices needs to be used
cally the same as those described for below the lower most packer. This
the "FH". arrangement will result in simulta
neous setting of all the "FH" Packers
MODEL "FHS"
when the tubing is pressured. If si
SELECTIVE HYDROSTATIC multaneous setting is not desirable,
SINGLE-STRING PACKER shear values can be altered so the
Product No. 781-10 packers will set in sequence, the bot
MODEL "FHSL" tom first and the top last.
SELECTIVE HYDROSTATIC TO SET PACKER WHERE
SINGLE-STRING PACKER HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE IS
Product No. 781-25 1,500 PSI (105,460 kgf/cm2) OR
The Model "FHS" Selective Set Dou ABOVE: Run the packer to setting
ble-Grip Hydrostatic Single-String depth, flange up the well and dis
Packer is a modified Model "FH" Hy- place the tubing. Using one of the
drostatic Single-String Packer methods mentioned above, plug the
equipped with a Selective Set Subas- tubing and increase tubing pressure
sembly to allow (1) the tubing string to approximately 1,000 PSI (70,307
to be tested prior to setting, and (2) kgf/cm2) over annulus pressure at the
selective setting and individual test packer. The shear screws will shear,
ing of any number of packers run in exposing the setting mechanism to
combination. the hydrostatic pressure in the well.
The Model "FHSL" Selective Set This pressure completely sets and
Double-Grip Large Bore Hydrostatic packs-off the packer.
Single-String Packer (size 47 x 2.75 The Body Lock Ring mechanically
and size 47 x 2.81) is a large bore locks in the set so that a drop in hy
version of the "FHS" Packer. Contact drostatic pressure can have no effect
Model *FH" Hydrostatic your Baker Representative for more on the packer. After the packer is set,
Single-Siring Picker information on this model. the tubing is opened by pressuring to
567
RETRIEVABLE PACKER SYSTEMS PACKERS

A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS, INC
force the tripping ball through the

pressure sub or displacing valve or by
retrieving the BFC plug.
TO SET PACKER WHERE

HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE IS
LESS THAN 1,500 PSI (105,460
kgf/cm^): The packer is dressed with
additional shear screws to increase
the actuating pressure to 2,000 PSI
(140,614 kgf/cm?); and the Hydro-
Trip Pressure Sub is dressed to require
3,500 PSI (246,074 kgf/cm*) dif
ferential to blow the ball through af
ter the packer is set.
USING A DIFFERENTIAL DISPLAC

ING VALVE: This valve offers distinct
advantages where it is desirable to
displace the tubing after the well is
flanged up and the tubing sealed off
in a packer below the "FH", The
valve is opened and the tubing dis
placed, then one ball is dropped to
set the packer and close the valve.
TO RELEASE THE PACKER: The

standard Model "FH" Packer is
equipped with a 30,000 Ib (13,591)
Shear Ring for a straight upstrain
release. Other values of Shear
Rings available arc shown in the
table below.
An alternate rotational-release is
available on special order, which
permits the packer tti be released by
taking an upstrain and rotating to the
right. The rotational release has a
50,000 Ib (22,651) [40,000 Ib
(18,121) on Size 43] straight upstrain
shear-out safety release.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
I'KODUCTNO. 781-08
SI2E: 47CA 0-518" OD 33.7-39 Ik/ft mting)
MODEL "EH" DOUBLE-CHif HY0KO5TATIC 5IN(iLE-
S1KINC PACKER wH0,()<>(># Shear Valve
wi2-7ltr 01) HI' 8 Rd Boxx Pin.farJ-}5,6.5
tbsifl tubing
SHtAR KING
AVAILABILITY GUIDE
SHEAR WING
Ib. X ,000
PACKER
SIZE 20 30 40 50
9 14 18 23
43 X X X
45 1 X X X
47 X X X X
Running Position Set Position Retrieving Position
49 X X X X
51 X X X I Model "FH" Hydmstalir Single-Siring Packer Operation

56S
PACKKRS RETRIEVABLE PACKER SYSTEMS

SPECIFICATION SUIDE
Casing Packer
ID Rings In Wnlcn Standard Thread
00 Weight® Picker Kay Be Ron Hen.
Ring Specifications®
MODEL "FH" HYDROSTATIC SINGLE-STRING
In.
Kin. Mai. Size an Boi Up ( Pin Down
PACKER PROD. NO. 781-08
liyft to. In. In. In. In.
mm mm mm mm mm
tut m
i
9.5-13.5
ft 43*
I2?.OO
15—18
m it 439
11.5—15
26
m tffl 43C
m
20—23
m 45*2
ui'io
H\% 15.5—20
m % 45*4 4.641
117739 2-3/8 00 EU 8 R0
13-15.5
26
to m 45B
ffl*
152.40
20-23
m 45C
IS—18
t» til6? 45D
?3O?6
34
m 45E2
28—32
HB 45E4
1% 24
tffl tm 47*2
"^6
tg ,4 %
17—20 i 47*4
2-7/1O0EU8RD
38 47*2
IS h\%
32—35
it 3
47*4
tffl ts ?5U9
i
26—29 47B2
177.80 or or
8
20-26 6.45S
164.0
47B4
\M.li
17—20
IS 47C2 I659*186
2-3<3 0DEU8RD
33.7-39
t?l 47C4
m i
24—29.7
tffl 71)824 47D2
7
20—24
'l?824 4704
173.1 2
® When selecting a packer for a casing weight common to two
44—49
HU ',t'2 49*2 3.00 mi 2 3-1/2 00 EU 8 RD weight ranges (same 0D), choose the packer size shown for the
la 179$9
32—40 7.613 49*4 lighter of the two weight ranges. Example: For 7" 20 fbs./ft. casing
195.3 or or
use packer size 47C2. Under certain circumstances the other
20-28 7.922 8.191 4SB 2.44 iVw 2-7/1 00 g 3RD
packer size may be run, such as when running in mixed casing
47-53.5
2?ft 220.5
5112
or or strings.
9-578 8.681 8.I3S 3.437 2-3/3 00 EU 8 RO
40-47 51*4
® Threads shown below are "standard* for the respective packer
244.49 220.5 224,4 503 214.30 S0.33
Ii3?236 mandrel sizes. Other threads are available on request. Please
tai
29J—36 9.063 SIB
230.2
specify threads when ordering.
Repair kits, including such items as packing elements, seal rings,
etc., are available for redressing Baker retrievable packers. Contact
your Baker Representative. Use only Baker repair parts.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Packer
ID Ranie in Wbicn Standard Thread
Packer May Be Run Norn.
00 Weight® Site Ring Spocilicitions ®
Kin. Mai.
ID
00 8oi Us t Pin Down
MODEL "FHL" HYDROSTATIC SINGLE-STRING
tg. In. In. In. In. In.
mm
IMt
ram mm mm mm mm
PACKER PROD. NO. 781-20
24 5.830 5.921
47*2 5.656
148.1 150.4 143.66
tilt 5.989 6.034 5.112
20 47*4
IS! ,28 152.1 154.3 147.62
17 6.135 6.276 47B2 5.9S1
155J 159.4 151.59
39 5.830 5921
47*2 5.656
143.1 150.4 143.66
32—35 5.989 6.094
47*4 5.812
152.1 154.8 147.62
7 6.135 6.276 3.00 5.9S8 3-1/2 0DEU8RD
26—29 47B2
177.80 155.8 159.4 76.2 151.59 88.90
20—26 6.276 6.456 47B4 6.0)1 ® When selecting a packer for a casing weight common to two
159.4 164.0 1S4.38
weight ranges (same 00), choose the packer size shown for the
17—20 6.45S 6.571 47C2 6.266
164.0 167.1 159,16 lighter of the two weight ranges. Example: For 7" 20 lbsJt. casing
33.7—39 6.579 6.765 47C4 6.453 use packer size 47C2. Under certain circumstances the other
1G7.1 171.8 163.91
7-578
packer size may be run, such as when running in mixed casing
24—29.7 6.766 7.025 47D2 6.672
193.68 171.9 179.4 169.47 strings.
7.025 7.125 6.812
20-24
178,4 131.0
4704
173.02 ® Threads shown below are "standard' for the respective packer
mandrel sizes. Other threads are available on request. Please
w
4.75 5-1/2 0D Lonj Casing
8.343 8.611 120.65 8.218
47—53.5 211.9 220.5 203.74
119 7 specify threads when ordering.
9-5/8 51*2
244.43
8.631 8.835 8.437
4-1/2 0D long Casing Repair kits, including such items as packing elements, seal rings,
40—47 51*4 4.00
220.5 224.4 101,6 214.30 114.30 etc., are available for redressing Baker retrievable packers. Contact
29.3—16 8.831 9X83 51B 8.593
224.4 2302 218 26
569

MODEL "E" SPECIFICATION GUIDE

HYDRO-TRIP PRESSURE SUB Ball Seat ID Standard
Ball
Before After Thd. Specs.*
Product No. 799-28 Size
Size Shifting Shifting Box Up S Pin Down
The Model "E" Hydro-Trip Pressure In. In. In. In.
Sub is installed in the tubing string mm mm mm mm
below a hydraulically actuated tool 1-7/16 1.250 1.516 1.900 EU or NU

such as a hydrostatic packer to pro 1.900
25,40 31,75 38.51 48.26
vide a method of applying the tubing 1-1/2 1.375 1.806
pressure required to activate the tool. 38.10 34.92 45.87
2-3/8 Ell or NU
To set a hydrostatic packer, a ball is 2-3/8
60.33
1-3/4 1.625 1.906
circulated through the tubing and 44.45 41.28 48,41
packer to the seat in the Hydro-Trip
2-1/8 2.000 2.375 2-7/8 EU or NU
Pressure Sub, and sufficient tubing 2-7/8
53.98 50.80 60,33 73.03
pressure is applied to activate the set
2-1/2 2.312 2.781
ting mechanism in the packer. After
63.50 58.72 70,64
the packer is set, a pressure increase 3-1/2 EU or NU
3-1/2
2-3/4 2.500 2.953 88.90
to approximately 2,500 PSI (175,767
69.85 63.50 75.01
kgf/cm2) shears screws to allow the
ball seat to move down until the fin 3-1/16 2.734 3.615
77.79 69.44 91.82 4-1/2 EU or NU
gers snap back into a groove. The sub 4-1/2
114,30
is then full opening, and the ball 3-3/8 2.958 3.865
85.73 75,13 98.17
passes on down the tubing.
-'■' Threads (town balm art "jtinJird" lor to respeclhe sbet. Other
threads tra nallibia m request Please specify threads »tien ederiitj.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 799-2*

SiH>: 2-3/8' MODEL "E" HYDRO-TRIP PRESSURE SUB
w/2-318' OD EU 8RdBoxx PinJorJ-55,4.7
lbs/ft tubing wll-314" Diameter Kirksite Ball
MODEL "E" SPECIFICATION GUIDE

DIFFERENTIAL DISPLACING Ball Seat ID Standard
Ball
VALVE Before After Thd. Specs.®
Size
Product No. 759-17 Size Shifting Shifting Box Up ft Pin Down
This is a single-acting, hydraulically In. In. In. In.

operated completion valve used in a mm mm mm mm
tubing string to allow an operator to 1-3/4 1-5/8 1.906 2-3/8 EU 8 RD

2-3/8
space out and flange up the well, 44.45 41.28 48,41 60.33
perform an annulus test on a packer 2-1/8 1-15/16 2.375 2-7/8 EU 8 RD
2-7/8
and displace the tubing. Run in 53.98 49.21 60,33 73,03
closed, the valve is opened by tubing Thrfiiss »iflini below ire ni^J^ftf fOf tb9 r8$B6€til*Q pjtcfcftf fluctdrol
sizas. Otter tbrsitfs ire inOtUo oq reqsMt Ptetss specify tttrestft
pressure. Opening pressure is adjust ■tun Quisling.
able from 600 PSI (42,184 kgf/cm2)
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
to 3300 PSI (232,014 kgf/cm2). Dur
ing displacement or fluid circulation PRODUCT NO. 759-17
Sire: 2-7/8° MODEL "E" DIFFERENTIAL DISPLACING
seals and sealing surfaces are pro VALVE w/2-7/8" OD EU 8 lid Box x Pin, for
tected from fluid cutting damage to N-80, 6.5 Ibslfl tubing w/1800 PSI obenmg
pressure w/2-118" Diameter Bakelite Ball
insure positive sealing after closing.
After displacing, a tripping ball is
dropped and tubing pressure applied
[adjustable up to 2650 PSI (186,314
kgf/cm*)] to close the valve. If the
valve is used below a Hydrostatic
Packer the packer is set and the valve
closed in one pressuring operation.
570
PACKERS RETRIEVABLE PACKER SYSTEMS

A DIVISON OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC.
"HYDRA-PAK"® SINGLE to be circulated around the bottom

STRING RETRIEVABLE of the tubing to aid in killing the well
HYDRAULIC PACKER or removing debris before pulling
Product No. 784-01 the packer.
The "Hydra-Pak" Packer has been de • Both initial setting force and shear
signed and built to be acceptable for release strength can be easily
use in sour service. It is set by applying changed without disassembling the
a differential pressure to the tubing at packer.
the packer, and released by a straight • All metal components of the
pull on the tubing or rotating the tub "Hydra-Pak" Packer are designed
ing eight turns to the right at the for H2S service.
packer.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
The "Hydra-Pak" can be run as a
PRODUCT NO. 784-01
single packer, as a lower packer in
SIZE: 47B2 (T OD 26-29 Ibslft Casing) hydra-
multiple packer hook-ups using dual PAK SINGLE STRING HYDRAULIC PACKER U'130,000
or triple string packers, or in tandem in Ibsjliear value U>I2-7I8" RD EU 8 OD Box x
selective single string completions. PinforL-80 6.5 Ibslft tubing.
The "Hydra-Pak" Hydraulic Packer

may also be used where displacing SETTING PROCEDURE:
and setting is desirable after the well is
The "Hydra-Pak" Single String Re
flanged up, and where well conditions
trievable Hydraulic Packer is set by
do not permit mechanical set packers.
pressuring the tubing at the packer.
FEATURES/BENEFITS This can be accomplished by a Blank
ing Plug, Ball Seat, or, in some cases a
• Short overall body length size facili Hydro-Trip Sub, all of which must be
tates running through casing which located below the packer.
is not straight, or when lubricating in
on snubbing jobs. Minimum setting pressure will de
pend on the element system combina
• Body Lock Ring locks the hydraulic tion used; in general, 3000 psi will set
setting force into the packer. Subse any available element system.
quent set-down weight and differen
tial pressure from the annulus RELEASING:
above, to the annulus below, are
The "Hydra-Pak" Packer provides two
trapped by the Body Lock Ring sys
methods for release.
tem and add to the pack-off force.
• New Double Acting Slip System,

Shear Release allows the packer to
consisting of opposed slips using be released by simply pulling on the
tubing string.
common Upper and Lower Slip
Rings, holds the packer in set posi Rotational Release permits the
tion with pressure reversals and packer to be retrieved by tubing rota
eliminates the need for a hold-down tion. This is not an optional feature,
system. but is built into every packer.
• Two release features—Shear Release "HYDRA-PAK"® SINGLE
allows the packer to be released STRING LARGE BORE
by simply pulling on the tubing
RETRIEVABLE HYDRAULIC
string. Rotational Release permits
PACKER
the packer to be released by tubing
rotation.
Product No. 784-02
The large bore version of the "Hydra-
• The built-in unloader and bypass aid
Pak" has a larger inside diameter than
in releasing and retrieval.
the standard version. Features, advan
• Setting ports remain isolated after tages and operational procedures are
the packer is released, allowing fluid basically the same for both packers.
571
PACKERS
SPECIFICATION GUIDE—"HYDRA-PAK"™ PACKER

Casing Packer
ID Range In Which Kern

Gage Standard Thread
<U> Welitt® Ring Specification $>
Packer May Bo Ran ID
Sin 00 (Boi Up I Pin Oowo)
In. In. In. In. to. In.
LbTFI.
mm nm mm mm mm mm
4-1/7 3.910 4.090 3.771

9.5—115 43*
114.30 99.31 103.89 9S.78
4.250 4.408 4.125
15—19 439
5-1/2 107.9S 111.96 1.94 104,73
127.00 49.2!
11.5-15
4.W8 4.560 4.250
43C
111.96 115.82 107.95
25—29.4
2-3/8 00 EU 1 RD I2-3/8 OD KU 10 RD
4.570 4.778 4.515 60.33
5-1/2 20—2} 45*2
118.62 121.36 114.ES
139.70
4.77S 4.592 1.99 4.656
17—20 45M
121.36 124.26 50.29 113.26
4.192 5.012 4.740
14—17 4SB
124.26 127.30 120.40
5.930 5.937 5.656
24 47*2
6-5/8 149.08 150.80 143.E6
163.28 5.938
17-20 6.135 47M 5.812
150.12 155.83 147.G2
5.830 5.937 5.656
19 47*2
148.08 150.80 143.66
5.931 6.135 2.42 5.812 2-7/8 00 EtltRD
32—35 47M
150.82 155.83 61.47 147.E2 73.03
7 6.136 6.276 5.981
177.80
26-29 47B2
155.85 159.41 151.59
6.276 6.455 6.078
20-28 47B4
159.41 163.98 154.38
6.456 6.57S 6.266
17-20 47C2
163.98 167.08 159.16
6.579 6.797 6.453
33.7-39 47C4
167,11 172.64 163,91
7-5/8 6.7S8 7.025 2.42 6.672 2-7/B0DEU8RD
25.4—29.7 4702
193.68 172.87 173.44 S1.47 169.47 73.03
7.025 7.125 6J12
20-24 4704
178.44 180.98 173.03
8.343 8.681 8.211
47—53 51*2
214,22 220,50 208.74
9-5(1 1.S91 8.835 4.00 8.437 4-1/2 00 EU 8RD14-1/2 00 KU 8 RD
40-47 SIM
244.48 220,50 224,41 101.60 214,30 114.30
29.3—35
1.838 9.063 8.593
51B
224.43 230.20 219.2G
SPECIFICATION GUIDE —"HYDRA-PAK"™ LARGE BORE PACKER

Caiittj Packer
*
ID Range In Which Hem. Standard Thread
00 Weight« Specification s
Packer May Be Run 10
Sin (Box Op I Pin Down)
lOJR
mm mm mm mm mm
24 5.830 5.937 5.656

47*213-1/2
6-5/8 14B.0S 150.80 143.E6
168.28 5.939
17-20 6.135 5.812
47A4< 3-1/2
150,82 155.83 147.62
38
S.U0 5.9)7 5.656
47MU-1/2
143.03 150.80 143.6E
5.938 6.115 5.812
32—35 47*4l 3-1/2
150.82 155.83 147.62
7 6.136 6.276 5.S58
26—29 47B2I3-I/2
177.80 155,35 159.41 3.00 151.59 3-1/2 00 EU 9 RD 13-1/2 00 NU10 RD
6.276 6.456 7E.20
20-26 476411-1/2 6.078 88.90
159.41 163.98 154.38
6.4SG 6.571 6.266
17—20 47C213-1/2
163.98 167.08 159.16
6.578 6.797 (.453
JJ.7—39 47C413-1/2
167.11 172,64 163,91
7-5/8 6.798 7.025 6.672
26.4—29.7 470213-1(2
193.63 172.67 178.44 169.47
7.025 7.125 6.812
20—24 4JD413-1/2
173,44 180.98 173.03
Wonlubcting a picker to ticttsbfWtigM common to two weight raises (same OD). chooss the packer sin shown to the lighter of the two weight ranges. Ejictpta For 7" 20 iBUfl casing me packer sin 47C2. Under
Mrtatnclremj1anMttheothtrpjc\»rtoiiurlMriio,sueh»irtenra[înjlnraUeilca«lii!Jlilnn.
tcr pttitor Sizo tmy do itni« scicn ss HuAei fueuiuis to muEfid cflstiis strinss
Threads thorn btlow are "standard" for Hie raitctiTe packer sizes. Oilier threads are naluEle on rei^st Flette spicifr Oreads wnen ordering.
572
13 PACKERS RETRIEVABLE PACKER SYSTEMS

MODEL "A-5" DOUBLE-GRIP Sub, a Differential Displacing Valve

HYDROSTATIC DUAL PACKER or a BFC Blanking Plug. After the tub
Product No. 783-16 ing is plugged, a tubing-to-casing dif
ferential pressure in favor of the
The Baker Model "A-5" is one of the
tubing of 1,400 PSI (98,430 kgf/cm2)
most dependable, high-performance
exposes the setting pistons to the hy
dual packers available today. Its
drostatic and hydraulic pressure in
world-wide acceptance and out
the short string tubing. The applied
standing record have made it the
tubing pressure is maintained for ap
standard of the industry. In addition
proximately two minutes to insure
to conventional two zone comple
maximum exposure to the initial
tions, the Model "A-5" is also suit
packoff force.
able for use in selective dual
The packer setting mechanism is
completions and gas lift safety system
always exposed to both short string
hook-ups. Utilizing the well hydro
and well bore pressures present be
static pressure to set the packer elimi
low the packing elements. This de
nates the need for high pressure
sign permits constant reinforcement
pumping equipment.
of the packoff force.
FEATURES/BENEFITS During the setting process the
• Hydrostatic setting permits Body Lock Ring ratchets down the
flanged-up completion specially threaded short-string man
• Prevention against pre-setting dur drel. This Lock Ring permits move
ing run-in
ment in the packoff-force direction
only, thus the maximum amount of
• Pack-off is constantly reinforced
packoff-force to which the packer is
by hydrostatic pressure and me
ever subjected will be mechanically
chanically locked
locked in.
• Hydraulic hold downs prevent
movement uphole TO RELEASE PACKER: Releasing of
• Critical parts are isolated below the "A-5" is accomplished by appli
the packing elements cation of tension to the long string (no
rotation) sufficient to part the shear
• Simple upstrain shear release
ring. This permits the lower portion
TO SET THE PACKER: The "A-5" of the packer to move downward
setting mechanism is actuated by thus releasing the slips and the
pressuring the short string against a packoff-force in the packing ele
temporary tubing plugging device ments. The packer may then be re
such as a Baker Hydro-Trip Pressure trieved from the well.
SHEAR RING SELECTION TABLE ACCESSORIES:

Short String Seal Nipples
Murtnuni JUftanMo
Picket Stetf Ring Vitus CcrciWrad Wttgtrt (p. 579)
Sin (For Sftart String loads (Sinn String SttOown Left-Hand Safety Connector
Shown in Nsit Cotunui) utd Tiilplps)
(p. 581)
US. 1 Ut 1 Selective Head and Seal Nipple
45 30,000 13.61 12.000 5.44 (p. 579)
46
Safety Joints
(p. 582)
47
18.15
Adjustable and Telescoping Subs
41 ISM 6.81
(p. 580)
49
Hydraulic Setting Devices
SI mm 22.69
(p. 569)
Model "A-5"
Hydrostatic
Dual Packer
573
RETRIEVABLE PACKER SYSTEMS B PACKERS

MODEL "AL-5" MODEL "ALS-5"

DOUBLE-GRIP HYDROSTATIC DOUBLE-GRIP HYDROSTATIC
DUAL PACKER DUAL PACKER,
The Model "ALS-5" is similar to the
The "AL-5" is a modified version of
"AL-5" in features and operating
the "A-5". Designed for applications
characteristics except that it will al
which prevent pressuring the short
low the tubing string to be tested
string, the "AL-5" is long-string set.
prior to setting, and provides tor the
The operating procedures are other
selective setting and individual test
wise identical with those of
ing of any number of packers run in
the "A-5".
combination.
Model "A-S" Hydrostatic Contact your Baker Representative
Dual I'iickiT Operation
for more information on [he "ALS-5."
MODEL "ALP-5"
SPLIT RECEPTACLE DOUBLE
GRIP HYDROSTATIC
DUAL PACKER
Product No. 783-33
The Model "ALP-5" Hydrostatic
Packer features a split receptacle that
eliminates any movement between
Ihe short string and long string during
the setting or releasing of the packer.
The packer is suitable for use with a
submersible pump where relative
motion between the long and short
M
strings could damage the cable or
cable feed through connection. All
other operational features are identi I
cal to the standard Model "AL-5"
Packer.
ordering example:
pkodutt so. 783-16

SlZl:-17f:2 <2-3/8x2.(>X)(7"On 23-32 lb>/ft
Casing) model "a-5" double-crip hv-
DRQSTATiC DUAL FWCKEfi n>hlU.()()U# Shear id
2-318" on EU 8 HI) tfra x Pin Long String
f0TN-80,4.?tbslfitubingx2-3/8"ODEU8
III) Pin Short Siring for X-80, -i.7 Ifo/ft.
tubine
Hydraulic Housing Model "AL-5" Model "AlS-5"

Running Through Pislon Biirt' Hydrostatic Hydrostatic
(Section CO (Seel urn UDl Du.il Packer Dual Packer
574
B PACKERS RETRIEVABLE PACKER SYSTEMS

..„.„.. U.?*2S?L "£5" HYDROSTATIC DUAL STRING RETRIEVABLE PACKER PROD. NO. 783-16
MODEL "AL-5" LONG STRING SET HYDROSTATIC DUAL STRING RETRIEVABLE PACKER PROD. NO. 783-30
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Sa
ofcubiin
f
09
Kin. Hu. &, SttttSn

Kid Htt)»
lh.1l
b. b. a.
ca Ea
2o-a 45*11.900 x 106) 4J00

S-l/I 118,6 121.4 45X147x106)
119,70 4.778 5.012
14-17 45SII.900 x 106) 4J8IU7 x 106) 4£4I
121,4 127.3
IS2.40 IS—M 4581.900 « 106) 4501SI 1103)

io3
131.8 141.0
31
142.1 4SM248xl2ffl m
144.1 133.10
179(
24-sa
147.1 Si 4M2t2-M X tm VSB
142.88
20-24 eAti 9.790
IS0.4 154,8 - 146.05
5S59 6JB3
MS 20 152.1 4a4O4«x2J3) UI2
IM.1 147.62
169,28
47KQ-7.J x 123)
6.094 6786 5337
17 47HU-1S x 2.63) 47C2OS0 x 168)
154.8 161.7 150.60
47C824flx22S) 47CS1S0 x 128)

5-791 5J25
a 48920-13x128)
147.1 150.4 ■«.38
5.920 8M9
35—13 469112-U > 2781 9.790
150.4 154.3 146.05
IS 5.435 -
5^12
152.1 154.1 46S4I218 x 279)
147.E2
47C2O-7'9 > 2-28)
6J»4 6JS3 5337

23—12 47C2U-19 x 2-68) 47C2OJ0xlM)
154.8 161.7 iso.sa
47H1243 x 273) 47C2I2.50 x 278)
I77.GO 47C4Q7* x 278) -
6776 6456 ma
20-26 159.4 47C4UM x Zf8) 47(4050x168)
164,0 154.76
47C4IMB x 279) 47C4I2.S0 x 2781
47C6U-78 x 279) -
6436 1533 6766

17-20 47C8Q-M x 2JSS) 47CSO50 x 168)
164.0 IES.I 159.16
47C6I24S x 2.29) 4708(2.50 x 279)
4702(2-73 x 278)
4702050x168)
47mtM8x2fa)
1525 &87S
31.7-19 163.91
1SSJ 174.6 4702043 x 278) 4702OS0xUn
6463
748 4SM2-7'8 x 2.68) -
164,16
193,68
47MO-73 x 278) 4704O»xUS)
47MO48x2j681 6j6R
6J75 7.023 169.47
24-29.7
174,6 173.4 4704050x278)
47041243 x 279)
6.703
4SM2-7.3 x 2£l) - 1JCU6
7.451 7.625 7T50
44-49 183.3 133.7 49U2-74 x 379) 4UOS4X37S) 134.15
US
a-4o
TTSS 7.825 7437
219.03 194.6 IS3.8 49K2-78 x 37S) 431084x375) 183.90
7.MS It** Ti«
24-12 201.2 43CI2-7>3 x 375) 49CQM x 375)
205.7 195.25
91H3-U2 x 175)
SfHUI x 1J5)
SIS 8535 8J12
216.9 218.6 5IU1-I/2 x 129
5MO3I x 173) 211.12
51IO-I/2 x IS9)
5IMJ-1/7 x ITS)
SISI111 x 175)
S4B &6S1 1835 9IBO-1/2 x 1251
244.4a 40-47
220.5 224.4 SI6O31 x 129
SIBO-1/2 x IM)
5103-1/2 x 175)
510111 x ITS)
29J-M asss 9463 5ICO-I/2 x 129 1687
229.7 2SU
9101-1/2 x 2M) SIHUt x ITS)
6.691 8335 8J00

49-47 5IM4-K2 x ITS)
220.5 224.4 -
215.90
® When working in a combined string with both 20 IbsJfL and 26 IbtOfL casing use packer die 47C4 only. When working in only 20 Ibsjtl casing a siie47C6 packer siwU
recommenited.
® A short string (retrievable string) connection to the packer receptacle is required. Three options are available as follows: Model "S" Parallel Snap-Latch Seal Nipple Prod. No.
707-03, Medel T Parallel Anchor Seal Nipple Prod. No. 703-11, or a Uft-Hsnd Safety Connector Prod. No. 799-21. These products and their use are described In the
Retrievable Packer Accessories section beginning on page 579.
575
PACKERS
A OIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC.
MODEL "A-5" and "AL-5" (Cont'd.)

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Ptitlt
loojStrttt Start Stttaj*
fHUSttSaSui'S
ML .w ttnfeetu
Min. Son ta-Ueurt
icniriciu Ttraf tmlGiv
HaDOKOfPtCwi Pral to. 707-03 Sa
b. b. b. b. Ul b. b. b.
cm
em
1X6 1X00E0DII0D IJS7 1X21

22.S3 1163 2X8
33X2 48*8 4Sj»
1.53
is.es
48.26
1.94 24* OBI 8 RO
49,28 60J3
- - -
US
68.45 73.03
24308 EUaiO 70X00

6OJ3 413) 31.75 24303ni8IO 1X4
60J3
1X4 24301EU 818
4923 60.33
1.53
1.90000 m to n
- - - 48.26 38.S6
2J8 2-7SC3EU8B0 1.56

60.45 73.03 39.62
1.94
1.94 1.937 70X00 60.33 49.2S
60,45 60,33 60.33 49,20 31,75
2.38 2-7* 03 EU 8 HO 1.90000 HU10 HO 1.56

- - -
60.45 73.03 48.26 39.62
1.E95
43.05 2J8
1.94 24*0901810 24800 fU 810 1.937 70X00 2-M0OKU8BO 1.94
49.23 60.33 60.33 49.20 31.75 60.33 49.28
oc
2JS 2-7300 CU8M 1X0000 >U 10 to
60.45 - - - 1.988
73.03 4S.26 19.62 2X8
4999
1.94 248 OW SB 24«0>MIII0 1X4

49.23 60.33 60.33 49.29
2J3 ixoooomi torn 1X6

60,45 7103 tax 39X2
1.94 24* 08 til 880

49J8 60,33 24S00KU1ORO
60,33 49.28
- - -
2J8 2-7/B00EU8ID
«M5 73,03 1.900 00 NU10 DO
48,26 19&
1.94 24308 EUSfiO 24aosEueu 1X37 70X00
60,33 49.20 31.75
4123 60,33 24300 EU10RD 1X4
60J3
- - -
2.39 2-7300 EU8I8

60.45 73.03 2-7iatICU8tO 2.422 75X00 2-7fl Eini 10 K) 2J3 2J15
73.03 6I.S2 34.02 73.03 60.45 60.33 125
49.99 2X8
100 3-1/2 COW 8 «0 3-1/2 00 W 8(0 2.875 100X00 3-1/2 09 KU tOlffl 3X0 2.375
nx 88.90 83,90 73,03 45.36 68,90 76.20 60.33 123
or
1000
7S.20 175
4X0 4-1/20910180 US 2J75

101.6 I14J - - - US
73.03 60.45 60.33
©Threads sbown below are "standard" far the respective sins. Other (breads are available on request Fleasespecity threads when ordering.
® Baker Selective Head Prod. No. 783-51 and Model "C" Selective J-lotk Seal Nipple- Pred. No. 703-73 must be ordered separately. See page 579.
576
IS PACKERS RETRIEVABLE PACKER SYSTEMS

MODEL "J" are then run to depth and the seal

SINGLE-GRIP SNAP-SET assembly is landed in the seal bore
DUAL PACKER packer. The retrievable string (with
Product No. 756-01 appropriate size snap-latch seal nip
ple) is then run and landed in the
MODEL T
short string seal bore. The appropri
DOUBLE-GRIP SNAP-SET ate amount of set-down weight
DUAL PACKER [4,000 lbs. (1,81t) to 12,009 lbs-
Product No. 757-01 (5,44t) depending on packer size] is
The Model "J" is a low cost, com applied to the packer using one or
pression set, dual-string packer de both tubing strings. This setdown
signed for economical multiple weight sets the slips and packs-off the
completions. The double-grip ver packing elements.
sion contains hydraulic hold downs
TO RELEASE THE PACKER: The re
activated by pressure from below the
trievable (short) string is removed
packing elements, which would oth
from the well and a strain taken on
erwise tend to unset the packer and
the fixed (long) string. This tension
move it up the hole.
lifts the gage ring and unpacks the
TO SET THE PACKER: The packer is packing elements. Continued up
made up and run in on the long ward movement unsets the slips and
(fixed) string with the proper tubing recocks the tool to the running-in po
seal assembly attached to the long sition with the slips retracted.
string tailpipe. The tubing and packer
MODEL "K" TO RELEASE THE PACKER: An up-

SINGLE-GRIP SNAP-SET strain is taken on the retrievable
DUAL PACKER string. If there is little or no differen
Product No. 754-01 tial pressure below the packer, the
upstrain will unset and recock the
MODEL "K"
packer before the seal nipple snaps
DOUBLE-GRIP SNAP-SET
free at approximately 6,000 lbs
DUAL PACKER
(2,72t). If sufficient differential pres
Product No. 755-01 sure exists above the packer, the seal
Similar to the Model "J" in many re nipple will snap free before the
spects, the Model "K" Snap-Set Dual packer is unset. Once the seal nipple
provides a low cost, short string set is out of the packer, the pressure
dual packer without the requirement above and below will equalize
for a seal bore packer below. Availa through the retrievable string bore.
ble with the hydraulic hold downs After equalization, the retrievable
(double-grip version) or without, this string is again snapped into the bore
dual packer is among the most pop and short string tension is once again
ular in the oilfield. appl ied to unset the packer. The short
string is then retrieved and the packer
TO SET THE PACKER: The packer is
can be removed from the well after
made up and run in on the long
unsetting the lower packer or dis
(fixed) string with the lower retriev
engaging the seal assembly below.
able packer or seal assembly at
tached to the tailpipe. Upon ACCESSORIES FOR
reaching setting depth the lower MODELS "J" AND "K"
packer is set or the seal assembly is "S" Snap Latch Seal Nipple (p. 579)
stung into the seal bore packer. The Selective Head and "C" Seal Nipple
retrievable string, with the snap-latch (p. 579)
seal nipple is then run and landed in Adjustable Spacer Sub (p. 580)
the "K" packer. Application of 6,000
lbs. (2,72t) to 12,000 lbs. (5,44t) set- ORDERING EXAMPU:
down (depending on packer size) is
PRODUCT NO. 755-01
applied to the packer by the short SIZE: 47C2 (2-318" x 2.68) (7" OD 23-32
Model "K" Model T
Double-Grip Single-Crip string against the long string. This set- Ibslft casing) model "K" double-crip snap-set
Snap-Set Snap-Set down weight sets the slips and packs- DUAL PACKER w/2-318" OD EU 8 Rd Box x
Dual packer Dual Packer Pin, for J -55, 4.7 /fa/// tubing.
off the packing elements.
577

MODEL "J" AND MODEL "K" DUAL PACKER

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Cssicg Ptckar
ID Itoga to Which «ol Loot SCftit] Start String
Pttker Hit Ba Rim ait SUTltreid ■no. Hem. Efltl NlBSlS Prod. No. 707-03
OD Sell
to 10
Kin. Uu. Sin
ID Soi Up I Pta 0om Tim Picker
Bore
Tfeni Ptckor
Sin
imc. Balfi \ Bon
to. ram UM. la rani la. urn In. la. (mm) la. am In. ran la. msn to. to. (mm) la. ran
19 417S 108.6 4J75 111.1 44M1400 x 143)® 4462 103.17

15 4.431 4400 (4B2I1400 x 141)3 4.125 1401(48.2£)fl0 1-7/16(36.51) 0D
5 127.00 112.0 II4J 104.78 1431 39.39 1.09 25.40 1.51 1400 25.40
SPEC. MHO RD
114—13 4.484 113.9 44«2 115.9 44CU4S0 x 1431 ti 4181 103.74 148 39.62
45111.300 x 10S) 1400(4816) OD 1400(4816) 00

1062 52.37 146 39.62 108 1421 38.63
CUIORD III 10 R0
2-116 (52 39) 00 SP. 10
20-23 4470 119.6 4.779 121.4 45*12-1/16 x 1.53) 4409 114.30 149 42.93
RDXINXn. PIN
45JW2-S4 x 1.53) 2-34(60.331 00 1.94 4918

1.531 38.89 1.00 25.40 1.53
HMff 1.000 25.40
Ell 3RD
139,70
45WI.900 x 246)
'•w«r US 39,62 2.162 52.37 1.56 39.62 2.08
1400(4816)00
NU 1DRD
1.521 38.63
14—17
2-1/16 (52,39) 00 SP. 10
4.779 121.4 5.012 127.3 458(2-1/16 x 1.53) 4441 117.88 149 42,93
RD IIXT. n. PIX 1-7/15(16.51) 00
1431 38.89 1.00 25.40 1.53 1400 25.40
2-34160.33) 00 SPEC. HI) 10 RD
458(2-34 x 143) 144 4913
EU8R0
1400(43.26) 0D 1400(4816) 0D
45CM400 x 108) 148 39.62 2462 52.37 1.56 39.62 7.06 1421 38.63
I EUllfRD •U 10RD
152 40 15—23 5.190 1318 5452 141 0 5462 128 57
2-34IS0J3) OD 1-7/16(16.51) OD
4SCU-14 x 1.53) 1431 38.89 140 25.40 1.53 1JE00 25.40
CU8RD SPEC H110 RO
32 54SS 142.1 5475 144.1 46M2-14 x 12S) 5.437 133.10 1400(4816)00
2181 57.34 149 39.62 128 1495 4145
24-29 5971 159,4 4SB2O-34 x 219) 5425 142.88 Mlfu
5.761 146.1 2-1/8(60.33) CO
20-24 46(2-3/3 x 249) 5.703 144.eS 1697 63.25 144 49.28 2.68 1468 49,99
S.0S4 154.8 2-34(60.331 OD KU10RD
144 4918
B-54 168.29 20 S4S9 152.1 4(04(2-34 x 219) 5412 147.62 CU8R0 1.56 39.62 1400(4326)00
2181 57,94
47C2I2-34 x 129) 1.70 43.13 ■U1DRD
17 6.094 154.9 6J66 161,7 47C2I2-34 x 169) 5.937 150.80 2.697 1.94 2-34(60.33) 00
69,25 49.29 2.68 1469 49.99
KU 10 RD
2-74(73,031 OD
4702(2-7.-8 x 219) 218 60.45
18 5.921 150.4 4362(2-1/8 x 129) 5425 142.38

EU 8 RD ?.2AI 57.94 1.56 3967 2.29
"arcwr 1695 43.05
5.761 146.3 2-34(60.33) 00

15-39 46(2-3/8 x 2.69) 5.703 144,96 2.637 6915 1.94 49.28 2.69 1469 49.99
BOW 1543 NU 10 RD
32-35 5499 152.1 48B4(2-34 x 129) 5412 147.62 1.94
4702(2-1/3 x 211)
"ffffl" 49.29
2181 57,34
1.56
1.70
19.62
41.18
219 1.900(4816)00
III KTRD
1495 43.05
7 177.90 23-32 6434 154.8 64SS 161.7 47C2I2-34 x 249) 5437 150.80 1697 68.25 144 49.28 2.68 1.968 49.S9
4702(2-7/1 x 128) 2-74171.01) 00 139 60.45 148 19.62

47CSI2-34 x 123)
EU8RD 2.291 57.94
1.70 41.19
218
"BW" 1695 43.05
2-14(e0.33)OD 144 49.28

17-20 6.456 164.0 6462 16S.7 47C58-S4 x 249) 6166 159.16 EU9RD 1687 69.25 144 4918 248 1469 49.99
4706(2-74 x 129) 2-74 (73.03) OD 248

EU 8 RD 60.45 1.56 19.62 1400(4816)00
57.94 KU 10 RD 43.05
4702(2-34 x 218) 142 41.15
2-34(60.33) 00 1.94 49.23
33.7—39 6425 1S8.1 6475 174.6
4702(2-34 x 199)
6.453 163.31
EU B RD 2487 68.25 1.94 49.29 2.69
''Wrd011 1468 49,99
4702(2-74 x 218) 2-74(73,03) OD 139

EU 8 RD 60,45 1.58 13.62
7-54 193.69 1281 57,94 219 1495
470412-34 x 218) 43,05
142 41.15
2.34^.^)00
24—29.7 S475 174.6 7.025 178.4 410412-34 x 2.68) 6.672 169.47
1.94 49.28 1687 6815 144 2.69 2-34(60.33) 00 1.968
43.28 KU 10 RO 49,99
4704(2-74 x 218) 2191 57,34 US 219 1400(48161 OD 1.695

13.62 KU 10 RO 43.05
44-49 7.451 119.3 7425 193.7 49X2-7/1 x 315) 7150 134.15 M^SjjID 248 60.45
9-5.1 219.08 36—40 7453 134,6 7425 139.9 45BQ-74 x 125) 7.437 133.30 138 10.45 2-74(1] ml OD
24-32 7425 3150 82.55 315 1115 69.11
2013 SJ»7 nn 45C12-74 x 315) 7487 195 25 EU9RD
51K1-I/2 x 315)
216.9 9409 218.6 8412 211.12
S1M3-I/2 x 3.75) 3.750 95.25 175 3-1/H88.E0) OD 3.000
KUIORO 76.20
5IB13-1/2 x 1151 3150 32.55 315

2-74(7343) 00
3-1/2(88.50100 2.375 60.31
40-47 9.691 220.5 9415 224,4 EU t RD
.54 244.43 8.5S0 215.90 EU9R0 340 76.20 300 7610
518(3-1/2 x 175) 3.750 95.25 3.75 3-1/2(8940) OD 3400
KU 10 RD 76.20
51CB-1/2 x 3.25) 3150 2-74(73.03)00

82.55 315 2.375 60.11
29.3—36 nm 2257 9.031 2301 8487 22065 EU B RD
510(3-1/2 x 3.75) 3.750 95.25 3.75 3-1/2(88,11)) ID
3.010 76,20
® Vttien selecting a packer for a casing weight common to two weight ranges ® Threads shown below are "standard" for the respective packer sizes. Other
(sama 0D), choose the packer size shown for the lighter of the two weight threads are available on request Please specify threads when ordering.
ranges. Example: For 7" 32 Ibsirt casing use packer size 47C2. Under certain © Size 44 packers available in Model "J" only.
circumstances the other packer size may be ran, such as when running in mixed
casing strings.
578
RAKER
PACKERS
A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. (NC.
MODEL "C" TUBING SPECIFICATION GUIDE

TESTING SUB Ball Hera. Nom.
SM.TM
Sin Sjticilicili«it
Product No. 599-21 Site
00 10
(BuUp&NnDnra)
In. In. In. In.
The Model "C" Tubing Testing Sub may 15.11 nw
be used to test any tubing string, includ 1-716

38.51
1-S32
32.54
ing production strings of Baker Retainer 2-38 114 3-1/16 1-1/2 2-38 tU 8 DO
Production Packer installations. This 44.45 77,79 38.10 60.33
1-TJ8 1-2532
Tubing Testing Sub employs a 45° tapered 47.62 45.24
ball seat machined into the sub itself. No 1-7/16 1-332
36.51 32.54
synthetic seal is provided, because of the 2-78 1-34 3-11/16 1-12 2-7 8 EU 8 HO
possibility of its disintegration in well flu 44.45 93.66 3S.I0 73,03
ids and subsequent plugging of flow 2i a

53 S3
1-34
44.45
beans. 3-1/2 2-12 4-12 2-1.3 3-1/2 tU 8 SO
63.50 114.30 53.98 88,90
All sizes use a Bakelite Ball of maxi 4-1/2 3-1/2 S-S/16 M.4 4-1IUU8B0
mum density. (A new ball should be used 88.90 141.30 82.55 114.30
for each run of the Tubing Testing Sub.) Threads thorn bttew ire "standud" lor the resotcliie ilm.
Othar Itoiids in available on request, film specify ttusadt
This ball may be reverse-circulated out of ■ttto ordering.
the tubing string after the test, if the tub

ORDERING EXAMPLE:
ing should test out satisfactorily. In the
PRODUCT NO. 599-21
event the tubing should be found to be
SIZE: 2-3/8 MODEL "C" TUBINC TESTING SUB
faulty, the ball can be left in position and w/2-318" OD EU 8RdBoxx Pin for J-55,
the tubing tested as it is withdrawn from 4.7 lbs/ft tubing wll-718" Diameter Bakelite
the hole. Ball
MODEL "U-1" UPSTRAIN to the running in position and rotate 1/6

turn to the right at the tool to place the
UNLOADING SUB
J-Pins in the retrieving position of the
Product No. 675-10 J-Slot.
The Model "U" Upstrain Unloading Sub
is designed to be used as a TUBING
DRAIN in a well in which the tubing can SPECIFICATION 6UIDE
be HELD IN TENSION. The tool can be Nan. Haa.
Mil Teostla Laid
SM.
Rttrinfcj
opened and closed without pulling the 0.0. 1.0.
Position Position
Timid
Sin SptCJfJCltHAS
tubing.
In. In. founds Pounds tn.
The Model "U" Upstrain Unloading mm mm mm
Sub is shear pinned in the open position 2-38

3.77
95.76
2.00
50.80
30.000
13.60
30,000
13.60 »«&•»
while running in the hole by use of three 2-78
4.50 2.37 80.000 60000 2-7 8 EU 8 HI
114.30 60.20 36.28 2/.2I 73.03
shear screws, designed to shear with a
5.25 3.00 120.000 60.000
total shear value of 10,500 pounds 3-12
133.35 76.20 54.42 2/.2I W2S>B"
(4,76t) for sizes 2-3/8 and 2-7/8 and Tftiudi stain Dels* it» "sliDduiT In Hie resoectiie size*.
Oilier Uireidt are iiallibla on request Please specify ittrsidt
14,400 pounds (6,53t) for size 3-1/2. The wtten erderios.
upstrain required to SET A TUBING AN
ORDERING EXAMPIE:
CHOR, for instance, shears the shear
screws and closes the Unloading Sub. To PRODUCT NO. 675-10
open the Unloading Sub and permit re SIZE: 2-318 MODEL "U-1" UPSTRAIN UNLOADING
SUB w/2-718" OD EU 8 Rd Pin x Pin for J-
trieval of the hook-up, slack off on the
55,6.4 Ibslfl tubing
tubing string to move the J-Pins back up
MODEL "W-1" UPSTRAIN SPECIFICATION GUIDE

UNLOADING SUB (tea. Nea.
Mai. Tfmill lotd
Std.
Set Ricrinitg
Product No. 675-07 Sin
0.0. ID.
Position
Trntd
The Model "W-1" Upstrain Unloading to.

ir.m
In.
fflfil
Pounds Pounds In.
inn
Sub is similar in function and operation to 3.75 1.94 60.000 20.000 248 EU 8 RO
2-38
the Model "U-1". However its tensile 95.25 49.28 27.21 9.07 60.33
4.50 2.37 eoloco 39.000 2-7/8 EUBRO
load rating is lower making it suitable for 2-7-8
114.30 60.20 36.28 13.60 73.03
less severe applications. Available in Ttreids stown btlaw an "sundirt" lor tti rassactin sint.
sizes 2-3/8 and 2-7/8. Ottir ttnadt ara available on leqoett. Ptiata tpteitj Utrtads
■tuoBidcffc^
ORDERING EXAMPIE:
PRODUCT NO. 675-07

SIZE: 2-318 MODEL "W-1" UPSTRAIN UNLOADING
SUB WI2-3I8" OD EU 8 Rd Box x Pin for J-
55,4.7 Ibslft tubing
579
PACKERS
MODEL "S"
SNAP-LATCH SEAL NIPPLE
Product No. 707-03
Snap-Latch Seal Nipples are used to
connect the short (and intermediate)
strings into multiple-string retriev
able packers. They provide a positive
surface indication when the nipple
snaps into the sealing bore. The
Model "S" is the standard snap-latch
seal nipple. The Model "SA", and the
Model "SD" are variations of the "S"
which provide increased length or
diameter. The Model "SAM" Seal
Nipple is a mule-shoed version of the
Model "SA" Seal Nipple. Model "K" Model *S"
Parallel Anchor Snap-Latch Seal Nipple
MODEL "K" PARALLEL Seal Nipple shown in seal bore of
dual packer receptacle
ANCHOR SEAL NIPPLE
Product No. 703-11
This Anchor Seal Nipple is designed
for use with Models "A-5" and "AL-
SHORT STRING SEAL NIPPLE AVAIUBILITY GUIDE
5" Hydrostatic Dual Packers to pro
FOR USE WITH HYDROSTATIC AND SNAP-SET DUAL PACKERS
vide a means of anchoring the short Stil Nipple Site
string seals into the packer thus Prod.
Model 1.25 1.43 1.53 1.68 1.96 2.06 2.18 2.28 2.39 2.50 2.68 3.00 3.25 3.75
eliminating possible pump-out. No.
S 707-03 X X X X X X X X X X X
ORDERING EXAMPLE: SA 707-04 X X X X X X X
PRODUCT NO. 707-03 SAM 707-05 i X

SD 707-09 X X i X X
SIZE: 2.50 MODEL "S" PARALLEL SNAP-LATCH SEAL
K 703-11 X X X
nipple w/2-318" OD NU 10 Rd BoxforJ-55,
4.6 Ibsift tubing
SELECTIVE HEAD
SPECIFICATH N GUIDE
Product No. 783-51 StltttinHeid •C" Selective Rock Seal Nippls
SU.IM.Sptt>. SM.Tfad.Spta.
MODEL "C" Sue,' (BuDOOT) Site IBM Up)
SELECTIVE J-LOCK In.

cnnt
In.
mm
SEAL NIPPLE 4MB(I.S00i1.87)

1.90000 NU 10 R0 1.900 00 EU ID m
Product No. 703-73 18.26
1.87
•W.26
45Ht.at0l1.87)
The Baker Selective Head was de
47C12-JBI2.M)
signed for use with Baker Snap-Set 21800NU1ORD
i0.33
2.50
2-3.B0DEU8M
60.33
470(2-18 « 2.50)
Dual and Hydrostatic Dual Packers.
49«2-7/8«2.84)
The Selective Head permits the oper 4SBI2-78 > 2.84)
2-7.8 00 NIJ10 RD
2.84
2-7i800EU8RD
ator to have either string retrievable, 49H2-7£i2.B4)

73.03 73.03
facilitating servicing of gas lift valves 5IM3-1f2x3.3l)

3-1/2 00 NU 10 RD 3-1/2 00 EUBRO
SIU3-1/2I3.3I) 3.31
or other equipment. The Selective 5IM3-1/2»3.3I)
18.93 86,93
Head, attached to the top of the long Setcctirs Htad size must faecsmullbltwittiptchtriite.
string, is all that is required to convert Tbrtttts iftown bslow vt "stsnoird" foe tno rttptttavB ttttt. Gtbtf (hfttdt tra
nttliUa. Ptette ipttHr ttiudi wtai ordering
a Dual Packer to a Selective Dual
Packer.
The Selective Head incorporates Selective Head
an "automatic-in" J-Slot arrange for Dual Packers
ment. Setting down weight on the

long string engages the J-Pins of the
Seal Nipple, Product No. 703-73, in ORDERING EXAMPLE:
the J-Slot of the Selective Head. For PRODUCT NO. 783-51
release of Seal Nipple, hold right- SIZE: 47C (2-318 X 2.50) SELECTIVE HEAD
w/2-318" OD NU 10 Rd Box for J-55,
hand torque and pick-up on long 4.6 Ibsift tubing. Model "C Selective
string. |-Lock Seal Nipple
580
15 PACKERS RETRIEVABLE PACKER SYSTEMS

A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOCXS, INC
BAKER ADJUSTABLE SPACER SPECIFICATION GUIDE

SUB W/ROTATIONAL LOCK
Product No. 441-25 Std. Thd.®
Norn. Norn.
Specification
The Baker Adjustable Spacer Sub OD ID
Size (Box up & Pin Down)
with Rotational Lock is installed ap
proximately 4 ft. (1,22m) below a in. in. in.
dual or triple packer to facilitate mak mm mm mm
ing tubing connections, spacing out,

1.56 1.900 NU 10 RD
etc., between two retrievable pack 1.900
39.62 48,26
ers. The Adjustable Spacer Sub has 2.50
24" (609,6mm) of travel, and when it 2-1/16
63,50 1.66 2-1/16 Sp. 10 RD
has been adjusted to the desired 42,16 52,39
length it can be locked to prevent 3.06 1.97 2-3/8 EU 8 RD
telescoping or rotational movement. 2-3/8
77,72 50,04 60.33
Adjustment is made by rotating the
threaded Mandrel into the Body to 2-7/8
3.69 2.38 2-7/8 EU 8 RD
the desired length. To lock the Sub, 93.73 60,45 73,03
slide the Lock Ring, which contains a
4.25 3.00 3-1/2 EU 8 RD
key, over the end of the Body and 3-1/2
107.95 76.20 88.90
tighten the set screw.
ORDERING EXAMPLE: Threads shown below are "standard" for the respective sizes. Other threads are
' . Please specify threads when ordering.
PRODUCT NO. 441-25
SIZE: 2-718 ADJUSTABLE SPACER SUB w/ROTATIONAL
iOCKwl2-7/8"ODEU8RDBoxxPinforl-55
6.5 lbs/ft tubing.
TELESCOPING SWIVEL SUB SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Product No. 441-20
Std. Thd.®
The Baker Telescoping Swivel Sub Norn. Norn.
Specification
was developed for use in multiple Size
0D ID
(Box up & Pin Down)
completions as a "union" to facilitate
running additional tailpipe below a in. in. in.
dual or triple packer. The telescoping mm mm mm
action of the Sub provides 24"

1.88 1.00 1.315 EU 10 RD
(609,6mm) of travel. A Size 2-3/8 1.315
47,75 25.40 33.40
with 48" travel is also available. The
swivel feature makes it possible to 2-7/32 1-5/16 1.660 EU 10 RD
1.660
connect both long and short string 56.36 33,34 42.16
tailpipe to the lower end of the
2-1/2 1-9/16 1.900 EU 10 RD
packer even if the tailpipes are 1.900
63.50 39,69 48.26
strapped together; it also makes it
possible to leave the weight of the 3-1/16 1-31/32 2-3/8 EU 8 RD
2-3/8
tubing hanging in the slips while 77.79 50,01 60,33
making up the connection between
tubing and packer. 3-11/16 2-3/8 2-7/8 EU 8 RD
2-7/8
93,66 60,33 73.03
The Telescoping Swivel Sub may
also be used to make up tailpipe be 4-1/4 3 3-1/2 EU 8 RD
3-1/2
tween two dual packers or between a 107.95 76,20 88,90
dual and a triple packer, since it tele
5-7/8 3-15/16 4-1/2 12.6# VAM
scopes to compensate for inaccura 4-1/2
149,22 100 114.3
cies in measurement and to relieve
the strain on the threads as they are ® Threads shown below are "standard" for the respective sizes. Other threads are
made up. available on request Please specify threads when ordering.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 441-20

SIZE: 2-318 TELESCOPING SWIVEL SUB w/24" Travel
u'12-318* OD EU 8 RD BoxxPinforJ-55 4.7
/fa/// tubing.
581

A 0MS10N OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE LEFT-HAND SAFETY

Std. Thd. ® CONNECTOR
Norn. Norn.
Specification Product No. 799-21
OD ID
(Box Up) The Left-Hand Safety Connector
Size
in. in. in. makes possible simplified rigid con
mm mm mm necting of tandem dual packers by
providing a sub with tubing threads
2.25 1.56
2.06 in the upper box end, and left-hand
57,15 39,62
1.900 NU 10 RD square threads on the lower pin end
2.50 1.62 48,26 for connecting directly into the short-
2.28
63,50 41,15 string side of a packer receptacle.
2.88 1.97 2-3/8 EU 8 RD This connector replaces the short-
2.68
73,15 50,04 60,33 string seal nipple.
3.69 2.38 2-7/8 EU 8 RD ORDERING EXAMPLE:
3.25
93,73 60,45 73,03 PRODUCT NO. 799-21
4.25 SIZE: 2.68 LEFT-HAND SAFETY CONNECTOR wl

3.00 3-1/2 EU 8 RD
3.75 2-318" ODBU8RD BoxforJ-55 4.7 lbs/ft
107,95 76,20 88,90 tubing.
® Threads thorn below are "standard" for tte respective sizes. Otter threads are available en
request Please tstcHy threads when ordering.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE SAFETY JOINT

Std. Thd. •■ Product No. 441-01
Norn. Nom.
Specification
0D ID The Safety Joint provides for emer
(Box up & Pin Down)
Size gency recovery of the major portion
in. in. in. of the tubing string should it become
mm mm mm necessary to abandon the equipment
2.22 1.53 1.900 NU 10 RD below. Precision left-hand square
1.900
56,39 38,86 48,26 threads facilitate release of the joint
by right-hand tubing rotation. Equip
2.88 2.00 2-3/8 EU 8 RD
2-3/8 ment requiring right-hand rotation
73,15 50,80 60,33
should not be used below the Safety
3.69 2.44 2-7/8 EU 8 RD Joint.
2-7/8
93,73 61,98 73,03
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
4.50 2.98 3-1/2 EU 8 RD
3-1/2 PRODUCT NO. 441-01
114,30 75,69 88,90
SIZE: 2-718 SAFETY IOINT wl2-7/8° OD EU 8 RD
> Threads shown below are 'standard' for the respective sizes. Other threads are available oa BaxxPinforJ-55 6.5 Ibslfl tubing.
request Please specify threads when ordering.
582
SHEAR-OUT SAFETY JOINT SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Product No. 441-30
SW.Thd*
Horn. Nom.
The Baker Shear-Out Safety Joint is 00 ID
Specifications
(Bu Up & Pin Down)
used between packers in dual and Size
in. in. in.
triple completions and in selective mm mm mm
completions using Hydrostatic Sin
1.900 NU 10HI
gle-String Packers. It is also used 1.900
2JS0 1.67 48.26
when rotational releasing is not de 63,50 42,42
sired. When run above the upper 2-1/16 2-1/16 InL Ir.
52.39
packer in a single-string completion,
however, the shear value should 2-3/8 2.91
73,91
1.97
50,04
2-3/8 EU 8 H>
60,33
be adjusted to compensate for any
3.69 2.41
hydraulic conditions that exist 2-7/8
93,73 61,21
2-7/8 EU 8 RO
73,03
when the string is landed, or that
4.50 2.94 3-1/2 EU 8 RO
are created by well treating opera 3-1/2
114,30 74,68 88,90
tions. See Product No. 441-31 be
low for 3-1/2" (88,90mm) and 4" 'Threads shown ire "standard* for the respective sites. Older
(101,60mm) OD tubing sizes. breads are available en request Please specify thread! when
ordering.
Sizes 1,900 and 2-1/16 are both
equipped with 12 Annealed Steel
Shear Screws, each valued at 1,900 ORDERING EXAMPU:
lbs. (0.86t) for a maximum shear PRODUCT NO. HI-30
value of 22,800 lbs. (10,31t). Sizes SIZE: 2-718 SHEAR-OUT SAFETY IOINT w/60,000
2-3/8, 2-7/8, and 3-1/2 are each lbs. shear wI2-7I8" OD EU 8RDBoxx Pin
forJ-55 6.5 Ibslfl tubing.
equipped with 6 heat treated Steel
Shear Screws, each valued at 10,000
lbs. (4.52t) for a maximum of 60,000
lbs. (27,14t). These are the standard
order shear values; however, any
lower shear value can be ordered or
adjusted as needed.
MODEL "B" SHEAR-OUT SPECIFICATION GUIDE

SAFETY JOINT
Std.Thd*
Product No. 441-31 Nom. Nom.
Specifications
OD ID (BoiUp&PinDown)
Size
The Baker Mode) "B" Shear-Out in. In. In.
Safety joint is designed for use be mm mm mm
tween a Packer and a Sand Screen to

provide a means of releasing and re 3.88 3.06 3-1/2 NU 10 RO
3-1/2
trieving the production string, should 98,55 77,72 88,90
the screen become sanded in. It may

also be used in any application
where an upstrain type of releasing
4.34 3.43 4NU8R0
device can be used. 4 110,24 87,12 101,60
The Shear-Out Safety Joint can be
run with from 2 to 16 Brass Shear
Screws, each valued at 2,500 lbs. * Inroads shown are "standard" for the respective sizes. Other
threads araavailableonnqnest Ptstst specify ftreads when
(1,13 t), allowing the shear value of
the tool to be varied from 5,000 to
40,000 lbs. (2,26 to 18,14 t). The
tool is shipped with all 16 Brass Shear ORDERING EXAMPLE!
Screws in place. Remove the neces PRODUCT NO.
sary number of shear screws required SIZE: 3-112 MODEL "B" SHEAR-OUT SAFETY |OINTU>/
to obtain the desired releasing pull; 3-llST OD NU 10 RD Box x Pin for J-55 9.3 lbs/
i.e., if a releasing pull of 15,000 ft tubing.
lbs. is desired remove all but six
(6 x 2,500 = 15,000) screws. The
remaining screws should be as
evenly spaced as possible.
583
PACKERS
MODEL "C" ROTATIONALLY lbs. (26,141). The size 6-5/8 Shear-

LOCKED SHEAR-OUT Out Safety Joint is equipped with 10
SAFETY JOINT Annealed Steel Shear Screws, each
Product No. 441-32 valued at 8,960 lbs. (4,06 t) for a
The Baker Model "C" Rotationally
maximum shear value of 89,600 lbs.
(40,61). Although these shear values
Locked Shear-Out Safety Joint is a
are provided by a standard order, any
long-stroke (26 in. [606.4 mm] seal
lower shear value can be ordered or
length) shear release which will
adjusted as needed.
transmit torque in its closed position.
Specifically designed for use be SPECIFICATION CUIDE
tween packers in dual and triple Nora. Horn.
StdTttOV
Specification
completions and in selective com Sin
00 ID
(Boi Up t Pin Down)
pletions using Hydrostatic Single- In. In. In.
String Packers, it can be used for any mm mm mm
application in which the shear-type 2-3/8

3-1/16 2.00 2-3/8 EU 8 RD
77.79 50.80 60.33
safety joint is preferred over a rota
3-11/16 2.41 2-7/8 EU 8 RD
tional-type safety joint. When run 2-7/8
93.66 61.21 73.03
above the upper packer in a single- 4-1/2 2.98 3-1/2 EU 8 RD
3-1/2
string completion, the shear value 114.30 75.69 B8.90
should be adjusted to compensate for 6-5/3
7-3/8 5.92 6-5/8 long Casing
187.32 150.37 168.28
any hydraulic conditions that exist
when the string is landed or that
will be created by well-treating witting.
operations.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
Sizes 2-3/8,2-7/8 and 3-1/2 Shear- PRODUCT NO. 441-32
Out Safety Joints are equipped with SIZE: 2-318 MODEL "C" ROTATIONALLY LOCKED
12 Annealed Steel Shear Screws, shear-out safety JOINT w/57,840 lbs. shear
each valued at 4,820 lbs. (2,181) for w/2-3/8" OD EU 8RDBoxx Pin forJ-55 4.7
lbs/ft tubing. _
a maximum shear value of 57,840
BLAST JOINT SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Product No. 457-50 Sin
Std. Tbreid
Norn. Noin.
The Baker Blast Joint, positioned op 00 x 10
Specification'
(Box i Pin)
posite the perforations in the casing,
in. in.
is used in the tubing string of a flow mm mm
ing welj to protect it from the abra 3.062x1.995 2-3/8 EU 8 RD
sive action of the flowing oil or gas. 77,77 50,67 60,33
The Blast Joint is made of the high 3.688x2.441 2-7/8 EU 8 RD
est grade alloy tubing, stress-relieved 93,68 62.00 73,03
and heat-treated to 30-36 Re for 4.50013.000 3-1/2 EU 8 RD
114,30 76.20 88,90
maximum strength and durability. A
heat-treat of 22 Re Max. is also 5.550x3.958
140,97 100,53
4-1/2 EU 8 RD
114,30
available for H2S Service. It exposes a
maximum of metal in the abrasive 'itiraidtsIionse'staodirf'fgrtltemftctinttM.lltlttnittsud
area, maintaining at the same time tbreeds ate miittt ca reuwsl Pba» spttfy threads wtan
onlsfiflf.
API tubing ID and coupling OD. It
also allows sufficient length for
proper joint make-up and in turn ex ORDERING EXAMPLE:
poses a minimum pin diameter after PRODUCT NO. 457-50

make-up. It is available, as desired, SIZl:3.082"xl.995"x20fl. long, BLAST JOINT 30-36
in lengths of 10 ft. or 20 ft. (3,05m or Kcw/2-3/8"EU8RDBoxandPinfarJ-55i.7lb8l
ft tubing.
6,10m).
584
PACKERS
FORMULA "B" TUBING SEAL GREASE

Product No. 499-26
Baker Formula "B" Tubing Seal Grease is a special-
purpose grease used to protect Seal Nipples, "DR"
Packer Plugs and other similar accessories. It retains its
composition under even the most adverse temperature
and chemical conditions and remains in place during the
running-in operation and when entering the packer bore.
Tubing Seal Grease should be applied to the seal areas
of packer accessories to fil I the spaces between the acces
sory and the packer bore to keep out particles that might
interfere with the seal or with removal of the accessory.
Application of Baker Tubing Seal Grease should be
made by hand (not with putty knife) to the entire sealing
area of the accessory immediately prior to running. One 8
ounce container of grease is sufficient to protect two seal
units up to and including Size 80-32, or one seal unit in
the larger sizes. One 8 ounce container will protect any
size "DR" Packer Plug. Baker Tubing Seal Grease is also
available in 1 Ib., 2 Ib., and 8 Ib. containers.
Since this product is also a lubricant it can be used in
place of any grease now being placed on the accessory
prior to running.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 499-26

SIZE: * 01. Can, FORMULA "B" TUBING SEAL CREASE
BAKERSEAL THREAD SEALING COMPOUND

Product No. 899-20
Bakerseal Thread Sealing Compound not only seals
threaded connections on new pipe, but also has superior
sealing characteristics when used on worn or damaged
threads.
Bakerseal seals saturated steam at 575°F (302°C),
which is nearly twice the API temperature required for a
thread sealing compound.
Bakerseal has an ideal viscosity for applying to threads;
it is as easy to apply as any ordinary thread dope or
compound.
TING COM One gallon of Bakerseal will seal and protect more than
CONTAINS TEFLON 400 joints of 2-7/8 in. (73,03mm) EU 8 Rd tubing. Since it
will not evaporate, oxidize or harden—either in an open
container or on threads — Bakerseal is ideal for all API
tapered-thread joints.
Bakerseal Thread Sealing Compound. (Standard containers

— 1 and 2 gal, other sizes available on request.)
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 899-20

SIZE: 2 Gal. Can BAKERSEAL THREAD SEALING COMPOUND
BAKER
12 PACKERS
A DIVISION Of1 OAKEB OIL TOOLS. INC
586
13 PACKERS
BAKER FLOW CONTROL NoGo Base: Modular Design:

EQUIPMENT An enlarged OD on the flow control Except for a few highly specialized
The control of fluid flow, both tub equipment or a reduced ID of the products, Baker Flow Control Equip
ing-to-casing and within the tubing, seating nipple profile provides a lo ment designed to seat in Sliding
is a very important part of today's cating shoulder: Sleeves or Seating Nipples can be
more efficient completion and pro (1) to prevent any further downward described as consisting of two basic
duction practices. There are several movement of the equipment and Modules: The Lock Module that
outstanding reasons for Baker's lead (2) to position the locks to properly holds the product in place and the
ership in downhole flow control engage the locking groove of the Flow-Control Module. The inter-
equipment. seating nipple profile. The con changeability of the two basic com
(1) Selectivity means the ability to tact surfaces on the flow control ponents, plus adapters in some
locate a flow control device at equipment and the seating nipple cases, means that, even in the field,
virtually any point in a tubing profile is called the NoGo Base. many specifically-tailored products
string regardless of the number of When considering the minimum can be put together easily and
seating locations passed through ID through the tubing string, a Top quickly from a minimum number of
while running in. NoGo Base Seating Nipple profile stocked Modules. And, because it
(2) Lock Variations for the versatility will always have a larger ID than cuts down on the number of com
needed to seat any type of flow the same sized Bottom NoGo plete products stocked, Baker Flow
control device at any seating lo Base Seating Nipple profile. Control Equipment is economical as
cation or at any point in the tub well as versatile.
Top NoGo Base:
ing ID. The NoGo Base is an enlarged OD Lock Modules:
(3) Modular Design means that, on the flow control equipment and is The Models of Lock Modules used on
even in the field, many specifi positioned above the packing assem Baker Flow Control Equipment is ad
cally-tailored products can be bly. The Top NoGo Base locates on a ditionally classified as to Flowing or
put together from a minimum shoulder on top of the seal bore of the Non-Flowing to provide the most ap
number of stocked modules. seating nipple profile. propriate equipment for the required
Seating Nipples: application.
The Dasic seating nipple in the Bottom NoGo Base:
Flowing Lock Modules — Baker
Flow Control System is the Model The NoGo Base is a reduced ID posi
Models "R", "E", "G" and "F" Lock
"F" Seating Nipple. The same profile tioned below the seal bore of the
Modules provide a relatively smooth
is used in the Model "L" Sliding seating nipple profile. A shoulder be
ID with no mechanical parts extend
Sleeve, therefore the same Top NoGo low the packing assembly of the
ing into the flow stream. Due to this
or Selective locks can be used with wireline equipment locates on this
smooth ID, these lock modules
both. The Model "R" Bottom NoGo Bottom NoGo Base.
should be used when high flow rates
Seating Nipple uses only bottom Selective: are expected.
NoGo locks. No locating shoulder or NoGo Base
The equipment pictured at the Non-Flowing Lock Modules — On
exists on the flow control equipment.
right illustrates the following Baker Models "S", "W" and "Z"
This equipment is to be run only in
terminology. Lock Modules, the locking dogs ex
Top NoGo Seating Nipple profiles.
tend slightly into the otherwise
Without a locating shoulder to pre
smooth ID of the module. These
vent the downward movement of the
Models may be used in non-flowing
flow control equipment through a
and low flow rate applications.
Top NoGo profile, the equipment
may be run through any number of
the same diameter Top NoGo sealing
nipple profiles. The retractable and
reliable dogs permit the accurate po
sitioning and reliable locking of the
flow control equipment in the de
sired Seating Nipple profile.
587
PACKERS
BAKER FLOW CONTROL EQUIPMENT SYSTEM
Any of these ARE

SELECTIVE LOCK TOP NoGo LOCK USED "F" SEATING NIPPLE
MODULE OR MODULES WITH OR "L" SLIDING SLEEVE
(NON-FLOWING) (FLOWING)
TOP
NoGo
BASE
•Lock Modules C, F, R and E do not include Packing Mandrels (as

illustrated). The Packing Mandrels must be ordered separately.
Any of these ARE

BOTTOM NoGo LOCK USED
MODULES WITH THE "R" SEATING NIPPLE
(NON -FLOWING) (FLOWING)
BOTTOM
BOTTOM
NoCo NoCo
BASE BASE
588
n PACKERS FLOW CONTROL SYSTEMS

MODEL "L" SLIDING SLEEVE

Product No. 810-04 — Standard Service
Product No. 810-12 — H,S Service
Product No. 810-14— HaS-CO, Service
The Model "L" Sliding Sleeve is a downhole flow control
device mounted in the production tubing. It effectively
controls flow between the tubing and casing annulus,
by means of an internal sleeve that is opened or closed
by standard wireline methods. Product No. 810-12
Upper Sub and 810-14 is manufactured per NACE MR-01-75 (1980
Revision).
APPLICATIONS
SlidingSleeves may be used to establish tubing to annulus
communication for such operations as:
Displacing the tubing or annulus fluid after the X-mas tree
is installed.
Selective testing, treating and production of individual
zones in a multi-zone selective well.
Using the tubing to "kick-off" the annulus in a tubing/
annulus dual completion.
Closing Sleeve Producing more than one zone through a single tubing
string.
Killing a well by circulation.
Gas Lifting.
Landing a blanking plug in nipple profile to shut in well or
when testing tubing.
Landing commingling chokes in nipple profile.
Circulating inhibitors for corrosion control.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Simple, Positive Control. With a Model "I" Sliding
Sleeve, establishing or closing off tubing-to-casing an
nulus communication is simple,dependable and
quick. This type of product makes it possible to close
the ports without leaving any obstruction in the tubing
once the shifting operation is completed. The Baker
Model "D-2" Shifting Tool is used to open (jarring up)
or close (jarring down) the Model "L" Sliding Sleeve.
Unique Seal Designs. The key to the overwhelming

success of the Model "I" Sliding Sleeve is in the clos
ing sleeve with its specially designed sets of molded
seals. The location of the seals, their size and shape,
"Lower Sub
their composition and fabrication, — these and other
design features are major innovations in closing
sleeves. As shown in our extensive testing and qualifi
cation program, failure of sleeves to work properly falls
into two categories: (1) sticking or binding of the clos
ing sleeve, and (2) leaking due to damaged seals. The
five diagrams illustrate some of the reasons the Model
OPEN CLOSED "L" seal design performs so well.
589
FLOW CONTROL SYSTEMS PACKERS

Protected Closing Sleeve. The closing sleeve is re

cessed so that there is no danger of opening or closing
the sleeve by mistake while running wireline tools
through or while seating a flow control device in the
Sliding Sleeve.
Run in Tandem. Any number of Model "L" Sliding
Sleeves may be run in tandem and still accept wirelirie
flow control devices. Selective-type locks will pass
through as many of the sleeves as the operator chooses
and seat in any sleeve he selects. Unique Model "I"
Sliding Sleeve
Additional Seating Nipple. The upper sub of the Seal System
Model "L" Sleeve has a Model "F" Seating Nipple
profile to land selective or Top No-Go locking flow
control devices.
The lower seal sub has a honed bore that in com
bination with the upper seating nipple can be utilized
FINES AND SOLIDS CAN'T BUILD UP. Seals are
to land separation sleeves, chokes or blanking plugs. close to the ports, reducing the areas in which solids
can build up to wedge or bind the sleeve. As the
closing sleeve shifts, any build-up is sheared out.
ACCESSORIES
Separation Sleeves (p. 590)
Blanking Plugs (p. 602)
Chokes (p. 605)
"D-2" Shifting Tool (p. 592)
ROOM FOR GROWTH. Ordinary seals, under heat

and pressure, can swell with enough force to bind the
sleeve. The Seals have a special profile that allows
room for growth without binding.
Specification Guide
fctic} OD SmIBcii 00®
Sue
b. In. In. mifl
1.187 30.15 1.18

ISM 42.16 2.187 55.54
1.250 31.75 125
TRAPPED PRESSURE BLEED-OFF. As the closing
1.437 36.50 1.43
1900 48.26 2.375 60.33 sleeve shifts, the area between the seals tends to trap
1.500 38.10 1.50
pressures that might cause pressure lock, but the Seal
1562 39 67 156
2116 52.37 2.500 63.50 design assures bleed-off of these pressures.
1625 41.28 1.62
1.781 45.21 1.78
7-3B 60.33 1.812 46 02 1.81 2.910 73.91
1.87} 47.63 187
2 250 57.15 2.25
2J8 73.03 3.410 86.61
2312 58.72 2.31
2.750 69.85 2.75
312 88.90 4.500 114.30
2.812 71.42 2.81
3125 79.38 3.12
4 101.60 3 250 82.55 3.25 5.000 127.00
3312 84.12 3.31
3688 93 63 368
4-12 114.30 SUPER-SMOOTH BORE. Seals tend to stick to seal
3812 9982 381 ing surfaces during periods of heat and pressure. The
4 000 10160 400 5500 139.70 super-smooth bore minimizes this possibility.
S 127.00 4125 104 78 4 12
4 312 109 52 431
Hi 139 70 4 562 115 87 456 6050 153 67
6-58 168 28 7.390 187.71
) 177 60 5 500 139.70 5 50 7.656 194 46
758 193 68 8500 215.90
SOD'S shown are standard. Smaller OD's can bs supplied on request
SEALS MOLDED TO CLOSING - SLEEVE BODY.

Damage caused by high-velocity, high-pressure flow
ORDERING EXAMPIE: across and behind non-bonded seals is eliminated by
these molecularly-bonded closing sleeve seals.
PRODUCT NO. 810-04
In many field and laboratory tests, sleeves were
$at 1.87 mooel f SiipiNc; sueve u/2-318" OD EU 8 lid Box x Pin. repeatedly opened and closed at high differential
for N-80 4.7 Ikljt tubing for Standard Service pressures without seal damage.
590
PACKERS FLOW CONTROL SYSTEMS

SEPARATION SLEEVES FOR

MODEL "L" SLIDING SLEEVE
"LSE" Product No. 805-41 (Selective)
"LWE" Product No. 805-42 (Top NoGo)
"LGE" Product No. 805-50 (Top NoGo)
"LIME" Product No. 805-45 (Top NoGo)
The Baker Separation Sleeve used in the Model "L" Slid

ing Sleeve is designed to SHUT off tubing to annulus flow
through the Sliding Sleeve should the Sliding Sleeve be
come inoperative. "Straight Through Flow" through the
Separation Sleeve is accomplished by a chevron packing
system that will seal off in the upper and lower seal bores,
isolating the ports of the Sliding Sleeve.
The Separation Sleeve is also designed with an internal
equalizing plug to equalize pressure before retrieving.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 805-45

SIZE: 2.75 MODEL "LME" SEPARATION SLEEVE
MODEL "LME" SEPARATION SLEEVE

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
To Run or Pull To Equalize
Tubing Seal Mai
OD Bore Sin OD Running & "M-1* Probe ■A'Guide •A' Pronj"
In. In. In. Pulling Prod. No. Prod. No. Prod. No.
mm mm mm
Tool® 812-14 811-71 811-70
2.750 2.802
2.75 812-14-2750
3-1/2 69,85 71,7
3-1/2 5/8"« 30"
88,90 2.812 2.875
2.81 812-14-2810
71,42 73,02
3.125 3.175
3.12 40GS27500
79,38 80,64
812-14-3120
4 3.250 3.300
3.25 4
101,60 82,55 83,82
3.312 3.403
3.31 812-14-3310 5'8"i40"
84,12 86,44
3.668 3.740
3.68 812-14-3680
4-1/2 93,68 95,00
4-1/2
114,30 3.812 3.835
3.81 812-14-3810
96,82 97,41
4.000 4.030
4.00
101,60 103,89 4OGS36S0O 812-14-4000
5 4.125 4.215
4.12 5
127,00 104,78 107,06
4.312 4.385
4.31 5/8"x 45"
109,52 111.38 812-144310
5-1/2 4.562 4.653
4.56 5-1/2
129,70 115,87 118,19
6-5/8 5.500 5.600 Model 'M'
5.50 812-14-5500 6-5/8
168.28 139,70 142,24 811-50-5250
Model Model Model Model
LSE LWE LCE LME ®
591
FLOW CONTROL SYSTEMS

A DIVISION OF BAKEROIL TOOLS. INC.
MODEL "LWE" AND "LGE" SEPARATION SLEEVES

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Size To Run To Equalize To Pull
Tubing Seal
00 Bore Mai Probe
"C-1" Running "N-r Shank "A" Guide "A" Prong
00
Tool Prod. No. Prod. No. Prod. No. Prod. No. "B" Probe "N-1" Probe
LWE IGE Pulling Tool®
In. In. In. 811-06 811-85 811-71 811-70 Prod. No. Prod. No.
mm mm mm 812-07 812-13
1.660 1.137 1.240
1.18 — 1.660 — 1.660 1/4" x 26-5/8" 40RB11 or40SM4 1.660
42.16 29.97 31.50
—
1.437 1.490
1.43 —
1.900 36,32 37.85
1.900 1.900©
48.26
1.500 1.520 40RB14.40SB6
1.50 — 1.900
38,10 38.61 7/16"x 28" JUC15174orIDC15154
2-1/16 1.562 1.615
— 1.56 2-1/16 2-1/16 2-1/16®
52,37 39,62 41.02 —
1.781
— 1.78
45,24 1.865
40RB17,40SB1.
47.37
2-3/8 1.812 JUC-TD15185or 2-3/8
— 1.81 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-3/8 —
60.32 46,02 IDC-TO15169

1.875 1.928
— 1.87 i/rx30"
47.63 48.97
2.250 2.302
— 2.25 400RB18.40SB2,
2-7/8 57,15 58.47
2-7/8 2-7/8 2-7/8 JUC-TD15189 or 2-7/8
73,02
2.312 2.365 JOC-TD15171
— 2.31
58.72 66.93
® See running and pulling tool specification guide for required OD's
® When ordering specify pin thread: 3/8-16H Pin for "SB3 and URB" tools; 1/2-13N Pin for "JOC" and JUC" tools
MODEL "LSE" SEPARATION SLEEVES
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
To Run To Equalize To Pull
Tubing Seal No Go Selective
00 Bore locating "C-1" Running "E" Selective
Size "A" Shank *A"6uide "A" Prong "A" Probe
Ring 00 Tool. Prod. No. Prod. No. Running Tool
In. In. In. 811-06 811-80
Prod.V Prod. No.
811-71
Prod. No.
811-70
Pulling Tool® Prod. No.
811-17 812-16
mm mm mm
1.187 1.219
1.18
1.660 30.15 30.96 1.660 1.660x4-5/8" 1.660 1.660 1/4'x 26-5/8" 40RB11or40SM4 1.660
42,16 1.250 1.281
1.251
31,75 32.54
1.437 1.468
1.43
1.800 36,50 37,29 40RB14,40SB16.
1.900x4-3/4" 1.900
48,26 1.500 1.520 JUC15174orJDC15i54
1.50
38,10 38.61
1.562 1.900 1.900 7/16x28" 1.900®
1.593
1.56 40RB14.40SB6.
2-1/16 39.67 40.46 2-1/16"x4-3/4" 2-1/16
52,37
1.625
1.62 1.656 JUC15174o'riUC15>154
41.28 42,06
1.781 1.807
1.78
45,24 45,90
40RB17.40SB1.
2-3/6 1.812 1.84 JUC-T015185or
1.81 2-3/8 2-3/8x5 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-3/8
60,33 46,02 46,79 J0C-TD15169
1.875 1.87 1.906
47.63 48.41
2.250 2.281 1/2" x 27-1/2"
2.25
57.15 57.94
2-7/8 2-7/8 2-7/8x4-11/16" 2-7/8 2-7/8 2-7/3
73,02 2.312 2.343 JDC-TD1517I
2.31
58,72 59.51
2.750 2.781
2.75 40RB19.40SB9.
3-1/2 69,85 70.64
88.90 3-1/2 3-1/2x5-5/16" 3-1/2 3-1/2 5/8" x 28-9/16" JUC-TD15191 or 3-1/2
2.812 2.843 JDC-T05161
71,42 2.81
72,21
3.688 3.802
4-m 3.68 40RB20.40SB10.
93.68 96.57
114.30 4-1/2 4-1/2x7" 4-1/2 4-1/2 5/8" x 35" JUC-T015193 cr 4-1/2
3512 3.843 JDC-T015183
96,82
3.81
97.61
® See runnina and null nztool Doclflcati uisuldeforrea IredOD's
i When ordei hread: 3/8-1 1 and "RB" tools.- 1/2-13N Pin for "JDC" and JUC" tools
592
BAKER
PACKERS
MODEL "D-2" ization maximum strain should be

SHIFTING TOOL held on the Wireline string.
Product No. 810-72 Emergency Release. The Shifting
The Model "D-2" Shifting Tool is a Tool has a shear pin release mech
wireline operated tool used to open anism below the Shifting Dogs for
and close the Model "L" Sliding emergency release.
Sleeve. Any number of sleeves, of the Deliberate Release. Even after
same size, in a single tubing string the Shifting Tool is seated in a
can be shifted in any combination or sleeve, it can be released without
in any sequence. shifting the sleeve.
Open/Close Sequence. Upward
FEATURES/BENEFITS
jarring opens the sleeve. This al
• The Automatic Locating Collet
lows the use of Hydraulic or Me
on the tool positively notifies the
chanical Jars. Run in the inverted
operator when the desired sleeve
position, the tool will close the
is reached. Running through two
sleeve with downward jarring. At
consecutive seal bores located
least 6 feet, without restriction,
two feet apart, indicates a sleeve.
should be provided below the
Running through only one seal
sleeve.
bore indicates a landing nipple.
• Proof of Sleeve Shift. After com
pletion of a shift, either open or
CAUTION: To insure proper operation of the
closed, an attempt to repeat the shifting tool check:
operation (in the same sleeve) will 1. That the proper collet size has been in
give a surface indication that the stalled (Dimension "A")
2. Dimension "B" and adjust if required.
shift was performed.
• Safety Release. If the sleeve is
opened in the presence of a dif
ferential pressure in favor of the
annulus, the release mechanism is ORDERING EXAMPLE:
held inoperative by flow until the PRODUCT NO. 810-72

Size: 2.25 MODEL "D-2" SHIFTING TOOL
pressures equalize. During equal-
SPECIF1CATI0N GUIDE
Ho.'A* Oin.'B1
Silt® Pin Thud
In. ran In. cm
LIB 1.213 30.81

14-17 32 36,80 .625 OD
1.25 1.281 32.54
I1NTM
1.43 1.468 37.29
1.90 1.911 33.89
14-1516 37.94
1.98 1.991 40.46
1.62 1.B5S 42.0S .937 00
1.78 1.607 45.90 ION ltd
i.ai 1.843 46.61

15-11.16 39.84
1.87 1.906 48.41
2.25 2.281 57.94

16-58 42.22
2 31 2.341 59.51
275 2.781 70.64

17-18 43.49
2.81 2.843 72.21
1.12
125
3.31
3.68 3.743 95.07
2211/16 57.62
1.81 3.867 98.22 1.062 00
4.00 ION Did
4.12
OPENINC CLOSING 4.11 4.406 111.91 19-78 50.48
498 4.656 118.26 19-58 49.84
9.50 5.975 141,61 23-58 60.00
® TMi iia desijntfisi HUJI t» une a V Sliding Stem.

593

MODEL "D" PORTED BYPASS SEATING NIPPLE

Product No. 800-50
The Model "D" Ported ByPass Seating Nipple is a Top
NoGo or Selective Seating Nipple. It is designed with an
internal ported bypass seating nipple to accommodate
accessory wireline equipment.
APPLICATION
WATERFLOOD When the Model "DSJ" Downhole
Flow Regulator is installed in the "D" Bypass Ported
Nipple, a regulated amount of injection fluid is diverted
through the ports and into the annulus. The remainder of
the fluid is bypassed around the regulator and down the
tubing. This allows for controlled injection into several
zones through a single tubing string.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Large flow area around the ported bypass seating nip
ple and through the ports
• Chevron packing can be run through honed sealing
bore without damage.
• Ported ByPass Seating Nipple accommodates Top
NoGo or Selective Locking devices, such as on
blanking plugs, separation sleeves or downhole flow
regulators
• Internal parts are made of stainless steel for corrosion
resistance
ACCESSORY
Model "DSJ" Downhole Flow Regulator, Product No.
813-68 (p. 706)
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 800-50

SIZE: / .81 MODEL "D" PORTED BYPASS SEATING NIPPLE with 2-3/8 ODEU8Rd
Box x Pin for 4.7 Ibslft N-80 tubing
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tubing Nipple
OD Seal Bore 00
Size
In. In. In.
mm nun mm
1.562
1.56
2-1/16 39.67
52,37 1.625
1.62
41.2a
1.781
1.78
45,24 3.750
2-3 8 1.812 95,25
1.81
60.33 46.02
1.875
1.87
47,63
2.250
2.25
2-7/8 57,15 4.500 Model "D" Ported
73,02 2.312 114,30 Blypass Sealing Nipple
2.31
58.72 shown wilh "DST
Flow Regulator in place
594
PACKERS
MODEL "H-1" BYPASS SLIDING SLEEVE

Product No. 810-33
The Model "H-1" Bypass Sliding Sleeve is a special ver
sion of the Model "L" Sliding Sleeve that combines the
features of a Bypass Ported Seating Nipple and a Sliding
Sleeve. It may be used as a sliding sleeve or by landing the
proper accessory, as a Bypass Ported Nipple to control
flow through the ports while permitting fluid flow in the
tubing past the sleeve and accessory.
APPLICATIONS:
For single string multi-zone commingled production
using wireline installed choke-check valves.
FEATURES/BENEFITS:
• Installation of Wireline Accessory Opens Sleeve.

Since the ports of a sleeve can only be opened by the
installation of a wireline accessory such as choke-
check valves, flow through the sleeve ports can only
occur through the choke-check valve.
• Removal of the accessory closes the sleeve isolat
ing the zone being controlled from the tubing. This
prevents unregulated commingling in the case of single
string multi-zone production and simplifies zone
testing.
• Choke-check Valve in One Unit. One trip installs
both; one trip removes both. By combining the choke
and check valve into one unit, this system makes possi
ble regular inspections of both the check valve and the
choke.
• No Shifting Tool Required. The Bypass Sliding
Sleeve is opened or closed by the NoGo Shoulder of
the wireline accessory tool.
ACCESSORIES:
Model "HZJ-22" Choke-Check Valve (p. 595)
Locked Open Position Locked Closed Position

With Model "HZI-2T
Choke Check Valve Assembly
SPECIFICA ON GUIDE
Tlibittg Seal Sleeve
0D Bore 00
In. In. In.
Size mm
mm mm
1.900 1.500
1.50
48,26 38,10
1.500
1.50
2-1/16 38,10
52,37 1.625
1.62
41,28 3.750
95,25
1.500 1.50
38.10
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
2-3/8 1.625
1.62
60.33 41,28 PRODUCT NO. 810-33
1.812 SIZE: / .#/ MODEL "H-1" BYPASS SLIDING SLEEVE, w/2-318" Ol) EV 8 Rd Box x
1.81
46,02 Pin, for 4.7 Ibslfl N-80 Tubing
595
BAKER
A D.VIS10N OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. FNC
MODEL "HZJ-22" CHOKE Mandrel until the "H-1" Sleeve is

Product No. 807-90 locked in the open position. Ball and
Seat are available in stainless steel for
The Model "HZ|-22" Choke is a
erosion resistance with good corro
wireline retrievable choke equipped
sion resistance, or tungsten carbide
with an orifice and back check valve
for use in extremely corrosive or
to control fluids or gas flow up the
abrasive well fluids. The choke may
tubing. It is designed for NoGo local-
be either ceramic (4/64 through
ing and landing in a Model "H-1"
28/64) or stainless steel {1/64 through
Bypass Sliding Sleeve. When landed,
40/64).
il shifts open the Sleeve and restricts
fluid flow from the annulliS to tubing, ORDERING EXAMPLE:
prevenling backflow from tubing to PRODUCT NO. 807-90
annul us. It also provides a means for Size: LSI MOOEl "HZJ-22"CHOKE with locks trail
ing with 6164" ceramic choke
blanking off the port in the Bypass
PRODUCING
PRODUCING
LOWER ZONE
TWO ZONES
ONLY
Production rales
Choke Check
controlled at zone
Assembly removed
by Choke assem
blies. Check Valve and Sleeve closed
in one Erip isolating
isolates zones when
upper lone.
shut in.
.11-1 Gy-Pj«
Sleeve
Slitting Sleeve
Closes
l.iLilomjtic
isolation
"whenever
Choke
HZJ Assembly
-Choke Check is removed)
Assembly
Baker
Packer
Model "R"
.Seating
Nipple
_Ceramic
RHK
Bean
Choke
"Check
Assembly
SPECIFICATIOK GUIDE
To Run To Pull
Tubing Seal ■c-r
Size Running ■B'
OD Bore Pulling '
Valve
Tool Connector Tool h die
In. In. Prod. No. Prod. No.
MINI mm 811-0B 812-07
1.900 1.500
1.50
4B.26 38,10 1.900 01-974B7-00 40RB14 , 40SB1 1.900
2-1/16 1.625 IUCl5174orJDC15154
1.62
52,37 41,28
40RB17, 4DSB1
2-3:8 1.812
1.81 2-3.8 01-97489-00 JUC-T0151Q5 or 2-3 8
60,33 46,02
JDC-TD15169
- See Running and Pulling Tool Specifications tor required ODs.

i When ortferTng specify Pin Thread: 3 8-1GH Pin lor 'SB' or "RB" Tools. 1 2-I3N Pin for *JUC or '3DC Tools.
596

MODEL "F" SEATING NIPPLE APPLICATIONS

Product No. 801-50 Alloy Steel Model "F" Seating Nipples may be used for the following
Product No. 801-51 Stainless Steel operations:
Land blanking plugs to shut in well or to test the produc
The Model "F" Seating Nipple is a Top NoCo or tion tubing.
Selective Seating Nipple that provides for the location of Land Velocity Type Safety Valves (SSCSV).
various wireline flow control devices in the produc Land equalizing check valves.
tion string.
Land circulating blanking plugs.
The location and number of Model "F" Seating Nipples
Land chokes to reduce surface flowing pressures or to
should be carefully considered in the completion plan have pressure drops downhole to prevent surface
ning stages to allow maximum versatility in the position freezing in gas production.
ing of various flow control accessories.
When installed above Blast Joints with a Model "A"
Model "F" Seating Nipples are manufactured per
Polish Nipple below the Blast Joints, separation
NACE MR-01-75 (1980 Revision)
sleeves may be installed to repair eroded Blast Joints.
Land instrument hangers with geophysical devices such
as pressure and temperature recorders.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Honed internal sealing bores for maximum sealing
performance
• Locking groove/NoGo shoulder combination above
seal bore
• Accepts Selective or Top NoGo Locks
• Any number of Model "F" Nipples with the same seal
bore can be run in the tubing when Selective Locks are
required
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 801-50

SIZE: 1.87 MODEL "F" SEATING NIPPLE w/2-3/8" OD EU 8 Rd Box X Pini
Sizes: 1.18-3.81 Sizes: 3.12, 3.31 and 4.00-5.95 for 4.7 Ibs/ft N-80 tubing
(except 3.12 and 3.31)
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tutttna Rtpplft ■inda
W Sullen Mil COS $e»l Bore ■11. 0D > SmISots WLODX
to. la Sto» In. In. la In. la la Stn.v In.
nun [D31 rein (uul ram G1Q
1.117 1250 4.CQ0

1.11 125 4.00
1.660 30.15 1.975 2-7/1 57.15 1.109 101.60
42.16 USO 47.S3 73.02 2.312 71.97
1.25 5 4.125
111 4.12
31.75 59.72 127.00 104.78
1.437 2.562 4.112
1.41 256 4.11
1.900 16.50 2.109 65.07 109.52
(MS 1.500 53.57 1-1/2 1750 3.687
UO 4.562
175 4it
19.10 83.S0 69.85 93.65 5-1/2 115.97
I.5S2 1912 139.70 4.759
I5J 111 4.75
2-1/18 3M7 2-250 71.42 120.65
5247 1.625 57.15 3.125 5.250
1.S2 1.12 5.25
Couplifli
4UJ 79.33 6-S/l 133.35 00
1.791 4 3.250 161.23 5.500
1.79 3.25 5.50
4S.24 101.60 82.55 139.70
2-1/3 Mil 2.5(0 3JI2 5.150
111 Ml 575
GUI 4&02 65.02 34.12 7 146.05
IJ7S MSI 177.50 5J51
117 3SJ 5S5
47.63 93.63 151.21
1-7/8 2.082 3.IM 4-1/7 1.750 0.125
2.U 3.75 6.12
73.02 52.37 79.97 114.30 95.25 7-5/1 155.58
3.912 193.68 6.175
1.11 6.37
96.32 161.92
® Otfcsr ttau for fctavy might tubing we millililo on request
nanniflr mimrfictured to tubing {oint 00 or Coupllnj 00. Nipples cannot be minuftettirttl with smaHar 00 tbtn Indicated In chut lion.
597

MODEL "W" SEATING NIPPLE

Product No. 801-70, Alloy Steel,
For H2S Service
Product No. 801-74,9CR1MO, For
H,S — Recommended CO, Service
15,000 PSI Working Pressure
Model "W" "M-2" lock
The Model "W" Non-Ported Seating Nipple is a Top Seating Nipple
NoGo Seating Nipple that provides for the location of
various wireline flow control devices in heavy wall,
high-pressure production tubing.
Because of its intended high-pressure applications, the
Model "W" Seating Nipple is designed to accept only
the type "M-2" Top No-Go locking device.
Except for the higher pressure rating, the Model "W"
Seating Nipple can be used for the same applications
as the Model "F" Seating N ipple, Product No. 801 -50.
Model "W" Seating Nipples are manufactured per SPECIFICATION GUIDE
NACE MR-01-75 (1980 Revision). Min.OD
Tubing Seal Bore
ORDERING EXAMPLE: OD Size 801-70 801-74
PRODUCT NO. 801-74
In. mm In. mm In. mm
SIZE: 2-718x2.00 MODEL "W" SEATING NIPPLE, with 2-718,
8.6 Lbs. VAM Box x Pin. 1.500 38.10 1.50 1.900 48.26
1.625 41,28 1.62 _ _
2.630 66.80
2-7/8 1.781 45,24 1.78 — —
3.375 85,73
73,02
1.875 47,63 1.87 — —
MODEL "JS" TUBING DISCONNECT SUB 2.000 50,80 2.00

Product No. 810-69 2.125 53,98
3.663 93,04 3.750 95,25
2.12
The Baker Model "JS" Tubing Disconnect Sub pro
vides a secondary or back-up landing nipple profile in
the tubing string when it may become impossible to
pull a lower plug. The Disconnect Sub is installed in
the tubing string 6 to 10 feet above the bottom Seating
Nipple at the end of the tubing string and provides the
option of separating the lower plug by wireline manip
ulation instead of cutting the tubing.
Using the Model "D-2" Shifting Tool, Product No.

Model "|S"
810-72, (also used to shift the Model "L" Sliding
Tubing Disconnect Sub
Sleeve) the inner sleeve is moved upward, shearing a
pin and allowing the lower portion to fall. The top
portion of the Disconnect Sub remains on the bottom
of the tubing string providing a Top NoGo nipple
profile for landing plugs and other flow control acces
sories compatible with the Model "F" Seating Nipple,
Product No. 801-50.
The Disconnect Sub can also be furnished as the
Model "AF", Product No. 810-68, which has a lock
ing profile designed to accept the new Model "AF" SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Top No-Go "Sur-Set" Lock. Refer to page 619 & 620 Nipple
Tubing Seal
for additional information on this new locking system. 0D Bore Size Kin. 00
Both the Models "JS" and "AF" Tubing Disconnect

In. mm In. mm In. mm
Subs are manufactured per NACE MR-01-75 (1980
1.812 46.02 1.81
Revision). 2-3/8 60.33 3.0S4 78.59
1.875 47.63 1.87
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
2.250 57.15 2.25
PRODUCT NO. 810-69 2-7/8 73.02 4.031 102.39
SIZE: 1.87 MODEL "IS" TUBINC DISCONNECT SUB for 4.7 Lbs./Ft. 2.312 53.72 2.31
N-80 tubing. 3-1/2 88.90 2.750 69.85 2.75 4.703 119.46
598

MODEL "R" SEATING NIPPLE

Product No. 801-55 Alloy Steel
Product No. 801-56 Stainless Steel
The Model "R" Seating Nipple is a Bottom NoGo Seat
ing Nipple that provides for the location of various wire
line flow control devices in the production string.
The location and number of Model "R" Seating Nip
ples should be carefully considered in the completion
planning stages to allow maximum versatility in the posi
tioning of various flow control accessories.
Model "R" Seating Nipples are manufactured per
NACE MR-01-75 (1980 Revision)
APPLICATIONS
Model "R" Seating Nipples may be used for the following
operations-
Land blanking plugs to shut in the well or to test the
production tubing.
Land Velocity Type Safety Valves (SSCSV).
Land equalizing check valves.
Land circulating blanking plugs.
Prevent loss of wireline work string in some cases.
Land chokes to reduce surface flowing pressures or
to have pressure drops downhole to prevent surface
freezing in gas production.
Sizes: 1.18-3.81
(except 3.12 and 3.31)
Sizes: 3.12, 3.31 and 4.00-5.95 Land instrument hangers with geophysical devices such
as pressure and temperature recorders.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
ORDERING EXAMPLE: • Honed internal sealing bores for maximum sealing
PRODUCT NO. 801-55 performance
SIZE: 2.25 MODEL "R" seating nipple wl2-7IS" OD EU 8 Rd Box x Pin for • Locking-groove/Bottom NoGo shoulder combination
6.5 Ibs/ft N-80 tubing accepts Bottom NoGo Locks
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tub Ing Hippie
00 Seal Bora NoSolO Mln.OD i>
In. mm In. mm Sl2» A In. mm In. mm
1.860 42.16 1.187 30.15 1.18 1.135 28.83 1.875 47.63

1.437 36.50 1.43 1.385 35.18
1.900 48.26 2.109 53.57
1.500 38.10 1.50 1.447 36.75
2-1/18 53.37 1.562 39.67 1.56 1.510 38.35 2.250 57.15
1.781 45.24 1.78 1.728 43.89
2-3/8 60.33 1.812 46.02 1.81 1.760 44.70 2.560 65.02
1.875 47.63 1.87 1.822 46.28
2.0B2 52.37 2.06 1.978 50.24
2-7/8 73.02 3.109 78.97
2.250 57.15 2.25 2.197 55.80
2.562 65.07 2.56 2.442 62.03
3-1/2 38.90 3.687 93.65
2.750 69.85 2.75 2.697 68.50
3.125 79.38 3.12 3.072 78.03
4 101.60
3.312 84.12 3.31 3.242 82.35
3.888 93.68 3.68 3.625 92.03
4-1/2 114.30 3.750 95.25 3.75 3.700 93.93
3.812 96.82 3.01 3.759 95,48
4.000 101.60 4.00 3.910 99.31
5 127.00 4.125 104.78 4.12 4.035 102.49
4.312 109.52 4.31 4.223 107.26 Couj .in,
4.562 115.87 4.56 4.472 113.59

5-1/2 139.70
4.750 120.65 4.75 4.660 118.36
5.250 133.35 5.25 5.150 130.81
6-S/l 168.28
5.500 139.70 5.50 5.400 137.16
5.750 146.05 5.75 5.625 142.88
7 177.80
5.953 151.21 5.95 5.828 148.03
6.125 155.58 6.12 6X00 152.40
7-5/8 193.68
6.375 161.92 6.37 6.257 158.93
® Other sizes for heavy weight tubing are available on request

® Nipples are normally manufactured to tubing joint 00 or Coupling 00. Nipples cannot be manufactured with smaller 00s than Indicated in the chart above.
599
MODEL "A" POLISHED NIPPLE

Product No. 801-12
Model "A" Polished Nipples are run below blast joints (with
"F" Nipples above) so that eroded joints can be repaired by
using spacer pipe to position a packoff device above and below
the damaged area.
Model "F"
Nipple"
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 50/-/2

SIZE: / .81 MODEL "A" POLISHED NIPPLE U<I2-3I8" OD EU 8 lid flux X Pill for N-80
4.7 Ibslft Tubing
SPECIFICATION 1GUIDE
ItyGlt Nipple
Sal Snl
f
rtit
CD 00
0 Ben Sen
Sin Sin
to. osn In. ccn In. am In. KB la. D3 la. ram
1.187 30,15 1.18 3.688 93.58 168

1.660 42.16 £200 55.68
1.250 31.75 U5 4-1(2 114.30 1750 95.25 175
1.437 36.50 1.43 1812 98.82 181
1.900 48.26 2JO0 63.50 1563 14140
1.500 38.10 MO 4.000 101.60 4.00
1.562 39,67 M6 5 127.00 4.125 104.78 4.12

2-1/16 52.37 4.312 10952 441
1125 41.28 \S2
Model "A" 1.781 45.24 1.78 1062 77.77 4.582 115.87 4.56
Polithed Nipple 5-1/2 139.70 mo 153.67
2-M 60.33 M12 48.02 Ml 4,750 120.65 4.75
1.875 47.63 M7 5JS0 133.35 525
6-U 163.28 7490 187.71
2.062 52.37 2,06 5500 139.70 5.50
2-7/8 73.02 2.250 57.15 2.25 1668 93.17 5.750 146.05 5.75
7 77.80 7.656 194.46
2.JI2 58.72 2.31 5.953 151.21 5.95
2.562 65.07 2.56 6.125 155.58 6.12
Model "A" 7-S/B 193.68 8.500 •15.90
2.750 69.85 2.75 6.375 161.92 6.37
Polished. 3-1/2 98.90 4.500 114.30
Nipple 2.612 71.42 2.81
3.125 79.38 3.12 Other sizes a ndOD' tare a valla ile on request
4 101.60 3.250 82.55 125 5.000 127.00
3J12 84.12 3J1
FLOW COUPLING
Product No. 819-20
Baker Flow Couplings are used in the tubing string of a flowing
well, in conjunction with Nipples or Sliding Sleeves, to protect
the tubing from abrasive action caused by turbulent flow
Baker
Flow-
through restricted areas.
Coupling
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 819-20

s\Zt:3.062ODxl.99yiDx3'n.CWCOUPUNCw!2-3l8"EU8RdBoxxPmfor
N-80 4.7 lbs/ft Tubing
Baker
Sealing
Nipple' SPECIFICATION GUIDE
or Sleeve
Sin 00 a
b. en In. no In. Ka
1.900 49.26 2.500x1.610 2J0O 63.500 1.610 40.89

2-1/16 52.37 2.33011.700 2430 59.18 1.700 43.18
213 80.33 3.06211.935 3X162 77.77 1.995 50.67
Baker 2-7/8 73,02 3.56812.441 3.668 93.17 2.441 62.00
Flow- 3-1/2 88,90 4.500 » 2.992 4.500 114,30 2.992 78.00
Coupling 4-1/2 114.30 5.56313.958 5.563 141.30 3558 100.53
5 127.00 5.563 «4.4M 5J63 141.30 4.494 114.15
5-1/2 139,70 6J)50l4.950 BOX 153.67 4550 125.73
6-5/8 168.28 7J9015.791 7490 187.71 1791 147.09
7 177.80 7.656 lB.184 7.656 194.46 6.184 157,07
Row Coupling
600

MODEL "FB-2" EQUALIZING CHECK VALVE

Product No. 809-35 (Top NoGo)
MODEL "RB-2" EQUALIZING CHECK VALVE
Product No. 809-36 (Bottom NoGo)
Baker Equalizing Check Valves, sometimes called
"Standing Valves", prevent downward flow while
allowing upward flow. These wireline retrievable check
valves are run and landed in Baker Model "F" or "R"
Seating Nipples or in Baker Model "L" Sliding Sleeves.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Provides simple means for testing tubing and setting
hydraulically actuated equipment
• Run and retrieved with standard wireline equipment or
run in place with the tubing
• Integral equalizing feature for quick and easy retrieval
of Equalizing Check Valve
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 809-35

SIZE: 1.87 MODEL "FB-2" EQUALIZING CHECK VALVE
Model "FB-r Model "RB-r
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
To Dm To Poll® To Ran To Poll ®

Mil Ma.
febhf Sal Sul
Sin 00 Sin 00
CO Im 00 Son
b. In Tnl In. [a Tool
PttDiitf Tod Pttfti&|Tgel
(Vol. Ho. Prod.dj.
to. In. In. In.
•n-r •n-r •n-r •n-r BI1-0B •IB-r iB-r -n-r •M-r 811-03
Ed co
1.117 1.240 1.177 3.125 3.175 3.115 40)319

1.19 3.12
\m 30.15 31.50 29,90 4 79,38 60,65 79.12 40SS9
1.660 4011311 0140SM4 3-1/2
42,16 101.60 KIC-TDI5191 a
1.250 1.302 3JI2 3.406 3.302
1.25 - -
3J1 10C-TD15181
31,79 33.07 64.12 98,51 3137
1437 1.495 1.427 3£83 3.740 3.673

\M 3.63
1.900 36.50 37.97 36.25 93*8 95,00 9142
40)814, flJtl9174,
49.28 40SMH IOC 5154 4-1/2 3.750 1602 3.740
1500 1552 1.490
1.50 175
33,10 39,42 37,85 114,30 95.25 9557 95,00
1.900
\aa 1419 1592 408114.40R821, 3.812 1375 3^02
1.56 3.31
2-1(18 39,67 41.02 39,42 40586,40588, 96.82 98.43 9657
52,37 \sa 1472 IUCI51T4 sr 4.000 4.090 1990

1.S2 - -
4.00
41,28 42.47 IKI5154 101,60 10139 101,35
1.781 1.603 1.771 5 4.125 4.219 4.115

1.71 4.12
45,24 45.60 44.93 127.00 104,79 107,08 104,52
2-tt 1.812 1365 IAS 4.312 4.335 4J02

w «R8I7,4OSH, 4JI
60,33 46.02 47,37 45.77 109,52 111.33 109.27
213 IUC-T0I5I85 01
\m 1.905 1.(55 IK-T0I5169
4562 4.653 4552 4OO20.
I.B7 456
47.S3 48,39 47.37 5-112 115.87 118,19 115,62 40S8I0,
139,70 4-1/2 IW-TDI5193 or
2.062 2.115 2.052 4.750 4.340 4.740
2.06 4.75
52J7 53.72 52.12 120.65 122.94 120,40 IK-TD15133
2-7/1 im 2.302 2.240 5JS0 5.353 1240

2.25 125
73.02 57,15 58,47 56.90 6-518 133.35 135.97 133,10
40RBia/40S92,
JJIJ 2.384 2JQ2 168.28
2.31 2-7/3 IW-T0I9I99 or 9.500 5.600 5.490
53.72 60,05 58.47 5.50
J0C-T015I7I 139,70 142.24 139,45
2.562 2.625 2552 5.750 5.379 5.740
9.75
65.07 66,69 64.32 7 146,05 149,23 14530
3-1/2 2.750 2.802 2.740 40U19 177.60 5.953 9.985 5.943
175 195
83,90 6185 71.17 69.60 40SB9 I5UI 152,02 150.95
3-1/2
2JJIJ IUC-TDI5I9I or
2JI — — 6.125 6J47 6.115
71,42 72.77 I0C-TD1516I 6.12
7-5,3 155,58 158,67 155.32
® Sn laadq sri Nbf Ml WtfflMtm pUi (si mpM OOt 193.63
6J75 6.497 6.395
6J7
161.92 165.02 161,67
601

MODEL "FWA-20" PUMP MODEL "WB" HIGH PRESSURE

THROUGH EQUALIZING CHECK EQUALIZING CHECK VALVE
VALVE Product No. 809-37
Product No. 807-95
For use in Model "W" High Pressure Seating
For use in Model "F" Seating Nipple Nipple
FEATURES/BENEFITS: FEATURES/BENEFITS:
• Holds back pressure from above until • Rated to 15,000 psi from above only.
2,000 psi differential is reached at the • Recommended for H2S and CO,.
valve, but it does not hold pressure from • It has a No-Go Shoulder to prevent down
below. ward movement but is not locked into the
• Can be equalized by breaking the equal nipple to prevent upward movement.
izing plug. • It is equalized by shifting open by-pass
• The valve permits normal gas lift opera ports during retrieving operations.
tions, plus fresh-water hot-oil washing • Standard wireline tools are used to run
without pulling the valve or the tubing. and pull this plug.
APPLICATIONS APPLICATIONS:
• Primarily used in intermittent gas lift wells • To test tubing by pressuring up.
where there is a need to periodically • To set hydraulically actuated packers by
batch fresh water down the tubing to dis pressuring up on the tubing with the
solve precipitated salts. check valve located below the packer.
• In cases of parafin build up, to use hot oil • To gas lift oil to the surface.
treatments to clean the tubing.
MODEL "WB" CHECK VALVE SPECIFICATION GUIDE

SeU Ko-Go BunniflB Toots
Boa 00 Sins SUM
la. In.
■c-r "SB" - "IOC" -10C--TUC-
iraa tnni
2.I2S 2.I7S
51.97 55.24
ZjOOO MOO
50.60 53.J4
2-svr r r r
MIS 1.1S0
47.62 47.75
1.711 1.870
45.23 47.49
1.825 1.710
4U7 43.94
2-1/15" \-\ir i-i/r i-i/r
1400 1.605
15.11) 40.76
MODEL "FWA-20" CHECK VALVE SPECIFICATION GUIDE
To Run ToEqtnUia To Poll
luting Sail locks Leeks

Mn. 00 C-1 Pulling Tool
00 Bore Trilling Retncttd
Sin Running A-Guuto A'Proitj RB-SB B-Prabs
In. In. In. Tool t-Snink 111-71 111-70 JDC-JUC 112-07
mm -
mm mm 111-01 J11-80
1.112 1.165
1.11
45.02 47.17
2-1/1 2-1/S 21/116.125 2-1/1 1/21 IS 2 2-11
60,11 1.8)5 1.921
1.17
47.63 49.97
2.253 2.102
2.2S
57.15 59.47
2-7/1 2-7/1 2-7/116JS3 2-7/1 1/2 ill 2-1/1 2-7/1
71.01 2JI2 2.1S5
2.11
5S.72 60.07
602
MODEL "FSR" BYPASS Once the valve is locked in the desired

BUNKING PLUG seating nipple and the running tool is re
Product No. 806-06 leased, the ByPass Valve is automatically
The "FSR" ByPass Blanking Plug is a se closed.
lectively run wireline retrievable tubing Pressures can be equalized across the
plug that is designed with dual equalizing Blanking Plug by shifting the ByPass
Valve open or by breaking the secondary
features.
The ByPass Valve is held open by the equalizing plug.
Running Tool Prong to allow fluid bypass ORDERING EXAMPLE:
when the plug is run through several of PRODUCT NO. 806-06

the same size nipples. SIZE: 1.18 MODEL "FSR" BYPASS BLANKING PLUG
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
To Rim To Eqtuliie To Ml '
No Go Setecthie
Tubing Sell
•f
00 Bolt
leutiiti •cr Seleclin •»' r •»'
Sin
Ring 00 Running '*• Slunk *8" Piong Running *8" Prong Guide Prong Pulling Probe
In. In. In. Toal No. rfOd. N9. Prod. No. Tool Prod. No. Plod. No. Prod. No. Toel® Prod. No.
mm men mm 811-06 811-80 811-72 PfOO- nO. 811-72 811-71 811-73 812-06
811-17
1.187 1.240
LIB
30.15 31.50
1660 1.660 1.660 i 1/4 i 1.660 1/4 > 1.660 1/4 I 4011811 1.660
42.16 4-5/3 11-7/8 10-7/8 20-3/8 0T40SM4
1.250 1.281
1.25
31.75 32.54
® CWITION: Set running ind patting (Ml sptcHicilion guide let required OD't.
MODEL "FSG" BYPASS Nipple, the Removable Mandrel is

BUNKING PLUG WITH shifted and locked to close the ByPass
Ports.
REMOVABLE MANDREL
To equalize, a standard wireline pull
Model "FSR" Product No. 806-87
ing tool latches on to and retrieves the
The Model "FSG" ByPass Blanking Plug Removable Mandrel. After the pressures
is a selectively run wireline retrievable have been equalized through the ByPass
tubing plug that is designed with a Re Ports, the plug may be retrieved with a
movable Mandrel for equalizing pres standard pulling tool.
sures.
The Removable Mandrel is held in the ORDERING EXAMPLE:
ByPass position by the running tool, to PRODUCT NO. 806-87

allow fluid ByPass when running through SIZE: 1.81 MODEL "FSG" BYPASS BLANKING PLUG
several of the same size nipples. When WITH REMOVABLE MANDREL and two 3116"
Equalizing Holes
the plug is locked into the desired Seating
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
To Ran To Pall
Tubing Seal No Go Selective
Retsonnle Ptog
00 Bore
Siie *C- 1 Running 'G' Banning Mudrel
Ring, Ob
In. Tool Prod. Tool Prod. Pulling., ■A'Prose
In. In.
Rim
No. 811-06 No. 811-08 Tool* Prod. to. 812-06
mm mra
1.437 1.468
1.43
1.300 36.50 37.29 40 RB14.1UC 15174
48.26 1.520 40 SK. IOC 15154
1.500
38.10
1.50
38.61 1.300 1.900?
1.562 1.593 40 RB14,40 RB 21
1.56 40SB6.40S68
2-1/16 39.67 40.46
52,37 1.625 1.656 IUC 15174et
1.62 IDC 15154
41.28 42.06
1.781 1.837
1.78
45.24 45.90
40RBI4.40SB1.
2-3.-8 1.812 1.843 IUC-TD 15185 or 2-34
1.81 2-3*
60.33 46.02 46.81
JBC-TD 15169
1.875 1.90$
1.87
47.63 48.41
2250 2.281 40RBI8.40SB2.
2.25
2-7/8 57.15 57.94 2-7.8 WC-TO 15189 or 2-lH
73.03 2.343 rac-TO isi;i
2.312
2.31
58.72 59.51
2.750 2.781 40 8819.
2.75 70.64
3-1/2 69.85 3-1/2 40SB9. 3-1/2
88.90 2.843 JUC-TO 15191 or
2.812 2.81
72.21 IDCTD 15181
3.688 3.717
3.68 4ORB20.4OS910.
93.68 94.41 4-1/2 4-1(2
4-1/2 IVC-TD 15193 cr
114.305 3.812 3.835 JDC-TD 15183
. 3.81
96.82 97.41
® Sn ramtof ind wllinj tool spttfficitig) pride for required 00*s.

Model "FSG* 'JUC" Tools.
603
PACKERS
A 0IV1SION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC.
MODEL "FWG" BYPASS drel is shifted and locked to close the

ByPass Ports.
BLANKING PLUG WITH To equalize, a standard wireline
REMOVABLE MANDREL pulling tool latches on to and re
Product No. 806-88 trieves the Removable Mandrel. Af
The Model "FWG" ByPass Blanking ter the pressures have been
Plug is a Top NoGo wireline retriev equalized through the ByPass Ports,
able tubing plug that is designed with the plug may be retrieved with a stan
a Removable Mandrel for equalizing dard pulling tool.
pressures.
The Removable Mandrel is held in
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
the ByPass position by the running
tool, to allow fluid ByPass when PRODUCT NO. 806-88
landing in the seating nipple. When SIZE: 1.81 MODEL "FWG" BYPASS BLANKING PLUG
w/REMOVABlE MANDREL AND two 3116" Equaliz
the plug is locked into the desired ing Holes wllocks trailing (or retracted)
Seating Nipple, the Removable Man
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
To Bun Total
Tote! Sttl Mil. 00 ■tffionblt
Bore Sill la. Mirtnl
mra *C-1* Rustling fool nil
la. In.
(hod. No. 81106 Pulling ■B'Pltbt
trn
ras R2C res SOS Te«l"> Prod. No. 812-07
1.900 1.4J7 1.490 1.427
1.4)
48.26 36,50 37.50 36.25 40 SB6.4ORBI4.
1.900 1.900®
2-1/16 1.562 1.615 1.552 IUC 15174 oi IK 15154
1.56
52.37 39.67 41.02 39.42
1.781 1.771
45.24 1.7B 44.98 Model "FWG*
1.865 40RBI7.40SBI.
47.37
MB 1612 1.802 2-3/8 lUt-TO 15185 « 2-3(3
i.ai 45.77
60.33 46 02 10C-T0 15169
1875 1.928 1-SS5
187
47 63 49.97 4737
2.250 2.302 2240 40 BBI8.40 SB2.
225
278 57.15 58.47 56.90 2-tli IUC-TO 15189 e> 2-7/8
7303 2312 2.3SS 2.302 IKT0 15171
231
58.72 60.07 58,47
* Sn mm% and palling tosl ipttifiution juMe to rcquiitd 0ff».

-.».' Wltco Mtamg iptcifj pa (fvtjd: 3/8-16N pin (a 'SB' ad IB' Tools. 1/2-13N pin In *IOC* ltd 'IUC tstlt.
MODEL "RZG" BYPASS drel is shifted and locked to close the

BLANKING PLUG WITH ByPass Ports.
REMOVABLE MANDREL To equalize, a standard wireline
pulling tool latches on to and re
Product No. 806-89 trieves the Removable Mandrel. Af
The Model "RZG" ByPass Blanking ter the pressures have been
Plug is a Bottom NoGo wireline re equalized through the ByPass Ports,
trievable tubing plug that is designed the plug may be retrieved with a stan
with a Removabfe Mandrel for dard pulling tool.
equalizing pressures.
The Removable Mandrel is held in
the ByPass position by the running ORDERING EXAMPLE:
tool, to allow fluid ByPass when PRODUCT NO. 806-89

landing in the seating nipple. When SIZE: 1.81 MODEL "RZG" BYPASS BLANKING PLUG
the plug is locked into the desired w/removable mandrel and two 3116" Equaliz
ing Holes wllocks trailing (or retracted)
Seating Nipple, the Removable Man
Model -RZG-
604

A (DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC.
MODEL "FMH" BY-PASS MODEL "RKH" BY-PASS

BLANKING PLUG WITH BLANKING PLUG WITH
REMOVABLE MANDREL REMOVABLE MANDREL
The Model "FMH" By-Pass Blanking The Model "RKH" By-Pass Blanking
Plug is a Top NoGo wireline retriev Plug is a Bottom NoGo wireline re
able tubingplug that is designed with trievable tubing plug that is designed
a Removable Mandrel for equalizing with a Removable Mandrel for equal
pressures.
izing pressures.
Model "WMH-21" BY-PASS The By-Pass Blanking Plug is run

BLANKING PLUG WITH without the Removable Mandrel to
REMOVABLE MANDREL allow fluid bypass when landing in
Product No. 806-36 the Seating Nipple. The plug is se
H2S Recommended CO2 curely locked in place and then the
The Model "WMH-21" By-Pass
mandrel is landed in the plug to close
the bypass ports.
Blanking Plug is also a Top NoGo
wireline retrievable tubing plug like To equalize, a standard wireline
the Model "FMH" but, is specifically running and pulling tool latches onto
designed to run in Model "W" High and retrieves the Removable Man
Pressure Seating Nipples, Product drel. After pressures have been
equalized through the bypass ports,
801-74. Rated for 15,000 PSI.
the plug may be retrieved with a
standard running and pulling tool.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 806-90
SiZii 2.81 MODEL "FMH" BY-PASS
BLANKING PLUG WITH REMOVABLE
MANDREL and two 3116" Equalizing Holes
Model "WMH-21"
MODEL "WMH-21",' FMH" & "RKH" BYPASS BLANKING PLUG SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Model "FMH-10" Sol Ha. CO
f In
to
la. ton
tuuiitlt i
•n-r tr Mtslnt
b.
£3 ea
na-ii na led TSS" Pret*:
MM \m niii-ita 49U1I
IJJ 4914
- - - -
19.10 cr
1125 i.m II21I-II2S
49SII
mi — - «tsisa - -
<Ui 4112
11*1 IJII iti-ii-ini
in - - - -
1-7.1 41.11
JIJ3 IJ» I.I1I II11IIIH
Ml Mil
— — - - 41MI1H
41.U (I Silo
un MC9 4CUU1CS nMOISIISa
IX) SIM
- — - -
S0.H IIMI-2O nt-nisiN
tin I.US
Ml - - - -
tlH 1.IN IIM4-11S9

HIS
i.» -
1I.C9 SKI)
1-1/2 -
iiinist)
IIUIIM
M.S3 Mil un 112-14-2*10
ni' - - 4««iia 49 tiler
11.42 12.95
nC-IDIIIIIa
US tin HIS 11214-1120 BC-tD IS1II
Ml —
I0U 11.12
4 1918 - iiMi-nn
1111 14H 1132 112-14-1)11
111 _
UH 1141 un
Ml -
ISC3 9)42
ii a
1192 121) ni-14-na 112-11443
4-1/1 vu -
il> -
U.ST ISO
iiua an
MH 1H2 11214-nn
Mil
Ml _
SMI a si
KM
ua un 1U3
4O -
III.6J I93J1 19I.1S
! 4.1a 4JI2 4 US I12-I4-4R9
411 - 111-11-4)1)
104.11 ld.ll IM.S2 -
4JII 4412 4J01

ill -
111.30 It! 10
109 H 111-14-4111
4.SI1 44H 4JS2 40UH
4.M -
1IS.I2 cr
s-irt
111.10 UH 4U1 4.740 •12-11-4110 49 S111
4.71 — «tJ41IO - IIM4-47I9
KC-t0 IS1IS
17* iu; ua II2I4-I2SJ
in —
IU.II inia
I-S/I mi: iM-raisin
1IW7 sw un 1419 II2-I4-SSE1
111.10 ist —
142.11 U9.4S
17» 111! 1749 Hrfd-ir
II2-I4-S7S9 I1MI-S2S9
in —
Hill IUI0 •1I-S9-S2S9
1UM
1
117.0 US) UU SJ41
SJS -
ISIM isass
151 21 112-14-StSt
LIB Ul? ms
tu —
1UI?
?11
I1I.U un un u» I12I4WTI -
- IIISM)1S -
Model "RKH-10"
tod t»t)SaSa ftit to tuftd OS.
rutto
605
PACKERS
MODEL "FGD" CHOKE (Top strict flow in a tubing string for various
NoGo) Product No. 807-73 operations.
These chokes are equipped with flow
MODEL "RRD" CHOKE (Bottom
beans which are available with orifice
NoGo) Product No. 807-78
sizes 4/64 thru 28/64 in 64ths (except for
Baker Wi rel i ne Retrievable Chokes when choke sizes 1.18 and 1.25 with 15/64
landed in Baker Seating Nipples re maximum).
Tkjbtiw Sill Mil [ID Titan To Pull

00 But Sin In. ■C-1' Rtmalnt •N-r Stank •K-l' Prate
In.
cctn Tool Prod. No. PtOd.Ho. Pulling TMl® Pnrf.Ho.
In.
0.E1 FED RRD no MO 811-06 811-85 812-13
M/IS 1.562 1.615 1.552 4OSB14.40RB2I.4OSB6
52.37 39,67
1.56
41.02 39.42
2-1/16
4OSB3. IUCI5I74 sr JUC1S154
2-1(16®
1.781 1.771
1.78
45.24 1.885 44,9a
2-118 1.812 47.37 1.602 40RBI7.40SB1,
1.81 2-M 2-3,-8
60,33 46.02 45,77 1I1C-TD 15185 or
1.B75 1.928 IK-TD 15169
1.87 -
47.63 48.97 -
2.250 2.302 2.240 40RBI8.40SB2.

2.25
2-7/B 57,15 58,47 56,90 2-7/B JUC-TD15189 or 2-7/8
73,03 2.312 2.365 JDC-TD15171
Model -RRD- Model "FGD" 2.31 - -
58,72 66.93
t nuuuni ud doiiuh tod sptcnwittOQ Erido tot fcocEFu ulft.
® Km OrtHinj SptcHr Pin Tbeit 3»I6N pin to 'SB* ind TIB' Totdt, I/W3N pin tor W tod 'lUC Tools.
MODEL "RLK" EQUALIZING

CHECK VALVE CHOKE WITH the flow of the lowermost zone com
CERAMIC BEAN mingling with one or more upper zones.
Product No. 807-93 An integral, erosion resistant, ceramic or
The Model "RLK" Equalizing Check ifice is sized to control the upward flow
Valve Choke is a Bottom NoGo wireline as desired while downward flow is
retrievable tool which controls upward checked with a ball and seat device.
flow and prevents downward flow. This Pressure can be equalized across the
valve is particularly suitable to control valve by breaking the equalizing plug.
Sell Mil To Ren TOE Mia TO Pull

00 Bon 00 C-l' tenranf 'N-r Slunk •rsuitt *A* Prone •N-r Praia
Silt
In. In. In. Tool Prod. No. Prod. No. Prod. No. Prod. No. Pulling TosE® Pnd.lt>.
811-06 81145 811-71 811-70 812-13
1.7BI 1.771
1.78 4WBI7.40SB1,
2-13 45,24 44.98
2-3/8 1(2118-27/32 IUC-TO 151B5 or 2-1*
60,33
1.812 1.802
1.B1 IK-T0 15169
46.02 45.77
MODEL "LGU" produced thru the Sliding Sleeve. Pro

BY-PASS CHOKE duction from another zone flows thru the
Product No. 807-92 bypass but is prevented from back-
The Model "LGU" ByPass Choke is a Top flowing through the choke and Sliding
NoGo wireline retrievable device de Sleeve by an API ball and seat back check
signed to be run in a Model "L" Sliding valve.
Sleeve ideally suited for commingled
ORDERING EMMFU:
production. The ByPass Choke is
equipped with a ceramic flow choke PRODUCT NO. 807-92
which controls the flow of a zone being SIZE: 1.81 MODEL "LGU" BYPASS CHOKE
1Utitt| Seal Mai. To Run To Pull

00 Bon 00 'N-1* Slunk ■N-r Pratt
Sin
to. In. in. Tin) Prod. No. Prod. No. Polling Tool ® Piodi Ho.
nun CUD 811-06 811-85 812-13
1.781
1.78
45.24 1.865 40RBI7.40SB1.
2-3/8 1.812 47,37 JUC-TD 15185 oi
60.33 46.02
1.81 218 2-1/8
IDC-TD 15169
1.875 1.928
1.87
47.63 48,97
Z25 2.302 40BBI8,40SB2,
2.25
2-7/8 57.15 58.47 2-7,8 1UC-T0 15189 b 2-7/8
73,03 2.31 2.365 IOC-TO 15171
2.31
58.72 66,93
Model "RLK" Model "LGU"
® Sie rcmtinf and ooHinj tool sscetfiGition golde Im repirtd 001
606
15 MCKERS
MODEL "M" MODEL "G" RUNNING TOOL

RUNNING/PULLING TOOL Product No. 811-08
Product No. 811-50 The Model "G" Running Tool is used
The Baker Model "M" Running and to run wireline accessories equipped
Pulling Tool is a jar-down-release de with Model "S" Selective Lock (up
vice used to run and pull wireline facing locks trailing) in selective
equipment equipped with internal Model "F" Seating Nipple.
fishing necks.
Lfcj
SOFT RELEASE RUNNING TOOL MODEL "E"

Product No. 811-40 SELECTIVE RUNNING TOOL
The Baker Soft Release Running Tool Product No. 811-17
is an upstrain, slack-off setting device The Model "E" Selective Running
to be used when it is not desirable to Tool is used to selectively run and
jar to release the wireline equipment land flow control devices with Model
(geophysical instruments). "S" Locks (all locks retracted).
607
PACKERS
MODEL "C-1"
RUNNING TOOL
Product No. 811-06
The Model "C-1" Running
Tool runs Baker Flow Control
devices that have external
fishing neck locks. A thread
protector, which is the same
OD as the tool body, makes
possible selective setting. A
seal bore locating ring
provides Top NoGo setting. A
box-down connection accepts
the "A" or "N-1" Shank.
"C-1" Running Tool

With locating Ring
"N-1" Probe
"A" GUIDE Product
Product No. 811-71 No. 812-13
The Model "A" Guide is basically a TheModel"N-1"
prong carrier. It centers and limits the is used to retrieve
Thread Protector
prong penetration during equalizing "G" and "R"
operations. locks.
"M" Probe
Product
MODEL "A" SHANK
"A" prong is widely used in running No. 812-11
Product No. 811-80
and pulling operations. "B" prong The Model "M" is
The Model "A" Shank is used
runs "R"-type blanking plugs. "C" used to run and
with the "C-1" Running Tool to
prong equalizes "R" blanking plugs. retrieve "E" and
run "S", "W" and "Z" locks "M-1" Probe "F" locks.
(retracted) during running, and
Product
it can also be used as a prong
No. 812-14
carrier when prongs are
The Model "M-1"
required during running
is used to run and
operations.
retrieve "E-1" and
"F-1" locks.
MODEL "MA"
ADJUSTABLE PROBE
Product No. 812-18
"A" Shank The Model "MA"
Adjustable Probe, in
conjunction with
■1
conventional running and
pulling tools, is used to
both run and pull Baker
Flow Control equipment
having a Baker "M-2"
Lock.
MODEL "N-1" SHANK

Product No. 811-85
The Model"N-1" Shank is "A" Prong
used in conjunction with Product No.
811-70
the Model "C-1" Running
Tool to run and land Baker
Flow Control Equipment
having a "G" or "R" lock.
"B" Prong
Product No.
"B" Probe
811-72 "A" Probe Product
Product No. 812-07
No. 812-06 The Model "B" is
Model "MA"
Model "N-1" The Model "A" is used to retrieve
Adjustable
Shank "W" and "Z"
Probe "C" Prong used to retrieve
Product No. 811-73 "S" locks. locks.
608
BAKER
MCKERS FLOW CONTROL SYSTEMS
MODEL "K-2" STRADDLE PACK-OFF

(Product No. 819-52 —Standard Service)
(Product No. 819-57— H2S-CO2 (CR-1MO))
(Product No. 819-59 — H2S)
MODEL "K-3" STRADDLE PACK-OFF

(Product No. 819-55 — Standard Service)
(Product No. 819-56 — H2S-CO2 (9CR-1MO))
(Product No. 819-58 — H2S)
The Baker Models "K-2" and "K-3" Straddle Pack Offs
CO
are wireline retrievable tools that provide communica
tion control between the tubing and the annulus. They
_l can be positioned as desired, under pressure, in a landed
tubing string and are compatible with normal wireline
equipment. Both models perform the same function but
have minor design differences.
The Straddle Pack Off System consists of two separate
pack off units and two Model "B" Tubing Stops.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
VT
• Provides two pack offs, one above and one
below a tubing communication point.
• Hydraulically balanced so pressure from
above aids pack off force.
• May be positioned where desired under
pressure.
• Compatible with normal wireline

equipment.
• Operating pressure to 5,000 psi and tem
peratures of 275°?.
APPLICATIONS
Isolates tubing leaks.
Used to install concentric gas lift
equipment. f
Isolate a zone during treatment.
Blank off a perforated nipple.
MODEL "K" REMOVABLE SEATING NIPPLE

Product No. 819-21
The Baker Flow Control Model "K" Removable Seating
Nipple is a landing receptacle that can be used for seating
and anchoring a pump, testing tubing internally, and
I various other operations of this type. It is run in on wire
line, landed on a Model "B" Tubing Stop, and packed off
by jarring down. The receptacle portion accepts accesso
ries equipped with chevron packing.
Model "K"
Model "K" The Model "K" Locator Seating Assembly, Product No. Pack-Off Model "K"
Straddle
819-23, is used to seat pumps in "K" Removable Seating Equalizing Removable
Pack-Off
Nipples. Check Valve Sealing Nipple
The Model "FB-2" Check Valve (page 600) can also be

used with "K" Removable Seating Nipple.
609

MODEL "K" PACK-OFF described on page 600, but packs off ORDERING EXAMPLE; ® ©
EQUALIZING CHECK VALVE in the tubing ID rather than in a seat PRODUCT NO. 819-55
size: 23(1.845 x 1.50) model •%•■ straddle
Product No. 809-41 ing nipple. It is run in on wireline,
MCK-orr wl8ODurometer Packing Element and
The Model "K" Pack-Off Equalizing landed on a Model "B" Tubing Stop Compute with Bottom Pack-Off Unit, Landing
(see below) and packed off by down Shoe and Upper Pack-Off Unit
Check Valve is a ball-and-seat-type
ward jarring. The valve contains PRODUCT NO. 804-15
valve that permits upward but not SIZE: 23 MODEL "B" TUBING STOP
downward fluid flow in the tubing. an equalizing sleeve to permit
the equalization of pressure before
The valve operates the same way and
retrieving.
has the same applications as those
MODEL "K" STRADDLE PACK-OFF

AND
MODEL "B" TUBING STOP
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tub in t gflftcffic jdoiw T StrxUto Pjct-Ofl "B" Ttttrfnj Stop
Will Sail Hai. To Dm IoPuO Bin. Totm To Pud
00 arm
TUL Bon 00 "6^ Running ■*■ 10 IT Raaolax
Tool Span Tool
Size a Sba PidUoz Tool
to. In. In. In. III. Prod. (a. Pros. Ro. In. Prod Ro.
ptq
mm 611-07 812-17 nisi 111-04
1.427
ISM .14! 11 (1.427 x 1.10)
1316 36.25
19
48.26 3.68 18.51
lill
19 (LS11 x 1.11)
38.38
20(1.490 x 1.11)
1.490
1.000 .165 I.S76 37.35
50.80 4.19 20
40.03
1.117 1.571 .500 40SB6.IDC 19194
20(1.971 x 1.16) 1.16 19
29.97 39.90 12.70 0T40SBS
1.552
M/16 .158 1.655 21 (1.992 x 1.161
39.42
52.37 3.9S 42.08
1.651
21 (1.691 x 1.16) 21
41.94
.336 1.609 1.592
8.5] 48.87
21 (1.592 x 1.19)
39.42
J11 1.845
5.54
23(1.812 x 1.90)
2-M 46.86
1.812
60J3 46.02
23 (1.812 x 1.50)
.190 1.901
4.33 48.29 1.886
21 (1.812 X liO)
47.S9
liOO U12 .716 40SBI0T
210JI2 x IJS) 38.10 1.50 23 23
.440 1.901 46.02 20.22 JDC-TD 15169
1MB 49.23 1.816
21 (UI8 x 1.90)
47.S0
1.612
2-7/1 .405 1.971 21 (1.812 x 1.90)
46.02
73.03 10.29 50.60
1.616
21 (1.835 x 1.50)
47.90
2.218
.217 2.347 28 (2.218 x 1.78)
5S.34
5.51 59.61
1.781 2.142 1.406 40SBlor
2112.342 x 1.78) 1.71 21 28
45.24 59.49 35.71 JtC-TD 15171
ilO 2.315 2.211
13.46 59.80
21 (2.211 x 1.76) 56.34
.263 2.797 2.740
1.34 71.04
19 (2.740 x 2J9)
69.69
Mil
U.S0 2.250 2.740 1.421 40587 01
1912.740 X 2J9) >J9 15 19
JS4 1667 57.15 69.60 36.09 ttC-ro 19181
8.45 72.82 2.862
35 (US x 2.25)
72.69
3.S55I9
4-1/2 J17 1701 3JI 1678 2JI5 40SBI0
45 (3.676 x Ml) Ml 49 49
114.3 5.2 to 101.7 to
B.55 94.01
84.07 93.42 60.33
IDC-To'i5l61
® The size heading has been set-up to indicate the following

Information: 19 0.427 x 1.16)
"I f ~1=- Seal bore diameter & accessory size
1—Gage ring 0D (Max. Tool 00)
1—Tubing size
® For maximum performance order equipment with the largest 0D gage ring permitted by the tubing and tubing mounted equipment
© Three packing elements are available: for temperatures lower than 120°F, order 70 hard elements; 120°F to 170°F, order 80 hard elements; 170*7 and
higher, order 90 hard elements.
610
BACKERS
Model "B"
Tubing Stop
MODEL "K-2" AND "K-3"
LOW PRESSURE PACK-OFF
■ Special
Receptacle PLUG
Utilizing the Upper Pack-Off Assem
bly and the Upper and Lower Tubing
Stops of the "K-2" and "K-3" Strad
dle Pack-Off System (See Page 608),
a low pressure tubing plug capable of
holding pressure from above and be
low can be provided for completion
Upper strings not having Seating Nipples.
Packoff For safe use of this plugging sys
Assembly
tem, careful consideration must be
given to the anticipated pressures,
size and condition of the tubing to be
■ Spacer Pipe plugged. The Baker Packers Engi
neering Department should be con
sulted prior to running the device.
A knock-out type equalizing plug
is provided to equalize pressure prior
to retrieving the tubing plug.
SPACER PIPE SUBASSEMBLY

A useful accessory for the "K-2" and
"K-3" Straddle Pack-Off is the Spacer
Pipe Subassembly. The Spacer Pipe
Subassembly is used to increase the
amount of spacer pipe required be
- Landing tween the Upper and Lower Pack-off
Shoe Assemblies. Consisting of a special
Subassembly
Landing Receptacle, additional
Spacer Pipe, and a Landing Shoe
Subassembly, it can be run under
pressure and stabbed into the top of
-Special an existing Lower Pack-Off Assembly
Receptacle
downhole.
The Running/Pulling Tools are the
same as those used with the Upper
and Lower Pack-Offs.
Care should be taken to insure that
the wireline lubricator is long
enough to accommodate the length
of Spacer Pipe Subassembly to be
added.
Model "B"
Tubing Stop
611
PACKERS
INSTALLATION USING STRADDLE

MODEL "K" PACK-OFF RUNNING
PACK-OFF EQUIPMENT
AND PULLING TOOLS
To isolate a hole in the tubing, first run a Model "B"
The tools described below are used to run and pull the Tubing Stop on a Model "B" Running Tool to the desired
Pack-Off Equipment described on page 608. location. Next run the Lower Pack-Off Unit on a Model
"D" Running Tool. Jarring down against the Tubing Stop
will set the Pack-Off Unit. Make up the Landing Shoe (to
MODEL "D" RUNNING TOOL seal into the Lower Pack-Off Unit), the line pipe (to space
Product No. 811-07 out the Pack-Off Unit across the hole) and the Upper
The Model "D" Running Tool is used to run Model "K" Pack-Off Unit, and run in with the Model "D" Running
Removable Seating Nipples and Straddle Packoffs. Tool. Jar down against the Lower Pack-Off Unit and
Tubing Stop to set the Upper Pack-Off Unit. Run and set a
Model "B" Tubing Stop against the Upper Pack-Off Unit
MODEL "B" RUNNING TOOL to prevent any upward movement.
Product No. 811-04
The Model "B" Running Tool is an inertia-triggered de NIPPLE INSERT
vice used for running and setting Baker Flow Control
Product No. 801-90
Model "B" Tubing Stops and is compatible with normal
wireline procedures and equipment. Nipple Inserts are Wireline Retrievable devices that con
vert an existing Seating Nipple to permit landing small
diameter instruments such as pressure bombs.
Nipple Inserts are of particular advantage when a Wire
MODEL "A" SPEAR line Retrievable Safety Valve is installed in the Production
Product No. 812-17 Tubing. The restriction created by the Wireline Safety
The Model "A" Spear is a spring-loaded, internal, slip- Valve limits the size of the instrument that can be run
type tool used to retrieve Model "K" Removable Seating through it.
Nipples and Model "K" Straddle Packoffs.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Permits running instruments through open Wireline
Safety Valve and landing the assembly in the tubing
string
• Nipple Inserts may be run in place with the Produc
tion Tubing
• Run and retrieved on wireline
• Full Seating Nipple ID when retrieved to permit the
running of large wireline tools
• Instruments are locked firmly in place to permit
flowing surveys
Model "D" Running Tool

MODEL "RZB" INSTRUMENT HANGER
Product No. 803-25
Instrument Hangers are used to lock instruments such
as pressure or temperature bombs in a seating nipple
or nipple insert. The Baker Soft Release Running Tool
is recommended to prevent damage to the instru
ments, due to jarring, however, the Model "C-1"
Running Tool may also be used. Other models avail
able as required.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Safety System remains in full operation during
survey
• Allows removal of the wireline from a corrosive
environment thus preventing damage to the wireline
• Locks the Instrument firmly in place to allow
recording of the reservoir data under flowing
conditions
Model "B" Running Tool Model *A" Spear • Several wells may be surveyed with one wireline
unit
612
BAKER
IS PACKERS FLOW CONTROL SYSTEMS
A DIVISION OF BAKEROILTOOLS. INC.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
BgllbMH
Sin ToM
feftldtta T-rtuiai
Sin ■8'Pntl
Model tKlProi ftt.lb
81247
1258 x 1.435
2-7/8 2.250
1.437
73.02 57,15 40SS2IBOD
2J02 36.50
2JJf x 14)8
98.47
1.900 IUC19174O
1791 s I.S6J 7«o
J-1/J 2.750 69.60 0C1S1S4
15$
1.562
2.75V 39.67
2.75J x 1568
3.121 x mi Tits
3.129 79.12
79J8 40SS2J500
3.I2F x l 1179
4 £0.64
101.60
x 1.111
3J02
8337
13ir x 1.81) 3.403

88.44
TUT T678
3688 1ES x 1.818
93.42
1740
4-1/3 368F x I.S1D
55.00
114.J0
3.818 x 1.818 3602 "RZB" Instrument Hanger
3.812 98.97
96.82
3JIF x 1.818 3.839
97.41
4.00) x 1.811 M9T

4.000 101.39
101.60 40UI7«
400f x 1.8IR 4J090
103.89
40S9I 0
1.812
HJC-TD1SI85
4.121 x 1.811 46.02
4.I2S
127,00 104.78 W-TDI5169
4.12F x 1 4.215
107.K
43iF 4.311 x 1.811 "4367
4.312 109J7
109.52
4.3IF x 1.81)
45SJ
4562 4.58* x MM
115.62
119.87
4.56F x 1.811
9-11
139.70
4.791 4.740
4.758 x 1.818
4.750 120.40
120.65 4DSS45GO0
4.751 x UK 4j|«°
<9Uttwabfn
tatrrtir
TO RUN INSTRUMENT HANGER AND

NIPPLE INSERT:
In running instrument assemblies, the ID of the Retriev
able Safety Valve restricts the size of the instrument and
instrument hanger. The OD of the Model "RZB" Instru •RZB" Instrument Hanger
ment Hanger would thus be smaller than the ID of the
Conventional Model "R" Seating Nipple. The illustration
on the far right shows the Model "RZB" Instrument
Hanger, top, the Nipple Insert, center, and the Model "R" Nipple Insert
Seating Nipple.
The Nipple Insert is installed in the "R" Seating Nipple
and is run in with the production tubing (center
illustration). The "RZB" Instrument Hanger is then run on
wireline and set in the Nipple Insert as shown in the final
illustration.
With the safety valve removed from the tubing
string, the Nipple Insert can be retrieved, leaving the
Seating Nipple with full ID for large wireline tools.
ORDERING EXAMPLE!
PRODUCT NO. 801-90

sat-. 3J1R x 1.81R nipple insert
"RZB" Instrument Hanger Nipple Insert -R"

Installed Unded in "R" Nipple Nipple
613
PACKERS
RUNNING & PULLING TOOL

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Running/Pulling Tools
Tubing Seal
Jar Down Release Jar Up Release
OD Bore
Max OD® Max .00®
Type Type
In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
1.187 30,15
1.660 42,16 40SM4 1.177 29,90 40RB11 1.177 29,90
1.250 31,75
40SB6 1.427 36,25 40RB14 1.427 36,25
1.437 36,50
1.900 48,26
1.500 38,10 JDC15154 1.422 36,12 JUC15174 1.422 36,12
40SB6 1.427 36,25 40RB14 1.427 36,25

1.562 39,67
2-1/16 52,37 40SB8 1.484 37,69 40RB21 1.484 37,69

1.625 41,28
JDC15154 1.422 36,12 JUC15174 1.422 36,12
1.781 45,24
2-3/8 60,33 1.812 46,02 40SB1 1.771 44,98 40RB17 1.770 44,96
1.875 47,63
JDC-TD15169 1.775 45,08 JUC-TD15185 1.775 45,08
2.062 52,37
2-7/8 73,02 2.250 57,15 40SB2 2.240 56,90 40RB18 2.180 55,37
2.312 58,72
JDC-TD15171 2.240 56,90 JUC-TD15189 2.240 56,90
2.562 65,07
3-1/2 88,90 2.750 69,85

2.812 71,42 40SB9 2.734 69,44 40RB19 2.740 69,60
3.125 79,38
JDC-TD15181 2.740 69,60 JUC-TD15191 2.740 69,60
4 101,60 3.250 82,55
3.312 84,12
3.688 93,68
4-1/2 114,30
3.750 95,25
3.812 96,82
4.000 101,60
5 127,00 4.125 104,78
4.312 109,52
4.562 115,87
5-1/2 139,70
4.750 120,65 40SB10 3.670 93,22 40RB20 3.670 93,22
5.250 133,35
6-5/8 168,28 JDC-TD15183 3.678 93,42 JUC-TD15193 3.678 93,42
5.500 139,70
5.750 146,05
7 177,80
5.953 151,21
6.125 155,58
7-5/8 193,68
6.375 161,92
® Running and Pulling Tools should be ordered with these maximum OD's to insure passage thru all seal bores.
614
IS PACKERS FLOW CONTROL SYSTEMS

INTRODUCTION
BAKER "SUR-SET" WIRELINE LOCKING SYSTEM

As the world's steady demand for oil These features include: TOP NO-GO
and oil-based products increases so • Simple and rugged construction. Has a Top No-Go shoulder on the
does the demand for equipment that • Large area pressure-bearing Lock Locking Mandrel to prevent down
is better able to meet the harsh condi ing Dogs for greater pressure capa- ward movement.
tions of tomorrow's completions. As bilities both from above and 1. Model "AF"—10,000 psi
in the past, Baker continues its role as below. An innovative concept that working pressure
a leading developer and manufac is designed to eliminate No-Go 2. Model "HF" —15,000 psi
turer of innovative and quality prod swaging. working pressure
ucts for the petroleum industry. For • H?S/CO2-resistant service at 300°F 3. Model "VF" — Over 15,000 psi
several years, Baker has manufac with standard seals. working pressure
tured a line of Flow Control products • Positive locking mechanism that
equalled by few of its competitors.- prevents vibration effects from un BOTTOM NO-GO
Now, we have gone one step further. seating the Locks. Has a Bottom No-Go shoulder on the
With this catalog, we wish to intro • A larger flow area through the Locking Mandrel to prevent down
duce a new Flow Control Line Lock's internal Fishing Neck. ward movement.
equalled by none. • A positive locking indicator in the 1. Model "AR" —10,000 psi
At the heart of this new Flow Con running tool to confirm that the working pressure
trol line is a unique locking system "Sur-Set" Lock is set as designed. 2. Model "HR" —15,000 psi
made to meet the most severe condi • A smooth bore inside the Lock that working pressure
tions known — from the most corro inhibits corrosion or sticking by 3. Model "VR" — Over 15,000 psi
sive of well fluids to ultra-high foreign elements. working pressure
pressures. This unique locking sys • A locking mechanism that is lo
To provide a means of positioning the
tem is called the Baker "Sur-Set" cated above the sealing elements
"Sur-Set" Locks in the tubing string,
Lock. As the name implies, the "Sur- thereby eliminating the need for
nine new Seating Nipples have been
Set" Lock is designed so that it may O-Rings.
designed to accept them. Like the
only be located and set in a proper • The use of running and pulling
Locks, the Seating Nipples are made
nipple profile or the Lock will be tools that are compatible with
for a variety of working pressures
brought to the surface with the wire normal wireline equipment and
from 10,000 psi to over 15,000 psi
line tool string. Additional assurance procedures.
and are either Selective, Top No-Go,
that the Lock is firmly set is a tell-tale Baker "Sur-Set" Locks are available or Bottom No-Go. For simplicity in
shear pin in the running tool that is in three basic versions depending on selecting the correct combinations of
sheared if and only if the Lock has the type receptacles they are to be Locks and Seating Nipples, the Seat
been completely set. locked into and its service pressure. ing Nipples bear the same letter des
The "Sur-Set" Lock is vibration- ignation as their compatible Locks.
SELECTIVE
proof. Repeated testing has shown
Offers the option of locating and Along with the Baker "Sur-Set"
that the unique locking mechanism Wireline Locking System comes
locking the Locks in any previously
designed for the "Sur-Set" Lock the development of many new
installed compatible nipples.
makes it incapable of being un stronger and more corrosion-
seated. 1. Model "A" —10,000 psi
working pressure resistant Flow Control products, as
Through sound engineering de well as improvement in a host of ex
sign, the new "Sur-Set" Locks have 2. Model "H" —15,000 psi
working pressure isting products.
several features that set them apart
from any other lock on the market. 3. Model "V" — Over 15,000 psi
working pressure
615
BAKER
PACKERS
TYPES
"A", "H", "V"
MODELS
Seating
"A", "H", "V"
Nipples
Locks
LOCATOR
SELECTIVE
BASE
MODELS
"AF", "HF", "VF"
TYPES
"AF", "HF", "VF"
$ Locks
Seating
Nipples
NO-GO
TOP NO-GO
BASE
MODELS
"AR", "HR", "VR"
TYPES Locks
"AR", "HR", "VR"
Seating
Nipples
NO-GO
I
BOTTOM NO-GO
BASE
616
n PACKERS FLOW CONTROL SYSTEMS

SELECTIVE SEATING NIPPLES

9CR-1MO Steel (18-22RC)
Product No. 801-77, Type "A"
10,000 psi Max. W.P.
Product No. 801-79, Type "H"
Product No. 801-81, Type "V"
Over 15,000 psi W.P.
The Baker Selective Seating Nipples have been de
signed to allow the operator complete flexibility in
determining the location of flow control devices. As
many Selective Nipples of a single seal bore may be
run in a tubing string. The operator may then choose
any one of the nipples to position his flow control
devices using the appropriate Baker Lock.
The Selective Seating Nipples will accept those
Selective-type Locks which carry the same letter desig
nations as the Seating Nipple, either Model "A", "H",
or "V", depending upon the required pressure rating.
Selective Seating Nipples, sizes 3-1/2" O.D. and
smaller, will also accept TOP NO-CO Locks in the
appropriate size.
The location and number of Bottom No-Go Seating
Nipples should be carefully considered in the comple
tion planning stages to allow maximum versatility in
the positioning of various flow control accessories.
These Nipples are manufactured per NACE specifi
cation MR-01-75 (1980 Revision).
APPLICATIONS
Selective Type Seating Nipples may be used for the
following operations:
• Land Blanking Plugs to shut in well or to test the
production tubing.
• Land Velocity Type Safety Valves. (SSCSV)
• Land Equalizing Check Valves.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE • Land Circulating Blanking Plugs.
FOR • Land Chokes to reduce surface flow pressures or to
"A", "H" & "V" SELECTIVE NIPPLES have pressure drops downhole to prevent surface
KlFSti iiatatim
freezing in gas production.
a 10 Unit Sen tot ifca. to
b.
eo
WlilU
ISA
ta.
en
la.
CO
la
era
• Land instrument hangers with geophysical devices
iia
Ml
in \1U 1.153 such as pressure and temperature recorders.
• When installed above Blast Joints .with a Model "A"
40.M Dm HU IDS
ua nil Mil I.S3
Ml
■Ul% ton
ltd
US3
mi
11.19
1115
Polished Nipple below the Blast Joints, separation
uo
S9.il 41.21 41i2
sleeves may be installed to repair eroded Blast
mi IMS 1)11
JUS 49.23 41.11 4S.21 Joints.
S3.)) III? 1.2)1 1.110
s« 41.12
1.101
IS 9)
UK
41.41
1.SC3
FEATURES/BENEFITS
ID Oepenjing on
4US
I.MI
40 It
1441
11.10
Mil Tubing Size,
• Can be ordered for working pressures in excess of
•« (2.03 Sill SITS
Weight and 15,000 psi.
J«l 2721 MM
sin Sill SS.S1
Pressure Rating. • Manufactured from 9CR-1MO steel (18-22 RC
mis uu MIS 2.125
nil us
SUI S4.H Sill "A" 10.000 psi Max.) for H2S — Recommended CO2 Service.
III) Mil !.C3 -r 15.000 psi
IS) SS.IS 5)11 saw • Has honed sealing bores for maximum sealing
T+15.000 psi
II a
2 as
SMS
11)2
S9.C9
MIS
41.12 performance.
Mil 1JI7
Mil
I1.4S
• Any number of Selective Nipples with the same seal
MO is.n 12.81 MM
IMS
bore can be run in the tubing string.
MM 2 ISO 2I2S 2.SI2
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
IMO
U.S3 II.IS (ill SS.B)
M4I 2421 Ml) PRODUCT NO. 801-77
ISM
Mil 11.54 SJ)S
SIZE: 1.87 type "A" seating nippu u>/2-3/#* O.D. EU8IW Box x Pin
tut Mil MM
UBS
ill) UO SSS1 for4.7lbs.lft. X-80 Tubing.
617
RAKER
A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. IMC.
TOP NO-GO SEATING NIPPLES

9CR-1MO STEEL (18-22 RC MAX.)
Product No. 801-85, Type "AF"
Product No. 801-84, Type "HF"
Product No. 801-83, Type "VF"
Above 15,000 psi W.P.
The Baker Top No-Go Seating Nipple provides for the
location of various wireline flow control devices in the
production string. The Nipple's No-Co Shoulder is used
to help locate and set the "Sur-Set" Lock, but, it is un
loaded once the setting operation is completed.
The Top No-Co Seating Nipple is designed to accept
only those Top No-Go type locks which carry the same
letter designations as the Seating Nipple, either Model
"AF", "HF", or "VF", depending upon the required pres
sure rating.
The location and number of Top No-Go Seating Nip
ples should be carefully considered in the completion
planning stages to allow maximum versatility in the posi
tioning of various flow control accessories.
These Nipples are manufactured per NACE specifica
tion MR-01-75 (1980 Revision).
APPLICATIONS
Top No-Go Seating Nipples may be used for the following
operations:
• Land Blanking Plugs to shut in the well or to test the
production tubing.
SPECIFICATION 6UIDE
• Land Velocity Type Safety Valves (SSCSV). MODELS "AT. "IF & "VP TOP NO-GO HIPPIES
• Land Circulating Blanking Plugs. £diKi£drti
Sullen
• Land Chokes to reduce surface flowing pressures or to oo
u.
Wcifbt
10
In.
Unit
In.
Htl.0
Icpto-So
HU.0D Iran oa
BA In.
have pressure drops downhole to prevent surface ran mm mm la
nsi
en
freezing in gas production. 11X9

1411
J9.29
Mil
11.11
111)
14.11 -
1211
• When installed above Blast Joints with a Model "A" 4.039
II10
1.411
II.OT
MM
il.ll 92.SS -
Polished Nipple below the Blast Joints, separation 101.81

11.40
1.140
Mil
MIS
site
1.12S
J9.1I
1.109
11.21
sleeves may be installed to repair eroded Blast Joints. 1I.S0

1141
ins
1.0IS
mm
Mil
J1.4!
2.US
J2.JJ
• Land instrument hangers with geophysical devices 11.(0

4C33
I01.SO
tin
11.42
M10
!9.2S
1.111
such as pressure and temperature recorders. SSI!
-
4 SO Mil 1131
12.1!
114.3] IC3.11 SMS 1.IS1 1I9S
U.2S 93.54
FEATURES/BENEFITS 1U3
tin 1.IIS MSI 1.140
SI Si 35.JJ I1.IJ 94.91
• Can be ordered for working pressures in excess of tin 141?

IIM
iffi 11.44 IIJS - Depending on
Tutting Size.
15,000 psi. U8
10J.IS -
Weight and
4.4U 419]
• Manufactured from 9CR - 1MO (18-22 RC Max.) for 110
111!! ltl.ll
tCSt!
Pressure Rating.
4121
H2S — Recommended CO2 Service. mil
—
"Hr-UMMOpsi
UJt 4UI -Kr -15,000 psi
• Has honed sealing bores for maximum sealing SC3
110
IC3.I1 11141
403
4.093
"VF--+ 15.000 psi
III.O nil:
performance. 4 III 4nt
Ml 101.!* 192.11
Mil 1.IJ9
ORDERING EXAMPIE: mi SJil
4044 111!
1)1
U2.JI N.S4 ita lias
PRODUCT NO. 801-85 •us S3.U
SIZE: 3.81 TYPE "AF" SEATINC NIPPLE w/4-112" O.D. VAM AC BOX X PIN fOR 11J
41« 4 ill 4^29
US?) 1IJSS 4 IIS I1t42
11.6 Ibs.lfl. N-flO TUBING. !29iS
4IH 4.191
11.0 114.11 111 £3 4 Si! 4K3
4 Til 4111 I15.lt 111.11
no 121.11 11t.1l
iJE)
131 TO 41 JO 4141
no mil 1IS.44
4.111 tin
41*1 4411 ih.« 111.53
MO 11S.SI 112.14
—
(111
H4
109.90 4-80
lOIil 109.14
618
BOTTOM NO-GO SEATING NIPPLES

9CR-1MO STEEL (18-22 RC MAX.)
Product No. 801-78 Type "AR"
Product No. 801-80, Type "HR"
Product No. 801-82, Type "VR"
Over 15,000 psi W.P.
The Baker Bottom No-Co Seating Nipple provides for the loca
tion of various wireline flow control devices in the production
string. The Nipple's No-Co Shoulder is used to help locate and
set the "Sur-Set" Lock, but, it is unloaded once the setting
operation is completed.
The Bottom No-Go Seating Nipple is designed to accept only
those BOTTOM NO-GO locks and accessories which carry the
same letter designations as the Seating Nipple, either Model
"AR", "HR", or "VR", depending upon the required pressure
rating.
The location and number of Bottom No-Go Seating Nipples
should be carefully considered in the completion planning pressure drops downhole to prevent surface freezing in gas
stages to allow maximum versatility in the position of various production.
flow control accessories.
• Land instrument hangers with geophysical devices such as
These Nipples are manufactured per NACE specification pressure and temperature recorders.
MR-01-75 (1980 Revision).
FEATURES/BENEFITS
APPLICATIONS • Can be ordered for working pressures in excess of 15,000
PSI.
Bottom No-Go Seating Nipples may be used for the following
operations: • Manufactured from 9CR -1 MO steel (18-22 RC Max.) for H2S
• Land Blanking Plugs to shut in the well or to test the produc — Recommended CO2 Service.
tion tubing. • Has honed internal sealing bores for maximum sealing per
• Land Velocity Type Safety Valves (SSCSV). formance.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
• Land Circulating Blanking Plugs. PRODUCT NO. 801 -78
• Prevent loss of wireline work string in some cases. SIZE: 2.81 TYPE "AR" SEATING NIPPLE w/3-1/2" O.D. EU 8 RD BOX
• Land chokes to reduce surface flowing pressures or to have X PIN FOR 9.3 lbs/ft N-80 TUBING
SPECIFICATION GUIDE FOR BOTTOM NO-GO NIPPLES

let Bscntts
IBeait ni— imicm
m Kuitt n Ml UtiUnta.a KSSM
wmu a Oiffl smtcamLO loSu-ta
b.
aytt
ti u. l» Ktl.t9 ■r OJK.
i» ll tt.
itiO
V
es C3 an a. ea r^ b.
itu Ml
UU ITU IK) tin 14TI MSI Ull l»
UH IIM 11U 31 TS 7141 urn
an 1311 H 's
MOO IN 1110 I.SII I.U) IU4 \m ua UH lit!
11U
III- «I1 uso
in? 4100 11CI »S1 1133 an
I.HI IJIS US ista
UO 101K 11*3 UIS nil im
Sill IUI Oil 4171 uu ItU ».ii 1131
in
ijn IJ4S 1111 l.tll 1.140 UIS Mil I.1N
1111 un isn DM IU9
»» 11 <l
fO.1] us Mil 1.111 i.na IMS 4JM Mil
41.41 ISO! IK] 41H ■in
into HIl
Mil tm
in l.TU lid 1400 1.441 Sin. Wish ISJ1 mi
UU
}| !3 n ii uirnuin 1300
11IS MSI UU
1441 U47 Ull itn bun II4J9 10011 11.11 11S0 uss
140 u.iD.ram
am SMI III! |S1} 1111
U-ISjOtttll
1.10 ua ua 2 IB im
n ♦ luxnpu UM 1.TIS SMI lifl Btpcillf
un am SCSI u» HSI till 9)11 1101
OliEittt
nm usi MIS un ins 1M3
I.T14 lilS 1411 1.141
UO tumult
SMI wn Ull sits ^^J4jJ^_ ttu Hfli
MIS Mil in int 4.11S
■dPrewn
■ UO 44a Oil
11.11 UU S313 4I.SI IIS
HI li IS) 11 '?',)) IIH0J
u-iMtota
i?8 un tin Mil
urn 4115 4011
5301 4111 4SII n.tsjBjpi
tin 4.111 10411
110
un 1.IH
sjno iei.ii IDS 4] n*\umai
1141 1010
in Ml MIT 111.(3
at
4.1SI 4m 101.10 li OS
111) llll i.isa ios.se 101U
IMS I1.SS
4U44 Mil tin 1341
uu Z.1SQ MIS tMI MR 1M
11.19 10111 n.S4 3. no tut
tin (MS t«l 1131 till
1313 ttu
Utt
JfS
IU9 Ull ua
•4.11 Mil SIM IM
1^1 ua
m.ss 4.110 4H1
iim W49 2J1S Mil tat 110.13 nut
iiji
.m
S3 SI sin 4111
IM
111X11 UU 4.419
,4,n
t&J) inn him
un
111.19
m
4HS
as 111.44 USS
101X1
ni
us,
4.440
a* 111.11 4JSO nil
101 IS 10*31
619
PACKERS
SELECTIVE "SUR-SET" WIRELINE LOCK

ASSEMBLY
Product No. 835-50, Model "A" 10,000 psi W.P.
Product No. 837-01, Model "H" 15,000 psi W.P.
Product No. 839-01, Mode! "V" over 15,000 psi
W.P.
The Baker Models "A", "H", and "V" Selective Wireline Locks
have been designed to offer the operator a choice of positions in
the tubing string to land and lock flow control devices. The
absence of a landing No-Go on the lock allows it to pass freely
through any Top No-Go or Selective-type Nipple of equal or
larger size. The Selective Lock will locate (utilizing a No-Go
locator ring which is released as the Lock is pulled up through
the selected Nipple) and lock only in the appropriate size
SELECTIVE SEATING NIPPLE, either Model "A", "H", or "V",
depending upon the required pressure rating.
These Locks are manufactured per NACE specification
MR-01-75 (1980 Revision) and are recommended for H2S and/
or COj Service.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• The locking mechanism is located above the sealing ele
ments. This eliminates the necessity of O-rings, etc.
• The large straight-through bore affords maximun production
rates with minimal pressure loss.
• The design of the positive locking mechanism prevents vibra
tion effects from unseating the Lock.
• The Baker Selective Lock, when used with the "A" Running ACCESSORIES:
Tool, is designed to offer a positive means of location in a Model "A" Running Tool, Product No. 811 -55 and a Model
designated nipple, together with an indication that the lock "D" Probe, Product No. 811-56 (See Page 624)
mechanism was correctly shifted.
• Unmatched simplicity of design eliminates complicated and ORDERING EXAMPLE:
expensive running tools. PRODUCT NO. 835-50

• The installation of the Baker Selective Lock is in accordance SIZE: 2.31 MODEL "A" SELECTIVE LOCK FOR H,S — CO, SERVICE.
with accepted wireline running and pulling procedures.
RUNNING AND PULLING TOOLS FOR "A", "H", AND "V" EQUIPMENT
A luIQfUfll 6S PuOlitg D PrBn
ID ID Tnl Tool
4D6S125C0
1.500 1.0S 406S150N
1.710 1.06 totstsooo
1.711 \st 40ESI5CN
1.175 1.31 406SII700
2.000 1J6 406511700
1125 US 406518700
2.111 U6 406S187D0
2.312 Ml 406S23100
2.562 1.11 406S23100
2.750 2.31 406S27500
2.813 2.31 406S27500
3.125 2.62 111-55 4D6S31200 111-56
3.250 2.62 406S3I200
3.313 2.62 40BS3I200
3417 2.62 406S3I200
3.611 3.11 406^6800
3.750 3.12 406536110
3413 3.12 406S3&IM
4JM0 3.12 4O6S3680O
4.125 3.12 40GS366QQ
4.250 3.12 4Q6S36600
4.313 3.12 406S368QQ
4.562 4.W 4CGS45SQ0
4.750 4.00 40GS4S600
4.113 4.00 40GS45600
1250 4.00
620

TOP NO-GO "SUR-SET" NO-GO style Locks. These Locks

WIRELINE LOCK ASSEMBLY have a No-Go Shoulder either on the
Packing Mandrel or, in cases where
MODEL "AF" packing is not required, it is located
Product No. 836-02 — on the Flow Control accessory. These
10,000 PSI W.P. Locks will land and lock flow control
devices only in the Models "AR",
MODEL "HP' "HR", or "VR" BOTTOM NO-GO
Product No. 838-02— SEATING NIPPLES. Lock selection-,
15,000 PSI W.P. should be compatible with the size
and model designation (based on de
MODEL "VF" signed pressure rating) of the selected
Product No. 839-03—
Seating Nipple.
Over 15,000 PSI W.P.
The Baker Model "AF", "HF", and FEATURES/BENEFITS:

"VF" Lock Assemblies are TOP NO- • Simple and rugged construction.
GO style locks. With a No-Go Shoul • Large pressure bearing locking
der located just below the locking dogs eliminating No-Go shoulder
dogs, these Locks will land and lock swaging.
flow control devices in the Models • The locking mechanism is lo
"AF", "HF", and "VF" TOP NO-GO cated above the seating elements,
SEATING NIPPLES. In addition, on therefore no O-Rings are re Model "AF'Lock
all sizes 3-1/2" O.D. and smaller, the quired.
"AF", "HF", and "VF" Locks can be • The smooth bore through the
landed in the appropriate size SELEC Lock does not subject the operat
TIVE SEATING NIPPLE. Lock selec ing mechanism to corrosion or
tion should be compatible with the sticking by foreign materials.
size and model designation (based • The Running Tool gives a positive
on designed pressure rating) of the indication that the Lock is set in
selected Seating Nipple. the nipple and that the locking
operation is complete.
BOTTOM NO-GO • All Locks are good for H2S/CO,
'SUR-SET" WIRELINE LOCK service at 300°F with standard
ASSEMBLY seals.
• The Lock and Running Tool are
MODEL "AR" compatible with normal wireline
Product No. 836-01 — equipment and procedures.
10,000 PSI W.P.
MODEL "HR" ACCESSORIES
Product No. 838-01 — Model "A" Running Tool, Product
15,000 PSI W.P. No. 811-55 and Model "D" Probe
Extension, Product No. 811-56 (see
MODEL "VR" Page 624).
Product No. 839-02—
Over 15,000 PSI W.P. ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 836-02
The Baker Model "AR", "HR", and
SIZE: 2.75 MODEL "AF" TOP NO-GO LOCK
"VR" Lock Assemblies are BOTTOM for HJICO* Service
Model "AR" Lock

621
A DIVISION OF BAKEH OIL TOOLS. INC.
MODEL "M" SINGLE-TRIP BY-PASS

BLANKING PLUG
Prod. No. Model Type Plug W.P.
835-30 "AM" Selective 10,000 psi
837-31 "HM" Selective 15,000 psi

839-30 "VM" Selective + 15,000 psi
836-10 "AFM" Top No-Go 10,000 psi
838-10 "HFM" Top No-Co 15,000 psi
839-10 "VFM" Top No-Go +15,000 psi
836-30 "ARM" Bottom No-Go 10,000 psi
838-30 "HRM" Bottom No-Go 15,000 psi
839-32 "VRM" Bottom No-Go + 15,000 psi
The Model "M" Single-Trip By-Pass Blanking Plug is a

positive blank-off device designed to seal off pressure
from above and below. It may be used with either the
SELECTIVE, TOP NO-GO, or BOTTOM NO-GO type
Locks and is available in a wide range of pressure
i
ratings.
While running in, the inner Mandrel is held in a
downward position, thus, allowing fluid by-pass until
the Plug is locked into the Seating Nipple. The ports in
the Plug are closed off only after the Lock is landed and
completely set in the proper Seating Nipple. WLJ
The Plug is equalized by jarring down lightly on the Model "AM" Model "AFM" Model "ARM"
Blanking Plug Blanking Plug Blanking Plug
inner Mandrel, using an 'A'-Guide and equalizing
Prod. No. 835-30 Prod. No. 836-10 Prod. No. 836-30
prong, and opening its by-pass ports. After pressures
have been equalized through the by-pass ports, the ACCESSORIES:
Plug may be retrieved with a GS running and pulling Model "A" Running Tool, Product No. 811-55
tool. Model "D" Probe Extension, Product No. 811-56
ORDERING EXAMPLE: Model "MH" Positioning Tool, Product No. 812-54
PRODUCT NO. 836-10 Model "A" Guide, Product No. 811-71
SIZE: 2.75 MODEL "AFM" SINGLE-TRIP BY-PASS BLANKING PIUC.
Equalizing Prong, Product No. 811-88
SPECIFICATION GUIDE FOR SELECTIVE, TOP NO-GO AND BOTTOM NO-GO BLANKING PLUGS WITH "M" PLUG BOTTOMS
Pbfl P'lTl flllflmi
Ptat Ontnstoni
09 10 dm Sol lot Ha. ID Ilfl>EoPb| 00 ID Onn
tottnla-toPbi Sialliral9a.II
Ts» fa-Co Rat IslttafaôRit
StfcctniftiiCO KB. CD Ku.09 Hu.00
h. WttfM u. i& Km. 00
to. WltfU In. to. In
asa IMl. KB cia b. [«. lA. la
mm uun. mm e.n
la.
mo
1.H9 I.3U 1.211 1.250 1215

4J.84 2-U mm M70
1S.0S 12.SS HIS
-
1135 10I.S0 91.42 3.111 91.29
IjS£0 1.110 1.511 1.5G0 1.415 ssss
41.16 2.7i
49.19 39.50 31.10
—
37 71 1.1SI 11)3
-
1JS5 12.15
lit
1.101 1475 1.110 4.5H 103.5) 91.35 3.750
S9.87 43.21
1.105 1.735
41.5? -
47.24 114.30 95JJ ssw 94.1S
i.9n IJ4S 1.701 ins lit! 1921
5.31 3195 MM 3.740 3.171
MIS 49.25 45.18 4S.23 <(.£0 11.11 1U0
99.55 9S.39 91.(1 94.99 9J.I9
St.3) Mf> 1.771
MS I.Jtl IKS 1.IS5 1.124 1.171
41.41 11.3! 11.90 1.431 3422
43.41 44.13 41.05 94.SI 91.44 31.29
t
1113 IIS) 1.550 IMS 1415

i.ra 41 IS 4Hi
40.1S 11.10 4151 3171 4.401 Alt! 101.95 -
101.55
110
141
2.441 2.347 2.311 2.2n I1I.9S itB.I!
—»■
6i.:o SS.SI SI.IS SJ.3S
4125 105.SS 4.110
m» un Mil 2.221 2.171 104.11
T.M 104.39
S1E9 SS.5I SS.SI SI.51 SS.19 -
4271 4.1SI
un uu 2.115 11.0
Ml 1.1» 2.IM 2.110 10!.SI 105.41
13.01 Sl.11 S4.H 40S3
51.97 UU 51.59 un 4.KJ 193.13 1.SIS
MIS Mil 2C33 2M0 1J45 121.93 101 .SO
ISO 191.21
55.75 51.11 S9.19 SJ.1J 50.41 -
4151 4J1I
2415 I.S72 20.1
11.00 1.179 MSt 1.110 105 .SS 102.39
57.45 S9.99 41 SI 4353 4124
1.111 3.170 3.7H
2413 JltS 2 IB SE.1S S9.29 9S.4S
1.112 Mil 1I.4S M.I7 71.91 4.044 Mil
1U 2)1
15.99 12.12 MSO 210S 102.11 99.54
2155 1150 MM IDS
89.15 7IJ4 (S.)l 9S.2S 3SS4 94.13
um MSO 2.I2S 1SK 2.115 2 541
11.70 15.5
4.150 4.H5 4120
U.J3 (US 18.(1 SS.07 (1.12 S4.S9 125.73 122.55 4.150 112.42 4.135
tut 2.423 2.311 tin 2JU 110 61
ISM 170.21
H.II BI.S4 51.15 (9.10 59.15 -
2.440 MIS 2.110 4412 4.717
IMS im 2.171 11.0
5191 sun SSS1 124.25 121.01
5S5I SS 19
3.471 Mil IJlll 4512 4 US 4541
lUJ _T
im
tt.» IS.1I 14.15 33.15 4.771 4.151 115.11 111.11 115.49
29l0
S.S50 121.3S 111.11
nn ).<n uu uso, im
11.91 »!.«)
—A 13110 4.170 4S4S
4JU 123i 12.K 230
101.10 11J61 H5.44
iko UI5 im. 3JC0 <m
n.« 1111
54.11 11.it 11.17 11.21 11.59 4.541 4.421 4.312 11 ISO 4.217
21.0
115.51 112.34 1G9.S2 109.14
II-SO
1.141 1115 2.011 1.115 im
13.15 15 U 71.45 72.71 1I.CS
4.441 1.115
-
21.4
£Stm tx Tip Tta-fe itot b) tiraa ca bt b Unt» iln tetta|-istti«l 112.11 199.(0 4.254 4J05 4.215
101.95 10934
622

MODEL "H" BY-PASS BLANKING PLUG WITH

REMOVABLE MANDREL
Prod. No. Model Type Plug W.P.
835-31 "AH" Selective 10,000 psi
837-30 "HH" Selective 15,000 psi

839-31 "VH" Selective +15,000 psi
836-20 "AFH" Top No-Co 10,000 psi
838-20 "HFH" Top No-Co 15,000 psi
839-20 "VFH" Top No-Co +15,000 psi
836-31 "ARH" Bottom No-Co 10,000 psi
838-31 "HRH" Bottom No-Co 15,000 psi
839-33 "VRH" Bottom No-Co +15,000 psi
The Model "H" By-Pass Blanking Plug With Remov

able Mandrel is a positive blank-off device designed to
seal off pressure from above and below. These Plugs
are for use in wells where sand or sediment might be
encountered. The Plugs have a removable Mandrel
which protrudes from the Fishing Neck of the Lock so
that a sand bailer can expose it for retrieval.
The Model "H" Plug may be used with either the
SELECTIVE, TOP NO-GO, or BOTTOM NO-GO type
Locks and is available in a wide range of pressure
settings. Mode\"ARH"
Model "AH" Model "AFH"
The Plug, with the selected Lock attached, is run in Prod. No. 835-31 Prod. No. 836-20 Prod. No. 836-31
and set without the removable Mandrel in place, thus,
ports to pressure. The Plug itself is then pulled using
providing a large fluid by-pass area and allowing fast
conventional running and pulling tools.
run-in time. The Mandrel is then run in and landed
inside the Plug, blanking-off the by-pass ports. ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 836-20
Equalization is accomplished by pulling the remov
SIZE: 2.81 MODEL "AFH" BY-PASS BLANKING PLUG WITH REMOVABLE
able Mandrel from the Plug and opening the by-pass MANDREL.
SPECIFICATION 6UIDE FOR SELECTIVE, TOP NO-GO AND BOTTOM NO-60 PLUGS WITH "H' PLUG BOTTOM
TyiHfft OintfKrCfli
Dlttl SuHsnttUD 01 ID 0li« Sollcrt ILa. 10 Icp«o-8oP1i.t Icttraltj-SoPfcj
CD 10 7«J«O-«oPteI Bettca R«-C4 Ptai
Hu.00 Kji.00 On. CO (III. 00
ll. Wctftct In to. III. la. In. Is.
to. la
ibX oa r.a
In. Ii. In.
Rn
(SB aX nn
nn na
CSC1
1.235 4ttl 3.115 1J10

1JM 1.110 un 1.250 11.19 91.29
40 M Ml 3505 32.SS 31.75 -
11 .IS 191.(9 99.42 U13 1.111
SS.S5 95.45
ujj 1.110 IS1S 1.SE3 1.49S
48 2S
2.11 48 Si 31.50 35.10 - 31.11 1.ISI 1833
-
12.15 199.51 97.35 3.759

4H
ins
so.si
1131
41.21 li'!! -
1.tlQ
41.24 ffio isis
1.711 3.120 3.US mi 3.140 1.173
1.945 mi 1.135 1110
S.M 4S.S0 4495 S9.:s SS.19 93.(1 94.99 JW9
49.1S 4S.ti 45.21
MIS
1422
tig
S9.ll I.SSS 3.724 un
1.111
88
III) 1.110 11.13 - •SSI
MS 41.43 41.05 94 59 91.44
41.42 45.01
7.1D
1.113
432$
110!
40 IS
lit)
31.19
1-5SS
10.51
1415
37.11 4.4UI 4.211
4.no
101.95 -
,Vi?i
ISO 111.!! 1C1.11
2.441 2J41 Ml) 2.291
MO 51.75 -
SS.3S 4.I2S 4.110
S2.C3 59.(1
IS4.11 104.39
IJ21 M» Mil 2.225 2.171
1.19 S9.E3 SS.SI SS.S1 ■5.51 55.19 4.21« 4.1S1
-
113
2.110 101.(1 105.41
MIS MSI MIS 2.125 1.110
i.n 54.99 51.91 54.SS S3 Si S.CS9 4.0CD 1115
73.02 57.31
127.03 1OI.SH 101.21
MIS 2.101 MCt 2.010 I.HS
-
I.H SS.7! SMS 59.10 S2.S3 59.41 4.151 4.031
101 I95.S5 102.11
Ml! 111! ins 1.959 1.9(0
lira
us Is'!?
SI4S so.es 41.S2 49.53 47.24 1.111
SS.S5
Mil 2.S(S 2.791
IMS 12.17 11.0! 4.044 3.911
HI! Ml! 21-S 192.11 99.54
ill
15.99 I!.!! 2.150
S9.9S
M05
11.24 83 \® w US
4.SS0 4 US 4.(19
88
S.SM 2.150 2.I2S lit! 2.(15 155
12.79 (6.42 125.13 122.55 112.42
si.so S9.8S 55.S) 65.91 4.150
120.SS
2.541 1.42S 2.113 2.110 2.2U
ISM -
(4.11 (1.54 SS.15 80.10 51.11
4.192 4.1(1
2.221 2.111 IIS 124.25 121 S3
1.441 U1S MM
17.05 5310 SS.S7 S8.5I 55.19
6191 4541
m
4.(50
MSI 111.11 115.49
88*
1.411 3.1SI —t, 4.119 4.IS1
lid «S.!J SS.11 (3.75 20.0
S.S90
121.!S I1S.1S
MIS
88*
1.421 3.391 — i 119.10 4.119 4.S45
II.U JJ.8! S3.SI 92.1 E 21.0 111.(1 115.44
4.693 l.»0
101.50 1.110 111.59
fill*
3.2E0
11.49
J.340
n.a
MIS
ai.ee 9I.2S 71.99 21.0
4.423
112.14 us, JSiR.
IMS 2.1H
11.59
3.141
1915
3.01S
15 58 ?fli 12.11 7103
4.449 4.31S
-
2(4
SSnt tton 241 ml ton <n M nbctin. 112.11 109 SO 4.305
mm to T»» »>-fe rtcn td jbora en U hi tutu tin tBn-iwtiJl 199.34
623
BAKER
PACKERS
MODEL "HFT-1" HIGH-PRESSURE CHECK

VALVE
Product No. 809-43 (Top No-Go)
MODEL "HRT-1" HIGH-PRESSURE CHECK
VALVE
Product No. 809-44 (Bottom No-Go)
The Models "HFT" and "HRT" High-Pressure Check
Valves are designed to prevent downward flow while,
allowing upward flow. They are both constructed to
hold 15,000 psi from above. The "HFT-1" will land
and lock in an "A", "AF", "H" or "HF" Seating Nip
ple. The "HRT" will land and lock in an "AR" or "HR"
Seating Nipple. Check valves for "V", "VF" and "VR"
Nipples will be designed as per application. They can
be installed in the Seating Nipple at the surface, prior
to running, or by using normal wireline methods in
existing completion strings.
Once the Check Valves have been completely landed
and locked in the Seating Nipple, all of the applied
pressure from above is carried by the Locking Dogs
and not the No-Co Shoulder, thus, preventing No-Go
swaging.
Equalization of either type Check Valve, occurs during
the pulling operation. Upward jarring on the Fishing
Neck, using a standard pulling tool, shears the pin in
the equalizing sub allowing the outer housing to move
upward to uncover the equalizing port.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 809-43
SIZE: 2.75 MODEL "HFT-1" HIGH-PRESSURE CHECK VALVE (TOP NO-CO). Model "HFT-r Model "HRT-1'
SPECIFICATION GUIDE FOR "HFT-1" & "HRT-1" CHECK VALVES

Ttfttint PnfftmiOBS Ctwck Vifrf DioKQSisns CbKk Vlln (klEHSISBS
•HI-I- ■MM- ■nn-r ■HUM"
Stti tat tin StilBueSiM
00 ID Dim tcpM-CoPtai lottos la-Co Kai OD 19 Cnft
♦ Plot Sue
lea Mo-Go Plin Bcttsa Mo-Ca Plat
Wti|M -f-PiEf Size Wti|M
In. 19. 11 da. CD KllOD la. Is. la. Ull.OD Mil 00
ll.1t. tl. Ib.tt. la.
ieri na IM1 la. la. mil QC1 In. la.
net turn
mm mm
\m U99 1.2SS 1.159 U1S 4.0E3 3.915 MID

2.1) - 11.(0
in 84 17 Rfi 11 ]« 10113 9942 Ml) !S29 17JI
1.1CJ Mil i.sto 1.49S 36.85 38.46
2.11 - -
<I26_ ')«! 31 SO 3810 1111 1.IS9 1.933
HIS
l.HS 1J01 tin 1.199 4.U) 1C0.S1 97.35 31S3 3tO5 1.1)5
4 60 -
59,61 4S.2S 47,62 4724 IK JO 9525 5664 94 86
1JH 1.145 1.711 1.635 I.16S J.SiO 1795 MM 1.140 MI)
S.30 13.50
MIS 41.25 4516 4523 46.60 4415 99 56 S6J9 9367 9499 9329
(0.31 MS? 1.173 1.110 1.7S5 1.695 J.1I4 1679 3.4)7 3.422
MS 19.90 -
47.42 45.03 4143 44,81 41.05 Mia 4144 8729 ■S9I
1.101 1109 ISCO 1555 14)5 4J5J 4J15

MO -
4)25 1086 3810 4051 37 71 4.40 4.291 101,95 10156
19.0
2.441 2441 2313 2.299 HISS 103.18 4.2C1
1.49 -
SI.C3 59.61 5875 5316 4.125 106 63 4.110
:.3J3 2.221 2.119 I.22S 2111 104.77 194.39
1.99 -
59,00 56.61 55,57 5S51 55.19 4.216 4.1SI
19.0
MIS list 11(5 1.125 ME9 2.110 IE1.E1 105.41 4.090
I.M
13.0! 51.11 54.93 5397 54 «6 5159 4.1S0 1031) JUS
i.B3
2.115 Mil 2.010 1.099 IMS w.a 101.60 101.21
LSI
55.75 51.16 59.80 52 81 5041 4.158 4.0)1
-
29J
2.H5 1.1)1 1.875 1.919 1.9(9 13518 102.18
ll.tO
52 45 50 SS "is? 49 51 4774 3.91) 3.910 1.119
2.811 1.165 1.791 95 55 98.29 S6.46
2.192 2.U7 11.45 12 77 71CS 391!
119 11.1
75.9! 72.12 2.150 1.195 2.735 102.11 99.54 1.1S0 MOS ins
6985 71,24 69.46 <5?5 41**4 Mm
uo 2.750 M!S 2JS2 161! 2.941 4.U9 4825 4920
12.>0 155
18.99 S985 66,67 6501 63,42 6469 125 73 122 55 4.150 11242 4.735
2.548 2.411 2.311 2.190 2.291 120.65 120.26
IS SO -
S4.71 61.54 5! IS 60.10 SHE 4.992 4.1S1
17.0
1115
2.440 2.115 2.119 2.2J5 2.119 124.15 121.08
6197 5810 5551 SS5I 5519 4.562 4.6S0 4.541
3.411 3 351 Mil 1211 4.779 4 653 115.81 118.11 11513
11X3 - 20.0
1119 15.11 8415 1176 S.S93 12136 118.18
3421 11)1 3-M0 MIS 139.70 4 6!0 4.545
11.19 - 21.0
4.JEJ 17.07 11.89 8255 12.16 1I8SI 11544 4.199
101.SD 3340 3.21S 1.125 MC3 3.110 4.541 4.423 4.312 111.59 4311
11.49 26.0
9491 11.66 1937 81.28 18.99 11551 112,34 109.52 109.14
3.140 1.015 2.11! 2.955 2.111
19.50
7975 1658 1145 7277 11 06 4.410 4JI5
-
29.4
112.17 199.60 4.»9 4.195 423!
]][ Jj 10)14
624
PACKERS
MODEL "MH" POSITIONING EQUALIZING PRONG FOR

TOOL MODEL "M" SINGLE-TRIP
Product No. 812-54 BY-PASS BLANKING PLUG
The Model "MH" Positioning Tool is Product No. 811-88
used, along with the Model "A" Run The Equalizing Prong is used in con
ning Tool and Probe Extension, to junction with the Model "A" Guide
move the inner Mandrel of the Model to shift the inner Mandrel of the
"M" Single-Trip By-Pass Blanking Model "M" Single-Trip By-Pass
Plug to the closed position after the Blanking Plug to the open position
Locks have been set. for pressure equalization.
MODEL "A" RUNNING TOOL

Product No. 811-55
The Model "A" Running Tool is de
signed to be used with "Sur-Set"
Locks when the seal bore is 3.12
inches and greater. The Model "A"
Running Tool attaches to the inside
fishing neck of the lock and prevents
the accidental setting of the lock if
tight spots in the tubing are encoun
tered. The "A" Running Tool is de
signed to retrieve locks if not
properly set in nipple profile.
MODEL "D" PROBE
EXTENSION
Product No. 811-56
The Model "D" Probe Extension is
used to pin Model "A" Running Tool
to "Sur-Set" Lock Assembly.
Model "A"
Running Tool with
Model 8D" Probe
Extension Installed
PACKERS
626
B WWKERS SAFETY SYSTEMS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE PAGE
Safety Systems Facilities 627 "X" Series Wireline Retrievable

General Terminology and Definitions 630 Ball Safety Valves 665
Literature and Brochures 631 "B" Series Safety Valve Seating Nipples 666
Completion Illustrations 632 "BA" Series Safety Valve Seating Nipples 666
Control Line Tubing, Protectors, Fittings 667
TUBING RETRIEVABLE SAFETY VALVES "SA" Series Safety Valve Locks 668
Models "G" and "F" Safety Valve Lock 670
AND ACCESSORIES
Model "F-1" Safety Valve Locks 671
Control Line Tubing, Protectors, Fittings 639 Model "B" Safety Valve Lock 672
"FV" Series Tubing Retrievable Flapper "G" Series Separation Sleeves 673
Safety Valves 640 Model "D-2" Wireline Retrievable
Selection of Feature and Options 640 Pressure Operated Safety Valve 674
Models "FVL" and "FVH" 642 Model "A-3" Wireline Retrievable Velocity
Models "FVLD" and "FVHD" Deep-Set . 644 Safety Valve 675
Models "FVLE" and "FVHE" Model "J" Wireline Retrievable Injection Valve 676
Self-Equalizing 646 Model "C-1" Annulus Safety Valve 677
Model "FVLS" Slimline 647 Model "C" Well Control Valve 678
Accessories for "FV" Series Safety Valves 648
Temporary Lock Open Tool 648
SUBSURFACE HANGER SYSTEMS AND
Permanent Lock Open Tool 648
ACCESSORIES
Flapper Lock Open Tool 649
Control Pressure Communication Tool... 649 Baker One-Trip Subsurface Hanger Systems .. 679
"V" Series Wireline "Insert" Safety Valves 650 Model "E" Anchor Seal Assemblies 680
"K" Series Separation Sleeves 651
Single String Subsurface Tubing Hanger 680
"M" Series Tubing Retrievable Ball
Safety Valves 652 Model "C" Dual String Subsurface Hanger... 682
Accessories for "M" Series Safety Valves 653 Adjustable Spacer Joint with Rotational Lock . 684
"SL" Series Tubing Retrievable Model "D" Shear-Out Safety Joint 684
Ball Safety Valves 654 Auto-Loc Expansion Joint 685
Accessories for "SL" Series Safety Valves 655
"UL" Series Tubing Retrievable
SUBSURFACE PACK-OFF TUBING HANGER
Ball Safety Valves 656
Accessories for "UL" Series Safety Valves 657 SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES
Model "D" Pack-Off Tubing Hanger
WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE SAFETY VALVES Safety System 686
AND ACCESSORIES Model "VR" Vent/Recirculating Valve 686
"V" Series Wireline Retrievable Flapper Model "B" Single String Pack-Off Tubing
Safety Valves 658 Hanger System 688
Selection of Features and Options 658 Model "E" Annulus Safety Valve 688
Models "V" and "VH" 660 Model "RC" Pack-Off Tubing Hanger with
Models "VE" and "VHE" Self-Equalizing. 662
Integral Annulus Safety Valve 690
"L" Series Wireline Retrievable Ball
Safety Valves 664
627
BAKER
SAFETY SYSTEMS 13 PACKERS
A DIVISION OF BAKER OILTOOLS, INC
BAKER SUBSURFACE SAFETY SYSTEMS

Baker Packers has headquartered and centralized its subsurface safety systems research, engineering, manufacturing and
distribution in a vast new ultra-modern facility located in Broken Arrow, Oklahoma. This concentrated technical
approach and immense investment enables Baker to lead in the accelerated development of safety systems technology,
build it into our equipment, and deliver it to you — today.
Once again Baker has successfully attacked an industry-wide problem and as a result you can now have the most
advanced safety systems equipment in the world — when— where and in the Quantify you need. Baker can deliver.
PRODUCTS SERVICE
The heart of a subsurface safety system is the safety valve Baker is first and foremost a service company. We know
itself. Baker produces all types of safety valves to meet the value of having the right people with the right knowl
your specific completion requirements. And we build edge and equipment to do the job. At Baker we support
them in the quantities that enable us to deliver on time. our field marketing operations with the right equipment
We also supply all accessory equipment, including and knowledge to enable them to do your job. Baker
subsurface tubing hangers, shear-out safety joints, con safety systems products are supplied and serviced world
trol line, and everything else you need to make your wide through Baker Packers district locations and our
safety system complete and totally reliable from the growing worldwide network of Safety Systems Service
wellhead down. Centers.
628
BAKER
PACKERS SAFETY SYSTEMS
RESEARCH
AND DEVELOPMENT
Baker is staffed with a high ratio of professional safety

systems engineers, designers and technicians who spe
cialize strictly in the safety systems technology of today
and tomorrow. Each engineer carries through (its own
ideas in a controlled, creative environment from the
product's design to its installation in the well. He knows
your special problems and is in a position to do some
thing about them. He is also available when the need
arises to address and solve special field problems.
He has at his disposal the most specialized iesting and
i proving facilities on earth. These engineers know your
conditions and can duplicate them to make certain the
equipment will work for you.
DESIGN TESTING
Engineering prototypes are manufactured, inspected and

assembled by the same people, using the same facilities
that will build subsequent produclion orders.
Prior to the release of any design for use in the field,
each new size of each design undergoes an extensive
engineering testing program. Tfiis in-house testing in
cludes both high-pressure fluid and gas testing, flow test
ing in a sand-slurry environment, high-temperature
testing to insure against sensitivity lo temperature ex
tremes, and high-velocity gas slam testing.
This is all done prior to field runs or submission for OCS
qualification. Our extensive, ultra-modern resources are
aggressively focused on intensive research in elastomers,
metals, coatings and all other frontiers of safety systems
technology.
629
BAKER
SAFETY SYSTEMS PACKERS
A DIVISION OF7 (SAKIIRO1L TOOLS. INC
QUALITY AND RELIABILITY Each and every safety valve is thoroughly tested above
and beyond all regulatory requirements, and certified
ASSURANCE prior to shipment.
Because of the extensive Quality Assurance system at
Baker's Broken Arrow facility — which actually exceeds
Baker's organization and methods for the design, manu all requirements — we are able to meet any quality
facture, inspection, testing and control of subsurface standard required by anyone, anywhere.
safety equipment are unified by a total product Quality
Assurance system which governs every step of every
process.
The Broken Arrow facility is the proud holder of the

ASME accreditation for ihe production of subsurface
TRACEABILITY
safety equipment to the requirements of API specification
14A — both for manufacture and remanufacture. The The Broken Arrow Quality Assurance program insures
Quality Assurance system is also in full compliance with that all safety systems critical components are controlled
specification SPPE-1. in such a way that the history of all operations is re
Baker's facilities are fully equipped with the most ad corded — starting with the original composition of the
vanced inspection and testing equipment, precisely cali raw materials used, through all manufacturing opera
brated and traceable to the National Bureau of Standards. tions, through shipment and on to the final destination.
The accuracy of all manufacturing and inspection proc Each critical component is traceable forward from its
esses is rigidly controlled with this equipment to ensure origin to its destination, or in reverse, from its final desti
compliance with all engineering specifications. nation back to its origin — and through all events in
Many varieties of special inspection methods are also between. This traceability chain includes all redress/
employed, including x-ray, laser, ultrasonics, fluorescent repair operations performed at Baker Safety Systems Serv
magnetic, liquid penetrant, physical testing and similar ice Centers.
special methods — all performed by highly trained tech These histories are retained on file to ensure and sub
nicians to assure the reliability of critical safety systems stantiate that product quality is strictly maintained in
components. every operation we perform.
Bjkur Packers manufacturing

and assembly of subsurface
baldly valves, locks and land
ing nipples niecl API Spec.
!4A and conform to ANSI'
ASMESPPE-l requirements.
630
13 PACKERS
GENERAL TERMINOLOGY AND

DEFINITIONS
In Safety Systems, as in any other field of a technical or Closure Mechanism

semi-technical nature, a basic understanding of certain This is the portion of the safety valve which effects the
terms and concepts is fundamental to any responsible physical blockage of the flow stream. The most common
decision. The following paragraphs present and discuss closure types are flapper and ball. Poppet and sleeve
some of the basic concepts of safety system design. types are sometimes used, but the advantage of flapper
"FAIL SAFE" Safety Valve Design and ball type closure mechanisms is that they allow
A concept which ensures that should any malfunction "Straight Through" flow when the valve is in the open
position. Poppet and sleeve types require "Diverted"
cause loss of normal control of the safety valve, the valve
flow.
will close under its own power without the aid of well
pressure or well flow. RETRIEVABILITY — Tubing vs. Wireline
Surface Controlled Subsurface Safety Valves are usu These are the two basic means by which downhole
ally of a normally-closed "fail-safe" design. They typi equipment is retrieved from and reinstalled into the well
cally utilize a separate small diameter hydraulic control bore should it require service. Tubing Retrievable equip
line to connect the safety valve to the surface emergency ment is threaded into and forms an integral part of the
shut-down (ESD) system. Loss of control line pressure tubing string. In order to retrieve this equipment, the
results in automatic closure of the valve. entire tubing string must be pulled unless a subsurface
tubing hanger is used.
"FAIL SAFE" Setting Depth Wireline Retrievable equipment is run into and re
The "Fail Safe" setting depth of a surface controlled sub trieved from the wellbore by conventional wireline
surface safety valve is dependent on a number of factors means. Wireline Retrievable Safety Valves require a tub
such as: force of the Power Spring, piston area, weight of ing retrievable receptacle (complete with hydraulic con
the Piston, friction and gradient of the control fluid. In trol line and port) called a "Safety Valve Nipple" into
actual practice, this last mentioned factor is a variable. which the valve locates, locks and seals.
The maximum setting depths listed in this catalog are
Equalizing vs. Non-equalizing
based on the gradient of hydraulic fluid typically used as
the control medium. However, if the annulus fluid is These terms refer to the method by which the pressure
heavier than the control line fluid, it must be acknowl differential across the closure mechanism (ball, flapper,
edged that should the control line break, the hydrostatic etc.) is reduced in order to permit opening of the safety
pressure applied to the piston of the safety valve is then valve.
based on the gradient of the heavier annulus fluid. This Actually misnomers, the terms "Equalizing" and
results in a reduction of the maximum "Fail Safe" setting "Non-Equalizing" should be "Self-Equalizing" and "Non
depth. Calculation of this reduced "Fail Safe" setting Self-Equalizing".
depth may be accomplished by multiplying the published "Equalizing" safety valves contain an integral equaliz
"Fail Safe" setting depth by .354 then dividing by the ing mechanism. Application of control line pressure
annulus fluid gradient. Example: Assume a size 2-7/8 opens the equalizing system. Pressure below the subsur
Model "FVL" and salt water in the annulus. The pub face safety valve is then vented through the equalizing
lished "Fail Safe" setting depth for the size 2-7/8 "FVL" is mechanism to the tubing above it. After the differential
1248 feet and the fluid gradient for salt water is .454 psi/ pressure across the closure mechanism decreases to ap
ft. proximately 100 psi the valve automatically opens.
"Non-Equalizing" safety valves do not contain a self-
»c .|C(»n a. 1248 Ft. x .354 n__
"Fail Safe Depth= = 973 Ft. equalizing feature and must be manually equalized prior
.454 to opening. This is normally accomplished by the appli
Therefore, with salt water in the annulus, the actual cation of externally supplied tubing pressure on top of the
maximum "Fail Safe" setting depth for a size 2-7/8 "FVL" subsurface safety valve. Once this has been done, appli
is 973 feet. cation of control line pressure can open the safety valve.
631

ft 01VISI0M OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC
Lock-Open Features the interior of the valve to control line pressure, permit
Lock-Open features provide a means of temporarily or ting [he valve to be used as a "Safely Valve Nipple". A
permanently rendering a tubing retrievable safety valve wireline retrievable "insert" valve may then be landed
inoperative. Reasons for use of a Temporary Lock Open inside of the valve and operated with the existing control
feature are as follows: line.
• Wireline Operations through the valve without the Working Pressure and Test Pressure
need to maintain control line pressure. The raled working pressure of the particular safety valve
• Tandem completions to be used should be equal to or greater than the maxi
• During run in, if for any reason unique to the comple mum pressure anticipated at the safety valve. This will
tion design, control line pressure can not be main normally be the maximum surface shut-in pressure less
tained to keep the valve open. the produced fluid gradient at safety valve depth. API-
A Permanent Lock Open feature is standard in virtually all MA requirements for certified safety valves stipulate that
Baker Tubing Retrievable Safety Valves. Should the safety the valve section must be tested to 150% of the rated
valve malfunction, this feature renders the valve perma working pressure during the functional lest performed on
nently inoperative in the open position. It also exposes each valve.
SAFETY SYSTEMS LITERATURE AND BROCHURES

Baker Packers Safety Systems maintains a comprehensive Packers Safety Systems. For more information, contact
supply of technical and sales literature. The photograph the Marketing Support Group in Broken Arrow. The
below shows some of the technical publications, infor phone number is (918) 455-3000.
mation booklets, and brochures available from Baker
632
1*J PACKERS
V 7 \
A TUBING RETRIEVABLE
1 SAFETY VALVE
- Hydraulic Control
Hydraulic Control - Single String Production Line
Line (p. 639)
(p. 639)
Tubing retrievable safety valves
offer the advantage of full open Flow Couplings
tubing flow while keeping the (p. 599)
well under control in the event
Tubing Retrievable -
Safety Valve of damage to the wellhead or - Tubing Retrievable
(p. 640) platform. They normally pro Safety Valves
(p. 640)
vide a significantly longer life
Flow Couplings —
(p. 599) than a wireline retrievable
safety valve. The ability to ac
cept a wireline retrievable "in
sert" safety valve after being
permanently locked open adds Flow Couplings
flexibility. Flow Couplings pro (p. 599)
tect the tubing from erosion
due to turbulence. Subsurface
Tubing Retrievable
safety valves are normally set
Safety Valves
no less than 100 ft. below the (p. 640)
mudline.
TUBING RETRIEVABLE
SAFETY VALVES
Single String Production

Tandem Installation
run in tandem extend the life of
the completion. Initially only
the upper valve is in normal
operating service while the
lower valve is temporarily
locked open. When needed,
the lower valve is brought into
service by applying pressure to
its control line. The upper valve
is then permanently locked
open using standard wireline
procedures, and full open tub
ing flow is resumed. No
workover involving a rig is re
quired, and the integrity of the
safety system is maintained at
all times.
NOTE: SAFETY VALVES ARE SHOWN IN

CLOSED POSITION. DASHED ARROWS INDI
CATE FLOW WHEN SAFETY VALVE IS OPEN.
633
BAKER
A DIVISION OF BAKEHOILTCXXS INC
Hydraulic Control Hydraulic Control

Line Linus
[p. 639) (p. 639)
flow Couplings
[p. 599)
TUBING RETRIEVABLE
SAFETY VALVES
full Opening
Dual String Production
Tubing Retrievable
Flow Couplings Tubing retrievable safety valves Safely Valve
[p. 591) offer the advantages of full
open tubing flow while keep
ing Ihe well under control in
TuliinH Kelrievable
the event of damage to the
Safely Valve wellhead or platform. Clear
(p. 640) ance constraints imposed by
the casing I.D. often require
thai the safety valves be stag
gered. Therefore the retriev
able tubing siring valve should
be positioned above thai of the
permanent string.
TUBING RETRIEVABLE
SAFETY VALVE
Gas Storage Production

This is a maximum flow tubing
production completion for gas
storage. The valve and tubing
I.D. is the same as the liner I.D.
The Casing Receptacle to
which the safety valve is an
chored is an integral part of the
casing string. A retrievable
Bridge Plug may be run through
the tubing and safety valve and
set in the liner if the tubing
string must be pulled. No kill
ing of the well is required.

CATE FLOW WHEN SAFETY VALVE IS OPEN. D_ f]
634
B BAKER
A DIVISION OF BAKEROILTOOLS.INC
TUBING RETRIEVABLE
5 hear-Out SAFETY VALVE
Safely loin I
WITH SUBSURFACE ■ Adjustable
(p. 68-1) Spacer loint wl
Hydraulic Control - TUBING HANGER Rotational Lock
Line (p. MM>
(p. 639! Single String Production
- Hydraulic Control
offer the advantages of full Lines
flow Coupling; -
(p. 599) open lubing flow, and nor (p. 639)
mally provide a significantly Shear-Oul
Tiiu ing Retrievable - longer life than wireline retriev Safely |oinl
Safely Valve
able safety valves. When run (p. 604)
(p. MO)
with a subsurface tubing
■ Flow Coupling;
hanger, the downhole safety
(p. 599)
system may be removed from
Auto-Loc Expansion
Joint -
the well for servicing without
1 Tubing Retrievable
(p. 635) disturbing the lower portion of Safety Valve
the completion. A wireline [p. 640)
plug is set below the subsurface
hanger thus eliminating the
Single String need to kill the well. The Shear-
Subsurface Tubing ■ out Safety )oint ensures that the
Hanger xv/Anchor
Tubing Seal Assembly
safety valve will remain in Shear-Out
(p. 680) place in the event of a surface Safely Joinl
disaster. (p. 684)
TUBING RETRIEVABLE Flow Couplings

(p. 599)
SAFETY VALVES
WITH DUAL STRING Tubing Retrievable
SUBSURFACE Safety Valve
(p. MO)
Wireline Scaling TUBING HANGER
Nipple ■
(p. S96| Dual String Production
The Baker Dual String Subsur Dual String
Subsurface Tubing
face Hanger System permits Hanger with Lalch
running of the entire comple Assembly
Ip. 682)
tion, including safety system,
in one trip. The Shear-out
Safety Joints ensure that safety
valves will remain in place in
Wireline Sealing
the event of a surface disaster. Nipples
The Spacer Joint simplifies (p. 5<)b)
spaceout. The Latch Assembly

may be disengaged from the
dual hanger using standard
wireline procedures, permit
ting the upper portion to be re
trieved for servicing without
disturbing the lower portion of
the completion.

CATE FLOW WHEN SAFETY VALVE IS OPEN,
635
BAKER
WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE
SAFETY VALVE
SURFACE CONTROLLED ■Hydraulic Control
Line
Single String Production I p. 639)
Flow Couplings ■
[p 5991
A wireline retrievable, surface
Wireline ■ controlled safely valve will
Rettievable keep the well under control in
Safely Valve . How Couplings
the even! of damage to the Ip. 599)
(p. 658)
wellhead or platform. Flow -Model "B"Safely
Couplings protect the tubing Valve Nipple
(p. 6661
from possible erosion due to
Model "B" ' turbulence. Wireline retriev ■ Wireline Retrievable
Safely Valve Safely Valve
Nipple I p. 666!
able safety valves are retrieved Ip. 658)
for servicing and re-run using
standard wireline procedures
without disturbing the tubing
string.
Flow Couplings
(p. 599)
Model "B" 5afety

"Valve Nipple
WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE (p. 666)
SAFETY VALVE ■ Wireline Retrievable

Safety Valve
SUBSURFACE
(p. 65B>
CONTROLLED
Dual String Production

This completion permits inde
pendent production of each
zone through tubing. The Sur
face Controlled Wireline Re
trievable Safety Valves run 100
ft. below the mutfline keep the
well under control in the event
of damage to the wellhead or
platform. Flow Couplings pro
tect the tubing from possible
erosion due to turbulence. The
valves may be retrieved for
servicing and rerun using
strings. Because of I.D. con
straints of the casing, the Safety
Valve Nipples are normally
staggered.
NOTE; SAFETY VALVLS ARE SHOWN IN

636
BACKERS SAFETY SYSTEMS

SAFETY VALVE SUBSURFACE
CONTROLLED
(Pressure Operated Type)

A subsurface controlled pres
sure operated safety valve is
run below the packer and
landed in a seating nipple at the
bottom of the string. It is a nor
mally open valve that is closed
when the tubing pressure at the
valve drops below a predeter
mined value. The valve auto
matically reopens when the
tubing is repressured above this
predetermined value permit
ting continuous production.
The valve may be retrieved for
servicing and rerun using
string. A flow coupling above
the seating nipple protects the
tubing from erosion due to
turbulence.
SAFETY VALVE SUBSURFACE
CONTROLLED
(Velocity Type)

A Velocity Valve is usually run
Flow Couplings
at packer depth. It is a
(p. 599)
normally-open type valve that Model "F" Seatin
is closed by a pressure differen Nipple (p. 596)
tial resulting from increased "A-3" Wireline
flow through the Orifice. The Retrievable Vfelot
Safety Valve
valve automatically reopens (p. 675)
when the pressure across the
valve is equalized permitting
continued production. The
valve may be retrieved for serv
Flow Coupling.
(p. 599) icing and rerun using standard
wireline procedures without
Model "R" ■ disturbing the tubing string.
Seating Nipple
(p. 598)
Flow Couplings protect the tub
ing from possible erosion due
"D-2" Wireline' to turbulence.
Retrievable Pressure
Operated Safety Valve NOTE: SAFETY VALVES ARE SHOWN IN
(p. 674)
CLOSED POSITION. DASHED ARROWS
INDICATE FLOW WHEN SAFETY VALVE IS
OPEN.
637
PACKERS
g WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE
1 INJECTION VALVE
SUBSURFACE
CONTROLLED
Single Zone Injection

An Injection Valve is a normally
closed valve having an Orifice
in the Flow Tube. Injection flow
through the Valve and Orifice
compresses a spring and moves "C-l" Annulus
the valve into the open posi Safety Valve
tion. If injection is stopped, the (p. 677)
valve automatically recloses.

Wireline Injection Valves may
be retrieved for servicing and
rerun using standard wireline
procedures without disturbing
the tubing string. Flow Cou
plings protect the tubing from
possible erosion due to
turbulence.
Full Opening
Shut-Off Plug
(p. 677)
SAFETY VALVE
SURFACE CONTROLLED
Flow Couplings
Gas Storage Production —
(p. 599)
Annulus Flow
Model "F" Sealing
Nipple (p. 596)
This is a normally closed
"J" Wireline sleeve-type safety valve for gas
Retrievable storage applications. It. is held
Injection Valve
open by pressure applied to the
(p. 676)
tubing. Gas is produced
through the annulus. The Flow
Deflector may be retrieved us
ing standard wireline proce
dures permitting wireline work
below the valve. The Full
Opening Shut-off Plug installed
below the packer allows the
tubing and safety valve to be
retrieved without killing the
well.
638
n BAKER
A DIVISION OF BAKER OILTOOLS, INC.
-Hydraulic
Hydraulic ■ Control Line
Control Line
ff )
Ip. 639)
(pg. 639]
. Flow Coupling
(p. 599)
'Wireline Retrievable
Ssfetv Valve
PACK-OFF TUBING
(p. 65!!)
Flow Coupling ■ HANGER SYSTEM
(Pg. 599) WITH TUBING
Wireline ■
PRODUCTION AND
- "VR" Ventf
Retrievable ANNULUS INJECTION Recirculalinj; Valve
S.ifely Valve SAFETY VALVES (p. 687)
(pg. 680)

Wireline '
Retrievable Annul js
Safely Valve
This completion employs a sin -Cable Bypass
(pg. bum Penetrator
gle control line to actuate both Ip. 686)
the tubing production and an-
Model "I nulus injection safety valves -Model "0" Pack-Off
Tubing Hanger
Pack-Oil and hanger setting. Loss of con
lubing HJnger Safely System
Ipg. 6S0I
trol pressure closes both safety (p. 686)
valves. The valves may be re

trieved for servicing and rerun
using standard wireline proce ±1
dures. The Flow Coupling pro
tects the tubing from possible
erosion due to turbulence.
r
PACK-OFF TUBING
HANGER SYSTEM
FOR TUBING
PRODUCTION AND GAS
VENT TO ANNULUS
This pumping completion em

ploys a pack-off tubing hanger
with gas vent and cable by-pass
to a submersible pump assem
bly. Loss of control pressure
automatically closes the pro
duction safety valve (either tub
ing retrievable or wireline
retrievable, and the gas vent
valve, and opens the recirculat-
ing port. This integral recircu-
lating port eliminates the need
to shut down the pump in the
event of valve closure. A vari
u ety of cable feedlhrough sys
tems are available — some of
which eliminate the need for a
vertical field splice.
639
CONTROL LINE TUBING

Product No. 816-95
Control Line is available in a variety of lengths and material. Standard control
line is welded and drawn to ASTM A269 Specification. Seamless control line
is also available. When requested, control line tubing can be filled with
hydraulic fluid, pressure tested and certified for higher pressures than those
shown in the specification guide below.
Encapsulated tubing is also available. Encapsulation improves the crush
resistance of the control line.
CONTROL LINE SPECIFICATION GUIDE

00 Wall Weight Working Pressure®
Continuous
In. In. Material PSI Lengths
lbs/Ft KG/CM1
mm mm
.035 5906
.0804
0.9 300 Series 415,2
Stainless Steel 8700
.040
.1052
1.25 611.7
.035 5512
.0804
0.9 387,5
Monel 400
.049 8120
.1052
1/4 1.25 570,9 AS
6,35 .035 5680 ORDERED
.0804
0,9 399,3
Incoloy 825
.049 8400
.1052
1.25 590.6
.035 6690
.0804
0,9 470.3
Hastelloy C-276
.049 9800
.1052
1,25 689.0
® Working pressures shown are lor welded and drawn control line tubing manufactured to the ASTM A-269
specification. The calculated burst is 4 times the recommended working pressures shown. When requested
.035 W. tubing can be pressure tested for a 10,000 psi (or higher) working pressure, and .049 W. tubing can be
tested for a 15,000 psi (or higher) working pressure.
STAINLESS STEEL CONTROL LINE PROTECTOR

Product No. 816-96
STAINLESS STEEL BANDING STRAP WITH CLIP FOR CONTROL
LINE PROTECTOR
Product No. 816-98
The Control Line Protector and Banding Strap with clip are used to protect the
hydraulic control line from damage while running the production tubing in
the well. The protectors are normally secured with two banding straps and
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
installed across each coupling as each joint is made up and run in the hole. PRODUCT NO. 816-95
2000 Ft. CONTROL LINE SIZE 114 x .035
STANDARD CONTROL LINE FITTINGS FOR SAFETY VALVES AND NIPPLES wall, 300 series stainless steel, welded and
drawn to ASTM A269 specification and tested
|AM NUT REAR FRONT for 10.000 psi.
FERRULE FERRULE
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 816-96
STAINLESS STEEL CONTROL LINE
PROTECTOR fl2 718" — 6.4 lbs/ft Vam
Tubing Thread Connection.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 816-98
PART NO. PART NO. PART NO.
STAINLESS STEEL BANDING STRAP with clip
02-26874-00 WW-WX00-512 WW-WX00-511 for control line protector.
640

A DIVISiOM OP BAKEROIL TOOLS. LNC
"FV" SERIES TUBING RETRIEVABLE FLAPPER SAFETY VALVES

SELECTION OF FEATURES AND OPTIONS
Baker Packers Safety Systems have engineered a whole new line of Tubing Retrievable Flapper
Safety Valves. They employ a modular concept providing you with flexibility in your valve
selection to meet your changing needs. A partial list of the variations and options available is
shown below:
MODEL VARIATIONS
Models "FVL" and "FVH" — The "FVL" is the basic 6000 psi working pressure safety valve from
which all the others have evolved. The "FVL" is a "Fail-Safe" Safety Valve. It uses a conventional
sleeve-type piston and has a nominal setting depth of 1000 feet. II features a rugged one-piece
machined, wedge shaped flapper and a large high-strength hinge pin proven in \\vi Baker High-
Flow Gas Slam Test. It is available with or without the temporary lock open feature. The
permanent lock open feature is standard. The "FVH" is the high pressure (9000 and 10,000 psi
working pressures) version of the "FVL". For more information, see pages 642 and 643.
Models "FVLD" and "FVHD" — The "FVLD" and "FVHD" are the deep-set versions of the
"FVL" and "FVH". They use the same rugged flapper and have the same spacing between the
upper locking profile and the lower seal bore to accept many of the same wireline accessories.
The difference is that the "FVLD" and "FVHD" use a rod-type actuator for "Deep-Setting". For
more information see pages 644 and 645.
Models "FVLE" and "FVHE" — Tiie "FVLE" uses the Baker Through-the-Flapper Equalizing
System. This is the equalizing system that has been tested and proven in sandy service conditions.
The "FVLE'VFVHE" has all the advantages of the "FVL'VFVH" and more. Ml the options
available in the "FVL"/"FVH" are also available in the "FVLE'VFVHE" and since the spacing is
the same, all the accessories that fit the "FVL'VFVH" also fit the "FVLE'VFVHE". For more
information see page 646.
Model "FVLS" — The "FVLS" is the slim-line version of the "FVL". It uses a curved flapper and
seat for a reduced O.D. But strength and integrity of the flapper-hinge mechanism has not been
sacrificed. To maintain the strength of this critical member, the flapper and hinge pin are all one
part. For more information see page 647.
Models "FVQ" and "FVQD" —The "FVQ" and "FVQD" are superhigh pressured 5,000 and
20,000 psi working pressures) safety valves available on special request.
OTHER VARIATIONS AND OPTIONS

In addition lo the above model variations, other variations and options are available across the
entire line and should be specified when ordering.
Optional Temporary Lock Open Feature — A Temporary Lock Open Feature may be used for
the following purposes:
• Wireline operations through the valve wilhout Ihe need to maintain control line pressure.
• Tandem completions
• During run in if for any reason unique to the completion design control line pressure can not be
maintained lo keep the valve open.
If the Temporary Lock Open Feature is not required, a sleeve replaces the Temporary Lock Open
mechanism so that the spacing for wireline accessories is maintained.
..
641
PACKERS
Alternate Locking Profiles — Consistent with virtually all Baker Tubing Retrievable Safety Valves, "FV" Series Safety
Valves contain upper and lower seal bores for acceptance of wireline accessories. The upper seal bore incorporates a
locking profile to accept a wireline safety valve lock. Appropriate locking profiles are available for all Baker Safety Valve
Locks as well as for competitor locks. It is important that the locking profile machined in the "FV" Series Safety Valve be
compatible with the safety valve to be used. Therefore, when ordering "FV" Series Safety Valves, the lock model
designation of the lock to be used should be specified.
In some cases, the locking profile supplied for a particular lock may accept other locks. A compatibility chart for Baker
locks is shown below:
locking Profile
Safety Valve
"HF" "SA" "SH" -sr
"vr
lock Model »6" "F" "M" "F-r "is-r "B" "A" "AT
»B" X
"F" X X X X X
"M" X X X X X
"F-1" X X X X X
"M-1" X X X X X
»B" X X X X X
"A" X
"AT X X X
"HF" X X
"VT X X
"SA" X X
"SH" X X
"sr X X
X Denotei Compatibility
Service Environments and Material Selection — "FV" Series, safety valves are manufactured using materials for the
following service environment categories:
• Standard Service (non-corrosive sweet crude or gas)
• HjS Service (hydrogen sulfide)
• H2S and Mild CO2 Service (Hydrogen sulfide and trace of carbon dioxide)
• H2S and CO2 Service (hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide)
• Special Corrosive Service (salts, inhibitors, etc.)
Standard Service valves are normally used in non-corrosive environments or environments containing small amounts of
H,S within specified limits. These limits are defined in the Nace Standard MR-01-75.
Standard and H2S Service categories are often combined in Baker Safety Valves. These valves meet the Nace Standard
MR-01-75 requirement for metals used in oil field equipment subjected to hydrogen sulfide environments.
Safety Valves for H2S and mild CO2 service (commonly referred to as "Mobil Spec") are composed of a mixture of alloy
and stainless steel parts depending on the location of the part with respect to the flow stream. Parts in the flow path have
9% minimum chrome content to minimize weight loss corrosion due to CO2 attack. Parts not in the flow path may use
alloy steels.
Safety Valves for H2S and CO2 service use materials throughout having a 9% minimum chrome content for protection
against H2S and CO2 attack.
Selection of the above described service categories depends mainly on the partial pressure of the CO2 (% CO2 times the
total well pressure divided by 100).
In general, Standard and H2S service safety valves may be used if the partial CO2 pressure does not exceed 7 psi. H2S and
Mild CO, service safety valves are used when the partial CO2 pressure is between 7 and 30 psi. And H2S and CO2 service
safety valves are used when the partial CO2 pressure is greater than 30 psi. Example: Assume 3000 psi shut-in pressure
and 5% CO2 (Mol. %). The partial CO2 pressure is:
5% x 3000 psi
—Tb^ 15Opsi
In this instance, the partial CO2 pressure is greater than 30 psi. Therefore an H2S and CO2 service valve would be
recommended.
For environments involving free chlorides, inhibitors, excessive temperatures, etc., the Marketing Support Group in
Broken Arrow should be consulted.
Note: The Ordering Examples for "FV" Series Safety Valves do not contain complete product numbers. Instead, a generic
form such as: 820-XX is shown. This generic form, together with a complete description as shown in the Ordering
Examples is sufficient when ordering.
642
BAKER
13 PACKERS SAFETY SYSTEMS
A DIVISION OF BAKER OIITOOLS, IMC
"FV" SERIES TUBING RETRIEVABLE FLAPPER SAFETY VALVE

MODELS "FVL" & "FVH"
The Models "FVL" and "FVH" are flapper type, tubing retrievable "fail-safe" safely valves.
*"
These valves, normally closed, are opened by application of hydraulic control pressure via a
small diameter hydraulic control line connecting the valve to the surface Emergency Shut
Down System. Loss of hydraulic control line connecting the valve to the surface Emergency
Shut Down System. Loss of hydraulic control pressure for any reason will close the valve and
shut-in the well. Both the "FVL" and "FVH" are available as OCS qualified valves manufac
tured per API Spec. 14A.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Simplicity — There are only two moving • Temporary Lock-Open Feature — This is
parts, the Flow Tube and the Flapper. an optional feature. It permits the operator
• Rugged Construction — Unique wedge- to maintain the "FVL'V'FVH" in the open
shaped Flapper and a large high-strength position by mechanical means to allow
alloy Hinge Pin virtually eliminate bending. wireline operations below the valve. Nor
• Operating Mechanism Not In Flow Palh mal valve operation can be restored by sim
— Therefore not subject to sticking prob ple reapplication of control pressure. A
lems due to sand and debris, or the erosion sleeve replaces the temporary lock open
of critical parts during production. mechanism in valves not containing this
• Straight Through Flow Path — allows feature.
maximum production with minimal back • Alternate Locking Profiles Available —
pressure. Including profiles for all Baker Locks as well
• Emergency Kill Feature — Kill fluids can as competitor locks. The locking profile is
be pumped down the tubing through the denoted by the lock model designation.
closed valve if hydraulic control of the
valve is lost and it becomes necessary to kill ACCESSORIES
the well. Permanent Lock-Open Tool (p. 648)
• Low Friction Operation — Due to the Temporary Lock-Open Tool (p. 648)
uniquely designed interrelationship of Separation Sleeve (p. 651)
Spring, Piston, Flow Tube and Flapper, fric- Wireline Retrievable "Insert" Valve {p. 650)
tional forces are minimized, permitting Hydraulic Control Line (p. 639)
maximum closing force, minimum opening
force and minimum wear of parts. ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 822-XX
• Permanent Lock-Open Feature — In the
5IZE-: 3-112x2.8! MODEL "FVL11 TUBING RETRIEVABLE SAFETY
event of loss of control line pressure or VALVE, n'ith ~SA' Locking Profile, without TtmperaTj Lock
valve malfunction, the "FVL'V'FVH" valve Open, for H*S mid Mild CO- Service. wl3-il2 OD EUE SRI)
can be permanently locked in the open liatx PinJorLrSO 9J#tFt, Tithing.
position.
SPECIFICATION
Ifcn- Mm. ■U
Tilting Mai
10 Sill 110.
OD FmsurE OD OD Baling
Flalmg FLcra Araa
Ra Haiti Envircnmtnl
ll "• fa 1. ll.
ll*
In? n I
SUM,!
Ml H,i (NiH CO, (IPO Mi 4111 3.111 1.111 21! 121)
111 hFYT
it. 12 122 133 101.91 1111 U.IT 111
«,SICO,
IOJC-1 is:d; I!!! 111!
Ml tw SUndild
SI.I1
M.l SiJ L h,S Mil 4111 1211
MM MM 111.15 2.111 <-» 111
231 far H,iLM.IflC[;
Sill 21,10
H.S t CD,
11(10 ISM
Slindard
215 -mr J51D S.H7

IM 1JMI
31.13
H.S I CO,
M
J-W 5110 5I1S
tram-
ltd 1 K,I Mil
- J- u W
IMS m
I III
» H,i i u.ia CO)
11,11 'Oil
HjSICt; IM PI
IS In
Sl( I Sji
1-1II "IVL- HjSLMiaCt) 11II (III 1112 11.41 1117

111
9(17 TiH S!J
(..U "... SDDOl 11110
5111 H;S IM Ml
i-l(! II! H,5 1 M.ld CD, m (111 nil IBM 1121
111.11 111.01 i ii.ii 10! 11
1SPP 112)1
HjSlCflj
Model "fVL"
RiJig depth icr Tj<I silt u\rt cloiure ■ Lh .W ar---^ v»t.t«\ h
with Temporary Lock
Open Feature
643
RAKKR
A DiUrSiON Of BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC
OPERATING POSITIONS
■ Control Line
Control Line ■ Contio! Line Port
Port Port
Permanent
— Lock-Open
Mechanism
Control Fluid Piston

Chamber
Pision Coupling
- Power Spring
Metal-to-mel a I
Flapper'Seal
Resilient Seal - Flapper

Flapper
■ Flow Tube
1
Temporary
- Tl.O 5leeve
— Lock-Open
Mechanism
CLOSED OPEN TEMPORARILY PERMANENTLY

LOCKED OPEN LOCKED OPEN
When the Flapper is in With the application of
the closed position, both control line pressure, the The optional Temporary The Permanent Lock-
elastomeric and metal-to- piston, piston coupling Lock-Open Feature al Open Feature allows the
metal seals provide posi and flow tube move lows the valve to be tem- valve to be permanently
tive seating -- assuring downward as a unit, porarily locked open locked in the open posi
both a low and a high compressing the power when wireline operations tion. The interior of the
pressure seal. spring and opening the are to be carried out be valve is now exposed to
flapper. low the valve. When control line pressure, and
wireline operations are a wireline retrievable
completed, the Control safely valve can be run
Line is repressurized, and operated with the ex
returning the valvelo nor isting control line.
mal operation.
644
BAKER
A DIVISION Of BAKEH OIL TOOLS INC
"FV" SERIES "DEEP-SET" TUBING RETRIEVABLE FLAPPER SAFETY VALVES

MODELS "FVLD" AND "FVHD"
The Models "FVLD" and "FVHD" arc flapper-type, lubing retrievable "fail-safe" safety valves
for deep-set application. Standard maximum setting depths are 2000, 3000 and 4000 feet
dependingon the length of the spacer assembled in Ihe power spring section. Maximum setting
depths to 6000 feet are available on special request. These valves, normally closed, are opened
by application of hydraulic control line pressure via a small diameter hydraulic control line
connecting the valve to the surface Emergency Shut Down System. Loss of hydraulic control
pressure for any reason will close the valve and shut-in the well. Both the "FVLD" and "FVHD"
are available as OCS qualified valves manufactured per API Spec. 14A.
FEATURES/BENEFITS by use of the Control Pressure Communica
• Unique "Deep-Se(" actuator - - the tion Tool.
guide rods prevent cocking of and damage • Optional Temporary Lock Open Feature
to the actuator piston due to the natural — same as "FVL'V'FVH", therefore, uses
winding and unwinding of the power the same Temporary Lock-Open Tool.
spring during actuation. • Alternate Locking Profiles Available —
• Low Friction Operation -- results from including profiles for all Baker Locks as
rotationally guided actuator action. The well as competitor locks. The locking
rod bearings for the guide rods are made profile is denoted by the lock model
from 25% moly filled Teflon for super designation.
smooth operation.
ACCESSORIES:
• Rugged Construction of Operating
Flapper Lock Open Tool (p. 649)
Mechanism — uses the flapper-seat as
Control Pressure Communication Tool
sembly from the "FVL'7"FVH" proven in
(p. 649)
the Baker High-Flow Gas Slam Test.
Temporary Lock Open Tool (p. 648)
• Unique Permanent Lock Open Feature
Separation Sleeve (p. 651)
— the "FVLD'T'FVHD" has no integral
Wireline Retrievable "Insert" Valve (p. 650)
shifting sleeve-type permanent lock open
Hydraulic Control Line (p. 639)
feature at the bottom of the flow tube which
might be accidentally shifted and interfere ORDERING EXAMPLE:
with normal valve closure. Instead, an ex I'KODUCT NO. S22-XX
panding sleeve is inserted into the flapper SIZE: 3-112x2.81 MODEL "FVLD" DEEP-SET TUBING
g Pfi
RETRIEVABLE SAFETY VALVE, wi/A 'SA" Locking Profile,
section only when permanent lock open is without Temporary Luck Open, for US mid Mild CO,
required. Communication of the control Seme*,far400Qji.settingdeptk,wt3'l/2"ODEUE
line to the tubing is sequentially achieved 8RD Box x I'm, for L-SO 93 LbiJFt, tubing^
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tot™ flirting II:.: Hi?1

M mi Bine
mini nut
llmpHllurH
Sill HoMI Server Rjl.ni
filliurp ii 00
Urn iih afil ITitni
EnmGnaiEtf Oiith
In Fli M In la la la; F
Won r~ fen
Si: I H,S
Ml am tool 4011 Mil 1.1 IS !IS
IS? m H,S 1 HiU CO,
in (!) i;iii 1)11 ll.i! mi
k;5 1 CO;
1)100 15108 Ml )1SI

1.11 rra StmSiid UjultlbK
1113 lalBErimimi
Ml !td 1 H,S U» I.HI Ull 1.10 H
unit
73.DJ MJ.13 I1S.U S1.1I 77,11
111 EOID M use il
11,51 Mild CO | ina lido il
Ql B3 5unajrd
l-j! 1 CO!
HOOD 1SM1 IT bill*

SUndud
-I=OI!S'
!.M HH i.iii S.I II
MI I0IP i:.::
HjS I COj ti.ll
&I.9DD )il DtpUll lo
I01D It
I III S.Ili 1111 111
Stl 1 K,i Hi
Kl.tl inji i'.i? (" p.
Ml H.I E M j It,
HjS t:: MM ■HI

111 SI!
SH 1 H.S
(.If!
1U.H III Fll H,51»fdC0, MSI 1115 in; 11.11
15515 'Mil iii: >3U
-.;.:'■■...
HjS 1 C»,
(til S3!
ill 1 h ,s
HI a
M UTS Ma ll»
'it HjiLB.IdCD,
m.n IIU) I91.D1 IIS It US II
Model "FVLD"
11,5 CO,
HOD lint
Without Temporary
Lock Open Feature
645

A OWISION OF BAKER OIL TOOIS. INC.
The Baker Deep-Set Actua

tor prevents torsional bind
ing of the Actuator Piston
Top Sub
Rod Type
Piston Actuator
Guide Rods
The clearances for the Guide Rods are held

close to prevent rotation of the Flow Tube
Assembly with respect to the Top Sub. This is
important because the natural winding and
unwinding of the Power Spring during actua
tion can create torque which might otherwise
cause binding of the Rod Piston Actuator.
UNIQUE PERMANENT LOCK OPEN SYSTEM

There is no integral shifting sleeve at the bottom of the Flow Tube that might acciden
tally be shifted prematurely and interfere with normal closure. Instead an expanding
sleeve is inserted in the Flapper section only when permanent lock open is required.
Communication to the tubing is achieved by shearing the Ported Shear Plug.
Flow Tube
-Control Line Port
JL Retaining Plug
Flapper
-Ported Shear Plug
Expanding -Shear Out Sleeve
Sleeve
CONTROL PRESSURE
COMMUNICATION
FLAPPER LOCK-OPEN FEATURE
FEATURE
Shear Out Sleeve is shifted down
Expanding Sleeve inserted into the breaking off the end of ported
Flapper Section holds the Flapper Shear Plug to gain communication
open. to the tubing.
646
IS PACKERS
"FV" SERIES "SELF-EQUALIZING" TUBING RETRIEVABLE FLAPPER SAFETY VALVES

MODELS "FVLE" AND "FVHE"
The Models "FVLE" and "FVHE" are flapper type, tubing retrievable, through-the-flapper self-equalizing, "fail-safe" safety
valves. These valves, normally closed, are opened by application of hydraulic control line pressure via a small diameter
hydraulic control line connecting the valve to the surface Emergency Shut Down System (ESD). Loss of hydraulic control
pressure for any reason will close the valve and shut-in the well. Both the "FVLE" and "FVHE" are available as OCS qualified
valves manufactured per API Spec. 14A.
FEATURES/BENEFITS allow wireline operations below the valve. Normal
valve operation can be restored by simple reapplica-
• Through-The-Flapper Equalizing — Keeps the flow
tion of control pressure. A sleeve replaces the tempo
inside the flow tube for cleaner, simpler operation.
This equalizing system performs well in sand.
rary lock open mechanism in valves not containing this
feature.
• Rugged Construction — Wedge-shaped Flapper and a
• Alternate Locking Profiles Available — Including
large high-strength alloy Hinge Pin virtually eliminate
bending.
profiles for all Baker Locks as well as competitor
locks. The locking profile is denoted by the lock model
• Operating Mechanism Not In Flow Path — Therefore
designation.
not subject to sticking problems due to sand and de
bris, or the erosion of critical parts during production. ACCESSORIES:
• Straight Through Flow Path — Allows maximum pro Permanent Lock-Open Tool, (p. 648)
duction with minimal back pressure. Temporary Lock-Open Tool, (p. 648)
• Emergency Kill Feature — Kill fluids can be pumped Separation Sleeve, (p. 651)
down the tubing through the closed valve if hydraulic Wireline Retrievable "Insert" Valve, (p. 650)
control of the valve is lost and it becomes necessary to Hydraulic Control Line, (p. 639)
kill the well.
• Low Friction Operation — Due to the uniquely de ORDERING EXAMPLE:
signed interrelationship of Spring, Piston, Flow Tube PRODUCT NO. 822-XX
and Flapper, frictional forces are minimized, permit SIZE: 3-112 X 2.81 MODEL "FVLE" SELF-EQUALIZING TUBING
ting maximum closing force, minimum opening force RETRIEVABLE SAFETY VALVE, WITH "SA" LOCKING PROFILE, WITH
OUT TEMPORARY LOCK OPEN, FOR H>S AND MILD CO2 SERVICE
and minimum wear of parts. w/3-112 OD EUE 8RD Box x P'in, for L-80 9.3 Ibslfl.
• Permanent Lock-Open Feature—In the event of loss of Tubing.
control line pressure or valve malfunction, the "FVLE"/
"FVHE" valve can be permanently locked in the open SPECIFICATION GUIDE
position.
NOTE: The specification guide for "FVLE'V'FVHE" is identical to
• Temporary Lock-Open Feature — This is an optional
feature. It permits the operator to maintain the "FVLE'7 the specification guide for "FVLTFVH" Safety Valves. See page
"FVHE" in the open position by mechanical means to 642.
BAKER THRU-THE-FLAPPER EQUALIZING SYSTEM
Flapper
Plunger
Flow Tube, Flapper and Interaction of Flow Tube

Equalizing Plunger in and Equalizing Plunger
Plunger
closed position during equalization
Spring
When in the equalizing position, the ports in the side of

the Equalizing Poppet clear the metal-to-metal seal to
minimize erosional effects. The diametrical clearance
between the Equalizing Poppet and its mating bore is held
Bottom view on an
Equalizing Flapper to extremely close tolerances to exclude particulate
Assembly matter.
647
BAKER
A DIVISION OF BArtEflOILTOOLS IrJC
"FV" SERIES "SLIMLINE"^ TUBING RETRIEVABLE FLAPPER

SAFETY VALVES MODEL "FVLS"
The Model "FVLS" is a curved flapper, tubing retrievable "fail-safe" safety valve with a reduced
OD. Normally closed, the "FVLS" is opened by application of hydraulic control pressure via a
small diameter hydraulic control line connecting the valve to the surface Emergency Shut Down
System. Loss of hydraulic control pressure for any reason will close the valve and shut-in the well.
The "FVLS" is available as an OCS qualified valve manufactured per API Spec. 14A.
Note: The size 3-1/2 x 2.81 Model "FVLS" was specifically designed to be used in dual
completions in 9-5/8 inch casing.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
Simplicity -- There are only two moving operation can be restored by simple reap-
parts, the Flow Tube and the Flapper. plication of control pressure. A sleeve rc-
Rugged Construction — Unique one piece places the temporary lock open
flapper-hinge construction provides mechanism in valves not containing this
strength and durability in a Slimline® feature.
Safety Valve. • Alternate Locking Profiles Available— In
Operating Mechanism Not In Flow Path — cluding profiles for all Baker Locks as well
Therefore not subject to sticking problems as competitor locks. The locking profile is
due to sand and debris, or the erosion of denoted by the lock model designation.
critical parts during production.
ACCESSORIES:
Straight Through Flow Path - - Allows
maximum production with minimal back Permanent Lock-Open Tool, (p. 648]
pressure. "FVLS" Temporary Lock-Open Tool, jp. 648)
Emergency Kill Feature— Kill fluids can be "FVLS" Separation Sleeve, (p. 651)
pumped down the tubing through the "FVLS" Wireline Retrievable "Insert" Valve,
closed valve if hydraulic control of the (p. 650)
valve is lost and it becomes necessary to Hydraulic Control Line, (p. 639)
kill the well.
Low Friction Operation — Due to the OKOIKINGIXAMPLE:
uniquely designed interrelationship of PRODUCT NO. 822-XX

SIZE' J-//2.l-2.tf/M<JDtL'«l5-1UBINC,KnWEVABLt5AmY
Spring, Piston, Flow Tube and Flapper, fric-
VALVE. WITH "SA" LOCKING PROflLE, WITHOUT TEMPORARY
tional forces are minimized, permitting LOCK O»EN. FOR H ,5 AND MILL) CO. SfUVlfE w!3-I/2 01)
maximum closing force, minimum open EUE SRD Box* I'm. foi L-80 9.3lbslFt. TUbing.
ing force and minimum wear of parts.
Permanent Lock-Open Feature -- In the
event of loss of control line pressure or
valve malfunction, the "FVLS" valve t
can be permanently locked in the open
position.
Temporary Lock-Open Feature — This is an
optional feature. It permits the operator to
maintain the "FVLS" in the open position
by mechanical means to allow wireline op
erations below the valve. Normal valve
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Wotkine Mm. Mm. Mai

Test Ma>. Temperature
Tubing Pressure ID Seal Flow Setting
Service Pressure OD Rating
no Siza Model Rating Bore Area Deplh
Environment
In. Psi Psi In. In. In1 It. F
mm Kg cm kg cm- mm mm cm-' in
Sid and H;S 1751 20--275-

3-1/2 GOOD 9000 5.Q0U 3.812 11.41
2.81 FVLS" H.S and CO, 73,63 533 -7--135"
BB.9 422 E33 127,0 96.82
Model "FV1S"
Wi I b Temporary
Maximum selling depth lor fail-sale valve closure wilh .354 psift. gradient hydraulic fluid at Ihe safety valve and zero pressure in tlie Lack-Open
production tubing at the safely valve. Feature
648

A DIVISION OF BAKER 0/L TOOLS. INC.
ACCESSORIES FOR "FV" SERIES FLAPPER SAFETY VALVES

TEMPORARY LOCK OPEN TOOL
PRODUCT NO. 820-81
FOR "FV" SERIES FLAPPER SAFETY VALVES
MODELS "FVL", "FVLD", "FVLE", "FVLS",
"FVH", "FVHD", & "FVHE"
With the valve held in the open position by hydraulic control line
pressure, the temporary lock-open process is initiated by run
ning the tool on wireline and locking it in place in the Nipple
Adapter. (Note: The lock used on the Temporary Lock-Open Tool
must be compatible with the locking profile used in the Nipple
Adapter.) Withdrawal of the wireline running tool actuates the
Temporary Lock-Open Tool. The action of the tool on the tempo
rary lock-open mechanism in the valve, followed by release of
control line pressure, locks the valve in the temporary lock-open
position. The tool is then withdrawn from the valve.
Note: The Temporary Lock-Open feature for the "FVLS" Slimline Safety Valve
has a modified construction and requires a different Temporary Lock Open Tool.
The operation is essentially the same however.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 820-81
SIZE: 2-718 x 2.31 temporary lock-open TOOL/72-7/ff * 2.31
Model "FVL" Tubing Retrievable Safety Valve with "SA"
Locking Profile
PERMANENT LOCK-OPEN TOOL

PRODUCT NO. 820-80
MODELS "FVL", "FVLE", "FVLS", "FVH", &
"FVHE"
Permanent Lock-Open Tools provide a means of locking open a
tubing retrievable safety valve in the event of malfunction. The
tool is run and retrieved on wireline. Surface applied tubing
pressure is used to actuate it. A wireline retrievable "insert"
valve may then be landed inside the locked open valve and
become fully operational by utilizing the existing control line.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 820-80
SIZE: 2.81 permanent LOCK-OPEN TOOl/or 3-112 x 2.81 Model
"FVL" Tubing Retrievable Safety Valve with "SA" Locking
Profile
Temporary Permanent
Lock-Open Lock-Open
Tool Tool
649
PACKERS
FLAPPER LOCK OPEN TOOL

Product No. 822-80
MODELS "FVLD" & "FVHD"
The Flapper Lock Open Tool is designed to insert an expanding

sleeve into the flapper section to permanently retain it in the open
position. The tool is run on wireline and locked in place in the Nipple
Adapter of the "FVLD'V'FVHD". (Note: The lock used on the Flap
per Lock-Open Tool must be compatible with the locking profile in
the Nipple Adapter.) Withdrawal of the wireline running tool actu
ates the Flapper Lock-Open Tool. The Flapper Lock Open Tool is
designed such that the expanding sleeve can not be released into the
flapper section if the Flow Tube is in the way.
ORDERING EXAMP1E:
PRODUCT NO. 822-80

SIZE: 2-718 X 2.31 FLAPPER LOCK OPEN TOOL F/2-7/8 x 2.31 MODEL "FVLD" TUBING RETRIEVABLE
SAFETY VALVE WITH "SA" LOCKING PROFILE.
CONTROL PRESSURE COMMUNICATION

TOOL
Product No. 822-81
MODELS "FVLD" & "FVHD"
The Control Pressure Communication Tool provides a means of

gaining communication between the control line and the tubing after
the flapper has been locked open. The tool is run and retrieved on
wireline. Surface applied tubing pressure is used to actuate it. A
wireline retrievable "Insert" valve may then be landed inside the
locked open valve and become fully operational by utilizing the
existing control line.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 822-81

SIZE: 2.81 CONTROL PRESSURE COMMUNICATION TOOL FOR 3-1/2 x 2.81 MODEL "FVLD" TUBING
RETRIEVABLE SAFETY VALVE WITH "SA" LOCKING PROFILE.
Flapper Control Pressure

Lock-Open Communication
Tool Tool
650
BAKER

"V" SERIES WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE
"INSERT" SAFETY VALVES
MODELS "V" & "VE"
"V" Scries Wireline Retrievable "Insert" Flapper Safety

Valves, when attached to an appropriate safety valve
lock, are designed to be run and set in a permanently
locked open "FV" Series Tubing Retrievable Safety Valve.
The "Insert" valve straddles the tubing retrievable valve
from top to bottom and uses the same control line that
previously operated the Tubing Retrievable Safety Valve.
When "V" or "VE" "Insert" Safety Valves are assem
bled to a Safety Valve Lock, the model designation is
expanded to include the lock model and the first letter of
the tubing retrievable safety valve model designation.
Example: A Model "FSAVE" Insert Safety Valve is a Model
"VE" "Insert" Valve assembled to a Model "SA" Lock to
be landed in a Permanently Locked-Open "FV" Series
Tubing Retrievable Safety Valve.
Model "X" Prongs are used to hold the wireline
"Insert" valve in the open position during run in. The
"X" Prong is attached to the running shank or probe and
extends to the flapper of the "Insert" valve. When order
ing, specify the lock model designation to insure
compatibility.
IJ
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 822-XX

SIZE: 3.81 MODEL "F5AVE11 SELF-EQUALIZINC WIREUNE "INSERT" SAFETY VALVE
with"sa"lockfokuseinsize-J-;/2.v3.A'/ Model "FVLE"
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
product no. fl 7 7-#3

SIZE' 3.81 MODEL "X" PRONG FOR USE WITH MODEL "SA" LOCK FOR SIZE 3.SI
I Model "FSAVE' Wireline "Insert"Safety Valve
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
"V" SERIES WIRELINE "INSERT" SAFETY VALVES
lUJIliO SEAL MM. MIN.
on BODE ID. fLOWlREA
SIZE LOCB"
In. In. In. In' AVAILABLE
mm mm mm cm'
2-3/8 t.sjs 650 33

M,a:
1.11 IE:!
V E "M"
i-m 7.312 1.125 39
2.31
13.03 Sf.12 28.5T 6.11
ai/j !.ai2 I.56D 191
1.11
!S,90 rui 39.62 1U1
"K-."H-r.
4-1 il 3,111 2.122 3.54 11B" IMSA"
3.11
1U.J0 96.8! S3 50 n.n
5-1/2 4.562 2.56 2 5.16

IH.ID 156 115 37 6S.OJ 33.261
T, 'f-r. "C, ■s»11
Fiui,! i i.r j. -1, .i. rfesignalidii should be included ii dticriplion dI "FT" Seriei Tubing ReUievafale Safety
Valves when ordering.
Schematic ol Wireline
"Insert" Saiety Valve
Landed in a Permanently
Wireline "Inserl" Lncked-Open "FV" Series
Safely Valve Tubing Reirievahle
(Typical) Safety Valve
651
"K" SERIES SEPARATION SLEEVE

MODEL "K"
A "K" Series Separation Sleeve, when attached to an
appropriate lock, is a wireline retrievable tool used to
blank-off the hydraulic chamber in a locked open Tubing
Retrievable Safety Valve to prevent contamination of the
control medium with well fluids. A "K" Series Separation
Sleeve is recommended when a tubing retrievable valve
is permanently locked open and production of the well is
scheduled to continue without an operable safety valve in
the well. A separation sleeve is also recommended when
pulling the string with a locked open safety valve.
When a "K" Separation Sleeve is assembled to a lock,
the model designation is expanded to include the lock
model and the first letter of the tubing retrievable safety
valve model designation. Example: A Model "FSAK"
Separation Sleeve is a Model "K" Separation Sleeve as
sembled to a Model "SA" Lock to be landed in a perma
nently locked-open "FV" Series Tubing Retrievable Safety
Valve.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 820-04
SIZE: 3.81 MODEL "FSAK" SEPARATION SLEEVE
with mSA * Lock for use in size 4-112 x3.81
MODEL "FVL"
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
"K" SERIES SEPARATION SLEEVES
Tubing Seal Min. Min.

OD Bore ID Flow Area Locks*
Size
Available
In. In. In. In'
mm mm mm cm'
2-3/8 1.87S .807 .51

1.87
60,32 47,63 20,50 3,30
•6' ft -SA'
2-7/8 2.312 1.120 .99
2.31
73.03 58.72 28,45 6.38
3-1/2 2.812 1.750 2.40

2.81
88,90 71.42 44,45 15,52 'M\ 'M-11
•B'S-SA'
4-1/2 3.812 2.625 5.41
3.81
114,30 96.82 66.67 34,92
5-1/2 4.562 3.000 7.07

4.S6 'F'.'F-IVB'i'SA1
139,70 115.87 76,20 45,60
'Profiles for lock model designations should be included in description of "FT

Series Tubing retrievable Safety Valve when ordering.
Schematic of Separation
Sleeve landed in a
Permanently Locked-Open Separation
"FV" Series Tubing Sleeve
Retrievable Safety Valve (Typical)
652
PACKERS
'M' SERIES TUBING RETRIEVABLE BALL SAFETY VALVES

MODELS 'ML-2' and 'MH-2'
The Models "ML-2" and "MH-2" are ball type, tubing retrievable "fail safe" safety valves.
These safety valves utilize a basically frictionless equalizing system that allows equalization to
occur through a port in a two piece ball. Normally closed, they are opened with surface
applied hydraulic pressure through a 1/4" control line, and will close if hydraulic control
pressure is lost for any reason. The "ML-2" and "MH-2" are available on request, as OCS
qualified valves manufactured per API Spec 14A.
RETRIEVAL MODE Tubing Retrievable

MODEL NAME "ML-2" "MH-2"
PRODUCT NO. 818-30 818-33 818-31
CLOSURE TYPE Ball
CONTROL TYPE Surface-Controlled
EQUAUZING/NON. EQ. Equalizing _
Non-Equalizing Equalizing
WORKING PRESSURE 5,000 psi (352 kg/cm2) 10.00C1 psi (703 kg/cm2)
TEST PRESSURE 7,500 psi (527 kg/cm2) 15,000 psi (1055 kg/cm2)
CORROSIVE ENVIRON. Std. and H2S Standard
TEMPERATURE 20to275°F(-7to135°Q
LOCK-OPEN FEATURE Permanent
FEATURES/BENEFITS • Low Friction Operation — allows for

• Positive Sealing — Due to the Resilient maximum closing force, minimum opening
Seal working in conjunction with a metal- force and prolonged valve life.
to-metal face seal.
• Operating Mechanism Not In Flow ACCESSORIES
Path — Virtually eliminates sticking prob Permanent Lock-Open Tool (p. 653)
lems due to sand and debris and prevents Separation Sleeve (p. 653)
erosion of critical parts during production. Wireline Retrievable "Insert" Valve (p. 653)
• Straight Through Opening — allows Hydraulic Control Line (p. 639)
maximum production with minimal back
pressure.
• Emergency Kill Feature — If it becomes

necessary to kill the well and hydraulic con
trol is lost, fluid can be pumped down the ORDERING EXAMPLE:
tubing through the closed valve. PRODUCT NO. 818-30
• Lock-Open Feature — allows valve to be SIZE: 2-318 X 1 .87 MODEL "ML-2" TUBING MOUNTED
permanently locked open to accept a wire safety valve ID/2-3/S" OD EUE 8 RdBox x Pin for
N-80 i.7 ibsJfl. tubing.
line retrievable "insert" valve.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Min. Min. Maximum ®

Tubing Max. ID/Seal Flow Setting
OD OD Bore Area Depth
SIZE
In, In. In. ln.! ft.

mm mm mm cm- M
2-3/8 3.625 1.875 2.76 1708

1.87
60,32 92, OR 47,63 17,80 520
2-7/8 4.500 2.312 4.20 1801

2.31
73.02 114,30 58,72 27,09 549
® Maximum depth safety valve will close with .354 psi/ft. gradient hydraulic fluid in the control line and zero pressure in the
production tubing at the safety valve.
653
BAKER
PACKERS
PERMANENT LOCK-OPEN TOOL ORDERING EXAMPLE:
Product No. 816-91 PRODUCT NO. 816-97

FOR "ML-2" AND "MH-2" TUBING SIZE: 1.87 PERMANENT LOCK-OPEN 1OOL f12-318" Model
'ML-2' Tubing Retrievable Safety Valve.
RETRIEVABLE SAFETY VALVE
The Permanent Lock-Open Tool is a wireline
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
retrievable tool used to permanently lock-
open the "ML-2" and "MH-2" Tubing Re Tubing Seal Max.
trievable Safety Valves. The Permanent OD Bore

Size
OD Pin
Lock-Open Tool is run in the event that con In. In. In. Thd. Up
trol line pressure to the valve is lost or there mm mm mm
is a tubing valve malfunction. After the valve 2-3/8 1.875

1.B7
1.909
(>0.12 47.1) t 4H.4't
is locked-open a wireline retrievable separa .937
tion sleeve or safety valve can be run and 2-7/8 2.312

2.31
2.365
(.0,07
10 "N" Thd.
7102 SB.72
installed in the locked-open valve and be
fully operational utilizing the existing con
trol line.
MODEL "MGK" SEPARATION and production of the well is scheduled to

SLEEVE continue without an operable safety valve in
the well. The "MGK' Separation Sleeve is
Product No. 816-88 also recommended when pulling the string
The Model "MGK" Separation Sleeve is a after having permanently locked-open the
wireline retrievable tool used to blank-off safety valve.
the hydraulic chamber in a locked open
"ML-2" or "MH-2" Tubing Retrievable
Safety Valve. This will prevent contamina ORDERING EXAMPLE:
tion of the control medium with well fluids. PRODUCT NO. 816-88
The "MGK" Separation Sleeve is recom SIZE: 1.87 MODEL "MCK" SEPARATION SLEEVE FOR USE IN
mended in the event the tubing retrievable Model "ML-2" Safety Valve. Permanent
Lock-Open
safety valve is permanently locked-open Tool
Tubing Seal Max. • Min. To Run To Pull

OD Bore OD ID
Size
"N-1" Shank "C-1" Running "N-1" Probe Pulling Tool
Prod. No. Tool Prod. No. Prod. No. "RB-Type"
In. In. In. In. 811-85 811-06 812-13 Prod. 811-46
nun mm mm mm
or "SB-Type"
Prod. 811-45
2-3/8 1.875 1.925 .807 811-46-2000

1.87 811-85-2301 811-06-4611 812-13-2301
(ill. M -)~.f)3 411. '10 20.50 or 811-45-2000
2-7/8 2.312 2.364 1.120 811-46-2500

2.31 811-85-2701 811-06-4212 812-13-2703
71.01 58,72 60.05 2H.-15 or 811-45-2500
® Max. OD may be over drift for some weights of tubing.
MODEL "MGL" WIRELINE from top to bottom and uses the same con
RETRIEVABLE "INSERT" SAFETY trol line that previously operated the tubing
VALVE retrievable safety valve.
Product No. 818-08
The Model "MGL" Wireline Retrievable ORDERING EXAMPLE:
"Insert" Safety Valve is set in a permanently PRODUCT NO. 818-88

locked open "ML-2" or "MH-2" Tubing Re SIZE: 1.87 MODEL "MCL" WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE INSERT
trievable Safety Valve. The "MGL" "Insert" safety valve. OCS qualified, for me in Model "ML-2'
Safety Valve.
valve straddles the tubing retrievable valve
Tubing Seal Max. ' Min. Flow Max. ® To Run To Pull

OD Bore OD ID Area Setting
"RB Type"
Size Depth
N-1 Shank C-1 Running N-1 Probe Prod. No. 811-46
In. In. In. In. In.' ft. Prod. No. Tool Prod. No. Prod. No. or "SB Type"
11)111 mm mm mm < in' M 811-85 811-06 812-13 Prod. No. 811-45
2-3/8 1.875 1.925 .807 .511 1797 811-46-2000
1.87 811-85-2301 811-06-4611 812-13-2301
Ml, 12 47.»,3 ■iff.'JO 20.10 1.3(1 548 or 811-45-2000
2-7/8 2.312 2.364 1.120 .985 850 811-46-2500

2.31 811-85-2701 811-06-4612 812-13-2703 Model
7 1,02 58,72 60,04 28.4 5 <!. t'l 254 or 811-45-2500
"MCL"
Max. OD may be over drift for some weights of tubing. Wireline Model
Maximum depth safety valve will close w/. 354 psirit. gradi Retrievable "MCK"
ent hydraulic fluid in the control line and zero pressure in Safety Separation
the production tubing at the safety valve. Valve Sleeve
654
PACKERS
"SL" SERIES TUBING RETRIEVABLE BALL SAFETY VALVE

MODEL "SL"
The Model "SL" is a ball type, tubing retrievable "fail safe" subsurface safety valve. It is
activated with surface controlled hydraulic pressure through a small diameter control line. The
Model "SL" valve may be ordered as OCS qualified per API Spec. 14A.

MODEL NAME "SL"
PRODUCT NO. 818-07 818-17 818-23 818-24
CLOSURE TYPE Ball
EQUAUZING/NON-EQ. Equalizing Non-Eq.
6,000 psi 7,000 psi 5,000 psi

WORKING PRESSURE
(422 kg/cm2) (492 kg/cm2) (352 kg/cm2)
9,000 psi 10,500 psi 7,500 psi
TEST PRESSURE
(633 kg/cm2) (738 kg/cm2) (527 kg/cm2)
CORROSIVE ENVIRON. Standard H,S CO, Standard
TEMPERATURE 20to275''F(-7 to 135°C)
LOCK-OPEN FEATURE Permanent & Temporary*
• Model "SL" Safety Valves may be ordered without the temporary lock-open feature. Please
specify when ordering.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Positive Sealing — Due to the Resilient operation with application of control line
Seal working in conjunction with a metal- pressure.
to-metal face seal. • Low Friction Operation — allows for

• Operating Mechanism Not In Flow maximum closing force, minimum opening
Path — Virtually eliminates sticking prob force and prolonged parts life.
lems due to sand and debris and prevents
erosion of critical parts during production.
ACCESSORIES
Temporary Lock-Open Tool, (p. 655).
trol is lost, fluid can be pumped down the Permanent Lock-Open Tool, (p. 655).
tubing through the closed valve. Separation Sleeve, (p. 655).
Wireline Retrievable "Insert" Valve, (p. 655).
• Lock-Open Features — All Model "SL"
Hydraulic Control Line (p. 639).
Valves can be permanently locked open by
wireline means for installing a separation
sleeve or a wireline-retrievable, surface-
controlled "insert" safety valve. Model ORDERING EXAMPLE:
"SL" Valves may also be operated with a PRODUCT NO. 818-07

temporarily locked-open feature, allowing SIZE: 3-1/2 X 2.81 MODEL "SL" TUBING RETRIEVABLE SAFETY
VALVE WITH TEMPORARY LOCK OPEN. V)I3-1IT OD EVE 8
normal wireline operations through and be
Rd, Box x Pin for N-80 9.8 lbs/ft, tubing.
low the valve. The valve returns to normal
'SL" SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Maximum®
Tubing Max. Min. ID/ Setting Depth
OD OD Seal Bore ft
Size M
In. In. In. In.2 Prod. No. Prod. No. Prod. No. Prod. No.
mm mm mm cm-' 818-07 818-17 818-23 818-24
2.562 5.155 1140
2.56 — —
65,07 33,26 347
3-1/2 5.875 2.750 5.94 720

2.75 — — —
88,90 149,23 69,85 38,32 219
2.812 6.21 1140 1140

2.81
71,42 40,07 347 347
Model "SI"
with TLO" ®
Maximum depth safety valve will close with .354 psi/ft gradient hydraulic fluid in the control line and zero pressure
in the production tubing at safety valve.
655
PACKERS
PERMANENT LOCK-OPEN TOOL temporary lock-open mechanism in the

Product No. 816-07 valve. When control line pressure is bled off
FOR "SL" TUBING the valve is temporarily locked open, and
the tool is withdrawn.
RETRIEVABLE SAFETY VALVES
The Permanent Lock-Open Tool is a wireline ORDERING EXAMPLE:
retrievable tool used to permanently lock- PRODUCT NO. 816-20

S\ZI:3-1I2 X 2.81 TEMPORARY LOCK OPEN lOOlf/3-112 X
open the "SL" Tubing Retrievable Safety 2.81 Mode! "SL" Tubing Retrievable Safety Valve.
Valve. The Permanent Lock-Open Tool is
run in the event that control line pressure to
MODEL "SML-10" SEPARATION
the valve is lost or if there is a valve malfunc
SLEEVE
tion. After the valve is locked-open a wire
line retrievable separation sleeve or safety Product No. 818-65
valve can be run and installed in the locked- The Model "SML-10" Separation Sleeve is a
open valve and be fully operational utilizing wireline retrievable tool used to blank-off
the existing control line. the hydraulic chamber in a locked open
"SL" Tubing Retrievable Safety Valve. This
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
will prevent contamination of the control
PRODUCT NO. 816-97
SIZE: 2.81 PERMANENT LOCK-OPEN 1O0i.fi3-U2" Model medium with well fluids. The "SML-10"
"SL" Tubing Retrievable Safety Valve. Separation Sleeve is recommended in the
event the tubing retrievable safety valve is
TEMPORARY LOCK-OPEN TOOL permanently locked-open and production
Product No. 816-20 of the well is scheduled to continue without
FOR MODEL "SL" TUBING an operable safety valve in the well. The
RETRIEVABLE SAFETY VALVES "SML-10" Separation Sleeve is also recom
With the valve in the closed position and mended when pulling the string after having Lock-Open
tubing pressure equalized, the Temporary permanently locked-open the safety valve. Tool
Lock-Open Tool is run-in and locked into

the Top Sub. After withdrawing running ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 818-65

tools, full control line pressure is applied to SIZE: 2.81 MODEL "SML-10" SEPARATION SLEEVE/br use in
open the valve. This action trips the Tempo Model "SL" Safety Valve, with Temporary Lock Open
Feature.
rary Lock-Open Tool, which actuates the
MODEL "SML-10" SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tubing Sell Mix® Min To Run & Pull
OD Bore OD ID "M-1" Probe "GS"-Type
Size
In. In. In. In. Prod. No. Running/Pulling Tool
mm mm 812-14 Prod. No. 811-42
2.562 2.625 1.262
2.56 ■ 812-14-2560 811-42-2310
05,07 66.68 32.05
3-1/2 2.750 2.802
2.75
88,90 69.85 71.17 1.650 812-14-2810 811-42-2750
2.812 2.875 41,91
2.81
71 42 73.02
* Maximum OD nay be over drift for some weights of tubing.

MODEL "SMX" WIRELINE locked open "SL" Tubing Retrievable Safety
RETRIEVABLE "INSERT" Valve. The "SMX" "Insert" Valve straddles
SAFETY VALVE the tubing retrievable valve from top to bot
Product No. 818-20 tom and uses the same control line that pre
The Model "SMX" Wireline Retrievable viously operated the tubing retrievable
"Insert" Safety Valve is set in a permanently safety valve.
MODEL "SMX" SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Miximumi:: To Run
Tubing Sell Mu.' Min. Flow Selling To Pull
OD Bore OD ID Arei DeplK "GS-Type"
Size "M-1" Probes X-Prong Running &
In. In. In. In. In.-' ft. Prod. No. Prod. No. Pulling Tool
mm rm- M 812-14 811-83 Prod. No. 811-42
2.562 2.625 1.262 1.26
2.56 812-I4-25M) 811-83-2560 811-42-2315
(■^ 07 fih .fiB U,tlr, 8.1 1
3-1/2 2.750 2.802 746
2.75
88."J0 (,') ni 71.17 1.625 2.07
812-14-2810 811-83-2811 811-42-2750
2.812 2.875 •11,27 1 i.ii Model "SMX"
2.81
7) 41
Wireline
® Maximum OD maybe over drift for some weights of tubing. Retrievable
(§> Maximum depth safety valve will close with .354 psi/ft. gradient ORDERING EXAMPLE:
hydraulic fluid in the control line and zero pressure in the production PRODUCT NO. 818-20 SafetV Model SML-10"
tubing at Ihe safely valve.
SIZE: 2.81 MODEL "SMX" WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE INSERT Separation
© Model "M-1" Probe shown is for use in Model "M-VrF-V Locks
only. IIModel"M"/"F" locks are usedplease orderModel"M"Probe, safety valve, w/Model "M-1" lock, for use in Model Sleeve
Prod. No. 812-11. "SL" Safety Valve, with Temporary Lock-Open Feature.
656
15 PACKERS
"UL" SERIES TUBING RETRIEVABLE SAFETY VALVE

MODEL "UL"
The Model "UL" is a ball type, tubing retrievable "fail safe" safety valve. Normally closed, the
valve is equalized by pressuring down the tubing and the ball is then opened by applying
surface controlled hydraulic pressure through a small diameter control line. Loss of hydraulic
pressure for any reason will cause this ball to close and shut-in the well. Model "UL" valves
may be ordered as OCS qualified per API Spec. 14A.

MODEL NAME Model "UL"
PRODUCT NO. 818-50 818-51
CLOSURE TYPE Ball
EQUA11ZING/NON-EQ. Non-Equalizine
WORKING PRESSURE 5,000 psi (351 kg/cm2)
TEST PRESSURE 7,500 psi (527 kg/cm')
CORROSIVE ENVIRON. Standard H2S
TEMPERATURE 20 to 275°F (- 7 to 135°C)
LOCK-OPEN FEATURE Permanent
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Positive Sealing — Due to the Resilient • Low Friction Operation — allows for
Seal working in conjunction with a metal- maximum closing force, minimum opening
to-metal face seal. force and prolonged parts life.
• Operating Mechanism Not In Flow
Path — Virtually eliminates sticking prob ACCESSORIES
lems due to sand and debris and prevents Permanent Lock-Open Tool (p. 657).
erosion of critical parts during production. Separation Sleeve, (p. 657).
• Straight Through Opening — places no Wireline Retrievable "Insert" Valve, (p. 657).
limitation on production. Hydraulic Control Line (p. 639).
:. I

trol is lost, fluid can be pumped down the
tubing through the closed valve.
• Lock-Open Feature — allows valve to be
permanently locked open by wireline ORDERING EXAMPLE:
means. PRODUCT NO. 818-50

SIZE: i-1/2 X S.81 MODEL "UL" TUBING RETRIEVABLE SAFETY
valve wlh-lir OD EUE 8 RD Box x Pin for N-80 12.75
lbs/ft tubing.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Min. Maximum®
Tubing Max. Min. ID/
Flow Setting
OD OD Seal Bore
Size Area Depth
In. In. In. In.2 Ft.
mm mm mm cm-' M
4-1/2 7.300 3.812 11.41

3.81
114,30 185,42 96,82 73,63
1119
5-1/2 8.515 4.562 16.34 341
4.56
139,70 216,28 115,87 105,40
® Maximum depth safety valve will close with .354 psi/ft. gradient hydraulic fluid in the control line and zero pressure in the
production tubing at the safety valve.
657
PACKERS
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
PERMANENT LOCK-OPEN TOOL
Product No. 816-97 Tubing Seal Max.
For "UL" Tubing Retrievable Safety OD Bore OD Pin
Size
Valve In. In. In. Thd.Up
mm mm mm
The Permanent Lock-Open Tool is a wireline
4-1/2 3.812 3.838
retrievable tool used to permanently lock- 3.81 1.062
114.30 96.82 97.48
open the "UL" Tubing Retrievable Safety 10 "H"
5-1/2 4.562 4.680
Valve. The Permanent Lock-Open Tool is 4.56 Tftd.
139.70 115.87 118.87
run in the event that control line pressure to
the valve is lost or if there is a valve malfunc
tion. After the valve is locked-open a wire ORDERING EXAMPLE:
line retrievable separation sleeve or safety PRODUCT NO. 816-97

valve can be run and installed in the locked- SIZE: 3.81 PERMANENT IOCK-OPEN TOOlfl-t-112" Model
open valve and be fully operational utilizing •UL' Tubing Kelrieimble Safety Valve
the existing control line.

MODEL "UMG" SEPARATION medium with well fluids. The "UMG" Sepa
SLEEVE ration Sleeve is recommended in the event
the tubing retrievable safety valve is perma
Product No. 818-53
nently locked-open and production of the
The Model "UMG" Separation Sleeve is a well is scheduled to continue without an
Permanent
wireline retrievable tool used to blank-off operable safety valve in the well. The Lock Open
the hydraulic chamber in a locked open "UMG" Separation Sleeve is also recom Tool
"UL" Tubing Retrievable Safety Valve. This mended when pulling the string after having
will prevent contamination of the control permanently lock-open the safety valve.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tubing Seal Max.® Min. To Run & Pull

0D Bore 00 ID "M-1" Probe
Size "8S"-Type
In. In. In. In. Prod. No. Running/Pulling Tool
mm mm mm mm 812-14 Prod. No. 811-42
4-1/2 3.812 3.838 2.437
3.81 812-14-3810
114.30 96.62 97.48 61.90
811-42-3680
5-1/2 4.562 4.653 3.000
4.56 812-14-4560
139.70 115.87 118.19 76.20
ORDERING EXAMPLE: Mai. OD mar be "»« drift for some weights of tubing.
PRODUCT NO. 818-53
SIZE: 3.81 MODEL "UMC" SEPARATION SlEEVtfor Use ill
Model -ULm Safety Valve.
MODEL "UMX" WIRELINE

RETRIEVABLE 'INSERT" locked open "UL" Tubing Retrievable Safety
Valve. The "UMX" "Insert" Valve straddles
SAFETY VALVE
the tubing retrievable valve from top to bot
Product No. 818-54 tom and uses the same control line that pre
The Model "UMX" Wireline Retrievable viously operated the tubing retrievable
"Insert" Safety Valve is set in a permanently safety valve.
SPECIFICATION 6UIDE
To Run
Maximum s
Tubing Seal Max.* Min. Flow To Pull
Setting
00 Bore 00 10 Area Running &
Depth
Size "M-1" Probe© X-Prong Pulling Tool
In. In. In. In. In.' ft Prod. No. Prod. No. "6S-Type"
mm mm mm mm cm' M 812-14 811-83 Prod. No. 811-42
4-1/2 3.812 3.838 2.312 4.20
3.81 812-14-3810 811-83-3812 811-42-3680
114.30 96.32 97.49 58.72 27.10 746
5-1/2 4.562 4.653 2.740 5.90 227
4.56 812-14-3810 811-83-4562 811-42-4560
139,70 115.87 118.19 69.60 38.06
a Maximum 00 roar be over drift for some wolgtiti of tubing. ORDERING EXAMPLE:
® Maximum depth safety valve will clota W/.354 psl/ft. gradient hydrau
PRODUCT SO. 818-54
lic fluid In the control Una and ion pressure in the production tubing
SIZE: 3.81 MODEL "UMX" WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE INSERT Model "UMX" Model "UMC"
at the safety valve.
i: HoderM-r Probe shown is for use in Model "H-1VH" locks only. safety valve. wIModel "M-1" lock, for use in Model Wireline Separation
If Model "M"/"F" Locks are used please order Model "M" Probe. MUL' Safety Valve. Retrievable Sleeve
Prod. No. 812-11. Safety Valve
658

"V" SERIES WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE FLAPPER SAFETY VALVES

SELECTION OF FEATURES AND OPTIONS
"V" Series Wireline Retrievable Safety Valves employ a modular concept to adapt to your wireline
retrievable completion system. Whether for use in existing installations or new completions, "V"
series safety valves provide the flexibility and adaptability to meet your needs.
MODEL VARIATIONS
Models "V" and "VH" — The Model "V" is the basic 6000 psi working pressure wireline safety
valve proven in the Baker High-Flow Gas Slam Test. The "VH" is the high pressure (9,000 and
10,000 psi working pressures) version of the "V". For more information, see pages 660 and 661.
Models "VE" and "VHE" — The "VE" and "VHE" use the Baker through-the-flapper equalizing
system. This is the equalizing system that has been tested and proven in sandy service conditions. For
more information see pages 662 and 663.
OTHER VARIATIONS AND OPTIONS

In addition to the above model variations, other variations and options are available and should be
specified when ordering.
Optional Locks—Baker "V" Series Safety Valves may be supplied as a sub-assembly for attachment
to a Baker Safety Valve Lock, as a complete assembly including lock, or as a subassembly with
adapter to a competitor lock.
When "V" Series Safety Valves are assembled to a safety valve lock, the model designation is
expanded to include the lock and the safety valve nipple into which it is landed. Example: A Model
"BASAV" Safety Valve is comprised of a Model "V" Safety Valve assembled to a Model "SA" Lock
and is landed in a Model "BA" Safety Valve Nipple. The compatibility chart on the adjoining page
shows the relationship of the Nipple, Lock and Valve. Individual safety valve locks for use with "V"
Series Safety Valves are shown on pages 668 through 672. "B" and "BA" Series Safety Valve Nipples
are shown on page 666.
Service Environment and Material Selection — "V" Series Safety Valves are manufactured using
materials for the following service environment categories.
• Standard and H2S Service (Non-Corrosive or Hydrogen Sulfide)

• HjS and CO2 Service (Hydrogen Sulfide and Carbon Dioxide)
• Special Corrosive Service (Salts, Inhibitors, Etc.)
Standard and H2S Service valves meet the NACE Standard MR-01-75 requirement for metals used in
oil field equipment subjected to hydrogen sulfide environments. H2S and CO2 Service valves use
materials having a 9% min. chrome content for protection against H2S and CO2 attack.
In general, if the partial CO2 pressure exceeds 7 psi, H2S and CO2 service valves are recommended.
Example: Assume 5,000 psi shut-in pressure and 0.5% CO2 (Mol. %). The partial CO2 pressure is:
0.5% x 5000 PSI = 25 ps|

100%
In this instance, the partial CO2 pressure is greater than 7 psi. Therefore, an H2S and CO2 service valve
would be recommended.
For environments involving free chlorides, inhibitors, excessive temperatures etc., the Marketing
Support Group in Broken Arrow should be consulted.
Note: The Ordering Example for "V" Series Safety Valves do not contain complete product numbers.
Instead, a generic form such as 820-XX is shown. This generic form, together with a complete
description as shown in the ordering example is sufficient when ordering.
659
BAKER
COMPATIBILITY CHART
Model
"BASAV"
! Model
"BBV"
Model
■BFV-10"
Model
"BFV"
Model "V"
"\W Adaptor"
("V" Valve ("V" Valve 'V" Valve ("V" Valve To Cumpelitor

With With With With Lock
"SA" Lock] "B"Lock) F-1"Lock) "F" Lock)
Mnde!"BA" Competitor
Safely Valve Salety Valve
Nipple Nipple
J
660
BAKER
"V" SERIES WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE FLAPPER SAFETY VALVES

MODELS "V"&"VH"
The Models "V" and "VH" are flapper-type, wireline retrievable "fail-safe" subsurface safety
valves. When assembled to an appropriate lock, they are run and landed in a safety valve
nipple. Hydraulic control line connects the safety valve nipple to the surface Emergency Shut-
Down System. Loss of conlrol line pressure for any reason will close the valve and shut in the
well. Both "V" and ::VH" Safety Valves are available as OCS qualified valves manufactured per
API 14A.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
Designed Simplicity — There are only two Operating Mechanism Not in Flow Palh —
moving parts, the Flow Tube and the Flapper. It is not subject to sticking problems due to
Fewer moving parts mean a longer working sand and debris, or the erosion of critical parts
life. during production.
Rugged Construction — Unique wedge- Straight Through Flow Path — allows maxi
shaped Flapper and a large, high-strength al mum production with minimal restriction.
loy hinge pin virtually eliminate the most Low Friction Operation — Due to the
common mechanical failures in a flapper
uniquely designed interrelationship of spring,
valve— bent hinge pins and damaged seals.
flow tube and flapper, frictional forces are
"3-Point Contact" Slam Protection — All minimized, permitting maximum closing
slam effects are hydraulically absorbed by the force, minimum opening force and minimum
Flow Tube, vtrtuallyeliminatinghingepinand wear of parts.
seat damage.
Emergency Kill Feature — Kill fluids can be
"3-Poinl Contact" Differential Pressure
pumped down the tubing through the closed
Opening Protection — Leverage effect per
valve if hydraulic control of the valve is lost
mits accidental unequalized opening with
and it becomes necessary to kill the well.
200 psi below flapper without damaging the
valve.
ACCESSORIES
Clean Seal Surfaces — Dynamic seal sur
faces are bathed in a clear hydraulic fluid — Safety Valve Locks (p. 668-672)
not well fluid-— while the valve is in the open Safety Valve Nipples (p. 666)
position. This ensures against premature dy Separation Sleeves (p. 673)
namic seal failure due to dirty seal surface Hydraulic Control Line (p. 667)
abrasion.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
Positive Sealing — Due to Resilient Seal
PRODUCT NO. 820-XX
working in conjunction with the metal-to-
SIZE: l.fl MODEL BASAV WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE FLAK-f'ER
metal seal. This assures both a low and a high SAFETY VALVE U>M MODEL rSA' LOCK in land in MODEL rBA'
pressure seal. SAFETY VALVE NII>f'LE,./i>Ml«m(rtii/rimiW,Sj('ivr«
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tuhint Sol Basic ttl Mm WorkiJii Temaerjltirfl Nil ■ Wirelrne Eocks
DD Bars 0D ID flDwirtl Pitssme BjIidi Hi!mt Sstllng Depth
Slie Model
In n. In. In. ni PSI F Fl
'[■ T rv I •at SIT
mn mm mm tat • cC, t U
1.1 IS I.G9D .6 SO .332 I0D0D 1391

III VH- I
Ml 41.61 42.53 IE 31 Z.14 103 72S.3
[Oil
181 r
1-875 I.8SS .90) .ill GOOD 1914
i i
4TJ3 M.11 3 30 Sill
2111 2.170 us 6!J 100M IE0!
lit is I
M.I 55 E S512 13.75 to 103 131.9
71 01 7.312 2 297 i m 9)4 6000 ItOG
U1 T i X
55 31 nn >:i s
mi 2 549 i:es 1 257 100 05 nit
2H KIT I X i
3-17 ii-.i 64 6) 32 13 1.11 701
in
mi: 2 716 L5iO 1)11 (000 IKS
T X i i i
JtjU 11 01 ITHJ7S1
3 Sit 3 6(0 1 310 3041 I0DM -Pit US" 1363
3GS -VH" I i
4-11 93 67 574g M ;: 713 11-J
1117 3!07 2.122 3 536 e::: 1363
J!l r I i t i
!:5J 53 53
<312 *2sa 2.100 :;■:: HN 26 7S
4.11 w I i
5-12 ID!.Si 53.31 22 35 G33 I1U
13S.70
i!5> 2.5H 5 155 ECU Itll
4.S6
T
I i X i
I15«
9M0
VH1 X i I
7 5 7SD 5 718 S!6S 1372 ill 1419
i7? i: 5 75 HE 05 14S.03 12 93 31.57 4S2.5
T MM
X i I
Model "BASAV"
Wireline Relrievahle
Manmum setting depth for lail-sale valve closure with .354 psi fl. iradienl hyfraiilic lluiO >\ Ihe safely valve and mo pressure jn the production Intuit at
I l.i|i|u-i Safely Valve
me safely valve.
661
BAKER
A DIVISION OF BAKER OILTOOLS. INC
IJL
11
Closed Open
Loss of control line pressure allows After equalization across the flap
ihe power spring to return the flow per, surface control line pressure is
lube (piston) upward. As the lower applied. This pressure pumps the
end of the flow tube passes by ihe flow tube downward by acting on
flapper mechanism, ihe torsion ihe piston area defined by the two
spring swings the flapper upward. dynamic "T-Seals". As the flow
All slam effects are hydraulically tube moves downward, the power
absorbed by Ihe unique "3-Point spring is compressed. The flapper
Contact" design of ihe flapper and is opened by the end of the flow
the flow lube. The flapper is ihen tube. Contact with the internal
permuted to settle into the seal and shoulder of ihe flapper housing
resilient seal. The combined secu halts ihe downward flow lube
rity of a metal-lo-metal (formed by
the flapper and seat) and an elasto- n movement and provides a smooth
flow path through the valve. The
meric seal (formed by the flapper "V" will remain in this open posi
and resilienl seal) ensure positive tion as long as sufficient control
sealing al both high and low line pressure is maintained on the
pressures.
valve.
Cross Section View

Through The Open Flapper
This view illustrates the unique
Baker flapper design which is the
"state of the art" in flapper valves.
The "scalloped" flapper top en
sures smooth passage of Ihe flow-
tube while maintaining the wedge-
shape and super-strong hinge pin.
The wedge shape is the secret to
Baker's "3-Point Conlact" advan
tage during accidental differential
pressure openings and the effects
of slam closure.
662
BAKER
DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC
"VE" SERIES WIRELINE 'SELF-EQUALIZING" RETRIEVABLE FLAPPER

SAFETY VALVES
I *
MODELS "V" & "VH"
The Models "VE" and "VHE" are flapper-type, wireline retrievable, through-the-flapper
equalizing "fail-sale" sub-surface safely valves. When assembled lo an appropriate lock they
are run and landed in a safely valve nipple. Hydraulic control line connects the safety valve
nipple to Ihe surface Emergency Shut-Down System. Loss of control line pressure for any
reason will close the valve and shut in the well. Both "VE" and "VHE" Safety Valves are
available as OCS qualified valves manufactured per API 14A.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
Through-The-Fiapper Equalizing — Keeps Low Friction Operation — Due lo the
the flow inside ihe flow tube for cleaner, sim uniquely designed interrelationship of spring,
pler operation. This equalizing system per flow tube and flapper, frictional forces are
forms well in sand. minimized, permitting maximum closing
Rugged Construction — Unique wedge- force, minimum opening force and minimum
shaped Flapper and a large, high-strength al wear of parts.
loy hinge pin virtually eliminate the most Emergency Kill Feature— Kill fluids can be
common mechanical failures In a flapper pumped down the tubing through the closed
valve — bent hinge pins and damaged seats. valve if hydraulic control of the valve is lost
Clean Seal Surfaces — Dynamic seal sur and it becomes necessary to kill the well.
faces are bathed in clear hydraulic fluid — no! "3-Point Contact" Slam Protection — All
well fluid — while the valve is in ihe open slam effects are hydraufically absorbed by the
posilion. This ensures against premature dy [How Tube, virtually eliminating hinge pin and
namic seal failure due to dirty seal surface seat damage.
abrasion.
Positive Sealing — Due to Resilient Seal ACCESSORIES
working in conjunction with the metal-lo- Safety Valve Locks (p. 668-672)
metal seal. This assures both a low and a high Safety Valve Nipples (p. 666)
pressure seal. Separation Sleeves (p. 673)
Operating Mechanism Not in Flow Pain — Hydraulic Control Line (p. 667]
It is not subject lo slicking problems due lo
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
sand and debris, or the erosion of critical parts I'KODUCT NO, 822-XX
during production. SIZE: 3.K1 MODEL 'BASAVE' WIKUINE RnRltVABLE SAEETV
VALVE atib MODEL SA' LOCK/u land in MODEL BA' SAFETY
Straight Through Flow Path — allows maxi
VALVE MPPLE./or itandaid ami US setviir
mum production with minimal restriction.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tubing Sul ::. : Win Win TimiMribirv H» 1 W.'t ■■:::■;
OD Bart OD ID Flow Im PriiiLit Rjtmj ■ ■■ -j Seltin: Depth httk
SUa Ma dil
In. h. In. In. In! PSI F Fl c r T-r T w ■JIT
mm n.m mm M
1.711 1.6)0 C55 m 1DD0D aa

i ii ■VH' I
231 1]« ::u It SI i u nu
IBIS 1155 101 ,sii MM 19H
I.IT T -1 il <7 1) 10 50 3.30
I I
i m 1.170 .93 S .617 1000 0 2E0!

2.11 ■VH'
Mil 55 6 a.ii im 103 7519
I
1103 mi I.J97 i.i» »( (ooo I1DS

231 T !! )1
I X
Ml
:st; ;;;s 1265 IJJJ it:;: 1114
Z.5S W I i 1
1-lrt (4 87 111 nl 100.5
■ 1.90 in; 2.7)6 1560 1.911 GDOD 1316
ill r I i I 1
11.4! 7i at HE.'
3 681 1 !7S 3 Oil taooo -J'1O135' 1161
Jit "IW I 1
53 fl 3.'15 116!
mio 3811 3. so: i.iii 3 536 (USD 1363
3.91 r I i X X
96 57 53.33 121 41 S.I
131 131? flJJO JIM sooa 1615

■VH1 i I
115.3
us ?c 4.SS! 4ss; 1S« S1S5 MX 1516
4.56 T I i I I
il" -: 1156! 15(3 33.:i mi
9o;o
■VH1 I i I
7 SISD 5.710 LIES 1311 633 1415
1)1,10 STS 14E05 143 03 St.OI im
Model "BASAVE" T I i i
Wireline Retrievable
Flapper Safely Valve Minimum saHidBdaptMarfall-ulBralu closure with .3S4 psi'it. gradient hydraulic lluld ji the ia1ely va-Nv and lero pifliiura in !hs production tubins al the ufetf
663
BAKER
A DIVISION OFBAKEROILTOOLS.INC
CLOSED
When the flapper is in the

closed position, both elasto-
meric and metal-to-metal
seats provide positive seal
ing for both a low and a high
pressure seal. The spring
loaded equalizing poppet is
closed and sealed metal-to-
metal. The close diametrical
clearance between the pop
pet and its mating bore pro
vides a secondary seal.
EQUALIZING
In the equalizing position,

the ports in the side of the
equalizing poppet clear the
metal-to-metal seal surface
to minimize erosional ef
fects. The diametrical clear
ance between the poppet
and mating bore keep panic
ulate matter out.
OPEN
After equalization has taken

place, the flapper opens.
The flow tube moves down
and contacts the internal
shoulder of the flapper hous
ing. This provides a smooth
flow path through the valve
and protecls ihe critical sur
faces on the flapper and
seat. The equalizing poppet
is positioned on ihe flapper
such that it is allowed to re-
Model "BASAVE"
Wireline Relritvahle
close when the safety valve
Flapper Safety Valve is open.
664
BAKER
RACKERS
"L" SERIES WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE BALL SAFETY VALVE

MODEL "L"
The Model "L" is a ball type, self-equalizing, wireline retrievable, "fail-safe", sub-surface
safety valve. When assembled to an appropriate lock it is run and landed in a safety valve
nipple. Hydraulic control line connects the safety valve nipple to the surface Emergency Shut-
Down System. Loss of the hydraulic control pressure for any reason will close the valve and
shut in the well. The Model "L" is available as an OCS qualified valve manufactured per API
14A.
RETRIEVAL MODE Wireline Retrievable

MODEL NAME Model "L"
PRODUCT NO. 818-04
CLOSURE TYPE Ball
EQUALIZING/NON. EQ. Equalizing
WORKING PRESSURE 6,000 psi (422 kg/cm')
TEST PRESSURE 9,000 psi (633 kg/cm')
CORROSIVE ENVIRON. Standard Service
TEMPERATURE 20to275T(-7to13S°Q
FEATURES/BENEFITS control is lost, fluid can be pumped down

• Positive Sealing — Due to the resilient the tubing through the closed valve.
seal working in conjunction with a
metal-to-metal face seal. ACCESSORIES
• Operating Mechanism Not In Flow Path Safety Valve Locks (p. 668-672)
— Virtually eliminates sticking problems Safety Valve Nipples (p. 666)
due to sand and debris and prevents Separation Sleeves (p. 673)
erosion of critical parts during production. Hydraulic Control Line (p. 667)
• Emergency Kill Feature—If it becomes
necessary to kill the well and hydraulic
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 818-XX
SIZE: 1.87 MODEL "BCl" WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE BALL SAFETY
VALVE with MODEL 'C1 LOCK to land in MODEL "B" SAFETY
VALVE NIPPLEfor standard strviet.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tubing Seal Basic Min. MIn. Working Ma«.* Wireline Locks

ID Bore OD ID Flow Area Pressure Rating Setting Depth Available
Size Model
In. In. In. In. In.' PSI Ft
•6" ■SA'
mm mm mm mm Cm' Kg Cm-' M
2-3/8 1.875 1.855 .807 .511 6000 1820

1.87 "I" X X
60.32 47.63 47.12 20.50 3.30 422 554,7
2-7/B 2.312 2.297 1.120 .98$ 6000 1000

2.31 "L" X X
73.03 58.72 58.34 28,45 6.35 422 304,8
Model "BGL"
Wireline Retrievable
Ball Safety Valve
665
PACKERS
"X" SERIES WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE BALL SAFETY VALVE

MODELS "X" AND "XH"
Models "X" and "XH" are ball type, self-equalizing, wireline retrievable, "fail-safe", sub
surface safety valves. When assembled to an appropriate lock they are run and landed in a
safety valve nipple. Hydraulic control line connects the safety valve nipple to the surface
Emergency Shut-Down System. Loss of the hydraulic control pressure for any reason will close
the valve and shut in the well. Both "X" and "XH" safety valves are available as an OCS
qualified valve manufactured per API 14A.

MODEL NAME Model "X" Model "XH"
PRODUCT NO. 818-46 | 818-47 818-43 I 818-44
CLOSURE TYPE Ball
EQUALIZINC/NON. EQ. Equalizing
WORKING PRESSURE See Specification Guide
TEST PRESSURE 1.5 x Working Pressure
CORROSIVE ENVIRON. Standard and H,S I H3S and CO, Standard and H,S I HjS and CO,
TEMPERATURE 20to275°F(-7to135°C)
FEATURES/BENEFITS • Face Type Equalizing Seal — can

• Positive Sealing— Due to the resilient withstand repeated high pressure
seal working in conjunction with a differential unloadings without damage
metal-to-metal face seal. (this seal system is similar in principle to
• Large Flow Area — allows maximum the proven equalizing seal system that has
production with minimal restriction. been used for many years in Baker
Retrievable Packers).
• Operating Mechanism Not in Flow Path
— Virtually eliminates sticking, jamming
ACCESSORIES
or erosion of mechanism due to produced
solids in flow stream. Safety Valve Locks (p. 668-672)
Safety Valve Nipples (p. 666)
• Emergency Kill Feature — If normal
Separation Sleeves (p. 673)
hydraulic control is lost and it becomes
Hydraulic Control Line (p. 667)
necessary to kill the well, kill fluids can be
pumped down through the closed ball. ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 818-XX
SIZE: 3.81 MODEL "BFX" WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE SAFETY VAIVE
with MODEL "F" LOCK to land in MODEL 'B' SAFETY VALVE
NIPPLE,/or HjSand CO2 Service.
Tubing Seal Basic Min. Min. Working Max.* Wireline Locks

1
OD Bore 0D 10 Flow Area Pressure Rating Setting Depth Available
Sue Model
In. In. In. In. In.' PSI Ft
mm mm mm Cm! Kg Cm' T T-r •B1 "SA1
mm M
2.562 2.546 1.262 1.251 10000 1135
2.S6 ■XH1 X X X
3-1/2 65.07 64.67 32.05 8.06 703 345,9
88.90
2.812 2.796 1.620 2.0E1 6000 726
2.81 ■X1 X X
71.42 71.01 41.15 13.30 X X
422 221,3
3.656 3.656 2.000 3.142 10000 882
3.68 XH1 X
4-1/2 93.67 98.86 50.84 20.26 703 X
268.8
114.30
3.812 3.781 2.312 4.200 906
3.81 X X X X
96.82 96.04 58.72 27,07 sooo 276.1
A
5-1/2 4.562 4.531 2.740 5.896 422
1353
4.56 X X
139.70 115.87 115.09 69.60 38,02 X X
412,4
5.750 5.700 3.240 8.244 9000 1256
5.75 'XH' X X X
7 146.05 144,78 82.30 53.16 633 382.8
177,80
5.953 5.875 3.750 11.045 6000 802
5.95 'X' X X
151.21 149.22 95.25 71,22 422 244,4
•Mailimim jetting depth tor (ail-safe closure with .354 psl/ft. gradient hydraulic fluid at safety valve with zero pressure in production tubing at safety
valve.
666

"BA" SERIES SAFETY VALVE NIPPLES

MODELS "BA", "BH" and "BV"
All "BA" Series Safety Valve Nipples use materials containing 9% minimum
chrome content for use in H2S and CO, environments. The control line lug is
eccentrically machined (not welded). The standard control line connection for
the Model "BA" is the Baker jam nut-type which uses the control line fittings
shown on the adjoining page for a safer, more secure connection. Other type
control line connections are available on special request.
"B" SERIES SAFETY VALVE NIPPLES

Product Nos. 816-49,816-22 and 820-15
Model "B" Safety Valve Nipples are available in alloy steel heat treated to Re 22
maximum (Product No. 816-49), in 9 Chrome-1 Moly (Product No. 816-22),
and K-500 Monel (Product No. 820-15). The control line lug is eccentrically
machined (not welded). The standard control line connection is the Baker jam
nut-type which uses the control line fittings shown on the adjoining page. Other
type control line connections are available on special request.
COMPATIBILITY CHART
ORDERING EXAMPLE!
Safety Valve Safety Valve Nip le
LacK Model «B" "BA" "BH" »BV" PRODUCT NO. 800-56
SIZE: 2.81 MODEL "BA" SAFETY VALVE NIPPLE/or HjS and
»6" X CO2 Service with 3-112" EUE 8RD Box x Pin
"F" X threads for N-80 9.3 lbs/ft tubingfor "SA'Lock.
"F-r X
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
"B" X
PRODUCT NO.
"sir X
SIZE: 2.81 MODEL "B" SAFETY VALVE NIPPlE/br Standard
"SH" X and HjS Service with 3-112" EUE 8RD Box x Pin
"SV" X threads for N-80 9.3 Ibslft tubingfor "F-l" Lock.
Model "BA" Model "B"
I Denotes Compatibility
Safety Valve Safety Valve
Nipple Nipple
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Working Working
Tubing Seil Hai. Availability Tubing Seal Mai. Availability
Pressure Pressure
00 Bore 00 By Model OD Bore 00 By Model
Rating Rating
Site Size
In. In. In. "BV"
psi In. In. In. "B- "BA" "BH" "BV" P»
mm
"B" "BA" "BH" kg cm' mm mm mm kg cm'
mm mm
1.718 15000 3.688 5.937

1.71 X 3.68 X X
43.63 — 1054.7 93.67 150.80
2-3/8 1.781 4-1/2 3.750

X
1.78 X 114.30
3.75 95.25
60.33 45.23 —
10000 6.125
703.1
3.812 155.57
1.875 3.625 3.81 X X
1.87 X X 96.82
47.63 92.07
2.125 20000 4.000

2.12 X 4.00 X
53.97 —
1406.2 101.60
2-7/8 2.188 15000 5 4.125 S.I25

2.18 X 4.12 X
73.03 55.57 —
1054.7 127.00 104.77 155.57
2.312* 4.234 10000 4.313 X

2.31 X X 4.31 X
53.73 107,54 703.1 109.55
2.312* 200 DO 4.562

X 4.56 X X
2.31 58.73 — 1406.2 5-1/2
115.87 6.625 10000
2.562 139.70 4.750 163.27 703.1
2.56 X X 4.75 X
65.07 120.65
3-1/2
83.90 2.750 5.078 6-5/8 5.250 7.953
2.750 X X 5.25 202.01
X
69.85 128.98 168.27 133.35
2.812 10000 5.500

X X 5.50 X
2.81 71.42 703.1 139.70
3.125 5.750
3.12 X 5.75 X
79.37 146.05 8.300
4 5.562 7
101.60 141.27 177.80 5.953 210.82
3.313 X 5.95 X
3.31 84.15 151.21
E.125
® When "BA* and "BV" Safety Vahfe locks use a common seal bore, a Model "SV" lock can be 6.12 X
155.57
landed In the profile of toe "BA" but a Model "$A" Lock can not be landed in the profile ol
the-BV". 7-5/8 8.375 9.063
6.37 X
193.67 161.92 230.20
667
PACKERS
CONTROL LINE TUBING

Product No. 816-95
Control Line is available in a variety of lengths and material. Standard control
line is welded and drawn to ASTM A269 Specification. Seamless control line
is also available. When requested, control line tubing can be filled with
hydraulic fluid, pressure tested and certified for higher pressures than those
shown in the specification guide below.
Encapsulated tubing is also available. Encapsulation improves the crush
resistance of the control line.
CONTROL LINE SPECIFICATION GUIDE

00 Wall Weight Working Pressure®
Continuous
In. In. Material PSI Lengths
lbs/Ft KG/CM1
mm mm
.035 5906
.0804
0,9 300 Series 415.2
Stainless Steel 8700
.040
.1052
1.25 611.7
.035 5512 \
.0B04
0,9 Monel 400 387,5
.049 8120
.1052
1/4 1,25 570.9 AS
6.35 .035 5680 ORDERED

.0804
0.9 Incoloy 825 399.3
.049 8400
.1052
1.25 590,6
.035 66S0
.0804
0.9 Hastelloy C-276 470,3
.049 9B00
.1052
1.25 689.0
® Working pressures shown are for welded and drawn control line tubing manufactured to the ASTM A-269
specification. The calculated burst is 4 times the recommended working pressures shown. When requested
.035 W. tubing can be pressure tested for a 10.000 psi (or higher) working pressure, and .049 W. tubing can be
tested for a 15,000 psi (or higher) working pressure.
STAINLESS STEEL CONTROL LINE PROTECTOR

Product No. 816-96
STAINLESS STEEL BANDING STRAP WITH CLIP FOR CONTROL
LINE PROTECTOR
Product No. 816-98
The Control Line Protector and Banding Strap with clip are used to protect the
hydraulic control line from damage while running the production tubing in
the well. The protectors are normally secured with two banding straps and
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
installed across each coupling as each joint is made up and run in the hole. PRODUCT NO. 816-95
2000 Ft. CONTROL LINE SIZE 114 x .035
STANDARD CONTROL LINE FITTINGS FOR SAFETY VALVES AND NIPPLES wall, 300 series stainless steel, welded and
drawn to ASTM A269 specification and tested
|AM NUT REAR FRONT for 10.000 psi.
FERRULE FERRULE
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 816-96
STAINLESS STEEL CONTROL LINE
PROTECTOR fl2 718" — 6.4 lbs/ft Vam
Tubing Thread Connection.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 816-98
PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. STAINLESS STEEL BANDING STRAP with clip
02-26874-00 WW-WX00-512 WW-WXOO-S11 for control line protector.
668
BAKER
"SA" SERIES SAFETY VALVE LOCKS

MODELS "SA", "SH", AND "SV"
The Model "SA" Safety Valve Lock is a mechanical locking device used lo position and secure a
wireline retrievable safety valve in a Model "BA" Safety Valve Nipple. It is the ultimate in safety
valve locks because no combination of forces, fluid flow, vibration, impact, slam closures,
pressure differentials, etc., will release the lock. Once set, the only way it cart be released is
with the Baker Model "SA" Pullin;; Tool. The Models "SH" and "SV" Safety Valve Locks are
super high pressure versions of the "SA" (15,000 and 20,000 psi respectively).
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO 835-13
SIZi: J-112 X 3.81 MODEL "SA" SAFE tY VALVI LOCK fORH.S
and CO: SERVICE. 10,000 PSI workine pressure forsize OPERATING POSITIONS
1.81 Bahei Model "V Wirrline RelnevabU hiplm
Safety Valve.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
Positive surface verification that the lock has been prop -GS Type"
erly set — The retrieval of the tool string with the com Running
Tool
plete "SA" Running Tool provides surface verification
that the "SA" Lock is set and securely locked into the
Mode! "BA" Safety Valve Nipple.
Super strong locking dogs combined with dual locking Model
ring system, positively hold lock against all well forces-
Locking dogs arc wedge locked into the nipple locking
groove by the mandrel that is double locked by a dual
locking ring system. Model "5A"
"SA" Safely
Lock can only be released by the "SA" pulling tool - Running
Valve Lock I Tool 5h[?ar
Once set, both lock rings must be disengaged before the | Pin
locking clogs can collapse inward out of the nipple lock [Sheared)
ing groove. The "SA" Pulling Tool is the only device that • "SA"
can gain access to the "Sta-Set" Latch Ring and disengage Running
Tool Ring
it.
Carrier
Once set, the total load of any force is carried by the
' Retrieving
locking dogs and the locking groove ... not the "BA"
Ring
Nipple No-Go Shoulder — There is no chance of damag
, Model
ing the No-Go Shoulder or of swaging the lock into the ' Retrieving
"BA" Saiely
Shoulder
nipple. Valvo
Prong (far
"SA" SAFETY VALVE LOCK SPECIFICATIONS holding
sflftey valve
Rated
Maiimuin Minimum Flaw lest Certilnd Slfttl open)
Wor*mj
Lock O.D. 1.0. Area Pressure" Valve Lmk
Presses
Model {From
SI IB (From
Dti. Be Ion)
Below)
ProSutl Ser.it!
RUNNING IN IARRINC DOWN
In mm In mm In' cm' (PSI)
I PSI)
kg cm-
Number I»pe ■ AND LANDING TO SHEAR THE
kg cm;
PIN IN "SA"
1.71 1.1 JS is ei „
The "SA" Safety

1.81 1900 4 1.000 Hi? ■7tS Hi Valve Lock is run in RUNNING TOOL
2 31 2 34E - '. 1.140 71 =i 1.021 i r.3 on a 6,;ker "CS/SA" The Shear Pin in Ihe
i;s I.80S i I.4S3 IBM 1.656 10)0 Running Tool assem "SA" Running Tool
2.S1 2 6E5 1635 till 2071 Ml 10 000 15.000
835-13 and
bly. The "SA" Lock shears allowing the
it? J.7« E 1.101! Fl« 4.154 M SO ?03 1055
no-goes on ihe No- "SA" Running Tool
3.81 1.810 1 2.11? j 4.199 J
Go Shoulder of ihe Ring Carrier fo move
1.31 4 390 11151 2312 5S7I 4.199 1
156 4.65D in n 2.750 6; 85 5E3S Model "BA" Safety downward. The skirt
5 50 Valve Nipple. A of the "GS" bottoms
Available on
5.JS
Request*
Baker Prong is used against the Fishing
5 95 lo hold the safety Neck of the "SA"
1.71 UBS : .660 II.J6 .312 Ml
valve in ihe open po- Lock.
3.12 2.1(0 MM 1 000 m sn;
"SH-
15 00O !!S0O 835-16 Silion during run in.
2.1! 2!2S J1S3 1010 .IBS '. 1055 1562
2 56 2GI5 1 SOD i 132! >
2.\1 2.160 --,;■■.; — —
J0 001 30.000
"SV" 815-17
■m nso .- 10(0 - .IBS ' 1»S 2103
Contact your neaml Baker represeMaJive tor spetjiic size availability
ji j lock material joc-d lot H,S CO, scmce other ippllcations available m reguetl
Teit preiiurei are ujed Iffr «iP£n purposes anJy. Utilize working pre»urei Id; lac* a pp he al
669
BAKER
A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS IMC
RUNNING AND PRODUCT

PULLING TOOLS NUMBER
"GR-Type" hilling Tool 811-41

"GS-Type" Running/Pulling Tool 811-42
Model "SA" Pulling Tool B1 1 -5.1
Model "SA" Running Tool 111 1 -r>4
Model "FG" Prong 811-78
Model "X" Prong lil |-B3
Note: Model "FG" Prongs are used to hold I he

closure mechanism of the safety valve (Mapper,
ball, elc.) open during run in on sizes 2-3'fl and
2-7IS. The "X" prong performs a similar function
on sizes 3-1/2 and larger.
"CS/SA"
Running
Tool
A-.wml)ly
I M.i ml re I
"Sia-Sei"
.Shear Pin
L.ilcli Rinj>
[shearedl M.tndrel
1 (locked
i nisi lion)
, Lock Roily
Saicty RinK
i Hocked Releasing
position I Dogs
Pick-up
'Dors "Sta-Set" Shoulder
Latch Ring
Locking — Safely RmR
[Disengaged)
' Groove
Retrieving
Kinx
Locking
(Snapped
fie I civs'
Do s^
Kvincving
Shoulder I
■ Nu-Co
Sh milder
No-Co
Piok-
No-Co
Probe shpti
Pin
CONTINUED JARRING UP TO RUNNING AND IARRING UP TO

IARRINGDOWN RETRIEVE ORIENTATING UNLOCK THE
TO EXPAND RUNNING TOOL THE PULLING TOOL JARRING DOWN SAFETY RING
LOCKING DOGS AND NO-GO TO UNLOCK
AND ENGAGE The "GR/SA" Pulling Jarring up moves the
PROBE THE "STA-SET"
LOCK RINGS Tool Assembly and Safety Rinj; out of its
LATCH RING
After pressuring up pron^ {if used) are locked position. Both
Downward (ravel of on the control line to run into the Model larrlng down shears locking rings are now
the Lock Mandrel ex open the safety "SA" Lock. When disengaged and the
the"SA" Pulling Tool
pands ihe Locking valve, upwdrd jarring the "SA" Pulling Tool Shear Pin and forces mandrel is free to
Dogs. When ihe on the wireline tool contacts ihe orienta the Inner Mandrel to move upwards per
lower portion of ihe string shears the No- tion lug oi the "SA" travel downward. mitting the locking
dogs contact the Go Probe Shear Ring. Lock, the pull ing tool The Inner Mandrel Dogs to collapse.
locking groove, Ihe This allows the "CS/ automatically rotates extends the Releas The "SA" Lock may
Lock Body is actually SA" Running Tool unlit properly orien ing Dogs which in now be retrieved
lifted up preventing Assembly to be re tated. Further down turn expands the from the well.
damage to the no-go trieved. The lock is ward movement "Sta-Set" Latch Ring.
shoulder. Also, in Ihls now securely set and aligns ihe Retrieving
position, Ihe Relriev- can now be released Dogs with respect lo
ing Ring latches onlo only by the Model ihe milled slots in the
the No-Go Probe. "SA" Pulling Tool. "SA" Lock.
670
MODELS "G" AND "F" SAFETY VALVE LOCKS SPECIFICATION GUIDE

To Run To Poll
Model "G" and "F" Safety Valve Locks are mechanical Tubing
00
Sell
tan
fa-Sow
0D
Mln.
ID C-1R tuning H-l Pulling Tool
locking devices used to position and secure a wireline Sin T Ml Probe
In. In. In. In.
Prod. N 1.61I-C5 Prod. Mo. Piod.Ko.^11-46
retrievable safety valve in a Model "B" Safety Valve mm mm mm mm HI Shank 812-13 or"SB Type"
Prod. Ko. 811-45
Nipple. The Model "G" has an external fishing neck Prod. Do. 811-85
2-1/8 I.87S 1.925 .107 911-85 811-OS 911-48-2000 or
and is used for tubing sizes 2-3/8 and 2-7/8. The Model "S"
60.32 47.63
1.97
48.90 20.50 2301 4611 812-13-2301
811-45-2000
"F" has an internal fishing neck and is used for tubing 2-7/8 2.312
2.31
2.364 1.120 911-85 811-08
812-13-2703
811-46-2500 or
73.02 58.72 60.05 28.45 2701 4612 911-45-2540
sizes 3-1/2 and larger.
FtiblttgOD Sell Bore To Bon ( Pull
Mai. 00® Kin. ID
OROERINC EXAMPLE: Size ■SS-Tjpe
Model
In. In. In. In. ■M-Probe Running ft.
SIZE: 2-718x2.31 MODEL "C" SAFETY VALVE LOCK FOR H2S SERVICE. FOR A mm mm mm mm Prod. Ho. 812-11 Pulliitilotl
SIZE 2.31 MODEL "V WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE FLAPPER SAFETY VALVE. Prod. No. 811-42
2J62 2.625 1.265
2.S8 812-11-2560 811-42-2315
65.07 66.68 32.15
3-1/2 2.750 2.(02
2.75
8B.S0 69.85 71.17
1.750
2.112 2.875 44.45
812-11-3500
2.91
71.42 73.02
811-42
3.125 3.175 2755
3.12
79.37 80.65
4 2.000
812-11-3310
101.60 3.313 3.403 50.80
3.31
84.15 86.44
3.511 3.740
3.68
93.E7 95.00
4-1/2 3.750 3.102 2.62S
3)5 812-11-4500
114.30 95.25 96.57 66.67
3.812 3.839
3.91
9S.82 97.48
4.M0 4.030 111-42

4.00
101.60 103.89 1685
5.00 4.125 4.215
T 4.12
127.00 104.77 107.06
3.000
812-11-4313
4.313 4.385 76.20
4.31
109.55 111.33
4.562 4.653
4.56
115.87 118.19
S-1/7 611-42
139.70 4.150 4.840 3.280 4585
4.75 812-11-4750
120.65 122.94 32.55
6-5/8 5.250 5.350
5.25
168.27 133.35 135.90
4.000
812-11-5250
5.500 5.600 101.60
S.SO
139.70 142.24
5.750 5.875 3.312

5.75 812-11-5750 Model "M"
7 14E.05 149.22 84.12
811-50
177.80 5.953 5.985 5250
5.95
151.21 152.02 4,000
812-11-5250
101.60
6.125 6.247
6.12
Model "G" Safely Model "F" Safely 155.57 159.67
Valve Lock Valve Lock ® Uu. OD nuy bt owr drift tor tome wriftttt ol tiHitg.
TYPICAL WIRELINE ACCESSORIES
"C-1" Running Tool "N-1" Shank "N-1" Probe Model "FC" "M" Probe Model "X"
Prong Prong
671
BAKER
PACKERS
MODEL "F-1" SAFETY VALVE LOCK

The Model "F-1" Safety Valve Lock is a mechanical locking device used to
RUNNING AND
PULLING TOOLS
position and secure a wireline retrievable safety valve in a Model "B" Safety
Valve Nipple. The "F-1" features an internal collet-type spring loaded plunger
that engages the O.D. groove on the Model "M-1" Probe during running and
will release from the "M-1" probe only when the lock is properly set. The
"F-1" Lock has an internal fishing neck and provides a large flow area. This
makes the "F-1" ideal for use in high volume safety systems completions.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
SIZE: 3-112 x 2.81 model "F-i" SAFETY VALVE LOCK/or tfjS Service,
for SIZE 2.81 MODEL "V WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE FLAPPER SAFETY VALVE.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
To Aunt Pun
Ming 00 Sail Bore Ko-GOQD® Hln.10
Sin •SSTm"
Model "CS-Type" In. In. In. In. -M-rProto Runnings.
Running/Pulling Tool tnm mm nun mm Prod. Ho. 812-u Polling Tool
Prod. Ko. 811-42
2.562 2.625 US2

2.56 112-14-2560 611-42-2315
85.07 66.68 32.05
3-1/2 2.7S0 2.602

2.75
68.90 69.35 71.17 1.650 112-14-2610
2.612 2.875 41.91
J.81
71.42 73.02
911-42.2755
3.125 3.175 1.750
3.12 812-14-3120
79.3) 80.65 44,45
4
101.60 3.313 3.403 1.9S0
3.31 812-14-3310
84.15 36.44 50.55
3.68J 3.740
1.68
93.67 95.00
012-14-3610
4-1/2 3.750 3.602 2.437
3.75
114.30 95.2S S6.57 61.90
Mil 3.131
3.81 612-14-3610
36,82 97.49
4.000 4.090
4.00 811-42-3665
101.60 103.39
"M-1" Probe 2.625
112-14-4000 Model "M"
5.00 4.125 4.215 66,68
4.12 Safely Valve Lock
127.00 104.77 107.06
4.313 4.3)5
4.31
109.55 111.33
612-14-4310
4.SS2 4.653
4.56
115.87 118.19
5-1/2
611-42-4565
139.70 4.750 4.841 3.000
4.75 612-14-4150
120.65 122,94 76.20
6-5/8 5.250 5.350

5.25
168.27 133.35 135.SO
012-14-5500
5.500 5.600
5.50
139.70 142.24
5.750 5.675 3J07

5.75 812-14-5750
146.05 149.22 64.00 total IT
7
811-50-5250
177.90 5.953 5.985
5.95
151.21 152.02
4.000 612-14-5950
6.125 6-247 101.60
6.12
155,57 158.67
7-5/8 6.375 6.415 4.114

6.37 112-144370
193.S8 161.92 164.46 104,50
Model "X" Prong
> Ku. CD hut b«o»tr dim tor wan writfittol tubing.
672
BAKER
IS MCKERS SAFETY SYSTEMS
MODEL "B" SAFETY VALVE LOCK

The Model "B" Safety Valve Lock is a dog-type mechanical locking device used to position and
secure a wireline retrievable safety valve in a Model "B" Safety Valve Nipple. The Model "B"
Lock features an internal collet-type spring loaded plunger that engages the O. D. groove in the
Model "BT" Probe during running and will release from the "BT" Probe only when the lock is
properly set. The Model "B" Lock has a shear-type release to insure that the plunger is
positively retained in position and the lock remains in the set postion during production. The
Model "B" Lock has an internal fishing neck and provides a large flow area for use in well
completions designed for high flow rates.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Totot teal lo-6o® Kin.
To Run or Putl
OD Ben OD ID
Modal-BT
•b-Tipo
tat
la. In. Id. In. Preso
mm mm mm
PuIUltgTMl.
ram
Product
Product
Ko. 812-21
Ho.811-42
3-1/2 M12 2J» 1.5M

89.S0 Ml 112-21-4503 811-42-2755
71.42 73.02 41.91
4-1/2 MI2 3.1S0 2.415

114.10
Ml 112-21-91110 811-42-IMS
S6.32 98.04 SI.M
ORDERING EXAMFlit
J-W 4.K2 4.IS1 3.000
4.M
139.70 115.37 118.19 7S.2O
112-21 -090 I1M2-4HS SIZE: 4-112 X 3.81 MODEL "B" SAFETY VALVE LOCK FOR H,S
] 5.7M
service. FOR SIZE 3.81 Model 'V Wireline Retrievable
MH 3.107 iwd-r
MS 812-21-7500
177.18 146.05 149.22 34.03 8I1-S0-5250 Flapper Safety Valve.
Model "B" Safety
Valve Lock 1 Tatto-SoCDaujliooro irttttatant«ti|fcbiife»!Bt.
OPERATING POSITIONS
=<
-4
Run In Shear Down Set Release

to Release
Running Tool
673
BAKER
PACKERS
RUNNING AND "G" SERIES SEPARATION SLEEVES

PULLING TOOLS MODEL "G"
MODEL "B" A Model "G" Separation Sleeve, when attached to an appropriate
SAFETY VALVE LOCK lock, is a wireline retrievable tool used to isolate the control line port
of a Model "B" or "BA" Safety Valve Nipple. "G" Series Separation
Sleeves are recommended when running the production string to
isolate tubing pressure from the control line. This allows pressuriza-
tion of the control line independent of tubing pressure. "G" Separa
tion Sleeves may also be used when flowing the well or pulling the
production string without an operable safety valve in the safety valve
nipple or in any situation where it is desirable to prevent contamina
tion of the control medium with tubing fluids.
When a "G" Separation Sleeve is assembled to a lock, the model

designation is expanded to include the lock model and the safety
valve nipple into which it is run. Example: A Model "BASAG"
Separation Sleeve is a Model "G" Separation Sleeve assembled to a
Model "SA" Lock to be landed in a Model "BA" Safety Valve Nipple.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 816-XX
Model "GS-Type"
SIZE: 2.81 MODEL "BASAG" SEPARATION SLEEVE
Running/Pulling Tool
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
luting Seal Win. Wirelini locks

ra
Silt Bars ID Arailame
In In In
mm mm mm -6" 7" "F-r "B" ■s»- ■sr
1.718 .650
1.71 X
2-3/8
43.64 16.51
60,32 1.875 .807
1.87 X I
47.63 20.50
2.119 .935
218 X
2-7/8 55.6 23.75
73.03 2.312 1.125
2.31 X X
5B.72 28.58
2.562 1.262
2.56 X X X
65.07 32.05
3-1/2 2.750
68.90
2.75 69.85 1.625
2.812 41.27
2.81 X x X X
71.42
3.125 1.750
3.12
4
79.37 44.45
101.60 3.113 1.990
3.31
Model "BT" Probe 84.15 50.55
3.688 2.125
3.68 X X
93.67 53.97
4-1/2 3.750
114.30
3.75 95.25
3.812
mi
381 X X X X
96.82
4.000
4.00
101.60
5.110 4.125 m\
4.12
127.00 104.77
4.313
4.31 109.55
X X
4.562
4.56 X X X X
115.37
5-1/2
139.70
4.75
m
B-S/8 5.250
168.27 5.25 133.35
5.500
5.50 139.70
5.750 3.307
5.75 X X X
146.05 84.00
117.60 5.953
5.95 151.21
X X
4.000
6.125 101.60
6.12 159.57 Model "BFG"
7-5/8
6.3)
6.375 4.114
X X Separation
Model "X" Prong 193.63 161.92 104.50
Sleeve
674
13 PACKERS
MODEL "D-2" LO-CHARGE WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE PRESSURE OPERATED SAFETY VALVE

The Model "D-2" Lo-Charge Pressure Operated Valve, when assembled to an appropriate safety valve lock, is landed in a
conventional wireline seating nipple. It is a poppet-type sub-surface controlled safety valve held open by the normal
downhole pressure at the valve. It automatically closes when the down hole pressure drops below a predetermined level.
The spring used to close the valve can be adjusted to provide a wide range of closing pressures. After closure, applied
tubing pressure in excess of the downhole pressure below the valve returns the valve to the open position. The "D-2" was
specifically designed for gas storage wells, but can be used in any appropriate application.
When assembled to a safety valve lock, the model designation of the safety valve is expanded to include the lock and the
seating nipple into which it is landed. Example: A Model "RED-12" is a Model "D-2" safety valve attached to a Model
"E-1" Lock and is landed in a Baker Model "R" bottom no-go seating nipple.

MODEL NAME Model "D-2"
PRODUCT NO. 808-43
CLOSURE TYPE Poppet

CONTROL TYPE Downhole Pressure
iqUAUZINGNON. EQ. Non-Equalizing
WORKING PRESSURE 3000 psi
TEST PRESSURE 5000 psi

CORROSIVE ENVIRON. As Required
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Pressure Operated—The "D-2" Adaptability—The "D-2" may be
operates on the existing downhole adapted to a wide range of safety
pressure. When the pressure drops valve locks (including competitor
below a predetermined amount, locks) to land in existing seating
the "D-2" closes. nipples in existing installations.
• Protected atmospheric cham Deep-Set Capability — The
ber — The "D-2" has a fluid "D-2" may be set at any depth
chamber immediately above the since it is not surface controlled.
atmospheric chamber to block any Normally it is landed in the seating
leakage of gas into the atmos nipple at the bottom of the tubing
pheric chamber. The atmospheric string.
chamber is sealed off at the bottom
ORDERING EXAMPLE!
with a metal-to-metal seal ring.
PRODUCT NO. 808-XX
• Adjustability—The valve may be
SIZE: 2.25 MODEL "FGD-02" LO-CHARGE PRES
readjusted on-site to meet chang SURE OPERATED SAFETY VALVE, 3000pi working
ing well conditions. pressure to close at 1200 psi, with model "C"
lock to land in a model "F" seatinc nipple.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Fin Ins Waiting
TufcJoj Sell tntc Hn. Ka.nra lacks
Sin Through PlIUUll
OD Bat 00 00 tin Ridof ilTfiiiiilOfO
Puts
to. la. In. la. b.> la.> PSI F

-r -»• -r ■F-r -r ■E-l" •ur
nun mm mm mm crtf kg cm* C
1.711 1.711
1.7S i i
45.23 44.98
2-3/1 1.812 1.102

1.81 i i i
50.3 46.03 45.7!
1.875 1.16)
1.97 X i i
47.63 47.37
1.711 .761 1.190 3000 20M»27S*
2.250 4363 2.240 5.06 7.61 210.9 -7 to 13!
2.25 i i i
57.15 S6.90
2-7/1
73.02 Ml 2 2.302
2.31 i i i
59.72 58.47
2.759 2.740
2.75
1-1/2 C9.es 69 60
89.9
2.812 2.102
2.61 i i i I i
71.42 71.17
OPEN CLOSED
675
BAKER
PACKERS
MODEL "A-3" WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE VELOCITY SAFETY VALVE

The model "A-3" Velocity Safety Valve is a normally-open type that is closed by well flow in excess of the valves preset
closure flow rate. If loss of normal well control occurs at the surface, any increase in flow velocity causes foe "A-3 to
close, thus shutting in the well downhole. The valve will reopen once differentia pressure across the closed fcgpar»
equalized. The Model "A-3" has an equalizing sub-assembly which permits self-equalization prior to retrieving the
Âdjustment of the valve closure mechanism is accomplished by changing the orifice size and internal spring rate.
This requires specific well information and is accomplished through the use of Bake^scomputer program designed for
this purpose. Please consult your Baker representative for exact information required.
MODEL NAME Model "FNA" Model -RLA" Model "FMA" Model "RKA"
828-39 808-14 808-24
PRODUCT NO. 608-19
CLOSURE TYPE Flapper
CONTROL TYPE flow Velocity
EQUAUZING/NON. EQ. Non-Equalbing
WORKING PRESSURE A» Required
TEST PRESSURE 10.000 p»l (703 Kgtan')

CORROSIVE ENVIRON. As Requited
FEATURES/BENEFITS MODEL "FMA-03", "FMA-13" Prod. No. 808-14 and

MODEL "RKA-03", "RKA-13" Prod. No. 808-24
• Wireline Retrievable — valve can be run and re
trieved under pressure by conventional slickline SPECIFICATION GUIDE
methods
Tubing Max. OD*
Seal Bore
• Adaptability—Valve utilizes a conventional Baker OD
safety valve lock and is landed in conventionally sized In.
Size
Baker Model "F" or "R" seating nipples (pages 596, mm
In. In.
598) FMA RKA
mm mm
• Deepset capability — Valve may be set at any depth 2.7SO 2.802 2.740
as it is not surface-controlled 69.85
2.75
71.17 69.60
3-1/2
• Adjustability — valve may be readjusted on-site 68.90 2.812 2.875
2.81K -
to meet changing well characteristics 71.42 73.02
3.688 3.740 3.678

3.68
93.67 95.00 93.42
4-1/2
114.30 3.812 3.838 3.802
ORDERING EXAMPLE: 3.81
96.82 97.48 96.57
PRODUCT NO. 808-19 5-1/2 4.750 4.840

4.7Si> -
SIZE: 2.31 MODEL "FNA" VELOCITY VALVE FOR HjS SERVICE, 139,7 120.65 122.94
5,000 W.P., WI7I64" orifice, spring No. 02-19807-00 w!4 ® Max. OD may be over drift lot some weight! of tubing.
spacers. ® "FMA" only tor thii size.
MODEL -FMA-03", "FMA-13" Prod. No. 808-14 and MODEL "RKA-03", "RKA-13" Prod. No. 808-24
SPECIFICATION GUIDE (continued)
To Run & Pull To Equalize
Tubing
OD "GS-Type •A" Guide
FMA-03, RKA-03 FMA-13, RKA-13
In. *M" Probe •M-1" Probe Running & Pulling Tool Prod. No. Prong*
mm Prod. No. 811-11 Prod. No. 812-14 Prod. No. 811-42 811-71
812-11 812-14 811-42 811-71 Model "N"

3-1/2
na.-K) 3500 2810 2750 4629 811-75-3100
4-1/2 812-11 812-14 811-42 811-71 Model "KA"

114,30 4500 3680 3680 4630 811-77-3680
5-1/2 812-11 812-14 811-42 811-71 Model "KA"

1 19,7 4310 4560 5000 811-77-2200
4750
MODEL "FNA-03" PROD. NO. 808-19 & MODEL "RLA-03" PROD. NO. 828-39
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
To Run
tubing OD Seal Bore Max. OD.v
Baker
Size •C-1" Running -A- Guide -N' Prong -N-1- Probe -RB-Type* Pulling Tool
-N-1" Shank
In Prod. No. 811-46 or
Prod. No. Tool Prod. Plod* No« Prod. No. Prod. No.
mm
S11-CS 811-06 811-71 •11-75 812-13 -SB-Type* Pulling Tool
In. In. Prod. No. 811-45
FNA RLA
1.925 1.865 811-85 811-06 811-71

2-3/8 1.875
1.87 -
4627 4627 2300 2301 811-45-2000
48.90 47,37 2301
2.250 2.302 2.240

2.25
57.15 58.47 56,90 811-46-2500 or
811-85 811-06 811-71 811-75 812-13
2-7/8
4628 4628 2700 2703 811-45-2500
73,02 2.312 2.364 2.302 2701
2.31 -
60.04 58.47
® Man. OO may be over drift hi torn weight of tubing.

676

MODEL "J" WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE INJECTION VALVE

The Model "J" Injection Valve is a normally closed valve that is designed to automatically shut-
in the tubing in the event injection is stopped or flow reverses. Injection pressure opens the
valve by creating a pressure drop across the orifice that allows the spring guide to push past the
flapper to the open position. When injection ceases, the spring guide allows the flapper to
close. The ")" Injection Valve Sub Assembly is compatible with any of Baker's Wireline Locks,
(see p. 668-672)

MODEL NAME Model "J"
PRODUCT NO. 808-40
CLOSURE TYPE Flapper

CONTROL TYPE Injection Flow
EQUAUZING/NON. EQ. Standard Wireline-Actuated Equalizing Sub
WORKING PRESSURE 5000 psi (352 Kg/cm')
TEST PRESSURE 7500 psi (527 Kg/cm')
CORROSIVE ENVIRON. Standard Service

TEMPERATURE 20to2758F(-7to135°Q
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Large Bore — that allows unrestricted
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
flow and protection of sealing areas and
PRODUCT NO. 808-40
flapper valve from the direct flow
SIZE: 2.75 MODEL "FMI" WIRELINE RETRIEVABLE INACTION VALVE
• Wireline Retrievable — Valve can be run WITH MODEL "F" LOCK
and retrieved under pressure by conven
tional wireline methods
• Easy Adaptability — Is run on Baker Locks
and landed in Baker Non-Ported Seating
Nipples (p. 596)
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
To Run and Pull To Equilize
Tubing OD Seal Bora Max. OD « -CS Type"

Size M-1 Ptobe Running and Model "A- Guide Model "N* Prong
In. In. In. Prod. No. Pulling Tool Piod. No. Prod. No.
mm mm mm 812-14 Prod. No. 811-42 811-71 811-75
2.750 2.802
2.75
69,85 71.17
3-1/2 812-14
88.TO 2.812 2.875 2810
2.81
71,42 73.02 811-42 811-71 811-75
2750 4629 3101
3.125 3.175
3.12
79.37 80.64
4 812-14
101.GO 3.312 3.403 3310
3.31
84,12 8b.44
3.688 3.740 Model "A- Prong

3.68
93,67 95,00 Prod. No. 811-70
4-1/2 3.750 3.802 812-14 811-42 811-71 811-70

3.75
114,30 95,25 96,57 3680 3680 4630 5806
3.612 3.838
3.81
9(.,82 97.48
® Max OD may be overdiin for some weights of tubing.

677

MODEL "C-1" ANNULUS SAFETY VALVE

Product No. 734-32
FULL OPENING SHUT-OFF PLUG
Product No. 734-81
The "C-1" Annulus Safety Valve is a hydraulically operated, surface controlled subsurface safety valve Flow
Deflector
used primarily in gas storage wells. The valve is of the normally closed-type, held open by pressure
applied to the tubing and can be run to any depth. Sensing devices installed on the wellhead detect any
unusual occurrences and release the tubing pressure which immediately shuts in'the downhole safety
valve.
The Full Opening Shut-Off Plug installed below the Retrieva "D" Packer (p. 554) allows the tubing and
"C-1" Annulus Safety Valve to be retrieved as though the well were dead. The Closing Sleeve contains the
same profile as that of the Model "R" Bottom No-Go Seating Nipple (p. 598) to land appropriate Blanking
Plugs (p. 602).
The "C-1" Annulus Safety Valve is rated for 6,000 PSI differential.
INSTALLATION FEATURES/BENEFITS
The total system is designed to be installed under • No Formation Damage — Safety valve and "Retrieva-D"
Packer
pressure without killing the well. The Retrieva "D" packer can be run and retrieved under pressure.
and Shut-Off Plug (with blanking plug in place) are Do not have to kill the well
first run in and set. Well pressure is then bled off • Larger Flow Area — permits maximum with
above the packer and the "C-1" Safety Valve is run drawal during peak periods
in and latched into the Retrieva "D". The wellhead • Surface Controlled — through the tubing, may
is installed and the Blanking Plug is removed from be installed at any depth
the Closing Sleeve. The flow deflector is installed • Wireline Tools — can be run by removing flow
in the upper portion of the "C-1" Safety Valve and deflector. Permits routine surveys Closing
by applying tubing pressure the valve will open • Seals Are Not In Flow Path — Seals and seal Sleeve
putting the well on production. Wireline Tools can ing bore are not exposed to high velocity gas
be run under pressure by simply removing the flow erosion.
deflector. OPEN
ORDERING EXAMPLE! ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 734-32 PRODUCT NO. 734-81

$21:47 X 1.78 MODa C-1 ANNULUS SAFETY VALVE m/2-5/*° SIZE: 45 X 1.78 FULL OPENING SHUT-OFF PLUG WI3-1IT0D
ODEU 8 RDBoxforNSO 4.7 lbs/ft tubing x 3-II2OD NU 10 RD Box for N-80 92 lbs/ft tubing
EU8RD PinforN-80 9.3 lbs/ft tubing
MODEL "C-1" ANNULUS SAFETY VALVE

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
-C-1' Safety V»lve Flow Deflector
Cuing Sell Max. Row Max. To Run To Eciuallze To Pull
OD Bore OO Area OD Pulling Tool
Size SUe -C-1" Running Tool -A- Guide -A" Prong *B' Probe -RB-fype*
In. In. In. In.2, In. Prod. No. Prod. No. Prod. No. Prod. No. Prod. No. 811-46 or
mni mm cm-
mm mm 811-06 811.71 811-70 812-07 •SB-Type" ■Port
-Prod. No: 811-45
Closed
ittfo
1.437 3.410 4.43 1.490 811-46-1500 or
.!b.5O 43x1.43 Bb.bl 28.58 1.43 37.85 811-06-4610 811-71-4625® 811-70-4310 812-07-4619
811-45-1500
®% 1.781
45 X 1.78
4.250 7.069 1.865
7 45.23 1O7.'J5 45.61 1.78 47.37 811-06-4611 811-71-4627 811-70-5010 812-07-4621 811-46-2000 or
177.80 47x 1.78 811-45-2000
®Wfcen entering specify pin thread: 3I8-I6N lot "SB" *nd "RB" Tools
FULL OPENING SHUT-OFF PLUG

SPECIFICATION GUIDE Sffl
Shul-OH Sleeve -RZP-Plug
Seal Row Max. To Run To Equalize To Pull
Bore Area OD Pulling Tool
She Size -or Running Tool *A* Guide -A" Prong -B" Probe -RB-fype"
ft*
In. In. In. Prod. No. Prod. No. Prod. No. Prod. No. Prod. No. B11-4S or
mm mm mm
811-06 811-71 811-70 81247 "SB-Type"
Prod. No. 811-45
ittfu 43x1.43 till 1.43 811-06-4610 811-71-4625' 811-70-5719 812-07-4624

811-46-1500 or
811-45-1500
45 x 1.78
1.78 811-06-4611 811-71-4627 811-70-5007 812-07-4621 811-46-2000 or
wJ.&o 47 x 1.78 811-45-2000
®Wtten entering specify pin thnsad: J/8-I6N for "58" and "RB" Took CLOSED
678

MODEL "C WELL permits a wide choice of actuating

CONTROL VALVE pressures. The Well Control Valve is not
Product No. 685-60 sensitive to tubing pressure or annulus/
The Baker Well Control Valve provides a tubing differentials. After circulation has
n
means of reverse circulating a kill fluid been achieved, flow from the tubing to
into the tubing string immediately above the annulus is prevented by a check
valve.
the packer. This wireline retrievable
valve is installed in a standard sidepocket FEATURES/BENEFITS
mandrel. • Wireline Retrievable
Circulation is achieved by actuating • Insensitive to tubing pressure
the Valve with a combination of hydro • Prevents back flow
static plus applied annulus pressure. A • Wide range of setting pressures
unique, replaceable control cartridge available
Annulus
Kill
Rupture Fluid
Disc
Valve Closed Valve Opened Check Valve

Operation
Installed in Side Increase in annulus Check \felve closes
Pocket Mandrel pressure ruptures to prevent flow
immediately disc of atmospheric from tubing-to-
above Packer chamber permitting annulus after
annulus kill fluid opening of control
to enter tubing valve
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Well Control Vifve
Sldepocket Mindrd
Tubing Product No. 6*5-60
OD
Ml*. OD Min ■ ID
Product Slic Pressure
No.
In. mm In. mm In. mm Psi kScnv
2-3/8 60.32 4.250 107.95 1.901 48.29 4000 281

869-16
5000 351
2-7/8 73.02 4.750 120.65 2.347 59,61 6000 421
7000 492
3-1/2 88.90 869-12 5.313 134,95 2.875 73.02 8000 562
9000 633
4 101.60 869-16 S.813 147.65 3.359 85,32 10.000 703
4000 281
4-1/2 114,30 7.031 178,59 3.890 98.81 5000 351
6000 421
869-11 1-1/2- 7000 492
8000 562
5-1/2 9000 63.)
139,70 7.938 201,63 4.653 118.19
10,000 703
® Vitve is available only with (he trip pressures shown. Please specify nip pressure and tempetiture when ordering.
ORDERING EXAMPU:
PRODUCT NO. 685-60 ORDERING EXAMPU:
SIZE: 1" MODEL "C~ WELL CONTROL VALVE w/6000 PRODUCT NO. 869-16
psi 421 (kg/cm?) 212°F Control Cartridge SIZE: 2-3/8 SIDE POCKET MANDREL Vll2-3I8" EU 8
complete wlLatch Rd Box x Box/14.7 lbs/ft N-80 tubing
679
RAKER
A DIVISION OP BAXER OIL TOOLS. IMG
BAKER ONE-TRIP SUBSURFACE HANGER FEATURES/BENEFITS

SAFETY SYSTEMS • Safety Valve Service — Packer settings are not affected
by the repair of tubing retrievable safely valves since
Baker One-Trip Subsurface Hanger Safety Systems permit only the tubing above the hanger is pulled out of the
replacemenl or repair of tubing retrievable safety valves hole.
and control lines without disturbing the tubing strings • Optimum Load Distribution — Siipson the One-Trip
below the hanger. Both single and dual string versions are Subsurface Hanger System provide ample contact with
available and can be installed in either new or old wells. minimum damage to casing.
In both systems, the tubing is hung from the Subsurface • Easy Retrievability — Minimal amount of surface
Tubing Hanger instead of from the wellhead. The rela equipment is required lo retrieve tubing and safety
tively short length of tubing from the hanger to the surface valve above the hanger.
contains the safety valve(s) and control finds). This tubing • Full Opening — Safety valves have full tubing ID to
can be released and retrieved permitting inspection and/ allow plugs, chokes, etc. to be set below the One-Trip
or repair of the safety valve(s) without disturbing the Hanger.
packcr(s) and production components below the hanger. For detailed information and specifications refer to:
Should the wellhead become inoperable, the One-Trip One-Trip Single String Subsurface Hanger Systems
Hanger is designed to secure the safety valve(s), to main (p. 680)
tain the integrity of the safety system. One-Trip Dual String Subsurface Hanger Systems
(p. 682)
Note: The lubing above iheSinnleor Dual Siring! langermusf be landed

in neutral to permit retrievability of ihe anchor or latching assembly.
Subsurface Subsurface
Single Dual
String String
Hanger Hanger
System System
Ifl
-Control
Line
Tuhinv;
Mou n iii
Safely
Till" us
Valves
Mutinied
Safety
Valve Lalctl
-Anchor
Seal
Assembly Jaker
3ual
Slrinj]
-IS.iker
H.inRer
Single
^ Siing
Jf
Hanger
-Packer Dual
Packer
"Packer
Producing Retrieving Producing Retrieving

■>.iri| Valve Salely Valve
680

MODEL "E-36" ANCHOR SEAL ASSEMBLY F/STANDARD SERVICE

Product No. 817-26
MODEL "E-22" ANCHOR SEAL ASSEMBLY F/H2S SERVICE
Product No. 817-21
MODEL "E-32" ANCHOR SEAL ASSEMBLY FOR H2S AND CO2 SERVICE
Product No. 817-42
The Model "E" Anchor Seal Assembly locks and seals the production string to the subsurface single
string hanger. The Model "E" Anchor allows the single string hanger to be run and set in one trip by
supporting all the tubing weight below the hanger while running in the hole. Simple right hand
rotation releases the Model "E" Anchor from the hanger.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 817-21

SIZE: 80-40 MODEL "E-22" ANCHOR SEAL ASSEM
Anchor BLY w/3-112" OD EU 8 Rd Thd. BoxforN-80
Seal 9.3 Ibslft tubing
Assembly
SINGLE STRING SUBSURFACE TUBING HANGER

Product No. 817-20 (Standard or Standard and H2S Service)
Product No. 817-45 (H2S and CO, Service)
The Baker Single String Subsurface Hanger permits easy retrieval of the upper safety system in the
event of required safety valve service. The upper safety system is released from the hanger by use of
the anchor tubing seal assembly. The completion below the hanger remains undisturbed and a
conventional rig is not required as only the tubing string weight above the subsurface hanger must be
lifted.
This system permits the entire completion from top to bottom, including the safety system, to be
run, set, and the surface hanger landed, in one trip. This hanger is set by surface-applied tubing
pressure and shear-released by straight tubing pull. After release, the Baker hanger can be moved
both up and down (without accidentally resetting) as is often required if other subsurface equipment
below it is stuck in the hole. The Baker Subsurface Hanger employs a hydraulic Setting Piston, Slip
Assembly and Anchor Seal Assembly proven on the other reliable Baker Packers equipment.
ACCESSORIES ORDERING EXAMPLE:
Anchor Seal Assembly (p. 680) PRODUCT NO. 817-20

SIZE: 47 AB-40 SINGLE STRING HANGER. FOR
Auto-Loc Expansion Joint (p. 685)
STANDARD AND H2S SERVICE. FOR 7" OD 35 Ibslft
Shear-Out Safety Joint (p. 684) casing wl3-U2" OD EUE 8 Rdpin down
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Mittten wattctfmwn to
eg Ktiftt Mil Kb. u*
H^ H*i vcita, a iXttlts) I,] ÎCO) illHfllfd «,S ,stco,
Ka. Hu. 09 "!• lui
Sin
U> Da IX hi N Ua
b. li. It II. la 11. M N
Ut/fl kt tol , '1. »•
mi 1U .415 I44IM tun 1)203

UJJ nira 1HK3 i.4m I7tj I7C3 )in
u» MB us ICS3 ISC 10JI
mi in 10.54 I22K
4) - S7IS7 ti.ii 111.1 471.1 4H.2 IS1U "in
114.10 10.10 U.SS SII.4 1111 11712
I .4J4 414
»
i-m m Jtt 1I1IC3 ittta 17BCJ

10 14 MM ma IK)
711 I.M lilt Mil «.E9 IS-«O
111] 4UI - ill.7 575 J 171)15 1121]
71.79 iji.i
14t.O! 11.41 iai.ii
T jji .411
1OU 1CK3 usca msa
int 511 HIS
U1.1 791.1 uiii Ull 12 1Q UtM no «iirai ana mja
7V1 m in UH un 411 lt5-47.
a«-» 41C0 - -
7170 1054^ 1781 Uil \aa: UM01 I!IIU
113 7 111 1170 mis £14! ma a
luta una 111-41 1171 •tea IISKt

4.4H OS I1K3 - -
_ -
SI 12 )iia in.) 11041) «<)!!
urn) 1SS1SS
I-M in 44$ ins 170 IS 711.41
lit 3SUC3
144.5 U.It iiui 39ISS3 4111 S27J tea
4111 %£> KSi IU-W - -
- - - -
inu on XI11S lillil
119-4) IIWO) mm
4411 4)5 I1E» 1170 ISS4.5 DM 1JS1
1111 tio m nm cr
11-IS ss -
mm IIK13
10.91 11.44 :o4.to 111.41 123 iS 711.41 m-41 IDS )SU3 IIC3 nna
111.)
Single Siring U4> oil III)
-
11M37 KID
-
Hanger
681
BAKER
A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS, IMC
OPERATIONS Re-Installing Safety Sys

Running In — Make up all components of the tem— Run tubing, contain
ing safety system, back into
production hook-up including the lower hydrau
lic packer(s) and run In hanger setting depth. well until hanger is reached.
Set down sufficient weight to
Setting— Install blanking plug in seating nipple
below the hanger and pressurize tubing. Pres latch Anchor Seal Assembly
sure causes Setting Piston to shear pins in Upper into left hand square threads
Cone and move it downward forcing the Slips at top of hanger. Button up
surface hanger and tree. Re
outward to grip the casing. Setting Pressure of
500-2,000 psi (35,16-140,62 kg/cm-) can be trieve blanking plug.
changed by number of shear pins utilized. A Releasing Hanger — Pull
Body Lock Ring locks the Setting Piston at the sufficient tension above the
limit of its downward travel completing setting of weight of the entire produc
the hanger. Remove blanking plug, set and test tion string to shear the
hydraulic packer(s). Hanger Shear Ring. This per
Releasing (he Safely System — Inslall blank mits the Lower Cone to
Anchor V.-.n Assembly with
ing plug in seating nipple below hanger. Unbut move downward, disengag
Blanking Seal Sub
ton tree and surface hanger and apply 2,000 lbs. For use on subsequent run [o blank off
ing both Upper and Lower
(907 kgs.) tension at subsurface hanger. Rotate bL-rtin^ pori [currently available in size^ Slips, releasing the hanger.
12 to 14 turns to right to release seal assembly 47 CD-47 and larger,) The hanger, production
and permit retrieval of safely system above string and packer(s) can now
hanger. be retrieved from the well.
Blanking Off Setting Port — On sizes 47
CD-47 and larger, the two dynamic seals on the
Setting Piston can be blanked off if a leak de
velops during production. They are blanked off
— Ant: h or
by pulling the safety system and modifying the Still
anchor. On the size 47 CD-47, the Bottom Sub is
replaced with a Blanking Seal Sub with Molded
Seal. On sizes 51 A-47 and 51 A-60, a standard
Lower Seal Unit is inserted between the anchor
and the Botlom Sub.
— Sing[t>
■ Anchor
Seal
Assembly
With Latch
Enured
In Hanger
Setting
hsrnn
Slip
Assembly
Shew
RlnR
Running In Releasing The Salely System Retrieving

682

A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS SIC
MODEL "C" DUAL STRING SUBSURFACE

HANGER W/LATCHING ASSEMBLY
Product No. 817-39 (Standard and H,S Service)
Product No. 817-66 (H}S and CO; Service)
The Baker Dual String Subsurface Hanger and Lalch pro
vides a subsurface safety valve installation with many
advantages over conventional wireline safety valve sys
tems. A description of single and dual hanger safely
systems along with their features and benefits are pre
sented on page 679.
The Baker Dual String Subsurface Hanger contains a
unique three cone slip system that offers nearly 360° slip
Contact for optimum load distribution. It incorporates a
Lalch Receptacle with slot to guide and properly position
the Latch, an internal Shoulder Ring to lock the Latch in
position and seal bores for the two strings. The dual
hanger is set hydraulically and released by a shear release
mechanism. The Latch is released for retrieval of the dual
strings containing the safely valves, and reinstalled and
relocked hydraulically. Details of the operation of the
Dual Hanger and Latch are shown on the next page.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Easy to set and retrieve
• Easy to release, retrieve and reinstall Latch
• Three-cone nearly 360° slip system for optimum slip
contact and uniform load distribution
SettinR
Piilon
■ Upward
-Selling Tuol
Upper Cone
Middle Cone
Cone
i -11 Dual I -ili linn; Setting Rod

String Subsurface Hanger '.■ -. ;■ u i h hi\ For
Shear Release
Product No. Mattel C-n Dual 5!ud
fl!7-34 Strinj; Subsurface Hanger
Piottun No.
017-30
CHOIRING IXAMPtl:
product.no S17-39
size -111) model c-n dual strinc HAsctK wlLatching Assmbbt for
7-518". 26.-1-39 tiuift eating, wI2-3I8" ()!> Hydra'" CS'-"- Box k Pin Running Set
tubing threads. In
683

A DIVISION OP BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC
ACCESSORIES Release and Removal of Hydraulic Latch — Control

Tubing Retrievable Safely Valves [p. 640-657) string pressure of 1,500 psif105,5 kg/cm;) forces Latch
Auto-Loc Expansion Joint fp. 685} Fingers upward away from cone, permitting Latch to snap
Adjustable Spacer foint with Rotational Lock (p. 684] through the Shoulder Ring, releasing Latch.
Shear-Out Safety Joint (p. 684) Re-inslallation of Latch — Run Latch into wel! until
Lalch Fingers snap through Shoulder Ring. Control string
OPERATION
pressure of 1,500 psi( 105,5 kg/cnr') forces Latch Fingers
Running In — Make up all components of the produc
down and out over the cone and under the Shoulder Ring,
tion hook-up including the lower hydraulic packers and
locking Latch in hanger.
run to hanger setting depth.
Releasing Hanger—Upstrain shears Release Studs
Setting — Setting pressure of 1,500 psi(105,5 kg/cm-')
with Latch in place or with Releasing Tool if Latch has
forces Setting Pistons upward, pulling cones under slips
been removed.
setting the hanger.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Clung Haider Hl'rulit Latch *tt tin Mr Wnikine PitiUit rtDsJiinj Tensile -
WiUrhickneii Tubing Vu. Minimum ID Hu Himmum 10

oo Wlrftl! Sid 1 H-S H,S1 CO; su) i w,s H,S L CO,
DD M on
Win. Mil. Sin Shansiriiia LaniStrm; Central Siring tutQ Slrmi
In. h. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. pll Pll Bl Ibi
Ibid
mm rr.m
— —,
ipti mm ram mm k2 tm> IE tml kg
1 m -4W E.01I ISM 1S0E UN 1.115 1.57S

30-1) m
IT 1.1 141 1036 es j: > 60.12 153.13 It,11 1!3.T tw <7.62
3-J.l i 2-J.a 1.506 S5O0 1.175 10900 I03D0 91700 9ZI0O

£13? 160.3; «B.ll 139.7 47.6! ?6G< 717? 447S9 41115
J-i'l an ,!!0 (459 l.9Dt 111S
KA - Jl 411
ItMl 91! 11)0 1E5.8I 4141 ?3IS ini 41*3 Lisa
;:;: i n.ei ■- ISO. 10 ■u
I'M 11-M 2.17! 131S Ml 2 1.311
im J3.0I ■ 13.02 60 31 60.32 58,7! 58.7?

.152 .SIS lilt 9.371 12900 11100 119100 164100
36 —SIS 51ft
UH 1314 H/3i 1-1/3 112.80 1.8 B7 11? JO 311! Z4II mi 710.4 1S713 74)06
SSSJifSiO UK 7J.1I ■1 11 II;:
Teniilt riuiji utioi ucn sjirj ir.itm i vim Itic sr.ititt ilrinj unit -nf.i uneitn
-Housing
Vpnt«l I K
- \| ihi [I tubing IJr— irrc
-C'onttul Tool
Hall Seal
Shoulder Opening
To Stop Downward
Sleeve Moving Showing
Upward
Movement
- Latch
Auemhly
-Latch
I inni-r
— Shoulder Kiri
Upslrain
Liitcll Corn? Pans
.Sfip-ir Ruk'.iî'
Stud —
. With Lalth
Jn Place
Or With
Releasing Tuul
II Ljlth Is
Ktwoied
Lik"h Release And I <iu h In^t.iiLi H.inRt'r Release

Rpmci\,il
684

ADJUSTABLE SPACER JOINT WITH ROTATIONAL LOCK

Product No. 817-29 (Standard and H2S Service)
Product No. 817-43 (H2S and CO, Service)
The Adjustable Spacer Joint with Rotational Lock is used with a subsurface dual hanger
to even out the strings. It is generally installed one joint below the surface hanger. It can
be locked to prevent rotation or telescoping when manipulation of the tubing is
required.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 817-29
SIZE: 2-7/8" ADJUSTABLE SPACER JOINT W/ROTATIONAl
LOCK,/or Standard and HjS Service, with 2-718 O.D.
EUE 8RD threads box x pin, for N-80 6.4 Lbs.lFt.
tubing.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tubing Adjustable Working Pressure Working Tensile

MaxOD Min ID
OD Stroke Standard ( H,S H^SCO, Standard t Hfi
St7P H^tCO,
In. In. In. In. Psi Psi Lbs. Lbs.
mm mm mm mm kg/cm' kg/cm' kg kg
2-3/8 3.375 1.945 11100 13000 111300 129600
2-3/8
60.32 85,73 49,40 780,4 914,0 50484 58785
2-7/8 4.032 2.375 18 11500 10900 162400 151600
2-7/8
73.02 102.41 60.32 45,72 808.6 766.4 73663 68764
3-1/2 4.708 2.882
3-1/2 —
83.90 119.58 73.20
— — —
Adjustable
Spacer Joint
MODEL "D" SHEAR-OUT SAFETY JOINT
Product No. 441-34 (Standard and H2S Service)
Product No. 441-49 (H2S and CO2 Service)
The Model "D" Shear-Out Safety Joint may be used with a subsurface single or dual
string hanger system. This tool allows the tubing to part above the safety valve in the
event of damage to the wellhead or platform. The Model "D" is not compatible with
one trip application.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 441 -34
SIZE: 3-llT MODEL "D" SHEAR-OUT SAFETY JOINT,/or
Standard and HJ Service, with 3-112 8 O.D. EUE
8RD threads box x pin, for S-80 9.3 Lbs.lFt. tubing.
SPECIFICATION 6UIDE
Tubing Max. Min. Shear Valve Working Pressure

OD OD ID Max. No. Per Screw Standard I H,S HjS&CO,
Size
Shear Screws
K
In. In. In. Lb. Psi Psi
mm mm mm kg kg/cm' kg/cm'
2-3/8 3.077 1.938 9100
2-3/8 8 —
60,32 78.17 49.22 640.0
2-7/8 3.702 2.375 10400 9800
2-7/8 12
73.02 94.04 60.32 8960 731,2 689,0
3-1/2 4064
4.500 2.920 9900 9200
3-1/2 16
88.90 114.30 74.16 696.1 646.8
Shear-Out
Safety loint 4-1/2 5.578 3.865 8700
4-1/2 22 —
114.30 141.68 98.17 611.7
685
PACKERS
AUTO-LOC EXPANSION JOINT

Product No's. 441 -52 and 441 -61
The Auto-Loc Expansion Joint provides a means for spacing out between the surface tubing
hanger and the subsurface tubing hanger of a single or dual string installation. The Auto-Loc
Expansion Joint incorporates a Control Ring containing J-Pins which work in an automatic
J-slot. The automatic J-slot provides a "False" shoulder when stinging into the subsurface tub
ing hanger yet allows (on a subsequent stroke) the
surface tubing hanger to be landed in neutral. The ORDERING EXAMPLE:
Auto-Loc Expansion Joint is rotationally locked for PRODUCT NO. 441-52
releasing from the subsurface tubing hanger. SIZE: 3-112 AUTO-LOC EXPANSION IOINT, FOR STANDARD
AND H2s SERVICE. wl3-U2 O.D. EUE 8RD threads box x
pin,forN-809.3 Ibs.lfl. tubing.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Woiklnj Pressure Working Tensile
tubing Mai Min.
Stroke
OD 00 ID Std. tHjS H,S ( CO, Std. t H,S H,StC0,
SUe
In. In. In. In. Psi Psi Us. Ibi.
mm mm mm Rim kj/cm' kg/ cm' kg H
2-3/8 3.SI8 1.90S 87000 81000
2-3/8
60.32 93.68 48.41 10000 394E2 3S740
703
2-7/3 4.500 2.375 12600(1 110C00
2-7/8
73.02 11430 60.3! 18 10000 57152 49895
457.2 703
3-1/2 4.875 2.875 139010
3-1/2 - -
88.90 12332 73.02 S3049
4-1/2 6.408 3.844 7500 30S0GD 298000

4-1/2
114.10 162.71 97.63 527 138799 135170
5-1/2 7.750 4 875 7S00 430000

5-1/2 - -
139.70 19685 123.82 527 195044
OPERATING POSITIONS
POSITION 1 POSITION 2 =n POSITION 3 POSITION 4
RUN IN POSITION SET OOWN WEIGHT PICK UP TO SPACE-OUT. SET THE TUBING DOWN IN
THE MANDREL BOTTOMS TO SNAP THE ANCHOR NORMAL SPACE-OUT THE SURFACE HANOER
ON (UNO SO THAT THE LATCH INTO HAKOER TRAVEL IS U INCHES. THE BAKER AUTO-LOC 13
J4W IS NOT LOADED OTHER SPACE OUT TRWELS AT ItlD-TRtVEL BURINS
nWLABLE WHEN ORDERED PRODUCTION
MliOT OfmonfCMT J4LOT OCVUOWCMT
Auto-loc
Expansion Joint
686

A DIVISION DP BAKER OIL TOOLS, INC
MODEL "D" PACK-OFF TUBING HANGER SAFETY SYSTEM

WITH CABLE BY-PASS
Product No. 781-58
MODEL "VR" VENT/RECIRCULATING SAFETY VALVE

Product No. 820-90
The Model "D" pack-off Tubing Hanger with Cable By-Pass has the fea
tures of a retrievable production packer with special features designed to
facilitate the use of a submersible electric pump. These additional features
allow venting of the annulus gas to the surface, recirculation of pumped
fluid when the tubing safety valve is closed to avoid "Dead Heading" the
submersible electric pump, and an optional injection port which allows
fluid injection through the hanger down to the submersible electric pump.
A Variety of Cable Feedthrough Systems are Available — Some of which
eliminate the need fora vertical splice.
The Model "VR" Vent/Recirculating Safety Valve is a control line actu
ated safety valve which attaches directly to the top of the hanger. This
design allows a much larger flow for the vented gas. Applied control line
pressure opens the vent valve and closes the recirculating port. Loss of
control line pressure closes the vent valve and opens the recirculating port.
If the recirculaling feature is not desired, the system can be supplied
without this feature.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• No relative movement between • Tubing pressure or control line
tubing and cable — eliminates pressure set
cable strain
• Straight pull/shear release
• Available with or without recir
• Emergency annulus kill feature
culation feature
• Provenpackingelementsystem
• Accommodates all major cable
pack-off or feed-through
devices.
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
PRODUCT NO. 7NI-5S

SIZE: 5\ (3-112 X 2-7/8) MODEL "D" PACK-OFF TUBING HANGER WITH CABLE HY-PASS. FOR USE WITH
■VR" VENT/RECIRCUIATING SAFETY. VALVE, WITH CHEMICAL IN|ECTION PORIX MM NI'TWo.v Up, Stand'
ardandH^Stnke.with 1-112 0.D.EUE8RD Box xP'm.
ORDERING EXAMPLE)
PRODUCT NO. 820-90

MODEL ■VR" VENT.'KCCIKCULATING SAFETY VALVE FOR U5E WITH MUDEL 11L>" FACK-OFF TUBING HANC£R.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casin; Tubing Csbls Vent Working Pisssure Fail
Port Poll Recirc Rjline Temperature Sale

an
00 WeiEhl ID ID Fort Paling Setting
Sim Above Be low
ID Depth
In. In. In. In. In. Psl PSI F Fl

Lbs In
mm mm mm .Tin mm kE'cm1 G H
7 i;n-iii 2.375
23-29 47(2-7/6)1.900) — —
117,90 152.4 ■
1500 2500 20° to 275° Mil
105.5 115.7 - 7"to ]fB° 449.4
9-S/B B.57Q 2.990 2.83S 1.130
36-43.5 5113-1,2 I 2-7/81
2JJ.JB 217.67 75 55 56.?; 28.70
Muriel "O" Pack-Off Typical Cahlc

Tubing Hunger Pick-Off System
with "VR" Vent Hctiiculaiing fiirlhc Model "D"

Sjfi-ty Valve
687
BAKER
A DIVISION Of BAKEfiOIL TOOLS. IMC
-Tuliins Retrievable Tubinj; Retrievable

Safety Valve Safely Valvy Retrievable
(Open I lOpen) Safety Vjkf
(Cluied)
■ "VR" Ven!/ "VR"\tnu

Rediculaling Rec irtul.il i ii(;
Safety Valve? Saioty Valvf
(Win Position) iRL'drculjliiig
Posilionl
-V
Model "D" Pack-Oil Model 'D" i'ack-Oir ■ Model "D

Tubing Manger biHK}'Linger Pack-Oil"
Tnl>ir^
Hanger
TUBING SAFETY VALVE OPEN TUBING SAFETY VALVE TUBING SAFETY VALVE
"VR" VALVE IN VENT OPEN "VR" VALVE IN CLOSED "VR" VALVE IN
POSITION RECIRCULATING POSITION RECIRCULATING POSITION
Production is taken up the tubing. Production is open to the tubing The well is shut-in to the production
The gas is vented to the annulus above the safety valve but the gas of fluid or Has. The "VR" Vent/
ahovethe hanger. vent is closed permilting recirculfl- Reurculating valve is in the recircu-
tion ot the produced fluid. lating position to avoid "Dead
Heading" of the submersible pump.
688
BAKER
IS PACKERS SAFETY SYSTEMS
MODEL "B" SINGLE STRING SUBSURFACE PACK-OFF TUBING HANGER

SAFETY SYSTEM
Model "B" Pack-Off Tubing Hanger Product No. 817-77
BFX-01 Safety Valve Product No. 816-34
Model "E" Annulus Safety Valve Product No. 734-41
The Model "B" Pack-Off Tubing Hanger Safety System is an integral tubing and annulus safety
system designed to shut in the flow from the tubing string and the tubing-to-casing annulus of a
gas lift well in the event of an emergency. The hanger is a hydraulically set, tension release
device used to hang off the tubing string and to seal the annulus. The system incorporates a
landing nipple subassembly which provides the seal bores and upper locking groove profile to
secure and control both tubing and annulus safety valves. The system is also compatible for use
with Flapper Safety Valves.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
• Annulus Flow Capability—Provides
PRODUCT NO. 817-'"
for gas lifting with a single tubing string
SIZE: •*/ X 3-112 X 2.81 MODEL "B" PACK-OFF TUBING HANGER
hook-up.
AND LANDING NIPPLE ASSEMBLY FOR H2S SERVICE./«r 3-1/2 VAM
• Large Sealing Bore — Allows full produc Box x fin 9.3 lblftl-80 Grade Tubing.
tion flow through the tubing and the safety PRODUCT NO. 816-34
valves. SIZE: 3-112 X 2.81 MODEL "BFX-O1" SAFETY VALVE FOR H,S
• Versatility — The system is capable of full SERVICE./ur use wIPwd. So. 817-77
flowing well production with an Annulus PRODUCT NO. 734-41

Separation Sleeve installed, and is adapt SIZE: 3-112 'X 2.81 MODEL "E" ANNULUS SAFETY VALVE far use
able to gas lift operation by replacing the wIPwd. So. 817-77
Separation Sleeve with a Model "E" PRODUCT NO. 817-78

Annulus Safety Valve. SIZE: 2.81 SETTING SEPARATION SLEEVE WITH SEIF-SELECTIVE
LATCH for use ulProd. So. 817-77
• Easy Setting and Retrieving — is accom
plished by application of hydraulic control PRODUCT NO. 441-20 Sp.
line pressure to set, and a straight pull shear SIZE: 4.750 X 2.992 TELESCOPING IOINT 3-112 01) 9.2 Ib. VAM
Box X Pin Special uilh 2 ft. stroke for use wIProd.Su. 817-77
to retrieve.
*Modet "BFV Flapprr Safety Valvtfor H.J Service. Product So.
820-XX
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Hanger
Preferred Range
of Casing I.D.
Mat. O.D. Seal Bore Standard Thread Specs
OO Weight Min. Max. Packer Size Hanger I.D. NO-GO I.D. (Pin Down)
In. ll» In. In. In. In. In.
mm tc mm mm mm mm turn
2.812 2.759
47 x 3-1/2 3-1/2 O.D. VAM
71.42 70.08
7-5/8 24—29.7 6.875 7.025 6.672
193,68 10.88—13.47 174,63 178,44 Hi'1,47
3.812 3.759
47 x 4-1/2
96,82 95.48
47—53.5 8.535 8.681

51A2 x 4-1/2
21.32--J4.27 216.79 220,50
4-1/2 O.D. VAM
9-5/8 40—47 8.681 8.835 8.437 3.812 3.759
51A4x 4-1/2
244,48 18,14—21.12 220,50 224,41 214, !() 96,82 ■>5,48
Model "B" 29.3—36 9.063 8.912

51B x 4-1/2
Pack-Off 13,29—16.31 230,20 226,36
Tubing Hanger
Landing
Nipple
Subassembly
689

OPERATING POSITIONS
OPEN
With hydraulic control line
pressure applied, the tubing
safety valve ("BFX") and the
annulus safety valve ("E") are
open. Tubing flow enters the -Model "BFX"*
bottom of the hanger, flows Wireline Safety
Valve
through the ID of the "E"
safety valve and continues
upward through the "BFX".
Annulus injection (gas lift)
gas travels downward
through the upper annulus
and enters the hanger at the
angled holes in the anchor
sub. Flow continues down
ward through the open "E"
annulus safety valve and exits
through the lower angled
ports in the bottom sub into
the annulus below. The
valves will remain in this
open position until control
line pressure is lost.
CLOSED
Upon loss of control line pres
►
sure, both valves close. Tubing
flow is stopped by the "BFX"
valve and annulus-to-annulus
Model "E"- flow is shut-in by the "E" annu
Annulus Safety
lus valve. Neither annulus or
Valve
tubing flow can escape upward
through this system. The pack
ing element system in the
hanger provides the tubing-to-
casing seal.
♦System is also compatible

with "V" Series Flapper Valves
(See page 658)
690
PACKERS
A DIVISION OF BAKEfl OIL TOOLS. INC.
MODEL "RC" PACK-OFF TUBING HANGER WITH INTEGRAL ANNULUS

SAFETY VALVE
The Model "RC" Pack-off Tubing Hanger with Integral Annulus Safety Valve is a control line set
pack-off tubing hanger designed for well completions requiring control of both tubing and
annular flow. The annulus flow is controlled by the integral surface controlled safety valve. The
tubing flow may be similarly controlled by a conventional tubing retrievable or wireline
retrievable safety valve. Specific application for the hanger includes:
• Gas Lift—The large annular gas flow area through the hanger maximizes annulus flow rates
and improves gas lift efficiency. The integral annulus safety valve ensures total well control
and security.
• Gas Storage — Large flow areas through both the tubing and the annulus allow production
or injection by either mode.
• Dual Formation Completions — When used in conjunction with a permanent or retriev
able production packer below the hanger, two zones may be isolated and produced simulta
neously.
The hanger can be supplied with a single control line port to both set the hanger and actuate the
integral annulus safety valve or it can be supplied with separate control line ports: one to set the
hanger and one to actuate the integral annulus safety valve.
BENEFITS/FEATURES
Full Open Tubing I.D. — The I.D. through
the hanger is equivalent to the tubing I.D. as
specified.
Large Annulus Flow Area — The annulus
flow area is maximized for each tubing size.
Emergency Kill Feature — If killing the well ORDERING EXAMPLE:
becomes necessary, fluid can be pumped PRODUCT NO. 718-XX
down either the tubing or the annulus. SIZE: 47AB X 2-718 MODEL "RC" PACK-OFF TUBING HANGER
with INTEGRAL ANNULUS SAFETY VALVE,/or Standard and HjS
Simple Operation — The hanger is set by Semite, with separate control line ports for setting the hanger
application of control line pressure and is re and actuating the safety valve, with 2-718 O.D. EVE 8RD
threads box x pin 9.3 lbs.lft. N-80 grade tubing.
leased by a tensile load on the tubing.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Hanger Safety Valve

Casing
Minimum Pressure Rating
Max. Tubing Annulus Temperature Max. "Fail-Sale"
0D Weight Flow Area Flow Area Rating Setting Depth
Size 00 Above Below
In. In.' In.1 PSI PSI F Ft

In.
Lbs/In KK/Cm' Kg/Cm' C M
Cm' Cm!
4.714 5.800
47 ABx 2-7/8 1417
7 6.130 30.41 37.42
20-26 431,9
177,8 155.7 7.069 3.750 1500 2500 60°to 275°
47 ABx 3-1/2 15,5° to 135°
45.61 24.20 105,5 175,8
7.685 3.126 10.400 1000

8-5/8
32-40 49 Bx 2-3/8 304,8
219.0 195.2 20.17 67.10
BAKER
13 PACKERS
A DIVISION OF BAhEROIL TOOLS INC
692
13 PACKERS WATERFLOOD SYSTEMS

(p. 584)
MODEL "B" SNAP SET MODEL "C-1" TANDEM CUP TYPE PACKER "|-|"LOK TENSION MODEL "AD-1"
DUAL TENSION PACKER TENSION PACKER Product No. 602-30 PACKER RETRIEVABLE
Product No. 75343 Product No. 602-26 WITH "W-1" UPSTRAIN Product No. 739-40 TENSION PACKER
is an economical double provides an economi UNLOADING SUB is a stainless steel packer Product No. 739-08
bore retrievable packer cal means of isolating Product No. 675-07 designed to set in the is ideal for economical
which is tension set. It is zones in multiple-zone designed for single- |-J of Fiberglas casing. waterflooding. Has full-
ideal for simple multi-zone injection wells. Tension string, multiple-zone Specially developed for passage ID, rugged and
walerflood systems capable set, this packer serves injection wells with the injection of corrosive dependable rocker-type
of handling large quantities as the upper packer or moderate differential fluids, slips, and simple
of fluid, packers in the completion, pressure. No "setting" (p. 699) l-slot operation,
(p. 700) (p. 698) is required; these packers (p. 696)
use facing packer cups to
hold pressure in both
directions, (p. 701)
693
BAKER
PACKERS
AUTOMATIC EQUIPMENT
Baker Regulators replace
SURFACE FLOW
choke valves and meters —
REGULATOR
plus keep the system in
Product No. 600-07
equilibrium automatically!
installs as easily as a pipe
nipple at any point in the
line between the wellhead
and the pump source,
(p. 710)
MODEL "B" TWO WAY MODEL "BF" MODEL "DSJ" BYPASS FLOW FULL-OPENING
DOWNHOLE DOWNHOLE FLOW DOWNHOLE FLOW REGULATOR DOWNHOLE FLOW
SHUT-OFF VALVE REGULATOR REGULATOR Product No. 60043 REGULATOR
Product No. 684-10 Product No. 813-64 Product No. 813-68 is run as an integral Product No. 600-32
can serve as a uses the same regulating is retrievable using part of the tubing in is run as an integral
temporary bridge plug. mechanism as other standard wireline equip multiple-zone injection part of the tubing string.
Tubing rotation opens and Baker Flow Regulators, ment. Regulator is installed wells, frequently in areas The regulator is mounted
closes valve. When but is employed in side- in a Model "D" Ported where the cost of remov so that no matter how
pocket mandrel, Bypass Seating Nipple ing the tubing string is many regulators are used
closed, valve holds pres
sure from above (p. 705) which acts as a seat for competitive with wireline in a tubing string, the tubing
and below, the regulator, costs, (p. 708) remains full-opening
(p. 706) throughout, (p. 709)
(p. 694)
694
13 PACKERS
MODEL "B" TWO WAY open position ready for production

DOWNHOLE or injection.
SHUT-OFF VALVE TO RETRIEVE TUBING:
Product No. 684-10 To retrieve the tubing sufficient left-
The Model "B" Two Way Downhole hand rotation is applied to achieve
Shut-Off Valve is a mechanically ac one-half turn at the tools. This rota
tuated ball valve. When the valve is tion closes the ball and the surface
closed, the well is shut-in at Packer pressure can then be bled off. (SEE
depth. SPECIFICATION CHART FOR OPER
FEATURES/BENEFITS ATING PARAMETERS.)
• All parts are corrosion resistant To unjay the "FL" On-Off Sealing
materials Connector, maintain left-hand
• Rated for CO2 service torque, slack off and then slowly
• Left-hand tubing rotation closes pick-up on the tubing string.
the valve and right-hand rotation TO RERUN TUBING:
opens it Run-in the tubing until the washover
• With the shut-off valve closed, the shoe engages the male member of
system is functionally converted the "FL" On-Off Sealing Connector.
into a temporary bridge plug with Set-down weight will automatically
out a wireline trip jay the unit.
• Because it can also hold pressure Apply sufficient right-hand torque
from above, the tubing can be to achieve one-half turn at the tool.
tested by simply closing the This will open the ball and leave the
Downhole Shut-Off Valve and completion ready for Production/In
then pressuring up on the tubing jection operations. (SEE SPECIFICA
• Tubing can be left in tension, com TION CHART.)
pression or neutral
• Smooth bore reduces pressure ACCESSORIES:
drops and turbulence Model "FL" On-Off Sealing Connec
tor (p. 540)
TO SET VALVE: Model "A-3" Lok-Set Retrievable
The Downhole Shut-Off Valve and Casing Packer (p. 560)
On-Off Sealing Connector are nor
mally run above a Lok-Set Retriev ORDERING EXAMPLE:
able Packer. The valve is run in the PRODUCT NO. 684-10

open position. The tubing manipula SIZE: 2-318 Model "B" Two Way DOWnhoie
shutoff valve w!2-3l8" OD Elf 8 Rd Box x
tion necessary to set the Lok-Set Pin for N-80 4.7 lbs/ft Tubing
Packer will leave the valve in the
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Maximum Maximum
Maximum
Differential Compressive
Overall Opened/Closed Standard
ID OD Pressure or Tensile
Length Differential Thread
During Load During
Pressure
Size Actuation Actuation
In. In. In. PSI PSI Lbs. In.

mm mm cm kgcm! kg cm! t mm
2-3/8" OD EU 8 RD
1.81 3.85 19.56 6000 3000 10,000
2-3/8 60.33
45,97 97.79 49.68 420 210 4,54
Dox x Pin
2-7/8" 0D EU 8 RD
2.30 4.64 21.75 6000 3000 10,000
MODEL "B" TWO WAY 2-7/8 70,03
58,42 117.86 55.25 420 210 4.54
DOWNHOLE Box x Pin
SHUT-OFF VALVE
Product No. 684-10 3-1/2 0DEU8R0
2.90 6.03 22.31 6000 3000 10,000
3-1/2 88.90
73.66 153.16 56.67 420 210 4.54
Box x Pin
695
BAICIER
WATERFLOOD SYSTEMS 12 PACKERS
A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. I
STANDARD METHODS DO NOT ALWAYS WORK CONVERT OUR PRODUCTION/INJECTION

PACKER INTO A TEMPORARY BRIDGE PLUG
Shutting-in water injection wells by running a Blanking
Plug on wireline is not always possible or desirable. Scale By using a Baker Model "B" Two-Way Downholc Shut-Off
may prevent landing the plug and it may be necessary to Valve in conjunction with an "FL" On-Off Seal ing Connec
kill the well before tubing can be pulled. Or expensive tor and a "Lok-Set" Retrievable Packer you can shut-in the
internal coating on the tubing may be damaged by well and retrieve the tubing without a wireline trip.
the wireline tools. Both conditions lead to unnecessary With the shut-off valve in place, just one-half turn to the
expense. left closes the shut-off valve, functionally converting the
system into a temporary bridge plug.
HOLDS PRESSURES FROM ABOVE OR BELOW

STOPS FLOW BACK OR FLUID LOSS PROBLEMS
NO WIRELINETRIP REQUIRED
"FL" ON-OFF SEALING —

CONNECTOR
contains scaling nipple
profile
PRODUCT NO. 683-1S
Ip. 540)
MODEl"B
DOWNHOLE
/Bubble Tight
SHUT-OFF VALVE
/ Resilient Seal
One-hall turn lo the left
dows lull and converts sys ■Ball Shown 'Ball Shown
tem into .1 temporary bridge in Open inclosed
plug. Position Position
PRODUCT NO. 6W-1D
Ip. (<<)4! \/
'Bubble Tight
Resilient Seal
"A-3" LOK-SET
RtTRIEVABLE CASING
PACKER
hatch pressure from oboê
or Inflow (without set-tiown
wt'ifthl or 11,11 i!:: rui-vi
fhu°. permitting removal of
luhinR string when used
with "FL" On-Oii Sealing
Connector
PRODUCT NO. 646-30

Ip. 560)
INItCTING "FL" On-Olt Sealing Connec SHUT-IN No Need To Run A Blanking RETRIEVING TUBING To Unjav the TV
tor. Downhole Shut-Off Valve. Ant) Lok- PIur Because lust One-Hall Turn To The On-Off Sealing Connector Maintain Left-
Sel Packer Shown in Product ion 'Inject ion Left Closes The Shut-Off Valve Converting Hand Torque, Slack-off And Then Slowly
Operation The System into A Temporary Check Valve I'iCk-UpOn the Tubing
696
BAKER
MODEL "AD-1" TENSION Packer can be moved to a new posi

PACKER tion and reset or it can be retrieved.
Product No. 739-08 TO SHEAR RELEASE PACKER:
The "AD-1" Tension Packer is a com As an alternate release method, the
pact, economical, retrievable Tension Packer has shear rings de
packer. Primarily used in waterflood signed to part at tensions varying
applications, this packer can also be from 13,000-100,000 lbs. (5,89-
used for production and/or treating 45,35 t). The cone, packing element
operations. It is used where a set- and guide drop down and are carried
down packer is impractical. Because out of hole by the bottom sub.
the "AD-1" is tension set, it is ideally
suited for shallow wells where set- TO RELEASE IN EMERGENCY:
down weight is not available. Left-hand square threads on the top
sub of the packer allow the tubing to
FWnl
'■■ ■■»' FEATURES/BENEFITS be retrieved when the packer will not
• Utilizes Baker's rugged rocker- otherwise release.
type slips
• Bore through the packer mandrel
is larger than drift
• Simple, low-cost packer for fluid
injection
• Three release methods insure REQUIRED UPSTRAIN TO SET PACKER
retrievability Packer Upstrain
• Uses proven one-piece packing Size Lbs. Kgs.
element
41 2,000 907
ACCESSORIES 43&45 5,000 2268
Model "C-1" Tandem Tension
47 7,500 3402
Packer, (p. 698)
Cup-Type Packer with Unloader, 49-55 15,000 6804
(p. 701)
Unloading Subs, (p. 578)
Flow Regulators, (p. 702)
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
MODEL "ADL-1" LARGE-BORE
PRODUCT NO. 739-08
TENSION PACKER SIZE: 45A4 (5-112" OD 15.5-20 Ibslfl Casing)
Product No. 739-12 MODEL "AD-l" TENSION PACKER wl2-3l8" OD EU
8 RdBoxfJJ-55,4.7 lbs/ft Tubingx 2-3/8" OD
The "ADL-1" Tension Packer is a NU 10 RdPinflJ-55 4.6 Ibslfl Tubing ■
large-bore version of the Model
"AD-1." The packer offers the same
features and benefits as the Model
ordering example:
"AD-1" and running and retrieving
operations are the same. product no. 739-12
SIZE: 45B x 2.90 (5-112" OD 13-17 lbs/ft
Casing) MODEL "ADL-1" LARGE-BORE TENSION
TO SET PACKER: packer VII3-1I2" OD EU 8RdBaxx PinflJ-55
Run packer to desired setting depth, 9.3 lbs/ft Tubing
making the last movement down
ward. Rotate the tubing to the left
one-quarter turn at the tool. Then,
pick up and packoff.
TO RETRIEVE PACKER:
Lower the tubing at least one foot
(0.31 m) more than is needed to re
move applied tension so that the
J-pin will move fully to the top of the
J-slot. Rotate the tubing to the right
one-quarter turn at the packer so slips
will now be in the running position.
697
WATERFLOOD SYSTEMS PACKERS

MODEL UAD-1" TENSION PACKER SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Casing Packer
ID Range in which
Packer may be ran
OD Weight®
Nam. Guide Thread Specifications®
Min. Max. ID RingOD Box Up & Pin Down
Size
In. mm VaJtL In. ram In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
4 101,60 9.5-11.6 3.428 87,07 3.548 90,12 41A 3.188 80,98
1.89 48,01
12.6-15.1 3.697 93,90 3.958 100,5 41B 3.609 91,67
4-1/2 114,30
9.5-13.5 3.910 99,31 4.160 105,7 43A 3.771 95,78
15-18 4.161 105,7 4.408 112,0 43B 4.125 104,78
5 127,00
11.5-15
4.408 112,0 4.560 115,8 43C 4.250 107,95
26
20-23 4.625 117,5 4.778 121,4 45A2 4.500 114,30
5-1/2 139,70
15.5-20 4.778 121,4 4.950 125,7 45A4 1.97 50,04 4.641 117,88 2-3/8 60.330DEU8RD
13—15.5
5-3/4 146,05 22.5 4.950 125,7 5.190 131,8 45B 4.781 121,44
26
6 152,40 20—23 5.191 131,9 5.390 136,9 45C 5.062 128,57
15—18 5.391 136,9 5.560 141,2 450 5.156 130,96
34 5.561 141,2 5.595 142,1 45E2 5.406 137,31
28-32 5.596 142,1 5.791 147,1 45E4 5.484 139,29
6-5/8 168,28
24 5.830 148,1 5.921 150,4 47A2 5.656 143,66
17—20 5.922 150,4 6.135 155,8 47A4 5.B12 147,62
38 5.830 148,1 5.921 150,4 47A2 5.656 143,66
32—35 5.922 150,4 6.135 155,8 47A4 5.812 147,62
7 177,80 26—29 6.136 155.9 6.276 159,4 47B2 2.42 61.47 5.968 151,59 2-7/8 73.02 0DEU8RD
20—26 6.276 159,4 6.456 164,0 47B4 6.078 154,38
17—20 6.456 164,0 6.538 166,0 47C2 6.266 159,16
33.7—39 6.539 166,1 6.765 171,8 47C4 6.453 163,91
7-5/8 193,68 24—29.7 6.766 171,9 7.025 178,4 47D2 6.672 169,47
20—24 7.025 178,4 7.125 181,0 47D4 6.812 173,02
40-49 7.511 190,8 7.725 196,2 49A2 7.312 185,72
8-5/8 219,08 32—40 7.725 196,2 7.921 201,2 49A4 3.00 76,20 7.531 191,29 3-1/2 88.90 0DEU8R0
20—26 7.922 201,2 8.191 208,0 49B 7.781 197,64
47-53.5 8.300 210,8 8.681 220,5 51A2 8.218 208,74
9-5/8 244,48 40—47 8.681 220,5 8.635 224,4 51A4 8.437 214,30 4-1/2 114.30 00 8RD LG CSG
29.3—36 8.836 224,4 9.063 230,2 51B 8.593 218,26
10-3/4 273,05 32.7—55.5 9.625 244,5 10.192 258,9 53A 4.00 101.60 9.500 241,30
11-3/4 298,45 38—60 10.605 269,4 11.200 284,5 53B 10.500 266,70
4-1/2 114,30 00x5 127.00 00 L6 CSG
12-3/4 323,85 46-53 11.750 298,5 12.300 312.4 55A 11.625 295,28
13-3/8 339,73 48—72 12.300 312,4 12.715 323,0 55B 12.000 304,80
MODEL "ADL-1" TENSION PACKER SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Casing Packer
ID Range in which
Packer may be run
OD Weight Norn. Guide Thread Specifications®
Min. Max. Size Ring 00 Box Up & Pin Oown
lbs./fL
mm mm mm mm mm mm
5-1/2 4.876 5.044 4.750

13-17 456 x 2.90
139,70 123,9 128,1 120.65
23-26 5.140 5.240 45C x 2.90 2.90 5.000 3-1/2 00EU8R0

6 130,6 133,1 73.66 127,00 88,90
152,40 5.241 5.424 5.218
18-20 45D x 2.90
133,1 137,7 132,54
6.136 6.366 5.968
23—29 47B x 4.12
155,9 161,7 151,59
177,80
17-20 6.367 6.538 47C2 x 4.12
10VJ5 6.266 4-1/2 OD 8 RD LG CSG x SHT CSG
161,7 166,0 159,16 114,30
8-5/8 24-32 7.921 8.097 4.00 7.600
49A4 x 4.00
219,08 201,2 205.6 101,60 193,04
® When telectlnt a picker for a casing weight common to two weight ranges (same OD), ® Threads shown below are "standard* for the respective packer/expansion mandrel sites.
choose the packer dzs shown for tltalighter of lha two weight ranges. Example: For 7* 20
lbs/ft casing usa packar size 47C2. Under certain circumstances the othsr packer site
may ha run, such as when running In mixed casing strings.
, 1 elements, seal rings, etc. are available for redressing

1 pickers. Centstt jour Baker ReiresemsBn. Use only Baker repair parts.
698
PACKERS WATERFLOOD SYSTEMS

MODEL "C-1" AND MODEL position, al lowing the packer to be tubing to the right to get 1/8 turn at
"D" TANDEM TENSION set without tubing rotation the tool. This right-hand rotation re
• Electroless nickel plated for corro positions the jay mechanism for re
PACKER WITH UNLOADER
sion resistance moval from the well.
Product No. 602-26 & 602-27
CAUTION: This packer is not to be
The "C-1" Tandem Tension Packer is TO RUN PACKER: Shear screws se
used in HjS service.
used as an isolation packer in cure the setting mechanism in either
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
multiple-zone, single-string water- the jayed or unjayed position. If run
PRODUCT NO. 602-26
flood installations. in the jayed position, apply setdown
SIZE: 45A4 (5-1 IT OD 15.5-20 Ibslfl Casin,
FEATURES/BENEFITS weight to part the shear screws. MODEL "C-1" TANDEM TENSION PACKER U>I2-3L
Then, rotate the tubing to the left to OD EU 8 RdBoxx Pin flJ-55 4.7 Ibslfl
• Simple, economical packer for tubing
get 1/8 turn at the tool. If run in the
zone isolation
unjayed position, the shear screws Hjilmuni Tenjlts Load
• Setdown weight applied before re
can be parted by either setdown Packer Packer Ibt.
trieval opens the unloader, allow Model Sue t.
weight or tension. With the mecha
ing fluid to bypass packing 40.000
nism in the unjayed position, apply D 43
element system 18.14
enough tension to maintain 6,000 to
• Can be shearpinned in unjayed 75.000
12,000 lbs (2,72 to 5,441) packoff. 45
34,02
TO RETRIEVE PACKER: Slack off on 47

115.000
C-1
52.16
the tubing string to remove applied
tension and to equalize pressure 49
1E0.000
72.57
across the packer. Then, rotate the
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Cuing Picker
ID Range In mien
Packer Mai Be Run Cite Horn. Thread Sotcfficatians <
Weight,' Rlnj 00 ID Boi Up I Pin Down
Site
In. In. In. In. In.
LbSJit mm mm mm
mm mm
3.920 1.7)4
11.6—13.5 4312
99.57 101.60 95.86
4-1/2
114.30 4.001 3.869
9.5—10.5 41M
10163 103.89 9825 1.50
38.10
4.250 4.403 4.128
5 15-18 418
107.55 111.56 104.85
121.00
11.5-15 4.408 4.560 4.251
41C
26 lll.SS 115.92 108.03
4.7)8 4.950 4.644
15.5-20 45*4
121.36 175.73 tu.ss 2-3/8 00 Ell 8 R0
5-1/2
4.784 S0.33
139.10 4.950 5.044
13—15.5 458
125.13 128.12 121.51
1.98
14 50.29
5012 5.391 4SBSP 48)5
127.30 136.93 173.83
1S2.40 5.391 5.5S0 5.284

15-19 450
136.91 141.22 134.21
5.596 5.791 5.491

28-32 4SE4
142.14 147.09 139.4)
B-S/8 5.810 5.921 5.737

47*2
169.29 150.39 145.72
6.049 6.115 5.866

17—20 47M
153.64 155.83 149.00
5.830 5.921 5.737

4)U
150.39 145.72
6.049 6.115 5.966

47M
153.64 155 81 149.00
7 SIM 6.276 5.363 2.44 2-7/100 EU 8 80
177.80 26—29 47B2 73.03
157.0) 159.41 151.59 61.98
6.277 6.166 6.120

23—26 47B4
159.44 161.70 155.45
6.456 6.538 6.266

17-20 47C2
163.98 166 07 159.16
6.625 6.765 6.451

31.7—39 47C4
168.28 171.81 161.91
J-J/8 6.875 7.025 6.672

24—29.7 4702
193.63 174.63 178 44 169.47
7.026 7.125 6.812

20-24 4704
178.46 180.98 171.02
8-13 7.688 7.921 7.511 3.00 1-1/2 00 EU 8 DO

32-40 49*4
195.21 201.19 191.29 16.20 8! S3
219.08
* When selecting a picker tor t casing night common to tn «._. rasges (nun CD), cinoto tin ,»jr sin snewn tor the BgMerotUn two night
ranges. Eiimjne: For 7" OD 26 Dull casing too picker ita 4784.1 1 cflrtjln ctrcuntstsctcos tno ■ picker ibs may to ran. men it «*eo running in
mind casing itrlngt.
p Ilmiiib ilMiro be!o» art "itantotf (or Hie restsetira picker &es. Other threads are iiallalincarewslPtaasatpecny thread mao ordering.
Bestir kits. Incfcdtej tucb Dems n packing elements, tetl rings, etc. an anUtMe tor rtdresstag Biker retrtenile pickers. Comet josr Biker
Reoresentatfro. Use only Btker repair parts.
699
PACKERS
MODEL "B" J-J LOK TENSION Use extreme caution, do not exceed
PACKER the tension load recommended by
Product No. 739-41 the tubing manufacturer. Apply
2,500 pounds (1134 Kg.) upstrain to
The "J-J" Lok Tension Packer is de
pack-off.
signed for use as an injection packer
for highly corrosive fluids. For this TO RELEASE PACKER: Lower the
reason it is made entirely of 316 tubing string at least one foot more
stainless steel. It is made to be run on than is necessary to relieve tubing
epoxy/fiberglass tubing and set in stretch while rotating to the right. The
epoxy/fiberglass casing. Therefore, it rotation is only precautionary as this
has no slips. Instead this packer uses packer has an automatic J-slot which
a collet type locking mechanism normally will return "to the run-in po
which locks into a coupling recess sition anytime the tubing is lowered.
0-]). The locking mechanism has
been tested to 40,000 pounds tensile
load without appreciable damage to
the casing. Obviously, this packer
can be used in other applications
where a tension packer is suitable.
However, because it was designed
for use on epoxy/fiberglass tubing no
shear or rotational safety release is
provided. It is primarily intended for
use in solution mining operations.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Highly corrosion resistant (re
sistant to acids used in solution
mining)
• Several packing element com
pounds to resist attack by various
fluids can be furnished
• Simple J-slot operation
• No slips to damage casing
TO SET PACKER: Since the packer

must be set in a coupling (J-J), loca ORDERING EXAMPU:
tion is limited by spacing of the cou
PRODUCT NO. 739-41
plings. Run the packer past the
SIZE: 43A (4-112" OD x 4.00" ID Fiberglass
desired setting depth. Pick up on the Casing) model -B" w iok tension packer wl
tubing while rotating to the left. Con 2-3/8" OD EU 8 RD Box up for 2-318°
tinue pulling the tubing up hole until OD, 2000 psi, Texas Fiberglass Products
Tubing.
the collet finds the J-J and locks in.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Casing Packer
Nominal Dimensions Packer Setting
Norn.
Range Limits OD ID
OD ID
Min. ID Max. ID Size

mm mm mm mm mm mm
4-1/2 4 3.940 4.060 3.771 1.815

43A
114,3 101,6 100,08 103,12 95,78 46,10
5-1/2 4-13/16 4.740 4.860 4.641 1.940
45A4
139,7 122,2 120,40 123,44 117,88 49,28
7 6 5.940 6.060 5.812 2.375
47A4
177,8 152,4 150,88 153,92 147,62 60,33
700

SYSTEMS
MODEL "B" SNAP SET DUAL up and pack off. Now run and land
TENSION PACKER the short string with a Model "C"
Product No. 753-03 J-Lock Selective Seal Nipple, Prod.
No. 703-73.
The "B" Snap Set Dual Packer is an
economical double bore retrievable TO SET: Set down weight on the
packer designed for use in deep, as short string to engage the J-Pins of the
well as shallow wells, where it may Seal Nipple in the J-Slot of the Selec
not be possible to obtain the neces tive Head. Take an upstrain on the
sary set down weight required to short string as required to set the
pack-off a set down type packer. packer.
When used in combination with
TO RELEASE: Slack-off on the short
the AD-1 Tension Packer, it provides
string and set-down 1,000 lbs. to un
a simple multi-zone waterflood sys
pack the packing elements and re
tem capable of handling large quan
tract the slips. Hold right hand torque
tities of fluid. The use of down hole
and pick-up on the short string (to
flow regulators can be avoided,
release the Seal Nipple) and pull
therefore saving the expense of wire
from the well.
line running and pulling operations.
ordering example:
Coated pipe can be considered a
product no. 753-03
practical consideration, providing a
SIZE: 47C6 (2-318 x 2.50) (7" OD 17-20
longer lasting system. LBIFT CSG) MODEL "B" SNAP SET DUAL TENSION
OPERATION: Using the long string, PACKER uiI2-3I8T OD EU 8 RD Box x Pin for
J-55 4.7 LBIFT Tubing.
run both the "B" and "AD-1" to the ORDERING EXAMPU:
Model *C Selective desired setting depth, making the last
PRODUCT NO. 703-73
Mock Seal Nipple movement downward. To set the
SIZE: 2.50 (MODEL "C" SELECTIVE MOCK SEAL NIP-
AD-1, rotate the tubing to the left PiEl u'12-318" OD EU 8 RD Box x Pin for
one-quarter turn at the tool, then pick J-55 4.7 LBIFT Tubing.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
tlE|t Of ltr»iS9tct kttd-C" Oitctttr
CnlnlO'i
unties T
tsta
(hi (I) I n> C«ra)
tul
Sdtcth*
Hattsm
KmmtKlK SuSsi
ten
WlUUt PscltrUj Fo
Pacta
«
CO tat Bat
T
SlnPtttn UM tea
IIC a Id S»fct sum tut
CO
■On. ■a. Krfcj. tod
b. Urn. • to. b. ta. ta. H a. b. to. ta. H.

c=i
B-» 4S-* 4J10 4.ni 4J53 4J9 US liS3C3!3 1919 i ra ci u ii to

(It3 il 1)1 nil! HIM IIIJ3 Mill 111 13 <I2» Ul I.K1 14)1
in 4HI I1133C3KUU 1113] 00 DID U I1S9 mi O.5J
«ta 11in Mill an
U/l m/ii u io n
11)10 14-17 4S-I 4111 Mil 1(41 nn 4J» SMI 1.11 I.1H
II-MII 111) i:ms 12)30 11)11 ion 111.41 i M/tl» H11010 mi od m io to n.is 4441
im 1.11S
12)9 11.40 15.40 28 SI
411 1-M 00 EU 1 ID in 1111
(III 11.111 i«i 41.11
\sa a a ti n i ta to to io to
1 15-2] IS-C UN MU sen icn MS 4I.« un i.ii IJ4I un
mo ilia 11 in in ii 141.07 IMJI l!l!) 11M3 t lisa ci to io 19 11 co a a ii to 21 ii III) 1)13
un un
41-tl Mil 1-11 a a i n Ml CO E0110 til 1.111 UO
an ■ us) mn EU] tan (ISO <IJ1 nw
HI 11 in a a i to
IMJI 4141 MU na irauiaino Ul uu U1S
Oil I III) IS9U i i-ii co a i n un 41.S3 (311 mi 1)61
• EM ua ill) S9-U
DC! IM 11 161.10 ia.ti Mil 141 CO ED 110 Ml CO E01 ID 159 111! UO
U 111M3) mu E9.ll mi 1353 4111 lisa
n-n Mil Ml CO EU 110
4i c: 110(0 un 1101 i.tso oo ni io to Ul MIS ISC un
1111111ll m.ii 1 >M 0D10 1 (9 «!!l II.S3 60.11 1111 41.11
I 10)1
I)MI 41M 1-11 00 U110 Ml 00 E0110 tM mi IH
(11/1 tMO) Ul) 1011 uso 4111 (ISO
11—30 Hit IS4J UN till Ml 00 to 1 U
lid II! 11 IUI1 11911 1S1.II 11.01 1U3 03 D 1010 111 ins Ull un
UM 111ll 11-1100 EHIU iin 11.39 Ull 111) 4)11
eiu
4141 mi a a ■ n Ml MtDIU UM US
an 11 Mi an iill am till 119
m-n 119 un 14SI Ml £3 ED 1 to

41-01 \un IKS) urn HOI 1.13 59 tB 1019 Ul Wi un
an i mi i i-ii co a ■ n ux 41.53 1911 111) •in
Ml 1411 Ira 13 U
tun 4144 11)13 mil Ml C3 ES110 Ml CO 10110 IX IUI ISO
(IM ■ 1.101 60.31 ■311 »!.SC 4111 6159
tt-nj mi 1.01S Mil 1-M 00 E0 1 H
4104 1)4.63 1)1.44 mil )].U I.C3 CO HI 1010 Ul MIS 1 Ul UN
(Ml ■ 11)1 t Ml 00 [U 110 II11 4I.S0 1011 111) 41.61
E0.11
44-41 411 I.4S1 ins mm

IM.111 Ml III 16 me! 114.11 ins tin
Model "B" Snap Set t-nt n—a III Mil ltn 1.411 mil 1I1U Ml 09 to 110 Ml CO ED 1U 2M MIS U41
1191! an ■ l hi 11414 m.n mu 11.01 1101 12.14 1011 itit
Dual Tension Packer
14-11 4« ins Ull 7MI )ai )l»
an i iMi itlI3 IIS 25 11231 mil
fit flfl 19 IV K0*

701
PACKERS
CUP-TYPE PACKER TO SET PACKER: The Upstrain Un

Product No. 602-30 loading Sub is made up above the
W/MODEL "W-1" UPSTRAIN upper Cup-Type Packer to allow
UNLOADING SUB fluid bypass while running-in, the
sub is shear pinned in the open posi
Product No. 675-07
tion. Approximately 9,000 lbs of up
The Cup-Type Packer is an efficient strain parts the shear screws and
and economical tool for injecting closes the ports. The Cup-Type
water into multiple-zone wells when Packer requires no actual setting
used in single-string tandem operation.
hookups. Only one Upstrain Un — 1
loading Sub placed above the top TO RETRIEVE PACKER: Lower the
packer is needed in the tubing string. tubing string and rotate 1 /6 turn to the
right at the tool to open the ports in
FEATURES/BENEFITS the Unloading Sub and position J-
• Facing packer cups hold pressure pins for retrieving.
from both directions
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
• Unloading sub serves as a fluid by
PRODUCT NO. 602-30
pass during running-in as well as
SIZE: 45A (5-112" OD 15.5-17 Ibslft Casing)
an equalizing port during retrieval cup-type WCKER wl2-3IS" OD EU8Rd Box x
• Down Hole Flow Regulators will PinflJ-55 4.7 Ibslft tubing
also act to equalize pressure be ORDERING EXAMFU:
tween Cup-Type Packers PRODUCT NO. 675-07

• Maximum operating temperature SIZE: 2-318" MODEL "W-1" UPSTRAIN UNLOADING
SUB wI2-3I8" OD EU 8 lid Box x PinflJ-55
200°F (93°C) 4.7 Ibslft tubing
• Maximum operating pressure
2000 psi .141 kg/cm'.
GUIDE
■to. (era.
Xtnii Sptcificifiaai i'
CO WtiIM> lai Up I Pta Down
to ID
Sin Sin
ta. to. ta.
UH.it ta. ta.
ca
IS-UJ 411
II4U nil
11 «cn
IS) 101.17
411
s S3.84 4.140
IS
121.00 101.lt
II.S-11 41C
ilm
20-11 4 SO
11II)
4S»
S-IJ 4 Ml
ISS-ll
11110 117.11
11—14 451 4711 2-1.1 117 Ill OD EO110
121.44 50.94 10.11
20-21 4iC Sill
111.19
1 2.3
II S-1SI
».«
4a
IS US9
111 IS
12
11)11
4SI
21 S.4I4
1)113
1-11 24-21 41F UN

1IMI 14194
141.U
4H
20 sin
147.12
17 4ia SIN
1JISI
11' SISI
Hl|§
471
11-U Sill
14)12
21 213 SHI 271 U4
2 am 1SI.SJ S1.44 11.0)
117.13
2>-2l 4U 1.0)1
1S411
20
1.211
1) isi.n
47C
1)7-11 IISl
inn
2U-211 4)9 11)2
IB ram. bBk foi 1-S.V a Btm.
*)*•»*» than ttfc* in Mtitor (er IU mptmi pttin/nloto dm. Ottti ttmft m ntUitle co ntstit riua io«ttt| entdi ism crtafet.
702
15 PACKERS
A METER AND THROTTLE VALVE COMBINED FLOW REGULATORS

IN ONE SIMPLE AUTOMATIC UNIT Baker Flow Regulators provide the ultimate in simplic
ity, flexibility and cost effectiveness for controlled fluid
injection operations. These regulators automatically
A~-\ maintain injection rates regardless of variations in
pump or formation pressure.
\J-J
FEATURES/BENEFITS
Q = flow rate • Only one moving part insures dependable and
Pi = line pressure reliable operation
P2 = P, - 100 psi (7,03 kg/cm*)
• Regulator can handle flow rates up to 5,000 bbl/day
pressure differential
P3 = outlet pressure
(794,92 mVday) depending on the model used
• Maintains flow rate even with pressure differentials
of 100 to 2,500 psi (7,03 to 175,77 kg/cm?)
CONSTANT METERING ORIFICE
• Five different versions of the regulator for both
A 100-psi (7,03 kg/cm2) pressure differential across an orifice is main
tained by determining the correct size of the orifice. The fixed orifice surface and downhole applications are available
will pass a given fluid at a constant flow rate. It's accurate and positive. • Needs no adjustment before restarting injection after
a shutdown
• Special materials are available for highly corrosive
environments
• When used in a surface injection manifold, it
eliminates the need for flow meter and needle valve
• Consistently outperforms commonly used oilfield
regulating and metering devices
• Subsurface regulators can be used for controlled
BUILT-IN THROTTLE VALVE injection of any number of zones
Pressure variations within the well bore affect the pressure drop • Available in wireline retrievable or tubing-mounted
(Pi - P2) across the orifice. To maintain a constant 100-psi pressure versions
drop, the flow has to be throttled. A movable spring-loaded piston is
fitted in a ported cylinder. The piston movement varies the port opening,
and thereby controls the flow through the regulator.
APPLICATION FLEXIBILITY
The simplicity of the Flow Regulator leads to its
flexibility. The five different versions are used in the
following ways:
—Model "BF" Downhole Flow Regulator is run and
PRESSURE INCREASE ACROSS REGULATOR
retrieved on wireline and is seated in a side-pocket
(P, - P3) CLOSES PORT mandrel. It is full-opening throughout regardless of
If the pressure differential across the entire regulator (Pj - P3) increases
due to an increase in tubing pressure or a decrease in formation pres the number of regulators in the string
sure, the piston compresses the spring and narrows the port opening. —Model "DSJ" Downhole Flow Regulator is run and
This creates a greater pressure drop across the throttling ports (P2 - P3), retrieved on wireline and is seated in a Model "D"
while the flow rate (Q) and the 100-psi pressure differential across the Ported Bypass Seating Nipple
orifice remain the same.
—Bypass Flow Regulator is an integral part of the
tubing string and is used in areas where the cost of
pulling the string is competitive with wireline costs
—Full-Opening Downhole Flow Regulator is an
integral part of the tubing string and allows full-
opening throughout regardless of the number of
regulators
PRESSURE DECREASE ACROSS REGULATOR —Surface Flow Regulator is installed at any point in
the line between the wellhead and the pump source
(P, - P3) OPENS PORT
With an increase in formation pressure or a decrease in tubing pressure, and can be used in surface manifolds.
the spring forces the piston out of the cylinder, thus widening the port.
This reduces the pressure drop across the throttling ports while keeping
the orifice pressure differential and flow rate the same.
703
PACKERS
ENLARGING AN ORIFICE HIGH AND LOW FLOW RATE THROTTLES

An existing orifice plate can be drilled out to a Fluid flow path through Regulator
larger size. First, drill a pilot hole about 1/64 inch
(0,396 mm) smaller than the orifice size you want.
Then, drill the new orifice size. All drilling must be
done at a slow drill speed and feed. Remove burrs
on the face by adding a slight bevel no greater than
1/64-inch (0,396 mm) around the hole by turning
the point of a larger size drill bit in the orifice. .&-:■••:;
PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS AT HIGH

FLOW RATES
A minimum pressure differential of 100 psi
(7,03 kg/cm*) is required to operate the Flow
Regulator. However, the pressure differential can
vary from 100 to 2,500 psi (7,03 to 175,77 kg/cm*)
without affecting the operation of the regulator.
Charts plotting the pressure drop through the
regulator versus flow rate are included in detailed
descriptions on following pages.
The Model "BE" Flow Regulator handles flow rates from 250 to 2,500
bbl/day (39,75 to 397,46 m3/day). This regulator is built with a Slide
Throttle. The fluid flows through the annulus between the piston and
the ported cylinder. By changing the length of the annulus, the flow is
CAUTION: Acidizing through the regulator may regulated. The Model "DSJ" can handle up to 5,000 bbl/day (794,92
cause permanent damage to the plastic sleeve if the mVday).
exposure time exceeds 30 minutes. If acidizing is

Fluid flow path through Regulator
anticipated, a steel sleeve should be used.
Special alloy parts for corrosive fluids are available
on request. Consult your Baker representative.
tate of F•low
% Sl if \
wm ■I
* * *
The Model "BF" Flow Regulator handles flow rates from 50 to 1,000
All Flow Regulators provide constant flow rates
bbl/day (7,95 to 158,98 mVday). This regulator is built with a Face
which help maintain uniform flood fronts. Constant Throttle. By controlling the gap between the tapered end of the
flow of Baker regulators is contrasted with con cylinder and the tapered end of the piston, the flow is regulated. This
unique design allows the regulator to be used at low flow rates
ventional needle-valve control in this graph.
without plugging.
704
BAKER
A DIVISON OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC.
'New Pipe
tl5Yr. Old Pipe PRESSURE DROP THROUGH TUBING
30
I
4,77
f
28 / /
A
4,45
26
/ (^-
A
4,13
-«—-
24
3.82
22 /
3,50
o
S 20
£ 3,18
n /
r
***
5o5T
I 18
E 2'86
//I/ /
—«-*
AT
**-
14 «■—■
2,23
——
+-~
12 -^
1.91 =^
*-—
10
1.59
—■
8 >
1,27
■—■
—— IT™
Wa
6 ■*— m — — —
0,95
-*— •——
--- *—-
——
1
4
0.64
p
0.32
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 tlO 120 130 140 150. 160 170 180 190 200
0.70 1,41 2,11 2,81 3,52 4,22 4,92 5,63 6,33 7,03 7,73 8,44 9,14 9,84 10,55 11,25 11,95 12,66 13,36 14.06
APPROXIMATE PRESSURE DROP PER 1,000 FT., PSI (Kg cm2)
MINIMUM SURFACE INJECTION PRESSURE For a given regulator and orifice size:
• FIP—Formation (or zone) Injection Pressure
• PDFT—Pressure Drop due to Friction in Tubing FLOW RATE OF SALT WATER (FRSW) = FRFW X Vscsw
• PDPR—Pressure Drop when flowing Past Regulator
• PDTR—Pressure Drop Through Regulator SAMPLE CALCULATION:
• HH—Hydrostatic Head of the water The customer is going to inject 9.2#/gal. salt water
through a size 2.25 Model "DSJ-23" Flow Regulator
The minimum surface injection pressure required is
that has a size 31/64 orifice.
determined by calculating the required pressure at each
valve. The highest value calculated is the minimum
pressure needed to operate the system.
FRSW = FRFW x VscSW
For a given completion:
SURFACE INJECTION PRESSURE = scsw = #/BaLSaltWater - 92 = 1 i
FIP + (PDFT + PDPR) + PDTR - HH 8.34 8.34
FRFW = 1,899 bbl/day (see chart Page 979)

FLOW RATE CONVERSION OF FRESH WATER
TO SALT WATER
FRSW = 1,899 bbl/day x \f h
To convert flow rates of fresh water to that of salt water,
= 1,899 bbl/day x 0.95346 = 1,811 bbl/day
you need to know:
• FRFW—Flow Rate of Fresh Water through a given

regulator and orifice size Therefore, the equivalent flow rate of salt water
• SGSW—Specific Gravity of the Salt Water through the regulator will be 1,811 bbl/day.
705

DOWN HOLE FLOW PRESSURE DROP THROUGH REGULATOR

REGULATOR
in
naso
1
jrm i IWtluggr
1J00
For Use in Side-Pocket
11
207JX
Mandrel I 1100
/
s
/
173J3O
no / / / /
w
143.10
Baker Models "BF" and "CF" flow 4*
/
regulators are designed for employ I no
1II.J0
pi
ment in a side-pocket mandrel. Flow M/
(
7 WO
rates of 60-1,360 bbl/day (9,54-
216,22 m3/day) are attainable de no
47,70
pending upon the orifice size
chosen. The "A" versions of these f "MM
t
regulators ("BFA" and "CFA") con
100 140 ISO HO 260 JOO M0 3C0 420
tain integral reverse-flow check 7.031 M43 12.658 15.467 18,274 21,092 23.9M 26,717 29»
valves. ff,-pjmiiMHinrQinn Bronminamt.pL (»crt -
The regulators can be run on wire ORDERING EXAMPU:

line or in place, and are also wireline PRODUCT NO. 813-64
retrievable. Use of this type regulator SIZE: 2-3/8" MODEL "BF" DOWN HOLE FLOW REGULA
leaves a full-opening through the TOR w/siu 11164 OrificeJ1311 bbl/day of Salt
tubing string. Water, Specific Gravity of 1.12
SELECTION GUIDE
Row Regulator
Cameo
Side-Pocket W/0 Check Valve W/Check Valve
Mandrel Type Product Product
Model Model
No. No.
MMW BF 813-64 BFA 813-66

MM CF 813-65 CFA 81347
ORIFICE SELECTION CHART

Flow Rate ±10% Flow Rate ±10%
Orifice Orifice
Fresh Water Fresh Water
Comm. No. Size bbl/day m3/day Comm. No. Size bbl/day m3/day
01-90079-05 5/64 60 9,54 01-90079-14 14/64 520 82,68
01-8007946 6/64 90 14,31 01-90079-15 15/64 610 96,99
01-900794)7 7/64 120 19,08 01-90079-16 16/64 705 112,09
01-90079-08 8/64 16S 26,23 01-90079-17 17/64 770 122,43
01-8007949 9/64 210 33,39 01-90079-18 18764 925 147,07
01-90079-10 10/64 265 42,13 01-90079-19 19*4 995 158,20
01-90079-11 11/64 330 52,47 01-90079-20 20/64 1110 176,49
01-90079-12 12/64 390 62,01 01-90079-21 21/64 1220 193,98
01-80079-13 13/64 455 72,34 01-90079-22 22764 1360 216,24
v
For flow rate conversion of fresh water to salt water see p. 704.
706
PACKERS WATERFLOOD SYSTEMS

MODELS "DSL" AND "DSJ/!

DOWNHOLE FLOW
REGULATORS
These Downhole Flow Regulators

are run on wireline and landed in a
"D" Ported Bypass Seating Nipple
(p. 885). They provide a simple, eco
nomical and efficient method for in
dividually regulating volumes of All fluid first bypasses the flow regu
fluid injected into multiple zones lator. That portion of the flow to be
through a single tubing string. injected at this point enters through
the bottom of the regulator and exits
through the ports of the Model "D"
Nipple.
As a special order item, these
Downhole Flow Regulators are also ORDERING EXAMPLE:
available in modified versions that PRODUCT NO. 813-68

can be used with a Size 1.81 Model SIZE: / .87 MODEL "OS)" DOWNHOLE FLOW REGULA
TOR w/Siie 16164 Orifice f/5H bbUday Salt
"H-1" Bypass Sliding Sleeve, Prod Water. Specific Gravity of 1.080
uct No. 810-33 (p. 594).
SELECTION GUIDE
Product Flow Rate Limitations

Model No. Size Availability
bbl/day m3/day
DSL 813-70 50-1,200 8—190
1.78 1.81 1.87
250-2,000 40-318
DSJ 813-68
1,500-5,000 238-795 2.25 2.31 —
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
To Run To Pull
No Go Selective
Hiking Seal
0D Bore •A"
Locating "A" •V Selective
Size
•C-1" Running Pulling® Probe
Ring 0D Tool Shank Running Tool Tools Prod. No
Prod. No. Prod. No. Prod. No.
In. In. In. 812-60
811-06 811-80 811-17
mm mm mm
1.781 1.807
1.78 40RB17,
45,24 45,90
40SB1
2-3/8 1.812 1.843 JUC-TD15185 2-3/8
1.81 2-3/8 2-3/8 x 5 2-3/8
60,33 46,02 46,79 or
1.875 1.906 JDC-TD15169

1.87
47,63 48,41
2.250 2.281 40RB18,

2.25 40SB2
2-7/8 57,15 57,94 2-7/8
2-7/8 2-7/8x4-11/16 2-7/8 IUC-T0151B9
73,02
'DS|' Regulator 01
2.312 2.343
Shown installed in a 2.31 JDC-T015171
Model "D" Ported 58,72 59.51
Bypass Sealing Nipple
Product No. 600-50 ® See running and pulling tool specification guide for required OO's.
707
PACKERS
ORIFICE SELECTION GUIDE FOR SIZES 1.78, 1.81 AND 1.87 ORIFICE SELECTION GUIDE FOR SIZES 2.25 AND 2.31
Orifice Flow Rate = 10% Orifice Flow Rate r 10%

Fresh Water® Fresh Water"
Comm. No. Size Coroni. No. Size
bhl/day mJ/day bbl/day rn^day
01-89152-05 564 55 8.74 01-97323-26 26/64 1420 225.78
01-89152-06 664 80 12.72 01-97323-27 27/64 1516 241.04
01-89152-07 7/64 115 18.28 01-97323-28 28/64 1612 256.30
01-89152-08 8'64 140 22.26 01-97323-29 29/64 1708 271.57
01-89152-09 964 175 27,82 01-97323-30 30/64 1803 286.67
01-89152-10 1064 240 38.16 01-97323-31 31/64 1899 301.94
01-89152-11 11.-64 270 42.93 01-97323-32 32/64 1995 317.20
12/64 320 50.88 01-97323-33 33/64 2091 332.46

01-89152-12
13/64 360 60,42 01-97323-34 34/64 2187 347.69
01-89152-13
69.96 01-97323-35 35/64 2283 362.99
01-89152-14 14/64 440
79,50 01-97323-36 36/64 2379 378,26
01-89152-15 15/64 500
01-97323-37 37/64 2475 393,52
01-89152-16 16/64 565 89,83
01-97323-38 38/64 2570 408.63
01-89152-17 17/64 625 99,37
01-97323-39 39/64 2666 423.89
01-89152-18 18/64 690 109.71
01-97323-40 40/64 2762 439.15
01-89152-19 19/64 770 122.43
01-97323-41 41/64 2858 454,42
01-89152-20 20/64 850 135,15
01-97323-42 42/64 2954 469.68
01-89152-21 21/64 930 147.87
01-97323-43 43/64 3040 483.36
01-89152-22 2Z64 1020 162,18
01-97323-44 44/64 3145 500.05
01-89152-23 23/64 1110 176,49
01-97323-45 45/64 3318 527,56
01-89152-24 24/64 1210 192.39
01-97323-46 46/64 3561 566.19
01-89152-25 2564 1310 208.29
01-97323-47 47/64 3872 615.64
01-89152-26 26 64 1400 222.60 01-97323-48 48/64 4253 676.22
01-89152-27 27/64 1490 236,91 01-97323-49 49/64 4702 747,61
01-89152-28 28/64 1580 251.22 01-97323-50 50/64 5220 829.98
01-89152-29 2964 1680 267.12
01-89152-30 30/64 1785 283.81
01-89152-31 31/64 1890 300,51

® For flow rate conversion, fresh
01-89152-32 3264 2000 " 318.00
water to salt water, see p. 704.
01-89152-33 3364 2110 335.49
PRESSURE DROP THROUGH REGULATORS
6,000
953.90
2.25 12.31
5.000
794,91 ^-"
•—•
■——
4,000 •—-
635,93
---
3.000 ---
476,95
2,000 —■
317,97 ■ —
— ^ 1.78. .818. .87
— - — —
1,000 ——■
158.98
100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 160 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300
7.031 7.734 8.437 9.140 9,843 10,546 11,249 11.952 12.655 13.359 14.081 14.764 15.467 16.171 16.87317.576 18.279 18.982 19.686 20,389 21.032
MINIMUM REQUIRED PRESSURE

DIFFERENTIAL, PSI (kg/cm2)
708
15 RAKER
PACKERS WATEKFIQOD SYSTEMS
BYPASS FLOW REGULATOR PRESSURE DROP THROUBH RE6UU00R
In areas where the cost of removing

the tubing string is competitive with isffl
wireline costs, the Bypass Flow Reg
ulator is frequently utilized in multi
ple-zone injection wells.
The Bypass Flow Regulator is
made up in either a bypass housing
or in a one-piece bypass sub, which
is placed in the tubing string at the
desired location.
ORDERING EXAMPLE: i
PRODUCT NO. 600-30
SIZE: 2-3/8" X2.91 MODEL "BE" BYPASS FLOW REG
ULATOR w/2-3/8" OD EU 8 Rd Box x Pin
fll-55 4.7 lbs/ft Tubing w/Size 13164 Orifice
(1347 bbllday Salt Water, Specific Gravity of
1.20
tOO 140 ISO 220 260 100
7.031 9.843 I2.6S5 15.467 18279 21.Mi
9, - Pi) wmntM (town rqsuk unofimu.
SELECTION GUIDE
Flow Rate Limitations
Product
Model Size
No. (bbl/day) (m3/day)
BF 600-33 All SO-1,200 7,95-190,78
2.36 & 2.91 250-2,000' 39,75-317,97
BE 600-30
3-3/4 250-2,500 39,75-397,50
•Due to the limited bypass flow area, tte flow rate past any bypass sub should not exceed 4,000 bbl/day (635,94 m3/day)
ORIFICE SELECTION GUIDE
Orifice Freth Water Flow Rate ±10% Orifice Fresh Water Row Rate ±10%
Size 2.36 & 2.91 Size 3-3/4 Size 2.36 & 2.91 Size 3-3/4
Cotnm. No. Size Coaun. No. Size
bbl/day m'/day bbl/day m3/day bbl/day nrVday bbl/day m3/day
01-89152-05 5/64 55 8,74 55 8,74 01-89152-20 20*4 850 135,15 900 143,10
01-89152-06 6764 80 12,72 80 12,72 01-89152-21 21/64 930 147,87 980 155,82
01-89152-07 7/64 115 18,28 125 19,87 01-89152-22 22/64 1020 162,18 1055 167,74
01-89152-08 8/64 140 22,26 145 23,05 01-89152-23 23/64 1110 176,49 1150 182,85
01-89152-09 9/64 175 27,62 185 29,41 01-89152-24 24/64 1210 192,39 1300 206,70
01-89152-10 10/64 240 38,16 250 39,75 01-89152-25 25*1 1310 208,29 1415 224,98
01-89152-11 11/64 270 42,93 290 46,11 01-89152-26 26/64 1400 222,60 1535 244,06
01-89152-12 12/64 320 50,88 345 54,85 01-89152-27 27/64 1490 236,91 1620 257,58
01-89152-13 13/64 380 60,42 405 64,39 01-89152-28 28/64 1580 251,22 1750 278,25
01-89152-14 14/64 440 69,96 465 73,93 01-89152-29 29/64 1680 267,12 1880 298,92
01-89152-15 15/64 500 79,50 530 64,27 01-89152-30 30/64 1785 283,81 1985 315,61
01-89152-16 16/64 565 89,83 610 96.99 01-89152-31 31/64 1890 300,51 2150 341,85
01-89152-17 17/64 625 99,37 665 105,73 01-89152-32 32/64 2000 318,00 2300 365,70
01-89152-18 18/64 690 109,71 725 115,27 01-89152-33 33/64 2110 335,49 2450 389,55
01-89152-19 19/64 770 122,43 805 127,99 01-89152-34 34/64 — — 2600 413,35
For flow rate conversion of fresh water to salt water, see page 704.
709

PRESSURE DROP THR0U6K REBUUOQR

FULL-OPENING DOWN HOLE
REGULATORS
Regardless of the number of Down
Hole Flow Regulators used in the y
tubing string, the tubing remains full-
opening throughout because the reg
ulators are mounted on the outside of
the tubing.
/
The Full-Opening Down Hole
Flow Regulator is installed as an inte
1'
3
gral part of the tubing string. A spe
cial corrosive service housing is also
available. 631
MIN. REQUIRED CASING DRIFT

HOUSING
r i
J!
7.031 8,437 9,84311.249 12
Standard Service Corrosive Service
(P, - P,) HMMIIM KOIina PtttSUK DtFFEKimU. ptl (kfan1)
2-3/8
2-1/16 Coupling 2-3/8 2-7/8 ORDERING EXAMPLE:
Sll Sp. Clr. PRODUCT NO. 600-32

In. In. In. In. In. SIZE: 2-318? X 2.91 MODEL "BE" FULL-OPENING
mm mil mm mm mm DOWN HOLE FLOW REGULATOR VII2-3I8" OD EU
8RdBoxx PinflJ-55 4.7 lbs/ft tubing w/Size
3.795 4.653 4.545 4.767 5.324 17164 Orifice/1613 bbVdaySalt Water, Specific
98,39 118,19 115,44 121,08 135,23 Gravity of 1.040
SELECTION GUIDE
Flow Rate Limitations
Product
Model No. bbl/day m]/day
BF 600-34 SO—1,200 7,95-190,78
600-32 250—2,000 39,75-317,97

BE

Orifice Flow Rate ♦ 10% Orifice Flow Rate =10%
Fresn Water Fresh Water
Comm. No* Size m'/day Cotntn. No. Size
bbl/day bbl/day m3/day
01-89152-05 5/64 55 8,74 122,43

01-89152-19 19/64 770
01-89152-06 6/64 80 12,72 135,15

01-89152-20 20/64 850
01-89152-07 7/64 115 18,28 147,87

01-89152-21 21/64 930
01-89152-08 8/64 140 22,26 162,18

01-89152-22 22/64 1020
01-89152-09 9/64 175 27.82 23/64 176,49

01-89152-23 1110
0149152-10 10/64 240 38,16 192,39

01-89152-24 24/64 1210
01-89152-11 11/64 270 42,93 208,29

01-89152-25 25.64 1310
01-89152-12 12/64 320 50,88 222,60

01-89152-26 26/64 1400
01-89152-13 13/64 380 60,42 236,91

01-89152-27 27/64 1490
01-89152-14 14/64 440 69,96 251,22

01-89152-28 28/64 1560
01-89152-15 15/64 500 79,50 267,12

01-89152-29 29/64 1680
01-89152-16 16/64 565 89,83 283.81

01-89152-30 30/64 1785
01-89152-17 17/64 625 99,37 300,51

01-89152-31 31/64 1890
01-89152-18 18/64 690 109,71 318,00

01-89152-32 32/64 2000
For flow rate conversion from fresh 01-89152-33 33/64 2110 335,49
water to salt water see page 704.

710
15 PACKERS
A OIVEION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. INC.
SURFACE FLOW REGULATORS PRESSURE DROP

THROUGH REGULATOR
The Baker Surface Flow Regulator re 3000
places traditional manually con 476.95
trolled needle valves and meters. It is p 2500 /

g397.46
as easy to install as a pipe nipple.
S 2000 /
These regulators are simple, effec 5 317,97
tive and economical and eliminate i 1500

diaphragms and complex mov 5 238.47
ing parts. 1 1000 /
Surface Flow Regulators provide a
* 158,99
1 500 /
1
means of controlling injection rates 79,49
without constant manual adjust 0
ment. The regulators cut manpower 100 120 140 160 180 200
costs for surveillance and adjustment 7.031 8.437 9,843 11.249 12.65614,061
and eliminate frequent replacement PRESSURE DROP PSI (Kgcm'l
of expensive parts and materials.

SELECTION GUIDE
Flow Rats Limitations

Product
Model
No. bbl/day m3/day
BF 600-08 50-1,200 7,95-190,78
BE 600-07 250-2,500 39,75-397,50
ORDERING EXAMPU:
PRODUCT NO. 600-07

SIZE: 2" Norn. 11-1/2 W Pin x Pin MODll "BE"
SUUACE FLOW REGULATOR/7/-5J tubing w/Sixf
Baker's surface flow regulator installs like a pipe nip 8164 Orifice fH37 bbl/dav Sail Wain. Spttifu
ple, and can't be tampered with in the field. Gravity of 1.12
Orifice Flow Rate ± 10% Orifice Row Rate * 10%

Fresh Water Freth Water
Comm No. Size bbl/day m3/day Comm No. Size bbl/day m3/day
01-89152-05 5/64 55 8,74 01-89152-20 20/64 900 143,08
01-89152-06 6/64 80 12,76 01-89152-21 21/64 980 155,80
01-89152-07 7/64 125 19,87 01-89152-22 22/64 1055 167,73
01-89152-08 8/64 145 23,05 01-89152-23 23/64 1155 183,62
01-89152-09 9/64 185 29,41 01-89152-24 24/64 1300 206,68
01-89152-10 10/64 250 39,75 01-89152-25 25/64 1415 224,96
01-89152-11 11/64 290 46,10 01-89152-26 26/64 1535 244,04

01-89152-12 12/64 345 54.85 01-89152-27 27/64 1620 257,55
01-89152-13 13/64 405 64,39 01-89152-28 28*4 1750 278,21
01-89152-14 14/64 465 73.93 01-89152-29 29/64 1880 298,89
01-89152-15 15/64 530 84.26 01-89152-30 30/64 1985 315,58
01-89152-16 16/64 610 96,98 01-89152-31 31/64 2150 341,81
01-89152-17 17/64 665 105.72 01-89152-32 32/64 2300 365.66
01-89152-18 18/64 725 115,26 01-89152-33 33/64 2450 389,51

01-89152-19 19/64 805 127,98 01-89152-34 34/64 2600 413,35
For flow rate conversion fresh water to salt water see Page 704.
BAKER
PACKERS
AD VISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS INC
712
PACKERS
A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TOOLS. IKC
FORTY YEARS MODEL "G-T"

COMPRESSION SET
OF EXPERIENCE THERMOSEAL PACKER
Product No. 417-46
IN HIGH (P. 720)
TEMPERATURE
PACKER
TECHNOLOGY
High pressure, high temperature
packer sealing technology began in
1942 when Baker originated the Re MODELS "C-2"/"CL-2"
LOK-SET
tainer Production Packer. This was THERMOSEAL PACKERS
the first production packer that Product No. 417-35/-38
would hold pressure from above or (P. 718)
below without set down weight or

tension. It was also the first packer to
incorporate a sealing system which MODEL "C-2" LOK-SET
utilized back-up rings to confine and THERMOSEAL PACKER WITH
PACKER BORE RECEPTACLE
contain the packing element and pre AND FLAPPER VALVE
vent extrusion of the elastomer under Product No. 417-35
high pressures and temperatures. (P. 719)
From this early beginning, Baker MODEL "HB-1"

SINGLE GRIP
has been the leader in the develop
THERMOSEAL PACKER
ment of high pressure-high tempera Product No. 417-37
ture sealing systems. Baker was the (P. 716)
first to systematically analyze elasto

mer behavior, and the first to use hot MODEL "DGT"
DOUBLE-GRIP
test cells in their engineering labora 3. THERMOSEAL PACKER
tory to subject their sealing systems Product No. 417-40
to the temperatures and pressures en (P. 717)
countered in hostile production and MODEL "HBD-1"

injection environments. SINGLE GRIP
THERMOSEAL PACKER
In 1963 Baker developed the first
Product No. 417-45
Thermoseal Packer — not a modifi (P. 716)
cation of existing equipment, but a
new tool designed specifically for
steam flooding operations. It was a
no movement packer, with a integral
expansion joint, using a specially
compounded packing element to
MODELS "FA-T'7"DA-T"
hold injection pressures at saturated
THERMAPERM PACKERS
steam temperatures. Product No. 417-07/-08
(P. 722)
In the ensuing years, Baker has
continued to improve their Thermal
Sealing Systems and expand the
scope of products available for ther
mal recovery. These thermal prod
ucts represent the latest
improvements in high temperature
sealing technology.
713
PACKERS
MODEL"NT-22"
THERMOSEAL LOCATOR
SEAL ASSEMBLY
Product No. 442-59
(P. 723)
MODEL "AL"
THERMOSEAL
ANCHOR LATCH/
EXPANSION JOINT MODELS "FWPT'7
Product No. 441-55 "RZPT" THERMOSEAL
(P. 723)
BLANKING PLUGS
Product No. 821-01/-02
(P. 726)
MODEL "PT-22"
m
THERMOSEAL ANCHOR
SEAL ASSEMBLY
Product No. 443-80 Ik—^?*
(P. 723) MODEL "T"
THERMOSEAL
PORTED BY-PASS
SEATING NIPPLE
W/MODEL "TZE"
THERMOSEAL
"HEATSAVER"
SEPARATION
INSULATED
SLEEVE
TUBING
Product No.
Product No.
800-40/805-61
830-01/-02/-03
i • (P. 727)
(P. 724-725)
i Baker Packers Thermal Systems

can offer a total completion system
for your steam injection well; includ
ing high temperature permanent and
MODEL "B" retrievable packers, expansion
SHOOT-OFF SUB joints, blanking plugs, anchor and
FOR INSULATED
locator seal assemblies, and insu
TUBING
Product No. 830-61 lated tubing. Our engineers have
(P. 726) also developed a unique packing ele
ment system for Therma-Perm and
MODEL "S" Thermoseal Packers; featuring full-
THERMOSEAL EXPANSION |OINT circle, metal back-up rings which to
Product No. 441-56
(P. 721)
tally encase the energized packing
element and prevent high tempera
MODEL "TC" ture extrusion — an engineering ad
THERMOSEAL EXPANSION JOINT
vantage available only from Baker.
Product No. 441-50
(P. 721)
MODEL "D"
For details on an integrated thermal
THERMOSEAL EXPANSION JOINT completion system, please contact
Product No. 441-44 your nearest Baker Packers repre
(P. 720)
sentative.
Model "S" Thermoseal -

Expansion loint
Product No. 441-56
Model "F" -
Sealing Nipple
"Heatsaver II" ■ Product No. 801-50
Insulated Tubing
Product No. 830-02
"Heatsaver II"
Insulated Tubing
Product No. 830-02
Model "TZE" Thermoseal

Separation Sleeve
Product No. 805-61
Model "T" Thermoseal

Ported By-Pass
Seating Nipple
Product No. 800-40
Model "AL"
Thermoseal Anchor
Latch/Expansion loint
Product No. 441-55
Model "DGT" Model "B"
Double-Crip Shoot-Off Sub For
Model "FA-T"
Thermoseal Packer Insulated Tubing
Theima-Perm Packer
Product No. 417-07
Model "C-T"
Millout Extension Compression Set
Product No. 499-41 Thermoseal Packer
Product No. 417-46
Model "F"
Seating Nipple
Product No. 801-50
This single zone completion with a provision This single zone completion uses "Heatsaver"
This single zone completion uses a permanent
for circulating, uses a double-grip retrievable Insulated Tubing and a retrievable packer sys
packer system. The anchor latch/expansion
packer system. Internal ports in the by-pass tem. The compression set packer allows an
joint provides for maximum tubing move
seating nipple permit the displacement of flu expansion joint to be insulled near the surface
ment, while providing a low profile above the
ids in the annulus before injection begins. with dynamic seals that can be replaced with
packer. A seating nipple with Thermoseal
During injection, a separation sleeve can be out disturbing the packer or insulated tubing.
blanking plug helps maintain well control.
used to close off the ports while steam is able to The Shoot-Off Sub insures that the tubing
by-pass and continue down the tubing. string can be retrieved.
715
BAKER
PACKERS
"Heatsaverll"
Insulated Tubing
Product No. 830-02
Model "TC" Thermo-

seal Expansion loint
Product No. 441-50
- Downhole Steam
Generator
Model "DGT"
Double-Crip
Thermoseal Packer
w/o Integral . Model "NT-22"
Expansion Joint Thermoseal Locator
Product No. 417-40 Seal Assembly
Product No. 442-59
■ Thermoseal PBR Head
■ Model "C-2" Lok-Set

Thermoseal Packer
w/Flapper Valve
Model "HBD-1"
Product No. 417-35
Single-Crip
Thermoseal Packer
Perforated Tubing Product No. 417-45
- Model "E" Full

Opening
Thermoseal Cup Packer Non-Perforated
Assembly w/lnlegral Production Tube
Expansion Joint w/Pump Out Plug
Product No. 457-04
;':■ .■
1±IM
This dual zone completion uses concentric This single zone completion with a downhole This single zone completion uses a retrievable
tubing strings and retrievable packer systems. steam generator uses a double-grip retrievable packer system and "Heatsaver" Insulated Tub
The upper, double-grip packer holds pressure packer system. Tubing weight is utilized to ing. This reliable single-grip packer has an
differentials from above or below. A lower constantly energize the packing element and integral expansion joint to provide for tubing
Thermoseal cup packer offers a low-cost locator seals. The packer can be set and re movement. The packer design also incorpo
method to separate dual zones with simultane trieved independent of the generator assem rates a soft-release feature to reduce tubing
ous injection at similar pressures. bly. The locator seal assembly can also be stretch and re-coil during shear-out.
landed in a Therma-Perm Packer.
716
PACKERS THERMAL SYSTEMS

A DIVISION OF BAKEROILTOOLS. INC.
MODEL "HB-1" SINGLE-GRIP • Packer design utilizes differential

THERMOSEAL® PACKER pressure boost to constantly ener
Product No. 417-37 gize packing element system
The "HB-1" is a single-grip, tension • Tension set to achieve high pack-
set packer for use in steam injection off force; even in shallow wells
wells. It is designed to be a simple • Tension shear release for simple
and economical, high temperature operation
sealing system offering an expansion • Choice of packing element systems
joint and casing packer in one unit. provides maximum economy
MODEL "HBD-1" SINGLE-GRIP OPERATING PROCEDURES
THERMOSEAL® PACKER TO SET PACKER: Rotate tubing to
Product No. 417-45 the left to obtain one-quarter turn at
The "HBD-1" is the "soft-release" the packer. This actuates the simple
version of the Model "HB-1" Ther- and reliable J-slot mechanism. Apply
moseal Packer. It is designed with a tension to pack-off.
"soft-shear" feature which reduces TO RELEASE EXPANSION JOINT:
tubing stretch and re-coil during After the packer is set, hold a slight
shear-out; making it ideal for use upstrain and rotate to the right.
with insulated tubing or the longer
strings of deep injection wells. TO RELEASE PACKER: Apply suffic
ient tension to actuate the straight
FEATURES/BENEFITS pull/shear release mechanism.
• Integral expansion joint with FOR EMERGENCY RELEASE: A left-
lengths up to 26 ft.(8M) provides hand safety connector provides for
for tubing expansion; eliminating emergency retrieval of tubing and ex
the need for additional equipment pansion joint.
to be run above the packer
PACKER SELECTION GUIDE

culm Picker
Preferred Range Gats Espattsion

00 Weight' Thread
of Casing IDs Rim 00 lelnts
Sin Specifications -
Hid. Han Kara. 00 Nam. 10
(Ben Up x Pin Down)
In. In.
mm
In. In. mm
In. la.
men mm mm mm
20 4.773 4S» 4.500

5-1/2 121.36 114.30
139.70 4.892 4.950 4.656
15.5—17 45B
124.26 125.73 118.19 2.50 1.99
63.50 JO.67 2-3/8 00 EU 3RD
13—14
m &%
5.190 45C
5-14 131.83
17-22.5
14S.05
28 5.791 46>
147.09 5.600
142.24
6-5/8 5.921 468
24
163.58 150.39 3.25 2.44 Z-T/8 00 EU 8 R0
82.55 62.00
17—20 6.049 6.135
153.64 155.83 5.843
46C 143.41
29-32' 6.094 6.184
154.79 157.07
6.184 6.276 47*2 5.963

26—29' 151.59
157.07 159.41
7
}&
2.44 2-7/8 00 EU 8 HO
177.80 6.276 6.456 47A 62.00
20—26'
159.41 163.96
6.078 or
154.38
17—20'
ftjft m 476
3.62
92.08
> 1-1/2 00 £118 RD
MS
6.672
®h 24—29.7 4SC°
169.47
7.825 49M° 7.656

16
19X76 194.46
3.62 2.99
8-5.8 3-1/2 00 EU 8 ID
219.08 7.921 6.097 7.718 92.08 76.00
24-32 49B°
201.19 205.66 196.04
or
m m
47—53.4 8.681 51*°
220.50 3.25 2.44
9-5/8 i J-J/800EU8RD
8.500 82.55 62.00
244.48
23.3—43.5 8.755 9.063 51B °
222.38 230.20 215.90
11-374 10.772 11.150 538 = 10562 3.62 2.99 1-1/2 00 EU 3RD

33-60
298.45 2)3.61 233.21 253.27 92.08 76.00
men seteetingipaetafoi a easing weight eosmira StanisnlstnkotcagUttire10lt..l5tl..20tt.aad26

to two wetgM ranges (time 00). ctsoose ttte picker
slio shown for too lighter of ttte two weight ranges. t Threads shown are "standard" for the respectlra
Eitmplo; for 7* 20 ttaM eating, use packer size 47B. packer/eipansioo |t!nt tliesi other threads aro arail-
Under certain circomiUneej the oilier packer size
Model "HBD-1* Model "HB-1" atsle on request Please speciff whan ordering.
nuy be nin, such as when ruining In miied casing
Single-Crip Single-Crip ■B "HB-i"«ri>. *
Thermoteal Packer Thermoteal Packer
717
PACKERS
MODEL "DGT" DOUBLE-GRIP OPERATING PROCEDURES

THERMOSEAL® PACKER TO SET PACKER: Rotate tubing to
Product No. 417-40 the left to obtain one-quarter turn at
The "DGT" is a double-grip, tension the packer. This actuates the simple
set packer specifically designed for and reliable J-slot mechanism. Apply
use in steam injection wells where a tension to pack-off.
pressure differential from above or
TO RELEASE EXPANSION JOINT:
below is anticipated.
After the packer is set, hold a slight
upstrain and rotate to the right.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Double-grip design makes this TO RELEASE PACKER: Apply suffic
packer ideal for use with annular ient tension to actuate the straight
insulation materials or when pres pull/shear release mechanism.
sure testing of the annulus is
required FOR EMERGENCY RELEASE: A left-
• Integral expansion joint with hand safety connector provides for
lengths up to 26 ft.(8M) provides emergency retrieval of tubing and ex
pansion joint.
for tubing expansion; eliminating
the need for additional equipment
to be run above the packer
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
• Packer design utilizes differential
PRODUCT NO. 417-40
pressure boost to constantly ener
SIZE: 47A (7" 20-26 Ibs.lft. casing) w/2-718"
gize packing element system OD EU 8 RD Box x Pin model "DGT"
• Tension set to achieve high pack- double-crip THERMOSEAL PACKER. Packing Ele
ment System and Expansion Joint Seal System
off force; even in shallow wells names (if known). Expansion Joint w/lOft.
• Tension shear release for simple stroke and 2.44 ID. Please specify maximum
operation temperature.
• Full bore expansion joint passes

same equipment as tubing
• Choice of packing element systems
provides maximum economy

Casing Packer
Preferred Range 6age Expansion*
00 Weight Thread s
of Casing ID'S Ring 00 Joint
Size Specifications
Min. Max. Nom. 00 Nom. ID
In. In. (Box Up x Pin Down)
Lb./Ft. In. In. In. In.
mm mm
mm mm mm mm
7 6.276 6.456 6.078

20-26 47A
177,80 159,41 163.98 154.38 3.25 2.44
2-7/8 00 EU 8 RD
7-5/8 6.625 6.875 6.453 82,55 62.00
29.7-39 48B
193.68 168.28 174,63 163.91
7.825 7.656
36 49A4
198.76 194,46
8-5/8
219,08
7.921 8.017 7.718
28-32 49B
201.19 203.63 196,04
8.535 8.681 8.218 3.62 2.99

47-53.5 51A2 3-1/2 00 EU 8 RD
216.79 220.50 208,74 92.08 76.00
9-5/8 8.681 8.835 8.437
40-47 51A4
244.48 220,50 224.41 214.30
8.835 9.063 8.593
29.3-40 51B
224.41 230,20 218.26
® Standard stroke lengths are 10 ft. 15 ft, 20 ft. and 26 ft.
® Threads shown are "standard" for the respective packer/expansion joint sizes; other threads are available
on request Please specify when ordering.
718
RACKERS
MODEL "C-2" LOK-SET tubing to the right to free slips. Setting

THERMOSEAL® PACKER down sets the upper slips and begins
Product No. 417-35 compression of the packing element;
upstrain engages the lower slips. Set
The "C-2" Lok-Set is a double-grip,
down to complete and lock-in pack-
compression set packer recom
off. If sufficient set down weight is
mended for use in high temperature
not available, left-hand rotation or
wells where pressure differentials in
spudding may be used to obtain
favor of the annulus are anticipated. pack-off force.
MODEL "CL-2" LARGE TO RELEASE PACKER: Apply up

BORE LOK-SET strain and right-hand rotation until
THERMOSEAL® PACKER the tool moves up.
Product No. 417-38
• Except for a larger bore thru the
body, the "CL-2" is identical to
the Model "C-2" Lok-Set Thermo- r-> A
seal Packer, Product No. 417-35.
MODEL "C-2" LOK-SET

THERMOSEAL® PACKER
WITH INTEGRAL
EXPANSION JOINT
Product No. 417-39
• A standard Model "C-2" Lok-Set
Thermoseal Packer designed with
an Integral Expansion Joint to ac
commodate tubing movement.
Release:
FEATURES/BENEFITS Run in Slack off, Pickup,
pick up
• Can withstand pressure differen rotate engage
and rotate
right, lower Set down right
tials from above or below engage slips complete
• Double-grip design makes this upper packoff
slips
packer ideal for use with annu and
lock-set
lar insulating materials or when
pressure testing of the annulus is
required
• Right-hand tubing rotation con ORDERING EXAMPLE:
trols setting and releasing PRODUCT NO. 417-35
• Releasable lock-ring mechanical SIZE: 49B {8-518" 20-32 lbs.lft. casing) wl4°
ly holds pack-off OD NU 8 RD Box x Pin modei "C-r lok-
• Tubing can be landed in com SET THERMOSEAL PACKER. Packing Element Sys
tem name (if known). Please specify maximum
pression, tension or neutral temperature.
• Can be used with the Baker Ther
moseal expansion system of your
choice PACKER SELECTION GUIDE
• Choice of packing element sys For available sizes and specifica
tems provides maximum economy tions, see Packer Selection Chart on
page 719.
OPERATING PROCEDURES
TO SET PACKER: Slips are locked in
a retracted position to prevent pre
mature setting. Slack off and rotate
719
PACKERS
MODEL "C-2"LOK-SET • Flapper valve helps maintain well

THERMOSEAL® PACKER control when tubing is pulled
WITH PACKER BORE • Production tube attached to seal
RECEPTACLE AND FLAPPER assembly, opens and protects the
flapper valve
VALVE
Product No. 417-35
The "C-2" Lok-Set is a double-grip, TO SET PACKER: Packer is run
compression set packer recom and set on work string. Slack off and
mended for use in high temperature rotate tubing to the right to free slips.
wells where tubing set down weight Setting down sets the upper slips and
will be utilized in the completion to begins compression of the packing
constantly energize the static seal element; upstrain engages the lower
systems. An optional Packer Bore Re slips. Set down to complete and lock-
ceptacle (PBR) provides the ability to in pack-off. If sufficient set down
retrieve the tubing string, without weight is not available, left-hand ro
disturbing the packer, while a Flap tation or spudding may be used to
per Valve helps maintain well con obtain pack-off force. Remove work
trol. This combination is ideal for use string and run in with tubing string,
with a Downhole Steam Generator seal assembly and production tube
as shown in the completion on page for completion.
715.
TO RELEASE PACKER: Use a
work string and retrieving sub to ap
FEATURES/BENEFITS
ply upstrain and right-hand rotation
• Double-grip design can withstand
until the tool moves up.
pressure differentials from above
or below
• System design utilizes tubing
weight to constantly energize
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
packing element and locator seals
PRODUCT NO. 417-35
• PBR permits tubing and locator
size: 49B (8-5/8" 20-32 tbsJft. casing) wl4"
seal assembly to be retrieved inde OD NU 8 RD Box x Pin model "C-2" lok-
pendent of packer SET THERMOSEAL PACKER WITH PACKER BORE RECEP
TACLE and rapper valve. Packing Element
• PBR allows jars or bumper subs to
System name (if known). Please specify maxi
be attached to the work string to mum temperature. Abo order running and
insure high pack-off force at shal retrieving subs.
low depths
Casing Factor
Prelured Ring! Sa]« Hon. Thread
00 Weight' ol Cjilitj [O's RlntOD ID Specifications ■
Sin
la In 19 (Boillp x
iis.fi Bin. Mai.
mm mm mjti PlnOown)
4-14 3.910 4.090 3.771
95-13.5 431 2-3/9 00 Ml 10 RD
114.30 19.31 103.89 95.78
15.5-20 4.773 4.950 1.978

4514
S-l/2 121.36 125.73 4.641 50.24
2-310DEU9RD
139.70 4892 S-01Z 117.38
I4-I7" 4516
I24.2S 127.30
S-iS 5.810 6.049 5.651
20-24 4712
168.29 148.01 153.64 143.63 2.441 2-7/9 00 EU 9 RD
I sj;s 6.4S6 6.071 67.00
11)30
20-16 47B6
159.41 153.93 154.3!
7.725 7521 7.S3I
32-40 4314
SSI IS6.22 201.19 191.23
219.08
7.921 S.I9I 7.791
20-32" «SB
201.19 203.05 197.64 3.500
4 DD KU 9 RD
8.343 SCSI 9.211 88.90
47-53 5 511
9-5/9 n i .91 220.50 208.74
244.48
8.8)9 9063 9.439
29.3-43.5 SIB
220.45 230.20 214.35
Thrttdi ttiawn art "slatted*; ittnr threads are anllatle on leqroiL Ftean ipeelty utien trtatnt
• tn»asttectloiapaciattiicaiJ^*tltHceiimioMotwomfihm
rxngev Eumjtfcta r 29 Bt/tL casing, mo puta sin 47B. Unto cotatn cnxamitimes tt« otto |»ck«f Uncurl* nm. seen ajifaaromioj In
For ccznpitibti PB81 locator $wl Jbsenttilfes tod Production Totes contact your total Baler Pickars Ropreteotatlfe.
720
13 PACKERS THERMAL SYSTEMS

MODEL "G-T" • Choice of packing element systems

COMPRESSION SET provides maximum economy
THERMOSEAL® PACKER
Product No. 417*46 OPERATING PROCEDURES
TO SET PACKER: Run the packer to

The "GT" is a compact, set down
a position about one foot below the
packer designed to be a simple and
setting depth, then pick up to the set
economical, high temperature seal
ting point. Rotate the tubing to the
ing system featuring a full bore body.
right one-quarter turn at the tool. Ap
This packer utilizes tubing weight to
ply set down weight to set and pack-
constantly energize the packing ele
off the tool.
ment system.
TO RELEASE PACKER: Simply pick
FEATURES/BENEFITS up the tubing to release.
• Rugged rocker-type slips PACKER SELECTION GUIDE

• Full bore body through the packer For available sizes, specifications and
• Economical to buy and maintain ordering information, contact your
• Easy to set and release local Baker Packers representative.
• Simple and reliable construction
• Constantly energized packing ele
ment system
• Short and compact for ease of stor
age, shipping and handling
MODEL "D" THERMOSEAL® • Transmits torque throughout its full

EXPANSION JOINT length — up to 2,000 ft./lbs. (275
Product No. 441-44 kg/m)
• Interchangeable seal unit—please
The Model "D" Thermoseal Expan specify maximum temperature
sion Joint compensates for expansion when ordering
and contraction of the tubing string
caused by temperature changes in OPERATING PROCEDURES
thermal operations. It is a reliable
After the parent tool is set, pick up on
companion to the Model "C-2" Lok-
the tubing string to extend the expan
Set® Thermoseal Packer.
sion joint and provide for tubing
elongation.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
• Internal shoulders to transmit im
PRODUCT NO. HI-44
pact during spudding operations in
size: 45 x 24 u'12-718" OD EU 8 RD Box x
shallow wells Pin MODEL "D" THERMOSEAl EXMNSION JOINT.
Ninefoot (9') stroke. Please specify maximum
temperature.
EXPANSION JOINT SELECTION GUIDE

Sul
00 10 Stroke.
Borc Thretd
Sin Sptciflcatlons
In. In. In. Ft.
(BoiUpx pin 0am)
nun nai mm 171
3.750 3.031 1.195 9

37 x 19 2-3/100 EU 6 DO
95.25 77.01 50.67 2.7
4.500 3.513 2.441 9

45 x 24 7-7/B0DEUSR0
114.30 99.13 52.00 2.7
5.500 4.323 2.992 9

55 x N 3-1/2 00 EUt U
139.70 109.60 76.00 2.7
W9IL itrala li stindtti stl»r bnitla tnlUUt oa nqimt

721
PACKERS
MODEL "S" THERMOSEAL®
EXPANSION JOINT After the packer is set, rotate the
Product No. 441-56 top tubing joint 5 to 7 turns to the
right and pick up to extend the ex
The Model "S" Thermoseal Expan
pansion joint and provide for tubing
sion Joint compensates for expansion
elongation.
caused by temperature changes in
EXPANSION JOINT SELECTION
thermal operations. The tubing
GUIDE
movement is taken at the surface
which allows for the retrieval and re
For available sizes, specifications and
placement of the mandrel seal with
ordering information, contact your
out disturbing the packer or tubing
local Baker Packers representative.
string. Because the Model "S" is run
just below the wellhead, it is safely
contained within the wellbore.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Recommended when the use of in

sulated tubing is planned
• Seals can be replaced without pull
ing packer and tubing
specify maximum temperature
when ordering
MODEL "TC" THERMOSEAL® OPERATING PROCEDURES

EXPANSION JOINT After the parent tool is set, pick up on
Product No. 441-50 the tubing string to extend the expan
The Model "TC" Thermoseal Expan sion joint and provide for tubing
sion Joint compensates for expansion elongation.
caused by temperature changes in EXPANSION JOINT SELECTION
thermal operations. When used with GUIDE
one of Baker's Thermoseal Packers, it
offers the maximum ID available For available sizes, specifications and
through the packer/expansion joint ordering information, contact your
system.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Recommended when the use of

annular insulating materials IS
anticipated
• Permits up to 26 feet of travel
through a single expansion joint
• Transmits torque in the run-in and
fully extended positions
specify maximum temperature
when ordering
722
BAKER
IS PACKERS
MODELS "FA-T" and "DA-T" FEATURES/BENEFITS

THERMA-PERM® PACKERS •Solid, slim lined construction al
Product No. 417-07 and 417-08 lows faster run-in without fear
The Models "FA-T" and "DA-T" of impact damage or premature
Therma-Perm Packers are high tem setting
perature versions of Baker's Model •Two opposed sets of full-circle, full-
"FA-1" and Model "DA" Retainer strength slips assure that the packer
Production Packers; some of the will stay where it is set
most widely used, most versatile, •Holds a pressure differential from
high performance permanent pack above or below; ideal when the an-
ers available. These packers are suit nulus is to be pressure tested or an
able for high temperature steam nular insulating materials are to be
injection and production. A Flapper used
Valve Bottom or Seating Nipple with •Unique interlocked, expandable
Thermoseal Blanking Plug can be or metal back-up rings contact the cas
dered to provide well control when ing and create a positive barrier to
the tubing is pulled. packing element extrusion
•Drillable packers offer economic
advantages over retrievable type
packers in long term applications
TO SET PACKER: Both the Model
"FA-T" and "DA-T" Therma-Perm
Packers can be set at any depth and/
or deviation on a work string using a
hydraulic setting tool which allows
the packing element time to form
and insures up to 70,000 lbs. of
pack-off force.
TO REMOVE PACKER: A standard

packer milling tool easily removes
either packer.

Models "FA-T" and "DA-T" Optional

Therma-Perm Packers Flapper Valve
Product No. 417-07 and 417-08 Bottom
723
RAKKR
PACKERS
THERMA-PERM® PACKER ACCESSORIES Model -AL"

Thermoseal
Anchor Latch/
MODEL "NT-22" Expansion Joint
THERMOSEAL® gized. No upward movement can be Model "NT-22" Model "PT-22"

Thermoseal Thermoseal
LOCATOR SEAL ASSEMBLY tolerated, therefore sufficient set Locator Seal Anchor Seal
Product No. 442-59 down weight must be available at all Assembly Assembly
Designed to land and seal in the times. The locator assembly can be
upper bore of a Model "DA-T" or supplied with a blank bottom sub or
"FA-T" Therma-Perm Packer. The lo threaded to accept tailpipe/
cating shoulder on the bottom of the production tube. (OD's of which
assembly transfers tubing weight to must be compatible with packer
the seals to keep the seal system ener bore.)
MODEL "AL" THERMOSEAL®

ANCHOR LATCH/EXPANSION
JOINT provides up to 26 feet of tubing ex
Product No. 441-55 pansion at steam injection tempera
Designed to anchor a string of tubing tures, while providing a low profile
to a Model "DA-T" or "FA-T" above the packer. An emergency re
Therma-Perm Packer. The anchor lease mechanism on the mandrel
latches into the packer to prevent permits retrieval of the tubing inde
movement of the packer to tubing pendent of the anchor and seal hous
seal. The integral expansion joint ing assembly.
MODEL "PT-22"
THERMOSEAL® conditions require the tubing be
ANCHOR SEAL ASSEMBLY landed in tension, or when a Ther-
Product No. 443-80 moseal Expansion Joint is to be used.
Designed to anchor a string of tubing It can be supplied with a blank bot
to a Model "DA-T" or "FA-T" tom sub or threaded to accept
Therma-Perm Packer and is used for tailpipe/production tube. (OD's of
shallow depths where there is insuffi which must be compatible with
cient tubing weight available to pre packer bore.)
vent seal movement, where well
ACCESSORY SELECTION
GUIDE
Model *FA-T" or "DA-T"

Therma-Perm Packer
724
BAKER
BAKER HEATSAVER®
INSULATED TUBING
Outer. Heatsaver I Prod. No. 830-01
Tubing Heatsaver II Prod. No. 830-02
Heatsaver III Prod. No. 830-03
— the only "oilfield" insulated tubing

r
tailored to meet your needs; designed
and built by oilfield people.
Heatsaver Insulated Tubing will take
the abuse of oilfield handling at the
Hermetically surface, and downhole, and still de
Sealed^ liver the superior insulating quality
Insulating needed to minimize heat loss, mini
Annulus mize casing thermal stress and maxi
mize steam quality.
SUPER MONO-WELD PRESSURE

Insert VESSEL CONSTRUCTION KEEPS
(same I.D.n. THE INSULATION DRY
as tubing) r
Wet Insulation Simply
Doesn't Insulate
Super Fact: The space between the inner
Mono-Weld and outer tubing, the insulating annu
Pressure lus, must be totally moisture proof. A
Vessel
Upset Rared leak in this space that permits the
Construction Tube End, invasion of even the smallest trace
50% more metal
of moisture will totally destroy the ef
fectiveness of the finest insulation
system.
Thread
Super Triple-Pass Weld Assures
Seals'
Moisture Proof Integrity
Baker seals off the insulating annulus
with a triple-pass weld to make abso
lutely certain that it remains moisture
proof. This triple-pass weld eliminates
the problem of porosity and produces a
Inner super strong bond. Baker uses estab
Tubing" lished processes to stress relieve and in
Super Triple-Pass
spect each weld. The result is a
Weld
hermetically sealed, super-strong, insu
lation chamber.
The Upset Flare Process Provides

V Superior Strength For "Oilfield"
Handling
Superior The upset flare process accomplishes
Insulation two very important things: 1) it in
with the most creases the O.D. of the end of the
cost effective
inner tube so that one weld can seal
"k" value
the insulating annulus; 2) it increases
for your
specific well the cross sectional area at the end
conditions of the inner tube by 50%; making
the end, even after welding, stronger
than the non-upset section of the
inner tube.
US Patent 4396211
and patents pending
725
HEATSAVER® INSULATED COMPARE RESULTS WITH HEATSAVER INSULATED TUBING

TUBING HANDLES
TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCES
BETWEEN INNER AND OUTER HUFF & PUFF STEAM DRIVE
TUBES THE OILFIELD WAY Std. Tubing HEATSAVER II Std. Tubing HEATSAVER II
Baker pre-stresses the inner tube and an
with Packer with Packer with Packer with Packer
chors each strengthened end to the outer
tube; the same principle used by opera HEAT LOSS 17.022 3.102
40.558 8.699
tors for years to pre-stress casing in steam (MM BTU's/Day)
injection wells. Heatsaver's unique upset QUALITY 27.1% 64.7% 55.9% 71.6%
flare with enlarged cross-sectional area INCREASED
at each end provides the strength neces 57,799 12,620 54,623 10,199
CASING STRESS
sary for this procedure. The result is a
(DSi)
containment system rugged enough to
withstand the abuse of oilfield handling. % OF BTU'S 97.2
72.9 93.3 85.3
DELIVERED
STRESS CALCULATIONS ALLOW THE CONDITIONS Temp. 55OT. Quality: 75% Temp. SOOT, Quality: 75%
Depth: 3000 ft. Depth: 1700 ft.
CONTAINER TO BE CUSTOMIZED
Stress calculations for the inner tube,
outer tube and coupling are made during
the conditions of setting the packer,
Find out what "Heatsaver" can do for you!
steaming, and releasing the packer. This
evaluation of your particular completion Copy form, fill out and send to Baker Packers Thermal Systems
allows us to custom design a contain
ment system for your application which
can be run with total confidence in its INPUT DATA FOR THERMAL COMPLETIONS PROGRAM
performance and durability.
Company:
BAKER OFFERS YOU A CHOICE OF
Representative:.
INSULATION SYSTEMS.
REASON: COST-EFFECTIVENESS. Location:
Computer analysis of several insulation Phone:

systems with different "k" values re Well Identification:.
vealed that there was no single cost-
effective insulation system for all well TUBING DATA
conditions. For this reason, Baker offers a Standard Tubing O.D. Standard Coupling 0.0..
choice of insulation systems: Heatsaver
Standard Tubing I.D..
I, Heatsaver II and Heatsaver III.
CHECK DESIRED INSULATED TUBING SIZE:
VISUALLY COMPARE HEATSAVER
Baker Size O.D. I.D. Coupling O.D.
INSULATED TUBING
Baker Packers' Heatsaver Insulated Tub □ 35x16 3.500" 1.610" 4.250"
ing squeezes maximum useable BTU's D 45x19 4.500" 1.995" 5.000"

out of the boiler fuel for the highest qual D 50x24 5.000" 2.441" 5.563"
ity steam possible. We invite you to visu D 55x29 5.500" 2.992" 6.050"
ally compare the quality "oilfield"
construction of Heatsaver Insulated Tub WELL DATA
ing with any other insulated tubing.
Casing O.D. Packer Setting Depth _ft.
'TRY-OUT" HEATSAVER UNDER Casing I.D. Fluid Level in Well _ft.
YOUR ACTUAL WELL CONDITIONS
Bore Hole Diameter
We believe that Heatsaver will provide
you with minimum heat loss, maximum INJECTION DATA
steam quality and minimum casing tem Steam Injection Temp. Injection Rate
perature. To find out what Heatsaver will (Water Equivalent) 3BLS/D
Saturated Steam Injection
do for you under your specific well con
Pressure (Must be for Original Bottom Hole Temp.
ditions, fill out the form and send it to: saturated condition)
Surface Mean Yearly Temp.
Baker Packers Marketing Operations,
Surface Injection Steam
P.O. Box 3048, Houston, Texas 77253 or
Quality %
telex the information to Baker Packers
Type of Injection: Huff & Puff D or Steam Drive D
Marketing Operations, telex no. TWX
762833. We will run it through our com BAKER PACKERS MARKETING OPERATIONS
puter program and return the results at no RO. BOX 3048
cost or obligation to you. HOUSTON. TEXAS 772S3
TWX 762833
726

MODEL "B" SHOOT-OFF® • Allows for the use of standard tub

SUB FOR INSULATED ing cutters
TUBING • Insures retrieval of insulated
tubing
Product No. 830-61
The Model "B" Shoot-Off Sub has a OPERATING PROCEDURES
six foot long inner tube that can be Run the Shoot-Off Sub just above the
severed using a standard mechanical packer like any other joint in the tub
or chemical cutter. A slight upstrain ing string.
then separates the Shoot-Off Sub's
outer housing, allowing emergency
SHOOT-OFF SUB SELECTION
retrieval of the insulated tubing GUIDE
string. For available size, specifications and
FEATURES/BENEFITS local Baker Packers representative.
• Insulated to reduce heat loss
PATENT PENDING
MODEL "FWPT" THERMOSEAL These high-temperature blanking

BLANKING PLUG, NON plugs hold pressure from both direc
BY-PASSING tions and can be used in standard
Product No. 821-01 seating nipples to provide well con
trol in thermal operations. They can
MODEL "RZPT" THERMOSEAL also be used for placing and displac
BLANKING PLUG, NON ing annular insulating materials.
BY-PASSING
Product No. 821-02
Model "FWPT" Model "RZPT'

Blanking Blanking
Plug Plug
THERMOSEAL 2 connections used in steam injection

HIGH TEMPERATURE applications.
THREAD SEALING
FEATURES/BENEFITS
COMPOUND
• Recommended for temperatures
Product No. 899-29
to 700°F
Thermoseal 2 High Temperature
• Protects against seizure and gall
Thread Sealing Compound contains
ing of threads
fine metallic particles homogenized
• Applies as easily as ordinary
in a special high temperature grease,
thread dope (down to - 20°F)
along with other anti-seize lubricants
• One bucket will seal and protect
and sealant particles to provide max approximately 150 connections
imum protection against heat dam
• Recommended for use with Baker
age or leakage of a threaded
"Heatsaver" Insulated Tubing
connection. This unique formula is
highly recommended for use with ORDERING EXAMPLE:
Baker "Heatsaver" Insulated Tubing commodity NO. 899-29-3500

SIZE: 3-112 gallon bucket, thermoseal 2 high
and provides excellent sealing char TEMPERATURE THREAD SEALING COMPOUND
acteristics for all API tapered-thread
727
PACKERS
MODEL "T" THERMOSEAL The ported seating nipple and

PORTED BY-PASS SEATING wireline retrievable separation
NIPPLE W/MODEL "TZE" sleeve can also be used for circula
THERMOSEAL SEPARATION tion; including placing and displac
SLEEVE ing annular insulating materials.
Product No. 800-40/805-61 FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Permits displacement of annular
The Model "T" Thermoseal Ported
fluids
By-Pass Seating Nipple has internal
ports which permit communication
• Large by-pass flow area around
the seating nipple
between the annulus and tubing. Flu
ids in the annulus can be displaced • Accepts wireline retrievable
accessories
before steam injection begins, there
• Bottom No-Go shoulder
fore eliminating the heat conduction
problems associated with a liquid OPERATING PROCEDURES
filled annulus. The Ported Seating Nipple can be run
During injection, a Model "TZE" at any point in the tubing string; pref
Thermoseal Separation Sleeve, Prod erably just above the packer.
uct No. 805-61 (shown in place) can
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
be used to close off the ports while
PRODUCT NO. 800-101805-61
steam is able to by-pass the separa
size: 45 x 1.88 wH-112" OD ABC Modified
tion sleeve and continue down the Nat'l Buttress Casing Box Up x Pin Down
tubing. MODEL "T" THERMOSEAL PORTED BY-PASS SEATING
nipple with 1.88 Seal Bore and size 1.88
MODEL "TZE" THERMOSEAL SEPARATION SLEEVE.
\M
PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

Mr Sail lafia Cffljlfifll
00 Bore Dia. 00
(Boi Up i Pin Bonn)
In. In. la. In.
35 X 1.8S 3.5C0 I.M3

1-t/T ABC Madlflid Htll
1.500 4.250
BattrattTtgnntdi
45IU3 4.500 MS)

4-l/rMC Modified «m
1.500 MOO
Buttress CifTltratds
$01141 5.900 I.M3 1.500 S-MCModKadlliri

5.5S3
Buttress Cttnrttdi
SELECTION CHART FOR RETRIEVABLE THERMAL PACKER SYSTEMS

PACKER CHECK-LIST FEATURE/BENEFIT
MODEL "C-2" MODEL "Cl-2" MODEL "C-2" MODEL "HB-1" MODEL "HBD-I" MODEL -D6T MODEL "6-T"
LOK-SET LOK-SET LOK-SET PKR. PACKER PACKER PACKER COMPRESSION
PACKER PACKER W/INT. EXP. JT. Product No. Product No. Product No. SET PACKER*
Product No. Product No. Product No. 417-37 417-45 417-40 Product No.
417-35 417-38 417-39 417-46
X X X X X X X HOLDS PRESSURE BELOW
X X X X X HOLDS PRESSURE ABOVE
X X X X COMPRESSION SET
X URGE BORE
X X X TENSION SET
X X X SHEAR RELEASE
X X "SOFT SHEAR RELEASE
X X X ROTATIONAL RELEASE
X X X X STRAIGHT PICK-UP RELEASE
X X X X INTEGRAL EXPANSION JOINT
X X X PACK-OFF BOOST FROM BELOW
X X X X PACK-OFF BOOST FROM ABOVE
TUBING WEI6NT DUST UXKK BE 6RUTER THJU PISTON EFFECT
728
IS PACKERS THERMAL SYSTEMS

A DIVISION OF BAKER OILTOOIS. INC.
BOTTOM HOLE TEMPERATURE (°F) GUESSTIMATED TUBING EXPANSION (FT)

AT PACKER BEFORE STEAMING DUE TO TEMPERATURE CHANGE
THERMAL EXPANSION CHART

FOR STANDARD NON-INSULATED TUBING
HOW TO USE: EXAMPLE: (Shown with dashed line on chart.)
1. Information required: Well Conditions Are:
• a. Bottom Hole Temperature (°F) At Packer Before • Bottom Hole Temperature At Packer Before Steam
Steaming ing — 110°F
b. Surface Steam Injection Temperature (°F) • Surface Steam Injection Temperature — 550°F
c. Packer Setting Depth (Ft) • Packer Setting Depth —1500 feet
2. Start with the Bottom Hole Temperature on the lower, Answer Obtained From Chart:
left-hand side of the chart. • Guesstimated Tubing Expansion — 4.8 feet
3. Read up to the Injection Temperature line.
4. Read right, over to the Packer Setting Depth line.
5. Read down to the Cuesstimated Tubing Expansion
value, given in feet, at the bottom of the chart.
6. The answer given is the guesstimated amount of tub
Calculations are based on the following formula:
ing expansion expected due to temperature change.
ALC = L x Ata x K
The chart assumes that the Mean Yearly Surface where ALC = change in length of tubing (Ft)
Temperature = 70°F and that the Surface Injection L = length of tubing (Ft)
Ata = average change in temperature (°F) of tubing obtained by the
Temperature = Final Bottom Hole Injection Tem formula:
IUII
perature. It does not include any safety factor; and change in temp, at surface + change in temp, at bottom
does not account for such things as:
-
• Piston effect, K = .0000069; coefficient of thermal expansion of tubing
• Ballooning effect,
• Buckling effect,
• Boil-off of annulus fluids, or
• Additional slick joint length necessary in order to
attach the wellhead.
7. For additional information and recommendations,
contact your local Baker Packers Representative.
729
U.S. & CANADIAN

SERVICE LOCATIONS PACKERS
Kouma Machine Shop Corpus Christi Area & Sales Office

North American Operations Headquarters
Houma, 107 N. Lacarpe Court Corpus Christi,
P.O. Box 3048 (77253),
(70360) (504)851-5112 First City Bank Tower,
6023 Navigation Blvd.,
615 Upper Broadway. Suite 603
Houston, Texas 77011 (713)923-9351 Lafayette Sales Office
Telex: 762833 FCB 88 (78477) (512)884-9162
Lafayette. P.O. Box 52193. OCS
ALASKA (70505) (318)233-0694 Dallas Sales Office
Alaska Region Headquarters & Sales Office Dallas. 1800 Fidelity Union
Lafayette. P.O. Drawer 637.
Anchorage, 4497 Business Park Tower Bldg. (75201) (214)742-2598
Broussard, LA (70518) (318)235-0297
Blvd.. Bldg."rT (99503) (907)561-1939 Lake Charles. P.O. Box 16924 Denver City, P.O. Box 1479
(70616) (318)433-4109 (79323) (806) 592-3552
Kenai. P.O. Box 1270
(99611) (907)776-8131 or 8197 Patterson, P.O. Drawer 72, El Campo. 1104 E. Jackson St.
Prudhoe Bay (Warehouse) (907)659-2564 Morgan City, LA (70381) (504) 395-6774 (77437) (409)543-6806
Shreveport, P.O. Box 7236 543-6807
ARKANSAS (318)227-1747 Gainesville. P.O. Box 1003 (76240) (817) 668-7749
(71137-7236)
Ft. Smith. P.O. Box 1505 (72902) (501) 783-2051 or 227-1748
Magnolia. P.O. Box 486 (71753) (501) 234-1810 Southern Region Headquarters
234-1811 Shreveport Sales Office Houston, 15311 Vantage
Shreveport, Slattery Bldg.. Suite 214 Parkway West. Suite 140
CALIFORNIA (77032) (713)442-5616
509 Marshall St. (71101) (318) 222-8216
Bakersfield. P.O. Box 298 (93302) (805) 324-9488
MICHIGAN Houston Sales Office
Bakersfleld Sales Office
Eastern Region Headquarters Houston. 2150 West 18th Street.
Bakersfield. 5100 California Ave, Suite 208 (77008) (713)6694945
Mt. Pleasant. P.O. Box 343
Suite 106 (93309) (805) 323-1302
(48858) (517)773-2375 Houston, 2910 Crawford St (77004) (713)659-4900
Wast Coast Region Headquarters & Sales
Ml. Pleasant. P.O. Box 394 659-4901
Office
(48858) (517) 772-0200 659-4902
Fullerton. 285 E. Imperial Hwy..
Kilgore. P.O. Box 673 (75662) (214)984-3588
Suite 202 (92635) (714) 992-1221 MISSISSIPPI
Levelland. Drawer 2 (79336) (806)894-7391
992-1222 Laurel. P.O. Box 2056.
McAllen, P.O. Box 1778 (78501) (512) 686-8562
Choctaw Station (39440) (601)428-4386
Los Angeles District McCamey, P.O. Box 817 (79752) (915) 652-3267
Natchez, P.O. Box 508 (39120) (601)442-1647
Los Angeles, P.O. Box 2274,
442-1648 West Texas Region Headquarters & Sales
Terminal Annex (90051) (213) 725-0091
Office
MONTANA
Thermal Systems Headquarters Midland. P.O. Box 2920
Glendive. P.O. Box 302 C.B. Route
Pico Rivera, 7777 Industry Avenue (79702-2920) (915)682-2512
(59330) (406)365-3316
(90660) (213) 724-5400 682-2513
Rio Vista, P.O. Box 395 (94571) (707) 374-2244 NEW MEXICO
Odessa, P.O. Box 1507 (79760) (915) 337-2383
Farmington. P.O. Drawer C
Vantura Packer Dlst. & Safety Systems Service Palestine, P.O. Box 528 (75801) (214)538-2011
(87401) (505)327-6214
Center 2012-2013
Hobbs. P.O. Box 1247 (88240) (505)393-4147
Ventura, 1404 Fleet St. (93003) (805)644-5541 Pampa. P.O. Box 221 (79065) (806)665-1856
658-2128 NORTH DAKOTA 1857
Dickinson, P.O. Box 244 (58601) (701) 225-1380 Snyder, P.O. Box 1089 (79549) (915)573-9357
COLORADO
or 225-1381 573-9358
Aurora, 15551 E. Balavia Dr., Suite A
(80011) (303)343-0231 Williston, P.O. Box 633 (58801) (701)774-8301 Tyler Sales Office
Rocky Mountain Region Headquarters & Sales OKLAHOMA Tyler, Fair Foundation Bldg.,
Office Safety Systems Headquarters Suite 553,
Denver, Lincoln Tower Bldg., Broken Arrow, 121 South Broadway (75702) (214)597-5277
Suite 1040 3000 N. Hemlock Circle (74012) (918) 455-3000 victoria, 3910 North Main (77901) (512)573-6334
1860 Lincoln St. (80295) (303)831-4813 Clinton, P.O. Box 1327 (73601) (405) 323-3362 Wichita Falls, P.O. Box 629
Duncan. P.O. Box 159 (73533) (405) 255-6950 (76307) (817)767-4776
Sterling. P.O. Box 1500 (80751) (303)522-3010
Enid. P.O. Box 2247 (73702-2247) (405) 234-5540 UTAH
ILLINOIS Hominy. P.O. Box 339 (74035) (918) 885-4974 Vernal, P.O. Box 843 (84078) (801)789-5918
Carmi. P.O. Box 96 (62821) (618) 382-7026
Mid-Continent Region Headquarters & Sales WYOMING
or 382-7551
Office Casper, P.O. Box 1540
Olney, P.O. Box 40 (62450) (618) 392-2331
Oklahoma City. Mills, WY (82644-1540) (307)266-3827
KANSAS
Evanston, P.O. Box 802 (62930) (307)789-4065
El Dorado. P.O. Box 958 (67042) (316) 321 -4380 Suite 780,5100 No. Brookfine St. Gillette, P.O. Box 2409 (82716) (307)687-0121
Great Bend, P.O. Box 1075 (73112) (405) 946-3387 Powell, P.O. Box 71 (82435) (307) 754-3652
(67530) (316)792-5911 946-3388 or 754-2002
Hill City, P.O. Box 39 (67642) (913) 674-5731 946-3389 Rock Springs, P.O. Box 546
Liberal. P.O. Box 697 (67901) (316)624-8425 Oklahoma City. P.O. Box 94817 (62901) (307)362-6233
LOUISIANA (73143) (405)634-6397 Woriand. P.O. Box 320 (82401) (307)347-3342
Belle Chasse, P.O. Box 130 Seminole. P.O. Box 231 (74868) (405)382-3584
CANADA
(70037) (504)393-0260 Tulsa Sales Office Baker Packers of Canada, Ltd.
or 393-0261 Tulsa. 420 So. Main St.. Suite 407 300 5th Avenue S.W., Suite 2050
Southeastern Region Headquarters & Sales (74103) (918) 599-0204 Calgary, Alberta, Canada
Office or 599-7588 T2P3C4 (403) 233-7250
Gretna, 1799 Stumpf Blvd.. Woodward. P.O. Box 905 (73802) (405)256-7471
Dowell of Canada
Bldg. 2. Suite 6 (70053) (504) 368-6868 TEXAS 255-5th Avenue S.W., Suite 2700
Houma District Abilene, P.O. Box 2158 (79604) (915)677-6820 Calgary, Alberta, Canada
Houma. P.O. Box 1570 (70361) (504) 868-6110 Alice. P.O. Box 1587 (78332) (512)664-0173 T2P3G6 (403)261-2051
or 868-6111 Andrews, P.O. Box 407 (79714) (915)523-2253
Beaumont, P.O. Box 7366
Kouma Packer Sales & Safety Systems Service
(77706-1366) (409)842-2567
Center
Brenham. P.O. Box 1769 (77833) (409) 836-6768
Houma. P.O. Box 758. Station 2
(70361) (504)851-1406
730
13 PACKERS
A DIVISION OF BAKER OIL TO0L& INC.
LATIN AMERICAN OPERATIONS ECUADOR PERU

HEADQUARTERS BAKER TRANSWORLD, INC. BAKER TRANSWORLD, INC.
BAKER PACKERS Ave. Amazonas No. 477 R. Rivera Navarrete No. 451
6023 Navigation Blvd. Ol!clna815 Oficina2-B
Houston, Texas 77011 Edificio Banco de los Andes San Isfdro
Phono: (713) 823-9351. Quito, Ecuador Lima, Peru
Telex: 4620079 BAKRUI Phone: 547-897.554-266
Mailing Address: Telex: 2349INVSUR P.O. Box 3067
P.O. Box 3048 Mailing Address: Lima 100, Peru
Houston, Texas 77253 Apartado 2866 Phone: 41-2092,40-7905
Quito, Ecuador Telex: 21179 PEBKRTWD
ARGENTINA
BAKER TRANSWORLD, INC. MEXICO TRINIDAD
Cerrito 1136—Pises 12y 13 Marketing Office BAKER TRANSWORLD, INC.
1010 Buenos Aires, Argentina BAKER MEXICO Prince Charles Street
Phone: 44-3486.44-3225 BahiadeMontejo74 Cross Crossing
Telex: 17728 BAKER AR 11300 Mexico D.F.. Mexico San Fernando, Trinidad
BRAZIL
Phone: 545-0474,2500170 Phone: 78746
Telex: 1773795 BAKRME Telex: 3004B SFNTLX WQ
BAKER DO BRASIL EQUIPAMENTOS, LTDA.
Alcfndo Guanabara, 24 Sala 1704 Service Branch Cable: BATRINC. SAN FERNANDO
20038 Rio de Janeiro, RJ Brasll BAKER MEXICO VENEZUELA
Phone: 240-4737,240-4286 Ave.27deFebrero1737 BAKER TRANSWORLD. INC.
Telex: 2130771 BAKER BR Col. Ataata Carretera Negra
66100 Villahermosa. Tabasco. Mexico Kilometre 98
CHILE
Mailing Address: Anaco, Estado Anzoategui, Venezuela
BAKER TRANSWORLD. INC. Y CIA. LTDA.
Apartado Postal 301 Mailing Address:
Calls Lautaro Navarro No. 1086
66000 Viltahennosa. Tabasco. Mexico Apartado 35
Ofidnas410
Phone: 3-0687.3-1903 Anaco, Venezuela
Punta Arenas, Chile
Service Branch Phone: 22299.22959
P.O.Box76-D BAKER MEXICO Telex: 82172 BAVENVC
Punta Arenas, Chile Occidental 1919, Cable: BACASO ANACO
Phone: 22004,22457 Col. Ampliation Rodriguez BAKER TRANSWORLD, INC.
Telex: 280026 BAKER CL 88630 Reynosa Tamps. Mexico Avenida Interccmunal
Mailing Address: Campo Baker
COLOMBIA
Apartado Postal 1040 Tamare Estado Zulia
BAKER TRANSWORLD. INC.
68500 Reynosa, Tamps., Mexico Venezuela
CaIls18No.44A-40
Bogota, Colombia Manufacturing
Herramientas Interamericanas, S.A. de C.V. Apartado 1078
Mailing Address:
Av.Cey!an759-B Maracaibo, Venezuela S.A.
Apartado Aereo 35815
02300 Mexico, D.F. Phone: 911228,911420
Bogota, Colombia
Mailing Address: Telex: 75182 BAKER VE
Phone: 26849-25,268-69-78
Apartado Postal 16-315 Cable: BACASO MARACAIBO
Telex: 45201 BAKER CO
02000 Mexico, D.F.
Phone: 567-8140,567-2689
Cable: HERINSA, MEXICO CITY
Eastern Hemisphere Sales & Service Locations BAKER OIL TOOLS (KONG KONG) LTD. BAKER INTERNATIONAL, S.A.
and Representatives c/o Beijing Hotel Alleedes Forges,
EASTERN HEMISPHERE OPERATIONS Room 4011 6500 Tarbes, France
HEADQUARTERS Beijing, People's Republic of China Phone: (33-62) 371876
6023 Navigation Blvd. Phone:552231 Telex: 520767 BACASO TARBES
Houston, Texas 77011 Telex: 22637 NCPEKCN Cable: BACASO
Cable: BOTCO BEUING Room 4011 GABON
RO. Box 3048 BANGLADESH BAKER INTERNATIONAL, S.A.
Houston, Texas 77253 GREENLAND ENGINEERS & P.O. Box 803
Phone:(713)923-9351 TRACTORS CO. LTD. Port Gentll, Gabon
Telex: 794235 BAKER MKT HOU 26 Shymoli Mirpur Road Phone: 753519
AUSTRALIA Dhaka-7 Telex: 8238 BACASO GO
BAKER OIL TOOLS (AUST) PTY LTD. P.O. Box 541 GERMANY
6 Gamma Crescent Dhaka, Bangladesh BAKER OIL TOOLS GMBH
P.O. Box 204 Phone: (680) (2) 315134 Maschweg9
SI Marys, SA. 5042 Telex: 65773 GETCBJ Postfach375
Australia DENMARK D3100 Cells, West Germany
Phone: (61) (8) 2768769 BAKER OIL TOOLS DENMARK Phone: (49-5141)83081
Telex: AA 67340 BAUST Haandvaekervej 2 Telex: 925120 BAKER D
AUSTRIA DK-6710 ESBJERG V. DENMARK Cable: BACASO D3100 CELLE
c/o Fagro GMBH Fur Erhol Und Bergbau Phone: (45-5) 153866 GREAT BRITAIN
P.O.Box17A-1020 Telex: 54330 BAKER DK Region & Sates Office
Vienna, Austria BAKER OIL TOOLS (U.K.) LTD.
EGYPT
Phone: (43-222) 247133 Regent House
BAKER EASTERN, S.A.
Telex: STEKAW A 75575 36 Regent Quay
P.O. Box 416
CAMEROON Aberdeen AB1 2BE, Scotland
No.4A,MisrHelwanRoad
BAKER INTERNATIONAL CAMEROON Phone: (44-224) 54477
Maadi, Cairo, Egypt
B.R2662PP Telex: 739765 BUKAROG
Phone:502442
Douala, Cameroon 503955 BAKER OIL TOOLS (U.K.) LTD.
Phone:(237)429519 Telex: 93553 BAKER UN Unit. 20. Stalls Rd.
Telex: BACASOCA 5682 KN Heysham Industrial Estate
FRANCE
Heysham, Morecambe
Regional Office
Lancaster LA3 3NR England
BAKER INTERNATIONAL, S.A.
Phone: (44) (524) 53701
201 Bureaux de la CoKine
Telex: 65296 BUKBAYG
92213 St. Cloud, France
Phone: (33-1) 6024455
Telex: 270546 FSEPBAK
Cable: BACASO ST. CLOUD
PACKERS
Manufacturing JAPAN District Warehouse

BAKER OIL TOOLS (U.K.) LTD. c/o Kyokuto Boeki Kaisha, Ltd. BAKER OIL TOOLS F.E. PTE. LTD.
WbodsideRd. 7th Roor New Otemachi BIdg., C.P.O. Box 330 Jurortg Marine Base
Bridge of Don Industrial Estate Tokyo 10092, Japan 45 Shipyard Road
Aberdeen AB2 8BW, Scotland Phone: (81-3) 2243511 Singapore 2262
Phone: (44-224) 702681 Telex: J22440 Phone: (65) 2618627
Telex: 73481 Cable: MERCANTILE TOKYO Telex: RS 35415 BAFE
Facsimile: (44-224) 703847
KUWAIT SPAIN
Sales & Service Rezayat Trading Co. BAKER OIL TOOLS (ESPANA) S.A.
BAKER OIL TOOLS (U.K.) LTD. P.O. Box 106 Camino De Can Sucurrats,
Wellheads Road Safat, Kuwait S/N Poligono Industrial Cova
Faroum Industrial Estate Phone: (965) 439596.43375 Solera, Rubi, Barcelona. Spain
Dyce, Aberdeen AB2 OHG, Scotland Telex: 22070 REZAYAT KWT, 22962 NALCO KT Phone: (34-3) 6997161
Phone: (44-224) 724661 Telex: 54813 BOOME
After hours: 871518 MALAYSIA
Telex: 739296 BUKASSG TRANS-TOOL SDN.BHD. SYRIA
Suite 507.5th Floor ELECTRA TRADING CO.
BAKER OIL TOOLS (U.K.) LTD. WismaSPK c/oMoukhtarKilarji
Admiralty Road Jalan Sultan Ismail P.O. Box 2537
Great Yarmouth Kuala Lumpur. Malaysia Damascus, Syrian Arab Republic
Norfolk NR30 3NR, England Phone: (60-3) 431133/431145 Telex: 11076 MOUKILSY
Phone: (44-493) 51216
Telex: 975437 BACPAK G NETHERLANDS TAIWAN
Cable: BACASOGTYARM BAKER OIL TOOLS c/o Lee Tai Enterprises
P.O. Box 513 P.O. Box 3335
Region A Sales Office Wasterduinweg 7 Taipei, Taiwan
BAKER OIL TOOLS (U.K.) LTD. 1970Amljmutden Phone: 317793
Suite 5,140 Park Lane Holland Cable: IATEEL
London. W1Y 4LU, England Phone: (31-2550) 23550
Phone: (44-1) 4930513 Telex: 71274 BACPKNL THAILAND (Agent)
Telex: 27949 BACASO G OIL TEX THAILAND
Cable: BACASO LONDON SW1 NIGERIA 4th Floor, OCT BIdg.
Facsimile: (44-1) 6295413 BAKER NIGERIA LTD. 109SurawortgseRd.
Plot 1435, Sanusi Fafunwa Street Bangkok 10500 Thailand
GREECE P.O. Box 4011 Phone:233-2809
BAKER EASTERNSA Victoria Island Telex: 20228 OIL TEX TH
38. Klfissias Avenue Lagos, Nigeria
Paradissos-Amaroussiou Phone:54286 TURKEY
Athens, Greece Telex: 961-22325 BANG NIGERIA c/o Opalit Ticaret ve Sanayi Ltd. Sirketl
Phone: (30-1) 6825109. Commercial and Industrial Company
6827392,6826072 NORWAY IncilapSokak
Telex: 216854 BESAGR BAKER OIL TOOLS. NORWAY A/S 24.8-Ankara Turkey
N-4056TANANGER. NORWAY Phone: 251084
INDIA Phone: (47-4) 696644 Cable: OPALIT ANAKAR
BAKER EASTERN Telex: 33272 BAKER N Telex: 42321 KTX-TR FOR OPALIT BOX 2
c/o Miraksha Associates
15-8 Atmaran House PAKISTAN UAE
1 Tolstoy Marg c/o Nuricon Union Ltd. BAKER EASTERN, S.A.
New Delhi, India 110001 4th Floor BAKER PACKERS DIVISION
Phone: 386528 Mubarak Manzil P.O. Box 7621
383390 39 Garden Road Abu Dhabi, U.A.E.
Telex: 31441 VICS IN Karachi 3, Pakistan Phone: (971-2) 823200
Phone: 77725.73334 Telex: 23129 BACAS EM
INDONESIA— EASTERN TERRITORY Telex: 25363 NURCNPK
BAKER EASTERN S.A. Cable: NURUNION PK Al Mansoori
c/o P.T. IMECOINTER-SARANA P.O. Box 287
P.O. Box 16 SAUDI ARABIA Abu Dhabi, UAE.
Balikpapan c/o BAKER MIRA SAUDI ARABIA LTD. Phone: 26335
Kalimantan Timur, Indonesia P.O. Box 176 Telex: 2237 AH
Phone:21775 Al Khobar. Saudi Arabia 31952
21754 Phone: (966-3) 8945656 BAKER EASTERN. SA
Telex: PTPSI37136 Telex: 671051 A/B BMSA SJ BAKER PACKERS DIVISION
P.O. Box 1673
INDONESIA - WESTERN TERRITORY SINGAPORE Dubai, UAE.
c/oP.T.Artho-Drill Regional Office Phone: (971-4) 224128.224129,
Jin. Dempo 1/31 BAKER OIL TOOLS FAR EAST (PTY.) LTD. 224120.283351
P.O.Box3263/Jkt 2305 Orchard Towers Telex: 45582 BACAS DB
Jakarta, Selatan, Indonesia Orchard Towers
Phone: 711491 400 Orchard Road
Telex: 47419 ARDRILIA Singapore 0923
Phone: (65) 7379577,7379131
ITALY Telex: RS 35415 BAFE
BAKER OIL TOOLS (ITALIA) S.R.L
StradaStatale602 Manufacturing
Km. 5+170 BAKER FAR EAST LIMITED
Santa Teresa 273 Jalan Ahmad Ibrahim
66010 SPOLTORE (Pescara). Italy Jurortg, Singapore 2262
Phone: (39-85) 209290. Republic of Singapore
209297,209262 Phone: (65) 2689455
Telex: 600 838 BACASO I Telex: RS 21973 BAKERS
Cable: BACASO SPOLTORE
Printed in United Stata

BAKER PACKERS
World Headquarters
6023 Navigation Blvd., Houston, Texas 770H
P. 0. Box 3048, Houston, Texas 77253
Telephone: 713/923-9351 Telex: 76-2833
Cable: BACASO-HOUSTON
Baker Production Services
A Baker Oil Tools Company
1984-85 Catalog
734
PRODUCTION SERVICES INDEX
SECTION A. SERVICES PAGES
1. TRAINING ,,c
• • too
2. PRODUCTION TESTING EQUIPMENT

Downhole Equipment, Surface Equipment 735/740
3. WIRELINE SERVICES - MECHANICAL AND ELECTRIC
Slickline/Braided Line, Electric Line 741/742
Shut-off Tools, Production Logging 743
4. DATA ACQUISITION AND ANALYSIS

Test Planning, Data Acquisition 744
BHP Reservoir Plots, Test Analysis !745
5. WORKOVER SERVICES
Long Stroke HWO Units 746
Short Stroke HWO Units ...........[.[.[[I], .747
6. EARLY PRODUCTION AND WELL TESTING
Early Production Facilities 748
Custom Well Test Facilities .749
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
Standards 750
1. WIRELINE BOP'S 751
2. LUBRICATORS 752
Stuffing Boxes, Grease Injection Heads 753
3. ACCESSORIES
Safety Check Valve, Tool Catchers 754
Chemical Injection Sub, Tool Traps 754
Specification Guide 754A-D
Grease Injection Units, Control Panels 755
4. WIRELINE UNITS 756/757
5. WIRELINE TOOLS 758/761
6. B.H.R EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES 762
7. WIRELINE OPERATION ACCESSORIES 763

735
SECTION A. SERVICES
Production Testing
PRODUCTION SERVICES
BURNER MANIFOLD
AIR AIR
BURNER JjAJ.
BURNER MANIFOLD
-Hk. i AIR
SURFACE
SSV ACTUATOR BURNER
SAFETY VALVE
WATER FOR1 yT PRESSURE,
WOKE SUPPRESSION ,
WATER TO'
KEATSHELO
WATER FOR
SMOKE SUPPRESSION
E
TOWUUNE |Q
onl WATER TO
HEAT SHIELD
SURFACE /
SOUO BLOCK' PRESSURE RECORDER
CHRISTMAS PUMP
TREE 0 • SAMPLE SAND
TRAP
• CHEMICAL
INJECTION
• DEADWEIGHT
TESTER
• TEMPERATURE
INDICATOR
SUPERS EA
LUBRICATOR VALVE
TYPICAL PRODUCTION TESTING EQUIPMENT PACKAGE
FOR OFFSHORE TEST FROM A FLOATING RIG.
QLYCOL INJECTION VALVE
SHUT-OFF VALVE
SUPERSEA
TEST TREE
im a
TRAINING PRODUCTION TESTING EQUIPMENT

Baker Production Services has been one of the industry's lead Baker Production Services can provide well testing equipment
ers in supplying Well Testing Equipment and Services for many packages on either a service basis (short or long term rental) or
years. This position was achieved partly due to a strong engi on a turn key project contract or a direct sale basis.
neering effort, producing innovative equipment designs and
improvements, and partly due to an excellent training system. Equipment can be supplied to meet any specific requirements,
as follows:
Training in all phases of well testing is carried out in a 50,000 sq.
ft (4,645 sq. m.) training center at Houston, Texas. Candidates 1. Liquid Capacity - Standard design up to 12,500 b/d
complete an initial six weeks basic training course and then (2,000 rrrVd) Special - as required.
undergo a period of field work under close supervision. This is 2. Gas Capacity - Upto80MMscf/d(2.1 MMnmVd)
then followed by specialized training courses in individual sub 3. Well Pressures - Up to 15,000 psi (1,020.7 atm)
4. Service - Standard or Sour (H2S)
jects - wireline work, production testing, hydraulic workovers,
data acquisition and analysis, etc. 5. Ambient • Normal down to -20°F (-28.9°C)
Conditions Low temperature to - 408F (- 40°C)
In addition to training Baker Production Services personnel or even -75°F(-59.4°C).
most of these courses are also available for training customer's 6. Portability ■ (a) Skid or truck or trailer mounted,
personnel.
(b) Helicopter portable
7. Size ■ Customer's limitations
Equipment Package Design.

Equipment requirements are dependent upon the test location:
a) Onshore
b) Offshore (i) From Jack-Up or Platform
(ii) From Floating Rig.
736
SECTION A. SERVICES
Production Testing
PRODUCTION SERVICES
Selection of the equipment package should be made

from the following general list:
! S,.;i"'sea Test Tree Floaters only
.' Ctiemica: tnieciiou Valve Fioa'ers only
■1 Shul-ofl Valve Fis.il"' ,<rj

■1 Sunersoa Lubricator Valvo \-'zyj ■.." ,
■". Tub nq Head Swivel Nomial lyofisrioruonlv
f. Surface. Test Tree
7 Surface Safety Valve
i! Control Panel
'i F",;:i ^ ■-
m Ffowlino Mamfnld
r Baker Saâ Trap
ir Choke Manifold
ia Hnater NormallyflBswellsonly
i.: Sleam Generator
IB Separator
■h Tank
17 Purrn
■h Burner Manifold Noim.i^ of (shore only
■■1 Humor Boom Noiniflily of!shore only
,■11 Burner Normally olfshore only
.■■ laboratory
:. Ancillai> Equ pmonl
, i Wrnlino Unit See Product Section
.■i Wrrhno Tools Sea Protruct Suction
1. BAKER SUPERSEA TEST THEE
Two models are available, both designed for H,S Service:

(a) 10,000 psi (680.5 Aim) WP-15,000 psi (1.020.7 Atm)T.R-
3" (76.2 mm) I.D.
(b) 15,000psi (1.020.7 Aim) WP-22,500 psi (1.531 Atm) T.P.-
2.5" (63.5 mm) I.D.
« B X-Ovef
l]|< To Customers Both tools are otherwise similar in specifications:
B-15.000 PSI WP SSTT
1. Dual Ball Valves

BiLs Open Position
2. Tensile strength 500,000 pounds (226,860 kg)
Bulls Ckiiod Posiuon
(Tree Unlatching) M m;. II ■.. .LI 1
10.00013.000 PSI WP
3. Ball operating pressure 1,000 psi (68.1 Atm)
product HO HUC7UW
4. Disconnect pressure 6,000 psi (408.3 Atm)
5. Emergency mechanical disconnect
6. Disconnect latch locked when ball control lines pressurized
7. Balls can cut up to 7/32" (5.56 mm) stranded line
8. Balls valves and operating piston hydrostatically balanced
9. Complete hydraulic system retrieved when disconnected.
10. With Test Tree landed in BOP stack pipe rams closed
around slick joint, new short length permits closure of blind
rams above disconnected Tree.
Hose Reel contains 1,500 ft (457m) four or eight hose bundle.
Watching control console is provided.
2. CHEMICAL INJECTION VALVE.
Permits pumping liquid chemicals - hydrate or corrosion inhibi

tors - into the test string immediately above the Supersea Test
Tree. Can be provided to match Test Tree specifications.
Can be provided with hand operated hose reel unit with 1.500 ft
(457 m) single hose or alternatively uses a spare hose from the
Supersea Test Tree Hose Reel Unit.
1 o rxffl psj w P SUflSE * GL« col

IHJFCTION VALVE
PHOOUCINO'7»'M
737
SECTION A. SERVICES
Production Testing
PRODUCTION SERVICES
3a. BAKER SUPERSEA SHUT-OFF VALVE.

This is a surface controlled pump open, pump closed, ball valve
which is used to entrap the well pressure in the test string above
a Baker Supersea Hydraulic Sliding Sleeve and the Supersea
Test Tree and to eliminate any hazard from the high pressure
fluid, particularly gas, being released into the marine riser annu-
lus when the Supersea Test Tree is disconnected.
Since it is designed to retain pressure from above it can also be

used in pressure testing the test string connections up to and
including the Surface Tree. It is available in specifications to
match the Supersea Test Tree. It requires two hoses to operate
it. These are available from the Hose Reel Unit with 8 hoses.
3b. BAKER SUPERSEA HYDRAULIC SLIDING

SLEEVE.
This is a surface controlled pump open, pump closed, lock

closed sliding sleeve which is run between the Supersea Shut-
off Valve and the Supersea Test Tree.
Its primary function is to vent the short section of test string

between the two closed valves to allow quick unlatching of the
Test Tree. It can also be used to reverse circulate the upper
section of the Test String.
4. BAKER SUPERSEA LUBRICATOR VALVE.
This is a surface controlled pump open, pump closed ball valve

which is used to permit the upper 30' (9.14 m) to 200'(61 m)to
be used as a Wireline Lubricator. It is used primarily on floaters
to eliminate the hazard of a long lubricator stand.
It has its own hand, or air, operated Reel Unit and Control
Console.
5. TUBING HEAD SWIVELS.
These serve two main functions:
(a) After the test string has been run they permit it to be con
nected to the Surface Test Tree without having to rotate it
and its connections.
(b) They permit rotation of the test string, to operate subsur
face tools, without having to break any surface connec
tions.
Three models, all to H,S specifications are available:

(1) Medium Duty-5 r.p.m, Max. Load 250,000 lbs. (113,430
kg) 10,000 psi (680.5 Atm) WP, 3" (76.2 mm) I.D.
(2) Heavy Duty-33 r.p.m., Max Load 400,000 lbs (181,488 kg)
10,000 psi (680.5 Atm) WP, 3" (76.2 mm) I.D.
(3) Heavy Duty, High Pressure - 33 r.p.m., Max Load 400,000
lbs. (181,488 kg), 15,000 psi (1020.7 Atm) WP, 2-9/16"
(65.09 mm) I.D.
mxn tun wm
O9 N WOMO
738
SECTION A. SERVICES
PRODUCTION Production Testing
roo-
6. SURFACE TEST TREE.
»itnr I irBcuson
Comprises a solid block cross with four integral valves namely:
a Master Valve, a Swab Valve, a Flow Wing Valve and a Kill
Wing Valve. Can also be provided with a second Master Valve.
Always fabricated for H2S Service to provide safe shutting-in
under any conditions.
The Flow Wing Valve and second (Upper) Master Valve are
fitted with hydraulic actuators to provide remote actuation and
use of a Hi-Lo Safety Shutdown and/or an Emergency Shut
down System utilizing a Control Panel.
Available in 3" (76.2 mm) I.D., 10,000 psi (680.5 Atm) WP or

2-9/16" (65.09 mm) I.D., 15,000 psi (1020.7 Atm) WP.
MXWM POESSWE - tUOQ Ki
MMtitMSCNlOftO-aOAttt*
aow nun ecmcc 9. PIPEWORK
nnaiDMC
1)00
A full range of pipework is available in diameters of 2" (50.8

mm), 2-1/2" (63.5 mm) 3" (76.2 mm) or 4" (101.6 mm) in pres
sure ratings of 15,000 psi (1020.7 Atm) WP (2" size only),
10,000 psi (680.5 Atm), 5,000 psi (340.2 Atm) and 1.000 psi
(68.1 Atm)
Pipe lengths of 2' (0.61 m), 3' (0.914 m), 5' (1.524 m) and 10'
(3.048 m) are standard but 20' (6.096 m) can be supplied on a
sale basis.
Chiksan type swings and 45° and 90° welded ells are available
in the same sizes and ratings.
All standard pipework 5,000 psi (340.2 Atm) WP and above is

welded, heat treated, hardness controlled and X-rayed for full
sour service.
10. FLOWLINE MANIFOLD.

Designed for sour service these are available in 3" (76.2 mm)
I.D. 10,000 psi (680.5 Atm) or 2' (50.8 mm) I.D. 15,000 psi
(680.5 Atm) ratings.
Connecting points are provided for taking samples, connecting

a deadweight tester, surface temperature/pressure recorders
and chemical injection. A BHP gauge manifold can also be
provided.
11. BAKER SAND TRAP.
A new (patent pending) sand trap can be provided for 3" (76.2
mm) 10,000 psi (680.5 Atm) WP sour service. This effectively
removes sand from the well fluid between the flowline manifold
and the choke manifold. This protects the downstream equip
ment from damage due to sand erosion and a build up of sand in
separators and tanks.
12. CHOKE MANIFOLDS.

Available in single or double sided and with or without a by-pass
for either standard or sour service and for upstream pressures
of 5,000 psi (340.2 Atm) WP, 10,000 psi (680.5 Atm) WP or
15,000 psi (1.020 Atm) and appropriate pipe diameters.
SECTION A. SERVICES
Production Testing
PRODUCTION SERVICES
13. HEATERS.
Heaters are normally used for heating gas to prevent hydrate

formation but can be adapted for use as a crude oil heater. Two
basic types of heater can be provided:
A. Indirect, hot water bath, heaters with either (i) gas firing, or (ii)
diesel firing or (iii) dual firing.
B. Direct steam heat exchangers.
Indirect heaters are usually restricted to onshore applications

although they may be used offshore if they can be located in a
safe area. Typically they are available with heat capacities of
1.5 MMBTU (378 M. KG. CAL)/Hr or 2.0 MMBTU (504 M. KG.
CAL)/Hr.
MlllttCT KiATBt
uuhum
Direct steam heat exchangers are normally used for offshore

applications due to their added safety, smaller size and weight
due to their heat exchanger efficiency. Typically they are availa
ble with heat capacities of 4.0 MMBTU (1.008 MM. KG. CAL)/Hr
or 2.0 MMBTU (504 M. KG. CAL)/Hr.
Standard heater coil designs are a split bundle with an adjusta

-aw
ble choke between the bundles and the upstream, high pres
sure pass for 5,000 psi (340.2 Atm) WP. A three valve
inlet/outlet/by-pass manifold is standard.
14. STEAM GENERATORS.
A 3.5 MMBTU (882 M. KG. CAL)/Hr steam generator at 250

psi (17 Atm) is available, particularly domestically. It is diesel
powered, fired with a forced air draft and contains its own water
reservoir.
<J)<2> &><&>$>
15. SEPARATORS.
MUTER-OtHBTUHR
BPS separators are available for standard or sour service in a 8TEAM M SHEU/OAS M TUBES TwrmrpTnnr
tea
range of sizes and pressure ratings. NtSMl-IMfnii r mco n» m m*
■rMcontsiouM
A standard 42" (1,066.8 mm) I.D. x 15' (4.57 m) separator has
a liquid capacity, with 2 min retention time, of 10,384 bbls (1.651
m')/D operating 1/2 full and a gas capacity at 1350 psi (91.9
Atm), operating pressure, operating 1/3 full, of 99.2. MMSCF
(2.66 MMnm')/D.
A similar separator x 10' (3.05 m) has a capacity of 7,300 bbl

(1,161 m')/Dandagas capacity of 81.0 MMSCF (2.14MMnm5)/
D.
Domestically BPS has a dual mounted 4000 psi (272.2 Atm)

steam heat exchanger with a single stage, three phase separa
tor 30" (762 mm) x 7'6" (2.286 m) 1440 psi (98 Atm) capacity
2833 bbls (450.4 m')/D x 26.9 MMSCF (721 Mnm')/D gas
capacity.
Heliportable separators 4000 lbs (1,815 kg) 32" (812.8 mm)

O.D. x 10' (3.048 m) x 600 psi (40.8 Atm), shipped in several
skid mounted parts, can also be supplied.
turn t
«r b «ir M im» w •» to w»
•NUTlOri
740
SECTION A. SERVICES
Production Testing
PRODUCTION SERVICES
mm m ™ «*wct 16. TANKS.

a w*»rta«niMt
Tanks are available in a number of configurations:
OHHIMW
c r OAMbPtfioZ
D NnnamiiM
(a) Pressurized or non-pressurized
(MMDMvl
r
F IT
(b) Single or dual compartment.
WmnHQQIM* VMOuM
0 r IfcMt
WfftMmFMl
H W«ttF4 IO0IM* IftWI
Non-pressurized tanks are available in either 90 bbl (14.3 ms) or

138- 180 bbl (28.6 m»).
Pressurized tanks have a working pressure of 50 psi (3.4 Atm),

8' (2.438 m) dia and 10' (3.048 m) seam to seam with acapacity
of approximately 90 bbls (14.3 m3). Includes Hi-Lo shut downs.
All tanks are complete with full manifolding, sample points,
gauge glasses, hatches and vent lines.
17. OIL TRANSFER PUMPS.

Two models are available with following capacities:
(a) 1,968 bbl (312.9 nV)/D at 145 psi (9.9 Atm) 15 H.P.
(b) 10,000 bbl (1,590 mJ)/D at 150 psi (10.2 Atm) 40 H.P.
18. BURNER MANIFOLDS (NOT ILLUSTRATED)

Two types of manifold are available:
(a) A simple dual sided manifold for the oil and gas lines to
allow switching from one burner to the other.
(b) A single burner manifold giving full control over all the lines
leading to the burner boom.
19. BURNER BOOMS.

HGHWUMECfajM Two types of burner boom are available:
outmmhriw
(uicincmni)
(a) The conventional "Maxi-Mini" boom 35" (889 mm) square
with an overall length of 73' (22.25 m), complete with pipe
work, walkway and hand rails.
(b) A light weight triangular section with 38" (965 mm) sides,
33" (838 m) deep x 45' (13.7 m), which is used domesti
cally, complete with gin pole, pipework etc.
20. BURNERS. 22. ANCILLARY LABORATORY AND TEST

Two types of burners are available: EQUIPMENT.
(a) The "Maxi-Mini" burner with a successful history of more A full range of ancillary equipment can be provided including,
than 10 years. Conservatively rated at 10,000 bbl (1,590 m3)/D but not limited to:
at a back pressure of only 100 psi (6.8 Atm). Requires 1,200 scf BHP Calibration Bath BHP and BHT Gauges
(32 NM')/min atomizing gas or air at 10,000 bbl (1,590 m')/D. Laboratory Deadweight Tester Gas Detector Kits
(b) Supersea Test Burner is a multiple headed burner each Gas Gravitometer Chemical Injection Pumps
head having a capacity of approximately 3,500 bbl (556 m')/D. Chart Scanners Oil and Gas Sample Bottles
Innovative design features enable it to be used successfully in Centrifuges Pressure and Temperature
well clean-up applications. It is extremely light in weight. Hydrometers Recorders
vlscosimeters Pressure Gauge Sets
21. LABORATORY.
Cloud and Pour Point Portable Deadweight Tester
The standard skid mounted laboratory is 15' (4.57 m) x 7'6" Apparatus Manometers
(2.29 m), equipped with benches, cupboards, and all weather Bottom Hole Sampling
air conditioning. It provides working space for BHP gauge cali
bration, oil, gas and data analysis and report writing.
741
SECTION A. SERVICES
Wireline
BAKER
PRODUCTION SERVICES
SLICKLINE AND BRAIDED LINE.
Baker Production Services provides mechanical wireline serv

ices throughout the world, ranging from small trailer mounted
units in the deserts of North Africa to heavy duty skid mounted
units in the North Sea and truck mounted units in North and Y. ,
,■■■-. ■ •
South America. ^ ' V■* . ■
All units are built to Baker's rigid requirements for quality and
dependability and are specifically designed to operate in all
extremes of weather and environmental conditions. They can
be supplied in single, double or even triple drum configurations
with diesel or electric power packs and mechanical or hydraulic
drive.
With the acquisition of Seaco Sales and Service in Aberdeen

and its expansion to supply a complete range o( equipment and
tools, Baker is now able to ensure that all its equipment is fully in
accordance with its stringent requirements and does not have
to rely on outside suppliers. All pressure control equipment is
built to conform to the requirements of recognized certifying
authorities with full material traceability and certifying documen
tation being supplied as standard.
North Sea Specification Dual Skid Wireline Unit
I
PRODUCTION HEHVICES
•■*■ A
Truck mounted wireline unit in Canada.
742
BAKER SECTION A. SERVICES

Electric Line
PRODUCTION SERVICES
BOTTOMHOLE PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE

SURVEYS.
Baker can supply bottomhole pressure and temperature serv

ices using highly accurate surface readout equipment. These
services are available in domestic U.S. areas and in selected
locations worldwide. When coupled with our transient pressure
analysis services Baker can provide customers with enhanced
reservoir data in terms of increased accuracy and resolution
when compared to conventional bottomhole pressure measur
ing equipment.
Baker has standardized on two types of downhole electronic

instrumentation:
(a) Panex model 1420 gauges with ranges up to 15,000 psi

(1,020.7 Atm) and a maximum operating temperature of
350°F (176.7=C). As a result of working directly with Panex,
Baker can supply a tandem configuration on an exclusive
basis. This allows two gauges to be monitored on a single
conductor thus providing data verification and a complete
redundant system as a back-up.
(o) GRC model EPG 512 or EPG 520 gauges available in
pressure ranges up to 15,000 psi (1,020.7 Atm) and a
maximum operating temperature of 300°F (148.9°C).
Baker uses Hewlett Packard mini computers, plotters and

printers to provide reservoir plots on both a real timB and after
the (act basis. Transient pressure analysis can be provided
BHP/T Survey Equipment showing Panex downhole instrument therefore at the well site in a lorm which obviates the possibili
and surface package consisting of microprocessor, computer, ties ol either terminating a test prematurely or extending it
printer and plotter. unnecessarily. At the present time Baker has some 19 different
plots available, including type curves, and more are being
added at customers requests.
Pressure vs it
*
L
■
m
■
I
j
1
>
u ,—r*
■
—
>■ 1
Mi ?
/
i HI
i
IL1
*r ■ -
■I
= i
u
i 1 1
!
J
. WE Ddi CtJ let
10 Production Logging Unit Control Panel

743
SECTION A. SERVICES
Electric Line
BAKER
PRODUCTION SERVICES
SHUT-OFF TOOLS.
One of the most common causes of inaccuracies in transient

pressure analysis is a result of afterllow or well bore storage
effect. Recognizing this problem, Baker Production Services
has worked with a major oil company in order to develop a
"shut-off tool" (patent pending) to eliminate the afterflow effect
to a large extent.
This tool is available in a range of sizes to suit given tubing

strings and is located in a Baker seating nipple. The tool, as
illustrated, is run on a monoconductor line in the open position.
After locating and locking in the seating nipple an upstrain on
the line closes the bypass and packs off the seal, thus shutting
the well in "on bottom" and eliminating the after Now due to the
tubing volume.
The tool can also be used on slickline with conventional or

memory type electronic gauges. Baker is currently working on
versions of the tool to lock into a collar and to be run, equalized
and pulled on the same wireline run.
PRODUCTION LOGGING.
Baker can also provide Production Logging and perforating

services in selected locations. The following types of log can be
provided wiih others available on request:
Caliper Tracer Ejeclor

IOOLCLOSCD
Gamma Ray Temperature
Spinner Surveys Fluid Density
Water Entry Casing Collar Locator T0OL0P6N
Velocity Sound SHUT-OFF TOOL
Production Logging Unit in California

744
SECTION A. SERVICES
Test Planning and Data Acquisition
PRODUCTION SERVICES
DATA ACQUISITION AND ANALYSIS.
As the economics of producing oil and gas become more criti

cal, the need to obtain dependable, accurate data in a timely
fashion becomes more and more important. Baker recognizes
this fact and has embarked upon a program designed to enable
it to supply a complete service to the oil industry in the gather
ing, compilation and interpretation of reservoir data.
Baker can now supply the following components of this service:
WELL TEST DESIGN.
Van Mounted Data Acquisition System monitors 11 pressure, There are several methods of carrying out well tesfs which can
temperature and flowrate data points. yield desired information, such as well damage (skin), permea
bility, average pressure, distance to faults, fracture length and
orientation, etc. Baker's Reservoir Engineering group can eval
uate the status of the well and design the most suitable well
testing method using in-house computer aids to ensure that the
desired information is obtained.
DATA ACQUISITION.
Besides providing a service to accumulate bottom hole pres

sure and temperature data using high accuracy electronic
gauges. Baker has developed a data acquisition system for use
in monitoring, recording and calculating data from surface test
ing equipment. Using pressure, temperature and (low rate data
gathered from the separation equipment and gas analysis from
chromatographs, this system can compile accurate flow rate
data, prepare on-site flow test reports and transmit the data
from a remote location to, for example, a customer's central
office in a real time mode.
This syslem underwent extensive testing in the U.S. and

This Data Acquisition Center is mounted in a jack-up barge has now been operating in two locations on the Arabian
control room and monitors a total of 22 data points on the Gulf for some lime. Baker is now engaged in developing a new
custom well test facility shown during plant commissioning on generation of this system using state of the art mini computer
the opposite page. technology.
12
745
SECTION A. SERVICES
Test Analysis
BAKER
PRODUCTION SERVICES
Miller Dyes, hujtcnmso i Plot
i
A
i
~y
■
, i
I
* ! 1 . 1 ■
McKinley PLOT
Custom well test facility during commissioning. All data points

are monitored by the Data Acquisition System on the opposite
page.
■
- -
i
-1 1—
wi.'/
/ 1
HiKEFl tTQduciUr 9«rv)cM zMJm ■-*+-!.- r> . >.l >■ nun
TEST ANALYSIS
Type Curve log [a PJ vs log [a tj
Reservoir analysis can be provided by Baker's Reservoir
' ■ ■ ' |
Engineering Deparlment by interpreting appropriate plots lor a
particular transient pressure testing method. Test data analysis
and reports can be prepared together with recommendations
for appropriate well treatment to optimize well performance.
13
mm BAKER
PRODUCTION SERVICES
SECTION A. SERVICES
Hydraulic Workovers
LONGSTROKE UNITS
Baker Production Services operates long stroke hydraulic An hydraulic workover unit has a major advantage over a con
workover units, both skid mounted and trailer mounted. These ventional workover rig when used in offshore applications,
units offer the same versatility as short stroke units in the range namely the minimal deck loading which results from the main
of work they can perform.
equipment and running/pulling loads being carried, via the rig
The one piece mast allows for very fast rig-up and its 36' (10.97 bottom flange and wellhead, by the casing string.
m) stroke handles a complete tubing joint with each stroke. The Hydraulic workover units can be supplied complete with alt
design lends itself to skid mounted units for offshore applica related peripheral equipment, such as: circulating systems,
tions where space is not a limiting factor and to trailer or sell BOP systems, wireline units, remedial downhole tools, tubing
propelled carrier applications where mobility is a requirement. and joint integrity inspections, etc.
II can be used in the complete range ol workover applications Two basic units are available as in the specifications below:
from sand washing under pressure to conventional type
workovers and in conditions of moderate pressure, up to 5,000
psi (340.2 Aim).
Model Model
Description HRL120 HRL142
Maximum hook load lbs (kg) 118,000 (53,525) 142,000 (64,411)
Maximum snub load lbs (kg) 60,000 (27,216) 85,000 (38,556)
Block speed up ft/min (m/min) 45 to 178 1410 54 50 to 196 (15 to 60)
Block speed down ft'min (nVmin) B9lo187 (27 lo 57) 98 to 200 (30 to 611
Mast Weight lbs (kg) 14,000 (6.350) 16.000 (7.258)
Skid weight lbs (kg) 6.500 (2.94B) 6,500 (2,948)
Power unit weigh! lbs (kg) (wet) 9,000 (4,082] 10,000 (4,5361
Horsepower 238 318
Tubing size range inches (mm) 1 to 3-1/2 (25.4 to 88.9) 1 10 5-1/2 (25,4 to 139.7]
Rotary torque ft. lbs (kg.m) 1,000 (138.3) 3,000 (414.8)
Stroke ft(m] 36 (10.97) 36 (10.97)
Maximum Bore inches (mm) 8 (203.2) 8 (203.2)
^^■■■^^^^
.- . -
HRL Truck Mounted Longslroke Unit.

747
SECTION A. SERVICES
Hydraulic Workovers
■^m BAKER
PRODUCTION SERVICES
SHORT STROKE UNITS
Baker Production Services operates short stroke (jack) units

in the major areas of international activity. These units offer ver
satility in applications to workover problems whether in a
"snubbing" mode or as an alternative to conventional workover
units in areas of limited access, available space and weight
limitations.
The major componenis are easily transportable (they can be

split into loads suitable for helicopter lift) and afford fast rig-up
and rig-down.
Because wellhead height does not restrict the use of the unit
(work has been performed on BOP stacks up to 65r (19.812 m))
and it can handle tubing strings up to 7-5/8" (193.7 mm) in
diameter, it can be used in virtually all workover applications
and under extreme wellhead pressure.
Three basic units are available as in the specifications below:
Baker HRS 340 Unit on location in Australia.
Model Model Model

Description
HRS 150 HRS 225 HRS 340
Maximum hook load lbs 150.000 235,000 340,000

(kg) (68,058) (106.624) (154,265)
Maximum snub load lbs 66,000 120,000 188,000

(kg) (29,946) (54,446) (85,299)
Block speod up fl/min 39 to 280 3610 290 25 to 220

(m/min) (11.910 85.3) (11 to 88.4) (7.610 67,1)
Block speed down ft/min 90 to 360 7010 280 44 to 180

(m/min) (27.410 109,7] (21.3 to 85.3) (13.410 54.9)
Jack weight (complete) lbs 9.000 15,000 17,000

(Kg) (4,083) (6.806) (7,713)
Power unit weight (wet) lbs 9,000 10,000 10.000

(kg) (4.083) (4.537) (4,537)
Horsepower 238 318 318
Tubing size range inches 1 io 2-7/8 1 IO5-1/2 1 10 7-58

(mm) (25.4 to 73.0] (25.4(0 139.7) (25.6 to 193,7]
Rotary torque It lbs 2.800 5.000 6.000

(kg. m) (387.2) (691.5) (829.8]
Maximum stroke ft 10 10 10
(m) (3,05) (3.05) (3.05)
Maximum bore inches 8 11 11

(mm) (2.44) (3.35) (3.35)
15
748
SECTION A. SERVICES
Early Production and Well Testing
PRODUCTION SERVICES
EARLY PRODUCTION FACILITIES
With the high price of oil and the steadily increasing costs of
conventional offshore development projects, the oil industry
has to be continually looking for ways of going into a production
mode as quickly as possible. This approach is attractive in new
field discoveries where early production can generate much
needed cash flow to help fund further development and in
marginal fields which may not warrant the expense of conven
tional platform development. Early production also provides a
means of acquiring the kind of detailed reservoir information
that is vital in long term development projects.
Baker recognizes this need and offers a service to the industry

which encompasses the design, manufacture, comissioning,
field installation and operating ol such facilities. In 1977 Baker
worked closely with a major oil company in providing such a
system for a lanker mounted facility offshore Spain, and since
then has participated in projects involving jack-up and semi-
submersible applications.
Such Early Production Facilities are now becoming recognized

for the positive contributions they can makB to oilfield eco
Tanker mounted Early Production Facility.
nomics and Baker stands ready to provide the service required
to put them in place in a matter of a few months. By using
standard Baker well testing equipment configured to suit the
particular application, a great deal of time can be saved thus
facilitating "Early" production.
16
749
SECTION A. SERVICES
Early Production and Well Testing
BAKER
PRODUCTION SERVICES
CUSTOM WELL TEST FACILITIES.
Another important application of Ihe Early Production Facility

concept is in offshore well testing in fields which have been
developed using small single well jackets. This is particularly
applicable in the Arabian Gulf area where in many cases facili
ties have not been installed to enable individual well tests to be
performed. By installing a full scale production facility on either
a boat or a mobile jack-up barge it is possible to get detailed well
performance data by temporarily connecting the facility to the
platform and simulating production conditions. The production
can be either flared or pumped back into the production line.
Baker has three (3) such facilities currently in operation each of

which was custom built to suit the customers particular applica
tion. In each case, the facility was configured in several skid
packages, assembled and commissioned at the manufacturing
facility, disassembled and shipped to location - this approach
allows for minimum rig-uptime on location and easy removal to
Baker Bluebird Well Testing Vessel on location in the Arabian
another application upon contract completion.
Gull. Nominal capacity 20,000 BPD.
Custom Well Test Facility during plant commissioning. Nominal capacity 35,000 BPD.
17
750
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
Equipment Standards
FHDDUCTTCJN SERVICES
Seaco Division of Baker Production Services is dedicated to (b) Ensure that certified parts are not reworked without the
manufacturing premium grade Wireline Units, Pressure Control documentation being amended.
Equipment and Wireline Tools. This is achieved by the applica (c) Ensure that all operations are correctly executed and that
tion ol stringent material and manufacturing specifications in reworks are properly completed.
conjunction with the highest level Quality Control methods. After final inspection, parts are marked with part number, work
Pressure Control Equipment can be supplied to meet any speci order and serial number and are placed in a quarantined area.
fied condition for either well fluids, pressures or ambient tem
Examples of stamping:
peratures. Standard pressure ranges are 5,000 psi (340.2 Aim),
10,000 psi (680.5 Aim) or 15,000 psi (1,020.7 Atm) WP; well (06-47394-00) -(09-5B) -(001)
fluid service can be either Standard or Sour (H;S) and ambient Commodity # Date Code Serial #
temperatures can be either normal range, down to -20T
All documentation is retained within the Quality Control Depart
(-28.8°C), or extreme range, as specified, down to -40°F
ment and copies are provided to the customer as specified in
(- 40'C) or even down to - 75"F (- 59.44°C).
the purchase order.
Material Specifications for Pressure Equipment are in accord
In addition to unsurpassed manufacturing standards, Seaco is
ance with API Specification 6Awith, or without, NACE MR-01-
also dedicated to innovative design. An example of this is the
75, latest edition. Full certification and traceability of materials
development of the Seaco Acme Thread which is used mainly in
can be supplied. This includes: lubricator sections and lubricator accessory equipment.
(a) Mill certification of raw material, chemical composition and
This thread is designed specifically for H;S service, since it
physical properties.
eliminates the need for welding, and for high pressure opera
(b) Certification of material hardness and heat treatment.
tions. Half unions, fabricated from forgings. are screwed onto
(c) Certification of non-destructive examination.
pipe sections using the Seaco Acme thread. This utilizes a
(d) Serialization of critical components and certified assem
primary Viton "O" Ring seal which is backed up with a metal to
blies. metal seal. It is approved by Lloyds.
Superior standards of Quality Control are utilized to ensure This system results in greater safety since it:
conformity with these specifications.
(1) Eliminates the possibility of work hardening of welds, due
All certified components are striclly controlled and written in to flexing of the lubricator in service, with subsequent
structions lay down procedures that: cracking and failure due to H,S embrittlement.
(a) Prevent interchange of certified parts without records be (2) Facilitates maintenance since half unions and "O" ring
ing amended. seals can be replaced easily if damaged.
(3) Facilitates changing to any other type of quick union or
flange.
18
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
Blow Out Preventers and Flanges PRODUCTION SERVICES
Blowout Preventers are manufactured from specially devel

oped forglngs. They are available in either manual or hydraulic
types and in single or twin configurations.
Body connections utilize Seaco Acme Threads and enable a

quick change-over of quick union type or to flanges, if required.
Manual type BOP's have mechanically operated stems and are

recommended where opening and closing of the rams is infre
quent and in pressures up to 5,000 psi (340.2 Atm).
Hydraulic BOP's have manually operated auxiliary ram stems

to allow closing in the event of an hydraulic failure or to lock the
rams closed. The hydraulic type is usually employed where
frequent actuation is anticipated, or where remote operation is
desired or for higher pressure operations.
BOP's are equipped with a special flush type equaliser valve, as

a standard. This allows the operator to equalise the well pres
sure and lubricator pressure to assist in opening the rams. Single Ram Hydraulic BOP
Relief valves, to allow the operator to bleed off any pressure or

fluid from above closed rams, are available as an optional
accessory.
Twin BOP's are commonly used in stranded line operations

using one set of rams sized for the line and one set of blind
rams.
BOP's can be supplied for either standard service or sour

service and with the following ratings:
Wellhead Flange
Worklnq Pressure I.D.

DSl (Atm) Inches (m.m.)
5,000 (340.2) 2.5 (63.5), 3 (76.2) 4 (101.6),
5 (127.0) or 6-3/8" (161.9)
10,000 (680.5) As for 5,000 psi
15.000 M.020.7) 2.5 (63.5) or 3 (76.2)
Single Hydraulic BOP—Casing Volumes and Pressure

Minimum Mulmum
Operating Operating
Wortdng Pressure Pressure Gallons Otllons
Sin of BOP Prawn toCtoss la Clot* toCtOM to Open CtOMRatk)
4'ID 5000 psi 600 psi 3000 psi 0.91 0.81 15.0:1
no 10000 psi 738 psi 3000 psi 0.30 0.22 13.2:1
3-1D 5000 psi 369 psi 3000 psi 0.30 022 13.2:1
2-1/2* ID 10000 psi 1300 psi 3000 psi 0.19 0.19 7.9:1
2-1/2*ID 5000 psi 780 psi 3000 psi 0.17 0.16 7.9:1
Ram Assembly for Stranded Line
19
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
Lubricators
PRODUCTION
Lubricators are fabricated from materials in accordance with Each riser consists of three basic parts: a female quick union
API Specification 5A and NACE MR-01 -78 latest edition. Lubri half, a tubular section and a male quick union half. When a
cators are made up of several Riser sections, usually 3 or 4, bleed-off is required it is fabricated by installing a double box
plus a BOP (see page 751), Stuffing Box or Grease Injection collar with a 1/2" (12.7 mm) NPT threaded part between two
Head (see page 753) and Lubricator Accessories (see page shorter tubular sections.
755) as specified.
All threaded connections on the tubular sections (except 2"
Normal practice is for two smaller diameter, 2-3/8" (60.33 mm) (50.8 mm), 2-1/2" (63.5 mm) and 3" (76.2 mm) I.D., 5,000 psi
O.D. i.e. 2" (50.8 mm) I.D., risers at the top—to accommodate (340.2 Atm) Standard Service) use Seaco Acme threads which
a standard wireline tool string—and one or two sections of full utilize a primary vlton "O" Ring seal backed by a metal to metal
tubing I.D. to accommodate wireline running or pulling tools, seal which is a Lloyds approved design. The exceptions listed
fishing tools or other larger diameter items. above use a standard EUE thread.
Note: It is easy to replace "O" Rings or quick union connections,

either for repair or to cross-over to a different diameter, by
Sheave
simply unscrewing the quick union.
Bracket
Lubricators can be provided for either standard or sour (H2S)
Wireline service with the following ratings:
Stuffing
Box
Workina Pressure I.D.
Safety DSl (Atm) Inches (mm)

Check 5,000 (340.2) 2.5 (63.5), 3 (76.2), 4 (101.6)
Union 5 (127.0) or 6-3/8 (161.9)
10,000 (680.5) As for 5,000 psi
Chemical
15.000 (1.020.7) 2.5 (63.5) or 3 (76.2)
Injection
Sub
Seaco Acme
Connection
with 'O' Ring
Seal
Lubricator
Riser
with
Bleed Port
Hydraulic
Tool
Trap
Hay
Pulley
Electronic Single Ram Needle Valve

Strain Hydraulic
Gauge Collar with
BOP
NPT Port
Wellhead
Flange Adapter
Wireline Lubricator
For Slick Line Operations
Lubricator Section
20 With Bleed Port
753
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
Wireline Stuffing Boxes and Grease Injection Heads
PRODUCTION SERVICES
Wireline Stuffing Boxes are used when it is necessary to per

form slick tine work on a well under pressure. The stuffing box
consists of a packing chamber which contains packing with an
externally adjustable packing nut. The line passes through the Sheave
packing which is tightened to the point where leakage around
the line, resulting from well pressure, is minimised. The stuffing Sheave
box body is provided with a top sheave which guides the line Bracket
down into the packing gland.
Hydraulic
The adjustable packing nut may be either manual or hydraulic. Connection
The hydraulic packing nut is remotely actuated by an hydraulic
Piston
hand pump. When a complete seal is established, the pressure
is maintained by closing the valve on the hand pump assembly. Spring
Bleeding the pressure allows the piston to retract by a stout Packing
spring and relaxes the seal. Chamber
0.092" (2.34 mm) line uses a 10" (254 mm) sheave Packing
0.108" (2.74 mm) line uses a 14" (355.6 mm) sheave
Grease/Oil Injection Heads are used for stranded line opera

tions in high pressure wells. Primary sealing of the well pressure
is achieved by passing the line through a series of 2 to 4 closely
fitting flow tubes and sealing the annular space between the line
Wire Line Stuffing Box with
and the flow tubes by injecting grease/oil under high pressure.
Hydraulic Packing Nut
This method provides a virtually frictionless seal. A secondary,
low pressure, seal is achieved at the top by an hydraulic packing
nut and pack off rubber seal.
Flow tubes must be extremely close fitting. They are normally

ordered in sets of three for each line diameter. The wireline Sheave
should be calipered every 100' (30.5 m) and an average size
obtained. The flow tubes selected should never be more than Piston
0.010" (0.254 mm) larger than the actual line diameter for lines
up to 11AT (6.35 mm) or approximately 0.014" (0.356 mm) for line Cylinder
of 5/16" (7.94 mm) and larger. Upper Bushing
Pack Off Rubber
When flow tubes become worn, or are too large, this is indicated
by a higher than normal grease consumption. New lines also
Connector Tube
consume more grease due to filling the interstices between the
strands.
Flow Tube
Can be provided for either standard or sour service, as follows:
Sheave Bracket
Working Pressure
psl (Atm)
5,000 (340.2)
10,000 (680.5)
15,000 (1,020.7)
Quick unions to match upper riser section.
Grease/Oil Injection Head with

21 Hydraulic Packing Nut
754
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
PRODUCTION SERVICES Lubricator Accessories
SAFETY CHECK VALVE.

Main Body _.. . ,
This device is installed below the stuffing box, or grease injec
Nut
tion head and on top of a chemical injection sub or an hydraulic
Upper Packing tool catcher or the upper riser section. It closes in any flow from
Gland the well that would result if the wireline is broken or pulled from
Ball Seat
rt . , _ the rope socket.
Quick Connect
In installation the ball is displaced to the side and the wireline is
Ball Felt Packing threaded through the valve. If the wireline is removed while it is
under pressure, the piston moves up, lifting the ball onto its seat
Lower Gland
Seaco Acme where it is held by the well pressure. With the well pressure
Connection closed-in the piston drops back to its original position.
with 'O' Ring
CHEMICAL INJECTION SUB.
Seal
Mounted below the safety check valve or stuffing box or grease
injection head and on top of an hydraulic tool catcher or upper
riser section. It is used to inject corrosion inhibitors when run
ning or pulling the wireline. In pulling out it wipes the line clean
before coating it with inhibitor. If excessive gas is leaking
through the stuffing box and there is a danger of hydrate forma
Safety Check Valve Chemical Injection Sub tion it can also be used to inject glycol or methanol.
Felt packings, inside the perforated tube of the upper packing

gland, are impregnated with chemicals by injecting them in the
annular space between the upper packing gland and the main
body. Chemical injection is normally by an air driven injection
pump.
HYDRAULIC TOOL CATCHER.

Spring
Mounted on top of the upper riser section. If the rope socket is
Housing
accidentally pulled from the wireline the tool catcher engages
the fishing neck of the rope socket and prevents the tool string
Main Flappers from falling down the hole. The tool operates with no hydraulic
Spring pressure on the system. When the rope socket is run into the
collet it compresses the collet spring enabling the collet to latch
Cylinder
Piston onto the fishing neck. The tool string is released by applying
hydraulic pressure, raising the piston and unseating the collet.
Piston
Collet Collet assemblies can be provided for 1" (2.54 mm), 1.87"
Spring (30.15 mm) or 1.375" (34.93 mm) fishing necks.
Collet HYDRAULIC TOOL TRAP.
Installed between the bottom riser and the BOP. With the lubri
cator risers disconnected above the tool trap wireline tools are
installed and the lubricator risers connected. With the tools
about 6" (152.4 mm) above the flappers they are opened by
hydraulic pressure and the tools are run in, closing the flappers
(by gravity and a light torsion spring) after the piston has been
pumped down. When pulling out the tool string opens the flap
Hydraulic Tool Hydraulic Tool Trap pers which close again as soon as the tools are above them and
Catcher eliminate any possibility of the tools falling down the well.
22
754A
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
Specification Guide
PRODUCTION SERVICES
All Seaco lubricators, wireline BOP's and accessories are sup

Part No. Thread Type
plied with quick unions which are compatible with either Otis or
Bowen type unions. In the specification guide on the next four 46116 5-1/2MX2 Bowen Type
pages, quick union connection part numbers are used which 46117 8-1/4"-4X2 Bowen Type
are in accordance with the following guide:
46119 8-3/4"-4 Thd. Otis Type
Part No. Thread Type 46120 6"-4X2 Bowen Type
46102 5-3/4"-4Thd. Otis Type 46122 5"-4 Thd. Otis Type
46103 11-1/2"-4Thd. Otis Type 46124 9-1/2"-4 Thd. Otis Type
46104 9-7/8MX2 Bowen Type 46125 8-1/4"-4 Thd. Otis Type
46105 8-3/8"-4Thd. Otis Type
46126 4-3/4"-4 Thd. Bowen Type
46108 6-5/16"-4 Thd. Bowen Type 46130 9"-4 Thd. Bowen Type
46109 6-1/2"-4 Thd. Otis Type
46131 8-1/4MX2 Bowen Type
46110 7"-5 Thd. Stub Bowen Type 46133 8-7/8"-4X2 Bowen Type
BLOWOUT PREVENTERS — HYDRAULIC

With quick union connections compatible with Otis type.
Style Single Single Twin Twin Single Single Twin Twin Single Single
Internal Dia. 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" r 3" 3* 3" 4" 4'
Working Pressure PSI 5M 10M 5M 10M SM 10M SM 10M SM 10M
Assy Std Service 6100140041 6000140041 6100240041 6000240041 6200140041 6300140041 6200240041 6301840041 6400140041 6400240041
Assy H]S Service 6101240049 6000140049 6101340049 6000940049 6201340049 6300240042 6201840049 6300740049 6401640049 6402840049
Style Twin TVvin Single Single Twin Twin Single Single Twin IWIn
Internal Dla. 4" 4" 5" 5" 5" 5- 6-18" 6-3/8" 6-3/8' s-3/r
Working Pressure PSI SM 10M SM 10M SM 10M SM 10M SM 10M
Assy Std Service 6400340041 6403640041 6600040041 6700040041 6600140041 6700140041 6800140041 — 6800240041 —
Assyria Service 6404240049 6401440049 6600340049 6700140049 6601640049 6700540049 6800240049 6800740049 6801440049 6900340049
With quick union connections compatible with Bowen type.
Style Single Single Twin Twin Single Single Twin Twin Single Single
Internal Dla. 2-i or 2-i/r 2-1/2" 2-1/2- 3- 3- r 3" 4" 4"
Working Pressure PSI 5M 10M 5M 10M SM 10M SM 10M 5M 10M
Assy Std Service 6100740041 6000340049 6100340041 6000440041 6200340041 6301840041 6200440041 6300240041 6400640041 6400740041
Assy H»S Service 6100840049 6000440049 6101440049 6000840049 6200440049 6300840049 6201940049 6301540049 6400140049 6402540049
Style Twin Twin Single Single Twin Twin Single Single IWIn Twin
Internal Dia. 4" 4" 5' 5" 5" 5* 6-3/8" 6-3/8" 6-3/8' 6-3/8'
Working Pressure PSI SM 1OM SM 10M 5M 1GM 5M 10M SM 10M
Assy Std Service 6400440041 6400540041 6600340041 6700240041 6600240041 6700340041 6800440041 6800340041
Assy H2S Service 6404340049 6402940049 66007-00049 6700640049 6601540049 6700240049 6800340049 - 6801540049 —
23
754B
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
PRODUCTION SERVICES Specification Guide
BLOWOUT PREVENTERS — MANUAL

With quick union connections compatible with Otis type.
Single Single TWIn TWIn Single TWIn TWIn
Internal Dla. 2-1/2" 2-1/2* 2-i/r 2-1/2* r r r r 4- 4'
Working Pressure PSI SM 10M SM 10M SM 10M 5M 10M SM 10M
Assy Std Service 61006400-01 60008400-01 6100740041 6000740041 6200740041 6300640041 6200840041 6300540041 6401540041 6401240041
Assy HjS Service 61016-000-09 6001340049 6101740049 6001240049 6202240049 6301040049 6202140049 6301940049 6402740049
Style Itoln Twin Single Single TWIn TWIn TWIn

Internal Dla. 4" 4' 5* 5' 5* 5" 6-3,8" 6-3.8" 6-3B- 64/8-
Working Pressure PSI SM 10M SM 10M SM 10M SM 1OM SM 10M
Assy Std Service 64014-000-01 6401340041 6600540041 6700640041 6600740041 6700740041 6600740041 6800840041
Assy Hfi Service 64047-000-09 6404940049 6600440049 6700940049 6601940049 6701040049 6601840049 6900540049 fiflflifl OQO-Ofl 6900640049
With quick union connections compatible with Bowen type.

Style Single Single TWIn TWIn Single Single TWin TWIn Single
Internal Dla. 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2- 3" 3" 3- 3" 4" 4'
Working Pressure PSI SM 10M SM 10M SM 1OM 5M 10M 5M 10M
Assy Std Service 6100540041 6000540041 6100440041 6000640041 6200640041 6300440041 6200540041 6300540041 6400340041 6401140041
Assy H,S Service 6100640049 6001040049 6101540049 6001140049 6200840049 6300640049 6202040049 6301240049 6400340049 6404240049
Style TWIn TWIn Single Single TWIn TWIn Single Single TWIn TWIn
Internal Dla. 4- 4- 5" 5" 5" 5" 6-3/8* 6-3/8- 6-3/B- 64/8-
Working Pressure PSI SM 10M SM 10M SM 10M 5M 10M SM 10M
Assy Std Service 6400940041 6401040041 6600540041 6700440041 6600440041 6700540041 6800540041 —
6800840041
Assy H^ Service 6404340041 6404440049 6601840049 6700840049 6601740049 6700740049 6801640049 - 6801740049 —
WELLHEAD FLANGE ADAPTERS

Standard service with quick unions compatible with Otis type.
Nominal Size 2-1/16 2-9/16 3-1/16 4-1/16 7-1/16 7-1/16
Working Press. PSI 5M 10M SM 10M 5M 10M SM 10M SM 10M SM 10M
Quick Union Conn. 46122 46122 46122 46122 46122 46122 46109 46109 46130 46130 46103 46103
46559- 46581- 46563- 46565- 465C2- 46568- 46575- 46576- 465C3- 465C4- 465C5- 465C6-
Assembly Part No.
00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041
Standard service with quick unions compatible with Bowen type.

Working Press. PSI SM 10M SM 10M 5M 10M SM 10M SM 10M SM 1QM
Quick Union Conn. 46126 46126 46126 46126 46116 46116 46110 46110 46131 48133 46104 46104
46558- 46560- 46562- 46584- 46570- 46585- 465B7- 46577- 46581- 46588- 46583- 465C1-
Assembly Part No.
00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041
HjS service with quick unions compatible with Otis type.

Working Press. PSI SM 10M 5M 10M SM 10M SM 10M SM 10M 5M 10M
Quick Union Conn. 46122 46102 46122 46102 46122 46102 46105 46105 46130 46130 46103 46103
465D2- 46588- 46503- 465D4- 46505- 46506- 46507- 465D8- 465A0- 465A6- 46509- 465A7-
Assembly Part No.
00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049
HjS service with quick unions compatible with Bowen type.
Working Press. PSI 5M 10M 5M 10M SM 10M SM 10M SM 10M 5M 10M
Quick Union Conn. 46126 46108 46126 46108 46116 46108 46110 46117 46131 46133 46104 46104
46586- 46589- 46567- 465B4- 465C7- 46SC8- 46594- 465C9- 46599- 465A5- 465A2- 46501-
Assembly Part No.
00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049
24
754C
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
Specification Guide
PRODUCTION
LUBRICATOR RISER ASSEMBLIES

Standard service with quick unions compatible with Otis type.
I.D. 2 2-i/r 3" 4' 5" 6-3/8"
Top Conn. 46122 46122 46122 46122 46122 46122 46109 46109 46125 46125 46119 —
Bottom Conn. 46122 46122 46122 46122 46122 46122 46109 46109 46125 46125 46119 —
Material 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140
Working Pressure Psl 5M 10M 5M 10M 5M 10M 5M 10M 5M 10M 5M 10M
46C01- 46001- 46E01- 46F01- 46G00- 46H01- 46J01- 46X01- 46L01- 46M01- 46001-
Length 8 ft-Part No. —
000-41 000-41 00041 000-41 000-41 000-41 000-41 00041 0CXM1 000-41 000-41
Length 10 It- 46C01- 46001- 46E01- 46F01- 46G00- 46H01- 46J01- 46X01- 46L01- 46MO1- 46Q01-
—
Part No. 00041 000-61 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041
Standard service with quick unions campatibie with Bowen type.
LD. r MS" 3" 4' 5" 6-3/8"
Top Conn. 46126 46126 46126 46126 46116 46116 46110 46110 46131 46131 46104 —
Bottom Conn. 46126 46126 46126 46126 46116 46116 46110 46110 46131 46131 46104
Material 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140
46C00- 46000- 46E00- 46F0O- 46G01- 46H00- 46J0O- 46X00- 46L00- 46M00- 46Q00-
000-41 000-41 000-41 00041 00CM1 000-41 000-41 000-41 000-41 000-41 000-41
Length 10 fL- 46CO0- 46D00- 46EO0- 46F0O- 46G01- 46H0O- 46J0O- 46X00- 46LO0- 46M00- 46Q00-
—
Part No. 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041 00041
H,S service with quick unions compatible with Otis type.
I.D. 2" 2-i/r 3' 4" 5" 6^8"

Top Conn. 46102 46102 46122 46102 46102 46102 46105 46105 46130 46130 46124 46103
Bottom Conn. 46102 46102 46122 46102 46102 46102 46105 46105 46130 46130 46124 46103
Material 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140
Working Pressure Psl 5M 10M 5M 1CM 5M 10M 5M 10M 5M 10M 5M 10M
46C01- 46001- 46E01- 46FD1- 46G01- 46H01- 46J01- 46K01- 46L01- 46M01- 46O01- 46R00-
Length 8 ft-Part No.
000-49 000-49 000-49 00049 00049 00049 000-49 00049 00049 000-49 00049 00049
Length 10 ft- 46C01- 46D01- 46E01- 46F01- 46G01- 46H01- 46J01- 46X01- 46LO1- 46M01- 46O01- 46R0O-
PartNo. 000-69 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049
HtS service with quick unions campatibie with Bowen type.
I.D. r 2-1/2" 3" 4" 5" 6-3/8"

Top Conn. 46126 46108 46126 46108 46116 46108 46110 46117 46131 46133 46104 __
Bottom Conn. 46126 46108 46126 46108 46116 46108 46110 46117 46131 46133 46104 ...
Material 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140 4140
46C00- 46000- 46EO0- 46F00- 46G0O- 46H0O- 46J00- 46X00- 46L00- 46M0O- 46000-
00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049
Length 10 ft- 46CO0- 46D0O- 46E0O- 46F0O- 46G0O- 46H00- 46J0O- 46X00- 46100- 46MOO- 46Q00-
—
PartNo. 000-69 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049 00049
NOTE: Other lengths of lubricator riser are available upon request.
CHEMICAL INJECTION SUBS

Quick Union Connection 46116 46122 46108 4S102 46126 46122 46116 46122
WbrtcfngPrMMraPsI SM SM 10M 10M 5M 5M 10M 10M
WlraDia. .092-/.108* .092-/.108- .092-/.108" .0927.108* .092-/.10T .0927.108" sar/Acar .092-/.108*
Any No. .OOr Wire 4605&00IM)9 46051-00049 4605840049 4605440041 4605240041 4605340041 4605540041
Assy No. .10T Wire 46054-000-19 46055-000-19 46051-000-19 46058400-19 46054400-11 46052400-11 46053400-11 46055400-11
H,S H2S HjS Std. Std. Sid. Std.
25
754D
PRODUCTION SERVICES
BAKER SECTION B. PRODUCTS
Specification Guides
STUFFING BOXES
46116 46122 4C1M 46102 461 OB 46116
Working Pressure Psl 10M 10M tow 10M tOM 5M
Wlro Slies .062" lOQ" 062' .108' 063" .1 OS- .062". 106" 062'.108" 062\T08"
Sid. Std sw. N;S H^S
A«ay .092 Wire 46002-000-01 46001-000-01 46003-000-01 4 GO03-000-09 46008-000-03 46001-000-09
Assy .108 Wire 46002000-11 46001-000-11 :(.;)■■)( iKiO -l 46003-000-1!) 4G1W8-OO0-19 46001-000-19
NOTE: Lisl above includes 10" Sheavo Brocket Assy as Sid.
Accessories
Sre.iva Bracket 14' 46932-000-01 46932-000-01 46932-OM-01 JC932 000 01 46932-000-01 46932-000-01
Hyaauie PscWng Nui .092 VWs 46094-000-01 4609S 000-01 46094-0000! 46094-000-09 46094-000-09 46094-000-09
Hydrauitc Packing Nui. 108' VJno 46095-000-01 46055-000-01 46095-000-01 46095 00009 46O95-OO0-09 4CO95-C0O-M
GREASE INJECTION HEADS

Slandard Service.
Oulck Union 4612G 46(26 46122 46122 46116 46116 SAFETY CHECK UNION
SflrvlCfl Sid. Sid. Sid. stu. . SM End
Oulck Union Siie 46102 46108 46126 46116 4Q126 4612?
Wort Ing
10U BM 10M SM 5W tOM Eervlcfl H;S H^S H^S
Pwuurt H.S SM Sid.
Win Ola. 316- 3 16' Working Preaauie Pal 10M 1C! SM 5M TOM
3 16" 3 16" 3 16 3 16"
46700- 46701- 46702- 4E708- 46704- Wire Dia. Mai. 1 lr 7 16" 7 IE 7,16- 716' 7 16"
Alnmbly No. 46703-
, . ...I 000-01 000-01 000-01 000-01 000-01 21 103 21304- 21300- 21301- 21300- 21303-
Assy. No.
WiroDli. 7 3J 7 32 lasr 7TJ 732' 7.32" 000 19 000-49 000-19 000-49 000-41 000-41
46700 46701- 46702- I670Q 46704- 46703-
Aasamhly No.
000-11 000-11 ooo-n 000-11 000-11 000-11
H..S Service.
Quick Union 46126 4G116 4G1D! 4610? 4610'J 46122 46106 HYDRAULIC TOOL TRAPS
Service H;S H,S H;S H^S H,S H;S H;S Standard Service.
Working
Plenum
5M 5M 10M 10M 5M 10M HuntftHt. i-i r r lr i 6-ia
': [j A.
V, r.- D..I 3 16" 3 16" 3na 3 16" I 16 3 16' 3 16" Elofi am Conn.
46122 »6i -a 461Z2 461Z2 46109 4eias 161J5 16125 «119 -
Assorr.bly No.
46701- 40704- 46700- 46706- ■16705- ■16708- 46709- 4110 1110 1140 4140 1110 1110 1110 tld.1 1110 —
■■ 1 i 000O9 O30'09 000-03 uiKH.'l 000-09 000-09 Vibi.iiin

SM 10M iU 1DM 5M 10M SM 10M BU
Wlra Dla. 7W 7/32' 7- 32" 7.32" Pratiura Pa -
7132' / 12 7:3S
tsac- 48015- 46017- 48OT6- 4BO05- 4&3I9 JEUX17- 10Q21-
Assembly No.
46701- Hi7W 46700- 4670G- 4G705- ■16708 46709- AtuTbly ho.
OODOI OCOOI -
00001 QCO-0> 00CM11 IXXJQl COO-01 QOODl
000-19 000-19 000-19 000-19 000-19 000-19 000-19
rmtrmJOIa. i-i i: 3 i
Top A
1S1K 46IM 4fll IB J6TI6 I6I10 16110 16131 19131 16101
QaTlorti Conn -
HYDRAULIC TOOL CATCHERS Malar IaI 4140 4140 1140 ■;■-: 1140 L- ■ 1110 4110 —
Slandard Service.
Abrking
5U 1OM gu 10M tu 10M H 1DW SM
PrntumPtL -
4SMJ- -tBCQJ- •saw- 4SCIB- 1BC06- 19X» seoi;

Quick Union *n*iti, No = -...
Sim
ODDOI OOOOI CCO-Gt oami 0OOC1 000 01 oatoi 000-01 -
46126 46122 46116 46120 46110
Working
Pressure Pal
10M 10M 10M I0M 10M
1" Fish Neck 48053- 40064- 4805ii- ■1!,ir r. 4BO51- H,S Service.
Av.y 000-11 000-11 000-11 000-11 000-11
Inltrml DLi. &vt i- 1 6 31
1-316 Fish 4DO53- 48054- 46055- -10056- 48051-
Nock A say. 000-21 000-21 000-21 00021 000-21 topi
«tO2 aeirc 46102 1610! 1610S 46105 46130 jfiiJa 46124 4E1C3
Bottom Conn
1-3 a Fish Neck 48053- 48054- 4SO55- 48056- 4B0S1-
IMbW 4i*a -■!: i1- 414C 1110 4110 JI10 1140
Auy. 00031 000-31
—
::: i- 000'31 000-31
,',. ■■ ■ i
5U ■:■-• !M 1CM su 10V Bl 10U su
PiHtun fi
**■—*V" uoca- 4M11 tBOOi 4»::6- i. .■ ■ 4BC07 48010-

X'l Vl :tfi :■■ 0CO09 KM '•/'I- 000 IB
H;S Service. lnl>m*l Dsa 2-11 a 1 6-aa
Oulck Topi
46126 Jbiffll 4C11G 461OS 461 ia 46117 40131 -16113 16104 -
OanomCann.
Union Si jo 46102 461 OB 46109 46105
Mmirlll 4143 4H0 4140 4140 1T4O ■li sa .LI 1 : L|.L] J140
Woiklng Pleasure —
10M 10M 10M 10M

Pal v,'oi-iiin
SM 1QM SM 1CW 10V 10H Û
*"r«ilurB Pll -
1 Fish Neck 48052- 48053- 4B054- 4B0S5- caooa i . .1 4flCO4- 4001 & :<■ ■;.".- uoa -y :;: -1 . J
Any. 000-19 000-19 000 19 1..-1 19 AiumblyKo
acorn coom QOO-OT -
DQKS 0OJO9 0W-C9 tt»O) OCOir)
1-316 Fish Neck ii : . 4eO53- IB ■ 1

Assy. 000-29 000-29 .-..'I. i
1-18 FIshNecH 48052- 48053- i; ..1 4B0SS-

Assy. ■■-x i) 000-39 000-39 000-39
26
755
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
Grease Injection Units, Control Panels IW,
PRODUCTION SERVICES
GREASE INJECTION SUPPLY SKID.
This unit comprises a two cylinder diesel engine driving a 12

gpm (45.4 Ipm) hydraulic pump supplying power to a 12 gpm
(45.4 Ipm) hydraulic motor which, in turn, drives a 28 scfm (793
nlm) compressor. The compressor has a cut-in/cut-out pneu
matic relay and large volume air receiver.
The air receiver supplies air via a regulator and filler lo two air
driven grease injeclion pumps which, in turn, supply grease at
10.000 psi (630.5 Aim) to the grease injeclion control head.
This unit has electrically heated pressurized grease buckets for

operation down to - 40° (-40°C).
Dimensions: Weight: 3.750 lbs. (1701.5 kg). Size: 72" (1.829

m) Wide, 59" (1.499 m) High, 72" (1.829 m) Long.
This unit skid is fabricated in aluminum and requires an inde

pendent power source lo reduce weight and make it helicopter
portable. Otherwise il is similar to the unit described above
except lhat Ihe grease buckets are not heated and il is equipped
with supply and return grease injeclion hose reels (50' (15,24
m)of 1/2" (12.7 mm) hydraulic hose) and a reel wilhSO' (15,24
m| of 1 /4" (6.35 mm) hydraulic hose for operation of the pack-off
head.
Dimensions: Weight: 2,420 lbs. (1,098 kg), Size: 72" (1.829

m), Wide: 50" (1.499 m] High, 72" (1.829 m) Long.
CONTROL PANEL.
The Conlrol Panel is custom designed to give the wireline

iiiuiuiimrg
operalor/well services supervisor a single point control over the
wireline hydraulic BOP, Chrislmas tree surface safety valve and
surface controlled sub-surface safely valve.
The hydraulic system contains two major pressure systems:

1) High pressure system (10,000 psi (680.5 Aim) or 15,000 psi
(1,020.7 Atm) upon special request) for control of the hy
draulic stuffing box, use in pressure lest functions, etc.
2) Lower pressure system (usually 6,000 psi (408.3 Atm}) lor
control of BOP, surface safety valves, etc. This incorporates
a 6.24 gal (10 liter) accumulator for last BOP closing
response time.
Dimensions: Weight 1.225 lbs. (555.8 kg). Size: 42" (1.067

27
756
m
BAKER
PRODUCTION SERVICES
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
Wireline Units
Seaco Wireline Units are designed with the versatility to per

form a wide range of wireline operations. The units shown are
only representative of standard models. Wireline units can be
furnished to meet customer specifications for all job conditions,
and can be skid, trailer or truck mounted.
The units can be provided to meet any ambient conditions, from

desert to arctic, down to -75°F (-59.4°C). All units are hydrau-
lically driven and power packs are available from 30 to 108
horsepower. Units are compact and portable, offering heavy
duty vibration-free operating features without sacrificing power,
reliability or simplicity of operation.
Wireline units are available in one or two piece configurations

with either single, double or, exceptionally, triple drums. Numer
ous options are available from open console types to deluxe
operator's cabins, with heating and/or air conditioning, through
out the full range. Double drum units have the added optional
feature of electric conductor cable use.
North Sea Type Double Drum Wireline Unit Features a
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. heated operator's cab (utilizing a heat exchanger wifh hydraulic
oil), explosion-proof externally mounted lighting, and a reel
SINGLE DRUM UNIT (2 Speed Gearbox) capacity of 24,000' (7315 m) of .108" (2.74 mm) or 20.000'
Drum Capacity 25,000 ft. (7,620 m) 0.092" (2.34 mm) (6096 m) of 7/32" (5.56 mm) swab or monoconductor cable. It
22,000 ft. (6,706 m) 0.108" (2.76 mm) has a removable lifting/crash frame assembiy, a respooling
device, and fully protected chain and sprocket assemblies.
Maximum Speed 2190ft./min. (668m/min)
The unit shown can be operated in Zone I hazardous areas and
Maximum Pull 3300 lbs. (1,497.3 kg)
has been approved for this use by Lloyd's.
Power Take Off Respooling Feature Standard.
Dimensions: Weight: 7,700 (3,493.7 kg) lbs.. Length: 157"
DOUBLE DRUM UNIT (4 Speed Gearbox) (3.988 m), Width: 59" (1.449 m), Height: 96" (2.438 m).
Drum Capacity: -
SMALL DRUM 25,000 ft. {7,620 m) 0.092" (2.34 mm)

22,000 ft. (6,706 m) 0.108" (2.74 mm)
Maximum Speed 3000 ft./min. (914 m/min)

Maximum Pull 5000 lbs. (2,268.6 kg)
LARGE DRUM 20,000 ft. (6,096 m) 3/16" (4.76 m)

Conductor Cable
Maximum Speed 1000 ft./min. (305 m/min)

Maximum Pull 8000 lbs. (3.630 kg)
Hydraulic Respooling Feature Standard.
All unils are equipped with depth indicators and the following
equipment variants are available:
Martin Decker Load Indicators; Air Driven Operators Cab

Lights; Electric Lighting (Flood Lights); Cab Heating; Hydraulic
Power Units available with Air or Electric Starting.
Electric Motor Driven Hydraulic Power Units suitable for Zone I Double Drum No-Cab 2 Piece Wireline Unit (the hydraulic
Hazardous Area Operation. power pack is not shown) comes with an operator's seal at the
control console and is hydraulically driven. The drums have a
capacity of 24,000' (7,315 m) of .108" (2.74 mm) or 20,000'
(6,096 m) of 7'32" {5.56 mm) swab or monoconductor cable.
Dimensions: Weight: 6800 lbs. (3085.3 kg), Length: 100"

(2.540 m), Width: 45" {1.143 m), Height: 70" (1.778 m).
28
757
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
Wireline Units and Power Packs
PRODUCTION SERVICES
REEL UNIT.
The Seaco Reel Unit is used in conjunction with the Seaco two
piece Hydraulic Power Pack and Operating Console. This is a
lightweight 3/16" (4.76 mm) X 20,000' (6,096 m) reel unit lor
helicopter lilt (under 3,000 lbs. (1,361.2 kg)) It is coupled to the
Power Pack/Control Console by six bolts, a duplex chain, brake
operating bar and an odometer cable.
A.092" (2.34 mm) or.108" {2.74mm) x 24,000'(7,315 m) reel

unit can also be supplied for slick line operations.
Dimensions: Weight: 2,684 lbs. {1,217.8 kg), Size: 57" (1.448

THE SEACO HYDRAULIC POWER PACK AND

OPERATING CONSOLE.
The Seaco Hydraulic Power Pack and Operating console for

two-piece lightweight (under 3,000 lbs.) wireline unit (helicopter
portable) consists of a 64 HP diesel engine, Denison hydraulic
pump and motor (32 gpm), heat exchanger, Chalwyn shutdown
valve, spark arrestor, water-cooled exhaust, inertial starter,
anti-static fan belts, non-metallic fan blades and all necessary
hydraulic controls for operating the Reel Unit. The Reel Unit is
bolted to the Hydraulic Power Pack and Operating Console
during use and is unbolted for helicopter transportation.
Dimensions: Weight: 2,992 lbs. (1,357.5 kg), Size: 54" (1.372

45 HP DIESEL HYDRAULIC POWER PACK
Approved for Lloyds Division II hazardous area operation.
Dimensions: Weight: 2,398 lbs. (1,088 kg), Size: 41" {1.041 m)

Wide, 54" (1.372 m) High, 89" (2.261 m) Long.
THE SEACO 75 HP DIESEL POWER PACK WITH 38

GPM HYDRAULIC PUMP.
The Unit comes complete with Chalwyn shut-down valve (over-

speed device), non-metallic fan blades, water-cooled exhaust,
spark arrestor. engine oil cooler, hydraulic oil heat exchanger,
dual return line, hydraulic filters and air starter. As shown here, it
meels Lloyds' North Sea, Division II specifications. The unit can
be supplied with inertial or hydraulic start and with engine to
customers choice.
Dimensions: Weight: 4,150 lbs., (1,882.9 kg) Size: 41" (1.041

758
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
Wireline Tools
FHODLfCTIDN SERVICES
Seaco has developed a complete line of wireline service tools Stem (Sinker Bar) — provides weight to overcome stuffing box
and over the years has built-up a reputation for designing tools friction and well pressure and add driving force to the jarring
for special applications, particularly for complex wireline fishing action.
operations. The expertise thus gained by Seaco is readily avail
Jars — both mechanical (for upward or downward jarring) and
able for design and emergency manufacture of whatever spe
hydraulic (for upward jarring only) are available.
cial tool may be required.
Knuckle Joints — a ball type swivel joint which provides flexi
Seaco wireline service tools are built to stringent control of
bility in the tool string.
quality and material specitication — API and NACE (or use in
sour service environments. Gauge Cutters and Swaging Tools — these are run in the well
prior to running (or attempting to pull) flow control devices to
WIRELINE TOOL STRING ensure clear passage.
A typical wireline tool string consists of the following component

parts:
Rope Socket — provides a means of connecting the wireline to

the lool slfing and provides a shock absorber to extend life of
the connection during prolonged jarring.
GUIDETO SEACO WIRELINE TOOLS
Following are normally accepted standard sizes. Smaller and larger sizes are available upon request.
Rope Socket' (Prod. No. 812-49)
Size Fishing Min. Reach for Box Thread
Inches NeckOD Pulling Tool Down
1-1/4 1-3/16 27/32 1-5/16-10
1-1/2 1-3/8 1 15/16-10
1-7/8 1-3/4 1-3/8 1-1/16-10
"Available for conductor line applications
Stem* (Prod. No. 812-43)
Size Fishing Min. Reach tor Weight Lbs. Box & Pin
Inches NeckOD Pulling Tool Per Ft. Thread
1-1/4" 1-3/16" 1-7/16" 3-7/8 15/16-10
1-7/16" 5-1/4 15/16-10

1-1/2" 1-3/8"
1-3/4" 1-7/16" 8 1-1/16-10
1-7/8"
"Available for conductor line applications
MechanlcalJars Prod. No. 812-42)
Size Fishing Min. Reach for Box & Pin

Inches Neck OD Pulling Tool Thread
1-3/16 1-7/16 15/16-10

1-1/4
1-1/2 1 -3/8 1-7/16 15/16-10
1-3 4 1-7/16 1-1/16-10

1-7/8
Hydraulic Jars (Prod. No. 812-50)
Size Stroke Box & Pin

Inches Length Threads
1-1/4 9-1/4 15 16-10
9-3/16 15/16-10
1-1/2
1-3'4 10 3/4-SR
30
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
Wireline Tools
PRODUCTION
Knuckle Joints (Prod. No. 812-51)

Size Fishing Min. Reach for Box & Pin
Inches Neck OD Pulling Tool Thread
1-1/4 1-3/16 1-7/16 15/16-10
1-1/2 1-3/8 1-7/16 15/16-10
1-7/8 1-3/4 1-7/16 1-1/16-10
Gauge Cutters (Prod. No. 812-47)

Tubing
Pin Fishing
Size OD Range Length
Thread NeckOD
Inches
2-3/8 1.770-1.970 15/16-10 1.375 11.0

2-7/8 2.281-2.344 15/16-10 1.75 11.0
3-1/2 2.625-2.906 1-1/16-10 2.31 11.25
4-1/2 3.797-3.875 1-1/16-10 2.31 15.0
5-1/2 4.56 1-1/16-10 2.31 15.0
5.85-5.985 1-1/16-10 3.125 17.0
Swaging Tools (Prod. No. 812-46)

Tubing
Pin Fishing
Size OD Range Length
Thread NeckOD
Inches
2-3/8 1.719-1.906 15/16-10 1.375 9.5

2-7/8 2.281-2.344 15/16-10 1.750 9.5
3-1/2 2.797-2.906 1-1/16-10 2.31 9.5

4-1/2 3.781-3.875 1-1/16-10 2.31 9.5
5-1/2 4.56 1-1/16-10 2.31 12.0
5.85-5.95 1-1/16-10 3.125 12.0
STANDARD WIRELINE FISHING TOOLS
Impression Block (Prod. No. 812-41)
This is a device designed for the purpose of finding out what item or profile is in the well by means of taking a physical impression. It is
constructed of a cylindrical steel container with an open end filled with soft lead alloy material which is held in place with a pin.
Nominal Max. Pin Up Fishing

Size Inches OD
Length
Thread Neck OD
1.734
2
1.812
15/16-10 1.375
2.250
2-1/2
2.312
2.625
3
2.812 8.0
3.688 1.75
4
3.812 1-1/16-10
5 4.125
5.500
7 2.31
5.875
31
760
BAKER
PRODUCTION SERVICES
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
Wireline Tools
Fishing Magnet (Prod- No. 812-55)
Special purpose wireline fishing tool that is used to retrieve small magnetic metai items that are loose in the well and generally not
retrievable by conventional fishing tools.
Nominal Max. Pin Up Fishing Approx. Pulling

Size Inches OD Length
Thread Neck OD Force Range Lbs.
1-1/2 1.437 15/16-10 1.187 13.4 11-14
2 1.750 15/16-10 1.375 13.4 15-20

2-1/2 2.500 15'16-10 1.375 13.4 75-100
4 Prong Wireline Grab (Prod. No. 812-40)
A special purpose fishing tool used to "grab" or make connection with wireline that is parted in the hole below the wellhead.
Nominal Max. Pin Up Fishing

Length
Size Inches OD Thread Neck OD
2 1.843 15/16-10 1.375 39

3 2.625 1-1/16-10 1.375 39
4 3.250 1-1/16-10 1.750 39

5 4.25 1-1/16-10 1.750 39
RUNNING AND PULLING TOOLS
Type GS and GR Running/Pulling Tools

(Prod. No. 811-42)
This is a standard wireline running/pulling tool that is used to connect the wireline tool string to a retrievable flow control device that is
to be run into or pulled from the well. It is designed to engage internal type fishing neck and be released Irom the downhole device by
downward jarring. It can be adapted, by means of a GR adapter, to be released by upward jarring.
Nominal Max. Fishing Neck Thread

Size Inches OD OD On Tool ID Will Engage Top Bottom
2 1.75 1.375 1.375 15/16-10 1/2-13
2 1.81 1.375 1.875 15/16-10 12-13
2-1 2 2.156 1.75 1.812 15/16-10 5/8-11
2-1/2 2.250 1.75 1.812 15/16-10 5/8-11
3 2.719 2.313 2.310 1-1 16-10 5/8-11
4 3.625 2.313 3.120 1-1/16-10 2-1:8-12
5 4.500 3.125 4.000 1-1/16-10 2-1/2-10
7 5.875 3.125 5.25 1-1/16-10 3-5/8-10
32
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
Wireline Tools
PRODUCTION SERVICES
Type RB and RS Pulling Tools

(Prod. Nos. 811 -46 and 811 -44)
This is a standard wireline pulling tool designed to engage an external fishing neck by means of three dogs held in position by a
cylinder spring. Toots are released by jarring upward and the reach of the tool is altered by the use of a B or S core.
Nominal Max. Fishing Neck Reach

Size Inches OD OD On Tool OD Will Engage RB RS
1-1/2 1.43 1.188 1.188 1.265 1.797
1-1/2 1.484 1.187 1.187 1.062 1.797
2 1.770 1.375 1.375 1.219 1.984
2-1/2 2.180 1.375 1.750 1.203 1.984
3 2.740 2.312 2.312 1.297 2.156
4 3.718 2.312 3.125 1.406 2.156
Type SB and SS Pulling Tools

(Prod. Nos. 811 -45 and 811 -43)
This is a standard wireline pulling tool designed to engage an external fishing neck in the same manner as type R tools. This tool is
released by downward jarring and the "reach" of the tool can be altered by the use of B or S core.
Nominal Max. Fishing Neck Reach

Size Inches OD OD On Tool OD Will Engage SB SS
1-1/2 1.43 1.187 1.187 0.668 _
1-1/2 1.43 1.187 1.187 1.297 1.781

2 1.770 1.375 1.375 1.219 2.031
2-1/2 2.180 1.375 1.750 1.281 2.000
3 2.844 2.312 2.312 1.500 2.219
4 3.670 2.312 3.125 1.500 —
Other Standard Wireline Service Tools
In addition to those tools detailed above, Seaco offers a full range of other wireline tools as follows:
Type J Running Tools Soft Release Running Tools Instrument Hangers Kickover Tools
Type X Running Tools Sand Bailers Crossover Adapter Subs Shifting Tools
Type T Running Tools Hydrostatic Bailers Blind Boxes Tubing End Locators
Type W Running Tools Type D Running Tools Wireline Overshots Sample Bailers
ADJUSTABLE MECHANICAL JARS
Baker is now the exclusive worldwide distributor for "Taylor made" wireline jars. This jar is a viable alternative to the normally
accepted hydraulic jar, particularly in gas wells, since it has no "O1 rings. It can be preadjusted to deliver a known impact at the
wireline fish and can be modified to provide electrical continuity for use in electric line work.
The jar is available in 1-9/16" and 1-13/16" sizes and can be supplied with an accelerator which acts as a shock absorber thereby
greatly reducing the strain on the wire at the rope socket.
33
762
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
BHP Equipment and Accessories
PRODUCTION SERVICES
BOTTOMHOLE PRESSURE RECORDING GAUGE

Seaco provides a full line of Boltomhole Pressure Recording
equipment designed for optimum dependability and accuracy in
the most severe operating environments.
This equipmenl is interchangeable with the long established

industry standards, such as the Amerada type RPG 3, and is
manufactured by Seaco to the same stringent quality standards
that are used in all machined products.
The gauges have three basic units, the pressure element, the
recording unit and the clock. The pressure element uses a
bourdon tube design made from Nispan type temperature com
pensated material. The recording section reproduces a deflec
tion v time graph on a black coated brass chart.
Ranges available are:
Pressure gauge: 0-1,000 psi (68 Atm) up to 0-15,000 psi

(1,020.7 Atm)
Clocks: 3 hours— 180 hours.
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: ±0.20% of full scale

Diameter: 1-1/4 inches 131.75mm)
Max. length: 77inches{1955.8mm)
Chart Size: 2" x 5" (50.8 mm x 127.0 mm)
Stylus Travel: 5inchBs(127.0mm)
Operating Temperature
Range: 30-650=F(-1.11 to343.3°C)
Weight: Approx. 15 lbs. (6.8 kg)
All gauges are provided with full calibration data and all stand
ard accessories are available, such as oil trap, thermometer
well, maximum recording thermometer, double pitch lead screw
(or clock variation, etc.
Seaco can also supply field calibration equipment, including air

or oil bath units and deadweight testers and boltomhole temper
ature recording elements upon request.
34
763
SECTION B. PRODUCTS
Wireline Operation Accessories
BAKER
PRODUCTION SERVICES
SPOOLING AND RE-SPOOLING DEVICE
The Seaco Spooling and Re-Spooling Device is used with .092"

(2.34 mm).'.108" (2.74 mm) or 3/16" (4.76 mm)'7.'32" (5.56 mm)
swab or monoconduclor cable.
This device permils Ihe spooling of wireline from transportation

drums (left-hand position) to Ihe wireline winch drum which is
positioned on the right-hand side.
The wireline transportation drum is placed in position and a

small amount of back tension is held whilst the wireline unit
drum is rotated under hydraulic power to smooth-wrap ihe
wireline in place.
When spooling braided cable in place on the wireline drum, it is

necessary to apply Ihe correct tension by wrapping the cable
around the tensioned capstans of the Seaco Tensioning De
vice. A small lightweight hydraulic power pack (45 HP) is re
quired for use with Ihe Seaco Spooling and Re-Spooling
Device.
Dimensions: Weight: 1,738 (788.6 kg) lbs., Size: 108" (2.743

m) Wide. 40"{1.016 m) High, 78" (1.981 m) Long.
TENSIONING DEVICE
The Seaco Tensioning Device is used in conjunction with the

Seaco Spooling and Re-Spooling Device (or applying the cor
rect tension and smooth wrapping characteristics required
when installing new cable on the wireline winch drum.
The braided cable is wrapped around the capstans in a figure-

eight configuration in order to ensure that the capstans revolve
when the cable is pulled Irom the spooling device storage
transportation drum in route to the wireline winch drum, which is .
also positioned on the spooling device.
Tension is applied to the capstans by pressuring up on the disc

brakes with the hand pump supplied. Tension is monitored
by the use of a conventional Martin Decker weight indicator
attached to a hay pulley.
Dimensions: Weight: 660 lbs (299.5 kg). Size: 36" (0.914 m)

Wide, 30" (0.762 m) High, 72" (1.829 m) Long
MAST UNITS
Seaco mast units are designed for safety and ease of operation.
Weighing less than 3,000 pounds, they are helicopter portable,
and can be erected by one man in ten minutes. They are
mounted on four swivel castors for easy maneuvering, and. as
all units are completely mechanical, no additional jobsite serv
ices are required lor operation.
SPECIFICATIONS: —
Height ■J0leei(12.192m)
Horsi SWL 2000 lbs. (907.4 kg)
Proof Load 5000 lbs. (2.268.6 kg)
Inclination (adjustable) 0°-6r 20'
Maximum operaimg wind speed 60 mph |96.6 kph)
Weight 2900 lbs. (1.315.8 kg)
Dimension (tolded up) 18 (I. long (5.466 m)
4 fl. wide (1.219 m)
5 ft. high (1.524 m) 35
764
Argentine, Buenoe Alree U.K., Gnat Yarmouth

U.S. HEADQUARTERS Baker Transwortd. Inc.
Saudi Arable
Baker Production Services 111 K) Ltd Baker Mtra Saudi ArolM) Lmitod
Baker Production Services CorntoS66-Piso11 Hudson H0u$0 Maitng Address PO Box No 176
350 North Belt. Suite 201 1336 Buenos Airos. Argentina Ai Khobar. Saudi Arabia
Tel: (54) (1)404899 North Rivor Rood Tel: (966) (3) 8945656
Houston, Texas 77060 Tolo. KOBE AR 21151 Great Yarmouth. Norfolk TcMx 671051 BMSA SJ
Mailing Address: P.O. Box 4369 NR301TA. England
Mexico, Tabasco Speln. Barcelone
Houston. Texas 77210 Baker. Mcxko TM (0493)53103 Baker Oil Tools (Espana). S.A.
Telex: 97297 BACASOG
Tel: (713) 445-0151 Apsrtaab Postal 301 Camino do Con Sucurrats. S N
Cable BACASO GT YARM Pofcflono industnal Coua Solora
86000 Vittahcrmcsa
Telex: 791240 BAK PO SVC U.IL.Abarae*n Rubi
WESTERN HEMISPHERE Tel: (52) (931) 30887 Baker Production Sorwcos (U K) Ltd Eiarcelona. Spain
Baker Production Services Block I. Harcnoss Cirdo Tol (34)0)6997161
Canadian Region: ABcns tndustnal Estate Teox: 54813 BOOM
15684 W Hardy. Su«o 710
Houston. Toxas 77060 Canada, Brooke Abcrdoen. Scotland Nigeria, Lagoe
Tol: (713) 445-0151 Baker Production Servian (Canada) Ltd. Tel: (44)(224) 898515 Baker Nigeria Ltd
Tom: 734033 BAK PD SVC 5.360Aqu2duclDrivo Telex 739658 BPSG Plot 1435
PO Box 595
Arcoia.Tuas Noiwejt Stewiger Sanusi Forunwa Street.
Brooks. Alberta. Canada TOJOJO Baker Production Services Victoria Island
Baker Production Services
Tel: (403) 362.8681 co Nersco Base Logos. Nigeria
4165 Highway 288
Arcoia. Texas 77545 Canada Calgary—Reglonel Office 4O56Tonagcr Tel 54266
Tol (7I3| 431-2514 Baker Prooueoon Scnncos (Canada) Ltd. Stavanger. Norway Toloi: 961 22325 BANG NIGERIA
Toloi: 791240 BAK PO SVC 202-1530-271(1 AveNE. Tel: (47) (4) 696836—Offico Cable: 21543 BEKBEKNG
Calgary. Aloeru. Canada T2E 7S6 (47)14)695790 — OKico Greece, Athens
BMumont Teise
Tel: (403) 230-2226 147) (4) 696628 — warehouse Baker Eastern. S A
B&kor Producbon Scmccs
Teun: 03421061 BPSCOY (47) (4) 696822 — Warchouso 39 Kcfissias Avenuo
5130 Concord Telex: 40360 BPSN
Boaumoni. Toxas 77708 Canada Calgary — wireline
Baker Production Scrvicos (Canada) Ltd- Denmark. Eajberg Athens. Greece
Tel (409)8924033
1021530-279. Avo NE Baker production Servccs • Oonmark Td (30)(1)6825109 (30)(1)6827392.
Longvtew, leias (301(1)6826072
Calgary. Alberta. Canada T2E 7S6 Handvocnicrvej 4.
Baker Producbcn Services Tokn: 216854 BESAGR
Tel: (403) 230-2226 6700 Esjbcrg.
Box 6207
Teloi: 03-821061 BPSCGY Denmark
Longwow. Toxas 75607
Td (45) 15) 156161. (45) (5) 156300
Far Eastern Region:
Tol (214)669-3277 Canada Calf try
Telex: 54399 BPSDK Singapore
CNC Superior Machine Works. Ltd.
Kaumt, Loultlene Baker Production Services
Bay3.435714ttiStrootNE Nathcrtartds
Biker Production Servian 101 Thomson Road
Calgary. Afeoru. Canada T2E7A9 Baker Producnon Scmecs (U K ). Ltd
Rl 6.308 Redmond Road 09-05 GokShiH Sfluoro
Tel: (403) 276-6649 PO Box 513
Houma. Louisiana 70360 Singaporo 1130
WQSterduinweg 7
To) (504)868-1630 Canada. Dartmouth Tel (65)2507768
Baker Production Scnnoos (Canada) Ltd Tdei: 33724 BACASO RS
BakcrstMd. California Tho Netherlands
4iEstou»Road
Baker Producnon Services CO Petersons Ijtrtuidon- B.V Australia. Perth
wtedwso Ocoan Industrial Park
5441 Aldrin Court. Sutto E Tel: 2550-13940 Baker Producton Services (Ausl) Pty. Ltd
Dartmouth. Nova Scotia B2Y 4K3
Bakcrsfield. Cafcfcmia 93309 Tdei 71274 BAKPKNL 26 WMs Street
Td: (902) 469-2020.469-1739 Bccovuo.WA 6056
Tol (605)631-7431 831 6075 Weal Germany
Toloi: 019-22665
Tel: (61) (9) 2745600
Venture, California Baker Oil Tools GMBH
Canada, Orsyton Valley— Wireline ToUx: 94374 BACASO AA
Baker Production Services Mascrmeg 9. Poslaeh 375
Baker Production Scrvicos (Canada) Ltd.
2432A Palma Onve D31O0 Ceco. West Gormany Indonesia, Jakute
Box 627 PT Gema Baker Nusantara
Ventura. Catfoma 93003 Tel: (49) (5141163081
4901 55th Stroet Jolan Lausor No: 32
Tel (605) 842-2175642-2176 Telex: 925120 BAKER D
Orayton Vattoy. Alberta. Canada TOE 0M0
Cabk) BACASO 03100 CELLE Kobayoran Baru
Latin American Region: To) (403)542-4161. (403) 542-4100
Jakarta. Soiatan
Italy
Canada. Grande Prairie Indonesia
Peru, Uma Baker Oil Tools (Italia) S.R L
Baker Well Sorvices. Inc.
Baker Production Sorvices (Canada) Ltd. Tel: (62)121)774519717166
StradaSiataio602. Km5- 170
Wirotno 4 Production Toseng Tolox: 47168 BPS JKT
Sorvtccs Do Pozos Santa Teresa.
10941— 92nd Avenuo
Ay LosRoSaSCS4600(501 65010Soceore(Pescara). Italy Brunei
Grande Pram). ADeita. Canada T8V 3J3 co Baker Sand Control. Ltd.
Sanisidor Tel: (39) (85) 209290.139) (65) 209297.
Tel: (403) 539-3436. (403) 539-3439 PO Box 632
Umai.Poru (39) (85) 209262. (39) (85) 209263
Tol (51) (14) 407440. IS!) (14) 220909. Canada. Hliku — Wlrmune Tdei: 600 838 BACAS01 Kuala. Betao. Brunei
|51)(14)4I9342 Bakor Production Servwos (Canada) Ltd. Cabto: BACASO SPOLTORE Tot:NIA395
Tek)x:22179PEBKRTWD PO Box 195 Telex: 304 ORANGE BRU
Nisku. Aftorta. Canada TOC 2G0 Mediterranean Mid
Venezuela. Maracalbo India
Bakor Wcfl Scnnccs. Inc Tol (403)955-7030 Eastern Region: c o Iftraksha Associates
Cano 77 (5 Do Juts) No 3 C-24 Canada. Red Dear Ubya. Tripoli 15BAtmatanHcuso
4T0P.S0 Baker Production Services (Canada) Ltd Baker Eastern S A I Tolstoy Marg
Maracaioo. Edo ZuUa. Vcnoajcia Wroftno & Production Testing PO Box 70350 Noo Delhi Inda 110001
Ma±ng Address Apartadol055-4011A 7889 49» Avenuo. Suite 5 Swam Ben Adam Rood Tel 386528.383390
Marac&co. Edo. Zuha. Vcnozuela Red Deer, Albcfla. Canada T4P 2B4 TnpdiSPLAJ Telex: 314411 VICS IN
Tel (58) (611912166 Tel: (403) 343-7519. (403) 343-7595. (403) 342-5705 Mailing Address 95 Tho Strand Came: VICS NEW DELHI
Tdoi 395-62420 S Kulla Lumpur. MtUytla
Canada, sieve lake
Tel: (218)121) 801029.8O2S63.802864 Trans-Tool Son. Bhd
VenenMla.eiTlo.re Bakor Producton Services (Canada) Ltd
Baker Eastorn. S A t. 303 8Ul Avenuo N.W. Telex: 20679 BACASO LY Suite 5.07 5th Floor
Callo Roma Cruco Con Coco Manno PO Bex IS44 West Arrtea. Ivory CoasJ Wtamaspk
SanJoseDoGuartpo Siavo Lako. Alberta. Canada IOG2A0 Bakor trccrnatxjnolo Cote D nrffre Jalan Su3on Ismail
Edo Anioatogi. Venozuaa Tel: (403) 649-4242 B P 4403 Kuala Lumpur
Moiling Address: Apoitodo 158 (El Tigro) Ot AbdianOI. Malaysia
Canada, Whltecotut—Wireline
El ngnto. ei Tigrao Tel (60)0)431133431354431145
Baker PnxSucton Senncos (Canada) Ltd hrory Coast West Afnca
Edo Anzoategi. Vcnorueia Tel: 359786 3581S8 Telex: 31317 BACASO MA
8903 — 42nd Avenue
Tol 158) (83) 55773. (58) 163) 55914 Wriitecourt. Albona. Canada TOE 2L0 Tcloi: 4254S FREIGHT Cl Chine
Toioi: 395-68366 Baker Oil Tools IKK) Ltd
Tol: (403) 778-2095. (403) 778-2216 Egypt. Cairo
Ecuador. Quito Baker Production Sorvccs Room 4011. Bevng Hotel
Bakor Producbon Services EASTERN HEMISPHERE CO Baker Eastern S A. Beqcng. China
Cas.lla5122CCI European Region: PO. Box 416 Tol 552231
Quito. Ecuador No 4A. Misr Kotean Road Cable Code BOTCO BEU1NG ROOM 4011
England. London
DHL Ma±ng Address HAsddi. Cairo. Egypt
Grcaa 479 Y Avo La Rcpubtea
Baker Production Services (U K). Ltd
Id (202) 502574 - BPS Cfflco
MANUFACTURING
10tn Floor. Berkshire House
3EHPOO-OI 7 (202) 632923 633955 • Packers Oltco Seaco Division
Ouoon Street
Quito. Ecuador
Maalcnhoad. Berururo Tctox 93553 BAKER UN Burnside Drive
Td (593)12)456214
Tdox: 3932349
Errand. SL61NF U.A.E.AbuOtuUH Farburn Industrial Estate
Tel: (44) 628-762011 Baker ProductiGn Services
BruU. RIoDa Janeiro Telei: 647420 BPSLDNG Flat 2034
Dyce
Baker Do Brasil EQwoomcrtios. Ltda- TesscoBmkSng Aberdeen AB20HW
Alonao Guanabrs 24 Sala 1704 Zoyod Second Street Scotland
20036 Rso do Janeiro. RJ Brasil Abu Dhabi. UAE.
Td 240-4737 Maitng Address PO Box 7663
Telephone: 0224-724065
Tolei 2130771 BAKR BR Abu Dhab>. UAE Telex: 73216
Tol: (971)12) 829600
Telex: 20377 BACASO EM
Cabb BACASO
Catalog
BAKER
SAND CONTROL
A BAKER OIL TOOLS COMPANY
The Baker Approach to gravel size, gravel pack method, tools FSI is a complete fluid management
and Bakerweid Screen recommended service which offers systems to meet all
Sand Conlrol filtration needs. A witle variety of oquip-
for each well will result in optimum well
For years, the oil industry has recog performance. BSC then furnishes the men! is available, including the versa
nized Baker Sand Conlrol as the leader down hole tools, the surface pumping tile diatomaceous earth filter presses.
in providing complete, reliable sand equipment, the fluids and the experi Experienced staff are available to
control services. This reputation has enced personnel that the job requires. recommend the best system (or each
been earned .ind maintained through BSC's tradition of offering reliable, in application, and to operate each system
BSC's extensive experience and une- novative products and services has been in the field for optimum performance.
qualed performance. further enhanced with the addition of Much of BSC's innovative technology
The goal of any sand control opera- Baker Perforating Systems and the ac and operating techniques .ire now being
lion should be to control sand while quisition of Filtration Services, Inc. widely imitated. However, our unique
maintaining optimum production. Baker Baker Perforating Systems not only combination of engineering, research,
Sand Control meets this goal by analyz provides .1 complete line of tubing con product quality and practical field expe
ing the characteristics of each well indi veyed perforating guns and accessories, rience insures Baker Sand Control's
vidually, and incorporating tlie latest bul also offers the completions and engi position as the technological leader in
technology into its completion designs. neering experience required for reliable, the oilfield industry.
The customer can be confident thai the cost effective operations.
H.I. Bull
President
Technical Services Available

BSC sales engineers will design completions for single or multizone, gravel
packed wells. The service begins with analysis of the formation sand ,ind con
tinues through the entire sand control job. BSC provides full subsurface equip
ment for either single or dual completions.
Please refer to the complete catalog for additional information.
Ask your sales representative about Baker Sand Control's new

N-SITU5" Nitrogen Generation systems and service.
767
GRAVEL PACK SYSTEMS BAKER

SAND CONTROL
Baker High-Density Single Zone Gravel Baker Dual Zone

Gravel Pack Pack with Baker Model Gravel Pack Completion
Single Zone Convenlional "R-3" Double Grip The Baker Model "A-5" Dual Hydro
static Packer is a multiple hookup
Hydraultcally set, the SC-1 Gravel Retrievable Casing Packer
completion system. In the view shown,
Pack packer uses no rotation. Large by Tho high-density approach, using the the packer has been run and landed
pass areas eliminate washpipc sticking economical "hook wall" production in the final producing hookup. Both
for safe operation. This hookup runs, packer, is shown. zones can now produce independently.
sets, performs a two-Stage pack and
acidizes in one Irip. ll is versatile and
clean.
■A-5"
Packer
SC-1
Selling Tool
Packer
Crossover
Assembly
Sliding Sleeve-
"R-3'
Packer
Illinium Hi Locked.
Shcaruui
Safely loinl
BAKERWELD -
SC-I Packer-| Screen
Ported
Bull Plug
Seal Bore
Receptacle J
Eilension
-Inimi.; Bon & Production
Mm i li Joint Seals
Assembly
ltul.tli.nl ill\ I in in-iL
Mu irmil
Safely Join!
Hl.inl. Pipe
BAKIRWELD
Screen Locator
BAKERWELD Assembly
Screen N
Washpipe
O-Ring Suu
Tell-Talc
Screen
11 "■. 11 Zone
Bull Plug
Gravel Pack
'.uiii|i I'.ii U'r
Sump Packer
STANDARD GRAVEL GRAVEL PACKING

PACK HOOKUP W/MODEL R-3
PACKER PRODUCING
TWO ZONES
BAKER SURFACE EQUIPMENT
SAND CONTROL
A BAKER OIL TOOLS CDMPANY
Pump Trucks and has twin, lO-barrel displacement

Double Pot Gravel
tanks. The unit can be separated into
Baker Sand Control's fleet of mobile Pack Mixing Unit
two sections for ease in handling: the
pump trucks is always on call to serv
engine skid — 13,000 pounds; and the This unit is designed lo mix sand or
ice your sand control problems,
pump skid — 7,000 pounds. gravel wilh fluid for injection into a
whether ihe rigs are on land or are in
land marine barge completions. The well, for gravel packing. Fluid is circu
trucks are designed to meet virtually lated at well injection pressure through
all geographical condilions. Each unit the lower portion of a closed sand or
is equipped wilh a BSC-350 triplex gravel loaded mixing pot. The mixing
pump powered by a turbo-charged pots are tested to 5,000 psi.
diesel engine (for details see catalog). The two pots of the unit are mani
folded to allow the flow stream to be
diverted from one mixing pot to the
other while the alternate pot is being
reloaded with sand or gravel. This
Baker SC-350 Triplex Pump Skid
greatly reduces mixing time.
The unit can be skid or trailer
Baker Slurry Blender mounted.
These vertical mixing tanks are hy-

draulically driven, and have a hold
ing capacity of 25 barrels. The large
Pump Trucks
capacity proves beneficial for gravel
packing long intervals. Internally, each
Baker SC-500T Triplex lank is plastic coated for corrosion pre
Pump Trailer vention, and to ensure cleanliness.
A specially designed discharge
The Baker model SC-500T pump unit
eliminates common "dead space" in
is a trailer mounted unit designed to
manifolding, and enhances efficient
continuously blend and pump sand
mixing of chemicals and sand.
and oil slurries at rates to 18 BPM and
pressures to 8000 PSI. The unit in Double Pol Gravel Mixing Unit
cludes two 500HP triplex pumps
which are powered by two GM 12V- Baker Series
71T lurbocharged diesel engines
Filtration System
which deliver 553 brake horsepower
each. The unit is equipped wilh a self The unique design of Baker Sand Con
containeci blending system which can trol's Series Filtration System has re
evenly blend sand and oil slurries al sulted in more efficient particle
sand rates up to 2000 Ib'min at slurry removal and greater filler longevity.
rates to 18 BPM. Auxiliary hydraulic The unit uses three vessels, mani
power is supplied to the blending sys Baker Slurry Blender folded to comprise a wide variety of
tem by a GM-471 diesel engine. Fluid systems in series and parallel-flow
is supplied to Ihe blending system combinations.
BSC Powerpack
through two 10 BBL displacement Filter unit performance is directly
tanks for accurate measurement of The purpose of the powerpack is to proportional lo the filter surface area
blending and displacement fluids. provide necessary hydraulic horse available in a unit. The vessels in this
power to operate two mixing tanks and Baker filtration system offer more than
a centrifugal pump. A GM-471 diesel 12,000 sq. inches of filter area. Car
engine is used as the prime mover tridges or fabric can be the filter me
and, in conjunction with a triple hy dium, depending on the fluid to be
draulic pump, provides an indepen filtered and the filtrate composition.
dent variable control for each The 5eries Filtration System is skid-
hydraulic motor. mounled for offshore use and trailer-
mounted for land operations.
linker SC-SOOT Triplex Pump Trailer
Baker SC-350 Triplex Pump

Skid
This skid mounted unit is driven by an
8V-92T turbo-charged diesel engine
delivering 450 hp. Each unit has a
maximum working pressure of 10,000
psi, maximum flow rate of 8.2 bpm. BSC Power Pack Baker Series Filtration System
769
GRAVEL AND SCREENS BAKER

SAND CONTROL
BAKERWELD® Dual Screen Prepack1 Baker Bond"

Under the mosl rigid Standards,
Baker Sand Cnntrol manufactures Baker Sand Control's Dual Screen Pre Where steam, high bottom-hole tem
BAKERWELD Gravel Pack Screen l<> pack provides an economical option to perature, injection fluids or closely
meet the worldwide demands of oil gravel packing in marginal and ex spaced production intervals are a
producers. BSC fabricates the finest in ploratory wells when drill stem testing. problem iiSC's Baker Bond supplies an
quality engineered stainless sleel wire The Prepack provides added packing economical oplion to gravel packing.
wrapped screen. when used with ordinary gravel pack
To ensure strength and minimize re ing in high-angle wells, multizone In thermal enhanced recovery wells,
trieval problems, resistance welding wells, and open-hole intervals. The Baker Bond, a resin-coated gravel, is
joins stainless steel wrap wire with Prepack was developed as a special recommended for controlling sand pro
stainless steel "rib" wires. By using the applications product; BSC does not duction in temperatures up to 52O°F.
same material for both "wrap" and recommend it lo be used as a general For most oil, gas, and injection wells,
"rib", and by using resistance welding, substitute for gravel packing. The under most downhole conditions, this
a join of maximum strength is heavy-duty, premium-grade gravel pack special gravel system will last indefi
achieved. It should be noted that screen assembly consists of two con nitely. Yet, by treating Baker Bond
BAKERWELD Wire Wrapped Screen centric BAKERWELD screen jackets with a caustic soak, it can be removed
has up to 30 times more effective inlet welded to a perforated pipe base. from ihe well.
area than slotted pipe for the same A precured layer of Baker Bond is The dry film of phenolic resin coats
gauge. For high rate gas or oil wells, between the two jackets. the ordinary looking gravel system.
the effective inlet area offered by In multi-zone wells, the ['repack Baker Bond is handled and pumped
BAKERWELD is an important Feature. protects against gravel pack failure into the well the same as any standard
BAKERWELD screen can be used in when an adequate gravel reserve is not gravel pack. But, at bottom-hole
oil, gas, steam flood, waterflood, wa available. For marginal wells, the Dual temperatures of 140°F or more, the
ter, and disposal wells. It is available Screen Prepack eliminates sand prob resin-coaled gravel begins to form a
from one-inch to seven-inches in a lems at minimum cost. In other wells, consolidated, highly permeable me
wide range of pipe grades. the Prepack prevents sand production. dium. Curing limes vary according to
A laboratory examination of forma For exploratory wells, especially bottom-hole temperature and gravel
tion sand samples can best determine multi-zone wells or wells drilled from size. In wells with a lower bottom-hole
screen sizing requirements. BSC can floaters, the Prepack allows economi temperature. Baker Bond can be cured
provide this test. cal drill stem testing without having lo by steam or hot water injection. Once
grave! pack partially unconsolidated the phenolic coating is cured, Baker
zones. Bond is insoluble in common solvents.
The properties of Baker Bond include
favorable compressive strengths after
curing, and permeabilities much higher
than those of ihe formation sands. Pro
duction rates are comparable lo those
achieved with ordinary gravel packs
when Baker Bond is used with good
completion praclices.
Baker Bond is used in numerous oil
field applications. Baker Sand Conlrol
recommends the use of a screen with
Baker Bond in most well conditions.
Baker Bond
Dual Scri'un Prepack ii ,i registered Baker Uond is a registered trademark of Baker

tinkerwekl is a registered trademark of
trademark or Baker Sand Control. Sand Control for a res in-coated gravel system
Baker Sand Control
licensed from Exxon.
770
BAKER
PERFORATING SYSTEMS"
PERFORATING
Baker Oil Tools, Inc. has been [he

Accessories Systems
leader in Ihe development of quality
(iownhole equipment for more than 75
years. Baker Perforating Systems has
drawn on this experience to develop a
high performance tubing conveyed per
forating system which optimizes well
productivity and cost effectiveness.
Baker's expertise in the design, manu
facture and service of downhole com
pletion equipment has resulted in
specialized systems with superior me
chanical performance and reliability.
Equally important, however, is the com
pletions experience of our field person
nel. Baker Specialists are trained in Compensating Disc Assembly-Product
perforating equipment and techniques, Nil. 492-60
as well as in a wide range of completion Ula Bator Compensating Disc Assembly is used in
technologies. This extensive back a pBrfaratuW system to totally eliminate solids from
Nil1 tubing above the perforating gun. The tool pro
ground, combined with the exceptional vides .] sealed chamber oi clean lluid above Ihe
quality and design of the systems, in firing head, totally isolated from well fluid. After
sures a safe, reliable operation. skittering the glass disc, the detonating bar falls the
remaining distance through absolutely clean fluid to
the firing head. This insures proper impact on the
firing dead even in wells containing high solids
content fluid.
t-
f
Automatic Release Mechanical Firing Biker
Head-Product No, 492-61 Detonating
The Baker Automatic Gun Release is designed to Bar
relasM the perforating guns .it (he lime of gun deto
nation. Energy from trie detonation actuates a re Baker
lease mechanism thus eliminating previously Firing
required wireline trips. The guns also drop below Head
the producing zone prior to any s.ind ups il ade
quate rathole is present.
Baker
Perforating
Guns
Model "SPF-12" Tubing Conveyed

Perforating Gun-Product No. 492-50
The Baker Model "SPF-12" Tubing Conveyed
Perforating Cuns are available in 7V<", h", and 5"
sizes.
Model "B" Hydraulic Firing Head-Product

Model "SPF-4" Tubing Conveyed
No. 492-70
Perforating Gun-Product No. 492-51
I he (Inker Model "li" Hydraulic I iring Hear.) is used DETONATING BAR STRIKING FIRING
riic Hater Model "5FT-4" Tuhinf: Conveyed lo initiate detonation of the Baker lulling Conveyed HEAD, GUNS FIRING AND SURGE
Perforating Cuns arc available in V, 4", i'i&", 3W
Perforating Gun. It is run below a mechanically set COMING FROM FORMATION
and 2Vt* sizes. packet with a Model "P" Crossover Kit installed. THROUGH PORTED SUB
■All lizcs available in 3 feet, 7 feel, 11 feet and 14 Detonation is caused by annuius pressure above the
itvi lengths. packer.
771
FILTRATION
In 1960, Filtration Services, Inc., (FSI) THE SYSTEM CONCEPT pass through this filter cake, which en
introduced DiatomaceoilB Earth filtra traps suspended solids and allows only
tion to the oil field. The founders of FSI Diatomaceous earth (D.E.) is a unique clear fluid to pass.
drew on over 30 years of experience filter medium, composed of the skeletal Suspended solids which are removed
in chemical and general industrial fil remains of microscopic aquatic plants from the contaminated fluid become a
tration to develop a package which called "diatoms". Diatoms were depos part of the filter media, and increase fil
emphasizes fluids management and united on the ocean floors during the Mio tration efficiency. As filtration con
equaled service. Superior performance, cene age. many in areas which later tinues, a new filtering surface is
combined with the industry's growing rose to become land masses. The shape constantly being formed by the "body
awareness of the importance of low of the diatoms is both intricate and vari feed", a controlled, constant addition of
solids fluids, helped FSI to become the able. They are porous, rigid, chemically small amounts of D.E. The filter cake
largest company specializing solely in inert, and insoluble in oilfield comple therefore remains porous, allowing for
the delivery of clean completion and tion fluids. As a result, diatomaceous extended, high rale — high efficiency
workover fluids. earth forms a highly permeable, stable filtration.
The D.E. Filter press system, which and incompressible filter cake. The cycle ends as a result of reduced
consistently shows a one-pass solids The D.E. filler press system is based (low rate and/or increased pressure dif
removal efficiency greater than con on the concept of bed filtration. Prior ferential. The filter cake is purged of
ventional systems, is an innovative ap to introducing contaminated fluid, an residual brine, and the filter press is
proach to oilfield filtration. As the iniiial filter cake is established by opened to separate ihe plates. The
pioneer of this system, FSI provides a pre-coating the filler septum with diato- dry filler cake is removed, the filter
skill and experience level which far ex maceous earth. The pre-coal is applied cloths are cleaned, and ihe filter press is
ceeds that of other filtration companies. by circulating a slurry of diatomaceous closed. The system is then ready to
This experience is apparent in the per earth in completion fluid. Diatoma begin another cycle.
formance of lioth field and laboratory ceous earth is available in several
personnel, \vho work together in provid closely graded sizes, but each grade
ing the most cost effective approach !o contains enough coarse particles to per
the clean-up of workover and comple mit rapid pro-coating. Any fluid which
tion fluids. enters the system after the pre-coat must
Baker Model "GR-U-S4L" C cnii ifui;.il Pump-Product No. 489-73 Baker Model "4O0" Press Type Filler Unil-Producl 489-71 (With
Baker Model "400" Blending Unit-Producl No. 489-72 dose-up of filler plale and filter cloth)
Baker Model ■'400" Press Type Filler Unil-Product No. 489-71
772
Hcadqundnra TEXAS (Cont.) International Operations ITALY

Internalionat Sales And Service Bafcer Sand Conlrol Baker SanO Conlrol Mlg. llaha
5901 Loop 175 BRAStL S-S. 602 Contraua Calcasalio Oi
On her Sand Control F'O. Boi 2820 Baker Sand Conlrol Villa nova
1010 Rankm Road Viclona. Tn.as 77901 Services Tocnicos Liaa 6SQ12Cepaga'ti. Pescara.
PO. Bon 61486 Teleptione (5121576-3678 Alonoo GuanaDara. 24 Sala 1704 llaly
Houston. Texas 77208 £0038 Rio Oe Janeiro, RJBrasil Telephono: 011 -39-85-972-0325
Telephone.(713)443-7590 LP«3 LAN U LONDON Phona 011-55-21-240-4737 Telei: 601063 BAKSANI
Tola*: 791175 (Domeslic) Baker Sand Conlrol, U K . Ltd Telei 2130771 BAKRBR
Tele* 6868145 (International) 41 h Floor Queens House NIGERIA-LAGOS
Holly Road BRUNEI Baker Nigeria. Lid
Man ui net u rl ng Fae 111 He 9 Twickenham, TW1 4EG. Middle 501, Baker Sand Conlrol. LW, Plot 1435
England PO Bo. 832 Sanusi Fafunwa Slieel
CALIFORNIA Teleonone.(44)11)8914441 LO140S5 Victor ja Island
Baker Sand Control Telei (851) 291325 BAKSAN G Jaian Jaya Nagara Lagos. Nigeria
3914Cherry Avenue Kuata Bel ail Telephono: 234-610473
PO Boi715S NIGERIA-LAGOS Slate o' Brunei Telei (961)22325 BANG NG

Long Beach. California 90607 Baker Nigeria. Ltd Souiiieast Asa
Telephone-1213) 595-7618 Plot 1435 Tolepnone 011-60-3-32744 or 5 NIGERIA ■ PORT HARCOUBT
Snnusi Fafunwa Street Telei. BAKER BU 3335 Baker Nigeria. Ltd
LOUISIANA Viciona Island Plot 74
t!.f i'i Sand Control Lagos. Nigeria CAMEROON Trans Amadi Industrial Laycu!
PO. Boi 52165 Telephone 234-1-610473 Baker Sand Conlrol Cameroon RO. Bo. 972
Lalayetle. Louisiana 70505 Telei: (981) 22325 BANG NG Sis Irnrneublo SATA Port Hnrcourt. Nigeria
Telephone I31B) 233-2159 Quartief Ycupwe Telephone 084-3310«or
SINGAPORE BH 3579 335905
TEXAS Bakor Sand Control Oouala. RepuoHque Unit- du Cameroun
Baker Sand Control 185-B. Goldhill Shopping Cenlro Tolepticna OH-237-42BO17 NIGERIA-WARRI
PO Boi 61486 Thomson Road Telei: 1976)5531 BASACAMKN Baker Nigeria. Ud
Houston, Teias 77208 Smgapord 1130 (978) 5239 TRANSAF EOewor Shopping Centre
Telephone' (713) 443-7590 Telephones1 2509838 P.O. Boi 385
Telor39676BACASORS COLOMBIA Warn. Nigeria
Baker Sand Control. Ltd Telephone: 053-232191
SINGAPORE
Baker Sana Control. Lid, USA Operalioni 0 o Carlos Gavina
70 Joo Koon Circle ApanadaAeroo 56994 OMAN
CALIFORNIA Cailo 133AN0 38-52 Baker Sand Conlrol
JurongTown. Singapore 2263
Ba-or Sand Control Bogota. Cotomoia P.O Boi 81. DnlingDepI
Telephone: 011-65-265-7074 75
5551 AMrin Court Telephone 011-57-2581776 Muscal. Sullanale ol Omai
Tsle.- 6ACASO RS 36561
tiakarsfield, California 93309 Telei. 44521 TA5CO Telephone: 011-96B-603072
Tulepnone (805)834-2844 Telei 3113 SPONSOR MB (Agenl)
Sales 01 Nee 8
EAST MALAYSIA
Baker Sand Control Bakur Sand Conlrol SINGAPORE
CALIFORNIA
Baker Sand Control 7007 Moiz SI reel co Trans-Tool Sdn. Bhd Ballet SnndConi'Ol
Paramount. California 90723 Window Delivery No 2. 185-B, GoJdhill Shopping Centre
5551 Aldnn Court
Telephone 1213)630-4161 Mukirti No. 4 Thomson Road
Bakers I. eld. CaUomia 93309
Jalan Rantha Rancha Singapore 1130
Telephone (805)834-2844
Bakor SanO Control Labuan. Sabah, Telephone: 011-65-250-9888
3885 Transport Malaysia Telei 39676 BACASO RS
Bakor SanO Coniiol
7007 Motz SI reel Ventura. California 93003 Telephone. 43242
Telephone.(805) 644-8151 Teloi Holela 80255 SCOTLAND
Paramount, California 90723
Baker Sand Conlrol
Telephone- (2131630-4151
LOUISIANA ENGLAND - LONDON coTn Stale
Baiior Sand Conlroi Baker Sand Conlrol Baker Sand Conlrol, U K Lid. 2 Albyn Place
911 Pelars Roao 4lh Floor Queong House Abardnnn. AB1 iVH,Scotland
3885 Transport
P.O. Boi 188 Holly Road Telephone: 011-44-224-635262
Venl ufa. California 93003
Harvey. Louisiana 70059 Twickenham. TW1 3EG, Midolesei. (0224| 647022 (Tn Slate)
Telephone 18051644 8151
Telephone' (5041361-1971 England Telei: 73403 Tn Sta G
LOUISIANA Telephone (44) [1)B914441

Baker Sand Control Tele.: (B51) 291325 BAKSAN G VENEZUELA-CARACAS
baker Sand Control
Highway 311 Baker Sand Comroi
911 Peters Road
Little Bayou Black Route Edificio Feran. Ot£ina 32
PO Boi 183 GABON
Houma. Louisiana 70360 Calls Now York, Lns Mercedes
Harvey. Louisiana 70059 Bakor Sand Conlrol Gabon
Telephone: (504) B51-0331 BP Leon MBA Caracas. Venezuela
Telephone1 (504) 362-7263
Telepnone:011-M-2-911B92ot
IS04) 362-7358 PO Boi 304
924515
Baker Sana Control Port GentJ. Gacon
Telei [395) 27355 BAOHOVC
Baker Sand Control RO.Bo. 52165 Telephone: 011-S41-75344!
Highway 311 Lafayette. Louisiana 70505 Telei:8265BAKSAND
Telephone (318)234-5263 VENEZUELA- EL TIGHE
Little Bayou Black Route
INDONESIA ■ BALIKPAPAN Baket SanO Comtoi
Houma. Louisiana 70360
Baker SanrJ Coniral Bake' Sand Conlrol. Lid. Apart ado 552
Telephone: (504) 851-0331
El Tigre. EdoAnzoalegui
PO Boi 1312 Jalan yos Sudarso No. 28
Lake Charles. Louisiana 70601 Baiikpapar Venezuela
Baker Sana Control
Telephone' 011-58-83-33037 adm
PO. Box 52165 Telephona |31B| 136-7873 Kalimantan Tirnur
33264 dstr.
Lafayette, Louisiana 70505 Incfonosia
TEXAS Telephone: 011-62-542-22533
Telei (395)B3131 BasanVC
Telephone (318)233-0598
Baker Sa no Conliol Talei: 37102 or 37133 BEAUTX IA
PO. Boi 1606
VENEZUELA - MARACAIBO
Baker Sand Control
113 Wesl Murray INDONESIA JAKARTA Baker Sand Control
PO Boi 1812
Anglelon. Texas 77515 Ba«er Sand Control colTCA
Lake Charles. Louisiana 70601 Aven^JalntercOTTiunalTiaJuana
Telephone (318)436-7873 Telephone (713)849-9324 Wsma Kosgoro 7ih Floor
(713)227-0364 JIKH Thamrin 53 Aparl.ifloSi.Tia Juana
Jakarta. Indonesia EstadoZuNa, Venezuela

TEXAS
Bakor SanO Control Telephone. 322109 Telephone 011-58-61-911 HO
Baker Sand Control
65-26901
1010 Rankin Road 5901 Loop 175 Tele. J7168 BPSJAK
RO.Boi514B6 PO Bo>2820
Houslon. Tunas 77208 Vicioria. Tolas 77901
Telephone- (713) 443-7590 Telephone (512)576-3678
I3AKKR
SAND CONTROL
1-B4
Printed in U.S.A.
BAKER SERVICE TOOLS CATALOG
774
SERVICE TOOLS
BAKER SERVICE TOOLS operates primarily in the remedial

and stimulation portion of the petroleum industry. We offer a
unique combination of products and services that are specifi
cally designed to reduce cosis and boost production.
Our products and services extend from the operation of
squeeze tools for pressuring operations thru tubing, to tubing
anchor-catchers for decreasing rod and tubing wear and in
creasing production of pumping wells.
The most recent additions to our line of equipment, that have
won acceptance in the industry, are our downhole mud-
powered drilling motors for directionally drilled wells and our
new hydraulic fishing jar, used to free and retrieve downhole
equipment.
Experienced Tool Supervisors — Time Tested Tools
Our new Houston Headquarters Factory. Distribution Center, A class in session at our new Houston Training Center
Training Center, and offices
We, at Baker Service Tools, strongly feel that our experienced
personnel are slill our most valuable asset. When you call for
some of our proven products, along with our skilled service
personnel and excellent engineering support, you may feel con
fident that you will have the very best combination to save you
time and money on your next job.
Some of our new downhole drilling motors ready to run

775
Alphabetical Index SERVICE TOCES
Product •*»•
Product ««• Plug. Thru-Tubing Bridge Plug ?"r
Anchor-Catcher, Tubing 82B Plug. Wire Une. Drillable '"
Back Pressure Valve o,* Plug, Wire Une, Gas Well Type, Drillable T>
Bakerseal Thread Sealing Compound ~° Plug, Mechanical Set. Drillable IT
Blanking Plug, Circulating. "FWB" " Plug, Packer, Latching Type °^Z
Blanking Plug, "FWG" •■••„• 784 Plug Plucker ££
Bridge Rug, Lok-Set. Retrievable. Model "G "£ Plug. Retrievable. Lok-Set. Model "G" «*
Bridge Plug. Mechanical. Compart. Drillable 1™ Plug, Retrievable. Model "C" ;~
Bridge Plug. Mechanical Set, DriUable ™ Plug. Retrievable, Model "F" irr
Bridge Rug. Retrievable, Model "C" '~ Rug. Wire Une Set, Retrievable • ■■ • £r
Bridge Rug. Retrievable. Model "F l~j Power Charge, Pressure Setting Assembly Setting Tool «"
Bridge Rug. Wire Line. Compact. DriUabte "« Pressure Actuated Stimulation Valve «j|
Bridge Rug. Wire Line. Drillable I* Pressure Recorder Adapter Kit J?J
Bridge Rug. W/L, Gas Well Type. Compact. Dnllabte 798 Pressure Recorder Carrier XXI
Bridge Rug. Wire Line, Gas Well Type. Drillable (*» Pressure Reliel Sub rr:
Bridge Rug. Wire Une Set. Retrievable «» Pressure Setting Assembly ?J'
Bridge Rug, Thru-Tubing rrr
Pump Catcher °*
Bumper Sub, Lubricated £5 Retainer, Cement, Mechanical, Tubing "»
Bushing, Tubing Hanger j~j| Retainer, Cement, Wire Une 'Jr
Carrier, Pressure Recorder »"j Retainer, Cement, Wire Une w/Flapper Valve «»
Casing Scraper rr_ Retrievable Bridge Plug, Lok-Set, Model "G" JB4
Catcher, Junk, Wire Une TT1 Retrievable Bridge Plug. Model "C" ;80
Catcher, Submersible Pump "'" Retrievable Bridge Plug. Model "F" «z
Catcher, Tubing Anchor "Jj Retrieving Head, Model "H" ™1
Cement Retainer w/Flapper Valve "»
Cement Retainer. Mechanical. Tubing «»
Retrieving Head, Model "L" Zf4
Retrieving Head, Model "M" ™S
Cement Retainer, Wire Line ™* Retrievamatic Cementer ii?
Cementer. Fun-Bore Retrievable ££»
Rotational Equalizing Sub •»»
Cementer, Retrievamatic "? Roto-Vert Casing Scraper 5?2
Cementing Manifold *»
Safety Joint ~7
Circulating Washer "ff Safety Joint Overshot »*;
Collar Locator ?U Sand Une DriH »10
Control Valve. Multi-Purpose. Tubing **•
Sand Une, Firing Head ««
Control Valve, Tubing ~B Scraper. Casing ™~
Directional Drilling Motor «j« Sealer Ball Catcher. f/Model "C" and "F" Bridge Plug 781
Downhole Drilling Motor °£| Sealer Ball Catcher, f/Model "GM Lok-Set Plug 785
Drain Sub «° Seating Nipple, Non-Ported ?37
Drill Pipe Boat °37 Set-Down Unloading Sub ta\
Drill, Sand Une J™ Setting Tool, Hydro-Set, Drillable Plugs 833
Drilling Motor, Downhole °*J
Setting Tool, Mechanical, Bridge Plug '»8
Dual Surge Tools °?? Setting Tool, Mechanical. Cement Retainer 795
Equalizing Sub ™B Setting Tool. Wire Une Pressure Setting Assembly 601
Expansion Joint 5~
Firing Head fOI
Stimulation Valves f26
Firing Head. Go-Devil Tripped «« Stinger Subs f*j
Submersible Pump Catcher »»»
Firing Head Igniter & Secondary Igniter 801
Fishing Jar "25 Surge Tools 829
Surge Valve. Upper «•»
Rat Bottom Mill 807
Swivel. Tubing 820
Float, Drill Pipe IE7. Test & Stimulation Valve 826
Full-Bore Retrievable Cementer in
Go-Devil Tripped Firing Head 802 Tester. Tubing 830
High Temperature Power Charge 801 Testing Manifold 822
Thread Sealing Compound, Bakerseal 838
Hurricane Plug, Retrievamatic To*
Timesaver Jar 825
Igniter, Firing Head «M Thru-Tubing Bridge Plug 800
Injection Control Valve 828
Tubing Anchor-Catcher 812
Jar. Fishing 825 Tubing Control Valve 828
Jar, Wire Une 803 Tubing Control Valve, Multi-Purpose 827
Junk Basket 811
Tubing Expansion Joint 833
Junk Catcher. Wire Une 803
Latching Type Packer Plug 834 Tubing Hanger Bushing 638
Manifold, Cementing 823 Tubing Swivel 820
Manifold, Testing 822 Tubing Tester 830
Unloading Sub. Set-Down 831
Mechanical Collar Locator 821
Unloading Sub, Upstrain 831
Mill. Flat Bottom 807
Milling Tool. Packer. Modal "CB" 804 Valve. Back Pressure 828
Milling Tod. Packer. Modal "CC" 807 Valve, Injection Control 828
Valve, Multi-Purpose Tubing Control 827
Milling Tool, Packer. Model "CJ" 804
Valve, Pressure Actuated Stimulation 826
Milling Tool, Plug Plucker 806
Multi-Purpose Tubing Control Valve 827 Valve. Test & Stimulation 626
Valve, Tubing Control 828
Overshot, Safety Joint 837
Packer Milling Tool, Model CB" 804 Valve, Upper Surge 829
Packer Milling Tool, Model "CC" 807 Washing Tools 792
Wire Une Bridge Plug, Drillable 796
Packer Milling Tool. Model "CJ1 804
Wire Une Bridge Plug. Gas Weil Type. Drillable 799
Packer Plug, Latching Type 834
Wire Une Compart Bridge Plug, Drillable 798
Packer. Set-Down, Retrievamatic Cementer 776
Wire Une Compart Bridge Plug, Gas Well Type, Drillable 798
Packer, Tension, Retrievable Cementer 778
Wire Une Feeler & Junk Catcher 803
Perforation Washing Tools 792
Rug, Compact, Mechanical Set. Orillable 798 Wire Une Jar 803
Wire Une Pressure Setting Assembly SOt
Rug. Compart Wire Line. Drillable 798
Plug, Compart. Wire Line. Gas Well Type. Drillabte 798 Wire Une Set Retrievable Bridge Plug 786
Plug. Hurricane 788
776
BAKER
SERVICE 1O0IS
Retrievable Cementers
MODEL "EA" PERFORMANCE FEATURES MODEL "S"
RETRIEVAMATIC CEMENTER Dependable Release. By picking up on TUBING TESTER
Product No. 407-05 the tubing, pressure across the hold- Product Ho. 672-05
The RETRIEVAMATIC has been proven down slips is equalized instantly. Designed for use with the RETRIEV
worldwide in applications which call (or Holds Pressure from Above or Below. AMATIC CEMENTER, the MODEL "S"
any type of squee2e cementing opera The separate circulation passage, run TUBING TESTER is used to pressure
tions, casing testing, formation fraciur- ning completely through the RE test trie tubing string for leaks.
ing, and high-pressure acidizing with TRIEVAMATIC, isolates the hold-down
subsequent testing. It is a full opening, pistons from tubing pressure surges, so
set-down squeeze packer with a piston they can't be dulled.
type hold-down (actuated by pressure Proven Face-Seal Unloader. The un-
from below), a three section pack loader controls the separate circulation
ing element system, and rocker-type passage and eliminates the need for
lower slips. mechanical locks and for rotation. It
permits circulation completely around
the tool, from the bottom up. to circulate
out cement and other debris which might
impair retrievability.
if
r-
V w
\ ;i
ri
1 Jj
"i [
' ■
y
]
f
[
II
r>
i
I I | 3
Model "SL1 Tubing Tester
Product No. 672-05
:■
fcf
u
Sal Dawn to Clasa Pick up 1Q Open
Unloadflf closes Pick upo! H m
insianlly and ■nslanlly opens
posLEively, when unload er. PJolrung
seal coniac[$ 10 plug or slick.
seal.
Model "EA" RetriQvamatic Comenter

ProdudNo 407-05
777
SERVICE TOQIS
Specification Guide
MODEL "EA" RETRIEVAMAT1C CEMENTERS (Prod. No. 407-05)
Casing Packing Packing Slips & Buttons Range
WLIntbs. Tool Qago, Guide Etontont Element Profafrsfl Absolute
O.D. T&C Size Ring O.D4 O.D. Spacer O.D4 Uln. Max. Mln.« Max.
2ft 6.4-6.5 28A 2.234 ' 2.125 — 2.347 2.441 2.223 2.445
28A
2ft* 6.4-6.5 2.330 2.312 2.347 2.441 2.223 2.445
Hi-Temp —
2ft 4.7-5.6 288 2.357 2.312 — 2.442 2.563 2.356 2.570

2ft 4.36 28C 2.436 2.312 — 2.485 2.579 2.436 2.579
3V4 10.2 35A 2.782 2.750 2.782 2.834 2.922 2.767 2.956
3Vi 7.7-9.2 35B 2.844 2.750 2.782 2.923 3.068 2.815 3.068
3V& 5.75 35C 3.038 3.000 3.038 3.069 3.188 3.033 3.222
4 9.5-11.6 41A 3.303 3.281 3.303 3.428 3.548 3.304 3.551
4V4 15.1 41B 3.620 3.594 3.620 3.754 3.826 3.620 3.871
414 9.5-13.5 43A 3.771 3.625 3.734 3.910 4.090 3.810 4X90
5 15-18 43B 4.125 3.937 3.937 4.250 4.408 4.126 4.409
5 11.5-15*
43C 4.250 4.156 4.125 4.408 4.560 4.274 4.561
5V4 26
5V4 20-23 44 4.406 4.312 4.375 4.625 4.778 4.484 4.778

m 20-23 45A2 4.500 4.625 4.778
4.375 4.500 4.484 4.950
Mi 15.5-20* 45A4 4.641 4.778 4.950
M4 13-15.5
5U 22.5 45B 4.781 4.687 4.781 4.950 5.190 4.764 5.190
6 26
6 20-23 45C 5.062 5.191 5.390 5.000
4.937 5.062 5J90
6 15-18 45D 5.156 5.391 5.560 5.136 5.550
6H 34 45E2 5.406 5.561 5.609
5.250 5.406 5.386 5.791
EH 28-32 45E4 5.484 5.610 5.791
6H 24-29 45F 5.625 5.500 5.609 5.761 5.921 5.632 5.941
EH 24
47A2 5.656 5.830 5.937
7 38
5.500 5.656 5.597 6.135
6H 17-20
47A4 5.812 5.938 6.135
7 32-35
7 26-29 47B2 5.968 6.136 6.276
5.750 5.968 5.861 6.538
7 •20-26 47B4 6.078 6.276 6.456
7 17-20 47C2 6.266 6.456 6.578
6.125 6.250 6.297 6.884
7H 33.7-39 47C4 6.453 6.579 6.797
7H ' 24-29.7 47D2 6.672
6.500 6.671 6.798 7.025
6.545 7.132
7H 20-24 4704 6.812 7.025 7.125
SH 4449 49A2 7312 7.511 7.687
7.000 7.312 7.423 8X60
8H 32-40 49A4 7.531 7.688 7.921
8H 20-28 49B 7.781 7.500 7.781 7.922 8.191 7.919 8.255
9H 47-53.5 51A2 8.218 8.343 8.681
7.937 8.218 8.117 8.934
9H 4047 51A4 8.437 8.681 8.835
9H 29.3-36 51B 8.593 8J75 8.593 8.835 9.063 8.539 9.063
10H 65.7-81 53A2 9.000 9.094
8.875 9.000 9.560 9.000 9.903
low 55.5-60.7 53A4 9.375 9.504 9.760
9.392 10.020
10% 45.5-51 53A6 9.850
9.625 9.250 9.375 9.950
i<m 32.75-40.5 53B 10.050 10.192 9.642 10-270
im 38-60 54 10.250 10.000 10.187 10.772 11.150 10.612 11.313
13H 77-102 55A 11.625 11.625 11.733
11.625 12.275 11.633 12.464
13H 48-72 S5B 12.125 11.812 12.191 12.715
' This site may be set in this weight casing in certain circumstances such as mixed strings or unusual hole conditions: however, the other sue listed for this weight is recommended and should be run
where possible.
» H may be necessary to tum O.D. of Gage Ring, Guide Ring, and Packing Element Spacers when running in minimum I.D. Casing.
• This dimension is only for guidance in situations where there may be restricted diameters the tool has to pass. In some siies the slips are bottomed out and will not set without being damaged.
Based on Drawing No. 751-418 & 751-701
778
B BAKER
SERVICE TOOLS
Retrievable Cementers
MODEL "C" FULL-BORE
RETRIEVABLE CEMENTER
Product No. 410-01
The Model "C" FULL-BORE is a full
opening, upstrain squeeze packer that
can be set al any depth. It is particularly
desirable when conditions are such that
the amount of weight that can be applied
to a set-down packer is limited. The
FULL-BORE is used in "block" and
other squeeze cementing operations,
casing testing, formation fracturing, and
high-pressure acidizing with sub
sequent testing.
PERFORMANCE FEATURES
Holds Pressure from Above or Below.
Although designed primarily for applica
tions where pressure differential is from
below the packer the FULL-BORE has
two sets of opposed rocker-type slips
enabling it to remain packed off when
subjected to pressure reversals.
Instant Pack-Off. Circulation possible
with upper slips set- packs off the instant Upsirain Unloading Sub
Producl No. 675-05
tubing is raised and upstrain applied.
The FULL-BORE is run with the
MODEL "R" UPSTRAIN UNLOADING
SUB, Product No, 675-05 which allows
equalization of tubing and annulus pres
sures and testing of tubing is possible by
also running the MODEL "N" FULL-
BORE TUBING TESTER. Product
No. 672-01.
Modd "C Full-Boie Relritfv,ibFfi Cemenler Model "N" Full-Bora Tubing Tester
Producl Mo. 410-01 Product No. 072-01
779
BAKER
(SERVICE TOCHS
Specification Guide
MODEL "C", "C-1" & "C-2" FULL-BORE RETRIEVABLE CEMENTER (Prod. No. 410-01)
Casing Slip Range Packing Threads Minimum

Gage 4
T&C Quids Preferred Absolute Packing Element Box Up Bore
Weight Cemenler Ring Element Spacer & Through

O.D. |U>.) Size O.D. Min. Max. Min. Max. O.D. O.D. Box Down Cementer
4W 9.5-13.5 3.771
43A 3.910 4.154 3.850 4.216 3.625 3.771 2h 0.0. E.U.
21* 3.937 8 RD. Pin
5*
Up On Body
IB" 4.062 1.968
433 4.155 4.408 4.154 4.408 3.938 3.937 7a n n nii
15 4.125
5 10 RD.
11.5-13 43C 4.250 4 409 4 560 an 4.560 : 156 4 125
20-23
45A
4.500 4.625 4.953 4.610 4.953 4.375 4.500
M 15.5-17 4.641
13-15
45B 4.781 4.954 5.190 4.950 5.190 4.638 4.781
19 5-2? 5
9M
14
45C 5.062 5.191 5 390 5.160 5.424 2H O.D. LU.
20-23
4.938 5.062
3 RD. 1.96S
G U 18 5.156
45D 5.391 5.560 5.248 5,560
14-16 5.313
34 45E
5.406
5.561 5.791 5 561 5.791
6H 28-3! 5 451 5.250 5.406
24-29 45F 5.588 5.761 5.921 5.695 6.118
m 24-26.5
5.656
i 33-40 47A 5.830 6.100 5.830 6.184 5.500 5.656
20-2!
5.812
7 32 35
en 17
5.968
28-30 47B 5.750 5.968
6.101 6.530 6.094 6.538 2375
7
23-25 6.078
?0-23
47BC 6.281 6.281
17 E.531 6.780 S.531 6.875
6.125
33.7-39 47C ri 453 6.453

26 4-J9.7 47D
6.672
6.7S1 7.125 6.770 7.125 6 500 6 672 2!i 0 D E U
2024 6 81! B RD.
49 7.312
44 7.375
49A 7,500 7.937 7.451 7.937 7.000 7.312
m 36-40 7.531
32 7.625
y n 7.781
49B 7.968 8 375 7.906 8.437 7.500 7.781 2.468
51 40 7.968
53.5 su 8.213
8.375 8.7S1 8.250 8.813 7.938 821B
43.5-47 8.437
SH
40 51B
8.593
8.718 9.125 8.688 9.125 S.375 8.593
29 3-36 S 750
3n a a eu s fid
32.7-55.5 53 9.500 9 750 ID !9? 9.584 10 153 9.250 9.375 n;rit)i) fiiSRd
i]. 38-60 54 10.250 10.772 11.150 10.612 11.313 10 000 10.187 4W O.D. MJ 4 000
any & 4v; u.u.
13H 48-72 55 11.875 12.347 i?ns 12.177 12.897 11.625 11.812 8 Rd Lf. Cin, Ind.
' For combination Slings of 5 In./lS li. and 21 Lb Casing u<: Sue 43B Slips and Packing Clemen! with Ga;e and Guide Rings lurncd la 4.000 In. O.D.
Based on Drawing No 761-407
780
SERVICE TOOTS
Model "C" Retrievable Bridge Plugs

MODEL "C" picked up and relocated, make it ideal for
RETRIEVABLE BRIDGE PLUG the selective isolation and fracturing, aci
Product No. 677-01 dizing or testing of several separate
The MODEL -'C11 RETRIEVABLE zones of a well in one round trip when
BRIDGE PLUG is a dependable, used with the FULL BORE RETRIEV
leakproof plug that will hold pressure ABLE CEMENTER or RETRIEV-
from above or below. It is used for acidiz AMATIC CEMENTER.
ing, formation fracturing and temporary PERFORMANCE FEATURES
pressure containment to aid in removing Opposed Rocker-Type Slips. The slips
or installing wellhead equipment. prevent the plug from being moved
The operation of Ihe MODEL "C" uti either up or down by a pressure differen
lizes pressure differential from either tial across the tool. Either the upper or
above or below to achieve and maintain lower slips will automalically engage the
packofl. Once Ihe plug has been run to casing and hold the plug, depending on
the desired depth and released, it will the direction of the differential.
automatically set and packoff against No Swabbing Danger. A circulation
pressure differentials from either direc passage through the length of the
tion. The simple operation of the bridge MODEL "C" allows fluid bypass during
plug, and the ease with which it may be either running or retrieving.
■ !
Tools run in fridge plug Eiwaboing and BnOgaplug

(ogolher, connected relaasao, interval losing, pressure ptCfaAd Up.
by Retrieving Hoad slraddled, fracturing dilferonlial boirKj moved
or acidizing being rowofôd to next Interval
pDrformod
MoOol X"
Roiriuvable Bridge Rug
Product No. 677-01
781
SERVICE TOQIS
Specification Guide
MODEL "C" RETRIEVABLE BRIDGE PLUG (Prod. No. 677-01)
Casing Bridge Gags Ring Packer Cup Slip Rango Drag Ste
Plug or Thimble Baker Spring R«Ww- |
PrBfomd Absolute
I O.D.
*■ sin O.D. ; Comm. No.
MIn. Mnv, MIn. Mnv.
Sbe Ing Hasd
6.4-6.5 28A 01-51551-00 2441 1213 £537

2% 2.218
4.7-5.6 288 2J85 2.563 2J35 2.659
10.2 3SA 2.734 2.796 2.875 2.747 2.922 U15

01-61509-00 —
3Vi 7.7-9.3 35B 2.796 2JS8 2.992 2*04 3.000
5.7 3SC 2.937 01-5002340 3000 3.188 2.946 3.280

9.5 3.364 3348 3.244 3.563
41A 3.244 01-48282-00
4 12.93 1.900
5.6S
41B 3.578 01-50061-00 3.732 3.920 3.562 3.928
13.5-16.6
4Vi
9.5-13.5 3.771
43A 01-35917-00 3.910 4.154 3.850 4.216
21 3.9371
10 1.900
18 4.062 n
5t 43B 01-35026-00 4.155 4.408 4.154 4.408
IS 4.125 2H
113-13 43C 4.250 01-3623800 4.409 4.560 4.276 4.560 20
20-23 4SA 4.500 01-36821-00 4.625 4.953 4.610 4.953 10

Modal "H" Washover Type Rotrieving Head m 15.5-17 4.641 01-35691-00
Product No. 677-71 20
13-14 4SB 4.781 01-39618-00 4.954 5.190 4.950 5.190
MODEL "H" WASHOVER 20-23 45C 5.063 W-G114-714 5.191 5.390 5.160 5.424
TYPE RETRIEVING HEAD 6 18

450 5.156 WV-G114-721 5.391 5.560 5.248
The MODEL "H" WASHOVER TYPE IS 5.250
30
RETRIEVABLE HEAD, used with the 32 5.406 WV-G115-490 2H
4SE 5.561 5.791 5.561 5.791
MODEL "C" RETRIEVABLE BRIDGE 28 5.484 or
6tt WV-6114-962
PLUG, allows washover operations with
24-29 45F 5.588 5.761 5.921 5.695 6.118 2H
the mill shoe guide, and makes it easier
24
5.656 01-39535-00 10
to remove sand and debris from the top
7 38
of the bridge plug. The retrieving head 47A 5.830 6.100 5.830 6.184
GH 20
can be converted to a wire line driver and 5.812 01-41179-00
7 32-35
may then be used to run MODEL "C"
RETRIEVABLE BRIDGE PLUGS on 6H 17
5.968 01-3953440 20
wire line. Wire line setting is particularly 29
47B 6.101 6.530 6.094 6.538
useful when fracturing or acidizing down 7 23-26 6.078 01-37417-00
the casing. 20-23 6.210
01-39727-00
17 6.265
47C 6.531 6.780 6.531 6.875 30
SEALER BALL CATCHER (F/MODEL 7H 33.749 6453 01-4728940
"C" RETRIEVABLE BRIDGE PLUG) 26.4-29.7 470 6.672 01-4729040 6.781 7.125 6.770 7.125
Product No. 677-94 40-49 WV-G116-115
The SEALER BALL CATCHER is a slot
36 49A WV-G116-113 7.500 7.937 7.451 7.937 40
ted basket threaded to the upper valve
8H 32 7.375
WY-G116-111
cage of the Retrievable Bridge Plug. Its
28
volume is adequate to catch the average 49B 7.968 8.375 7.906 8.437 SO
24 WV-G115-941
number of sealer balls used on acidizing
43.5-53.5 51A 8.281 01-5018240 8.375 8.781 8.250 8.813 40
jobs only. The catcher eliminates the 9H 2H
balls from accumulating on top of the 3640 51B 8.375 WV-G110-354 (10354) 8.718 9.125 8.718 9.125
Retrievable Bridge Plug that can cause urn 32.75-55.5 S3 9.500 WV4U3-197 (13197) 9.750 10.192
—
difficulties in retrieving. (See page 11.) UK 38-60 54 10.375 WV-G114-246 (14246) LO.772 11.150 50
13H 68-72 SSA WV-GU6-298 (16298)

11.875 12.344 12.719 12.176 12.900
48-61 55B WV-G119-237
Based on Drawing No. 750-731
782
SERVICE TOOIS
Bridge Plugs
MODEL "F" RETRIEVABLE
BRIDGE PLUG
Product No. 677-04
The MODEL "F" RETRIEVABLE
BRIDGE PLUG is comparable to the
Model "C" Retrievable Bridge Plug in
performance, application and operation.
It does incorporate a HYDRAULICALLY
BALANCED LOWER VALVE and is ap
plicable to well conditions where flow of
either gas or fluid from below the plug is
anticipated.
Hydraulically Balanced Lower Valve.
Plug can be relocated and retrieved in
wells with moderate flowing zones. The
Lower Valve is held open, relieving pres
sure from below the plug as it is relocated
or pulled from the well.
Model "H" Washovaf Type Retrieving Head

Product No. 677-71
MODEL "H" WASHOVER

TYPE RETRIEVING HEAD
The Model "H" WASHOVER TYPE
RETRIEVING HEAD, used with the
Model "F" RETRIEVABLE BRIDGE
PLUG, allows washover operations with
the mill shoe guide, and makes it easier
to remove sand and debris from the top
of the bridge plug. The retrieving head
can be converted to a wire line driver and
may then be used to run Model "F" Re
trievable Bridge Plugs on wire line. Wire
line setting is particularly useful when
fracturing or acidizing down the casing.
Modal "F" Retrievable Bridge Plug

Product No. 677-04
783
SERVICE TOCHS
Guide
MODEL "F" RETRIEVABLE BRIDGE PLUG Product No. 677-04
Cnfe 00 10. d btad
s
fttin tutu : u dU felt
witiu to
8
Mtn frrtirrt liUiiilig
: Oft IU H. 1 to to IE" Hu. Sa
411 9L5-U.5 1.771

41» 01-35917-00 3910 4154 1850 4216
21* •1.937 10
11 4J52 1.900 a i-U
*
413 01-150264) 4155 4498 4154 4.40)
15 4.125
111-11 «3t 4-2H 0I-H21M9 4C09 4X0 U)S 4.5S0 20
- - -
20-21 4500 0I-U32I-O} 10
45* 4.625 4.953 4.610 4.951
115-17 4641 01-15S9I40
20
13-14 459 4711 0ISSS1MO 4954 1190 49U 1190
20-2) 45C 1061 NnM«ll4-7Ua 1191 1)90 11(0 1424
6 18 1156
450 VN-CU4-721- 2.W5 m-0100.023 5.391 5.5EO 5248 15S0
15 12!0
M
S2 1405 OT-GII5-W .. _
4SE 15SI 5791 15SI 1791

21 14J4
KW114.SS2. P-S5M 3511 WV410MI1A
24-» 4 if 15SS 1761 1921 1695 6.118
24
5656 01.3953540 10
7 31
47» iJH 6193 51M 6IU
M* a
5812 0MII7MO
7 32-15
6-VI 17 20
19SJ 01-1953440
29 - -
473 S10I 6-539 6094 6.538
2J-26 UTS 01-37417-DO
7
23-21 6.210
0.H727-OO
17 6.2ES
47C 6531 6780 6.511 6.875 15
t , 11749 1453 01-4728940
26.4-267 470 6672 0M729M0 6791 7125 6.770 7.125
li^l !lmj! cl S" 1! 15 1 5" 211] >iiui 418 Slc> >sd Clti Do|t Icwi b ] Sir
•Stn 43B Gl|< Rtnf un M turn«4 (9 ttiil dttcuUt
■ll» uu 5 i|Ji si ll«( BlUr Cosffidilr hi anixai a tM Cdtru.i Part PU
SEALER BALL CATCHER (F/MODEL

"C" AND MODEL "F" RETRIEVABLE
BRIDGE PLUG)
Product No. 677-94
ted basket threaded to the upper valve
cage of the Retrievable Bridge Plug. Its
volume is adequate to catch the average
number of sealer balls used on acidizing
jobs only. The catcher eliminates the
balls from accumulating on top of the
Retrievable Bridge Plug that could cause
difficulties in retrieving.
¥
Sealer Ball Catcher Product No. 677-94 Model "F" Retrieval*) Bridge Ptug with Sealer Ball Catcher
Product No. 677-94
784
BAKER
SERVICE TOOIS
Model "G" Lok-Set Retrievable Bridge Plugs

MODEL "G" LOK-SET
MODEL "L"
RETRIEVABLE BRIDGE PLUG
RETRIEVING HEAD
Product No. 677-34
Product No. 677-75
The MODEL "G" LOK-SET RETRIEV
The MODEL "L" RETRIEVING HEAD is
ABLE BRIDGE PLUG is a further exten
used for running and retrieving MODEL
sion of the advantages of the Model "B".
"B" and "G" LOK-SET RETRIEVABLE
Its ability to hold high differential pres
BRIDGE PLUGS. While the RETRIEV
sures from below, even in unsupported
ING HEAD is engaged with (he BRIDGE
casing, make it ideal for use in shallow
PLUG, the balanced unloading valve,
wells for temporary pressure contain
which controls fluid flow through the
ment while removing or installing well
bridge plug, is open. Upon setting of the
head equipment.
plug, and release of the retrieving head,
the unloading valve is automatically
closed. The retrieving head may be as
The Triple Packing Element System de
sembled with a rotating feature, thus
sign provides a leakproof seal in the pre
making it easier to wash sand and debris
sence of high pressure differentials.
from the top of the bridge plug when
Locking elements feature complete re-
retrieving.
traclion capabilities, allowing fast, safe
running and retrieving. r
Balanced Unloader. The unloader at
the top of the MODEL "G" remains open
while the plug is engaged in the retriev
ing head, eliminating the necessity of
overcoming pressure differential while
running in, packing off, or retrieving.
Model "L"
Lok-Sot Relieving Head
Product No 677-75
Modol "Q" Lot Sat

Removable Bridga Plug
Pi Mud No. 677-34
785
■-BAKER
mw SERVICE TOOIS
Specification Guide
MODEL "G" LOK-SET RETRIEVABLE BRIDGE PLUG (Prod. No. 677-34)
Max.
Packing Mln. Casing l.D.
Casing
Bridge Gage Packing Element Collapsed For Slip &
Plug Ring Element Spacer Dla. of Drag Block

Wt. In Lbs. Mom. Casing l.D.
Size O.D. O.D. O.D. Drag Block Travel
O.D. TiC Mln. Max.
4.090 43A2 3.771 3.738 4.132

iVi 9.5-13 5 3.920
3.525 3.734 4.276
iV, 9.5-10 5 4.052 4.276 43A4 3.875 3.864
5 I fl-20.3
4.276 4.408 43B 4.125 3.938 3.933 4.124 4.453
5 15-1!
S 11.5-15 4.560 43C 4.250 4.156 4,125 4.233 4.532

4.408
5W 26
M 20-23 4.625 4.778 4SA2 4.500

4.375 4.500
15.5-20 4.778 4.950 45A4 4 641 4.503 5.150

iV}
5W 13-155 5.190 45B 4.731 4 683 4.781

4.950
G 26
6 20-23 5.191 5.390 45C 5.063 5.063 5.035 5.690

4.933
G 15-13 5.391 5.560 45D 5.156
5.561 5.609 45E2 5.406

6M 34 5.250 5.406
5.610 5.791 45E4 5.484 5.38! 5.970
6W 23-32
24-2B 5.791 5.921 45f 5.625 5.500 5.609

Gfi
6*4 24 47A2 5.656

5.830 5.937
7 38 5.500 5.636
i>'-s 17-20
5.938 6.135 47A4 5.812 5.650 6.590
7 32-35
7 26-29 6.136 6.276 47B2 5.963

5.750 5.948
7 20-36 6.276 6.456 47B4 6.073
7 17-20 6.456 6.57S 47C2 6.266 E.125 6.246
7W 33 7-39 6.579 6.79? 47C4 6.',53

6.276 7.215
7* 24-29.7 6.798 7.025 47D2 6.672 6.500 6.652
7K 20-24 7.025 7.125 47D4 6.812
Based on Ofa wing No. 751-468
SEALER BALL CATCHER (F/MODEL

"G" LOK-SET RETRIEVABLE
BRIDGE PLUG)
Product No. 677-95

ted basket threaded to the lock nut of the
Retrievable Bridge Plug. Its volume is
adequate to catch the average number
of sealer balls used on acidizing jobs
only. The catcher eliminates the balls
from accumulating on top of the Retriev
able Bridge Pfug that could cause diffi
culties in retrieving.
786
SERVICE TOOIS
Wire Line Set Retrievable Bridge Plug

WIRE LINE SET
RETRIEVABLE BRIDGE PLUG
Product No. 677-32
The WIRE LINE SET RETRIEVABLE
BRIDGE PLUG Is a medium perform
ance retrievable bridge plug that com
bines the advantages of tubing or
sandline retrievability with the advan
tages of fast accurate electric wire line
setting.
The WIRELINE SET RETRIEVABLE
BRIDGE PLUG can be used for an oper
ation thai the MODEL "C RETRIEV
ABLE BRIDGE PLUG, Product No.
677-01, is used for, such as zone isola
tion, formation fracturing or acidizing,
and surface equipment repair, where
electric wireline setting is desirable. This
provides a distinct advantage in situa
tions where the plug must be run and
retrieved under pressure, as it may be
lubricated in and out of the well, thereby
eliminating the necessity of snubbing
tubing, or killing the well.
Running In With Removing with

Wire Lino Adaptor Kii Model "M"
Product No 438-27 RoOiBVing Hoad
Prrxlucl No 677-76
Model "M-
Washovor Rolnaving Hood
Product No 677-76
787
SERVICE TOOIS
Specification Guide
WIRE LINE SET RETRIEVABLE BRIDGE PLUG (Prod. No. 677-32)
Gags Packing Packing Slip Rangn

Packer Ring Elament Elamant
( a ling Preferred Absolute
Sizs O.D. O.D. Spacer O.D.
O.D. Weight Mln. Max. Mln. Max.
9.5-U.S UA 3.771 3H 3.771 3.910 4 090 3 68? 4.207
5 15-18 438 4.125 1 [25 4.250 4.408

5 115-15 43C 4.062 4.582
4.250 4>/h 4.250 4JOS 4.560
V:
m 20-23 45A2 4.500 4.625 4.778

4W 4.500
5W 15.5-20 45A4 4.641 4.778 4.950 4.437 5.221
54 13-155
456 4.781 4"/,, 4.781 4.950 5.190
6 26
E 20-23 4SC 5.062 4"/,, 5.191 5.390
5 062
G 15-18 «5D 5.156 5.392 5.560 5 000 5.784
6H 34 «SC 5.406 5,561 5.609

5W 5.406
6* 24-32 45F 5.484 5610 5.921
5.437 6.221
17-24 4'G 5.781 5"/,. 5.7SI 5.922 6.135
GH 2*
na 5.656 5.830 5.937
7 33
5W 5.656 5.56! 6.665
GH 17-20
47A4 5.912 5,930 6.135
7 32-35
7 26-29 47B2 59S8 6.136 6.276
5W 5.968
7 23-26 47B4 6.078 6.276 6.366
7 17-20 47C2 6.2GS 6.456 6.578
GH 6.266 6.200 7.303
m 33.7-39 47C4 6.453 6.579 6.797
2!-;], 47D2 6.672 an 7.025
GH 6 67?
7W 20-2* 4?D4 6.812 7.025 7,125
m 20-28 49 7 7% IV, 7.796 7 92? 8.191 7.250 8 276
3aied on Diawiij No. 751-424

788
■BAKER
V SERVICE TOQIS
Hurricane Plug
MODEL "B" ACCESSORIES
RETRIEVAMATIC/HURRICANE PLUG ROTATIONAL EQUALIZING SUB
The MODEL "B" RETR1EVAMATIC/ The EQUALIZING SUB is a valve de

HURRICANE PLUG is designed for signed for use in plugging and equaliz
bad-weather emergencies which force a ing drill pipe or tubing above and below
temporary well shutdown. In the even! of the RETRIEVAMATIC/HURRICANE
such an emergency, the HURRICANE PLUG.
PLUG seals off the casing string while
the drilling string hangs off bottom. Its
design features include three drill pipe
plugging systems to choose from, de
pending on the circumstances of
weather and well configuration, as well
as a unique equalizing sub which
equalizes any pressure buildup before
the HURRICANE PLUG is retrieved.
In addition, since the HURRICANE
PLUG is basically a RETRIEVAMATIC
CEMENTER. it can double as a squeeze
tool, saving lime and money since it is
already on location. The same design .-'
characteristics which make the HUR
RICANE PLUG tough enough for
emergency bad weather service also
make it ideal for isolating the casing
while changing out wellheads.
Rotational Equalizing Sub

Product No. -107-90
Saves Installation Time. There is no
"FWG" BLANKING PLUG
need to pull the entire drilling string to Product No. 806-88
install the HURRICANE PLUG. The plug
Removal of the "FWG" BLANKING
sets with right-hand rotation, utilizing
PLUG (an integral part of the Rotational
pipe weight for initial pack-off, and re
Equalizing Sub) allows wireline opera
leases by picking up.
tions to be performed thru the HUR
Holds Pressure From Below. Pressure
RICANE PLUG.
Irom below causes the hold-down but
tons to engage the casing, maintaining
initial packoff. While the HURRICANE
PLUG is designed to hold the high
est squeeze pressures, it will release
without ditticulty when the drill pipe is
picked up.
Modol B" Remsvamaba Hurricane Plug ■FWG" Blanking Plug

Product No 407-09 Product No. 806-ea
789
=BAKER
P SERVICE TOOIS
Specification Guide
MODEL "B" RETRIEVAMATIC/HURRICANE PLUG {Prod. No. 407-09)
Casing Gags. GulOe. Packing Packing Rated Mh.

Load on
W1. In Lbs. Plug & Lower Gulda Element Element Pielened Absolute
Body"
O.Q. TSX Slie mng O.D.; O.D. Spacer O.O.I Mm Mai Min. • Ma*.
ii. 95-135 m 1.771 3 625 i ill 3 910 4 090 3.610 4.090
5 15-13 m 4.125 3.93! 3.937 ■..-.'. IlLS 4126 4109

I5O.0M
: 115-15- (.156 4.125 4 408 4560 I3H
43C 4!50 4 561
Hi 26
5H JO-23 ISA! 4,500 1778

4.375 4.50D 4.484 4 950
S-: IS 5-30- »SM 4.641 i 1 ■',= 4.950
'>'.■ 13-155
w. 22.5 45B 4.781 (.687 4 781 4 950 5.190 i.m 5.198
6 n
170.000
5 10-21 4SC 5.062
4.937 5 062
5191 '. (90 5.000 5.390
6 15 18 450 5156 5 391 5 560 5136 5.560

EH M 45E2 ; 5 406 -■■:: 5609
5 250 5.386 5.791
6H 28-32 4SE4 S4BJ 5.610 i '■■:
m :■■■• n 45f 5.625 5 500 5 609 5761 5921 5.632 5.941

SU 24
47*2 5XSS 5 830 5.937
1 38 5 SOT 5.656 5 597 6.135
EH 17-20 4M4 5,812 5 938 6 135
7 32-3&
7 26-29 47B2 5 965

5.750 5 968
6136 6 276
5.361 6 533 m.ow
1 ■; :■ 47B4 6O7B 6 276 6 456
7 17-20 47C2 £266 ■. ::■. 6.578

6.125 6.250 6?97 6884
7* 337-39 47C4 6 453 ■;:..■ 5 6 797
2M9.7 4702 6S72

6.SM 6.671
6 798 7.025
6.545 7 132
W 20-24 VOi 6812 7 025 7.12S
BH 44 49 49« J.31Z 7511 '■:■
7000 7.312 7.4?] S.060
BH 32-40 49*4 THl 7.688 7.921
m 20-28 4SB 7.781 i ii:o 77!1 7.922 8.191 7.919 ■ :■-.
9* J7-53.S 51A2 8.218 £343 8 fill

7,937 B218 E 117 8 934
SH 40-47 SIM 8 437 !6E1 8.835
9S 29 336 SIB 8593 8 375 B.S93 .:-.:
9.063 B539 9M3
10* 65 7-81 53*2 9100 8 875 9 000 9.094 9 560 9.000 9SD3
330.000
m S55-607 53A4 9 375 9.504 9.760

9 392 10.020
45.5-51 S3A6 9 250 9,375 5.35D ,:,.,
9 625
I0H 3? 15-40 5 53B 11050 :.:;: 9H2 10 270
im 38-60 54 10 250 10' ,i 1018' 10 772 11.150 10612 1131]
I3H 7 M0! 55A 11.625 11.625 ii m 12.275 11.633 12 46)

11,625
13H 48-72 ":' 12 125 11612 12 191 I! 133 12 SMI
■Ttipi sue plug maj M set in Ihu ntijhl casinj in certain

£ ia.-iur.-ti such j-, .- teJ ii- -.;, at unusual hale cundi-
lujns. novrevei. the other size pluj lisled fa this might is
recommended and should be run where possible.
lit may be necessary to turn 0D ol gage img, guide ring, Fower
[uide nnj, and packing dement spacers when running in
minimum ID casing.
•This dimension is inly fit guidance in situations nhere there
maybe restricled ciameters the loci has to pass. In some sues
Ihe slips are bottomed out and will not set without being
damaged.
■trip raleo" maiimum load is 30% ol ttie minimum body yield
strength. All slrength data is basM on calculated valut: and
dots not constilute a guarantee, actual, or implied.
790
BAKER
SERVICE TOOIS
Hurricane Plus Hookups
DRILL PIPE DRILL PIPE
EQUALIZING SUB
Product No. 407-90
TWIN THREAD SAFETY JOINT

. MODEL "FWG" BLANKING PLUG Product No. 441-35
Product No. 806-86
MODEL "B"
RETRIEVAMATIC/HURRICANE PLUG
MODEL "B" Product No. 407-09
RETRIEVAMATIC/HURRICANE PLUG
Product No. 407-09
MODEL "G" FULL FLOW DRILL

PIPE FLOAT SUB WITH VALVE
DRILL PIPE
Product No. 480-05
DRILL PIPE
Type "A" Hookup Typo "B" Hookup

This Hookup illustrates the Hurricane Plug This Hookup iilustiatos a Twin Thread Safety Joinl
with Equalizing Sub and a Dull Pipe Fhjal SuD lor Back Pressure Valve
791
SERVICE TOOLS
DRILL PIPE
DRILL PIPE
TWIN THREAD SAFETY JOINT

Product No. 441-35
MODEL "B"
RETRIEVAMATK/HURRICANE PLUG
Product No. 407-09
MODEL "B"
L RETRIEVAMATIC/HURRICANE PLUG
Product No. 407-09
MODEL "F"
NON-PORTED
SEATING NIPPLE
Product No. 801-50
MODEL "FWB" CIRCULATING

BLANKING PLUG DRILL PIPE
Product No. 806-07
DRILL PIPE
Type -C" Hookup Typa'D' Hookup

This Hookup illustraioj uso or Twin Thread Safely Joinl Tfn^ Hookup illuslralos Ihfl use o' Hurricane Plug
and "FWG" Blanking Plug. aitachod Orrectly 1o Drill Pipe.
792
SERVICE TOCOS
Circulating Washer
MODEL "E" PERFORMANCE FEATURES
CIRCULATING WASHER Reliable Sleeve Valve Operation. A
Product No. 470-16 sleeve mounted on the upper portion of
The MODEL "E" CIRCULATING the circulating washer opens and closes
WASHER is used for washing or acid circulation slots between the tubing and
izing perforations in casing or sand annulus. The valve is always opened
screens, for checking new perforations when the tool is being retrieved to allow
to establish injectivity and verify pene tubing fluid drainage. It can also be
tration, or to open a void behind the opened as desired to provide a circula
casing for more effective gravel packing tion path for spotting washing fluids.
and sand consolidation. Wide Range of Adjustments. Packer
It is a swab cup, straddle-type tool, cup spacing is adjustable over a wide
incorporating proven washing tool range. The distance between the inner
characteristics. Among the more im most cups may be varied from 6 to 42
portant design features of the MODEL inches in 6 inch increments. The backup
"E" CIRCULATING WASHER are mod cups may be spaced from 30 to 66 in
ular construction which permits rapid re ches apart, depending on the position
placement of worn or damaged parts, ing of the inner cups.
and the ability to effectively reverse sand
and debris off bottom.
£ a
n
n n n
1 fl
Pi
p
|U i
1
i;( (7
\
/
i <k
)' r n nll
% K
1 11
ft
\f\\ 111
[r
my I fe] fl
f 11 ft t
)
i\ I 1 \ /
\
Running In Washing Reversing Off Coming Out

Perforations Bottom Of Hole
Model "E" Circulating Washer

Product No. 470-16
Model "E" Circulating Waster

Product No. 470-16
793
BAKER
SERVICE TOOLS
Specification Guide
WO DEL "E1 CIRCUUTING WASHER (Prod. No. 470-16)
Mai.
Mfo. Casing
Circulating Standard Hvy. Duty on I.D. of Comm. No. Collapsed [.0. for
Washer Casing Packer Cup Packer Cup States Oil of Oil Thimble Drag Dia. dI Drag
Prod. 470-16 D.D. & Comm. No.* Ciiin r. No.* Cup States Stales Comm, Thimble Block Drag Block
Size Weight Typo GW Type GWD No. Cup Cup No. O.D. Comm. No. Block Travel
43B 4-H * 9.5-13 5 WV-GU3-486 WV-GI54-864 P-454-1 2412 07-52672-00 02-18912-00 -• lib 01-56791-00 3.738 4.0SO
43C 5( 18-21 WV-G! 13-489 WJ-G154-866 P-5G4-2 2.412 07-53180-00 02-18913-00 3.935 07-51425-00 3.864 4.276
43Q 6* 11.5-15 WV-G113-764 W-GI54-8G5 P-504-1 2.412 WV-0100-021 02-18914-00 '.125 07-51426-00 4.238 ueo
45A 5W x 20-23 WV-G 113-402 1W-GI54-760 P-554-3 2 905 WV-0100-022 02-18885-00 4.500
I5B 5fci 15.5-1? WV-G 115-237 WV-G154-752 P-554-2 2.905 WV0100-011 02-18886-00 4 625 01-56816-00 4.505 5.045
45C 5« x 13-14 WV-GI13-241 — P-554-1 2.905 WV-0100-010 02-18887-00 4.781
45D 6 x 20-23 WV-G114-714 — — — — 02-18888-00 5.063
45E E . IE WV-GU4-721 — P-604-1 2.905 ,■,. : "■_• 02-18889-00 5.156 01-56817-00 5.035 5.680
45F 6» 15 WV-G114-721 — P-604-1 2.905 WV-0100-023 02-18890-00 5 250
45G i) ; i 5.' WV-GI15-49O — — — — 02-18891-00 5.406
07-51427-00 5.381 5.921
45H 6Vi x 28 WV-GU4-962 — P-658-3 3.531 WV-0100-013 02-18892-00 5484
6M*24
47A WV-GU4-144 WV-G154-87O P-658-3 3.531 WV-0100-013 02-17739-00 5.656
. ;;
1"; ■ . ?Q
47B WV-G114-723 WV-GI54-872 P-658-2 3.531 WV-0100-G25 02-17740-00 5.812
7 x 32-35 02-56817-00 5,650 6.456
654 117
47C WV-GI 13-385 WV-G154-810 P-704-2 3.531 WV-0100-015
7i29
02-17741-00 5.968
470 7«23-26 WV-GU4-232 WV-G154-796 P-704-lfl 3.531 WV-0100-014
47E 7> 17-20 VJV-G1I3-127 — P-704-] 3.531 WV-0100-018
47F m 133.7-39 WV-GU6-4I0 WV-G154-825 P-758-2 3.531 WV-0100-026 02-17742-00 6 375 01-56818-00 6.276 7.250
47G 7K X 2S.4-29.7 WV-GU4-178 — P-758-1 3.531 07-51973-00 02-17743-00 6.562
49A 8H < 40-49 WV-GU6-H4 — P-858-2 1.531 WV-0100-028
49B 8M < 35 WV-GU6-H2 P-858-1 4.531 WV-0100-019
—
02-18553-OD 7.375 7.170 8.097

49C 8H x 28-32 WV-GH6-H0 — P-858-I 4.531 WV-0100-019
01-55817-00
490 iVt < 24 WV-GH5-9.12 P-904-1 3.532 WV-0100-016
MA 9Hx47-53.5 WV-G133-850 — P-95E 1 4.531 07-51923-00 02-19220-00 3.281 8,076 9.001
51B 9H x 36-43.5 WV-GI 14-970 — P-958-2 3.532 07-51943-00 02-18554-00 8.375
53 10« 132.75-55.5 WV-G 113-197 — P-1075 4.532 WV-OI00-034 07-52897-00 9.500 01-56818-00 9.529 10.192
The last line digits of the Baker Commodity No. coirespond to trie Guiberson Part Number. Eiample: WV-G114-144 is a Guinerson 14144.
794
— BAKER
^V SERVICE TOOIS
Cement Retainers
"MODEL "K-1" CEMENT RETAINER close, set down to open. It has all the ing up, or removal of stinger, insures
Product No. 400-21 (Mechanical Set) same features and advantages of the holding the squeeze under final pres
Product No. 400-23 (Electric Line Set) MODEL "K" CEMENT RETAINER sure as cement is circulated out.
The company that gave the world its first PLUS IMPROVED DRILLABIUTY and Isolates Squeeze from Hydrostatic
drillable cement retainer continues to PRESSURE RATINGS. Pressure. Keeping hydrostatic pressure
market the best tool available for single PERFORMANCE FEATURES off the zone just squeezed is important -
interval squeeze, batch, or block Tubing or Electric Line Set. Can be suc especially for cementing low fluid level
squeeze cementing. cessfully set by mechanical methods on wells in batch squeeze operations.
As a result of extensive engineering tubing or drill pipe or run and set on Baker's unique valve guarantees an ef
tests, the MODEL "K-1" CEMENT RE electric line. fective seal.
TAINER is constructed of components Faster, Safer Run-in. Run-in speed is Fast Drill-out. New material specifica
subject to stringent material specifica up to the operator. Baker's Mercury tions developed especially for the "K-1"
tions and quality control procedures. It locked construction design and larger CEMENT RETAINERS results in faster
provides the optimum strength and dril- clearance make this possible. drill out.
lability combination. As in the Model "K" Tests Tubing. Tubing may be tested
predecessor, the MODEL "K-1" CE before you squeeze by picking up to
MENT RETAINER'S two-way valve is close the valve and applying pressure.
controlled from the surface — no Holds Final Squeeze Pressure. The
springs to cock or stick — just pick up to automatic closing of the valve when pick
Open Cciil
-A ~
ProduCT Mo. 400-2ir

PlOduCINo 400-21 Product No. 4OO-23 Product No. 401-22 Product No. 400-24 Modal "K-1"
Model "K-r Mechanical Sel Comenl Helainor Model "K-r Modal "N-1" Model-K-11 Wro ngSol Mecnamcal Set
Wiroline Sal MecharFC.il Sel Cemenl Relainer CerTwni Rotainer
Cemeni RGidmec Bridge Rug w/Rapper Valve w/Flaoper Valve
795
BAKER
SERVICE TOOIS
Specification Guide
CEMENT RETAINERS AND BRIDGE PLUGS
Casing Range of Casing

TIC Weight Maximum I.D. lor Running
O.I, Lb. Size Bore O.D. Minimum Maximum
iV! 9.5-16.6 IM 3.593 3.826 4.090
5 11.5-18 IBB 1.345 1 53; 1154 4.560
iV! 13-22 2M 4.312 1,580 5 044
6 14 26 2BB 4.937 5.140 5.552

G 10 0 12
Ht 17-34 3AA 5.375 5.595 6.135

7 32-38
7 17-35 3BB 5 687 6004 6.S38
;h 20-39 4M 6.312 GS25 7.263

8* 24-49 5U 2.000 i i;s 7.511 8.249
9H 29.3-53.5 EM 8.125 8 435 3.063
10H G0.7-S1 GBB 9.000 9.250 9.660
10* 32.75-607 7M 9.437 9.GG0 10.192

Ittt 39-60 8M 10437 10.772 11.150
13H 77-102 BBB 11.562 11633 12.454
im .'.«■11 9AA ]?C()0 1? 175 12 715
SETTING TOOLS
Wlrallne Setting Tools

Cement Stinger "KL" Control
Rel. & "K-1" Setting Wireline "E-4" sub Unll Prod. 430-61
B.P. Too! Rslease Adapler W.L.P.S.A. Product Drag
Size Prod. 400-69 Stud Size Kll Size Prod. 437-0! 400-92 Tool Spring
IM IM 10
1AA-1BB 43 10
IBB
'A 1BB-2M IM-2BB
2AA 2AA 20
45
2BB ZBB 2BB lU
3M 3M 20
3AA-3BB 47
3BB 3BB 30
4AA 4AA 4M 49
20 40
5AA 5AA 5AA
51
6AA 6AA i W 3AA-9AA 50
6BB 6BB 6BB
40
7M 7M 7M 53
BM 8AA m
8BB 8BB BBB 50
55
Model' K-V Snap Latch MA 9M 9AA
Soiling Tool Product No. dOO-69
CEMENT RETAINERS FOR TUBING

MODEL "B-1" MECHANICAL SET CEMENT RETAINER (Prod. No. 400-07)
MODEL "H-1" WIRELINE SET CEMENT RETAINER (Prod. No. 400-11)
TUBING Range of Tubing
T&C Weight Maximum I.D. lor Running

O.D. Size Prod. Mo.
Lb. O.D. Minimum Maximum
Vk 6.4 NJI. 028 2.218 2.347 2.530

6.5 E.U.
400-07
3V, 5.7-9.3 LU. 035 1812 2.867 3.250
4 5.7-14.0 040 3.140 3215 3.732
m 6.4-6.5 028 2.200 2.340 2.525

3rt 10.3-13.3 033 2.562 2.E02 3.025
400-11
3W 5.75-9.3 035 2.765 2.867 3.258
4 5.6-14.0 040 3.140 3.340 3.732
Model "B-r"Mechanical Model -H-VWifotaiH Set

Set Cemenl Rolainei Cement Retainer
Prod. No. 400-07 Prod. No. 400-11
796
SERVICE TOOK
Wire Line Bridge Plugs

MODEL "S"
WIRE LINE BRIDGE PLUG
Product No. 401-19
Offered to the oil and gas industry
through hundreds ol competent and re
liable licensed wire line perforating
and/or logging companies, the MODEL
"S" BRIDGE PLUG is the finest drillable
bridge plug available.
This new plug. SPECIFICALLY DE
SIGNED TO BE RUN ONLY ON ELEC
TRIC WIRE LINE, has all the proven
qualities of the Model "N" Bridge Plug.
Also, its materials are subject to the
same stringent specifications and qual
ity control procedures as the Model
"K-1" Cement Retainer, which provides
IMPROVED DRILLABILITY AND
PRESSURE RATINGS.
MODEL "N-1"
WIRE LINE BRIDGE PLUG
Product No. 401-20
Offered to the industry in the same man
ner as the Model "S" Bridge Plug, the
MODEL "N-1" BRIDGE PLUG has all of
the same features and advantages of Modal "S" Wireline Budge Plug Model "N-1" Mercury
Wraiir» Brelge Plug
the Model "N", WHICH INCLUDES Product No. 401-19
Product No- 401-20
RUNNING AND SETTING ON TUBING
OR DRILL PIPE. Its materials are sub
ject to the same stringent specifications
and quality control procedures as the
Model "K-1" Cement Retainer, which
provides IMPROVED DRILLABILITY
AND PRESSURE RATINGS.
Fast Run In. The lean construction of
IhesB plugs permits them to be run as
fast as well conditions permit.
Dependable Pack-Off. When set on
the Baker Pressure Setting Assembly, a
fluid or gas tight pack-off is assured.
No Swabbing Effect. Baker's unique
locked down packing element system
prevents possibility of swabbing.
Easy Drill-Out. Proper selection of
material specifications results in faster
drill-out.
Model -W ana "H-2" Wireline Bridge Plug Stodsl ■ N-3" Wireline Bridgo Plug
ProduclNo. 401-15
Product No 40103
797
BAKER
SERVICE TOOIS
Specification Guide
MODEL "S" BRIDGE PLUG (Prod. No. 401-19)
Wireline Setting Tools Wireline Feeler
Ing Bridge Range 01
Adapter Model "E-4" & Junk Catcher
RlL Plug Casing I.D.
Kit Prewute Gage
For Running Model
Wl.ln Ma«. Prod. No. Setting Att'y. Size Ring
Prod. Ho.
O.D. Lbi. Size O.D. Mln. Max. 430-31 Prod. No. 437-0! Dl*.
M ■9.5-166 1« 4 090 1M £;; 10 10 3.625

20 4000
5 11.5-18 IBB 3.952 t.lM 4.560
10 3 968
1BB-2M
10 4000
H* 13-23 2AA 4.322 4 580 5.044 20 4 343
"H"
S 14-26 2BB 4.947 5140 5.552 ZBB 20 4.968
439-01
6 10 5 1? Sue 20 20 5.406
6H 17-34 3M 5.385 5.595 6.135
3M-3B8 25 5.SO0
7 32-38
5.718
J 11-35 3BB 5.692 6000 6.538 25
5782
•In 4^-9.5 Ib. Casing when i No. 1Q W.L.P S K. is not available. A No. 20 H.LP S A. and we 2AA Adaptei Hit may be usm when well conditions permit.
MODEL "N-1 " BRIDGE PLUG (Prod. No. 401-20)

Range Of w; . Feeler
Casing ID'S E/4 & Ju ik Catch.
basing Bridge Shear Rslsiss Meeh.
In Which Adapter W.L.P.S.A. Mo del "H"
Plug
Bridge Plug Relaasa Kit Prod. Prod. Prm 1. 439-01
Shair Commodity 438-24 437-02
Wt. In in-, Max. Can Be Run Faroe Gaga
Slia Stud Number Sire
O.D. T&C O.D. Mln. Mm. Req'd. (Lbs.) Ring O.D.
:■■ 9.5-16 6 1U iH'ih iiii'J ISA 10' 3 625
10
3 568
5 11.5-13 IBB 3.937 4.154 4.560 ft" 01-35672-00 33.000 13B-2AA 3) 4000
5W 13-23 2M 4,312 4,590 5.044 4.343

6 14-26 2BB 4.937 5.140 5.552 2BB 4.968
6 10.5-12 5.406
6* 17-34 3U 5.375 S-595 S.135 5.0GO
3M-3BB
1 32-3B
20
1 17-35 3BB 5.687 6.000 6.538 S.718
r, 20-39 <M 6.31? 6.625 i.ia 4M 6.343
BH 24-49 5AA 7.125 7.511 &DJ7 5*A 25 7 156
r 01-34152-M 55,000
29.3-53.5 EM 8.125 8.435 9.063 6AA 8.156
ISM 60.7-81 GBB 9.0O0 9.250 9 B60 6BB 9.011
IO>. 32.75-60.7 7M 9 437 9.660 10.192 7AA 9.468
11* 38-60 8AA 10,43) 10.772 11.150 8AA 10.463
13» 77-107 SBB 11.562 11.633 12.464 8BB 11.625
I3H 48-72 9M 12 175 12715 9AA 12 03;
■In 44 O.D. 9.51b. Casing whei a number 10 tfLPSA is no! available. A njmbei 20 WL.P5.A. and size 2AA Adapter Kit may be used, wên well condituns peimit.
BRIDGE PLUGS FOR TUBING

MODEL "N" & "N-2" WIRELINE BRJDGE PLUG (Prod. No. 401-03)
MODEL "N-3" WIRELINE BRIDGE PLUG (Prod. No. 401-15)
Range 01
Caalng I.D.'S Shear Release Mechanism Wireline Setting Tools Wireline Feeler
Ca ilng Bridge Plug
In Which Release Adapter Kits & Junk Catcher
Bridge Plug Pressure
Commodity Fore* Product Number Modal
Type Setting Gage Ring
Wt in Lbs. Max. Can Be Run Number Heq'd. And Size A Siie
O.D. Size
T&C O.D. Model Mln. Mai. Assembly Dla.
(Lbs.) 438-02 438-25 Prod. No.
2H 4.6-4 7 023 I 750 N 1.730 2 074 Pin 01-56564-00 023 1.781
—
05-23
2» 7.9-10.7 027 1.968 2.091 2.323 Pin 0; 1156-1 CO
Sin 05
027 05-27 1.968
N-3 7,000 Model -'E-4" "FT
2'A 6.4-6.5 Q2B 2.220 2.340 2 525 Pin 01-53839-00 —
023 O5-2B 2.235
3rt 10.3-13.3 D33 Prad. No. 439-07
2.562 2.602 3 025 05-33 2.597
Pin 01-56076-00 033-035 437-02
5 75-9-3 035 2.765 2 867 3.258
3W 5.75-9.3 035 2.765 N-2 2 86/ 3.253 05-35 2.800
:>■ iu
Screw Ann. Sll. 12,000 035-040
4 5.6-14 040 3.140 3.340 3.732 (3 Beq'dJ
Model "E-4" ,.r
10 3.172
Prad. Mo,
VW-GE1D-0HR 439-01
437-02
798
SERVICE'1O0IS
Compact Bridge Plus

MODEL "P-1" COMPACT WIRELINE BRIDGE PLUG
Product No. 401-46 Tubing Set Available Also. Primarily
developed to be run on electric line, the
The MODEL "P-1" COMPACT
"P-1" is also available to be run and set
WIRELINE BRIDGE PLUG is designed
mechanically on tubing.
lo give operators Baker dependability in
medium-temperature (up to 200°F.), MODEL "PC" COMPACT WIRELINE
medium-pressure (up to 5.000 psi diffe BRIDGE PLUG Product No. 401-47
rential pressure) wells, without paying The MODEL "PC11 COMPACT WIRE
the higher costs of bridge plugs for LINE BRIDGE PLUG is a modified ver
high-temperature, high-pressure wells. sion of the Model "P-1" Compact
The MODEL "P-1" is small and solidly Wireline Bridge Plug.
built, achieving economy not only It is designed primarily for use in gas
through its low initial cost but through a wells, but may be used in any situation
short drill-out time. where it is desirable to EQUALIZE THE

PERFORMANCE FEATURES PRESSURE ACROSS THE BRIDGE
Drillable Construction. Careful material PLUG while the Upper Slips are still
selection assures drillability along the holding. In drilling up, the top portion of
entire length of the "P-1". the Body is drilled out, allowing equal
Packing Element has proven highly ization across the Bridge Plug before the
resistant to swab-off. bit encounters the Upper Slips. The de
Solid-Ring Slips give a tough uni- sign of the shear-setting mechanism
tized construction preventing premature provides that only drillable materials are
setting. left with the Bridge Plug after setting.
Model "P-r Mechanical Setting Tool

PioOucl No. 401-91
Model "P-l" Mechanical Sol Compact
Modol "PC Compact Wnoiino Bnrtgo Plug Bridge Plug, Product No. 9
Model "P-1" Compact Bnflgo Plug
Product No 401-48 Produc! No. 401-47
MODEL "P-1" COMPACT BRIDGE PLUG, WIRELINE AND MECHANICAL SET {Prod. No. 401-46, 401-49)
MODEL "PC" COMPACT BRIDGE PLUG WIRELINE SET (Prod. No. 401-47)
Range of Casing I.D.'s Bridge Wireline Sailing Tooln Wii Fealar & Junk Catch.
In Which Bridge Plug Plug Adapter W.L.P.S.A. Modal "H" Prod. No. 43941
Casing Bridge
Max. Kit Prod. No. Prod. No. Gage Ring
Wi. In in. Plug May BaSal
ISnT Mai. O.D. 438-25 437-02 Slzo "oTBT Slzo
O.D. TS.C Slzs
2.200 028 05-28 2.235
S 4-6.5 i 2.2811 2.526
9.SM3.5 1AA
3.781 IM
IAA 3.920 4.560 3.750
11.5-18
2M
4.343 2M
13-23 2M 4.580 5.044 4.312
20
20 5.406 3AA
20-31
3AA 5.595 6 135 5.375
3AA-3EB 5 500 3AA
32-33 25
5.718 3BB
17-35 3BB 6.004 6.538 5.68S
Baud on Dialing No. 751-483

• In 4W-9.5 Lb. Casing. "Mn a No. 10 WIPSA is rat available, a No. 20 WLPSA 1 Sue 2AA Maplef Kit may be used «neie well conditions permit
A Wireline Set "P-l" Only
799
»BAKER
^ SERVICE TOOIS
MODEL "NC-1" WIRELINE BRIDGE

PLUG Product No. 401-21
As a result of extensive engineering
tests the new MODEL "NC-1" WIRE
LINE BRIDGE PLUG has been devel
oped. Constructed of components
subject to stringent material specifica
tions and quality control procedures. It
provides the optimum strength and
drillability combination. It has all the
same features and advantages of the
Baker Model "NC" Bridge Plug plus im
proved drillability and pressure ratings.
The Model "NC-1" Bridge Plug is a
modified Model "N-1" Bridge Plug for
use primarily in gas wells. The design of
the Bridge Plug allows the upper portion
of the Body and the Bridging Plug to be
drilled out, permitting pressure equaliza
tion across the tool before drilling out the
Upper Slips. A Shear Ring mechanism
is used to minimze the amount of mate
rial to be drilled out by the center of the
drill bit.
Model "NC-1" Wireline Bridge Plug

Product No. 401-21
Range of
Casing IDs W/L Setting W/L Feeler
Bridge In Which Tools ft illlll. Catcher
Casing Plug Bridge Plug Shear Ring "E-4" Mod." 1 11 439-01
Wt. In Max. Can ii Run Comm. Release Adapter Kit WLPSA Gage
OD Lbs. T&C Size OD Win. Max. Number Force-Lbs. Prod. 438-25 437-02 Size Ring OD
4-1/2 9.5—16.6 1AA 3.593 3.826 4.090 1AA 10" 10 3.625
3.968
5 11.5—18 IBB 3.937 4.154 4.560 01-74725-00 30,000 1BB-2AA 20
4 000
5-1/2 13—23 2AA 4.312 4.5'80 5.044 4,343
a
6 14—26 2BB 4.937 5.140 5.552 2BB 4.968
6 10.5—12 5.406
6-5'8 17—34 3AA 5.375 5.595 6-135 01-75769-00 50,000 5.500
7 32—38 3AA-3BB 25
7 17—35 3BB 5.687 6.000 6.538 5.718
• In 4-1/20D 9.5 It), casing, when a number 10 WLPSA is not available. A riumber20 WLPSA and Size 2AA Adapter Kit may be used,
when well conditions permit.
800
■-BAKER
¥ SERVICE IDOLS
Model "B" Thru-Tubing Bridge Plug

MODEL "B" CONSTRUCTION FEATURES
THRU-TUBING BRIDGE PLUG The THRU-TUBING BRIDGE PLUG
Product No. 401-81 contains an internal metal petal basket
This versatile plug is offered to the oil above an expandable aluminum body.
and gas industry through hundreds of It is set with a wireline pressure setting
competent and reliable licensed electric assembly, which generates a setting
wire line perforating and/or logging force to pull the tension mandrel upward,
companies. compressing the body causing it to ex
The MODEL "B" THRU-TUBING pand, gripping the casing. The setting
BRIDGE PLUG provides a means of force is held by the ratchet action of the
plugging multiple zones below a packer body lock ring ailei Ihe release stud
without disturbing the packer, pulling the shears and releases the wireline pres
tubing, or killing the well. Once the lowest sure setting assembly, which is then
zone has been produced and depleted, picked up to release the metal petal bas
the THRU-TUBING BRIDGE PLUG, is ket. After being released, the basket ex
set above that zone and bridging mate pands to catch the bridging materials,
rial placed above it. Then the casing is such as gravel, cement or sand, which
perforated and the next zone produced have been placed on top of the plug by
by standard techniques. use of a wireline dump bailer.
Soiling Dump Sand Dump Cemonl

Running In
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
MODEL "B' THRU-TUBING BRIDGE PLUG (Prod. No. 401-811

Minimum lit Casing Slio In Absolute Rango
Bridge Plug Which Bridge ol Casing In Which
Size May Ba Hun Plug May Bs Set Bridge Plug May Be Sal
Thru Mln.' Man. Mln.- Max.
IK i IS 3^-13.6* 3^-9.91* 2673 2.992
IK 11.0 3W-8.81 «f 1-16.9* 2.992 UZE
IV. « 4.6 1.765 4W-1G.6* 5-11.5* 3.826 4,560
IV. x 5.5 5V26# 6-10 5* 4 548 5 921
Mooel "B" Tnru-TuBing Bndge Plug 6-26# MM 7.125

m 17.i
ProUi>cl No. 401-81
Minimum It). Shown Gives Oplinum Hnldinj Power. Based on Drawing No 751-178
aoi
SERVICE TOOIS
Pressure Setting Assembly

PRESSURE SETTING ASSEMBLY MODEL "E-4" provides a sure, proven BP-3 igniter which ignites the secondary
SIZES 05, 10 AND 20 means of setting any Electric Line set igniter and High Temperature Power
product. Charge, The MODEL "E-4" incorporates
MODEL "E-4" WIRELINE PRESSURE
The MODEL "E-4" WIRELINE PRES a manual bleeder valve to insure safe
SETTING ASSEMBLY
SURE SETTING ASSEMBLY is a gas and simple pressure bleed-off prior to
Product No. 437-02
actuated tool used lor the gradual devel disassembly after being run.
The MODEL "E-4" WIRELINE PRES opment of hydraulic force through pres
SURE SETTING ASSEMBLY is de sure, assuring the successful setting of The FIRING HEAD connects the Wire
signed to set all Baker Electric Line set Bridge Plugs, Retainer Production Pack line Pressure Setting Assembly to the
products. In conjunction with the equip ers, and Cement Retainers. The gas collar locator on the electric line which
ment and skilled services of a licensed pressure required is obtained by the provides electrical ignition of the Power
perforating and/or logging company, the electrical ignition of a Model 8P-2 or
Charge through Ihe Igniter and second
ary Igniter. The lop end is blank for
threading to facilitate machining to fit the
electric wireline company's collar
locator.
Model "C" Firing Head, Product No.

437-21, (size 05) is used with the size 05
Model "E-4" Wireline Pressure Setting
Assembly.
Firing Head, Product No. 437-20, (sizes

10 and 20) is used with sizes 10 and 20
Model "E-4" Wireline Pressure Selling
Assembly.
Mode! "BP-2" and "BP-3" Firing Head

Igniter, Product No. 437-41 and 437-44
is used with all sizes of the Model "E-4"
Wireline Pressure Setting Assembly.
Secondary Igniter, Product No. 437-43

is used with all sizes of the Model "E-4"
Wireline Pressure Setting Assembly.
High Temperature Power Charge, Prod

uct No. 437-64. Size 05 is used with the
size 05 Model "E-4" Wireline Pressure
Setting Assembly. Size 20 is used with
size 10 and 20 Model "E-4" Wireline
Pressure Setting Assembly.
3.:==
Who Una Pressure Selling Assembly

Proai>ci No. 437-02
802
SERVICE TOOLS
Go-Devil Tripped Firing Head

GO-DEVIL TRIPPED FIRING HEAD
Product No. 436-06
The GO-DEVIL TRIPPED FIRING HEAD
provides a means of mechanically actuat
ing the Model "E-4" Wire Line Pressure
Selling Assembly, run on sand line, by
firing a blank cartridge which ignites the
secondary igniter and power charge. The
WIRE LINE PRESSURE SETTING
ASSEMBLY, with GO-DEVIL TRIPPED
FIRING HEAD, and the product to be set,
is run to setting depth. The GO-DEVIL is
installed over the sand line and dropped
into the well. When the GO-DEVIL lands
on the releasing sleeve, the firing head
tires — igniting the secondary igniter and
power charge. GO-DEVILS can be used
in low lluid level wells if there is at least a
100' fluid column above Ihe firing head in
the well bore.
Go-Devil Tripped Firing Head

Product No. 436-06
SPECIFICATION GUIDE — GO-DEVIL TRIPPED FIRING HEAD

(Prod. No. 436-06)
Model "E-4" Power
Go-Dovll Trlppod Go-D»vll For
WLPSA Charge
Firing Head Firing Ha ads
Pioducl No. Product No. Blank
437-02 437-64 Cartridge
Sue 20 Sue 10 Ctmmwlili No.

Sire 10 WW-WX0O-0M
Size 20 02-115^1-00
Sue 20 Sue 20
Based on drawing No. 751-480

803
■-BAKER
V SERVICE TOOIS
Wire Line Feeler & Junk Catcher

MODEL "H" WIRE LINE FEELER
AND JUNK CATCHER
Product No. 439-01
The WIRE LINE FEELER and JUNK
CATCHER is run in the well to determine if
the well bore is large enough to permit
subsequent passage of the BRIDGE
PLUG, Packer or other pack-off tool that is
to be run. In addition, the FEELER AND
JUNK CATCHER will serve to clean the
well of junk that might otherwise foul the
tool and cause a premature set.
MODEL "R" WIRE LINE FEELER

AND JUNK CATCHER
Product No. 439-07
The MODEL "R'1 WIRE LINE FEELER
and JUNK CATCHER is used to gage,
and dean junk and debris from, a tubing
well bore prior to running drillable prod
ucts on an electric line. The guide on the
basket is slightly larger than the OD of the
drillable product to be run, which will in
sure that the drillable product will reach
Model "FT Wire Lino Feota and setting depth. A flapper valve in the bot
Junk Catcher
Product No. 439-07 tom end of the basket will trap, and re
trieve, junk and debris.
MODEL "C" WIRE LINE JAR

Product No. 439-44
The MODEL "C" WIRE LINE JAR is a
mechanical type jar and should always be
run in conjunction with the MODEL "R"
WIRE LINE FEELER and JUNK
CATCHER. Threads are compatible and
special cross-over subs are not required.
Should the feeler and junk catcher be
come stuck due to junk or debris in the
well bore, it can be freed by actuating
the jar.
Model 'H ■ Wiie Una Faalor and Model "C" Wire Line Jar
Junk Catcher Pioducl No. 439-44
Pioducl Nn. 439-01
804
=BAKER
W SERVICE TOOIS
Milling Tools
Through Ihe use of one of Baker Service
Tools' MILLING TOOLS or PLUG
PLUCKER, permanent bridge plugs,
cement retainers, and packers can be
quickly and safely milled over and/or re
trieved Irom the well. Although designed
primarily (or removing Baker pro
ducts, they are available in many special
sizes to mill over other makes of simi
lar equipment.
Because only a very small portion of
the plug, retainer, or packer ever needs
lo be milled oul, and Ihe milling shoes
have been specifically designed to re
move only the necessary sections, mill-
out time is greatly reduced.
Cementing and treating work previ
ously limited by the capabilities of re
trievable plugs or packers can be done
with high performance drillable tools
since they can safely be removed follow
ing treatment.
MODEL "CJ"
PACKER MILLING TOOL
Product No. 747-06
For milling over permanent packers
and retrieving the milled out packer
from well.
MODEL "CB"
PACKER MILLING TOOL
Product No. 747-02
To mill over permanent packers and
push to bottom of hole.
Tool shown milling up oulsldfl portion cl Retainer

Production Packer; spring-loaded cath bI
tneves t jlanco of packer i»1y
*
MoOol ■ CJ" Packer Milling Tool
Producl Ha. 7*7-06
805
BAKER
SERVICE TOCMS
Specification Guide
MODEL "CJ" PACKER MILLING TOOL (Prod. No. 747-06)
PlCkl I Pic>ir Hill i Ilo Oil Siisa :* Shoa

Old Hat Nik <\»i Caunc
Plfkll Pick!! Mil HE Idd
ThI llDfl %HI OD Shu 10 Comm Comm
Iml Shot OD Shot ID Cofnjn Conm
lit Siii Ui >g. 10.
as b no. wiiu.i gdd Sin .11 lin IE n
O.D. WtlLH) «0>MI Sin Sill Sui III. 11. .n
6
1 84 968 917 500 250 -12222-00" -50!in-oo
2na
618 603 625 531 1-18390-00- 7-52269-OO 23-32 84-26 80-26
20-19 22 i
M 2M-IS
I 6-16 6 1 1DA-10
F* 2IA30
2S-21 22 61B 603 963 Ml i-siooooo- 1-52211-00 i 80-32
F-l 22-23 84-32 2M -12223-00' )-5 woe oo
!3 i 86 203 171 5O0
07-51110 00
dh
718 IDi ia
0 5-13.5 oe 23-26 20-26 250 7-5192I.MI
•
)50l 84-26 8D-26
i
Ill 0 21-19
1-18391 DO1 7-52270-00 17-23 5-2 81-32
250 ■12222-00- 7-50240-00
CA :iu:; 20-19 21 3 859 818 62b ill 80-32 Bl .968 91) 500
■; 3! SAB 5JB 10
15-116 FD 21.19
Hi FA-1 5fA;)
FA 2IFA-30 20-23 21 3 659 WS 968 1 -60212' SO' 1-522)1-00 80-40
6H 1) ■ 1 85-10
I.] 24-23
US «AB 11 o-i wa
15-16.6 H 28-15 20-19 22 3 618 603 625 '.. 1-483 90-00' 7-S2269.M 85 6000 918 9D6 812 1-18405-00- 1-52292-00
FA 1 Sfl-47
18-21 ut 2SAB 30 0-3Oil9 80-40
26-29 F-l Bi-40
t>
32-19 30-19 5«B (1 M213I
S-2
7 20-23 [*-! ,■114,'
21 0 32 1016 030 . 125 1-50196-DO1 7.52271-00 30-10 81 6 203 6171 906 112 1-48106-00- 1-522M-O0
32-25 F-l :,' ij
N 30-25
17 FA-1 5rl S!
FI 32FA-M 80-44 39 6 3M 359 «7 315 1-1B107-D01 1-52291-W
F-l B9-J1
DS 32-26 30-26
F-l S5 10 Bl-40
D
32-19 30-19 1*. *A-n
411 1-52291 00
S-2 BO-44 89 6 590 6359 3 IS 1-18107-00-
S3 11
S 15-18 D 32 1110 1109 .1S7 -I2S 1-18395-00' F-l
32-25 OJ-S2271-001 S9.1D 81-10
N 30-25 (321 1046) 4 0101
DA S3 DA 10
FA- 12FAS0
7*1 33.7-39 0 80-32
3B 32-26 30-26 S8-32
II
31-19 30-19
1
01 11-26 35 21 88-26
115-13 31 1250 4.234 .181 .12 1-4 B396-O0 O)-52272.0O N SO li 88 6100 6.281 50 .250 1-12216-00 7-S2211M
D
31-25 30-25 It
K 88-26
N
0 11-19 30-19
1 17-20 D
D
a 01-18396-00 07-52272-00 88-32 40-32
23-26 31-2S 30-25 34 1.250 1.234 .187 N
■i
DA .SOA-40
H M-26 30-26
m ?39( ;35! 13 5 3j 1 1E1OI Of 1-52291 OC
29 '-39 SAE ■Ji«t ;; ,0-52.11
SAE ISM 31 10-26
FA fill S2
D 17-19 10-19 30-14
j[ 4;
D
1181 600 41 01-4 222 5-00 01-509JI-00 24-33.; F-l 91 6640 6609 5.43 5.37 01-18408-00 O1-S2295-0O
12 i 515 31 M 81-10
it 42-26 10-26
SAE .';['--,? 0 5;iIJ
20-23 M
DA 12DA-32 m DA 92DA-1O
D 80-32
FA 13FA-36
01-52284-00
«0-30 13 1.516 1.181 1.5S 3.62 024 535 5-00 24-39 H 92-32 92 6 610 6 601 ».S« 1250 O1-12224-O0 D 7-522 73- 00
F-l
S-2 BB 6 300 6.28 i.soo 01-42216-00 07-52211-00
D 44-14 10-19
D 43
wh llilb J 92-26 SO-26
N OKI
. 13-1) a
HI D60A 1
11-26 10-26 4.76S 4.734 3 501) iM O1-427S3-O0 01-50245-00
N
S-2
» 36-49 0
126-38
120-38
126 7.128 7.296 5 31 5JSC OI44J9S-00 07-52290-00
N
01 i 101-32
SM 26^8-3 20-1713
Tl 45-30
01-52255-00
11-17 10-30 45 1765 1.13 ] IS m 01-18393-00 5*1 2B3AB-5 20 S2il 7 611 160! 51) ■j: 11-41795-01 I1-5I28S-M
FA- 15FA-36
SA6 26SAB-6 10 UK 161 >.6tj ■■: 5! \hlUitC ))-522«.M
[1 11-19 10-19
21-36 [IA !8HM 128
0 11 -2b
D 120-3! 164 7.60 5 3) S3 0i-l«9i-00 07-52288-00
01 I1W-32 16 1.890 4.85 3.5)0 3.43 (SI-12710-0O 07-51 BO 5-00 128-3B
V
13-14 SAI HStB-3 10-26 *
40-53.6 'M 91SAB-7 90-15.6 B32 s:i ,9t :i 12-23015-0 D 7-522 98 00
N
11-26 F-l lift Ul
S-,
F-l 151.60 190-W 8.32 8 29 7 56 I; O1-9B6OJ-0O 07-52291-W
F 1 u s:
40-30 47 4 890 4.86 3.7S J- 01-18331-00 Ol-52266-M 36-11 11- I91FA-75
11- Ufa 5:
SAI :91SJB £ !SD.60il
64-30 wn DA 191
6 14-26 N 40-30 19 5000 1984 3.16 3.7K 01-18101-00 07-52281-00
u 190-4)
DA 6101-36
32 3-53 N 194-47 832 B29 628 62 01-11806-00 02-52289-00
M! fc2S!B-i
5-i
01 !2DMI
[I
D 60-32 Ht-32 190-3?
O7-52276-O0 n
6H 11-32 n 82-32 B2 5 516 5 53 118 4.12 01-4B1O1-O0
212-26 UK 2-.
5-2 60.7-B
212-32 2M-32 212 903 8.98 7.62 :i 01-50211-00 O7-52H9.D0
N
82-26 60-26 212-36 ,-.-J K
0
DA 82DA-1I
KB 21? 1) iM tl
;n a T.'J 26
D
B2-37 10 32.7 5-M 211-3! 200-32 214 916 9106 7 62 1.1 07-50252-00 01-S228O-0O
K 80-32
211-lt 200-Ji
1 32-3! a B2SAB-! 82 S76 5)3 4. MO U. 01-12221-00 01-509)3.00
214-47 200-i)
S-2 82-32
32)5-15 SA Z145AB- DO :'i- 9 S3 i.U 16 K-12805-0 a/-'.tm 00
D
S2-26 80-26 B!IM» 220 i'j
K
11 38-60 KB 220-32 !2O-3? 22 lDlOi 10.34 84 M 01-50262-00 01-52211-00
FA- 83IA-11
6H 20-21 220-33 220 38
F- 83-10
80-40 83 5.76 5J3 IB) 4.' 02-15331-M OJ-522 91-00 !?O-17 220-41
F' tl-1 11
7 12-38 230-26 210-21
F- S3-10
13 77-102 KB EW-H iiu 11 23 11.53 HI 9B 9.7 0)-50216-00 07-52282-00
Dl ItU 4
23048 230-3J
D
230-li 230-1.
N M-32 80-32
1500 4.2S 01-12221-00 07-5O973-O3 210-26 24OJ1
6* 17-20 S 2 82 5 76 5 7!
210-32 213-32
a MStB-l
13 49-72 KB 210-3F Jlfl i. 24 121 120 98 91 07-50100-00 07-S22S3-00
0
94-26 80-26 210-i/ 210-11
H
?l()-sr 7in fi
Dl 81 Dl 1!
13 102 F- 210-93 73O-S3 23 us 114 98 }) 01-50216-00 01-52262 00
7 23-32 a 80-32 34 5.96 5.91 4.5OS 01-12222-00 07-5O21O-OJ
M-32
n
* until s
806
■•BAKER
W SERVICE TOOIS
Plug Plucker
MODEL "CP-1"
PLUG PLUCKER
Product No. 747-12
For milling over permanent bridge plugs between 40,000 and 50,000 lbs. of pull,
and/or cemenl retainers and retrieving depending on size and model.
the milled out portion from the well bore. Longer Working Life. Shoes on the
Since bridge plugs or retainers never MILLING TOOLS or PLUG PLUCKERS
have to be pushed downhole, and can are dressed with crushed tungsten car
be retrieved, high performance bridge bide chips to insure longer cutting life.
plugs or cement retainers can safely be Faster Mill-Out Time. Years of re
set above a liner when desired. search and development have produced
a milling action which will easily mill up
PERFORMANCE FEATURES even the largest retainer or plug and, in
Rugged Construction. Built to withstand most cases, in one round trip.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE MODEL 'CP-1 1 PLUG PLUCKER (Prod. No. 747-12)
Casing Bridge Plug Plug Plucktr

O.D. Wi. (l.b.) or Hetalner Sh« Shoo O.D. Shoe ID. Old Shoo Nsw Shot
I1C 5lt« Sin Man. Mln. Max. Mln. Co mm. No. Co mm. No. Siia
4i* 9.5-166 IM n 3.618 3 603 2.625 2.531 '111-4B190-00 07-5226900 1AA
S II.S-IB IBB 24 3 3^ 3.02! 2.625 2.531 ■01-41391-01} 07- 522 70- 00 IBB
SM 1J-23 IU 42 4.515 4 184 3.500 3.437 ■014!2!S-00 07-50971-00 2M
6 14-26 16 UM 4159 MM 3*37 •01-42740-0Q 0 7- SI 805-00 IBB
63A 5 3?!A 5?»A 1125a 4.000a ■01 -48401 -00a O7-5227S-OOA

JM
nt 17-J4 3M SJ SMS 5 531 (.117 4.125 ■O1-4M03-M 0M2276-DO
7 3Z-3!
J 17-35 3BB a 1,7(5 5731 4.500 «M •01 -41221-00 O7.W57i-WI 3BB
7H 10-39 4M es 6.300 6 281 4.500 4.250 -01-42216.00 07-52277-00 4W
to 24-49 5M IS 7.321 7.296 S.3T5 5250 ■01-44194-00 07-52290-00 SAA
M 293-53 5 EM 191 9 32! 8 295 6.281 6.250 ■01-4(606-00 07-52289-00 6M
IO« 60.7-81 EBB 212 9 HI 8SB4 7.625 7.S00 ■07.50247-00 07-52279-00 6B9
I(M 32?5-fO7 1U 211 9469 9406 7.62S 7.500 ■07-50252.00 07-S2280-00 7U
IIH 38-60 sm 120 10.4M 10.343 8468 £406 ■07-50262 00 07.52211-00 SM
int 77-102 188 210 11.531 11.46! 9.841 3.781 ■07-5O24M0 0I-52282-U BS9
I3H 48-72 9M 210 12156 17 091 9B43 9.781 •07-50IOO-W 07-67283-IH 9AA
■Use until slKl ii

A6H 34* onlj
Model -CP-1" Rug Plucker

P o 747-12
807
BAKER
SERVICE TOOTS
MODEL "CC" MILLING TOOL tom ot hole ... or for milling over "re
Product No. 747-03 trievable" type packers when conditions
For milling out permanent bridge plugs exist that render normal retrieving
or cement retainers and pushing to bot methods impossible.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE MODEL "CC" MILLING TOOL (Prod. No. 747-03)
C«alng Drulgn Plug Milling Tool
O.D. wi lit.;. or FWilner StlM Shoe O.D. Stun l.O. Old 5ho« Haw Shoo Sub Assy.
T4C SilB Size Mm. Mln. Mai. Mln. Comm. No. Comm. No. Sin
Si-lfiB IU 22 3 CIS 3 603 2.G2S 2.S3I ■O1-48J9O-M 01-52269-00

20-19
& U5-1B IBB 24 1046 4.G31 2 62i 1511 -01-41391-03 07-52270-00
IJ-23 IU 42 4 51S 4.494 !■--■ 3*37 ■0I-4222S-O3 01-50971 00

40-26
6 14-26 IBB 16 (AH 4.B5S 1.400 3.437 ■01-42740-00 07-51805-00
aa USA 1296* 1125& 1000a ■01-43401-00 A 07-5227 5- 00 A

60-12
17-34 JU a an 5SJ1 jib; 4.125 ■01-(8401-00 07-52276-00
t 32-3!
? 17-35 38 B 82 5.765 5 734 1.500 4.250 ■01-42121-CO 07-50971-00

30-12
7H 20-39 (U 13 tm 6281 4 500 4 250 ■01-WI6-KI 07-51277-00
M 21-19 SM ize ir.a 7.296 S37S 5250 ■01-UJM-M 07-5Z2W-OO 120-38
n 23.3-51.5 6U 194 am 8.295 G231 6.250 ■01.14806.00 07-52289.00 190-4)
60 7-81 EBB 212 8 515 8 484 7.562 7.437 ■01-M217-M 07-52219-00 200-17
im 3J 75-607 m 211 MU 9.(06 7 625 7.SM ■07-50252-W 07-522(0-00 200-17
38-60 im 220 laux 10 313 aisfl BIDS ■O7-5O26J.0O 07-52281-00 210-4?
llti 77-102 m 230 1I.S31 11.163 9.643 S.78! ■07-50216-00 07-522(2-00 230-47
UK 43-72 w* 210 12156 12 033 9B43 9 JB1 *d;-4diw-« 07-5221300 2*0-17
■j-e until ',!::* H

*6>i 34 » only.
FLAT BOTTOM MILL milling shoes ol the Model "CJ" Packer

Product No. 747-07 Milling Tools, Product No. 747-06. Circu
FLAT BOTTOM MILLS are (or use in lation is of a design to help remove cut
milling up Cement Retainers, Bridge tings quickly and keep the mill head
Plugs and Retainer Type Production clean and running at full capacity. Their
Packers. Their cutting surface provides superior penetration rates result in fewer
complete coverage and is dressed with round trips. They are highly resistant to
the same dependable tungsten carbide impact loads and their self-sharpening
chips and matrix material as used on the feature results in maximum useful life.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE FLAT BOTTOM MILL (Prod. No. 747-07)

Gating Flat Bunom Mill
Wi. In. Lbs. Nominal
O.O. T4C Mai. O.D. Mln. O.D. BUS Thread Spsc. Comm. No.
9.5-1! 6 3 875 1841 3'i 2H«PI P»e- 147-07-3375

4'j ImIN. ftn
116-131 JJ50 Mil m 717-07-3750
11 0-17.0 4.750 4.111 411 717-01-4750

V.i AP.I. Rsg.
ill RO-20.0 4.625 1593 4^ IMI It Pin 147-01-4625
200-230 4500 4.1 SB 4') 147-07-4500
I7O-2SO 6.125 6093 M 3>J UU. Rt[. 147-07-6125

7 Tool K. Pin
26 0-380 5 750 5.718 SM 747-07-575D
80S
BAKER
SERVICE TOOLS
Casing Scraper
MODEL "C-3" POSITIVE-TYPE
ROTO-VERT CASING SCRAPER CASING SCRAPER
Product No. 620-03 The Positive-Type Casing Scraper is
The ROTO-VERT CASING SCRAPER essentially a standard Model "C-3"
is ideal to remove cement sheath, scale, Roto-Vert Casing Scraper, but with rub
ber blade block supports behind each
perforating burrs, and other foreign sub
blade block to prevent them from being
stances from the inside walls of casing.
forced back into the scraper. This fea
The importance of keeping the casing
ture is advantageous especially where
ID clean and smooth is necessary as
excessive scale, burrs, or other foreign
nearly all subsequent operations in the
substances are found on the inside walls
well are affected in one way or another
of the casing, and where more effective
by the condition of the casing bore. Any
gaging is required.
jagged imperfection in the casing, varia
tion in the ID, or layer of mud or cement
CONSTRUCTION
can cause tool failure in a variety of
The body of the tool is machined from
operations.
solid bar stock to ensure maximum
PERFORMANCE FEATURES strength, while the replaceable blade
blocks are cast steel, hard-laced to
Rugged Construction. Since the body of
lessen the chances of bypassing an
the ROTO-VERT is machined from solid
imperfection due to edge damage. The
bar stock, and the blade blocks are of
angle and direction of shear on these
cast steel with hard-faced scraping
scraping edges further negate the
edges, the scraper provides maximum
chance of imperfection bypass. The tool
strength and working life.
operates successfully when rotated or
Rotating or Reciprocal Action. The
reciprocated, on drill pipe or tubing.
ROTO-VERT operates successfully
when rotated or reciprocated vertically
— either on drill pipe or tubing.
Total casing ID Coverage. The angle
and direction of shear on the scraping
edges of the blades guarantee that no
imperfections are bypassed.
DIMENSIONAL DATA
BAKER ROTO-VERT CASING SCRAPER
Body Number
Dim. 28 35 10 It
1 III. Mil , 1.660 1.900 2H
A 7; 3U 1 1
a Pitt 3 V, 3V.
c 2V, aw 3%'
0 (V, ♦Vn BVt IVi
E .■:■. 21V* 41J/. ::■ ,
F 4V. Wit 8'/.

G 2'/m 37, 37.
Body Number
Dim. 12 14 IB IB
Thraiidi 2'. 3V, ifi m

A IV. VI, 2 vu
e PU 47, 5Vi 7]/4
C 4V sv S'V
D Win I(W. 9Vi
1 4GV. «V« 15'/. 47
F iL-,,. S3U !'■■ 10
u VI. 4*/i sv. PI,
Driving Blocks project from Body making man mum OD nl Scrapers as follows:
No. 10-3.670": No. 11-3.936"; Ho. 124.514'] UMel "C-3" Hoto-Voil Caang Scraper
PidOljc! No. 620-03
Ho. U-S.5H". Ho. 16-7.358- No. 18-9.576'.
809
BAKER
SERVICE TOOIS
Specification Guide
MODEL "C-3" ROTO-VERT CASING SCRAPERS {Prod. No. 620-03)
Rangs □! Casing
Blade I.D. In Which Scraper Tin!. Spacs.t Body
Tubing or Casing
May Be Run Pin Up Circulating Max.
Wt. In Lbs. Scrapsr Block
Size Size Mln. Max. Box Dawn Hole I.D. O.D.
O.D. T&C
1Q-A 3.701 3.950 3.670

iV, 13.5-16.6
10 2HAPI
10-B 3.833 4.090 Reg. TJ. 1

454 9.5-12.6
11.5-18 11 11 4 151 4.560 3.936

5
iVi 15.5-23 12-A 4 545 (.950

m API
SVi 13-14 12 12-B 4.887 5.240 Hi 4.S14

Reg- U
6 15-20 12-C 5.227 5.620
6M 20-32
14-A 5.550 6.065
7 35-38
6*4 17 3WAPI
14-B 5.969 6.538 m 5.514
7 17-32 14 Reg. TJ.
7 17-23
14-BC 5.241 £969
7Si 26.1-39
7M 20-39 14-C 6.500 7.125
aw 24-49 16-A 7.38S 8.097
9* 53.5* 16 AB* 7.969 8.594
9*4 43.5-53.5 16-AB-l 8.379 8755

414 API 2 7.358
9H 29.3-47 16 16-B 8.525 9.063 Reg. 11
10K 71.1-81.1 16-C 9.094 9.562
10» 60.7-65.7 ie-D 9.404 9.872
10W (5.5-51 16-E 9.694 10.153
ioy« 32.75-55.5 18-A 9.604 10.192

65* API
38-60 18 18-8 10.616 11.150 2tt 9.576

Reg. TJ.
13H 61-72 18-C 12.191 12.515
•Fof 53.5 S Heavier t Threads shown ait standard, other! special order only
810
BAKER
SERVICE TOOI5
Model "A-2" Sand Line Drill

MODEL "A-2"
SAND LINE DRILL
Product No. 747-41
The MODEL "A-2" SAND LINE DRILL well conditions (angle of hole, mud
provides a simple means of drilling out weight, etc.).
packers, cement and other drillabie mate Efficient. Picks up cuttings for maximum
rials. II can also be used fordrilling in open drilling efficiency.
hole completions, removing sand, gravel, Versatile. Converts into an efficient sand
junk or other debris from the well bore. pump merely by changing shoes. The full
FEATURES/ADVANTAGES chisel shoe is used to drill soft items such
Economical. Can be run on cable-tool as cement and sand bridges. The 60%
drilling line, a service machine, or the chisel shoe is normally for harder objects
sand line of a rotary rig, eliminating ex such as cast iron plugs and packers.
pensive surface equipment.
Fast. Drills out retainer type packers or
plugs in as little as 1 hour depending on
SPECIFICATION GUIDE—MODEL "A-2" SAND LINE DRILL {Prod. No. 747-41)

Cailng Recommend ad
Tool Blt
Casing I.D.
v.'i in Lbs.
O.D. T*C Mln. Max. Size O.D. Sl/ii O.D.
:>', 4.7-6.5 2.347 2.923

23-35 2 2» 2>/l«
3ft 5.75-9 3 2.923 3.920 V, 2tt
m 9.5-13.5
3.92D 4.G69 43 3fc 43 3H
5 H5-21
5V, 13-23
E 15 2E 4.670 5.855 45-47 4 45 *Vi

23-32
EH
17-26
7 17-38 5.S55 7.125 45-47 4 47 5"/m

m 20 39
a* 24-49 7.511 8 097 49 7- 49 7W
■ Adapter Slesve 07-5O527-00 Only. Rest Of Tool is i" O.D.
Based en dawing No. 751 -482
Model -A-2' Sand Una Drill

P:oOuaHo. 747-41
811
BAKER
SERVICE TOOIS
Model "B" Junk Basket

MODEL "B"
JUNK BASKET
Product No. 428-02
The MODEL "B" JUNK BASKET aids in The effectiveness of the unit lies in the
the removal of cuttings from the hole reduction of circulation fluid velocity upon
when drilling or milling drillable or non- reaching the upper portion of the cylinder,
drillable materials. The basket is posi which allows metal cuttings to drop into
tioned just above the bit or milling tool in the basket.
the drilling string. It consists of a drill col
lar, a cylinder and a drill collar sub. This
forms a basket for trapping the metal
cuttings.
DIMENSIONAL DATA
Slza
Dim. OE 1 2 2A 3 4 5 7
. • -;i Zft 3^ API Iti API 6HAPI
A
REG TJ REG TJ REG 11 REG IJ REGTJ
B 3-, 4W SH m
C 1H 2 m 2'.i 34 4
0 ■-. 3>V,s ■1 G a
F H 1 IU 2 !« 3W
G i'Vn 1ft 4»
J 7 m 9U 5 9H 91s/i. 9K
1 SVi. ll» 10J4 11 lOVit 9
M ZK
N 8'Vii 25!* :m ?in 233/.( 21H 2B't ,
f 7 VA 9>> 9M 9
Q 31 30W 1.0' i 36H
H 11 13 U
s :: 60'i BV.i -T. E9
SPECIFICATION GUIDE—BAKER MODEL "B" JUNK BASKET

(Prod. No. 428-02)
Cailng Range of Threads'
Gating 10 In Pin Up.
Inlmul which Baikal Bo I
Junk TIC Upsol May Be Run Down
Baikal wt. Wl. API
Sire OD (Dm) (»•)' ■On. Mai. Heg. TJ
OE m 11.6-16.6 11.6-13.5 3.826 4.081

9.5 _
2H
1 5 ll.S-18 15-IS 4,032 4.750
23 23-26
2 iv, 13-20 15.5-20 4.751 5.312 Z'/t
6 23-26 23
» B 15-20 !L 20 5.313 5.750

6H 32 32
65i 17-28 24-28 3W
3 7 17-38 23 3 = 5.751 6.750
7M 39 19
i 7« 20-33 i 26.4-33.7 6.751 7.500
SW 24-49 3!-49
S 7JO! 9.062 itt
9>i 29.3-53.5 36-53 5
7 10i. 32.7S-55.5 - 9 063 10.192 6H
■Threads showii are slanifard. ethers luinistierl on special order only.

includes Epanj Ctiallanl Ertreme Line. Voun^lown Speedtile. and HytlriT
Based on Dtajiine No 751-495
Model "B" Junk Basket

Praducl No. 438-02
812
— BAKER
v SERVICE TOOIS
Anchor-Catchers
MODEL "fl-2" AND "B-3"
TUBING ANCHOR-CATCHERS
Product Nos. 698-03 and 698-04
!
No single expenditure you can make will
do so much for your pumping well - so
H
last - and with such a quick pay-out - as a
TUBING ANCHOR-CATCHER- MORE
[r(i
OIL PER STROKE . . . FEWER
STROKES PEH BARREL. Extends life
ol rods and tubing at the same time and
permits you to run longer between pull
ing jobs which means less downtime,
more production time . .. more oil.
No-Movement Principle. They not only
catch parted tubing BEFORE it falls, but
completely prevent all vertical move BAKER SERVICE TOOL
ment ol the tubing at the anchor during ANCHOR-CATCHER
the pump cycle. No movement after setting, because
Protects iiihiiio From Overstress. both cones are in full wedge contact with
Prevents any increase in tubing tension the slips which have been forced into
grip contact with casing.
over that applied when set, permitting
WHY ANCHOR TUBING?
tubing to be kept at safe stress levels.
Consider these facts:
Also protects tubing from impact of
In a pumping well with an unanchored
parted rods and cyclic stresses caused
tubing string, being pumped at the rate
by pump pounding, and breathing.
of 15 strokes per minute, the following
Reduces Caslns and Anchor Wear.
wasteful and destructive tubing move
Absolutely no travel of the cone relative
ment occurs .. . 21,600 times a day
to the slip - once the ANCHOR-
on each upstroke ... the tubing for
t
CATCHER is set ■ to cause impact
several joints above the pump is forcibly
loading between anchoring and catch
wrapped around the taut rod siring
ing positions.
(buckling) causing excessive rod and
Emergency Release. Baker Service
tubing wear, increasing friction drag and
Tool's variable shear pin design permits
surface power requirements.
emergency release at pre-selected
21,600 times a day on each upstroke
loads with an upward pull when normal
the tubing moves upward (breathing) as
release is impossible.
the fluid load is transferred from the tub
ing to the rods ... reducing effective u
stroke of the pump—causing couplings
to rub against the casing with resulting
coupling wear. 21,600 limes a day—
nearly one million limes a month-
/ \
1
breathing and buckling are repeated dur
ing each pump cycle, each time remov
ing a little more metal from rods, tubing
B
ID and couplings—resulting in leaking or f \
parted tubing and/or parted rods . ..

each time lifting less oil, resulting in sub
stantial production losses ...
: \
(Hi
/ ■
OLD STYLE CONVENTIONAL

ANCHOR-CATCHER
With insufficient tubing tension, cones
slam back and forth between anchoring
(A) and catching (B) positions during the
pumping cycle.
813
BAKER
SERVICE TOOLS
cementers has clearly proved the

superiority of this design over the so-
called "universal" non-directional tooth
profile.
DEPENDABLE
OPERATING INFORMATION
DRAG SPRINGS
Setting
The stainless steel drag
At the desired setting depth rotate tubing
springs of the Tubing
to the left with hand tongs (5 to 8 turns,
Anchor-Catcher are spe
depending on casing weight]. After slips
cially designed with a low
contact casing, pull full calculated ten
stress value to minimize the
sion. Slack off and, while holding left-
possibility of breaking under
hand torque on tubing, alternately pull
corrosive conditions. And
up and set down weight several times to
as an added safety precau
firmly set the slips. Release torque and
tion, the springs are at
apply full tension.
tached to the top rather than
Applying tension at surface
to the bottom of the tool. If they should
The proper amount of tension to apply
break they will be pulled rather than
for different well conditions is thoroughly
pushed when the tool is retrieved. The
covered on the following pages. The
broken spring ends will not catch in cas
"overstretch" of several inches required
ing joints to hinder retrieving.
to apply tension with doughnut-type
hanger can be reduced to about one
inch through use of the Double Box
Bushing. Ask your Baker Service Tools
Representative for details.
Normal release
The Anchor-Catcher should be released
with the tubing in slight compression.
Apply slight amount of set-down weight.
SLIPS HELD SECURELY
Rotate to the right 5 to 8 turns and re
IN PLACE
ciprocate the tubing 2 or 3 times for a
The method used to hold the slips of
distance of several feet while rotating
Anchor-Catchers against the continu
additional turns to the right. Prevent
ously changing forces
left-hand rotation when retrieving
is as important as slip
anchor.
» design. Each slip is
Emergency release
SUPS DESIGNED TO HOLD cast with a flange on
If it is impossible to release the Anchor-
IN TWO DIRECTIONS each side which fits
Catcher with normal release proce
Each rugged slip contains two sets of under the housing
dures, emergency shear release can be
directional wickers, one designed to making it impossible
obtained with an upward pull.
prevent upward movement, the other to for the slips to work loose from the tool.
prevent downward movement. This is in direct contrast to anchor-
Baker's long experience with direc catchers that rely on pins and springs
tional wicker slip design in their bridge that could break under repeated impact
plugs, retainer packers and retrievable or under highly corrosive conditions.
814
SERVICE TOQIS
Tubing Anchor-Catcher
PERFORMANCE AS AN ANCHOR PERFORMANCE AS A
More oil per stroke with less tubing, TUBING CATCHER
rod, and pump wear. No free fall if tubing breaks
When properly set to overcome buckling The Anchor-Catcher actually "catches
and breathing, the Anchor-Catcher tubing before it falls." The tubing may
eliminates tubing movement that causes part up hole but the bottom of the tubing
excessive rod, tubing and pump wear string is held absolutely stationary—no
and loss of pumping efficiency. downward movement whatever.
Protects tubing from overstress. Positive catching regardless of well
The tubing is protected from the impact conditions.
of parted rods and cyclic stresses Catching the tubing does not depend
caused by pump pounding, and upon the movement or transfer of parts
breathing. These forces are absorbed that could become stuck with scale de
by the anchor and transferred directly to posits or sand.
the casing. The Anchor-Catcher pre Simplifies fishing because rod string Is
vents any increase in tubing tension protected from parting.
over that applied at the time the anchor Because the bottom of the tubing string
is set, permitting the tubing to be kept at cannot move downward if tubing parts, it
safe stress levels. is highly unlikely that the rod string will
Reduces cosing and anchor wear. be pulled in two.
Once the Tubing Anchor-Catcher is set,
there is absolutely no travel of the cone
relative to the slips to cause impact load
ing between anchoring and catching
position.
Conventional anchor-catchers re
quire some travel between the "an
choring" and "catching" positions. If
incorrectly installed, a conventional This fishing
fob could
anchor-catcher can literally "beat itself
have been
to death" with each stroke of the pump. avoided by a
BakorScntce
Tods Anchor-
Catctwr.
Excessive wear on tubing, couplings and rads means

frequent wortiovers and lost production.
A tubing part resulted In mis pile ol corkscrewed

junk tubing.
815
BAKER
SERVICE TOQIS
Specification Guide
MODEL"B-2" & "B-3"TUBIN6 ANCHOR CATCHER(Prod. No. 698-03 ft 698-04)
ORDERING INFORMATION
In order to ensure delivery of the proper Preferriicj Range Acceptable Operating ■.:..■ ■. ■ j
size Tubing Anchor-Catcher, it is impor of Casing I.D.'atn Range of Tool

sol Can ; Minimum
tant to include (in addition to the product Casing
Be Run and Sot Max. Max MD.«f Bore BoxThreidUp;
name and number) the following infor O.D. Casing lor Through. Pin Thread j
Wt. In Lbs Tool
mation in each order for this product: tie Mln. j Max. i of Tool Safe Sotting Tool Down ...J
1. Size, type and weight (or ID) of cas 28A 2.263 2.441 2.218 2.537 1.900 O.D. 10 R0.
2ft 6.4-6.5
ing in which the Anchor-Catcher is to 2.659 1.000
Inl JT. Tbg. Thd.
2ft 4.7-5.6 28B 2.385 2.563 2.218
be set.
4 9.5-12.6 41 3.250 3.562 2.875 3.625 2H O.D. E.U. 8 RD.
2. Box Up and Pin Down connections
9.5-13.5 43A 3.826 4.090 3.750 4.250 Tbg. Thd.
Wt 1.938
desired on Anchor.
5 11.5-18 43B 4.276 4.560 4.000 4.563
Wi 13-23 45A 4.670 5.044 4.500 5.187 2.375

NOTE:
The Tubing Anchor-Catchers are £H 17-32 47A 5.675 6.456 5.500 6.552 2ft O.D. E.U. 8 RD.
shipped with 10 shear pins installed. 20-3S Tbg. Thd.
7 2.438
This provides a total shear value of 7 17-20"
47B 6.413 7.125 6.250 7.187
50,000 Ib. (5,000 Ib. per pin) which is 7H 20-39
adequate for normal conditions. One or 17-32 47X
6% 5.675 6.538 5.500 6.552
more of these pins can easily be re
7 17-38 3.00 3.000 314 0.0. E.U. 8 RD.
moved to provide a lower total shear 8.250 Tbg. Thd.
8H 24-49 49 7.250 8.093 7.000
value, or as many as two pins may be
9H 32.3-47 51 8.681 9.001 8.000 9.125
added, if required. For further informa
32.75-65.70 53 9.560 10.192 8.656 10.406
tion, contact your Baker Service Tools 10tt
Representative.
SPECIAL INCREASED CLEARANCE SIZES

5 11.5-15 4.125* 4.788
43C 4.408 4.778
5tt 20-23 4.000* 1.938 2% O.D. E.U. 8 RD.
4.500A. Tbg. Thd.
H4 13-23 43D 4.670 5.044 5.100
4.000*
4.812*
6 18-23 45B 5.240 5.424 5.500
4.500* 2J75 2ft O.D. E.U. 8 RD.
5.125* Tbg. Thd.
6H 28-32 45C 5.675 5.791 5.812
4.500*
* O.D. of Slips
• O.D. of Housing
■ Size 47A Anchor is recommended for running in 7"-20 Lb. Casing: However, the Size 47B Anchor may be run under certain
circumstances such as running mixed strings or for unusual hole conditions.
Based on Drawing No. 751-454
MODEL"B-2" ft "B-3"TUBINQ ANCHOR CATCHER (Prod. No. 698-03 ft 698-04)

#43 #46 #47 #47x3.00 49 61 #53 i
Dim.
7Tb"| c 1 a '"■A'" "' flf v .C A" :Bn
A 3Vie 3"/ie 3"/ie 4Va 4V* 4'/2 4'/2
B 3% 4Va 5% 5V» 7 7 8'/«
C" 2% Vlt 3»/i2 3Va 3.SE8 3.968 4»/t«
D 1.978 2'/. 27/i8 3 3 3 3
E 3*/ie 3«/u 4V4 Vlt 4Vs 4V2 7»/i»
■ F 23V4 18'/. 18</4 18% 23Vj 23V2 26'/e
G 31 25*/. 26'/. 29 34 34 43V.
2>/a O.D. NU 2V» O.D. NU Via 0.0. 3V2 O.D. 3V20.D. 3V2O.D. 3</2 O.D.
H
10 Rd. 10 Rd. EU8Rd. NU 10 Rd. EU 8 Rd. EU 8 Rd. EU 8 Rd.
2>/e O.D. EU IVt O.D. 8 Rd. 3</2 O.D. EU
J
8 Rd. Thd. Thd. 8 Rd. Thd.
816
SERWCETOQIS Tables for computing tension required to overcome buckling
2*375" OD E,U. or N-U. A.PX Tubing

HOW TO CALCULATE F1 Table 1 OPERATING FlUID LEVEL FACTOR Fluid Ccdi.ot j p,i/h.
THE PROPER TENSION (FLUID LEVEl AFTER PUMPING ANNUIUS DOWN)
The tables shown on these pages may be 1000 1550

used to calculate the proper prestrain to be — 2000 520 1220 2oa> 1100
applied from the surface to eliminate soo 1110 3530
breathing and buckling in a rod-pumped
1069 1700 2433 32J0 4110 sin
tubing string. These tables are based on
sooo no 1020 1610 2J00 3X0 3840 4710 SOT C67O 7750
Equation (5) from Lubinski and Blenkarn's
m ion I5S0 BIO 2900 3U0 4450 SJIO 6220 7200 asm M00
paper. "Buckling of Tubing in Pumping
2 tooo m 930 1540 21SP 4250 MOO GSM 7740 87J0 9760 10350
Wells, Its Effects and Means for Controlling
«o 15J0 2100 zm 3400 4120 4BT0 K60 6510 7330 ajoo 9260 10270 11310
It". 2390
460 980 1500 2060 2S70 3310 4010 47» 5470 6270 7100 7970 8870 9820 10790 1EB0 US50 13940
Use of the tables simplifies the deter 460 960 1480 20W 2sn 3250 3910 4S» 5320 6030 6870 7700 8550 9450 10)70 11330 12320 13350 14400 1S49O
mination of the tension required by resolv
503 1000 1500 2000 2300 1000 SM0 4000 4M0 S000 5500 6000 6500 7000 7500 B800 6S00 SOOO 9500 10000
ing Lubinski and Blenkarn's equation to the Operating Fluid Level (Ft»t)
following formula:
't-'i+F, 'Fa
F2 Table 2 TEMPERATURE INCREASE FACTOR
In applying this tension (F T ) the small
Stretch Charts found on each page may be
20 30 40 CO 70 so 100
used to determine how many inches of 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 ISO 190 200
stretch are required in order to achieve the

f3" 1350 2700 4050 5400 6750 8100 9450 10300 12150 13500 14850 16200 17550 16900 20200 21600 22900 24300 25600 27000
desired tension.
TO OBTAIN F,: (1) subtract the mean yearly temperature for area in which well is located (Mid-Continent 6O°F—
Gulf Coast 7O»F) from the temperature of the well fluid at the surface. (2) locate this difference in
SAMPLE CALCULATION the °F column. (3) read F3 immediately below.
The following hypothetical calculation illu

strates the use of the formula and tables to
compute the tension required to properly F3 Table 3 INITIAL WELL FlUID lEVEl FACTOR Fluid Grad.tn. J p.i/lt.
(FLUID LEVEl WHEN ANCHOR SET)
install the Baker Tubing Anchor-Catcher.
- 1000 ISO 460
Tubing Size 2%" OD
£ 2000 150 360 610 910
Pump and Tubing Anchor Depth . .5,000'
S. 3080 ISO 330 540 7£0 1069 1370
Fluid Level When Anchor Set 4,000'
140 310 500 720 S60 1220 1510 1020
Operating Fluid Level 5.000"
I 5000 140 300 490 6E0 m 1130 1390 1670 I960 2290
Fluid Temperature at Surface 90°F.
140 290 460 650 ton 1070 1310 ISSO 1830 2130 2430 2740
Mean Yearly Temperature For Area I 1000 140 290 450 630 no 1030 1250 148) 1740 2010 2290 2SS0 2860 3200
in which Well Is Located 60°F. 140 xa 450 620 600 1000 1210 1430 1670 1920 21B0 2450 2730 ■ 3Q3J) 3340 3660
140 280 440 610 760 930 1170
"F, " (From Table 1) = 7,750 Ib 1390 1610 1850 2100 2350 2620 2900 3180 3460 3790 4110
10000 130 zw 430 600 770
"Fa " (From Table 2) = 4,050 Ib 960 USD 1330 1570 1800 2030 2270 2530 2790 3060 3340 3630 3930 4250 4570
"Fj " (From Table 3) = 1,670 Ib 500 ICOO 1500 2000 2500 1000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000 (SCO 7000 7500 UO0 ISOO MOO 9500 10000
Fluid U»l Wki» AiKhor Sat (Fml)
T , 2 ,
= 7,750 lb+ 4,050 Ib • 1,670 Ib Tubing Stretch Chart

=■ 10,130 Ib tension required to elim
inate breathing and buckling.
Referring to the Conversion Chart lor

2 V Tubing, it is determined that in order to
achieve 10.130 Ib tension on 5.000 ft of
2V»" OD tubing, a stretch of approximately
16" is required.
Important Note:
The prestrain determined from these charts
presumes that the well data is accurately
known.
If the well data is not accurately known

and the tubing will allow a greater prestrain
than that calculated, it is recommended that
a somewhat greater prestrain be taken as a 1.000 6X00
safety factor. Anchor Deplh (Foot)

817
Tables for computing tension required to overcome buckling HP SERVICETOOIS
2*875" OD E.U. or N-U. A.P.I. Tubing

OPERATING FLUID IEVEL FACTOR Fluid Grotfent .5 pii/*i BASIS FOR THE DETERMINATION
t Table 4 (FIUIO IEVEL AFTEK PUMPING ANNUIUS DOWN) OF THE PROPER TENSION
TO OVERCOME BUCKLING
x" iooo m 7180
— 2000 770 1790 30<0 4540 Movement of a Free Tubing String

| 3000 7sn ISM 2670 3390 5270 6800 in a Pumping Well
o 4000 Tin 1540 7490 3560 4760 6070 7520 9090 On the upstroke, when the traveling valve
e 5000 700 IS00 HS0 3370 4460 5630 6930 8310 9770 11350 seats, a portion of the fluid load in the
? «n» 690 1460 2310 3240 4250 5340 6530 7790 9110 10530 12040 13630 tubing is transferred to the rods. The tubing
1 70110 680 1440 2250 3150 4110 5130 6240 7410 8640 9960 11340 12790 14320 15890 suddenly relieved of this load, contracts,
g 8000 MO 1420 2210 3030 4000 4930 6030 7130 8300 9520 10810 12160 13580 15040 16560 18170 moves upward (breathing). Simultaneously
^ SOOO 680 1410 2180 3020 3920 4850 5870 6920 8020 9130 10400 11680 13000 14370 15800 17300 20420 the tubing, for several joints above the
"■ 10000 670 1400 2160 2980 3350 4760 5730 6740 7800 8910 10080 11230 12550 13S00 15190 16610 13040 19550 21090 22710 pump wraps around the taut rod string in a
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000 6500 7000 7500 6000 S5C0 9000 9500 10000 helical fashion (buckling). This buckling
Operating Fluid level (Feet) phenomenon is caused by pressure
differential in favor of the tubing. Buckling is
most pronounced immediately above the
pump and diminishes up the string until a
point (neutral point) is reached where
tubing tension becomes great enough to
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 ZOO;
•F eliminate it entirely. Thus, tubing tension
can prevent buckling... but how much
"f2" 1880 3750 5630 7500 9370 11250 13100 15000 16900 18800 20E00 22500 24400 26100 28100 30000 31800 33700 35600 37500
tension? For an answer, consider the
TO OBTAIN F,: (1) subtract the mean yearly temperature for area in which well is located (Mid-Continent 6O°F— downstroke.
Gulf Coast 709F) from the temperature of the well fluid at the surface. (2) locate this difference in
On the downstroke, with the closing of
the °F column. (3) read F, immediately below.
the standing valve, the entire fluid load is on
the tubing, causing it to stretch back down
to its fully elongated position. Even though
INITIAL WEU FLUID LEVEL FACTOR Fluid Groditni .5 pti/fi. the tubing pressure (the cause of buckling)
F3 Table 6 (FIUID IEVEL WHEN ANCHOR SET)
has not changed there is no buckling
250 630 .. .thus the amount of tension required fo

— 2000 210 500 850 1260 eliminate buckling is the tension that
200 450 740 10S0 1470 1910 exists In the fully elongated free tubing
200 430 690 990 1330 1700 2100 2540 string of a rod pumped well on the
WOO 190 410 (60 940 1240 1580 1940 2320 2730 3170 downstroke.
190 410 640 900 lisa 1500 1830 2170 2550 2940 3360 3300 The tables on these pages, which are
^ 7000 190 400 630 830 1140 1440 1750 2070 2420 2780 3160 3570 3990 4440 based on the Lubinski-Blenkarn Equation,
"? 8000 190 390 620 8S0 1110 1400 1690 1990 2320 2660 3020 3390 3790 4210 4630 5070 permit the calculation of the prestrain
190 390 610 840 1090 1360 1S40 1930 2240 2560 2900 3260 3630 4020 4420 4330 5260 5.700 equivalent to the distance free tubing will
10000 190 390 600 810 1070 1330 1600 1880 2180 2490 2310 3150 3500 3870 4250 4640 50(0 5460 5390 6340 elongate from the time the tubing is landed,
HO 1000 1500 20S0 2S00 WOO 3500 4010 4500 5000 5500 6000 6SC0 7500 8000 6500 9000 9500 10000 until the well fluid level has been pumped
fluid level When Anchor Set (Feel) down to operating level.
Three factors cause the tubing to elon

gate (1) Increase in temperature due to
Tubing Stretch Chart warm oil filling the tubing string. (2) Loss of
buoyancy due to "pumping down" the an-
nulus. (3) Weight of entire fluid column in
the tubing string when the standing valve is
closed.
One factor, ballooning (tendency of tub

ing walls to "bulge" outward under tubing
pressure), shortens the tubing.
The preslrain calculated from the tables,

which includes the net result of all of these
factors, permits the tubing to be pre-
stretched against a Baker Tubing Anchor-
Catcher to a length that is equal (under
same well conditions) to the lengih of a free
tubing siring in a pumping well on the
downstroke. After operational pumping
conditions exist, the tension in the anchor
5.000 6.000 7.000 ed string will be only that amount of tension
Anchor Depth (Feet) required lo eliminate buckling.
818
SERVTCETOCHS Tables for computing tension required to overcome buckling.
3.500" OD E.U. or N.U. A.PX Tubing
Ft Table 7 OPERATING FLUID LEVEL FACTOR Fluid Gradient .5 psi/lt

iFLUIOievEl AFTER PUMPING ANNULUS 00WN|
1000 2i sa
ISOO 1050
2OO0 11B8
2500 ;I69O
1000 mo isso smt ssoo
70001
^n?!iPfn^TTnnTî7T?i|^]^f/7pi[i:)i^Mr|iM
^
' 9900
10000
MO I0O0 1500 7000 25001000 35O0 4000 4500 5000 SSOO 6000 6500 7000 7500 8000 8500 9000 WOO 10
Operating Fluid Level (Feel)

•r 120 I IJO I 140 I ISO I 160 I 170 I ISO I 190 I 200
fr I
TO OBTAIN Ft: (1) Subtract the mean yearly tempvaiuro 'or afoo inn winch well is located (M«-Continent 60 F — Gut)
Coast 70T) From the lompcraturo o< Irte well fluid at trio surface (2t Locate (his difference in the r
column O) Read F? immediately below
IcKm: v INITIAL WELL FLUID LEVEL FACTOR Fluid Gradien .5 psi/fl

(FLUID LEVEL WHEN ANCHOR SET)
1000 M0 630
1500 no 540 950
7000 210 500 8*0 MSOi
\M> 470 ;7SQ U6O 15JE0
3000 200 4 SO MO I0SO 14T0 1910
1S00 WO 440 710 1030 I3S0 1730 2220
4000 HO 430 £30 990 1330 ITOO 2100 2540
4500 mo 410 USO .960: 12£8 IB3O 3010 !4fO 2850
5000 ISO 410 660 i349 1240 I5EO 1940 2KS 2730 3170
SSOO IttO 410 MO 020 1210 1530 1660 2240 2630 3040 3490
6000 ll'i'ltll'lI'mi'W'IlilJ'llU'MM^MHM.lWt-lfCTIkf^nin^l^M
6500 190 400 630 eso 1160 1470 1780 2120 2480 2850 3950 3660 4120
7000 IU0 400 030 880 1140 1440 1750 2070 2420 2760 3160 3570 3930 4440
7500 IW1 400 WO 870. 1130 1420 1710 2030 2360 2710 3090 3480 3860 4320 4760
8000 WO 390 mo 860 1110 1400 1690 1980 1320 SUM 3020 3390 3700 4210 4630 9070
8500 IU0 390 (JIO DM 1100 iiao I860 1960 JJSO 2610 2960 3320 3700 4110 4520 4940 53S0
9000 fOO 390 6tO 840 1090 I3M 1640 1SJ0 mo 9960 2900 3260 3630 4020 4420 4630 5260 570O
9500 IttO NO 600 030 1000 1350 1620 1W0 3210 2520 2690 3200 3560 3940 4MA 4710 5150 35BO 6020
0000 190 390 030 830 1070 1330 1600 16S0 21B0 2490 2310 3150 3500 3870 4250 4640 5040 5460 5S30 6340
500 1000 I5O0JOO0 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000 6500 7000 7500 6000 8500 9000 950010000
Fluid Level When Anchor Set (Feel)
Tubing Stretch Chart TUBING STRETCH CHART lor 3.500' 00 EU or NU API Tubing
819
BAKER
SERVICE TOOIS
Submersible Pump Catcher

PUMP CATCHER
Product No. 698-40
Installs quickly and easily without
rotation
Is compatible with most submersible
pumps
Sizes available to fit 5V2"-95/a" casings
Saves you money. Relatively inex
pensive (0.5% of the cost of replacing a
pump), the PUMP CATCHER saves you
both recovery expenses and downtime
losses. The cost and potential well
danger resulting from a fishing operation
make the PUMP CATCHER an even
more profitable investment.
Easy to Install. The PUMP CATCHER
is electroless nickel plated and attached
directly below the pump. The tool is set
by picking up and then lowering the tub
ing. An expansion joint allows the unit to
remain set regardless of tubing move
ment, eliminating slip wear. Also, a
safety shear joint is built into the unit to
allow pump removal if the tool becomes
stuck in Ihe well.
An "Insurance policy." Like a good
service warranty, the PUMP CATCHER
immediately protects against the loss
of an electric submersible pump,
should the tubing separate or the unit be
dropped during retrieval. The PUMP
CATCHER is a small investment with
immediate returns when compared to
the replacement cost of a pump and,
additionally, offsets production and
manhour losses. Just one pump saved
more than justifies the purchase invest
ment ot a PUMP CATCHER.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Preferred Range Absolute Absolute

01 Casing ID'S Minimum Maximum
Casing
In Which Tool Collapsed Casing ID
Wt. In Lbs. Tool Can Be Run & Sol Dl a mo lor For

Size Min. Mm. Ol Slips Slip Travel
OD Tl C
45A 4 675 4.950 4.533 4.966
15.5- 23
5W 13—15.5" 4.825 5.248
45B 4.950 5.190
6 26
5 191 5390 5059 5.48?
E 20 23 45C
5 391 5 560 5.197 5 620
E 15-18 J5D
45E 5.561 5.791 5.449 5.872
m 28 34
6* 17—24 6.135 5.653 6.262
47A 5.830
; 32—3B
; 20-—29 476 6.136 6.456 5.919 6,528
7 17-20- 6.966
47C £.456 6.765 6.357
7H 33.7 39
20—29.7 47Q 6.766 7.125 6E07 7.216
7H
49* 7.500 7.937 7 330 7.937
m 32 49
49B 7.96 S B 375 7.820 8437
s-. 24 — 28
m 43.5—53.5 m 8.375 S.7B1 8.250 &8I3
518 8.718 9.125 8.688 9125
m 29.3—40
•Where casing weights overlap, larpi sue Pump Catcher shown (e.g.. 45B instead ot 4SA) may be used for spenal conditions such as miied strings. The smaller siie Pump Catchei. hrwever, is recommended
and should be used whenever possible.
820
BAKER
SERVICE TOOIS
Pressure Relief Sub

PRESSURE RELIEF SUB
Product No. 717-90
The PRESSURE RELIEF SUB provides
a moans of draining the tubing fluid when
a pump standing valve, the pump itself or
rods cannot be retrieved prior
to pulling the tubing. Draining is ac
complished by merely pressuring the
tubing to shift the sleeve and open the
drain ports.
Mechanical manipulations of the tub
ing string are not required to open the
PRESSURE RELIEF SUB.
When used in conjunction with a Tub
ing Anchor Catcher and it becomes nec
essary to shear the Shear Pins to release
it, draining the tubing fluid reduces the
required tubing strength by the amount
of the fluid load in the tubing. Since the
Sleeve completely uncovers the drain
ports in Ihe Body, effective fluid-cutting
Pfessuro Reliof Sub Fw Pumping Wells
damage to the Sub cannot occur. Product No. 717-90
Model "D" Tubing Swivel

MODEL "D" TUBING SWIVEL
Product No. 598-01
The MODEL "D" TUBING SWIVEL is
designed for operating various Baker
Service Tool Products, light duty drilling
and circulating operations requiring rota
tion. Weighing approximately 125 lbs.,
the TUBING SWIVEL is light in weight,
yet sturdy. Operating load capacity, 2-3/8
O.D. EU pin down, is 35 Ions; 2-3/8 O.D.
EU pin down, 50 tons. Rated working
pressure is 7,500 psi; each tubing swivel
is tested to 11,000 psi after assembly.
The TUBING SWIVEL has bronze
bushings as integral parts of the body
and bottom Sub. with flush type lube fit
tings provided for lubrication of bronze
bushings and thrust bearings. The
weight of the string is swiveled on these
roller-type thrust bearings.
Model -O' Tuoing Snivel

Product No. 598-01
821
SERVICE TOOIS
Mechanical Collar Locator

MODEL "A-1" MECHANICAL
COLLAR LOCATOR
Product No. 599-51
The MODEL "A-V MECHANICAL COL

LAR LOCATOR provides a simple
means of accurately locating any tool run
in threaded and coupled casing. The
MECHANICAL COLLAR Locator fea
tures simple construction, large fluid by
pass area and compatibility with primary
tool operation. Collars may be located as
many times as desirecf by picking up
Ihrough (he collar and slacking back
through it. This movement will give a
clear surface indication on the weight
indicator as the dogs locate and move
through the "J-J" of the coupling.
Model "A-r Mecfianical Collai Locator

Produa No. 599-SI
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
MODEL "A-1" MECHANICAL COLLAR LOCATOR (Prod. No. 599-51)
Acceptable Opera ling

Range of Tool
Caalng Max. I.O. of Gating

Tool Max. O.D. For Safe Oparallon Box Thread Up Minimum Bore
O.D. Wi. In Lbs. Size of Tool of Tool Pin Thiond Down Through Tool
IK 9.5-13.6
43 3* * 2H O.D. E,U. 8RD.
5 II --U Tubing Thread 1.978
v? 13-23 15 tv,
m 17-28
7 17-38 47 iVt m m 0.0. E.U. 8RD. 2.(41

m 20-39 Tubinj Thread
dase-J on da Kin; Ha. 751-455

822
BAKER
Testing Manifolds
MODEL "B-1" CENTER TYPE
TESTING MANIFOLD
(10,000 PSI W.P.)
Product No. 598-33
MODEL "D"
TESTING MANIFOLD
(10,000 PSI W.P.)
Product No. 598-35
MODEL "E" SWIVEL TYPE
TESTING MANIFOLD
(10,000 PSI W.P.)
Product No. 598-41
A selection of surface testing manifolds
is available to provide choke control for
conducting production or flow tests in
conjunction with a Retrievamatic Ce-
menter, or compatible packer.
All testing manifolds are dual choke
type, thus eliminating shutting the well in
to change chokes.
These manifolds are 10,000 PSI W.P.
manifolds and are tested to 15,000 PSI
after assembly. The "EM" CENTER
TYPE is used primarily with tubing, while
the Model "D" and "E" are applicable Model "B-r Cantor Typo Tailing ManiloW
(10.000 PSI Wfi)
with drill pipe. PrMucI No. 598-33
Model ■£• Swivel Ty»o

Model "D" Tostmo Msnilold
Tesbna Ma Uo'J
(10.000 PSI WR)
(10.000 PSI WP]
Product No. 598-35
Producl No 59B-41
823
BAKER
' SERVICE TOCHS
Cementing Manifolds
SIX-VALVE CEMENTING
MANIFOLD (10,000 PSI W.P.)
Product No. 598-13
FIVE-VALVE CEMENTING
MANIFOLD (10,000 PSI W.P.)
Product No. 598-40
FOUR-VALVE CEMENTING
MANIFOLD (5000 PSI W.P.)
Product No. 598-24
l
A selection of cementing manifolds is
available to provide complele control of
■*V" i,
fluid flow, and of tubing, drill pipe, and
casing pressures during cement
Four-ValvD Cemenling Manifold
squeezing or comparable operations. (5,000 PEIWR)
A four-valve manifold is a 5,000 PSI Product 1*3. 59B-24
W.P. compact manifold and is applica

ble in shallow hole, low pressure areas.
For the deeper, high pressure areas,
both Ihe five and six-valve manifolds are
10,000 PSI W.P., with the six-valve man
ifold primarily being used for the extreme
pressure conditions.
All 5,000 PSI W.P. manifolds are
tested to 7,500 PSI after assembly, and
all 10,000 PSI W.P. manifolds are tested
to 15,000 PSI after assembly.
Rvfl-Vafvo Cementing Wanlok;

lio.ooo psi wp.)
Pradud No. 599-40
824
SERVICE TOOLS
Downhole Drilling Motor

DOWNHOLE DRILLING MOTOR could cause plugging. Valve is exposed slightly. It will be noted that adding addi
Product No. 530-02 only to pump down fluid and dumps tional weight will not change the pres
The DOWNHOLE DRILLING MOTOR is through the tool through the bit. sure in this instance. To restart the tool
a positive displacement hydraulic motor Over Load Torque Protection pick up off bottom and allow the pump
powered by drilling rig mud or water. Protects motor drive train from unusually pressure to drop back to normal. It is
When fluid is pumped through the tool high torque and lessens chances of tool recommended that the tool not be kept in
the bit is turned at a speed proportional to "flop-over" during directional drilling op Ihe stalled condition any longer than
the flow and remains relatively constant erations. necessary since motor damage could
regardless of the load or generated result.
horsepower. The torque generated de Operational Procedures 5. When tripping out of the hole the drill
pends on the earth's formation and is 1. The lifting sub should be used for pipe should drain through the bypass
proportional to Ihe weight on the bit. It will safe and easy handling of the motor valve. The lifting sub should again be
vary from zero (at no-load) up to a max on the rig. When a bent sub is used care used at the surface to facilitate handling.
imum determined by the drilling condi should be taken to prevent cross
tions. In addition to offering the known threading or galling of the threads as the
advantages of a downhole motor over sub is screwed into the motor or other
conventional rotary drilling (e.g. reduced subs. It is recommended that a float be
drill string and casing wear, rotational run above the tool to keep the bit or other
horsepower located at the bit, controlled parts of the tool from plugging. Periodic
deviated hole drilling and faster direc stops to break circulation (every 20-30
tional drilling, etc.) the motor offers the stands) is also recommended.
following advantages over existing 2. Since the speed of the motor is
downhhole drilling motors. proportional to the fluid volume it is im
PERFORMANCE FEATURES portant that the flow rate be accurate
Slow Speed ly set and maintained throughout the
More compatible with roller bils. drilling operation. When the tool has
Lengthens bit life with increased on bot reached the correct depth and is off
tom time. bottom the flow should be set. The
High Torque bypass valve will automatically close
Allows more set down weight on bit for allowing the fluid to circulate through the
(aster penetration with reserve power for motor assembly and start the bit rotat
the hard spots. ing. This will establish the off bottom or
High Bit Pressure Drop no-load pressure the driller sees.
Utilizes maximum bit hydraulics by al 3. As weight is slowly added to the
lowing the use of jet bits in drilling opera MOTOR and the bit starts drilling the
tions. pressure will increase in direct propor
Oil Filled Bearing Section tion to the torque generated.
Pre-pressured and pressure compen 4. If more than normal weight is added
sated bearing section provides long seal or if a hard spot is being drilled the torque
life and more dependable bearing oper may reach its upper safe limit and the
ation. overload torque limiter will activate
By-Pas 5 Valve causing the MOTOR to stall. This can be
Allows the drill pipe to fill and drain, and detected by the surface pressure in
is not exposed to drilling returns that
creasing and then dropping back
DIMENSIONAL DATA AND OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS (10 PPGMUD)
Con- Motor Q111 era nil a 1
nod Ion a Bit Operat Pressure [PSI) Operat □pa rot'
(API 611 PraiiLjre ing ing Ing
on. Length Rag. Siie Drop Flow O per Balora After Speed Torque
(In-) (PSI) (GPH) iling Still Stall (RPM) (Fl.-Lb.(

(In.) (F1.) Boi)
6
i in 3V, Itinj 1KB m 250 m 300 ISO IN
Bh
6H 19 9 ih" thru 1000 !50 3Z5 3DD 175 uoo

9'-.
ih loo S'l
ZZ.5 m thru 1000 <50 250 325 300 110 7100
sol [cm I7W Downrwlo Dulling Motor
ProdDtf No. 530-02

I 6* API Reg. Bit Croii-Over SuU available.
825
BAKER
SERVICE TOOIS
Timesaver Jars and Bumper Subs

The TIMESAVER can run several Easy Recocking. The TIMESAVER
TIMESAVER JARS
light hits in succession, a series of con recocks quickly, giving shorter time be
Product No. 746-03
stantly increasing hits, or any combina tween jarring blows. In addition, the low
The TIMESAVER JAR is designed to
tion of the two. Regardless ot the varia force required to trip and recock the jar is
stay on bottom longer, and deliver more
tion, the TIMESAVER will deliver con helpful when fishing in deviated holes
"hits" than conventional hydraulic jars.
stant hitting without shutdown or prema where it is difficult to pull or set weight on
Expensive rig time is saved as a result o(
being able to retrieve the tish quicker. ture tripping. the tool.
The TIMESAVER JAR delivers con Larse Bore. Fluid circulation through
tinuous high inlensity jarring loads. Re the jar is unrestricted, and wireline tools
Sealed Hydraulic System. All working
gardless of the load, or the number of can easily be run.
parts are enclosed in the oil system
previous hits, the TIMESAVER always TIMESAVER JARS are thoroughly
to prevent damage from cuttings and
hits within ten to twenty seconds after tested and inspected prior to shipment.
other debris.
the application of load. In addition, the All housings are pre-tightened with con
TIMESAVER generates negligible heat Tandem Piston Design. This feature trolled torque to prevent accidental
regardless ot the load or the number of minimizes pressure differentials on back-offs.
continuous hits. the seals.
LUBRICATED BUMPER SUBS
Product No. 746-23
Tabl*3 ^ ^^_ Designed as a companion tool to the

tea
TIMESAVER JAR, the BUMPER SUB
x 230
has a longer stroke (18 inches], and in
corporates many of the same proven
J 1O
l l*rj
principles found in the JAR. This tool has
5t^n / Tiw£&*vEI»TEWP(Pi*TUJIE
been proven to give long working life in
too
the harshest downhole environments.
a a *o
1
JARRING 1.0*0 (l 00* LBS]
Table 1
Comparison of Hitting time varies from approximately 2 min. at
Time vs. Jar Load Hit #1 to 5 sec. at Hit #240, when the
The waiting time for the first hit with a
1
TIMESAVER JAR hits constantly bet
conventional jar varies from approxi ween 10 AND 20 SECONDS.
mately 6 min. at 15,000 lbs. (setting A) to
Table 3 \
approximately 10 seconds at 40,000 lbs.
Comparison of Jar
(setting D.) TIMESAVER JAR hits con
Temperature vs. Number of Hits 1
stantly between 10 AND 20 SECONDS, The conventional jar increases temper o
regardless of load and without any sur ature from 80°F on the first hit to 270°F
face presetting. on Hit #240, while the TIMESAVER JAR 1
Table 2 maintains a CONSISTENT TEMPERA

Comparison of Hitting TURE of 110°Ffrom Hit #20 to Hit #240.
Time vs. Number of Hits No Cooling time is required for
Note that the conventional jar hitting TIMESAVER.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Timosaver Jar and Lubricated Bumper Sub Jar Only
Threads Maximum Jarring Max. Straight
Box Up Jarring Load at Pull Aflar Maximum
Pin Down Load" Vlald Jarring Torque Time Delay
OD (In.) ID (In.) (In.) (Ib) (Ib) (Ib) (ft-lb) (sec) •
2H
3H IM 50,000 75.0D0 250,000 12,000 10-20
API IF
ZJt
4M I16;,s 50,000 75,000 250,000 14,000 10-20
API IF
i¥. 1% VA 80,1)00 120.000

API HI
400,000 18,000 10-20 ..
1
6 2W
VA
API fH
160,000 255,000 750,000 32.000 10-20 f
4W
&A 2'A 160,000 255.000 750,000 32.000 10-20
API «
"The Fnaiimum recommended iarnng load should nevei be eiceeded in operation, or damage to the tool may result. All strength dala i Ti mo savor Jar Lubricated Gumpej Sub
based on calculated values and does not constitute a guarantee, actual or implied. Producl No 746-03 PiiMuct No. 746-23
826
BAKER
Test & Stimulation Valves

MODEL "F» TEST &
PRESSURE ACTUATED
STIMULATION VALVE STIMULATION VALVE
The MODEL "F TEST& STIMULATION
The PRESSURE ACTUATED STIMULA
VALVE is a rotalionaliy actuated, quick
TION VALVE is a test and stimulation
opening, lull-bore valve. It is used in con
valve which is actuated by pressure ap
junction with a Retrievamatic Cementer,
plied to the annulus. a feature which
for the purpose o( creating sudden high
makes it especially applicable to opera-
velocity (low from the formation through
lions involving deep or deviated holes
the perforations into the tubing. Plugged
where rotation ol the lubing or drill pipe
perloralions are cleared, and blocking
proves difficult. II may be used for any
agents in the vicinity of the well bore
operation in which the Model "F" test and
are removed.
stimulation valve is used, provided it is
ALSO APPLICABLE IN: possible to pressure the annulus. Tool
1. Dry Testing of perforated intervals actuation is effected by pressuring the
which have been cemented off. annulus to 1000 psi.
2. Lowering injection pressures in waler
injection wells by clearing blocked
How passages and perforations.
3. Removal of mud filtrate prior to an
acidizing job.
4. Testing of a zone without swabbing
operations.
i "P Tesi S Stimulation Valve Model "EA" Roinovamalic Cemenler Pressure Actuated Stimulation Vfllvn
Product No. ProOucI No. 407-05 Product Wo. 714-10
Wild Pressure Acluatsd Stimulation Valve
PioOud Mo. 714-10
827
SERVICE TOCHS
Multi-Purpose Tubing Control Valve

MULTI-PURPOSE TUBING PERFORMANCE FEATURES
CONTROL VALVE The Valve is operated with tubing move
Product No. 672-35 ment. It opens when the tubing is
The Baker MULTI-PURPOSE TUBING lowered and closes when the tubing is
CONTROL VALVE is a full opening, nor picked up. A hydraulic time delay allows
mally closed, multiple acting ball valve time to set a Model "B" or "G" Bridge
used in various remedial, stimulation Plug and a Retrievamatic before open
and testing applications. The valve will ing the Valve.
hold pressure from one direction only. It will open repeatedly with pressure
Normally run with the L-slot up, it func differentials to 7500 psi and will with
tions as a multiple acting stimulation stand 10,000 psi after opening.
valve and a safety valve. When testing Aftertesting, tubing and annulus pres
multiple gas zones, swabbing between sure will close the valve before the un-
zones is not required. loader on the Retrievamatic can be
Run with the L-slot down, it will sup opened. It is always possible to pump
port a hydrostatic head in low fluid level through the valve from the low pressure
wells. It will also function as a multiple side. The valve may be locked open for
acting tubing tester. circulating or retrieving.
Tubing
-I" Slot
1ft Control Lug
Tubing Run
I I
M.P. Tbg.
Control Valve
Valve Closed
wI I
Lett Hand Set

Rotriovamatic
Model "L".
H
Retrieving Hood
Model "B" or "G"
■g
Lok-Set Removable
Bridge Plug
Running-In Perforations Moving to new Retrieving or Runrtng-ln

wnn valve closed. are being surged. set ol perforations with valve locked open
Multipurpose Tubing Control Valvo

Product No. 672-35
BAKER
SERVICE TOOIS
Control Valves
INJECTION CONTROL VALVE MODEL "E" TUBING MODEL "A" BACK PRESSURE VALVE
Product 714-25 CONTROL VALVE Product No. 599-04
The INJECTION CONTROL VALVE is Pmduct No. 672-34 The MODEL "A" BACK PRESSURE
used lo provide surface control over fluid VALVE provides a means of conlrolling
The MODEL "B" TUBING CONTROL
injection by supporting the hydrostatic back flow when either running or pulling
VALVE is a lull-opening valve which can
head in the tubing in wells with low reser a run in string. Depending upon the fluid
be used above a Retrievamatic Cemen-
voir pressures. Since the valve is ba in the well bore a fire and safety hazard
ter to isolate a zone from the tubing hy
lanced, unknown reservoir pressures do has been eliminated.
drostatic after squeeze cementing in a
not effect the opening pressure, which is Its primary application is in conjunc
low-fluid level well. Valve opening is ac
tion with a Full Bore Retrievable Cemen-
set by a simple spring length adjustment. complished with right-hand rotation, with
The valve can be run tubing mounted or ter and a Model "C" or "F" Retrievable
six and one-hall turns at the tool, moving
dropped from the surface and circulated Bridge Plug, or a Model "EA" Retrieva
the valve from fully closed to fully open
matic Cementer and a Model "B" or "G"
into place in a standard pump seating position. Opening or closing may bo re
Retrievable Bridge Plug, to control back
nipple after reaching setting depth with peated as often as desired.
flow when moving from a treated zone to
the parent tool. An equalizing feature in Can also be used as a control valve to
straddle a new zone.
the valve facilitates wire line retrievability. prevent FLOWBACK while running,
The Flapper Valve can be locked
The maximum pressure rating is 6,000 moving, or retrieving downhole tools.
in the open position for swab or flow
psi (hydrostatic plus applied surface)
and has been used with flow rates up testing.
to 6 BPM.
Model "E" Tubing Conlrol Valve Model "A" Back Pressure valve
iniMtmn Conlrol Valve
PioOuct 673-34 Product No S99-04
PioOucl 714-25
829
BAKER
SERVICE TOCHS
Surge System Hook-Up

MODEL "A" UPPER SURGE VALVE MODEL "A" DUAL SURGE SYSTEM
Product No. 714-09
Product No. 714-19
The System is run downhole with both
The MODEL "A" UPPER SURGE
valves closed and an atmospheric
VALVE is the top valve in the MODEL
chamber between them. The "EA" Re-
"A" DUAL SURGE SYSTEM, Product
trievamatic is then set above perfora
714-09.
tions. When (he lower valve (Pressure
Actuated Stimulation Valve, Product No.
714-10) is actuated, (by pressurizing the
annulus) pressure at the perforations is
dropped to zero and a surge from the
formation cleans out debris from them.
The function of the Upper Surge Valve in
the System is to safely contain the surge
and then enable circulation when
opened by tubing pressure.
Upper Model "A" Surge Valve Model "A" Dual Surge System
Product No. 71-4-19
Prodjct No. 714-09
830
BAKER
SERVICE TOQIS
Tubing Testers
MODEL "S"
TUBING TESTER
Product No. 673-05
The MODEL "S" TUBING TESTER is
used to pressure-test the tubing or drill
pipe for leaks. Although designed pri
marily for use with the RETRIEVAMATIC
CEMENTER, it may be used with any
retrievable set-down type packer or ce-
menter. THE MODEL "S" TESTER fea
tures high pressure differential handling
capability, with a maximum rating of
10,000 psi.
Pressure limitations of parent tools,
tubing or drill pipe strength, may reduce
acceptable pressure limits ot the tubing
tester.
MODEL "N"
TUBING TESTER
Product 672-01 LJ
The MODEL "N" TUBING TESTER is
used !o pressure test the tubing or drill
pipe for leaks prior to performing cement
squeeze operations. It is designed tor
use with the Full-Bore Retrievable Ce-
menter, but may also be run with any
similar strain type tool compatible with its
operation. The MODEL "N" features
simplified operation (Required right-
hand rotation only), allowing repeated
opening and closing during a single
round trip. The MODEL "N" TESTER
features high pressure differential han
dling capability, with a maximum rating of
10,000 psi. Pressure limitations of parent
tools, tubing or drill pipe strength, may
reduce acceptable pressure limits of the
tubing tester.
Model "Sjr Tubing Tesler Model "N" Tufortg Toaler

Product No. 672-05 Product No. G72-01
831
BAKER
SERVICE TOOIS
Unloading Subs
MODEL "P-1" SET-DOWN
UNLOADING SUB
Product No. 671-02
The MODEL "P-1" SET-DOWN UN
LOADING SUB is used as a means of
equalization of tubing-annulus pres
sures in conjunction wilh the operation of
a setdown packer. A face-type seal pre
vents communication between the tub
ing and annulus when the sub is in Ihe
closed position; collet fingers hold the
sub in either the open or closed position
as required. Since the Sub is essentially
pressure balanced, normal set-down
weight required for operation of the tool
below it is sufficient to maintain closed
position when run with the proper size
tubina.
MODEL "R" UPSTIlAlN

UNLOADING SUB
Product No. 675-05
The MODEL "R" UPSTRAIN UNLOAD
ING SUB is used as a means of equaliza
tion of tubing-annu!us pressures above a
FULL-BORE RETRIEVABLE CEMEN-
TER, or with any similar upstrain tool
whose operation is compatible with that
of the UNLOADING SUB. The Modem"
is a simple operated Full-Bore tool which
may be run in the open or closed position
and reopened and closed as often as
required by picking up, or slacking off, on
the full bore retrievable cementer in the
set position. Pressure unloading may be
affected from either direction.
Model "P-1" Set-Down Unloading Sub Model "R" Upsliain Unloading Sun
Producl No. 671-02 Ptoduct Mo. 675-05
832
-BAKER
W SERVICE IDOLS
Snap-Latch Stinger Subs

MODEL "B" SNAP-LATCH
STINGER SUB
Product No. 400-92
The MODEL ■'B'1 SNAP-LATCH

STINGER SUB is used with Model "K" or
"K-1" WIRELINE SET CEMENT RE
TAINERS. It features a snap-in, snap-
out, type latch which provides a surface
indication of the stinger being landed in
the cement retainer (giving assurance
that the sleeve valve is open) or the
stinger sub being removed from the ce
ment retainer (and the sleeve valve
closed).
A MODEL "KL" CONTROL UNIT is
made up above the stinger sub and pro
vides a centering device for entering the
J
retainer bore.
MODEL "C-1" SNAP-LATCH

STIHGEn SUB
Product No. 400-94
The MODEL "C-1" SNAP-LATCH
STINGER SUB is used for cementing
through the MODEL "K" or "K-1" WIRE
LINE SET CEMENT RETAINER. It pro
vides the operator with a positive
indication that (he conlrol valve of the
cement retainer is in the closed position
while the stinger sub remains locked in
the retainer during testing of tubing. The
MODEL "C-1" has the same snap-in and
snap-out features as the MODEL "B"
during cementing operations. The
stinger sub is run with a MODEL "KL"
CONTROL UNIT which centers the sub,
and facilitates entry into the cement re
tainer bore.
Model "B" Snap-La!ch Slinger Sub MoOol '"C-1" Snap-Lnlcti Slingar Sub
Producl No. 400-92 Pioducl No. 400-91
833
SERVICE TOOIS
Tubing Expansion Joint

TUBING EXPANSION JOINT
Product No. 407-91
The TUBING EXPANSION JOINT is de
signed to compensate for contraction of
the tubing as a result of high volume cold
fluid passage within the string with high
bottomhole temperature. A HEXAGO
NAL MANDREL and MATING OUTER
HOUSING provides a HIGH TORQUE
capability should it be required. Run
above the Model "EA" Retrievamatic
Cementer, the Tubing Expansion Joint
effects compensation by upward move
ment of the housing, which extends its
length five feet.
In deeper wells, it may prove neces
sary to use two Expansion Joints to com
pensate for additional contraction. The
Expansion Joint should be spaced a suf
ficient distance above the cementer to
ensure sufficient pack off weight remain
ing on the cementer.
Tubing Expansion Joint
Product No. 407-91
Bridge Plug Hydro-Set Setting Tool

BRIDGE PLUG HYDRO-SET
SETTING TOOL
Product No. 401-74
The BRIDGE PLUG HYDRO-SET SET
TING TOOL enables the operator to run,
and set, a mechanical set drillable
BRIDGE PLUG below a retrievable type
cementer and MAINTAIN FULL OPEN
ING thru the cementer after the Bridge
Plug is set.
It can be used quite economically to
set a drillable BRIDGE PLUG above a
zone and (since full opening is main
tained through the cementer) perforate
through the run-in string for a cement
block squeeze or production test.
Bridge Plug Hydro-set Setting Tool

Product No. 401-74
834
SERVICE TOOK
Latching Type Packer Plug

MODEL "D-1" AND "D-2"
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
LATCHING TYPE PACKER PLUG
MODEL "D-1" & "D-2" LATCHING
Product No. 665-11
TYPE PACKER PLUG
The MODEL "D-1" and "D-2"
(Prod. No. 665-11)
LATCHING TYPE PACKER PLUG can
Sba Modal
be run on the bottom of a retrievable Finldflse
"H" '■■..: -ho■!■■■
squeeze tool such as a Retrievable Ce- FieErlavlog Sludi
Packer Product No. H««d No. Forca

menter or it may be run by itself. It con
Modal Slie 665-11
verts a permanent packer inlo a 28FA-18 28 01-55438-00 12.000*
temporary bridge plug, and contains a FA 33FA-20 OfA-20 1.316 0I-E0263-O0 \b.m*
pressure equalizing feature to facilitale 3JFA-2O
2-25
release and no rotation is required. 0
01-35672-00 33.000*
4-25 0-25 2>i-43
The Model "H" Washover Type Re 2K-25 (01-2377600$ 20,000#)
DA
trieving Head. Product No. 677-71, the 4OA-2S
same as used on the Model "C" Retriev ? I'J
able Bridge Plug, Product No. 677-01, is D 4-19 0-19 01-23776-00 20.000*
2-19 1.900
used to run and retrieve this type packer
4-19
plug. 2-23
f 0-23 Q1-6O263-00 l$,000#
4-23
2FA-3O
4FA-3O OfA-30 1.315- 01-60263-00 1S,QOO#
FA 2FA-3O
3FA-36
5FA-36 OFA-36
JFA-36
2PA-32 ODA-32
DA
4DA-32
2-26 0-26
D 4-26 2H-45
2-19 0-19
4-19
3-30
F 5-30 40-30
7-30
0 .4.30
.40A-36 .DFA-3E
82DA-40
DA 4DA-40 80-40
38DA-40
92DA-40 01-35672-00 33,0OO#
83FA-47 101-23776-OOt 20,000* 1
85FA-47 80FA-47
FA I7FA-47
19FA-52 8OFA-52
9SF-V52 2?i-47
83 40
85-40 80-40
F 87-40
89-44 80-44
91-44
12-32
94-32 80-3!
8B32
92-32
D 82-26
84-26 40-26 2H-47
B8-26
■i.1 26
126-38 120-38
128-38
litOA.47
120DA-47
DA I28DA-47 2!i-49.51,53
194DA-60 190DA-60
D 194-47 190-47
194-32 80-32
•Also Sue 43 Model "KL" Circulation Joml Conlrul Unit, Plod

No. 430-61. on Top of Relrievmj Head
Model "D-r & "D-Z" Latcning Type Packei Plug
BiMd on Drawing No. 751-496
Product Ho. 665-11 tUly be used until nt* atlaplsf tushings an available.
835
BAKER
SERVICE TOCOS
Latching Type Packer Plug
MODEL "F" LATCHING TYPE

PACKER PLUG
Product No. 665-12
The MODEL "F" LATCHING TYPE
PACKER PLUG can be run on the bot
tom of a retrievable squeeze tool such as
a Retrievable Cementer or it may be run
by itself. It converts a permanent packer
into a temporary bridge plug, and con
tains a pressure equalizing feature to fa
cilitate release; however, right hand
rotation is required.
The Model "L" Lok-Set Retrieving
Head, Product No. 677-75, the same as
used on the Model "B" and Model "G"
Lok-Set Retrievable Bridge Plugs, Prod
uct Nos. 677-32 and 677-34, is used to
run and retrieve this type packer plug.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE F/MODEL

"F" LATCHING TYPE PACKER PLUG
Hotlsl T Sin Hodil T
Pitktr LjIchJng [jps Rilrfiilni llii.l
Picker Plui Prid. to.
Modtl III Im IIJ-JS
32-25
Dim N-1 20-25 43
34-25
42-H
D 40-19 45
14-19
12-26
D. N-1. S-2 40-36 15
11.26
13-33
F-i 45-30 40-20 45
17-33
82-32
^—■ D. H-l, S-2
31-32
BO-32 47
a of N-i B8-32
D. N-l, S-2 92-3!
m-i'i
F-l 35-40 MM) 47
11-W
D. N-1, 5-2 IW-47 190-47 47
MODEL 'F"
LATCHING TYPE PACKER PLUG
Product No. 665-12
836
BAKER
SERVICE TOOK
Pressure Recorder Carriers/Adapter Kit

PRESSURE
RECORDER CARRIER
Product No. 714-12
Aselectionof PRESSURE RECORDER
CARRIERS is available for running
Amerada or Kuster pressure recorders
below retrievable cementers used for
formation or Mow testing and surge tool
application.
PRESSURE RECORDER
ADAPTER KIT
Product No. 677-92
A PRESSURE RECORDER ADAPTER
KIT is also available lor running
Amerada or Kuster pressure recorders
below a Retrievable Bridge Plug.
Pressure Recorder Carrier Pressure Hocorder Carrior Pressure Recorder Adapter Kit
Product No. 71-1-12 Product No. 714-12 Pioducl No. 677-92
837
BAKER
SERVICE TOOIS
Hurricane Plug Accessories

TWIN-THREAD
SAFETY JOINT
Product No. 441-35
The TWIN-THREAD SAFETY JOINT is
a right-hand release safety joint de
signed to allow removal of the drill pipe
or tubing from its position above the Re-
Irievamatic Hurricane Plug by right-
hand rotation.
SAFETY JOINT OVERSHOT

Product No. 441-90
The SAFETY JOINT OVERSHOT is
used in conjunction with the TWIN
THREAD SAFETY JOINT to allow Ihe
TWIN THREAD SAFETY JOINT to be
re-engaged by right-hand rotation.
Twin-Thread Saloly Joinl Safety Joint Ovarshot

ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL
ACCESSORIES
Optional equipment for blanking off drill

pipe below a Retrievamatic/Hurricane
plug. Holds pressure from below only as
circulation can be established from
above.
Model "B" Full Flow Float SuD with Valvs Model "F" Non-PortoO Sealing Nipple Piod. No. 801-50 wrlrt
Product No. 480-05 MoOd "FWB" Ciieulalmg Blanking Plug Prod. No. BOB-07
838
B BAKER
SERVICE TOOLS
Bakerseal/Thread Sealing Compound

BAKERSEAL heating to simulate downhole condi
THREAD SEALING COMPOUND tions.
Product No. 899-20 Long Term Heat and Pressure Environ
ment. Joints made up with API modified
Bakerseal Thread Sealing Compound and API silicone commands were pres
not only seals threaded connections on sured, along with Bakersealed joins, lo
new pipe, but also has superior sealing 10,000 psi with kerosene and placed in a
characteristics when used on worn or 350°F environment. One compound
damaged threads. leaked immediately; another lasted 48
Bakerseal seals saturated steam at hrs; only Bakerseal held without leakage
575°F, which is nearly twice the API for the full month test. THREAD SEALING
temperalure required for a thread seal Thread Crests Machined Mat. Crests of COMPOUND
ing compound. threads were deliberately machined flat
Tests Prove Bakerseal to increase the helical leak path. Of all
Superiority popular compounds and tapes used in
Simulated Pumping Conditions. Sub the test, only Bakerseal consistently
BAKEflSEAL-
jected to cyclic loading averaging provided a leakproof joint at pressures of Thread Sealing Compound
10,000 psi. Proaua No 899-20

70,000 Ib at 20 spm with tubing pressure
at 10,000 psi. Bakersealed joints APPLICATION Tubing Approximate CovuragD Pot Gallon
showed no leaks or back-off after Bakerseal has an ideal viscosity for ap OD Using 30 Fool Lengths of Tubing
250,000 cycles. plying to threads; it is as easy to apply as 1 nnl! feel-
Brushablllty and Performance at Very any ordinary thread dope or compound.
1.050 2,100 31,500
Low Temperatures. Still readily brusha- One gallon of Bakerseal will seal and 1.315 1,650 24,750
ble at 0°F, Bakerseal was applied to pre- protect more than 400 joins of 27/a in. EU 1660 1,200 18,000
cooled joints as cold as -110°F. These 8-rd tubing. Since it will not evaporate, 1.900 1,000 15,000
joints continued to hold 10,000 psi, using oxidize or harden — either in an open 2H 625 9.375
aromatic solvent as a pressuring agent, container or on threads — Bakerseal is m 450 6.750
without leakage either while cold or after ideal for all API tapered-thread joints. 325 4,875
4 4,125
225 3,375
Tubing Hanger Bushing

This apprmimate length of 30 tt. tubifiE tin be run when
Bakerseal is used on both threads at each |oinl
TUBING HANGER BUSHING

Product No. 598-10
The Double Box Bushing for Donut-
Type Tubing Hangers provides an
easier, safer method of applying and
removing tension from tubing strings
landed in this type of hanger. It can be
used advantageously with any anchor or ■^"Hingei
-I, Df*Hj(-Ty[.B
packer that requires the tubing string to . jNol ji Q S T
'f PilMud]
be placed in tension (Tension Tubing
Anchor, Anchor-Catcher, Model "A"
Tension Packer, etc.) A TM Sp»c
Double-Bo* Bustling Bushing Inslalied. Tu

PiOOljci No. 598-10
Size A B C
m 2H0DEJ8fld 3 (50 0D
E Acme
2!i 2!iODEU8Rd. W-BH2-IU0 4.625 DD

6 AcmB
IV, JViODEU 8 Rt). WW-B3(9-H4D 5.250 OD

6 Acme
839
BAKER
SERVICE TOCOS
Product Number Index
Product Pas* Product Page

No. Product No. No. Product No.
400-07 "B-V Mechanical Set Cement Retainer 795 598-33 "EM" Center Type Testing Manifold B22
400-11 "H" Wife Line Cement Retainer 795 598-35 "D" Testing Manifold 822
400-21 "K-1" Cement Retainer 794 598-40 Cementing Manifold. Five-Valve 823
400-22 ■■K-r Cement Retainer w/Flapper Valve 794 598-41 "E" Swivel Type Testing Manilold 822
400-23 "K-1" Wire Line Cement Retainer 794 599-04 "A" Back Pressure Valve Assembly 828
400-24 "K-1" Wire Line Cement Retainer w/Flapper Valve . 794 599-51 "A-1" Mechanical Collar Locator 821
400-69 "K-1" Snap Latch Setting Tool 795 620-03 X-3" Roto-Vert Casing Scraper BOB
400-92 "B" Stinger Sub 632 665-11 "D" Latching Type Packer Plug 834
400-94 "C-r Snap Latch Stinger Sub 832 665-12 "F" Latching Type Packer Plug 835
401-03 "N" Wire Line Bridge Plug 796 671-02 "P-i" Sei-Down Unloading Sub B31
401-15 "N-3" Wire Line Bridge Plug 796 672-01 "N" Tubing Tester 630
401-19 "S" Wire Line Bridge Plug 796 672-05 "S" Tubing Tester 830
401-20 "N-r Wire Line Bridge Plug 796 672-34 "E" Tubing Control Valve 828
401-21 "NOT Wire Line Bridge Plug — Gas Well Type . 799 672-35 Multi-Purpose Tubing Control Valve 827
401-22 "N-1" Mechanical Set Bridge Plug 794 675-05 "R" Upstram Unloading Sub 831
401-46 ■P-1" Compact Wire Line Bridge Plug 798 677-01 "C Retrievable Bridge Plug 780
401-47 "PC" Compact Wire Line Bridge Plug 798 677-04 "F" Retrievable Bridge Plug 782
401-49 "P-i ■ Compact Mechanical Set Bridge Plug 798 677-32 Wire Line Set Retrievable Bridge Plug 786
401-74 Hydro-Set Bridge Plug Setting Tool 833 677-34 "G" Lok-Set Retrievable Bridge Plug 784
401-81 "B" Thru-Tubing Bridge Pbg 800 677-71 "H" Retrieving Head 781
401-91 "P-1" Mechanical Setting Tool 798 577-75 "L" Retrieving Head 784
407-05 "EA" Reirievamatic Cementer 776 677-76 "M" Relieving Head 786
-107-09 "B" Retnevamatic Hurricane Plug 788 677-92 Pressure Recorder Adapter Kit 836
407-90 Rotational Equalizing Sub 788 677-94 Sealer Ball Catcher 781
407-91 Tubing Expansion Joint 833 677-95 Sealer Ball Catcher 7B5
410-01 "C" Full-Bore Retrievable Cementer 778 698-03 ~B-2" Tubing Anchor-Catcher 812
428-02 "B" Junk Basket 811 698-04 B-311 T.ibing Anchor-Catcher 812
436-06 Go-Devil Tripped Firing Head 802 698-40 Pump Catcher 819
437-02 "E-4" Wire Line Pressure Selling Assembly .. . -801 714-02 "F" Test 8 Stimulation Valve 826
437-20 Firing Head 801 714-09 "A" Dual Surge Tools 829
437-21 "C" Firing Head 801 714-10 Pressure Actuated Stimulation Valve 826
437-41 "BP-2" Firing Head Igniter 801 714-12 Pressure Recorder Carrier 335
437-43 Secondary Igniter 801 714-19 "A" Upper Surge Valve 829
437-44 "BP-3" Firing Head Igniter 801 714-25 Injection Control Valve 828
437-64 High Temperature Power Charge 801 717-90 Pressure Refiel Sub 820
439-01 "H" Wire Line Feeler S Junk Catcher 803 746-03 "B" Timesaver Jar 925
439-07 "R" Wire Line Feeler & Junk Catcher 803 746-23 Lubricated Bumper Sub 925
439-44 "C" Wire Line Jar 803 747-02 "CB" Packer Milling Tool 804
441-35 Twin-Thread Salety Joint 837 747-03 "CC" Packer Milling Tool 807
441-90 Safely Joint Overshot B37 747-06 "CJ" Packer Milling Tool 804
470-16 "E" Circulating Washer 792 747-07 Flat Bottom Mill 807
480-05 "G" Full-Flow Drill Pipe Float 837 747-12 ■CP-r Plug Plucker go6
530-03 Downhole Drilling Motor 824 747-41 "A-2"1 Sand Line Drill gin
598-01 "D" Tubing Swivel 820 801-50 "F" Non-Ported Seating Nipple 837
598-10 Tubing Hanger Bushing 838 806-07 "FWB" Circulating Blanking Plug 337
598-13 Cementing Manifold. Six-Valve 823 806-88 "FWG ' Blanking Plug 733
598-24 Cementing Manifold. Four-Valve 823 899-20 Bakerseal Thread Sealing Compound 838
840
BAKER
SERVICE TOOLS
U.S. MARKETING HEADQUARTERS

9100 Emmotl Road U.S. SALES & SERVICE LOCATIONS
RO. Box -10129
Houston, TX 77240
(713)466-1322 ALASKA NORTH DAKOTA
ANCHORAGE DICKINSON (701] 264-7144
U.S. REGION HEADQUARTERS Sales Office (907) 561-1939 WILLISTON (701 ] 774-8331
CALIFORNIA REGION KENAI (907)776-8131
PRUDHOE BAY OKLAHOMA
4115 Transport St.
Venlura, CA 93003 Whse (907) 659-2564 ARDMORE
(B05) 644-8159 Sales Office (405)226-2167
ARKANSAS DUNCAN (405) 225-3084
NORTHEASTERN REGION MAGNOLIA (501)234-1810 ENID (405)233-8600
108 Regency Cenler VAN BUREN (501) 474-7645 HOMINY (918)885-4974
701 Northwest 63rd St. OKLAHOMA CITY
CALIFORNIA District Office (405)670-1359
Oklahoma Cily, OK 73116
(405) 64B-2477 BAKERSFIELD (805) 327-7201 Drilling Motors (405] 636-0290
RIO VISTA (707) 374-2244 Sales Office (405) 848-2477
ROCKY MOUNTAIN REGION SIGNAL HILL (213)426-7039 SEMINOLE (405)382-0003
VENTURA TULSA
P.O. Box 3539
Casper, WY 82602 District Office (805)644-8103 Sales Office (918] 599-0204
Drilling Motors (805] 644-8771 WOODWARD (405) 256-6083
(307) 265-2996
SalesOlfice (805)644-8159
SOUTHEASTERN REGION TEXAS
COLORADO ALICE (512)664-2158
RO, Box 563
AURORA (303) 343-0231 ANDREWS (915) 523-3900
Harvey, LA 70059
DENVER BEAUMONT (409) 842-5171
(504) 362-7457
Sales Office (303)831-4815 BRECKENRIDGE ...(817)559-8205
SOUTHERN REGION STERLING (303) 522-3010 DENVER CITY (806)592-2158
800 West Belt South GAINESVILLE (817] 665-3449
ILLINOIS GIDDINGS (409) 542-3410
Suite 136
CARMI (618)382-7026 HOUSTON
Houston, TX 77042
OLNEY (618)395-4665 Drilling Motors (713] 466-1322
(713)789-6550
Sales Olfice (713) 789-6550
KANSAS KERMIT (915] 586-6678
WEST TEXAS REGION
EL DORADO (316) 321 -2970 KILGORE (214) 984-8678
P.O. Drawer 2556
GREATBEND (316] 793-5439 LEVELLAND (806)894-7391
Midland, TX 79702
HILLCITY (913]674-5731 MC ALLEN (512] 781-6013
{915)632-8655
LIBERAL (316)624-2911 MC CAMEY (915) 652-8613
WICHITA MIDLAND
CANADA MARKETING
Sales Office {316] 263-5304 SalesOffice (915)682-8655
BAKER SERVICE TOOLS, LTD.
ODESSA (915)333-3663
Suite816,Manulife House
LOUISIANA PALESTINE (214)729-1229
603-7lh Avenue S.W.
HARVEY PAMPA (806) 665-5786
Calgary, Alberta T2P 2T5
District Office (504)393-7300 PEARLAND (713) 485-2476
(403) 269-7795
Jars (504)393-7300 SNYDER (915) 573-9355
Sales Office (504) 362-7457 VICTORIA (512) 575-6431
EDMONTON
HOUMA (504) 868-6330 WICHITA FALLS (817)691-4451
Sales Office. (403) 468-5179
LAFAYETTE
District Office (318) 235-6112 UTAH
DOWELL OF CANADA
Drilling Motors (318] 837-9041 VERNAL (801)789-0126
Suite 3200
LAKE CHARLES .... (318] 436-5304
Bow Valley Square 4
PATTERSON (504] 395-5237 WEST VIRGINIA
250-SixthAve.S.W.
SHREVEPORT (318) 221-0275 RARKERSBURG (614] 423-8468
Calgary, Alberta. Can T2P 3H7
MICHIGAN WYOMING
EDMONTON
MT. PLEASANT (517) 772-1600 CASPER
Sales Office. . (403) 428-0448
District Office (307] 265-4685
MISSISSIPPI Drilling Motors (307) 472-4925
LAUREL (601) 428-7206 Sales Office (307) 265-2996
Marketed Internationally by: NATCHEZ (601)442-1647 EVANSTON (307) 789-9080
GILLETTE (307] 682-3070
BAKER PACKER COMPLETION SYSTEMS MONTANA POWELL (307) 754-3652
P.O. Box 3048 CUT BANK (406) 873-4211 RIVERTON (307) 856-6683
Houston, TX 77001 GLENDIVE (406) 365-6055 ROCK SPRINGS .... (307) 382-5930
(713)662-7020 WORLAND (307) 347-3342
NEW MEXICO
Telex: TWX-794235 FARMINGTON (505) 325-0216
BKR-MKT-HOU HOBBS (505) 397-3671
Printed hi (/ailed StOia

Baker CAC 1984-1985 Catalog

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Baker CAC 1984-1985 Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1984-85 CATALOG

PIPELINE AND PROCESS ACTUATORS

a baker oil tools company

Baker CAC's main plan! at Belle

Baker CAC. Lid., manufactures

2102 Belle Chasse Hwy., South

PRODUCT MANUFACTURING FACILITIES

With manufacturing facilities located in Belle

Both traditional and computerized numerical control

SYSTEMS FABRICATION AREAS

Two complete plants are fully dedicated to the

Quality is the watchword at Baker CAC's manufac

THE AMERICAN SltdfTT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS

BULK CA17i CMC.

D ijp "it OCS of THf

II OtCcdnncr ml^ Cir cppiiczble ruin of Itj ifcndjrrf |in

HIE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL F.WGTNEEHS

FULL INSTALLATION SERVICE AVAILABLE

Our world-wide control system installation service

• Safety control systems

You won't be left "high and dry" after your Baker

Engineering data are still available for older com

Needless to say, our repair service is available on

Stock-room worker pulls an exact

Technician rapidly re-seals Baker CAC

CONTINUOUS TRAINING FOR SERVICE OPERATIONS

Training for field service crews is not a sometime

EXTENSIVE PARTS AND TUBING PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Baker CAC offers a complete line of replacement parts,

T-SCHOOL OFFERS OPERATOR CERTIFICATION

Baker CAC Technical School (T-School), a fully

Each student is given the maximum "hands-on"

SAFETY AND CONTROL SYSTEMS

Wellhead, process control, fire sures that are crafted to withstand

and service personnel. hydraulic, and hybrid systems are

Precision engineering and care offered to suit the most exacting

AUTOMATED WELLHEAD CONTROL

The failsafe control of flowing oil Whether for single-well applica

Single-well panel is a compact unit

conditions that have been pro

The versatile safety valve con

systems, or combined hydraulic- standards as the large

TYPICAL SAFETY SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

Reservoir 31G stainless steel

instrument tubing and piping 31G stainless steel

Instrument fittings 316 stainless steel

Instrument controf valves 316 stainless steel

Pneumatic instrument control and

Pneumatic control pressura 50-60 PSI (2. 5-4,0 bars)

Pneumatic operating piessure 100-250 PSI (6,9-17,3 bars}

Hydraulic operating control medium Hydraulic fluid

Hydraulic operating pressure' 6.000-10.000 PSI (414-690 bars)

-40°F to 250°F -40" F to 250° F -65° F to 350° F

Operation modes Manual and automatic

SINGLE-WELL PANELS OFFER FLEXIBILITY AND CONTROL

Offering full wellhead control from a single compact package,

the Baker CAC single-well control panel features high quality

usually found only on large installations. r

A pneumatically powered hydraulic pump provides internal

MULTI-WELL CONTROL SYSTEMS

Multiple-well panels that extend automatic control OPTIONS AVAILABLE

The emergency shutdown control initiates total

MULTI-WELL CONTROL SYSTEMS

"Walk in" type mulliwell control system.